diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 14675-0.txt | 6931 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 14675-h/14675-h.htm | 7030 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/14675-8.txt | 7320 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/14675-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 158481 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/14675-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 160207 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/14675-h/14675-h.htm | 7449 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/14675.txt | 7320 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/14675.zip | bin | 0 -> 158465 bytes |
11 files changed, 36066 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/14675-0.txt b/14675-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..abb9d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/14675-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6931 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14675 *** + +[Transcriber's note: The original print edition contain many obvious +typos that have been corrected in this electronic edition. I have taken +care to mark where changes were made within the text, and notes about +the changes can be found at the end of this text. I have left hyphen +irregularities as they were printed (so that both "anti-slavery" and +"antislavery" will be found within the text). For additional perspective +on errata within the text, see the author's remarks following the final +treatise.] + + + + + +SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM, + +MOST IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENTS[A] REGARDING THE INNER LIFE OF MAN AND THE +SPIRIT WORLD, IN ORDER TO ABOLISH REVOLUTIONS AND WARS AND TO ESTABLISH +PERMANENT PEACE ON EARTH, + +ALSO: + +THE PLAN FOR REDEMPTION OF NATIONS FROM MONARCHICAL AND OTHER OPPRESIVE +SPECULATIONS AND FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE PROMISED NEW ERA OF +HARMONY, TRUTH AND RIGHTEOUSNESS ON THE WHOLE[B] GLOBE. + + + +WRITTEN BY + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, + +FORMERLY EIGHTEEN YEARS PRIEST BENEDICTINE MONK AND IMPERIAL ROYAL +PROFESSOR OF BIBICAL LITERATURE; AFTERWARDS SINCE A.D. 1838, BY SIGNS +ACCORDING TO PROPHECIES DECLARED AND CONFIRMED REPRESENTATIVE OF +MESSENGERS FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE UNIVERSAL REPUBLIC, COMMONLY +ALTHOUGH IMPROPERLY CALLED THE MILLENNIUM. + +PUBLISHED BY ROBERT D. ELDRIDGE +Springhill, Peace Union Centre. +POST OFFICE DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY CO.: PA. +1859. + + + + +Preliminary Remarks + + + +Attentive readers will find superabundance of signs or credentials +testifying the mission of every one who comprehends this book and acts +with us for the accomplishment of the great promise, if they peruse the +whole book as often as necessary for a full understanding of each event +mentioned herein in connexion with the whole. From this connection of +events it is evident, that in collisions in to which we have come with +our opposers during the performance of the duties of our mission, we +were under the direction of those invisible guardians who are labouring +to introduce the promised new era of Truth and Righteousness, while our +opposers were endeavouring to support the existing systems of delusion +and iniquity, and that spirits of all spheres, heavenly angels as well +as infernal demons, give testimony to our mission, spirits of each +sphere in such a manner as is most suitable to their sphere. By the +developments made in this book the secret enemies of true Republicanism +are made manifest, and it is made clear, how every party and sect, +notwithstanding their profession of republicanism, are supporting +Popery, or, what is the same Monarchy, if they disregard our disclosures +concerning the Roman Catholic and the Protestant churches in reference +to Christ's Peaceable Reign which will be the universal republic of +truth and righteousness[C], and if they neglect to co-operate with us +for its introduction. + +When I say "us," I understand the whole body of messengers whom I +represent. I became Representative of this Body by having performed and +explained what has been shown to me by the Spirit of Truth for the +introduction of the promised New Era. No imaginations, but facts, +events, are testifying our Heavenly Mission for the true Freedom, +Harmony and Peace of Nations, as well as the infernal Mission of those +who either openly or secretly, are opposed to our mission. In this their +condition they are supporting the Papal Imperial Royal or Monarchial +powers. This will be evident to those who comprehend this book. Then +they will know that those are either wittingly deceivers, or are +deceived and repeat the lies and slanders of others, who say that I make +too great claims and am anxious to be a great man. I confess to be +nothing else but a true republican, a man for free discussion, +testifying what I know, and offering it to be duly examined and used for +the welfare of nations. I had to forsake all things of this world and to +devote all my time to deep investigations, till at length my studies had +arrived to maturity, that I could be used by Heavenly Powers as an +instrument or medium to disclose what is required for Christ's peaceable +Reign on Earth. But those who should have been our first labourers in +the great cause of Human Redemption, have deceived others in regard to +our mission; and I have been abused, slandered and persecuted, and have +suffered more than a man could willingly bear for his fellow men, +without being supported by Higher Powers. This support has brought me on +the ground where I stand, and on which they shall arrive who will study +this book with understanding[D], and then act accordingly. + +This book is divided into several treatises, which are so connected that +every reader in order to comprehend the unexpected developments for the +introduction of the promised New Era, must study them in the order in +which they appear. While studying in this manner, if the contents of +some passage appear to him not only unexpected, but also very +improbable, he will receive more light upon them in the continuation of +studying this book, till at length that which appeared at the first view +improbable, will be made manifest to him to be a great truth, and he +will become our zealous fellow labourer in the great mission for the +accomplishment of the greatest Promises to the Human race. I write in +the expectation, that my brethren and sisters, after having perused this +book, will comprehend their calling and act accordingly with their +sincere servant. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + +Washington D.C. March 29th, 1859. + + +Remark: + +I wrote this preface in the expectation of soon finding in Washington +means for publishing this book. But I had to wait, till at length the +war in Italy commenced. Therefore readers are requested to study what +they must know to stop Revolutions and Wars and to commence the New Era +of Harmony and Peace. + + + + +FIRST TREATISE. + + + + Louis Napoleon, according to a severe divine judgment Emperor of + France, and James Buchanan, according to the merciful divine + benignity President of the United States. + + +On the 27th January, 1859, while I was ready to start from Philadelphia, +a messenger said, that on that day an article appeared in the German +Democrat of that city for my use, and handed to me the number containing +that article, from which we translate the following passages: + +"A pamphlet of the famous Mr. Belly, directed to Emperor Napoleon III, +was announced in Paris on all corners of the streets with very large +letters, under the inscription + +NAPOLEON AND BUCHANAN. + +"Whereas nothing can be published in Paris without the permission of the +Imperial censorship, it is supposed, that Mr. Belly acted according to a +superior order to arouse the public opinion against the United States. +The President's message gives the pretext for it. The United States are +represented as deadly enemies of the whole Latin Race and of the +monarchies of Europe, which must fall to their feet, if that race does +not commence a crusade against the heretics, and take the sword against +the pirates, thieves and bankrupts of the United States." + +Not having the original of the pamphlet and giving the following +passages in a free translation from the German translation which +appeared in the above quoted number of the Democrat, I may be excused by +those who have the French pamphlet at hand, if they should find any +deviation from it. Monsieur Belly writes besides other things also: + +"The longing of the United States for Cuba and Mexico has not only the +tendency to enlarge their territory and their interests, but they act +besides this, according to a principle, which is diametrically opposite +to that of France; they do not care about any civilization beyond their +frontier; they have made alliance with all who are filled with hatred +against the European politics. When the Democratic Republic obtains the +supremacy in the new world, all empires and kingdoms in the world will +become inimical to its interests and therefore it will be consequent and +necessary to destroy them either by art or by force.... Our commerce, +our industry will be compelled to obey instead of being the rulers, and +the discovery of the new world will lead to the remarkable result of +having occasioned the death of the old. + +"The Catholic sovereigns constituted by God and by their subjects, are +obliged to introduce such circumstances as to carry into execution their +legitimate claims. And those who have been elected by a band without +discipline, by bankrupts and thieves, dare to declare publicly, that the +hour has come for these thieves and bankrupts to attack the civilized +world! are we not as much devoted to the truth, as they are to the lie? +We should not delay to promote our system of salvation, while we are +discussing their system of perdition. And whereas they are elevating the +crime to their religion with more energy than we do our holy religion, +while we appear to surrender it, we will henceforth extol the cross and +draw the sword, and unite the Latin race to the alliance, without which +there is no salvation for civilization. + +"The president's message is in open opposition to the faith, the ideas, +the principles and the interests, the acknowledged defender of which +your Majesty is. That message strikes Europe on both cheeks; and I +affirm that those who like to make it laughable, become pale when they +reflect upon it in their closets. + +"Mr. Buchanan and the nation whom he represents, keep these things not +any longer in secret. From henceforth they demand Cuba, and the language +in the message shows, that they will not desist from any means to obtain +their object. This object is one portion of Mexico and then an other, +the whole Central America and West Indies," &c. + +If our profession which is expressed on the title page of this book, is +true, we have received the commission to move nations and their rulers +to establish the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and +peace. It will be the true reign of Christ, for which all political and +ecclesiastical memorable events of past centuries and of this time, are +preparations. Our commission, that is, the commission of messengers whom +I represent, is confirmed by so many signs according to prophecies, that +while I was writing the last of the five German volumes which have been +published from A.D. 1838 till 1842, I have oftentimes repeated, that the +key has been given in those volumes to unlock and explain so many +prophecies and signs testifying our mission, that five hundred volumes +could be filled, if there had not been superabundance of them already +published in the five above mentioned volumes, from which it is evident, +that neither monarchs amongst themselves in Europe, nor political and +ecclesiastical parties and sects in this country, can establish peace, +but will continue to quarrel and consume every year an enormous amount +of property for war preparations, and corrupt and ruin nations, and +destroy many men and women during those preparations, till at length +they are again and again so brutalized and enraged, that they kill each +other, till all parties are so exhausted, that they are compelled to +make peace, which is nothing else but an armistice; because when the +true peace or Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic of +Truth and Justice, shall be established on the whole globe, soldiers and +all preparations for war, will disappear, and those who are now learning +how to destroy each other, will learn how to prolong their lives and +improve their intellectual and moral faculties for their own temporal +and eternal welfare, as well as for the welfare of others. Wo! wo! wo! +to the Roman catholics as well as others in these United States and in +all other parts of America and in Europe and elsewhere, if the infernal +fire of revolution and war, which is glowing, breaks out with all force +in the United States of America. It would extend on the globe and +consume millions of men, and amongst them also Monarchs. But we write to +prevent their destruction, and to prepare them to become true +republicans and truly happy, and to contribute their share for the +happiness of all men. + +After the publication of the above mentioned five volumes I made urgent +applications to political and ecclesiastical rulers and their +counsellors in Europe by sending to some of them my books and letters, +and to others letters only, showing how to obtain my books, and +exhorting them to study them and act accordingly to prevent revolutions +and wars and to commence the new Era. After that, whenever a peculiar +crisis was approaching, we have issued some publication, warning the +American Nation as well as other nations and their governments, and +showing, that there was high time to study the contents of _our_ +volumes. I am not alone, but there are invisible messengers giving +testimony by my instrumentality, as superabundance of proof is given +also in this volume. In this connection of matters I mention the +following instance: + +At the end of the year 1853 my pamphlet "Antichristian Conspiracy +against true Republicanism" issued from the press; and in the first part +of the year 1854 copies of that pamphlet as well as written disclosures +containing most solemn warnings to the American as well as to all other +nations, were sent to President Pierce and to a number of congressmen in +both houses. In said pamphlet and in the annexed written disclosures, +the Government was most solemnly exhorted to appoint a convention for +examining our system or the magnetic chain of events through the course +of the past centuries in connection with the events of this generation, +which have not been understood so as they are made manifest in our chain +for binding the Dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction, REVEL. +xx. 2. who has given his power, and his seat, and great authority REVEL. +xiii: 2, not only to the representative of the beast or the Pope of +Rome, but also to the ten horns of the beast, or kings, that is +monarchs, who hate the whore, that is the Apostatized Church, the people +who have apostatized from truth and justice, and whom monarchs make +desolate and naked, and eat their flesh and burn them with fire, REVEL. +xvii: 16. + +"The Catholic Sovereigns" are according to the quoted passage of Mr. +Belly, "constituted by God and by their subjects." The number of the +Democrat, which occasioned this treatise, was providentially handed to +me. But here is no room to explain that which will be explained in our +"monthly theological course," which is appointed in this book, and in +which our system or the chain to bind the dragon, will be exhibited, and +in which will be made manifest, how far "the Catholic sovereigns" or +monarchs are constituted by their subjects, and how their subjects would +constitute them, if they were free and enlightened, as they should be +according to the will of God who has endowed them with intellectual and +moral faculties, to be duly developed. Here we mention only, that the +highest duty of monarchs is to do all in their power for that +development. If monarchs would fulfil their highest duty, their subjects +would become true republicans, and then monarchs would cease to be, what +they now are by the appointment of the dragon, the spirit of delusion +and destruction, by whose inspiration they are executioners of the +degraded people whose education has been neglected, and who would have +become true republicans, if monarchs had become fathers and teachers of +the ignorant. But obviously appears to be as absurd, as Mr. Belly's +assertion, that God has constituted the monarchs, although it is +manifest, that the dragon has constituted them, or they are constituted +"according to a severe divine judgment," according to his eternal laws, +when people are so degraded, that they are not prepared for a better +government, what is expressed in the following words of the Revelation; +"God has put in the hearts of the ten horns to fulfil his will, and +agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God +shall be fulfilled," REVEL. XVII.: 17. + +In those circumstances, after the destruction, of the first Napoleon's +power, it was best, when the rulers or fathers of nations have neglected +to fulfil their highest duty, that they have submitted their monarchies +under the protection of the Pope, the representative of the Beast with +ten horns and seven heads, till the prophecy has been fulfilled. From +neglecting that rule much greater evils, most dreadful revolutions and +wars originated. The history of the so called christian church, when +some portions rebelled against the Pope through the course of centuries +until this time, is the most horrible theatre under the dominion of the +dragon. Therefore, after the destruction of the first Napoleon we read +in REVEL. xvii: 13, that the ten horns or monarchs agreed unanimously +(in the Congress of Vienna, A.D. 1815,) to give their power and strength +unto the beast, that is, to make the Pope, the representative of the +beast, a partaker of their own power and strength. This was the means +for the support of their own thrones, till the prophecy has been +fulfilled by what has been executed through our mediumships in the Roman +Catholic Church, and has been explained in the first three of my above +mentioned five German volumes. Those three volumes appeared between A.D. +1838 and 1840, and have been sent to three Roman Catholic Monarchs, to +wit, the Emperor of Austria, the King of Bavaria and the King of France, +with my hand writings, showing to the first two their highest duty to +enjoin their Theologians to examine those volumes and to send to me the +result of their examinations, to be published with my remarks, that +truth might be made manifest, and to the king of France, that he should +translate those volumes into French and spread them as much as possible +in his monarchy. All three have been most solemnly exhorted to do what +was required in those volumes to prevent the repetition of revolutions, +wars, and other plagues, which cannot be removed but must be repeated, +till the heavenly message of Peace made manifest by our instrumentality, +is received by governments and nations. When our applications to and +exhortations of political and ecclesiastical influential men in America +and in Europe were not regarded, and in these days of Noah the earth was +corrupt and filled with violence, and all flesh had corrupted his way, I +Mos. vi: 11 and 12, the flood of revolution broke out in Europe in the +year 1848, on the exact day in correspondence with prophecies given by +our instrumentality and published in my volumes, and emperors and kings, +and their machines of destruction, the bishops of America and in Europe, +and other political and ecclesiastical officers, who with all our +exhortations remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost, who has +disclosed by our instrumentality that which is required for the +introduction of the promised peaceable reign of Christ, which according +to our disclosures by a long chain of signs according to prophecies, +will be the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and peace +on the whole globe, are responsible for all destruction of human life +and property, which were consumed in that revolution and afterwards +until this hour, and would have been saved, if the means shown in our +message, had been used. + +Ferdinand, Emperor of Austria, was the first compelled to give a +constitution. I read it on the 18th, April, 1848, and was inspired to +write on the 19th, April, or, on his birth-day a letter to him and an +appeal to the inhabitants of the Austrian Empire, assuring them, that +the calamities came, because the contents of our publications had not +been regarded, although our mission had been superabundantly proven by +signs according to prophecies. I confessed also, that I was ready to go +instantly to Vienna, and to show practically, how to make the right use +of that constitution for the commencement of the new era of harmony and +peace, if the emperor would publish directly my appeal to the +inhabitants of his empire, and write to me, and give the security to +support the constitution, which was such as the inhabitants of the +empire had a right to demand, as well as the emperor had a right to +watch against the abuse and to apply the proper means for the right use +of the constitution. + +My former applications and my volumes have been sent by me directly +through Triest to Vienna, but that my last document to emperor Ferdinand +was sent to his minister in Washington city with an urgent exhortation +to the minister, to forward it to the emperor, and with the remark that +in the time in which an answer could be expected, I would send to the +minister my direction, to which post office he had to send the answer; +because I wrote to the emperor from the State of New-York on my journey +to other States. I wrote at length to the minister, that if he receives +an answer to my documents from the Emperor Ferdinand, he should send it +to the post office of Nashville, capital of the State of Tennessee. I +urged the Emperor to send an answer as soon as possible, and I assured +him, that it was impossible, to prevent new revolutions without the use +of the remedy contained in our message of peace. But knowing the +slowness of the business at the Austrian government, I now on the 14th +September 1848, at noon time to the post office of Nashville to ask for +letters. When I was approaching the post office, fire bells commenced to +arouse people who were asking where the fire was. Some answered, that it +was in the Presbyterian Church on Church street; but others remarked, +that they should not be mocked in this manner; because it appeared to be +quite improbable that fire should break out at that hour in that season +in a church without being struck by lightning; and that was a very clear +day. + +I asked in the post office for letters. But there was no letter for me +there. On my return from the post office, the whole presbyterian church +the largest in that city, on Church Street, was enveloped in awful +flames, by which it was entirely consumed. + +The next night after that solemn spectacle an angel of my Lord brought +to me the message, (and attentive readers of this book will be +convinced, that when my mission requires, I come in perceivable +communication with Heavenly messengers,) that on the next sunday I +should proclaim in that city, that that was a prophetical fire +testifying that revolutions would break out again in the Austrian +empire, because the bishops of that empire had neglected to fulfil their +highest duty to instruct the Emperor in what he should do for the +pacification of nations, and that the revolution should be a solemn +warning to the citizens of the United States: because judgments cannot +be removed from this country, but must increase till churches of the +great harlot and her daughters will be consumed, if these judgments +shall not be stopped by the application of our message of peace. Public +halls are generally not opened for our proclamations, because we have no +money to pay for their use. But at that time the masonic fraternity were +carrying their instruments into their building, from which they removed +them during the danger while the church opposite their building was +burning. I said to them, that I had to proclaim a message against the +Pope of Rome in correspondence with that fire, and requested them to +grant their hall for that purpose, They granted it, and my proclamation +was advertised in the daily newspapers of Nashville. It was delivered on +the next sunday after the fire in the German language before, and in +the English language after noon. + +In the next month after that proclamation the last dreadful European +revolution and war commenced in Hungary in correspondence with the fact, +that the bishops of Hungary were the last among the bishops of Europe, +who have been under the direction of my Heavenly leaders most solemnly +warned to prevent the revolution which commenced in Paris on the 24th +February[E] 1848. That was in the octave of the tenth anniversary after +my first public appearance in my present mission and my solemn +initiation by Heavenly messengers for this mission. Ten years in +commemoration of the ten horns of the beast were granted for repentance +to the blind leaders of the blind, for whom I published A.D. 1838 the +first volume of explanations of the mystery; and in that year I +commenced to exhort Emperor Ferdinand and his bishops, that they should +study that volume. But after the publication of the fifth volume A.D. +1842, the bishops of Hungary were the last amongst the grandees of +Europe, to whom I applied; to wit, when all my applications were +disregarded, I published a Latin circular and sent copies of it to a +number of bishops in Europe. While I was preparing those copies for the +mail, Samuel Ludvigh, a Hungarian scholar, came into my room. He never +before nor after that did come to me, although I met with him several +times in other places, and warned him always, that he should study my +writings to be converted from his materialism to the true spiritualism. +But at that my meeting with him in my room I said to him, that he came +at the right time, to give me directions to all bishops in Hungary. He +did so, and by this unexpected provision I was enabled, to send to all +Roman Catholic bishops in Hungary copies of my Latin circular, in which +direction to find copies of my volumes, was given and the duty of the +Austrian bishops was shown to study my volumes, and then to instruct the +Emperor and other grandees of the Austrian Empire and Hungarian Kingdom, +in what they should do, to prevent revolutions and wars, and to +establish the promised peace on earth. + +When all our endeavoring to move the blind leaders of the blind to take +the medicine which was prepared in our publications to open their eyes, +was disregarded, I met at length in Cincinnati with the same doctor +Samuel Ludvigh, a materialistic reformer, trusting in weapons of war, +and I was inspired that I said to him, that there was high time for him +to learn that he had an immortal soul and also, that he himself was a +strong medium of deluding and destroying spirits, and that I was ready +to give him a peculiar testimony of that truth most necessary for him to +become an apostle of peace. He asked, how I could show him this. He was +not ready to examine arguments and experience of others in this respect. +Therefore I, according to the direction of my Heavenly leader said, that +I would magnetize him. That was the same in that connection of things, +as to say, that I would initiate him into the mystery of our close +connection with departed spirits. There is the right use as well as the +abuse of human magnetism. Some eight years ago I published a pamphlet on +"the dreadful abuse of human magnetism in the mysteries of the Roman +Catholic Church and her daughters the protestant sects." Samuel Ludvigh +was willing that I should magnetize him directly. But I remarked, that +the tavern in which I met with him, was not the proper place for our +initiation or ordination. But he was inspired to ask me, that I should +make a trial there in his room in which some of his materialists were +with him. I was impressed to do so, and it was directly made manifest, +that the legion of demons by which he was surrounded, were compelled to +give way to our magnetism. And when he fell into the magnetic sleep, I +said to him, that to go so deep into our magnetism as to be convinced of +man's immortality and to become with us an apostle of the New Era, he +must visit me at my boarding house. And he promised to do so on the next +following evening. I said that I would come to take him with me. But +when I came I found not him, but a writing in which he imformed me, that +some friends came and moved him to start with them for other places. We +heard then, that he had started for Europe. At length we received his +German pamphlet, which was published in Hamburgh, a seaport in Europe, +and was entitled: "The sword of Revolution," in which this strange +prophet Samuel Ludvigh, reports, that he took a sword of the American +revolution and other insignia of war, and copies of his German +periodical, entitled "The Torch," and stopped in Europe first in Paris, +and three days after his departure from that city, revolution broke out +there. From thence he went to Berlin, and from that city to Vienna, and +in each of those cities soon after his departure revolution broke out. +At length he put his sword and other insignia of war into the National +Museum of Hungary, and returned to America. + +Those who will study this whole book so as to comprehend the whole +connection of matters, will learn gradually better than they see when +they arrive in reading it to this period, that my meeting with Samuel +Ludvigh in Cincinnati was providentially prepared for a testimony to all +governments, that when Samuel Ludvigh who had performed since A.D. 1838 +in his meetings with me manifold prophetical actions which have been +mentioned in some of my former publications, and was also at that my +meeting with him in Cincinnati not yet disposed to become an apostle of +peace, and the measure of crimes in Europe was filled, the Heavenly +congress with whom we are connected, gave permission to the infernal +demons to carry their medium with the war insignia to Europe, and to +announce to the infernal demons in Europe, that the time had arrived for +them to inspire their mediums to break out in their fury and spread +destruction, for the reason that those who kept people in bondage and +were the cause of their degredation, have rejected our message of peace +and continued to be obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who has +offered them in our publications the means for the pacification of +nations. But whereas the means for peace were not used, revolutions and +wars had to give a new turn to human affairs. + +When those who were deluding the good natured Emperor Ferdinand, kept +him in bondage and would not make use of my above mentioned last +application to him for a commencement of the millennial happiness first +in the Austrian Empire, I, according to the direction of my Heavenly +Leaders, made no more applications to Europe, but commenced to urge +Presidents and other influential men at the government of the United +States, to study our message and the credentials of our mission for the +pacification of nations. When after all my applications to several of +the predecessors of President Pierce at length also he remained in the +shackles of the infernal Papal Imperial Royal Magnetism, and members of +the Congress of all parties and sects followed his example, I was +impressed that I should apply to the Emperor Louis Napoleon and to +prepare him, that he might commence to look, where to find the great +refuge for his own and the true happiness of his family in their mortal +bodies as well as in all eternity after their departure from this short +life, every moment of which should be duly used as preparation for the +eternity. He was at that time, in the spring, 1854, engaged with great +preparations for the tremendous war with Russia; and I wrote a document +to his ambassador in Washington, showing that if Emperor Napoleon would +be truly great in this and in all future ages, and truly happy in all +eternity, he instead of preparations for war with Russia, should call +all bishops of his Empire to a Latin convention with me in Paris. In +that convention my manuscript which I wrote A.D. 1849, in Latin and in +which I concentrated the system or the magnetic chain to bind the +Dragon, REVEL. xx. 2, who deludes Emperors and Kings to keep people in +bondage so that when they break their bonds they are as the wildest +beasts killing till they are killed, should be examined and bishops and +their theologians should make any objection, but all which they object +they must object in writing, to be then annexed to my manuscript and +published with my remarks in Latin and in translations, that nations and +their ecclesiastical and political representatives might judge, each for +himself, whether we have received or not received the commission and the +credentials of our mission for the introduction of the promised new era +of harmony and peace amongst all nations. A Latin convention for this +purpose was first appointed in the City of New-York A.D. 1849, and the +Archbishop of Baltimore was urged by our Latin manuscript Epistle and +English printed circular, to move the whole synod of bishops who met at +that time in Baltimore, to attend our Latin convention, and those who +could not attend it themselves to send the most qualified Theologians to +attend it. And John Hughes bishop of New-York, was particularly +exhorted, that he, as bishop of the place of the convention, was +principally bound to bring his Theologians to said convention. But when +all my endeavoring to move bishops as well as the government of the +United States to send able Latin scholars to attend said convention, did +not move them to do so, I translated at length that manuscript into +German and into English, and appointed conventions in those languages. +But I could not move such as have great influence at the government, to +attend those conventions, and then to commence with power the New Era. +Therefore I thought, that a trial should be made, whether the United +States or the representative of the government of France would +comprehend sooner, that nothing in the world could bring greater glory +in this life and in all eternity, than the work to examine or order that +our message of peace be examined by the best judges of this matter, and +be applied for the introduction of the new era. In the hope that Emperor +Napoleon would comprehend the great mission which was offered to him in +our message, I wrote to his ambassador at Washington, suggesting to the +Emperor, that I was ready to come as a citizen of the United States to +Paris, to exhibit the credentials which are signs according to +prophecies, testifying our mission to move the governments of this +world, to establish Christ's peaceable reign or the universal republic +of truth and justice, harmony and peace. I expected that the time for +the abolition of severe judgments, the principal executor of which is +Emperor Napoleon, was expiring. + +Not having room in this treatise for any explanation of points which I +mention, I show here one of the general tokens, by which the severity of +judgments may be measured, to wit, the armies of soldiers, to keep +nations in bondage and to defend them against inimical neighbours. The +greater in proportion to the number of people, the number of soldiers +is, the severer is the judgement. When soldiers shall not be needed, and +those who are soldiers, will take up occupations beneficial to mankind, +the perfect victory of Christ against the dragon will be celebrated. And +if all governments of a christian name would understand to-day our true +christian message of peace, they could give directly to those who are +soldiers, true christian occupations; and heathens could be soon +converted into true christians. While Emperor Napoleon was gathering +together warriors and provisions for the great war against Russia, we +offered him the best opportunity to be the first of those who should +commence the New Era. Whether he had received from his ambassador in +Washington D.C. our offer or not, he may tell for himself; because I +have received no answer, although I have offered to the ambassador +himself, that although I was ready to go to Paris and show there in our +Latin convention to all bishops of the French Empire my mission, which +is also the mission of my fellow laborers, and the credentials of our +mission, I would visit the ambassador himself and give him as many +evidences of this great truth as would be abundantly sufficent for him, +to recommend with all his energy our offer to the Emperor, if the +ambassador would write to me and call me to Washington. Instead of an +answer from the ambassador to my proposition for the true christian +triumph of France and for the pacification of the world we have received +at length the tremendous answer which has occasioned this my treatise. +Here is not the place for an investigation, whether people of "the Latin +Race" in Europe and America or others are the principal people who +commit the crimes with which citizens of the United States are charged. +To the article in the number of the Democrat from which I have quoted +some passages, a list of bankruptcies is annexed, which took place in +the United States in the years 1857 and 1858. A.D. 1857 the total number +of bankruptcies is 4932; and A.D. 1858, 4235. It would be of great +consequence, to investigate the deeply secret principal cause of their +bankuptcies, and also the native place, education and character of each +bankrupt. An impartial examination would bring new contributions to know +the secret conspiracy of the servants of his Holiness the apocalystical +dragon, to keep nations in bondage. + +Emperor Napoleon is not only a spiritualist of the last fashion, but a +strong medium of dreadful deluding and destroying demons, and I know +much more about his mediumship than he himself and his mediums know +about it, and this treatise is written to be prefixed to documents which +contain facts that should move all nations of "the Latin race" as well +as heretics, to come out from Babylon which is made manifest, in our +mission, as a habitation of demons, REVEL. XX.: 2. When I am preparing +documents of great warning, servants of demons must send from all +quarters of the world testimonies, how the infernal hosts of demons are +preparing everywhere their mediums for destruction of human life and +property. This and the following treatises are written to deliver other +mediums as well as monarchs from the influence of deluding and +destroying demons. And Emperor Napoleon should consider this treatise as +the most precious Heavenly gift, to bring him and by his instrumentality +millions of others into the glorious resurrection. If he studies this +book in which this treatise occupies the first place, so as to +comprehend it: we have no doubt, that he will arrive on our ground and +invite us to visit Paris and celebrate there the glorious resurrection +of those who belong to "the Latin race" and are yet in their mortal +bodies as well as of their departed friends. + +In the third of my above mentioned five German volumes is the appearance +of Napoleon I. reported, when he was brought on the 24th June, 1839, +before me in his materialistic superficial imperial shape. But when I +was looking into his interior condition, the awful distress and +tremendous darkness blotted out all his imperial splendor. He and others +in a similar deceitful condition are influencing the Emperor. But I am +writing as his most sincere friend in his behalf and that of nations, +and promise to do all in my power according to my mission to assist him, +that he might become a blessing to nations and with our assistance +pacify the departed Emperor Napoleon and other congenial friends, and +draw them into the glorious New Era. The mediumship of Emperor Louis +Napoleon was manifest to us in correspondence with many cases of solemn +warnings for the imperial court and all other members of "the Latin +race" in close connexion with events which happened in our mission at +the same time, when those cases surprised the world. Here I mention the +solemn execution of the Archbishop of Paris in Saint Stephen's Church by +the mediumship of the priest who has been inspired and supported for +that work which required more than human strength, from the infernal +regions on the day and at the hour of the novena, which were most +suitable according to the prophetical Roman Catholic Calendar in +correspondence with what we were doing at the same time in our charge +under the Heavenly direction, and in correspondence with what Emperor +Napoleon was doing at the same time under the direction of deluding and +destroying spirits. + +In the first three of my above mentioned five German volumes it was +shown, that the doings of the Popes of Rome, who are under the +inspiration from the inferior regions, were so controlled through the +course of centuries by our Heavenly congress, that those amongst the +Popes, who had received peculiar rolls in the great drama of the +ecclessiastical and political history, had received also corresponding +names to their rolls, and numbers corresponding to their names. And we +will have also in this book opportunity to mention some instances of +that kind. But here we made this remark on account that at the receipt +of the report of the solemn murder of the archbishop, we (after having +received instruction in different spirit languages which we need in +disclosing the mysteries for the promised New Era, and amongst those +languages is also the language by numbers,) saw the great unexpected +truth, that the Heavenly congress who are with the Lamb, were so +controlling the inferior regions of the papal imperial royal demons, +that in Paris which is the principal seat of the intrigues connected +with the Papal machinations, also Bishops were so counted, that when the +number of their succession according to our spirit language was complete +in their Novena, amongst them also the number of the Popish Saints as +well as the number of Cardinals and the number of Archbishops of Paris +corresponded to the celebration of the mystery of the execution, and +that Archbishop has been solemnly executed in Saint Stephen's Church, +who was in every respect most qualified for the celebration of that +mystery, and the infernal executioners have received permission from the +Heavenly Congress to effect the execution by their Medium, a priest who +became most qualified to be their Medium; and this happened for a +peculiar warning to the Pope, his Cardinals, Archbishops, Bishops and +Priests, that they might not wait, till a general destruction of their +persons in connection with their Hierarchy would take place, but that +they might come out from Babylon and become with us messengers of the +New Era. I wrote an extraordinary treatise disclosing the deep mystery +of the Episcopal succession in Paris connected with the solemn execution +of the Archbishop in his complete numbers by the inspiration and +assistance of destroying demons, using their sacerdotal medium, +according to the permission of the Heavenly Congress, for a peculiar +warning to the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy and the whole "Latin +Race." There not being room in this book for publication of that +treatise which is preserved amongst others of my manuscripts to be +published in due time and in connection with other treatises which need +deeper studies to be fully understood than the memorable events which we +have selected for this book, we found proper to mention somewhat +regarding that execution in peculiar connexion with Emperor Napoleon and +the clergy of his empire, that they might open their eyes and stop the +infernal fury which has been made manifest in the preaching of the +crusade which gave occasion to this our extraordinary treatise. + +The position of Napoleon III. to Napoleon I. according to prophecies, +cannot be understood except in the magnetic chain of events shown in our +system which will be explained in our monthly theological course, which +is announced in this book for the introduction of the New Era. Although +the Pope of Rome and the Emperor Napoleon, both may be destroyed at the +abolition of systems which they, each in his sphere, represent, +notwithstanding this we labour most earnestly, that their lives may be +preserved and they come into our New Jerusalem and draw millions of +others into it. At the explosion of the percussion shells, in which +others have been killed at the entrance to the theatre, but Napoleon's +life was preserved, peculiar manifestations took place. The explanation +of that mystery will be annexed as an appendix to the above mentioned +treatise, in which the mystery of the succession of Bishops of Paris is +explained. The representative of bishops who have generated such fruits +as are manifest in Paris, has suffered death. But Emperor Napoleon's +life was preserved at other occasions of danger as well as at the +explosion of the percussion shells; and we are labouring in the +expectation that he will understand this book and become with us a great +apostle removing the severe judgments and the dreadful bondage, which +are connected with his present government, and assisting us in the +preparation for the great resurrection of those in their mortal bodies +as well as of their departed friends. All that is written in this book +is written for a peculiar instruction to all, and especially to those +who are strong Mediums of deluding and destroying spirits the great +Prince amongst whom is Emperor Napoleon. But we write this treatise, to +deliver him from those miserable tyrants, and to make him a preacher of +peace also to his departed friends. What we write for him, we write that +it might be used by all readers. + +As strange as the point in the inscription, that James Buchanan is +according to the merciful Divine Benignty President of the United +States, may appear not only to other governments, but also to many big +men in these United States, and to millions of others who are deceived +by big men, we write to undeceive all, and that also those might be +saved, who would have been already destroyed, if instead of James +Buchanan Col. Fremont had been elected President of the United States. +We are on quite another ground from which we consider human affairs, +than that from which they are generally considered: because I speak as +Medium of the Heavenly Powers by whom I am sent to draw nations on our +ground. For there is no salvation but destruction for them, if they will +not arise from their present degraded condition upon our ground from +which they will see matters as we see them. In the meantime we instruct +them by facts, that they might know, that we are correct and they are in +delusion. I am as independent from President Buchanan, as his enemies +are, and if he has received my writings which I have sent and directed +to him, he did not make use of them; although I suppose that my writings +directed to him since his Presedential administration, remain in the +hands of others. But in case, he had received and read those my +writings, and had despised the course which is shown in our message as +the course for redemption of nations from the Papal Imperial Royal and +other oppresive and speculating powers, the inscription in regard to him +remains true; and when I do not despair of Emperor Napoleon's conversion +from his dragon to our Christ, I expect with great confidence, that +President Buchanan will be sooner converted than Napoleon; although I do +not know, how the Heavenly Congress see this matter, because I am not in +their congress but only a medium of messengers sent from that congress. +But in every case the inscription to this treatise is true, as the +bitterest enemies of President Buchanan may learn from the following +items, and by studying this whole book they themselves may be brought +upon our ground and assist us in drawing the President upon the same +ground for the redemption of nations from all tyrannical powers. + +I was in Cincinnati, when honorable James Buchanan was nominated +Democratic Candidate for Presidency. That nomination took place on the +6th of June 1856. During the balloting of the Delegates I was inspired, +and said on the 4th June, to Doctor B. F. White, that I felt it to be my +duty to endeavor to make known to the Delegates our message of Peace and +the credentials of our mission, and that the place for that purpose was +providentially prepared a few days before that by a building having been +removed at the front of Burnet's Hotel, the largest hotel in which the +largest portion of the democratic delegates boarded, and I made the +proposition to Doctor B. F. White, that he should open the meeting for +my address. He promised to do so. He was a strong medium of spirits of +the so called Republican Party. But I belong to no party, supporting +Truth wherever I find it sufficiently proven, and working against +delusion and error, wherever I have enough evidence against them. B. F. +White knew somewhat in regard to our message, having heard some of my +speeches and having read my pamphlet which had been published in +Cincinnati a few days before that nomination. We agreed strictly to +observe two points; in the first place to say nothing which would have a +reference to any party, and to proclaim only, what all should hear +regarding our message of Peace. The second point was that we should +speak before sunset, and finish our speeches before night should +commence. I was certain about the point which I related to Dr. White, +that if we would speak in the night, some disaster would happen during +our speeches on that occasion. Dr. White accompanied me, while we were +going to the open lot, on which we had agreed to address the Democratic +Delegates; but on our way we met with somebody who commenced to talk +with Dr. White. I left them talking and went to the spot agreed upon to +deliver our address. But while I was waiting more than one hour there, +Dr. White did not come. I felt that I alone should not deliver my +message there. He came at length while there was already twilight. I +said to him, that it was too late and we should not speak. I assured him +again, that I was determined not to speak that night. But he replied +that he was determined to speak, and that he was sure, that nothing +would happen. But I repeated, that some disaster would happen. Then +another strong medium came. He belonged to the same Republican party +that Dr. White did, and lived with Dr. White. His spirit confirmed the +assertion of the spirit of Dr. White, that nothing would happen, if we +would address the Delegates. Then I would not interfere any longer, and +Dr. White commenced to address the assembled. While he spoke, the crowd +increased and some commenced to make disturbance. At that moment the +Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City interfered, and he +took the platform, addressing the audience and saying, that the speaker +should not be disturbed, and that he supposed the speaker belonged to +the Democratic party. I said once more to Dr. White, that it was high +time to leave that place. But he again asserted, that he was certain, +that nothing would happen. And the other medium of the Republican party +confirmed again Dr White's assertion. + +At that moment I left the spot and went to Dr. White's office. Fifteen +or twenty minutes after me Dr. White and the other strong medium of +deluding and destroying spirits, both came about 9 o'clock P.M. and they +were frightened and said, that there was so great a disturbance, that +policemen were not sufficient to check it. And they added as a very +remarkable instance, that a policeman in trying to check the +disturbance, lost his star. But they did not know the other particulars +which appeared on the next morning in the newspapers, to wit, that the +above mentioned Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City was +dangerously stabbed in his lungs. His wound proved not to be fatal, +although it was so large, that when it was sounded, the air which blew +out of the wound, extinguished the candlelight which was applied to see +the wound. The man who stabbed the Democratic Reviewer from Washington, +could not be detected, although the circumstances, from our position +considered, make it certain, that he was a medium of distroying spirits +belonging to the Republican party. Those spirits were allowed by our +leaders to give a prophetical sign. The stabbing took place about 9 +o'clock P.M. on the 4th day of June, 1856. + +I have circumstantially related the stabbing of the Democratic Reviewer; +because from these circumstances in connexion with what follows, it is +evident to anybody who understands the prophetic languages by numbers, +names and other circumstances, that by that stabbing prophecy has been +given under the control of our Heavenly Congress who determined to +interfere by our mediumship, that the Democratic party, although they +would come in great danger to lose the victory in their battle against +the Republican party, would finally conquer their opposition. I was +inspired, to give opportunity to that prophecy. Doctor Benjamin Franklin +White, a spiritualist and a strong medium of spirits of his party, was +the representative of the Republican party; and the Democratic Reviewer +from Washington City, was the representative of the Democratic party. +Benjamin Franklin White, doctor of medicine, has most suitable names +expressing his prophetical position, as we will have perhaps elsewhere +opportunity to explain the mystery. As the office of the Democratic +Reviewer in Washington was expressive to the mystery of his +representation, so were probably his names which I do not keep in +memory, and my notes of that time are not at hand, while I am writing +this. But the circumstances mentioned in connexion with what we will +report on the following pages of this treatise, are superabundantly +sufficient to testify that it was a great prophecy. The delegates then +continued their work, till at length on the 6th day of the 6th month +James Buchanan was nominated Candidate by Democrats for the Presidential +Chair. I looked into the next prophetical almanac which was at hand, and +the name of that day was "Benignus." There are Roman Catholic and +Protestant calendars which are used by our sphere of spirits in giving +prophecies. That was a Protestant almanac; _because_ that was a +Protestant affair. At the events of great importance names of our +prophetical almanacs correspond to the events. _Benignus_, the Latin is +in English _Benign_, that is kind or _generous_. From thence we adopted +the word _Benignity_, that is _grace_ or _graciousness, generosity, +kindness_, in the inscription of this treatise. + +If I would explain the prophetical language by numbers and names and +other circumstances, this would require more room than our economy could +here spare, and we could not consent to publish at this time a much +larger volume than manuscript is prepared for this volume, also in case +that somebody should be desirous to publish it; because this volume +contains more than most readers will be prepared to study and digest +thoroughly. Therefore we must delay other manuscripts for other +occasions, and we can explain only a little of what we know; because +otherwise we could never finish our explanations. But the substance +given in the prophecy on the 4th and 6th of June at the nomination of +Hon. James Buchanan, in which he became the Democratic Candidate for +Presidency, did announce, that + +James Buchanan will become President of the United States by the +interference of the Heavenly congress of spirits who are commissioned to +introduce the Peaceable Reign of Christ or the Universal Republic of +truth and justice, harmony and peace, by the instrumentality of +messengers whom I represent to move the governments and nations for +action to accomplish the great object to which prophecies of all ages +and of all nations have their tendency; but notwithstanding that his +administration will be for the increase of the 4th Beast in the 7th +chap, of Daniel, the number of the name of which is 666, REVEL. xiii, +17 and 18, and its fundamental number is 6, and notwithstanding that +President Buchanan will continue the administration for the support of +that Beast, till he arrives either on our ground or is taken away, +notwithstanding this, he is given as President by the Heavenly Congress +in divine mercy, according to the Benignus, or according to the merciful +divine Benignity, that a great door for the commencement of the promised +peaceable reign of Christ will be opened, which would have been locked +for this time, if the opposition had succeeded and brought their +Candidate Col. Fremont upon the Presidential Chair. + +Nobody should say, that I interpret prophecy after its fulfilment. Any +body who has studied the first three of my German volumes, the 3d of +which appeared A.D. 1840, if he knew the above, mentioned circumstances +and had reflected upon them, would have been qualified to interpret the +prophecy in Cincinnati on the 6th day of the 6th month 1856, at noon +time, while the roaring of the cannon was announcing the nomination of +James Buchanan. But whether he will be the great hero, to commence the +Millennium in the White House at Washington and proclaim the Millennial +glory to other governments on the globe, or whether he will perish in +the Beast and its ten Horns, as his predecessors did, and another will +obtain and spread the Heavenly blessings offered to President Buchanan, +is not expressed in the prophecy. But we write in the expectation, that +at length he will comprehend this and act accordingly. + +After that great prophecy I thought that my duty was to behave perfectly +neutral during the great struggle of the two parties, to wit, the +Democratic and the Republican, at the presidential campaign. I delivered +then in several places of the State of Ohio public addresses; but I made +expressedly everywhere the remark, that I was perfectly independent from +all political parties and proclaiming according my mission the message +of Peace to all parties and sects, to prepare them for the promised New +Era. But after every address, notwithstanding all my protestation, +Republicans cried that I belonged to their party, and Democrats were +dissatisfied. + +At length I arrived in Pittsburgh Pa. and a medium of strong spirit +manifestations and public street preacher has offered to me for a +present a copy of Fremont's Life published by Horace Greeley & Co.: and +made the remark, that if I should read it, I would be moved to act for +Fremont's election. I remarked, that I would have in these circumstances +scarcely sufficient time to read so much regarding Fremont and also +regarding Buchanan, as would be necessary to know both as far as to +decide according to my knowledge of both for one or the other; and then +it would be against my usual course, if I should take any part in the +election of the one or the other. But I took the offered book, and then +I was inspired to study it with great attention, and I was astonished, +that in the falsely called Republican party the large number of those +who are for the Republican against the monarchial cause, could be so +duped and deceived by miserable speculators and monarchial agents as to +accept Col. Fremont as their Candidate for Presidency. Here is not the +place to show by the testimonies which are contained in the book +published by Horace Greeley for a recommendation of his Presidential +Candidate Fremont, what this man is. The testimonies were not understood +by the Republicans who are so obscured by the Papal Imperial Royal +magnetism, that although they have eyes, they do not see matters of this +kind. I make only the general remark, that the United States would have +been already burning in revolutions and wars not for the Republican but +for the monarchial cause, if Fremont had been elected President. + +After the perusal of that book I read also the book published by +Democrats for Buchanan's election. Then I understood that not only the +Heavenly congress who do not deprive men of their free will although +they control their actions for the final triumph of the true Republican +cause, but that also I was in duty bound to enlighten Citizens of +Pennsylvania, who had to decide the Presidential election, that they +might know Fremont and Buchanan, as they must be known for the welfare +of the country. I did it when I had an opportunity. A short time after +that I heard a speech of "Hon. Burlingame," which contained a heap of +"burlygames," and misrepresentations, deluding and instigating Citizens +of Pennsylvania against Buchanan, and soliciting them to vote for +Fremont. Then I wrote what I thought proper, that it was used by others, +and under the control of our Heavenly leaders good and bad people, those +who co-operated in truth with us, without any other interest except the +interest of nations, as well as those who co-operated for their private +interest, contributed their share for Buchanan's election according to +the merciful Divine Benignity, that we could peaceably prepare people +for the New Era until this hour under his administration, and warn the +inhabitants of the United States, that they should lose no time to avert +the impending judgments, which would have already effected a general +destruction without hope of escape, except by blind submission to +tyrants, if the falsely called Republicans who have been made blind +tools of the monarchial speculations, had succeeded with the intrusion +of their candidate upon the Presidential Chair. If President Buchanan +and the American Nation should continue in their course until the +impending general judgments would destroy the country, then also in this +most deplorable case, my inscription of this treatise would remain true, +and nobody else but the American Nation should be blamed, that they +neglected to make use of the divine mercy and the divine benignity, by +virtue of which they should have at least during Buchanan's +administration until now made use of the precious time, and spread our +message for the pacification of the world. + +The explanation of the given hints and what is connected with them, +would need a large and special volume; but we have mentioned here as +much as sufficient, and remark that if Mr. Horace Greeley and Readers of +the Tribune, are desirous to know their great hero Col. Fremont, as he +is exhibited in my above mentioned treatise, I will extract out of it +the passages which belong to him and to the slanderers and abusers of +President Buchanan, and send them to be published in the New-York +Tribune with such remarks of the Editors as they would think proper to +add, under the condition to publish then also my answers to their +remarks as I should think proper to make additions for a wholesome +instruction to the Editors and Readers of the Tribune, that they might +be delivered from the delusion by which the True Republican cause is +ruined. + +If they are anxious to know truth, they will understand this book and +determine to act with us for the redemption of nations from the +monarchial Powers. In this case they are requested to write to me under +the directions which are given in the proper place of this book, and +assure me in their writing, that they accept the proposition, and are +determined to co-operate with us for the introduction of the promised +New Era of Harmony and Peace, in which Publishers and Editors will have +nobler occupations than they have at present in the servitude laboring +hard for the support of the Beast and its ten Horns. This was to be +mentioned in this connection in regard to Hon. Horace Greeley and the +New-York Tribune. But the parties of the so-called Republicans and +Abolitionists will receive in an other treatise of this book +extraordinary lessons, that they might at length commence to co-operate +with us for the introduction of the Millennial glory. Many of them have +abused and misrepresented me in my mission. Therefore I do not marvel +that they have abused and misrepresented also President Buchanan not +only during the campaign, but also during his administration. We have +made urgent appeals to him, to make use of our message against the +enemies of this Republic; but he has neglected to do so, or perhaps my +documents did not reach himself, or the neglect must be attributed +rather to his enemies than to him. They would not hear me, and probably +they would not have heard him. Matters have to come so far as they are +made manifest in this book. After the Crusade of professed Monarchists +in Europe became as manifest, as there is the Crusade of Abolitionists +and false Republicans against him manifest in America, we expect that +President Buchanan will comprehend at length our mission, and endeavor +to arrive upon our ground to become the great Apostle of the New Era. If +he comprehends this book and makes use of our weapons of the spirit, he +will be a partaker of the great promise, and he will convert millions of +his enemies of all parties and sects into his true friends, and those +who will not be converted, will be destroyed. Moses and other Prophets +of the Old Testament, Christ and his Apostles and Prophets through the +course of centuries of the Christian Era as well as of this time, have +testified our mission, and signs are continuously repeated, announcing +the final victory of the cause entrusted to our mission, as those who +will study this book thoroughly, will be convinced of this unexpected +assertion. But here for the close of this treatise we remark for the +peculiar use to President Buchanan and others who are invited to become +our fellow laborers in the true Republican or true Christian against the +Monarchial or Antichristian cause, that in the second and third chapters +of the REVELATION the seven churches are typical symbols of the seven +states of the church, and that to one or the other of these states each +church of the christian name can be reduced, from the time the +Revelation has been published, to the time in which Christ comes or is +made manifest by our mission, in which that is performed and disclosed, +which is needed for his peaceable reign on earth. + +In the second chapter of the REVELATION, verses 18 to 29 is Thyatira the +type of the Roman Catholic Church. In the 24th and 25th verses to those +Roman Catholics "who have not known the depths of Satan," who has +brought them so on the surface and perverted the truth of the doctrine, +that they keep the shadow for truth, it is said: "I will put upon you +none other burden. But that which ye have, hold fast till I come," +REVEL. ii: 24 and 25. They have to keep the heavy burden of ceremonies, +feasts and fasts, and all kinds of other practices which are not +proficient to intellectual and moral perfection[F] of man, although they +are connected with enormous expenses for the support of Priests and many +others, and for all the buildings, vessels, and all kinds of +instruments, not knowing what is in their depth, till Christ comes. And +then it is said; "and he that overcometh and keeps my works unto the +end, to him will I give power over the nations: and he shall rule them +with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to +shivers: even as I received of my Father. And will I give him the +morning star," REVEL. ii: 26, 27 and 28. + +Here in the quoted verses at Christ's coming Christ's relation to him +who overcometh, is such as the relation of a father to his son, who +inherits from the father all things which the father possesses. Christ +has not been known in the churches of Babylon, as he is made known in +our mission to introduce the New Jerusalem. Christ in his appearance in +flesh was the Head, that is the representative of his body of followers; +but they could not establish his peaceable reign. It was necessary, that +through the course of centuries matters should be so developed, as +Prophets of the Bible as well as in the subsequent ages did prophesy; +and I, to be qualified for my present mission, had to go not only +through the usual studies of the Roman Catholic Church, but I had also +to study continuously, with all sincerity of my heart, the sources of +human knowledge and the investigations of different parties and sects, +to support the Roman Catholic Church against the assaults of her +adversaries, and was found qualified to be public Imperial Royal +Professor of Bibical Literature in that Church. In the charge of my +Professorship I considered myself peculiarly bound to defend with the +use of the Bible that church against all aggressions of the adversaries. +I did not know at that time, that the spirit of my Lord was preparing me +through all stages of my life for my present office. But while I was +investigating the depth of the "burden," of that church, comparing it +with the Jewish and Heathen antiquities and with the developement of the +mysteries of those antiquities through the centuries of the Christian +Era, when I was duly prepared and the time of the last development of +preparations for the Millennial glory arrived, I was called by +messengers of the Heavenly Congress to "the works," which were to be +performed and explained by my instrumentality, and, under the direction +of Heavenly leaders, who were most qualified to be my leaders in "those +works," I overcame all difficulties and I kept the "works of my +spiritual Father Jesus Christ unto the end," until all has been +performed and explained, that belongs to the commencement of the +Millennial glory, or what is the same, for the New Era or the New +Jerusalem. + +And we, that is, the whole body of messengers whom I represent, have +received "the iron rod and the morning star," the two symbols of our +mission. The first symbol testifies, that nations which reject our +message of Peace, will be broken to pieces. We do not break them, but we +announce to them judgments by which they will be broken. But we are +laboring to save nations, that they as god's people might come out from +Babylon, that they be not partakers of her sins and receive not of her +plagues, REVEL. xviii: 4. If people hear our voice, they will be +partakers of the Heavenly blessings prepared for them in the New Era or +in the New Jerusalem, and while they will be saved, their political and +ecclesiastical systems "as the vessels of a potter will be broken to +shivers." Systems that could not bring better fruits than those which +the political and ecclesiastical history and the experience of our days +shows, are founded in delusion and deception, which were generating +continuous destruction of human life and property and all the misery +which is founded in political and ecclesiastical follies. But +enlightened men and women of all ages and amongst all nations have seen +a new day, and to us has been entrusted "the Morning Star," the symbol +testifying that we have received all that is needed for the new day, the +New Era, which our morning star is announcing. + +All my published works and all my manuscripts are testifying, that it is +impossible to save this country from the yoke of monarchs and from the +most abject degradation and servitude, by any weapons except those which +have been entrusted to our charge by Christ's spirit. And those who +study this whole book from the commencement to the end, in the same +order in which the documents are placed in it, so that they understand +each portion separately and the connection of it with all that precedes, +to be prepared for the right understanding of what follows, to +comprehend at length the whole, will be as convinced as I am, that we, +that is I and all my visible and invisible fellow laborers, have truly +received the great commission to move nations for the introduction of +the promised New Era, which will be the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, Harmony and Peace amongst all nations, the Dispensation of the +Fulness of Times, in which all in Heaven and on Earth will be gathered +together in Christ, Ephes, 1: 10. + +Readers must keep in mind, that all that is written in this book is only +a preparation to the "monthly theological course" which is appointed at +the end. In the "monthly course" the system or the chain to bind the +Dragon REVEL. xx: 2 will be explained and that will be made manifest, +which is mentioned in this book but cannot be explained. And our +proceedings in that monthly course will be then published in different +languages for a testimony to all nations, to move them for co-operation, +that all in Heaven and on Earth might be brought to Harmony and Peace. + +President Buchanan! allow me to close this treatise with some important +words to you! For you we need no more testimonies than those partly +printed partly written documents which I have sent at different critical +occasions by the mail directly to you, if they had been handed to you, +and you had studied them with such attention, as they deserved to be +studied by the President of the United States. Those testimonies would +have been sufficient to convince you, that no other weapons can be used +for the victory against your enemies and the enemies of the true +Republican cause, by whom this country is overflowed, and who in Europe +are preaching crusades against you and the supporters of the cause +entrusted to your care, except the weapons of Christ's spirit entrusted +to our care. Those who are with the Lamb, called, chosen and faithful, +will overcome the Beast and its ten Horns. REVEL. xvii: 14. This will +not take place with preparations for war and with armies of soldiers; +but we have the Heavenly armies upon white horses, REVEL. xix: 14, and +offer to all our enemies reconciliation with Heaven and temporal and +eternal most precious blessings. But if they reject the Heavenly gifts, +all infernal hosts are subject to our Heavenly armies, and by these +executioners of divine judgments as many of our enemies will be +destroyed as sufficient, to move the rest of them to repentance. +Although I could give thousands of instances of destruction of enemies +of our cause, who have been cast into the inferior regions, because they +have rejected the Heavenly gifts offered them by our instrumentality, I +will mention only one instance for a peculiar warning to you. + +A.D. 1849 at our appointment of a Latin convention in the City of +New-York for an examination of the magnetic chain shown by our +instrumentality to bind the Dragon, REVEL. XX: 2, I sent to President +Zach. Taylor a copy of my printed English circular in which that +convention was appointed, and a copy of my large Latin letter, taken +from the copy which was directed and sent to the Archbishop of Baltimore +to be read to all Bishops of the United States, who were at that time +assembling their Synod in Baltimore. To those copies I added my English +letter in which I addressed President Taylor showing to him, that our +message is as important for all political as for all ecclesiastical +governments and especially for the government of the United States to +stop the Papal Imperal Royal or monarchial influence and to restore the +true Republican cause, and that therefore he, President Zach. Taylor, +was in duty bound to send to said convention qualified Latin scholars to +attend it. In my printed and written documents as many items have been +concentrated as would have been sufficient to move the President to do +what was required, if President Taylor had been qualifyed for his post. +We have warned him most solemnly, that he as the twelfth President, +should not be a traitor of the Republican cause, as Judas Jscariot was a +traitor of Christ's cause. But my warnings were not regarded by +President Taylor. + +After the destruction of the armies of those who were deceived in Europe +by their leaders that they were fighting with carnal weapons for the +Republican cause, I wrote again to President Taylor showing, that he was +responsible for all destruction of human life and property, which would +have been saved, if he had not neglected to fulfil his highest duty +which has been shown to him in my documents; but that, notwithstanding +this, according to divine mercy, to save him and by his instrumentality +many others, I was again authorized to apply to him and to show, what he +ought to do in those circumstances, to open the way for spreading our +message of Peace amongst all nations. But when all my efforts to move +the President for an energetic action for the support of the true +Republican cause remained without effect, I committed him to the +judgment of the Heavenly Congress. + +On the 9th day of July, 1850, at 5 o'clock A.M., shortly after my +arrival in Cleveland Ohio, an Angel of the Lord, a holy martyr, came to +me and said, that I should write directly to the Congress and show that +President Taylor had neglected to fulfil his highest duty and deserves +on this account the severest judgment. After having finished my writing +on that day, I was looking to find in Cleveland somebody acquainted with +a congressman to whom we could entrust my document. But on that day I +could not find such a man. On the 10th I went to a "free soil" minister +with the expectation, that he might know such a man. That minister was +not at home; but his wife said, that he had gone to the Post Office and +was soon expected to return. He returned with the message, that +President Taylor died at 10 o'clock P.M. of the preceding night. Then I +understood the mystery, that my writing was not prepared for the +Congress of the United States in Washington but for the Heavenly +Congress, and I have shown to that minister my writing directed to the +Congress of the United States. I did not hear before, that the President +had been taken sick, although I have heard afterwards, that his sickness +was very short, and that his last words were, that he was departing with +the consciousness, that he had fulfilled his duties. This is the +consolation which ministers of darkness impart to such destroyers as +General and President Zach. Taylor was. If he had had any regard for the +lives of his fellow beings and for their true happiness, he would have +understood my documents and have done what was his duty for the +destruction of the Beast, its image and the false prophet, which destroy +every year an enormous amount of human life and property. Although I +have mentioned in this treatise several strange facts, some of the +following will appear more strange; but they will be the more +comprehended, the more this whole book shall be understood. Not only the +order which I received in the morning of the day on which Zach. Taylor +departed, to write to the congress that he had neglected to fulfill his +highest duty, but also the day and hour, in which he daparted, were most +suitable for the celebration of the mystery of Zach. Taylor's death, and +the tremendous fire in Philadelphia at 4 o'clock P.M. or 6 hours before +Taylor's death, was a prophetical precursor of his death. In that fire a +number of persons were killed by a terrible powder explosion +commemorating the fact that the privileged murderer had been nominated +President in that city. All that happened by the dreadful influence of +infernal demons under the control of messengers from our congress, who +have given at the exact hours on the proper day signs of a great +warning. As soon as I heard of President Taylor's death, I understood, +that I was ordered to write to the Heavenly Congress of the United +States, that is, the congress of the holy prophets and martyrs who have +the commission to unite finally all states of all governments on the +globe in Christ's peaceable reign or the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, according to the prophecies which have been given by their +mediumship, while they were yet in their mortal bodies. My writing to +the congress was copied by one of our departed messengers, and when +President Taylor departed, my writing was shown to him. Such things +would not appear strange to Bible readers, if they would understand what +they read. Here is no room to explain the actions of the departed, +amongst which there is also writing and reading. When the departed +President was reading my document showing that he had neglected to +fulfil his highest duty, his animal passion of murder was aroused, to +kill the writer. That privilege was granted to him only under the +condition, if he succeeds by taking a toad in possession, and by its +instrumentality poisoning the water of the well at the house in which I +used to stop. The water was poisoned; the prophetess and her husband +with whom I boarded, when I was in that section of the country, were by +drinking the water, taken sick, and they recovered as soon as they +ceased to use the water, but they could not catch the toad. It happened +before my arrival with them. And when I arrived in their house and would +drink of that excellent water, they warned me. But I did not care about +their warning and drank, and was straightway taken sick and continued to +be sick, till a Heavenly messenger came at the right hour and took the +sickness away. At length the toad was caught and killed the right day +and hour by the husband of the prophetess, who was a zealous Democrat. +He was in many battles with Generals of Napoleon I. and killed men and +animals; but he assured us oftentimes, that he never had so much +trouble in killing any creature, as with that toad, and never heard so +pitiful lamentations as have been poured out by that toad when it was +dying. Zach. Taylor, when he was compelled to leave the toad and to +enter into the infernal regions of his inner life, into his torments, +resisted as long as he could; but when the right day and hour came, he +could not resist longer. If you study this whole book so, as you need to +study it, you will not be surprised at such unexpected events. You read +in the fifth chapter of Mark, that a whole legion of demons, that is a +whole regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle, have +been permitted to enter into a heard of hogs. But they could not remain +there, and were compelled to enter into the depth of the lake. And +General Taylor who had destroyed many people, after having despised +reconciliation and apostleship offered to him by virtue of our mission, +was at length not allowed to be with a toad, but was compelled to +descend into the abyss. + +I have given here only some hints of strange events which are in +connection with other events which could not be mentioned here, nor can +we explain what we have mentioned without enlarging this treatise. But +we have written a peculiar treatise in which President Taylor's spirit +manifestation by the instrumentality of a toad is circumstantially +explained in a manuscript which will be published when required. But +here we have mentioned as much as we could in this confined space, and +we hope, that not only you, President Buchanan, but also Emperor +Napoleon as well as your friends and enemies in general will reflect +upon such things with earnestness. + +On the 24th day of June 1839, I returned from Philadelphia to Boston +with many collections to write the third of my five German volumes, and +to show, that the memorable events which have been reported in my first +and second volumes, happened according to prophecies, as signs +testifying our mission. When, on that day, as is reported in my 3d +volume, I was praying in my room and preparing to write the 3d volume, +Emperor Napoleon, in his Imperial splendour stood before me with the +invitation, that I might become his medium. I looked into his inner +state, and the magnetic outward splendor disappeared, and his inner +wretchedness and distress were manifest, and he could not stand any +longer before me, and, with an explosion like a powerful thunderclap, he +left me and took the direction to Europe. The title of my third volume, +if we translate it from German into English, reads: + +"Memorable events in the life of Andrew Bernardus Smolnikar. Third +volume containing the Explanation of Prophecies, by which Christ the +Lord, has confirmed that he has appeared unto us for the fulfilling of +his promises, in order to restore his reign upon the whole earth and to +give his peace to all nations, and has at his appearance appointed the +author as an extraordinary messenger, and performed by him all the +mysteries for the foundation of that peace &c., New-York, 1840." + +We read, "Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand +against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and +blood, but against principalities, against the rulers of the darkness of +this world, against spiritual wickedness[G] in high places." EPHES. vi: +11 and 12. These are the secret enemies whom we must know, and we must +stand on a ground, on which they cannot come, and from which we will +conquer them. When Napoleon was allowed to approach me with the +invitation, that I should follow him, that is, that I should become his +medium, he was allowed in a like manner, as the tempter or devil in the +4th chapter of MATTHEW was allowed to tempt Jesus. Napoleon was one of +the dragons or devils, who was permitted to do so for a great +instruction to all rulers on the globe. There is not one, but there are +many dragons or devils, leading each his sphere of infernal demons or +degraded departed spirits. You will understand the more the mystery, the +farther you proceed in studying this book. Now is renewed and fulfilled, +what is written in the gospels, and what in the Bible was not +understood, receives light by our experience. Jesus could not descend +from his height, to become a medium of one of these rulers of darkness. +And likewise I could not do this. This dragon, this spirit of delusion +and destruction, when I commenced to look into his interiors was made +manifest, and he could not stand any longer. He was compelled to leave +me instantly and to be tormented seeking another medium. At length[H], +because our message of Peace has been rejected and people were so +degraded, that the European Revolution of 1848 opened the way to the +throne of Napoleon III, Napoleon I. could have this as a suitable medium +to delude and destroy nations. And to this dragon so much of human life +and property has been sacrificed, that for the celebration of the birth +of the Papal Imperial Royal Mary on the 8th September 1855, thirty +thousand soldiers have been murdered at the taking of Sebastopol. Nobody +who does not see human affairs from our position, can duly appreciate +the criminality of such a tremendous madness, from which to deliver +Napoleon III. and his armies, you, President Buchanan, are able to give +us a powerful assistance. I do not despair of the conversion of Napoleon +III himself. When people descend so deep into the society of infernal +spirits that there is no other remedy than destruction of many to save +the remnant, then according to divine judgment people receive such +rulers as are connected with one or the other of the infernal dragons, +to inspire them with the infernal furies to destroy each other. Great +warriors are great mediums of the princes of darkness. But if they are +reached by our instrumentality, they when they are studying our message +of Peace, are drawing their leading spirits from their depth of misery +into a better condition. Napoleon III. if he could be moved to study our +message of Peace and to act accordingly, could reach his uncle Napoleon, +and draw him into the pacification. What we mention here, is explained +in our system for the promised New Era. + +This is the joyful message, which is to be communicated by your +instrumentality, President Buchanan, to Emperor Napoleon and other +monarchs, that they might study our message of Peace and become our +fellow laborers to draw their living and departed friends into the New +Era, or the New Jerusalem, which is to be introduced by our +instrumentality. And you, President Buchanan, are powerfully exhorted, +to prepare for the Kingdom of our Lord and his Christ, REVEL. xi: 15. +Editors and translators of the New Testament were so ignorant of the +true Christian principles that they took instead of "the kingdom of our +Lord and his Christ" the wrong reading "the kingdoms" in plural number; +but there will be one kingdom, that is, one government of our Lord, and +his Christ. And this will be a true Republican government--to give +explanations about which there is no room here, but we remark, that this +great truth will become self-evident to those who comprehend this book. +And we expect, that you, respected President Buchanan, will comprehend +it and then you will take the spiritual weapons, which are comprehended +in our message, for the conversion of monarchs into true republicans, +which is the same, as true Christians. But in the first place bishops +and priests in America are to be moved, to attend our monthly +theological course and then assist us at the conversion of monarchs; And +we expect that by your good example and your assistance bishops and +priests will learn at length to comprehend their highest duty. Matters +come to maturity; but we will not expatiate, because we have already +extended this treatise so far: nothing but our duty to do all in our +power for the pacification of nations, moved us to write it according to +our mission for the redemption of oppressed humanity. + +Postscript to the first treatise. I arrived the last time in Washington +City at the end of March, this year, 1859, and remained there until the +8th of April. Then I walked to Baltimore and wrote to hon. Hicks, +Governor of Maryland, and invited him, to study the documents which I +had offered to President Buchanan, but he had no time to study them, +although they contain matters of great importance for all governments to +remove War and establish Peace on the whole globe. I mentioned many +items in my letter that I expected to move the Governor to accept my +offer; but, received no answer. The same time a great sign was given so +that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western Reserve of Ohio. +At my arrival there the Spring was changed in a severe Winter, and I +commenced to write during a great storm and snow on Easter Saturday, +April 23d 1859, a new treatise exhibiting wonders and signs in connexion +with Presidents and other high Officers of the Federal Government of the +United States and showing, how they are subjugated by the Beast with +seven Heads and are supporting the ten Horns of that Beast, and that +there will be a great destruction of human life and property in this +country, as there is in Europe, if it shall not be stopped by receiving +and spreading our Heavenly message of Peace, which is developed by our +mediumship. Since my public appearance in my present mission there was +continuous correspondence of memorable events connected with the +Government of the United States and memorable events connected with the +steps of my mission, containing most solemn warnings to this Government, +and many striking instances are concentrated in said treatise which was +intended to occupy the second place in this book. But we found that the +book would become too large, to be bought and studied by many who might +be attracted to study this and then to co-operate with us for the +fulfilment of the prophecy which was given by the disappearance of the +Steamboat President and all persons, who were in it at the same time in +which President Harrison died in such connexion with what was set in +type at the same time for my 4th volume, entitled: "The one thing +Needfull," and with the documents which were at the same time sent from +Europe for our use, and explained in said volume in such correspondence +with the disappearance of the Steamboat President and the death of +President Harrisson, that the prophecy contained in those events is +manifest, by which the spirit assures us, that he will sweep away the +antichristian government of the United States as well as other +governments. Knowing this, people of the United States and their +Officers may avoid all the dreadful destruction, which is in Europe +preparing the way, that at length governments and people will pay +attention to our message and learn how to establish perfect peace on the +whole globe. + +After the disappearance of President Harrison and of the prophetical +Steamboat President, solemn warnings were repeated under all following +Presidents in correspondence with what happened in our mission; and in +this respect President Buchanan is peculiarly remarkable, and in said +treatise memorable events of great warnings connected with his +administration have been explained. But we must delay their publication, +and every reader will find in the following treatises of this book +superabundance of solemn warnings, that all might become our zealous +fellow laborers for the accomplishment of the glorious promises, and +that especially President Buchanan might give to others good example and +come from patching the old house which must crumble to pieces, in our +peace union and give powerful assistance for the introduction of the +promised New Era. Great mercy was shown through him to the country while +he is yet in Babylon, but was quenching the fire which would have +consumed the country, if his antagonist had been elected President. +Therefore, notwithstanding his having neglected the one thing needful +until this hour we expect, that he will arrive at length on our ground +and co-operate with us in building the New Jerusalem. + +This treatise, to which I add this postscript June 22d 1859, was written +in February last, and the tremendous war and destruction in Italy broke +out two or three months afterwards, exactly[I] while I was explaining +the thrilling prophecy given by Daniel or Judgement of God performed by +Sickles under the control of our Leader in the 14th verse of the 14th +chap, of the REVEL., "having in his hand a sharp sickle." He gave to the +destroying Spirit the permission to seize the medium and to show +prophetically what he will do in hundreds of thousands of cases, if the +right order shown in our Plan, will not be restored. There is a depth in +the mystery of the unexpected tragedy, in which all actors have most +suitable names and offices, each for the post he occupies; and the most +suitable spot as well as the most suitable day and hour were selected +for the performance, with all the preceding, accompanying and following +circumstances in correspondence with our doing on the same Sunday +Sexagesima on which this year the tragedy was perpetrated, as well as +what happened in the preceding years since my first public appearance in +my present mission on that Sunday A.D. 1838, and the initiation which +has been imparted to me on that Sunday for my present ministry, by the +martyr on the white cloud, who has in his hand a sharp sickle, REVEL. +xiv. 14. I give here only some hints; but the explanation is given in +connexion with many other cases of a great warning to this government in +the treatise, the publication of which must be delayed; for we expect +that the contents of the following treatises of this book will be +strong enough to awaken the enemies of President Buchanan to give us +assistance to awaken him from his lethargy, if he should not be sooner +aroused to assist us to deliver them from their wrong course, by which +they injure the great cause of the true Freedom of nations. + +In the great ignorance in which people are regarding the inner life of +man and the spirit world, they are reading many signs of the times, +without understanding what they read. + +I mentioned above, that I started on the 8th April from Washington. It +is to be understood that so many signs and wonders took place and so +many secrets were disclosed, while I was trying spirits in Washington, +that a book of this size would be too small to comprehend them. On the +8th April 1859, I finished all work which I had to perform in +Washington, at the same hour, in which four men were, all at once in +Baltimore, hung by the neck, till dead, although the black struggled +some minutes longer with death than his white companions. As soon as my +work was finished in Washington, I started and walked to Baltimore, and +arrived in that city on the 9th April, when all newspapers were filled +with reports of the execution, and with biographies of the executed. I +had to read the reports of that execution which belongs to the links of +the chain to bind the dragon REVEL. xx., 2. That reading occasioned my +above mentioned letter to governor Hicks. I thought, that perhaps after +the execution of some champions of his party, he and other leaders of +that party might be more prepared to receive lessons from us, than they +were prepared in former times, while I was applying to them in +Baltimore, Annapolis, and in hundreds of other cities and villages, +exhorting and warning them, to study our message of Peace, and +co-operate with us for the true American, or, what is the same, the true +Republican cause. But they have despised our warnings. At length matters +arrived so far that, if all other warnings of this book should not be +sufficient, we expect that the spirit manifestations which are connected +with that execution and are mentioned in the fourth treatise of this +book, will move them to become our worthy fellow labourers for the +fulfilment of the grandest promises. But we repeat, that every reader +should study this book in the same order in which it is written, +weighing with great attention and earnestness every sentence, till he +understands it and retains in his mind all that preceded. If you have +studied in this manner this treatise, you are prepared for studying the +second treatise. + + + + +SECOND TREATISE. + + + + Memorable events, by which the parties of Abolitionists and + Republicans as well as subjects of Monarchs should be aroused for + co-operation with us, to draw not only the President and the + Congress of the United States but also monarchs on our ground for + the introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and + Peace on earth. + + +As strange as our disclosures made in the first treatise may appear to +those who have neglected to observe the signs of the times, they should +not be surprised who know that the time for the fulfilment of the great +promises in regard to mankind had arrived, although all things seem to +run in quite another course than they expected. + +In the 6th verse of the 14th chap. of the REVELS. the first of the three +Angels spoken of in that and the following verses, commences to deliver +his message. At the commencement of the last century it was known +amongst German theologians, that those three angels or messengers are +the three men, each of whom is representing a body of messengers by whom +the contents of the prophecy given to each of those angels are to be +fulfilled. The first is preaching the everlasting Gospel, the contents +of which are given in the 7th verse. Gospel is Greek evangelion and +means glad tidings. The contents of the glad tiding of his preaching is +that nations should be converted from their idols to God the creator of +the universe, and he announces that the time of judgment had arrived. +The commencement of this preaching took place with Martin Luther, so +that he is to be considered as the representative of those, who are +comprehended in the prophecy of the first of those three angels. But +Luther and other preachers who came at that time and afterwards against +the Pope of Rome, and continue yet in the same spirit their work, did +not know in Luther's time nor afterwards, nor do they know in our time +their position, except as they learn it by what is disclosed by the +third angel or messenger, who commences his prophecy in the 9th verse of +the 14th chap. of the REVEL. In the third of my five German volumes, +published from A.D. 1838 to 1842 it has been shown that Luther had a +prophetical position, that is, he was according to the term adopted by +modern spiritualists, a very strong medium, inspired and supported by +his leaders, who were deluding and destroying spirits, who did not know +the true God and his Christ, but were prophesying judgments which took +place and continue till people shall be converted from their idols to +the living God. The three hundred years from Luther's appearance to our +appearance, were years of manifold developments preparatory to our +mission. Although Luther was born in Eisleben, that means "the life in +ice," because the fire of Christian charity has been extinguished, and +the spirit of persecution was nourished amongst all parties and sects, +notwithstanding this great preparations have taken place since his +public appearance till our public appearance, and there is an admirable +correspondence between his actions in the sixteenth century and my +actions which took place in the same years of the nineteenth century, +till Luther died on the 18th day of February 1546, which year in our +century, I mean 1846, was the great tropical year for dreadful +renovations of judgments, for the reason that the leaders of parties and +sects and their followers have rejected our message, which I commenced +to proclaim after having been publicly initiated to my present mission +on the 18th day of February 1838. We shall speak further on in this book +regarding the great event. But we have mentioned Doctor Martin Luther as +representing the champions of Protestantism against Popery. Their +mission is only prophetical. On their position they are supporting +Popery or Monarchy in general and they are particularly supporting a +number of Popish tenets regarding the Bible, regarding Christ and his +mission and manifold other doctrines, in which when they endeavored to +improve, they generally apostatized farther from truth towards +materialism, than the papal Hierarchy themselves; but they were +continuously repeating the substance of their prophecy, that people +should be converted from their idols to the living God. But by all that +repetition parties and sects multiplied, and there has been since Martin +Luther's appearance until this hour so dreadful a Babylon, or confusion +and delusion in social, political and ecclesiastical affairs, as there +never was before. And while pious men were looking into the prophecies, +to see the end of this dreadful Babylon, Doctor Bengel of Wurtemberg in +Germany was awakened in the first part of the last century, to compare +for many years the prophetical dates of the Revelation with events of +the ecclesiastical history, and has shown in his book, entitled: +"Erklaerte Offenbarung," which means "Revelation explained," that +Christ's manifestation for overcoming his enemies and establishing his +peaceable reign on earth, would take place about the year 1836. John +Wesley was not the author but only the copy holder of what Doctor Bengel +has explained in the Revelation. + +That Doctor Bengel was the 2nd angel representing the body of messengers +spoken of in REVELATION xiv. 8, has been shown in my above mentioned 3d +volume, in which it is made manifest, that the mission of the 2nd angel +is as well prophetical, as the mission of the first angel, REVEL. xiv. +6. But in this treatise we had only to mention matters, which have been +explained in my quoted volume. Doctor Bengel and the whole body of +messengers who came from his school proclaiming the coming of Christ +about the year 1836, and Wm. Miller and the army of preachers with him +who were proclaiming Christ's coming about the year 1843, and others +proclaiming it in some other period, were ignorant about the manner of +his coming or of his manifestation for establishing his peaceable reign. +All these and many other things have been reserved to the 3d angel or +messenger, spoken of in REVEL. xiv. 9. This is our mission. The martyr +on the white cloud in the 14th verse, having "in his hand a sharp +Sickle," was my leader in what I had to perform in the Roman Catholic +Church in the year 1838 as the 3d angel REVEL.: xiv. 9, representing the +body of messengers, by whom the proclamation of the contents of REVEL.: +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be made everywhere. And those great events and the +prophecies in which they have been predicted, have been explained in the +first three of my above mentioned German volumes; and we have so many +credentials or signs according to prophecies testifying our mission, +that while we were writing the fifth of my above mentioned five volumes, +we were repeating, that sensible readers of those volumes were aware, +that five hundred volumes could be written, testifying our mission. And +when they study this whole volume and comprehend it, they will be +convinced of the same truth. + +The third angel or the messenger representing the body of messengers, by +whose efficacy the beast and its image and the false prophet supporting +them, will disappear from the globe, gives in the last treatise of this +book the plan according to which the beast and its image and the false +prophet will disappear and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole globe. Peace would have been already established amongst +nations of the Christian name and they would have labored at this time +powerfully in the conversion of Heathens not to one or the other sect +but into the peaceable reign of Christ, which will be the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice, if those who have been exhorted first, to +study our message of peace had fulfilled their highest duty. The first +who have been powerfully urged to study our message of peace and the +credentials of our mission, were bishops, doctors of divinity and other +clergymen of all parties and sects where I had opportunity to reach +them. But when they refused to fulfill their highest duty, I was +particularly engaged to move abolitionists to study what has been +providentially prepared by our instrumentality to move slaveholders +themselves for co-operation with us to introduce the millennium or the +universel Republic of Truth and Justice and Peace amongst all nations: +because I was certain, that if the abolitionists would study it, +slaveholders themselves would do the same. But alas! when Jesus was +explaining the dreadful condition of Jerusalem, the Jews did not see it. +Likewise also citizens of the United States do not see theirs as we see +it from the position of our mission. The principal elements of the +vulcano the eruption of which is yet latent, are in leaders of +abolitionists, who are obstinate materialists refusing to make use of +the means which are offered them in our message to extinguish the +burning vulcano. They have lost discernment and judgment, when it is +most necessary to make the right use of it, to liberate the country from +the yoke of tyrants. Although I could write volumes to illustrate my +assertion, at this occasion I mention only a little of my experience in +the Convention to overcome evil with good, and which was in the +newspapers announced under the specious title: Philanthropic Convention +to overcome evil with good, and which was held on the 10th, 11th and +12th days of September, 1858, in Utica of the State of New-York. The +most influential persons in that Convention were Abolitionists of the +Garrisonian and Gerrit Smith's parties and Spiritulists belonging to +those and to the Republican party. I attended that Convention to offer +the remedy against the pernicious effects, which are produced by the +wrong course which leaders of those parties pursue for destruction of +this Republic, and to show the course which all true reformers have to +pursue for Harmony and Peace of all nations. + +That those who are concerned and their followers might be converted to +the true Republican cause, and all true Republicans might be +strengthened not to be deceived by secret and open servants of tyrants +and by deluding and destroying spirits and sectarian ministers of +darkness, I find proper to insert here the article which I wrote shortly +after the Convention, but I did not find a chance to publish; because we +are not popular, when we dare to express so great truths as are +comprehended in said lengthy article which reads as follows: + +Preparations for the resolutions "to overcome evil with good;" also: +introductory remarks to expose the league by which the Utica +"Philantrophic Convention" was governed. + +There are many such pretenders as the Garrisonian Liberator of Boston, +who, under the specious pretext to liberate slaves, are the greatest +supporters of slavery, by rejecting the means providentially prepared +for deliverance of all men and women from the yoke of tyrants, and by +instigating people to Revolutions and other sacrilegious enterprises to +ruin this country and bring it under the yoke of monarchs. While I was +endeavoring in many places, to move people to study our disclosures +regarding the divine plan for a peaceful abolition of all kinds of +slavery by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, and for the +introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and Peace, +which is usually although improperly called the millennium, I found them +everywhere so deluded by the infernal league, that they have neglected +to study "the one thing needfull" for the true freedom of all nations. + +During my travelling in more than twenty of the United States I stopped +several times in the Western Reserve of Ohio. I found more worshippers +of the Garrisonian Liberator there than in other sections of the country +of the same population, those places excepted, which are inhabited by +that sect of Quakers who are called "Progressive Friends," who are +progressing very fast in the arts of the infernal league for the ruin of +the true Republican cause. I arrived A.D. 1847 at the Quaker settlement, +called Green Plane, near Xenia in Ohio, and appointed there in a +Wesleyan meeting-house a Convention, in which I proposed to explain the +signs of our mission and the plan according to which, when it will be +understood and spread on the globe, all kinds of slavery will be +abolished. I expected that Quakers and other Abolitionists of that +section of the country would take great interest in our movement. But I +experienced afterwards, that the small Popes of that section were +against it, although they themselves did not disturb our Convention; but +a Quaker and a Wesleyan minister, both from a distance, were so great +disturbers of it, that whenever an important point was to be examined, +they directed the attention of the audience to other subjects; although +that Convention has been called for an examination of the points +concentrated in my manuscript. When I saw, that they were in conspiracy +with others in the Convention, I myself dissolved it. I asked then the +Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale, whose residence was next to the +meeting-house of the Convention, why he did not attend it. He answered, +that he received from the spirit what he needed. I started from thence +for the Western Reserve of Ohio, and appointed in Trumbol County a +Convention, and sent an article to the Garrisonian Liberator. In that +article I assured the Abolitionists, that from my documents which should +be examined in the Convention, it would be evident, that we have +received the mission, and that we have as credentials of our mission a +long chain of signs according to prophecies, by which we are assured, +that we will abolish all kinds of slavery and monarchy by the power of +the spirit, with the assistance of slaveholders themselves, when +abolitionists shall comprehend our message and spread it on the globe. + +Lloyd Garrison, the head medium of the infernal league, has published my +article, but with such editorial remarks, as were quite agreeable to his +master, the infernal Holiness. I forgot to inquire, whether my article +appeared or not in the Liberator, till on the first day of our +Convention a man remarked that our Convention was small on account of +Garrison's editorial remarks to my article and his grand tent meeting in +the neighborhood at the same time with our Convention. I came from a +distance, and was ignorant of the great provisions made by the infernal +holiness to retain his slaves in bondage at the appointment of our +Convention for their deliverance. The same man had a copy of the +Liberator containing my article with Garrison's remarks. They were read +to the Convention. Then I made my remarks[J] and the proposition, to +finish our Convention so as to reach on the last day Garrison's[K] grand +tent meeting in Lima, Ohio, and proclaim there our resolutions. + +We did so. A committee from our convention went with me, and we arrived +in Lima at the Garrisonian tent meeting on the last day. Several +thousand persons were assembled, and the first business after our +arrival was the reading of a resolution, in which Garrison and his +fellow laborers were declared as the true ministers of the Gospel, in +connexsion with a fatal blow to the ministers of other sects. A general +reception of the resolution was testified with "yes" from a thousand +voices; but when the contrary vote was required, there was only my "no" +heard; but it was so strong, that it surprised the whole audience. I +added that I came to show, who the true ministers of the Gospel[L] were. + +We agreed with the committee consisting of three public speakers, that +they should make use of the first opportunity to proclaim the +resolutions which have been unanimously adopted in our Convention. Soon +after my tremendous "no" one of our committee arose and told the +assembled thousands, that a committee sent from an anti-slavery +Convention had arrived with most important resolutions, to be publicly +read in the grand tent meeting. The chairman replied, that next after +the address of the man who occupied the floor, they should deliver their +resolutions. They went directly on the platform. But the pharisees on +the platform were anxious to find out, who the man was, that gave the +strong negative vote to their resolution. Some amongst them knew me +personally. Therefore as soon as our committee came upon the platform, +the above mentioned Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale came to me inquiring, +whether that committee belonged to my association or not. I said, that +he should not ask me, but the committee, to which association they +belonged. + +One of the deepest English investigators into the Jewish and Christian +antiquities wrote in one of his publications, that there is no society +more like the society of the Old Pharisees, than the Society of Quakers +is. He knew them in England, and I know them in America, and confess +that it is true in regard to the Quaker speculators, who have enslaved +the whole Quaker society, to be in their servitude and to prepare in +their ignorance of matters the subjugation of the whole country under +the yoke of monarchs. Joseph Dugdale is the principal medium who was +carried soon after that spectacle to Pennsylvania, and demons were +powerfully operating through him in starting the sect of the +"Progressive Friends." But at that tent meeting he inspired the heads to +be cautious in admitting our committee to speak. Therefore after the +address of the man after whom our committee according to the promise of +the chairman were to address the tent meeting, another was announced by +name, to speak, and then a second, a third, and so on, although our +committee were waiting on the platform from 9 o'clock A.M. till 2 or 3 +P.M. At length the chairman announced, that teams had arrived, to carry +the tent from that to another place. Provisions had been made, that if +there should be danger for the infernal league, things might be +prepared, to break of the tent. Therefore when the chairman announced +the advent of the teams, another pharisee mentioned, that the waiting +committee had not yet spoken and the chairman said, that they should +speak. + +The speaker, instead of reading directly the resolutions of our +Convention, undertook to prepare the audience by telling them, that he +knew how to value the great zeal of Mr. Garrison for the deliverance of +slaves. And as far Mr. Garrison and others on the platform seemed to be +pleased. But as soon as he mentioned, that "Garrison is not infallible," +those who were ready for action, commenced to break off the tent, and +there arose such a tumult amongst the assembled people, that nobody +could distinguish the voice of the speaker from the noise of the crowd. + +These items may suffice, to make known the infallible Pope, the +Garrisonian Liberator, although I could write many volumes of +extroardinary spirit manifestations in public and private meetings with +members of that party, while I was endeavoring to deliver them from the +shackles of the infernal Holiness and his armies. But they remained so +fastened, as in their "Philanthropic Convention" in Utica, which I +attended because we had been informed, that the Poughkeepsie seer, +Andrew Jackson Davis, was the principal author of said Convention, or, +the principal medium of speculators calculating to extend the government +of the infernal liberator by using said Convention. Andrew Jackson Davis +is the prince of mediums of spirits, who appear as angels of light, but +when they are tried by us, they are made manifest as dreadful deluding +and destroying demons. After they had been made manifest to me by his +deceiving publications, I tried several times to reach him personally, +and to show him his dreadful situation and how he could arrive on our +ground. But his cunning demons carried him away from my presence. At +length I met with him on the tenth of this month September, 1858, in +the "Philanthropic Convention" of Utica. Ira Hitchcock was appointed +chairman. His first name means in Latin "wrath" or "vengence," and the +second name is in the English language appropriate to the important +office which our duped and deceived friend did receive in said +Convention. Mr. Davis offered some rules, to be observed in the +Convention They were adopted. One of those rules was, that no speaker +should occupy more than twenty minutes, except the audience should +desire, that after the expiration of twenty minutes he should continue +to speak. + +Mr. Davis was called, to open the Convention with his speech. It was +read from a manuscript and contained a very imposing and deceiving view +of the past and the present in the history of mankind. Since his reading +lasted more than one hour, I asked after its close, that it should be +decided, whether those who open the meeting, should be bound by the +adopted rule of twenty minutes, or be permitted to speak or read as long +as they would be pleased also when they misrepresent the history in such +an absurd manner as the speaker did. No regard was taken of what I said, +and they proceeded in singing and speaking. + +The afternoon session was opened with as long a reading as the forenoon +session. After the reading they debated, whether it should be directly +printed in a newspaper of the place and in extra copies, or not. It was +unanimously decided that it should be printed, except that I disturbed +the unanimous vote with a powerful "no." But when I desired to give my +reasons, that its publication would not serve "to overcome evil with +good," but to increase the evil, I was stopped, as being not in order in +opposition to a resolution which had been unanimously carried out. + +For a better understanding of the spectacles which will be mentioned +afterwards, we must remark the following incident, which happened on +that day, to wit, somebody mentioned, that there came many female +mediums from a great distance in the expectation to be moved in the +Convention by spirits to speak, that therefore all these mediums should +come on the platform, and speak, whenever any of them should be moved by +a spirit to do so. I think that others felt the absurdity of that +proposition, which if it had been, accepted, would have created great +confusion and hindrance to the realization of their speculations; +therefore they did not respond to his suggestion. Readers should know, +that if not all, certainly most of the heads and the agents of that +Convention were spiritualists of the latest fashion. + +On the afternoon of that day, after singing, I suddenly took the stand, +to make use of the twenty minutes time, conceded by the rule of the +Convention to every speaker. I wished to show, that nobody in the +Convention touched the root of the evil; and that when others have +neglected to study our message of Peace, which shows that root and how +to extirpate it, at length spiritualists have been urged to do so. But +they, instead of progressing and learning by our message, how to +overcome evil with good, were attached to evil spirits, and they deluded +people regarding our message of Peace, when we endeavored to move them +to study it and act accordingly. Instead of many instances of our +experience testifying this, I would mention only my experience at the +last public meeting of spiritualists which I attended in the City of New +York. A female medium whose lying spirits were exposed by me in a public +meeting of spiritualists in Philadelphia on the first day of the last +month (August 1858) came on the 22d of the same month to a meeting of +spiritualists in New-York, in which meeting I spoke. During my speech +the demon by whom she was possessed, propelled her three times to stop +my speech. But when he was rebuked so terribly, that her friends could +not bear any longer, they awakened her from her sleep and carried her +out of the hall. But as soon as I ceased to speak, she returned; and the +demon shut instantly her eyes, and said through her, that I am a Judas +Jscariot, a Jesuit, an emissary of the Pope, &c. The chairman was +induced, to ask the name of the spirit; but he refused to tell his name. +Then he said through his medium, that he is "Donquixote Thomas Paine." +The first name he pronounced so that I knew by the pronunciation, who +amongst my departed friends was the controller of the lying spirit, by +whom the medium was possessed. My departed friend compelled him in the +first place to tell, that he was Don Quixote, known as the hero in the +celebrated Spanish romance or fable called Don Quixote. A similar +fiction was also the speech of the demon by whom that medium was +possessed, only that those who do not know me, might take the calumny of +the devil for truth. After the confession that he was Don Quixote, to +make which he was compelled by a higher power, he added according to his +lying propensity, that he was Thomas Paine, although he was not Thomas +Paine. + +When I desired to explain, from which sphere of spirits that liar came, +I was stopped by a man crying behind me to the chairman, asking him +whether I should be permitted or not to occupy an hour, while nobody +could understand me. At such interruptions I strike sometimes the +impudent demons, as they deserve to be stricken. I think, that I did not +speak ten minutes, when that interruption took place. To draw my +attention from the disturbing demon, Henry C. Wright jumped to me, +saying that I should not speak, because I am not understood, and he told +the audience that he knew me to be a good man, but that I could not be +understood by Americans. I interrupted him saying with indignation, that +he did not know me and that those do not understand me, who have ears +and will not hear and eyes and will not see. I felt that the audience +were not prepared for further explanations; but the truth is, that while +I have been speaking English on more than one thousand places in +America, those who have acquired some education and paid attention to my +discourses, understood me; but enemies of truth complained, that they +could not understand me, or they made disturbance. Not to give to demons +any opportunity to enrage their mediums against me at the night session +of that day, I would not attend that session. + +On the 11th inst. at the first opportunity at the forenoon session I +offered the resolutions to be read, for a better understanding of which +these remarks are a preparation. But the chairman remarked, that that +was not the proper time for reading my resolutions. Then I kept silence +at that session. But during the afternoon session I offered several +times my resolutions to be read. But Ira Hitchcock always interfered, +pointing to some other, that he was in order to speak, although I did +not see, that he arose before me for this purpose. + +I found proper not to attend any of the following sessions of said +Convention, in which I have offered the means, "to overcome evil with +good;" but the infernal league hindered their communication to the +people, and when the mediums of the infernal league thought, that they +were removing evil and promoting good, they were doing just the +contrary. If we have the mission which is proved in many of my volumes +and expressed at the end of the resolutions for which we are preparing +readers by these remarks, then all those who are hindering the +circulation of our message of Peace, are the most dreadful slaveholders +and destroyers of human life and property. They keep people in shackles +of delusion and ignorance of what they should know, to prevent +destruction of many and subjugation of the remnant by cruel tyrants. + +I saw the report of the proceedings on the first day of the Convention +in two Utica daily papers. I quote from the Utica Morning Herald, +September 11th, 1858, the following passage regarding my first +interference, as follows: "at the conclusion of Mr. Davis' lengthy +harangue, a German arose and said, he hopes that those who opens the +meetings, speaks no more as twenty minutes, or not! I have prepared a +speech on the root of all evil that will not dake so mooch dime as the +friends who have speak!" The devil, that means calumniator, by whom this +reporter was so possessed, that he knew neither orthography nor grammar, +was not so bad as the devil, by whom the evening 'Telegraph' was +possessed. He, in the service of the heads of the Convention, calls me +"the member from Germany," also "the teutonic individual," and what he +reports, he so reports for the benefit of the infernal league according +to the wishes of mediums of lying spirits, that I had to write much if I +would explain the cunning malice, which is comprehended in the +misrepresentations and lies in regard to the exertions which I made to +move the "Philanthropic Convention" to an investigation of my written +documents showing that which is first necessary to overcome evil with +good. But here not being room, I quote only the following passage, which +the Telegraph has published as my saying: "I knew Don Ke Shott; some +call him Don Quixote, but I call him Don Ke Shott. I can tell you all +about him." + +Mediums of lying and destroying spirits have been brought to that +Convention from the Cities of New-York, Boston and many other places of +several States. To deliver those slaves from their tyrants, I mentioned, +that at my last attendance of a public meeting of spiritualists in +New-York a female medium was seized by a terrible devil who declared, +that I was "Judas Iscariot[M], an emissary from the Pope, a Jesuit," +although after my having been from A.D. 1819, till 1838 a Roman Catholic +Priest, I was working since the year 1838, according to my mission, with +great zeal for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. On this account I +am abused and persecuted not only by the agents of the grand Pope of +Rome, but also by such small Popes, as have been assembled in said +"Philanthropic Convention" as well as by their reporters. I mentioned in +my address, that the lying spirit who said through the female medium, +that I am a "Judas Iscariot[M], a Jesuit, an emissary from the Pope," +did confess then, that he is "Don Quixote Thomas Paine." But that my +remark was then so terribly abused, as the above quoted passage +testifies. Lying spirits are supported by speakers and by editors of +newspapers. + +The reader should recollect what I said above regarding Henry C. +Wright's assisting his colleague interrupting my speech. The Herald +reports it, as follows: "Mr. Wright finally said he had known Smollnikar +for some time, he was a very worthy man, but the Convention could not +understand him when he tried to speak English." Smollnikar--"They have +ears and will not hear, they have eyes and will not see." + +The Herald has given here the substance and also the name of Mr. Wright. +But this did not agree with the position of the heads of the +Convention, who have promised free speech, and then one of the principal +heads of Abolitionists came as Judas Jscariot to me, and assisted the +murderer of my message, with a hypocritical address to the audience, as +if he was my best friend. Therefore instead of his name Henry C. Wright +there appeared in the Telegraph "a lagerbeer," as if I had spoken so in +the Convention, that intoxicated Germans themselves had found it +necessary to stop me in my speech. + +I did not see any German in the Convention; but it would be too mild to +call Henry C. Wright a "lagerbeer." He is a "Wright" or a workman, an +emissary of the infernal "Ira Hitchcock," The Latin word "Ira" means the +wrath or vengence, which appeared in the chairman Ira Hitchcock, or +hitch, that means catch the cock, that he might not cry and awaken +people from their lethargy, to save the country from the infernal wrath +and vengeance, which is kindled by such emissaries of His Infernal +Holiness, as Henry C. Wright is, a blasphemer of the Living God and His +Christ, and a rebel against Divine Decrees made manifest in our mission, +but which have been despised by Henry C. Wright, Ira Hitchcock and other +heads of said Convention. Those rebels against God and His Christ had +many years ago opportunity to learn the Divine Decrees for redemption of +oppressed humanity; but they have conspired also in their last +Convention, to check their proclamation and to open the infernal crater +of a volcano to destroy the country by rebellion and other crimes, which +have been openly defended by Henry C. Wright and others in that +Convention, in which by our mission the means were offered to abolish +all kinds of slavery in a peaceable manner. + +In my signature at the end of the resolutions as well as in my +publications, you find my name correctly written. But the mentioned +reporters were mediums of deluding and destroying spirits by whom they +were magnetized and were made deaf and blind, so that they thought, I +was a German; although they should have so much sense of discernment, +and judgment, as to know from my pronunciation, that I am not a German. +If I had been a German, I could not have received[N] the mission with +which I am charged--because the messenger in the mission with which I +am charged, must come, according to prophecies, from the Slavonian +nation, from the country called Illyria or Illyricum, from the town, +named in my mother tongue Kamnik, in Greek and Latin Lithopolis, in +German Stein, in English Stone. + +Against the impudence with which also my language was so terribly +misrepresented there is no room to make more than this remark: + +A.D. 1835, I wrote a Latin treatise "On the congeniality of languages," +showing how by the comparative study of languages many deep truths for +the introduction of Christ's peaceable Reign or of the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice would be unravelled. Before I was +qualified to write such a treatise, I had to study many ancient and +modern languages, some more thoroughly, and some only by looking over +the grammar and dictionary. Here is no room to explain the reasons, why +I devoted, before writing said treatise, only some few hours and learned +more than the Herald and the Telegraph and other scoffers of our mission +have learned all their life time regarding the etymology of their own +English mother tongue. If they cannot comprehend this our assertion +without our explanation, I am ready to explain it in an article, if they +promise to publish it in their newspapers: because it may awaken many +scholars for co-operation with us to introduce the new Era of Union and +Peace of nations, who have in their ignorance of matters worked until +now for disunion of nations and for destruction of human life and +property. + +We hope, that editors and publishers of newspapers, who have by their +reports misrepresented our mission, will not remain mediums of lying and +destroying spirits, but will, as their duty requires, publish this +article, and comprehend the importance of the preceding remarks as well +as of the "Resolutions" which follow and what is annexed to the +resolutions, to move the American nation and by their mediumship all +nations for action, to redeem oppressed humanity from the yoke of +tyrants, and that those for whom it would be impossible, to publish the +whole in one number, will publish it in two or three numbers. Our +resolutions have been offered to the Convention in the following words: + + Resolutions for the "Philanthropic Convention to overcome evil with + good," held in Utica on the 10th, 11th, and 12th September 1858. + + Whereas the writer of the following resolutions did hear nothing in + this Convention of "the general fundamental cause of the existing + evils in the social, religious and political relations of mankind," + and according to his knowledge in no Convention of the so called + reformers has this general fundamental cause been found out, and + will not be comprehended by them, till they come on the ground + which the writer occupies, according to his mission, which is made + manifest in the documents which have been offered to be read in + this Convention. When those documents will be read and + comprehended, the following resolutions will be adopted: + + Resolved 1st, that the general fundamental cause of the evils which + are to be removed from the social, political and religious + relations of mankind, is founded in the Old Heavens and in the Old + Earth, that means the old institutions, which will be removed when + they shall be comprehended by true reformers, since the so called + reformers who are warring against those institutions from their + materialistic position, are supporting those institutions, because + they are mediums of those spirits who are subject to and controlled + by the Papal Imperial Royal Spirits, so that materialism and the + modern spiritualism are the last outbreaks of Popery, and + materialists and modern spiritualists are the means of the outbreak + of the worst evils, which remain latent, till the materialistic + spirits come in collision with the rules given by their + controllers, the Popish spirits. From this collision of spirits + originate riots, wars and other evils, which will be removed, when + the pretended reformers and mediums of deluding and destroying + spirits will receive the light which has been kindled by the + mediumship of the writer. + + Resolved 2d, That the particular and in the exterior life of people + manifest evils, which are easily observed by those materialists who + are falsely called reformers, cannot be removed from the society, + till true reformers understand the real position of the existing + churches and the spiritualism in the churches as well as the modern + spiritualism out of the churches; because without this + understanding there is neither knowledge nor strength in the so + called reformers, to effect the true reformation, and to establish + the promised Peace amongst all nations, for which the means are + developed in the publications and manuscripts of the writer of + these resolutions. + + It is expected, that those who have called this Convention, and + those who attend it are not so blind that they having called "a + Convention to overcome evil with good,"[O] and granted freedom of + speech in this Convention, this freedom being accepted by the + assembly, would reject the good which is offered by the writer to + overcome evil; since the writer affirms that those who are anxious + to speak in this Convention, have nothing to say, which has not + been already many times repeated in Conventions, if it is for any + use at all to remove evil, but that the writer has to communicate + matters to remove evil, which are not known to those who attend + this Convention, as will be evident, if the two documents which are + offered to be read in this Convention, and which have been written, + one the last month, and the other during the travelling of the + writer from New-York to this Convention, will be read publicly to + this assembly. The writer remarks especially in regard to the + mediums of spirits by whom they have been brought, to speak with + closed eyes in this Convention, that from the documents offered to + be read, it will be made manifest, that their spirits are deluding + spirits, from whom the mediums will be delivered, and enlightened + by spirits of Truth, if they study with attention the writings + which have been produced by the mediumship of the writer who signs + his name and the charges which he has received for the introduction + of the New Heaven. + + ANDREW B. SMOLNIKER, &c. see title page. + +Neither this lengthy nor other shorter articles which have been offered +since that time to editors of newspepers did suit their taste in the +general corruption of the press. I saw since that time, to wit in +December, 1858, again personally Mr. Garrisson in his office in Boston, +but he was as stubborn in his pernicious course as in former times. I +called very seldom, when I was in Philadelphia, in the "Garrisonian" +antislavery office. But it happened, I think, towards the end of the +winter season, A.D. 1858, while I was passing that office, that I was +impressed to enter it. I found there a rich Mulatto with whom I had been +acquainted for years, but who was so chained by the Garrisonian +imposition, that although I walked several times some miles from +Philadelphia to teach him in his house, how our master had decreed to +deliver slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, the rich +Mulatto had never time to study our message of Peace, although he seemed +to burn with great zeal for redeeming slaves, and he and his wife had +superabundance of time to attend antislavery meetings and conventions +and to perform all prescriptions of "the Garrisonian Liberator." At that +my meeting with him in the "Anti-slavery Office" I understood from his +conversation with others, that they had appointed a meeting at +candle-light of that day, and that that Mulatto was by virtue of his +office president of that meeting. I did not inquire, for what +antislavery purpose that meeting was appointed, and without asking this +I said to the Mulatto, that I was also inclined to attend that meeting, +if he would tell after their meeting to the audience, that I had a +message which would need no more than three minutes time, and that my +message would not interfere with their meeting. The rich Mulatto +accepted my offer. + +That meeting was held in a large church of the colored people and the +church was crowded. But I was quite surprised, when I understood from +their proceedings and harangues, that it was an "underground railroad" +meeting, in which they disclosed so much of their secret proceedings of +the transportation of slaves to Canada, and endeavored by their +revolutionary speeches to kindle the animal passions of the audience to +rebellion that if such a meeting would have been held in France or +Austria or several other monarchies, all speakers would have been +imprisoned in the State's Prison and if not all, certainly several of +them would have remained perpetually in prison. After their meeting the +rich Mulatto chairman announced, that I had to deliver a short message +independent from their meeting. I mentioned briefly, that I am a +messenger of Peace, having superabundance of credentials for delivering +slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if abolitionists +would learn our message and give good example to slaveholders; and that, +since there was no time for an explanation of the matter, they should +appoint a committee to whom a manuscript of mine should be read, +containing that which those should know, who are working for redemption +of slaves. A committee of five colored men was appointed; but at our +first meeting all members of the committee were not present, and those +who came to the first meeting were so distracted with other business, +that they did not pay attention to what has been read the first time, +and the others had their excuses to come again, except a Mulatto from +West India who would have persevered, if others had done the same. But +he alone could do nothing, because he was not a long time in +Philadelphia and had not much influence there. + +I have given here one case of my experience, instead of hundreds of +cases, how dreadfully the colored people are duped and deceived by the +heads of antislavery armies, while these heads or popes appear to have +great zeal for deliverance of slaves, although they are the cause, that +some of them are killed, and those who are brought to Canada, become +more miserable slaves than they have been before, because they are +drilled in weapons to kill and be killed, while our master offers by our +instrumentality to the anti-slavery champions the means to deliver white +and black slaves from all forms of oppression[P] and slavery. But there +are many, under the specious name of the antislavery cause, agents of +monarchs and traitors of the true Republican or true anti-slavery cause. +And those who are not directly bribed by monarchial agents for the +conversion of this country into monarchies, are mediums or instruments +of deluding and destroying spirits, by whom they are so blinded that +they, really believe, that they are working "for deliverance of the poor +slave," while they are assisting monarchs, to enslave the whole country. + +I think that our friend Grerrit Smith is such a medium. We have tried to +convert him many years ago from his delusion, and after previous +preparations which we have made in his house, it was, I think, on the +18th of February, 1845, (which is the anniversary of great events in +our mission,) that I met with him in a convention of antislavery +ministers and other abolitionists, which was held in Syracuse, N.Y. He +was chairman. A number of resolutions for operations in the antislavery +movements had been read and adopted. Then I arose and assured the +audience, that if my document which I had prepared for that occasion, +would be read, they could comprehend that those resolutions would be for +no use, and that better means have been providentially prepared for the +redemption of slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if +anti-slavery champions would study to know those means and make use of +them. The chairman Gerrit Smith asked the audience, whether my document +should be read. The majority answered "Yes." He asked the votes of those +who would be against its reading. Some voices were heard, that it should +not be read. And the chairman Smith said: "Smolnikar, you have lost the +floor." He was right, if the Convention was ruled by those who had made +the resolutions and by their colleagues. And I said, that if they would +not receive light, they should continue in darkness, and I left +directly. At length rapping spirits broke out and had great influence in +his house, because he shut his eyes, when light has been offered to him +from the spirit of truth by our mediumships. I tried in different times +to move our friend Gerrit Smith to study our message and the credentials +of our mission. But deluding and destroying spirits drew him in other +directions. At length A.D. 1854 I tried particularly to move the +Congress of the United States to appoint a Convention in which I +promised to exhibit the means to deliver this country from monarchial +influence and to establish the promised universal Republic of Truth, +Justice and Peace on earth, and the credentials of our mission, and I +applied to a number of congressmen in both Houses to bring the subject +before their respective bodies. At length, when all others had neglected +to fulfil this their highest duty, I applied to Hon. Gerrit Smith, who +was at that time in the House of Representatives. + +I mention strange things; but they will not appear strange, if readers +keep in mind, that I represent the body of messengers, who are +collectively called the third angel in REVEL. xiv: 9. In this book I +give on many subjects only hints; otherwise I should have to write also +a large volume of wonders and signs which happened, while I was trying +in that year President Pierce and members of the cabinet and the +congress. But if editors of the Tribune wish besides what I offered in +the first treatise to show regarding their pet Fremont, that they might +commence to be sober in forwarding candidates for high offices, I would +like to write also an other article comparing Hon. Gerrit Smith with +Senator Seward and to publish what happened while I was trying both in +Washington City; because at that our trial it was in an extraordinary +mariner made manifest, that although Gerrit Smith was badly chained by +the spirit of delusion, Senator Seward was found much more chained than +Gerrit Smith. On this account our leaders moved me at the last campaign +of candidates for governor of the State of New York, A.D. 1858, and I +was acting in my mission in that State, while Gerrit Smith was +proclaimed candidate by his party so that I wrote to him, what he had to +do, to be favored by our leaders in his course for a high office; +because the time has at length arrived in which our leaders will +commence to show publicly, how they have the power to interfere in the +election business of officers. And then candidates for offices and +officers will commence to see the necessity of studying our message and +the credentials for our mission, to become with us messengers of Peace, +and people will commence to abhor electing such as are so degraded, that +they are not prepared to study the Heavenly message made manifest for +the redemption of oppressed humanity and the establishment of the +promised universal Republic. But how until now those who have been +solemnly warned by us, to do what they as professing to be Republicans +and occupying high offices, were particularly bound to do, have +neglected to fulfil their highest duty, we will show with few instances, +that those who will be named, might arise from death to life, and all +readers might be inspired for co-operation with us, since Providence is +instructing mankind by so remarkable cases, as are the following: + +At the commencement of the year 1856 I arrived in Columbus, Ohio, and +endeavored to move the Republican anti-slavery Governor Chase and the +Republican Party which was the strongest in the legislature of Ohio, to +co-operation with us to establish the universal Republic of Peace on +earth. For this purpose I wrote "an address to the legislature and the +citizens of Ohio" and sent the manuscript with an urgent recommendation +to Governor Chase, that he after having perused the manuscript might +forward it with his recommendation to the legislature of Ohio. In my +manuscript or my written address to the legislature as many testimonies +of our mission were mentioned as would have been sufficient to move a +man who has discernment in spiritual things, for co-operation with us. +But the Governor, after having perused my manuscript in which I urged +the legislature by virtue of the memorable events which have been +mentioned in it, to appoint a monthly theological course, to which +qualified persons would be invited to hear the explanation of my +manuscript which contains the system for the foundation of the universal +Republic, and for the commencement of the New Era called the millennium, +said when he returned it to me, that he was not the proper person to +forward the manuscript to the legislature. I do not know, whether he +would have entered into a discussion of the matter, if I had offered him +to show, that he was not only the proper person, but that it was his +most urgent duty to forward my address to the legislature. I thought +that he in his new highest office of that State was too much distracted +and was not prepared for our extraordinary business. Wherefore I sent +that same address which was directed to the legislature of Ohio, to the +speaker in the House, and instructed him in an extra letter of his duty, +to forward my address to the House. But he belonged to the Republican +Party and had no capacity for what was needed to establish the true +Republic of Harmony and Peace on earth, and could not be moved to do, +what was shown to him to be most necessary in his circumstances. He +returned my address. From him I went to the Lieutenant Governor or +speaker in the Senate. He belonged to the American. Party and by his +application the Senate appointed a committee for examining my document. +In that committee was a member of the Republican Party, who assured his +colleagues, that he knew me, that I was a madman, having come from +Geauga County in which I held a Convention in the year 1851. +Notwithstanding the most malicious conspiracy of the Sectarian +neighborhood we succeeded so far, that a number of resolutions in which +I have concentrated what has been explained in the Convention for the +commencement of the millennium, have been unanimously adopted, and then +published with other documents for an easier understanding of the +resolutions. But materialists, papists and other sectarians, instead of +having reflected upon the unexpected glorious news made manifest in that +pamphlet and put them into circulation, did all in their power that the +largest portion of copies of that pamphlet and the man to whom they have +been given in care, disappeared, and the calumny was put into +circulation, that I became mad. And when that same calumny was renewed +in the Senate chamber of Ohio, I wrote a resolution, to be offered to +that body. But members of the Senate became so scared, that I could find +nobody, to undertake to offer it to the Senate. I wished by that +resolution to move the Senate to give me their chamber for a lecture, in +which I wished to explain the madness of those who instead of studying +our disclosures for Harmony and Peace of nations, are slandering and +calumniating me, and ruining this country and preparing it more and more +to become a spoil to enrich monarchs and their agents. + +Then I published that address and other documents which I supposed, +would be strong enough to move the legislature and other citizens of +Ohio to send qualified persons to the monthly theological course, which +was appointed in that pamphlet. + +Here we must extract passages from the last page for a great lesson to +Republicans and others that they might not be duped any longer by the +blind leaders of the blind. That page contains "a great appeal to the +Governor, the Senate and House of Representatives of the State of Ohio." +It was written, mark well, on the 2d day of February, as is mentioned on +that 32d page as well, as on the pages 31 and 29; because on the 29th +page I commenced to write a paragraph as follows: "I had to wait till +the composition of this epistle advanced so far, that I must finish it +on this 2d day of February" &c. On that day I wrote what follows from +that passage to the end of the pamphlet. And the "great appeal" reads: +"Fellow laborers in the great cause of human redemption! If you have +studied this pamphlet with such attention as it deserves to be studied +you will accept this title with gratitude to the Most High, that he has +chosen us in his mercy for the accomplishment of the most glorious +promises".... "The first most urgent work" (which the legislature of +Ohio in those circumstances could do) "is to kindle with this pamphlet a +light in the Cabinet and the Congress of the United States. 'And Babylon +is become a habitation of demons.' REVEL. xviii: 2. The fall of Babylon +has been proclaimed by my instrumentality for the fulfilment of the +first three verses of the 18th chapter of the REVELATION, on Easter +Sunday, 1838, under the direction of the powerful angel, who was sent +from the Heavenly Congress. And since that proclamation, the habitation +of demons on every place of Babylon, on which my message is rejected, is +made manifest ... and the numbers of votes which members of the House of +Representatives were casting since my first publication of the +'testimony for the superabundance of miracles,' which is reprinted on +the 9th and 10th pages of this pamphlet, are testifying, from which +quarters of pitfalls and deep holes the demons came who took possesion +of the Capitol at the present session.... On this 2nd day of February in +my Country Roman Catholic men and women bring each his own candle into +the church and burn them" &c. + +I quoted these passages, written on the 2d day of Feb., which was +Saturday, and given on the same day to the printer; because I had an +engagement on the next following day in the country and left Columbus on +that Saturday, Feb, 2d 1856. When I returned on the next following week +from the country, I heard that on that same day February 2d, 1856, the +House of Representatives finished at length their voting for speaker and +that Nathanael Banks was elected Speaker in the House. There is a spirit +language by numbers. Representatives in the House were casting votes +from the time in which my article "Testimony for the superabundance of +miracles" appeared in two newspapers of Cleveland and was then copied in +my pamphlet for the legislature of Ohio, to make use of it for the +conversion of the Congress in Washington; because I saw, whenever I +looked the numbers of votes cast to elect the speaker, that members of +the parties casting votes were under a strong Papal Imperial Royal +delusion. When I wrote the above quoted passages on the 2nd day of +February, 1856, I did not know, that at that same time they finished +their voting with Nathanael Banks as speaker in the House. Nathanael +means a "gift of God." And the name Banks was prophetical for what +followed then in regard to the Banks; because this generation could +receive no more suitable gift than Banks are. There is not only in +numbers but also in names and in manifold other correspondences a spirit +language which we understand; and in this our mission events connected +with our steps testify the condition in which those are, who neglect to +make use of our message of Peace. The Governor and the legislature of +Ohio did not care about our urgent appeal made to them in writing and in +print, and the same time in Washington the name of Banks announced the +terrible condition of this same country founding their trust in banks +and paper-money, which will be eventually made manifest with a terrible +crash. + +After that experience made at the Republican Legislature of Ohio, in +which we could not find assistance for the circulation of our message of +Peace, and for holding our monthly theological course, I remained in +Ohio, till I heard Governor Chase in a campaign for candidate Fremont +assert with great boldness, that he knew Fremont. I did not know Fremont +at that time. But after having studied as much as was required to know +him, I pitied Governor Chase and other Republicans very much, that they +either by ignorance of matters or by preferring private interest to the +common welfare, should have ruined the country and destroyed an enormous +amount of human life and property, so that the Kansas affairs alone cost +more than fifty millions of dollars. All the evils would have been +avoided, if Hon. Giddings and his co-operators who have been most +urgently invited to attend the above mentioned Convention which was held +in their vicinity in the year 1851, had not despised our invitation. +But at that time matters had not arrived to that maturity in which they +are now. And we write and mention some champions and leaders of parties, +that they themselves and by their instrumentality many others might be +awakened from their lethargy and attend at length our monthly +theological course the appointment of which they will find at the end of +this book, and learn that which is most needed for the support of the +true Republican, or what is the same, true Christian against the +monarchial cause. + +I have sent to speaker Banks a copy of the pamphlet, from the last page +of which I have quoted above some passages, on which page there is the +admirable correspondence of the governor and the legislature of Ohio +with his election for speaker. But I think, that other trifling business +did hinder Mr. Banks' comprehending wonders and signs contained in that +pamphlet, and that he did not study it so deep as to comprehend the +correspondence of the contents of the last page of said pamphlet with +his election for speaker on the same day on which I wrote that page. In +this book is no room to explain the language by numbers; but we may +generally observe, that the election took place under the spell of the +Papel Imperial Royal spirits; and it was said, that it did not happen, +till a Roman catholic priest came into the House of Representatives and +performed his prayer. Whether that report was true or not, is is not my +business to investigate; but it is true, that the spell was taken away, +when I in my application to the governor and the legislature of Ohio +wrote on the last page of the above quoted pamphlet: "You are requested +to cast so many copies of this pamphlet in the Cabinet and Congress of +Washington, and also into the legislature of each State, as are required +to kindle a great light everywhere." Reference is made to the +"Candle-mass," as the feast of the 2d February is called. It is Mary's +purification and Christ's presentation in the temple; and that our +reference to the casting of votes for the speaker in the House of the +United States destroyed the spell and they agreed at length in the +prophetical name Banks, with which there was already great trouble, and +the greater troubles will follow the longer nations delay to apply our +remedies against the manifold enormous evils with which nations are +harrassed and ruined. I made some acquaintance with Governor Banks after +my last arrival in Boston in Nov. 1858. I found proper to write to him a +lengthy letter in which I assured him, that if he would become a great +supporter of the true Republican cause, he would need[Q] some private +lessons to know what happened in our age for the introduction of the +universal Republic of Harmony and Peace; because without that knowledge +he in the present course of the Republican Party would contribute his +share not for Peace, but for revolutions and war. I offered in that +letter to give him some private lessons in his house, if he would wish +to receive them regarding our message of Peace and the credentials of +our mission, and I added, that in that season of short days and long +nights there would be at candle-light good opportunity for our lessons. +I went then to his house in Waltham, several miles from Boston. But on +that evening he had not yet returned from his office, and I was +informed, that on the next morning would be the best chance to speak +with him. I then went there but he had not much time to speak, because +he had to go to his office, and he invited me to see him in his office. +From that circumstance I concluded, that he did not keep in mind the +contents of my letter in which I assured him, that his office would not +be the proper place for our lessons, but that the night hours in his +house would suit best for our lessons; but then there was no time to +expostulate with him on this point. I started then for New Hampshire, +and at my return to Boston I wrote to him again, that I intended to see +him again, but not in his office which would not be the proper place for +our lessons, but in his house, that if he would be desirous to receive +lessons I would remain for some days in his village and give to him +lessons at candle-light. I came then to his village, and prepared one of +his acquaintances, a zealous spiritualist who appeared to comprehend +easier than other spiritualists! that Presidents, Governors and other +officers cannot save this Republic from the grasp of monarchs except by +the use of the spiritual weapons which are concentrated in my writings +for the commencement of the promised New Era and that Governor Banks to +use his influence for Harmony and Peace of all nations, had to take +lessons from me. When I thought, that the spiritualist partly by hearing +me partly by reading one of my pamphlets had understood the matter so +far as necessary to move the Governor to accept my proposition, he went +to see Governor Banks. But he returned with the message, that the +Governor had started for Hartford. + +I could not stay longer in Waltham and understood from this circumstance +that Governor Banks was not the officer, who would commence to open the +door at the government for commencing the New Era. I thought that if he +would comprehend our message, by his instrumentality the Legislature of +Massachusetts and by their instrumentality the Congress of the United +States might be moved for using our spiritual weapons against the +anti-Republican powers, I heard in November 1858, in the night before +the election of the Governor and the congress members Governor Banks +deliver his speech in Chelsea City. He affirmed that he did not speak +for himself but for his friend Burlingame, that he might be re-elected +for Congress. I heard this same Burlingame haranguing against Buchanan +and for Fremont during the last Presidential campaign, and understood +that his speech was nothing else but a heap of "burly games." Mark well, +that in our meetings with remarkable persons, names are expressive, but +sometimes their signification is so hidden, that some letter is to be +changed, to be understood. The great heap of burly games spread in +newspapers and in public speeches against Buchanan instead of studying +our message of Peace and communicating it to President Buchanan to save +the country, prove nothing else except that this degraded generation are +preparing the way to such a tyranny as will destroy the largest part and +chain the remnant of the people in such a manner that no word will be +heard against the cruelty and tyranny which will keep them in slavery, +if they do not sooner open their eyes and make use of our message of +Peace. I thought[R], that if Governor Banks would be converted, he would +convert also his friend Burlingame and act through him in the congress. +I came after that in Boston, to the office of Governor Banks to see him +there; but I was told, that he was expected to be in half an hour in +the office. But instead of waiting at, or returning to the office, I was +told by my leader, that I had accomplished my mission in the State of +Massachusetts and was carried directly to other States. + +Wonders and signs which have been given in Boston and Chelsea City near +Boston at that my visit there, are spoken of in the following treatise. +But before we finish this treatise, we should mention somewhat regarding +the Governor of New York in connexion with the Governors of Ohio and +Massachussetts. We do not take any interest in the campaign for +officers, except when we are directed by our leaders to give in this way +a great lesson to nations: as it was the case in the first treatise of +this book. + +While I intended in Summer, 1858, to start from Philadelphia for the +West, I was directed by my leaders to New York. I arrived the same hour +in the City of New York, in which the laying of the Atlantic Cable had +been accomplished, and while spiritualists were rejoicing in a public +meeting at the success, in the supposition that the success was certain +and that it was a great blessing for the United States, I explained in +that meeting, that the success would be a great scourge for this +country, if people would not receive our message of Peace and convert +monarchs into true Republicans. My explanation was then confirmed by +signs. After the exchange of President Buchanan's message with the +message of Queen Victoria the use of the Atlantic Telegraph has been +suspended by invisible agency, and while the City of New York, the great +Babylon of the United States, was celebrating the first time the success +of the Atlantic Telegraph, the tower, the cupola and so much of the +interior of the building of the City Hall was destroyed, as could be +reached by fire. And at the second solemn celebration of the success of +the Atlantic Telegraph the whole Quarantine with numerous buildings was +destroyed by fire. The materialistic spectators who looked only on the +surface, were not aware of the interior agency. But in connexion with +these warning fires other signs were given testifying also in this +connexsion of matters the subjugation of this country by Papal Imperial +Royal or Monarchial spirits, while citizens of the United States are not +yet aware of. I wrote a peculiar treatise on those signs, which will be +published in due time. There was a coalescence of strange +correspondences, While the Queen of England was celebrating with Emperor +Napoleon the tremendous naval exhibition at Cobourgh, for the +subjugation of the world by monarchs, the laying of the Atlantic +Telegraph was accomplished and the President of the United States +exchanged the message with the Queen; and the destroying fires +accompanied the celebration of its success, till at length also the +Crystal Palace was consumed by fire; and the spirits who are subject to +Popish prelates and monks, announced the "Philanthropic Convention in +Utica," and the Archbishop of New-York laid the corner stone to his new +cathedral by the assistance of six suffragan bishops. All these in +connexion with other memorable events happened according to the spirit +language of the prophetical calendar, and I was directed to perform +corresponding memorable actions which are explained in this treatise, +and amongst those actions here I mention the trial of the three +candidates for the Governor's office of the State of New-York. I have +already remarked, that I wrote to Hon. Gerrit Smith after he had been +proclaimed candidate by his party. But when he was not ready to become +messenger of the New Era, I wrote then two lengthy articles, one to be +used by Judge Parker, the Democratic candidate, if he would receive our +message, and another to be used by the merchant Morgan, the candidate of +the Republican Party. I do not belong to any party, and I had only to +try spirits of the candidates for Governor in the State in which is the +concentration of all monarchial speculations, against which and for the +true Republican cause only that Governor could act with power, who would +have so much understanding in spiritual things as to comprehend the +substance of our message and of the credentials of our mission. Such a +man would be a blessing not only for his State, but for the whole +country. Both my articles have been written in a manner, that only that +Candidate could make use of the article prepared for his use, who would +be convinced of our mission, which I intended to explain to him +privately, if he would take an interest in my article. + +Here follows only a synopsis of our trials of spirits at the two +candidates, to wit, the Democratic and the Republican for the office of +Governor in the State of New York. + +According to the direction of our leaders I paid first my personal visit +to Judge Parker of Albany, Democratic Candidate. He appointed a certain +time for an interview in which he would be ready to read my writing and +hear what I had to say. But when I would return at the appointed time, +my leader interfered and said, that I had to try the spirits of merchant +Morgan of the City of New York, Candidate of the Republican Party. +Morgan appeared to be shrewd as I supposed him to be; because otherwise, +having commenced in poverty he would not have become a rich merchant. +When I mentioned my business with him, he replied that he had a +business, which he must attend in the city, and that his clerk who was +in that room, would settle my business with him; and he left the room. +Then I talked with his young clerk and mentioned my former charges and +my present charge, as far as he may have been able to bear, and that I +had with me a document which I had prepared for that campaign. I added, +that whereas I belong to no party, that candidate would be most +qualified for the Governor's office, who would comprehend my document +and make use of it. The clerk insisted, that I should go with my +document to the editors of the Tribune. But I replied, that my document +was not prepared for the Tribune, but to be studied and used by the +candidate himself. But the clerk remarked, that Mr. Morgan would not +have time to study it. And I said, that if Mr. Morgan would not have +time, I would go to Judge Parker; and I assured the Clerk, that if Judge +Parker would have time to study my document and to make use of it, he +would certainly become Governor. Then the clerk was moved, that he +appointed the hour of the next following day, in which I could speak +with Mr. Morgan. I came at the appointed hour; but Mr. Morgan spoke with +another man, and when he saw me, he went with his man in an other room. +In the mean time the clerk insisted, that I should go with my document +to the editors of the Tribune. I did not leave directly the room but was +waiting till Mr. Morgan dispatched his man. Then without speaking with +me a word he went to other business. + +After that my experience I thought that in our dealings with material +men we must be provided with very tangeable arguments. I made shortly +before that trial acquaintance with a stubborn materialist in the City +of New York. He had great influence upon people of certan classes, and +had all his trust in weapons of iron to put down monarchs. I found him +accessible at the point of human magnetism and convinced him by degrees +so far, that he confessed that the weapons of the spirit were the right +weapons to overcome the monarchial powers. He was, when I made +acquaintance with him, running against Judge Parker. But I came after my +trial of Mr. Morgan to him, showing that Judge Parker was amongst the +three candidates the man who if he would comprehend our message of +Peace, would work powerfully for the true Republican cause. During my +explanation he was inspired to do all in his power for Judge Parker's +election, if the Judge should settle matters with me and pay the +expenses for what was to be published in German and in English circulars +from each position separately, to be put in circulation in all +directions of the State of New-York. That man gave me then in writing +the promise to excercise all his influence for Judge Parker's election, +if the Judge settles with me the matter. + +It is to be repeated, that I according to my mission, am working not for +any pay or reward, but only for the great cause of my mission, satisfied +with simple food and raiment, which I get when needed, from those who +understand that I am working without pay for the great community of +mankind. The man who gave me the above mentioned written promise gave me +also money to pay my fare from New-York to Albany. I arrived there on a +Sunday morning, which was the best time for trying Judge Parker's +spirit. I explained to him briefly the reasons why I could not come at +the appointed time, without mentioning the invisible direction; because +I supposed that the Judge was not yet prepared to comprehend spiritual +things. But I insisted, that he, to secure his election, had to spend +that Sunday in studying my writings instead of going to church; for he +mentioned that I did not come the proper time to him, because he was +preparing to go in the church. I showed to him the title page of my +pamphlet; "Redemption of oppressed humanity! Christ's manifestation by +his messengers for the Abolition of all kinds of Popery." On that page +not only my former offices in Babylon are expressed, but also my present +office is mentioned, by virtue of, which I represent the messengers by +whom the promised New Era will be introduced. If he had read the title +page on which the substance of our message is concentrated and our +mission is expressed, with such attention as to comprehend it and to +reflect upon it, he could have understood, that to spend that Sunday +with me was exceedingly more important than to attend his sectarian +church. I repeated that to study my documents on that Sunday was most +important for him. + +Two things seemed to deter him from receiving my advice. In the first +place he saw on the title page, that I, after having been eighteen years +Roman Catholic Priest, appeared in public for the abolition of all kinds +of Popery. He may have been afraid to scare Roman Catholics from voting +for him, if he would be in any connexion with me. I found not proper to +explain, that what I intended to publish in behalf of his election, +would not scare but strengthen Roman Catholics to vote for him, but +would scare many Republicans and Abolitionists to vote for their +candidates and would draw them to him. In the second place he seemed to +have been in the same opinion in which I found Democratic editors of +newspapers, who told me expressly that they were certain, that their +candidate would be Governor. When I found him not ready to study my +document on Sunday instead of going into his sectarian church, I did not +show him the writing of the champion who was determined to act under the +above mentioned condition for Judge Parker's election, but I reported +directly to that champion that which happened at my trial of Judge +Parker's spirits and I started straightways for the States of New +England. + +Attentive readers of this treatise do comprehend, why in the cloud of +witnesses of our mission amongst the men and women of the so called +Republican Party I selected the three acting Governors, Hon. Chase of +Ohio, Banks of Mass, and Hon. Morgan of New York. They appear, because +they are Headmen of the three most dangerous States to the true +Republican cause. Those are the principal States from which there is +spread also into other States much zeal for freedom of nations without +knowledge of the means for the true freedom. This their zeal instead of +promoting the true Republican cause is promoting the cause of monarchs +and ruining this country. I could write much in connexion with these +three Governors for a warning example to all Governors and all other +officers; but these few hints may suffice, that all might know the +necessity to study our message of Peace, to promote in their offices the +true Democratic or true Republican cause and establish Peace on the +whole globe. There is a general hue raised by Republicans, that there is +great corruption at the Federal Government. There is in all parties and +sects a general and exceedingly great corruption; and we must repeat, +that those political and ecclesiastical heads who belong to the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans, are the principal cause of the +horrible degradation and corruption, by which this country is ruined; +because since the time in which I commenced to urge the American nation +by English addresses and publications, my principal applications were +especially to those who profess to belong to the parties of Republicans +and Abolitionists. If they had studied our message of Peace and had +applied the remedy which is comprehended in it against all kinds of +degradation and corruption, we would have seen several years ago the +fruits of our work. But when they in their degradation and corruption, +instead of having received our message of Peace, did all in their power +to stop it, as I have shown, instead of hundreds of instances of our +experience only by the remarkable specimen of the Utica Philanthropic +Convention, they are to be regarded as the principal cause of such awful +warnings, as a specimen was given on Sunday Sexagesima, February 27th +1859, on the President's Square of Washington by the executive power of +our leader who has REVEL. xiv:14 a sickle in his hand, and will make use +of "sickles" to sweep away the scoundrels and corruptors of females. +Their abominations will come to day-light in this "Judgment +Dispensation," when the criminals will least expect. The farther you +proceed in reading and understanding this book, the more light you will +receive in regard to the inner life of man and to the world of spirits, +to know the secret enemies of true Republicanism, and how to stop the +degradation and corruption, by which Republic is destroyed and monarchy +or tyranny is established. + +We have selected in the first treatise such facts as should inspire +every reader and especially Democrats for co-operation with us, and the +facts made public in this treatise, should move especially the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans. We will see, whether President +Buchanan's friends or the heads of his opposition will hear sooner the +voice of our master made manifest by our mediumship for Harmony and +Peace of all nations, and awaken not only the Government of the United +States but also other governments from their lethargy. + +Human degradation and corruption having been sheltered under the cloak +of virtue, and under the specious name of "Free Love" careless males and +female having been ruined in body and soul, peculiar opportunity was +given us to close this treatise with a brief report on "a treatise on +the second coming of Christ. By John H. Noyes, Putney, Vt. 1840," +because that treatise was handed to me on this 19th day of March, while +I am travelling through Cumberland County, Pa. and by what happened at +the reception of that treatise I was aware, that a brief report would +suit best for closing this our treatise. On the 29th page of that +treatise we read; "Now Swedenborg preached that the second coming of +Christ took place in 1757, and that he was himself an eye witness of the +transaction. Ann Lee, the mother of the Shakers, preached that the +second coming took place in 1770, and that Christ made his appearance +in her person. Many similar proclamations have been made from time to +time, along the whole period of Christian history, and especially since +the Reformation. The latest of this fashion that has come to our notice, +is Professor Andreas Bernardus Smolnikar, who teaches that Christ +appeared in 1836, and appointed him 'Ambassador Extraordinary'" (Mr. +Noyes quotes as his authority "Signs of the times," No. 12. p. 95. Then +he continues his tale as follows:) "of all these we may say fearlessly, +as Paul says, 'though they be Angels from Heaven, let them be accursed' +they have denied the word of God--together with these, another class of +visionaries and impostors, less presumptuous, but equally foolish, may +be noticed. We refer to those who either by pretended revelation, or by +interpretation, have undertaken, from time to time within the last few +centuries, to prophesy of the near approach of the second advent. The +latest and most notable specimen of this class, is William Miller, who +at this time, is confidently proclaiming, 1843 is the appointed year of +the second coming." + +I would not have noticed "Noyes's treaties," if it had not been +unexpectedly handed to me, when I came, while I thought I was going into +the house of a man with whom I was acquainted, to his brother whom I did +not know until yesterday, when I came against my expectation to him. He +commenced to tell that he had a pamphlet in which Mr. Noyes speaks about +me. Then he has shown the above quoted passage in Noyes's pamphlet. But +I did not yet think to take notice of it, till at length he has brought +this morning the pamphlet to his brother-in-law, with whom I stopped +last night, and I found proper to quote the passage and to write this +edition for the conclusion of this treatise. But the quoted passage is +in such connexions and correspondences, that in a new large treatise I +could not explain them. Here we can report only the following items. + +In the year 1840, on Easter Saturday, my third German volume of +"memorable events" issued from the press. Those three volumes exhibit +the "magnetic chain" of events to bind the dragon or serpant, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction, who inspires such +"extraordinary ambassadors", as John H. Noyse is. That he belongs to +those deceivers who have deluded those who belong to the Anti-slavery +and Republican Parties, and are opposed to our message of Peace, is +evident by the circumstance, that I commenced this treatise with the +three angels or ambassadors or messengers of the 14th chapter of the +REVEL., the 3d amongst whom commences his message in the 9th verse of +that chapter. I mentioned that each of those angels or messengers +represents a body or society of messengers, and that Dr. Bengel has +pointed out in the first part of the last century, that Christ will be +made manifest about the year 1836; but that neither Dr. Bengel nor any +other man did know the manner in which he was to be made manifest, till +it was disclosed by the 3d Angel REVEL. xiv: 9, or the representative of +angels or ambassadors or messengers by whom the contents of the prophecy +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be fulfilled. Interpreters did not understand many +other things nor those verses till they may read their explanation in my +above quoted three German volumes. I do not recollect, how I did entitle +that my address; but it did not contain 95 pages nor was it published in +several numbers, so that I did not know what those "signs of the times" +were, to which Noyse has reference, except that Joshuah Himes, the head +of the Millerite imposition was publishing at that time a paper, +entitled "Signs of the Times," and since he announced, that he would +publish also such views regarding Christ's coming, which were not in +accordance with the views of his sect, I expected to open the door to +the circulation of our message of Peace through that paper. I wrote +therefore a preparatory article, in which I touched only such matters as +that sect of adventurists could bear. And that my article was published +in that paper. But when I offered the second article which touched +nearer the Millerites' absurdities and follies, expecting Christ on the +clouds and other paraphernalia, he refused to publish it, and is yet +deceiving his disciples, although in the year 1840 opportunity was given +to Millerites, to come out from their dreadful delusion. Whether Joshuah +Himes was the first who misrepresented in so dreadful a manner our +message[S], or Noyse perverted what the other deceiver published, they +may decide; because the other is also a dreadful deceiver, who had +opportunity to communicate to his readers our disclosures concerning +Christ's Coming, but he refused to publish our article. But to the +conclusion of this treatise Noyse belongs. + +On the 5th of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock P.M. I received from a +Heavenly messenger the order to prepare for starting to America. But at +that time I did not know more than that in this country preparations +were to be made for establishing the promised peaceable reign of Christ +on earth. But my extraordinary mission commenced to be made manifest +after the events which happened A.D. 1838 in connexion with my mission +and which are explained in my above mentioned three German volumes. +Instead of having studied those volumes and then reported accordingly, +there came such ambassadors of darkness as we have here a specimen of +John H. Noyse. Greater impudence could not be expected than to write +about me without having studied my books in which I have published what +should have been translated from the German also In other languages. In +the third volume it is shown, where Swedenborg, Wm. Miller and others +stand, who wrote before me on the second Coming of Christ. But before I +undertook to write about their standing, I read their books; then I have +shown, how parties and sects, each in their own way have given testimony +to our mission. The principal of those parties have been mentioned in my +third volume, which was published A.D. 1840. But John H. Noyse and his +sect were not at that time so famous as to having been brought to my +notice. At length a "noise" of his existence came to me in the following +manner: + +About the year 1844, while I had business in New York. Theophilus Gates +came to me after having read an address of mine in which I urged readers +to co-operate for establishing a centre of our work. T. Gates spoke +about a certain point persuading me to adopt it for a sure success in +establishing our centre. I said, that I did not know, whether I +understood him correctly or not. Therefore I would read if he had +published anything on that subject and then I would talk with him about +it. Then he brought to me his pamphlet, entitled: "the Battle Axe," in +which he endeavored to prove "the free love doctrine" by the Bible as +well as by authorities of this time. His greatest authority was a letter +of this same John H. Noyse. + +I gave a great lesson to Th. Gates who was ruining people by his +infernal doctrine; but he did not digest my lesson. Then I made +acquaintance with some John H. Noyse's disciples and asked them, how +their leader became so blind as to support the damnable doctrine which +opens the door to all kinds of lasciviousness, adultery and fornication, +which ruins people and is diametrically opposed to the spirit of the New +Testament. His disciples said, that he wrote that letter in a haste, and +that it was published against his intention, and that he retracted his +view expressed in that letter. Then I attended a meeting of +Perfectionists in Newark, N.J. Some of them were with Noyse, others were +against his supporting the Free Love doctrine. I addressed the audience. +Then I was invited to dinner by a Perfectionist who did not belong to +Noyse's Party. I was asked by my host, whether I did read or not, what +appeared shortly before that in Noyse's "Perfectionist" against me. +After my negative answer he gave me the number containing Noyse's +article against me. I took it to the meeting which was appointed on the +same Sunday afternoon and read that article at the meeting and explained +Noyse's misrepresentations of the contents of my article to which +reference was made in Noyse's article, and remarked that it was +possible, that Mr. Noyse did not make purposely but only in haste those +misrepresentations, and that in the case that he is a friend of Truth, +he would retract what he had published misrepresenting my statements. I +added, that in this case I would like to see him and converse personally +with him about the matter. One of his disciples said that Noyse was a +man ready to receive truth, and that he wished to go with me to Mr. +Noyse and to bear travelling expenses. We started and took also another +friend of Mr. Noyse with us. At our arrival we were cordially received, +till Mr. Noyse heard my name. At that moment he was entirely changed, +took his friends into his room, while I remained on the porch. He spoke +with them so loud, that I heard every word, while he reproached to them, +that they took me with them. It was nearly dinner time, and I found +proper not to speak about our case, till we would be together in his +Printing Office. It happened soon after dinner. I said that those who +were present, were Mr. Noyse's friends, but that I expected, that they +were for truth, and that also Noyse will correct the errors and +misrepresentations which he has published regarding my mission and +regarding my statements in my article, to which he had reference in his +article. But Mr. Noyse pertinaciously denied to have misrepresented my +statements. I had in my pocket the number of the paper containing my +article and that number of the Perfectionist in which my publication has +been misrepresented. I read corresponding passages from both, and asked +the witnesses, whether Noyse's report contained the same sense as my +report. All his friends remained silent; but he continued to be +obdurate, and repeated in the most impudent manner, that he did not +misrepresent my statements. I did know nothing until yesterday about his +having misrepresented as early as 1840 my doctrine regarding Christ's +coming and slandered and calumniated me already in that year. And when I +met four or five years after that personally with him in his Printing +Office about our business, he appeared as the most stubborn infallible +Pope, affirming with the most impudent affront, that what he published +against me, was true. But some bystanders commenced to cry: "Snake! +snake! snake!" pointing out of the door of the Printing Office in a +distance from the door to see what it was. There was a very large snake +marching from a distance directly towards us and towards the door of the +Printing Office, and went, in spite of the men gazing it, under the +threshold, and sheltered its self under the floor of the Printing +Office. It was most singular, that the devil, that means calumniator, by +whom the snake was possessed, magnetized so the witnesses, that none of +them took an instrument to kill the snake, although he could have easily +reached one for this purpose in the Printing Office. After having been +all so baffled, I said to Mr. Noyse, that the snake or the dragon is the +Holy Ghost who comes from the depth of his Printing Office and inspires +his readers with such infernal delusion, as appeared in his +"Perfectionist" against my mission, and I left directly his place. + +The man who has brought me to Mr. Noyse, left soon after that spectacle +his own wife, a good natured woman, and went with another "Lady" to +unknown regions. And Noyse left, not long after that that place, and +founded in the State of New York, the Oneida community, in which his +followers professed publicly and published their Free Love doctrine, and +put it in practice in that community and elsewhere, when they had +opportunity to deceive and ruin the incautious, abusing the Bible in the +most horrible manner and anathematizing the true messengers of God. Such +imposters must also give testimony to our mission in a manner convenient +to their position, as I have given at the close of this treatise some +hints, although I could write a volume of memorable events connected +with John H. Noyse's "Perfectionist" and confirming the given hints. But +this treatise being already weighty, we do not need to add an +explanation, why our leaders were pleased to furnish Noyse's pamphlet to +give occasion to these solemn warnings with which we close this +treatise, which should be thankfully received from our directors by all +parties and especially by Abolitionists and Republicans and by all kinds +of Perfectionists and Spiritualists of the last fashion, who are by the +abomination, called Free Love, so stupified, that they cannot comprehend +our message, although they pretend to be Reformers. But those who will +become true Reformers, must come on our ground according to the plan +made public in the last treatise of this book by your sincere brother +Andrew B. Smolnikar, "extraordinary Ambassador" for the introduction of +the New Era of Harmony and Peace. + + + + +THIRD TREATISE. + + + + "The War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" in connexion with + our Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria, to be communicated to the + Emperors of Austria and France for the resurrection of the mortals + as well as their departed friends from their misery and distress + into the state of true happiness. + + +Instead of the treatise which was prepared to occupy this place in this +book, we write on the 4th day of July, 1859, a New Treatise, while +others are keeping the shadow for reality, rejoicing in companies and +filling my ears with explosions of crackers and thunders of guns and my +nostrils with the most disagreeable smell of gun powder, while I am +mourning in my solitude in the midst of hundreds of thousands of people +of the City of New York and neighbourhood, because they would not +receive our message of peace and learn how to bring forth fruits of the +true liberty of nations. This treatise was occasioned by the book "The +War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" written by J. H. Duganne, +and published a few days ago by R. M. DeWitt, Nassau St., No. 60, New +York. I mention it here, because it contains a collection of facts and +events, by the perusal of which any body, if he reflects upon what he +reads, may be aware of what we continuously repeat, that people and +their political and ecclesiastical governments have apostatized from +Truth and Justice, and cannot establish the promised peace, except +according to the plan which is given in the fifth or last treatise of +this book. The causes of Revolutions and Wars and manifold other plagues +are contained in the apostasy of men from Truth and Righteousness. This +apostasy brings mortal men into the association with departed deluding +and destroying spirits, as you know, if you have comprehended the +preceding treatises, and you will receive the more proof of this +important truth, the farther you will proceed in studying this book. +Mortal men are in close connexion with congenial departed spirits. The +life of man in his mortal body is a manifestation of influence from the +sphere of spirits, for whose society he is prepared. By them he is moved +and supported for action; they influence those who are congenial with +them. But men, if they are not versed in the inner life, are not aware +of this influence; although this is the first and most necessary +knowledge for the abolition of revolutions and wars and manifold other +plagues, which originate from the influence of destroying spirits, who +themselves may be so ignorant, that the magnetic fluid which they +communicate to men is pestilential, as a man who is infected with one or +the other kind of plague, may be ignorant of his dreadful condition, and +of the fact that he infects also others who, in their ignorance of +matters, are united with his deleterious condition. If, for instance, +the Emperors of Austria and France, and their Generals and other +Officers, and all who sympathize with one or the other, and contribute +their share for the destruction of the enemy, would know the proper +condition of spirits with whom they are associated and by whom they are +inspired in their destructive work, they would be exceedingly +frightened, and would cry: "What shall we do to be saved?" + +Many years before I knew anything about my present mission, I was aware +by comparing the reports of the Bible with the reports of other ancient +and modern works and with our own experience in regard to the spirit +world, that angels and demons in the Bible are departed men and women of +different high and low spheres, made manifest to men in mortal bodies, +when there was suitable to give to men tangible testimonies, that +mortals are in close connexion with departed congenial spirits. The +legion, for instance, in the fifth chapter of Mark, is a legion or +regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle. The captain +and his legion had the grave or the cave in which dead bodies were +located, for a suitable location to their degraded condition; and the +magnetic fluid, which they inhaled into their inner or magnetic bodies +which are used by spirits, came from the decomposed and rotten cadavers, +and was the most delicious influence which they could communicate to +their worshipers, and their captain has shewn his terrible madness by +the attacks upon his medium, while he was compelled to make manifest, +what he really was. But when he was not compelled to show his real +condition, he was deceiving in like manner, as now departed Emperors, +Kings, Generals and other warlike spirits are deceiving, till they +bring their worshippers on the battlefield, where they effect such +carnages, as we read now many reports in newspapers. In this madness the +victors and their bishops and priests are feasting and singing "Te +Deum," while the defeated are praying for the reverse, and neither party +are prepared to reflect upon the crimes which they have committed by +having killed their fellow men, who should have been educated and should +have progressed in knowledge of truth and practice of virtue as long as +their constitutions by applying the right means for the support of their +physical strength and health, would have admitted. But alas! they have +been wantonly killed, when they were least prepared for Heaven and best +disposed for the infernal regions! And others have been mangled and +wounded, so that they are crippled for all their lifetime and also +hindered in the right use of their intellectual and moral faculties. And +all who were drilled for war, were instead of progressing in virtue, +retrogressing into corruption. Volumes could be written on this point of +the deepest humiliation of the human race. Which are "the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe?" The book which occasioned this +treatise, contains a series of most detestable facts and proceedings as +forerunners of the eruption of the volcanoes of the infernal furies +which are destroying now in the wholesale human life and property; +because governments and nations are not in truth, but in delusion and +confusion, the necessary consequence of which is destruction. Truth will +make you free. This is the teaching of the master whose religion the +belligerent parties profess with words, while their actions are +instigated by the infernal furies. Also this book contains +superabundance of testimonies of our mission, which is expressed on the +title page. In my five German volumes published within the years 1838 +and 1842, the mystery of iniquity of all governments which profess to be +christian governments, has been disclosed, and their highest duty has +been made evident to abolish those abominations and to unite with us for +the introduction of Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic +of Truth and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole globe. In those +volumes as well as in all my following publications it is made evident +that Peace can never be established on the globe in the present course +of political and ecclesiastical affairs, and that, what they call peace, +is only an armistice, during which the dragon and his host are inspiring +the governments to amass means for new eruptions of revolutions and +wars. The book which occasioned this treatise, contains a collection of +testimonies confirming and illustrating our teaching, that true peace +cannot be established, till governments and nations arrive on our +ground. If the Emperor of Austria would evacuate this moment all places +which he occupies in Italy, and if the Emperor of France and his allies +would have in sincerity no other object in view, but the only one to +make Italy perfectly free, I mean to make Italy a true Republic, and +would sacrifice all their strength and influence to this only object, +they could not realize their object, till they would learn and receive +our message of Peace and adopt the plan given in this book for the +introduction of the promised New Era. As long as they neglect to do +this, they remain under the influence of deluding and destroying +spirits. But these their masters are so controlled by our leaders, that +when the measure of crimes of governments and nations is again and again +filled, new eruptions of destructive revolutions and wars take place on +such days and under such circumstances, that by our explanations of +correspondences they become peculiar warnings; as we have already given +specimens of this kind also in this book; and many more will be given on +suitable places of the following pages. Readers should not forget that +we are preparing them for the Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. + +Before we commence to translate that epistle, we must give a brief +epitome of the contents of the treatise, which was to be printed in lieu +of this treatise, and to which reference has been made in the preceding +treatise, and we must write on this 4th of July, 1859 in the midst of +great noise and continuous cracking and thunder of guns and so much +smell of powder, that it becomes very tedious. This morning it appeared +in newspapers, that Samuel Jackson's pyrotechnical establishment on 10th +and Reed Streets in Philadelphia was yesterday afternoon destroyed by +the explosion of fireworks, which were prepared for the exhibition on +this day; but they yesterday burned Mr. Beck to death. We mention this +case, because we saw it besides many other cases amongst the news of +this day, and this Jackson is one of the many strong mediums of +destroying spirits whom we endeavored many years ago to deliver from +those spirits; but they continue to prepare tremendous fireworks. In the +octava of the outbreak of the infernal furies in the French Revolution +of February, 1848, spirits commenced to awaken materialists by raps +through the Fox Girls in the vicinity of Rochester of this State of +New-York. They became at length generally known as Rochester Rapping +Spirits; because in the City of Rochester people first commenced to +assemble in large numbers and hear those rappings, or also carefully to +investigate, whether those raps came, as they purported, from spirits or +from some other cause. As soon as I read in newspapers the reports of +those manifestations, I understood the correspondences and also, why our +leaders let the infernal powers exhibit their craft in this manner. +Deluding and destroying spirits from the same spheres from which they +have inspired their fighting mediums in Europe, commenced to give +testimony in this country that there is truly such a relation between +the living in the mortal bodies and the departed as has been disclosed +in our publications, and at the same time also to show how they were +duping and deluding such as would not hear our explanations regarding +the true condition of spirits, but were quite pleasing with the answers +which they received through the daughters of Mr. Fox and other mediums +who commenced then to be developed in large numbers, that is, deluding +and destroying spirits or infernal demons shewed by manifold perceivable +possessions, that they were closely attached to congenial men and women. +I made use of that opportunity and assured citizens of the United +States, that rapping spirits would be dreadful destroying spirits also +in this country, if their operations will not be stopped by the +application of the means which are comprehended in our message of Peace. +But I did not try those spirits in circles of spiritualists, till I +received order from my leaders to do so. Opportunity was given in +Pittsburgh, Pa. by the reports published in some English and German +newspapers regarding the mediumship of Christina Beil, (as the name of +that medium of German parents is correctly written, but English +reporters wrote it Beail, although it is the German Beil, that means a +hatchet or axe)[T]. Her mediumship aroused a general attention, and +while crowds of attendants were convinced that raps by which questions +were answered, were produced by spirits, sceptics denied it, and Mrs. +Swisshelm published in her "Saturday Visitor" the results of her +investigations of spirit rappers at Christina Beil's mediumship. She +thought, that raps must have been produced by some trick of one or the +other mortal, although she was not able to discover the trick. The same +confession was made in German newspapers by a German Lutheran Pastor. +The excitement moved a skilful German chemist who was also a strong +materialist, to investigate the matter in the expectation that he might +find out the trick. But he was sincere and confessed, that raps +purporting to come from spirits, were produced by beings who understood +the questions. But under the circumstances of his investigations they +could not be produced by mortal men, and must have been produced by +invisible agents. + +A few days before my reading of those reports, a rapping spirit had been +shown to me in an extraordinary manner, to relate which in this epitome +there is no room. But by that manifestation I was instructed, that I +should try the rapping spirits of Christiana Beil in the presence of +sufficient witnesses. The same German learned chemist, and a German +Pastor of the Reformed Church and other witnesses were present, when I +tried the spirits of Christina Beil. Also that pastor belonged to that +school of theologians who send their departed into such an eternity, +from whence there is no return to mortal men. Such folly is according to +our knowledge of the condition of the departed most pitiful materialism +in disguise. But at our meeting with that medium in the house of her +mother, soon a number of rappers commenced to show by raps in a number +of places of the room, that they were ready to give answers to our +questions. The medium commenced to ask, and instantly all others became +silent, and the strongest amongst them gave answers with raps. To the +question with whom he wished to converse, the pastor was shown by strong +raps as the person with whom the spirit wished to converse, and he +signified by raps also that he was ready to give his name by pointing +out the letters of his name with raps. The pastor repeated the alphabet, +and was quite astonished, that the letters spelled the name of his +peculiar friend, a medical doctor and open materialist, who was +expressedly denying man's immortality while he was in his mortal body, +from which he departed a few months before that meeting. The pastor gave +a number of questions, and expected to get some answer, with which he +would be able to show, that such an answer could not come from that +doctor. But at length the pastor confessed, that by nobody else except +by that departed doctor he would expect all those answers which he had +received. + +When all was done which would convince the greatest sceptic, if he was +prepared to reflect upon the facts, I interfered and remarked, that +after having received sufficient testimony from that spirit, we wished +to converse with some other, if any is present. Soon raps were heard of +so different a sound from the former, that any observer could perceive +the exchange of spirits. The first gave answers to German questions; +therefore also the second was asked, whether he wished to converse in +German. He answered in the negative, and the medium was pointed out by +raps as the person with whom he wished to converse. Then English +questions were given and he consented to give his name. The alphabet was +repeated, till all the letters of his name were pointed out by raps. And +his name alarmed the medium exceedingly, that she commenced to cry, and +also all her acquaintances were very much excited. I asked the reason, +and was told, that that spirit was expected amongst the first when that +girl became a medium, but they had never any test that he was present, +and that they gave up all their hopes of getting any answer from him. +Therefore his manifestation was so unexpected, that it produced such an +effect upon the medium. I understood the whole matter. That spirit was +the principal guardian of that medium or she was principally possessed +by him, and he had rapped generally in the name of others, when the +inquirers were so congenial with the medium, that he could look into +their wishes. But he did not give his name, that he might not be +discovered as the deceiver who rapped in the name of others. At length I +came in the charge of my mission in March, 1851. I was acquainted +several years before that with that pastor and exhorted him to study my +books and then to proclaim our message of Peace. But my message was not +popular and it teaches, that the belief of the close connexion of men in +mortal bodies with congenial departed spirits is the A B C, to arrive +gradually to a deep knowledge of true religion and to the true freedom +and deliverance from lying destroying spirits. But pastors who became +materialists, were scared when they perceived, that my message +presupposes the close connexion with congenial departed. At length +mediums or possessed by departed spirits alarmed the materialistic +pastors. The mother of the medium belonged to the congregation of that +pastor and she invited that pastor to come and be a witness. My leaders +were controlling the legion of spirits, who came from different quarters +with their witnesses, and in those circumstances the medical doctor +Reitz, a peculiar friend of that pastor, was the strong rapper and the +next was the lying spirit who, when there was no stronger than he, +rapped in the name of others, till he was at length in our presence +compelled to give his name. After that remarkable trial of spirits, I +said to the pastor, that he should instruct the trustees of his church, +to give me permission to deliver some lectures in that church and to +explain that of which he was a witness, but which he could not +understand in the connexion of things, in which it must be understood +for the commencement of the New Era, which according to the testimonies +given in his congregation, should be powerfully proclaimed from his +church. But the pastor thought that his congregation were not prepared +for so deep things. Although I insisted, that I would make them very +popular in the German language, which was the language of his +congregation, and that it was his highest duty to make use of the +opportunity to learn what is most necessary for Harmony and Peace of +nations, he remained as obstinate as other Roman Catholic and Protestant +Pastors. + +Then I wrote an article for newspapers, in which I have shown what +should be generally known regarding the spirit manifestations which +commenced with raps by the mediumship of the Fox Girls to delude, as +cunning foxes are accustomed to delude, such as would not receive truth +which was disclosed in our message, and were discovered, when they were +tried according to our mission at the medium Christina Beil's, which, +means the Christian hatchet or the Christian axe, an instrument for +destruction, that they were deluding and destroying spirits, by whose +influence destruction of life and property will continue until it will +be stopped by receiving and spreading our message of Peace. That article +was prepared in English and in German; but editors who have spread +deceiving reports regarding spiritualism, refused to publish my article. +I sent it then to Boston, to be published there in a paper of +spiritualists. But it was not popular and could not be published. +Matters were to arrive so far as those will find them, who study and +comprehend this whole book. + +After that trial of spirits I returned several times to Pittsburgh and +paid always my visit to that learned chemist, who was converted from a +materialist into an enthusiastic spiritualist. He, like many others, was +expecting through his mediums to receive truth regarding the spirit +world. But he was offended, when I endeavored to make him comprehend, +that those spirits with whom he came in communication by his mediums, +were materialistic spirits who did not speak through his mediums from +the miserable condition of their inner life but from the surface of +their outward condition as they while in their mortal bodies were +accustomed to boast, and to cheat and delude their fellow men. In the +treatise which would have occupied this place, if I had net been moved +to prepare this for the celebration of the 4th of July, 1859, and its +octava, that people might commence to learn, how they could become +independent from the invisible and visible tyrants by whom they are now +enslaved, and inspired for revolutions, wars and other crimes, I have +explained some very important spirit manifestations at my meetings with +the learned chemist in Pittsburgh as preparations to the spirit +manifestations which took place at my last visit to the City of Boston +and neighborhood, and which constitute the principal part of that +treatise, the publication of the whole of which must be delayed, and we +give here in a synopsis as preparation to our Epistle to the Bishops of +Illyria, the following items: + +Boston is the City, in the cathedral Church of which by our mediumship +A.D. 1838, such, spirit manifestations took place, by which we have +received the key to open the door for the promised New Era of Harmony +and Peace on earth. We will give in the next following treatise of this +book some light on those manifestations. But when our disclosures on +those manifestations had not been received, at length spiritualism of +the last fashion gained a peculiar stronghold in Boston, although +materialism made great exertions to check also the modern fashion of +spiritualism. Since A.D. 1838 I returned several times to Boston, and +was trying to move some influential men or congregations for an +examination of our message and of the credentials of our mission. When I +arrived at the end of October, 1858, again in Boston I attended on the +next Sunday the conference of spiritualists, which was at that time on +Sundays usually held in Boston. As soon as they finished their +ceremonies by which their conference was opened, I found proper to speak +a little in my Illyrian mother tongue, to arouse the attention to what I +spoke then in English, and in the English language I rebuked +materialists and testified our mission to restore true spiritualism. +After my speech a medium arose, whom I did not know, but found out +afterwards, that he was Agent of the Fountain House, where spiritualists +had their resort and their speculations. He was rebuking a lecturer who +was opposed to spiritualism, and, as I understood from the rebuke, +misrepresenting facts, and came to that conference to expose +spiritualism from his materialistic position, denying any manifestation +from the departed. During that rebuke, for a proof, that spirits +manifest themselves, he invited that lecturer and other materialists to +a meeting, in which he offered to give an exact description of my mother +whom he affirmed to have seen standing on my side, while I was speaking +in the conference, and that although I was a perfect stranger to him, he +was certain that she was my mother, and that he would give an exact +description of her, so that he was confident, that I would confirm his +description. There were spiritualists in the Conference who knew me, +that I troubled them in the Utica Convention and elsewhere, and they +seemed not to be favorable to that proposition. + +On the next following Sunday I made again an attempt in said Conference +to find out, whether there was any influential person amongst them ready +to take an active interest in examining our message and the credentials +of our mission. I commenced to speak from the point which was mentioned +in the last conference by the medium testifying, that he saw my departed +mother standing in her glory on my side while I was speaking. But I made +the remark that I had two mothers in the spirit world, to wit, my first +mother by whom I was born, She had great care during her life for my +welfare, and having been a great medium of spirit manifestations before +her departure, always anxious to know truth and act accordingly, she +progressed with me also after her departure and became one of those my +guardians, who take care for my provisions and protection against +danger. In this her care she found a strong medium of spirit +manifestations, an aged lady who was looking for the third angel, REVEL. +xiv:9, because according to the testimonies which she had received, she +was certain, that since A.D. 1836 he was preparing somewhat, and while +she was looking for him since that year in Europe, she was directed by +her guardian to America with the assurance that she would find him in +this country. At length she heard one of my German lectures and +comprehended, that I had the mission of the third angel. When she +commenced to testify this, my mother appeared to her and entrusted her +the care, which she herself had for me before her departure. My mother +was an Illyrian, but this new mother was a German. Whenever I had +opportunity to stop and write in her house, great spirit manifestations +occurred. At length also she departed and is acting amongst the women +who have amongst the departed peculiar offices for the introduction of +the New Era. When I mentioned in said Conference somewhat about these +matters and understood from the speeches of others that their spirits +were drawing the audience in other directions, I turned also to other +places, and tried besides others those professors at Cambridge, Mass. +who were appointed A.D. 1857 as a committee to investigate the physical +phenomena which were believed by some to have been caused by spirits, +while others attributed them to other causes, and those professors, +after having performed their investigations, published their opinion +that spirits had nothing to do with the phenomena which they had +investigated. + +When I read that publication, I saw that readers, by the authority of +those professors, were strengthened in materialism. Therefore, at my +return to Boston I felt it to be my duty to try to move those professors +of Cambridge from their materialism, I saw personally those three, who +belonged to the committee who have published their opinion regarding the +phenomena, called spirit manifestations, and also the fourth who did not +belong to the committee, but was the strongest operator to explode the +truth, that departed spirits are in close connexion with congenial +mortals, and that they, when circumstances are favorable and it agrees +with the Plan of Divine Government, give also to exterior senses of men +perceivable proofs of this connexion. I said to them, that A.D. 1838 +were greater spirit manifestations in the Roman Catholic Cathedral +Church of Boston by my mediumship and the mediumship of 144 witnesses, +than mortal men could expect. Whereas that catalogue of witnesses as +well as the events which happened in connexion with our proceedings, +have been published in my books, I could by the means of that catalogue +in a short time convince the professors of the great Truth of close +connexion and mutual influence between mortals and their congenial +departed, and by the public testimony of the professors the pernicious +influence of their report regarding the spiritual phenomena would be +abolished, and the way for the circulation of our message of Peace would +be opened. They should therefore appoint time and place to meet with me +for this most important investigation of what departed spirits are able +to effect through mortal men. With all my exertions to move the +professors they remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who +gave them opportunity to learn what is most important to correct the +pernicious effect of their report and to cease to brutalize their +students with their materialism. I started from Massachussets to New +Hampshire, because in that State besides other spirit manifestations in +Concord a Convention of those adventists was held, who besides other +blasphemies of the living God and his Christ teach also, that man dies +as a beast, but that when Christ comes on the clouds, he will awaken the +righteous from death, but the wicked will be eternally annihilated. As +all other pestilence which is spread in the Papal and in the Protestant +sects is supported by the use and abuse of the Bible, likewise also +these "annihilators" made their discoveries of the annihilation of the +wicked by the means of the Bible. They are spread through the country +and especially through the States of New England, and are only a branch +of the dreadful materialism which has brought the human beings so on the +surface of the matter, that they stifled the most needful knowledge +regarding the spirit world. I warned all sects of Adventists as well as +others, everywhere. At length I met in October, 1858, with a portion of +the Adventist annihilators in a Conference in Providence of Rhode +Island, and tried to convert them from their folly. But they were not +ready to hear facts and then reflect upon them with a sound reason, to +know man in his interior life. + +There are different sects of the Adventist annihilators; but that same +sect, with whom I met in Providence, have appointed for November, 1858, +a Convention in Concord N.H. The appointment contained a general +invitation, without confinement to their sect, and I thought that there +might be an opportunity for me to find some investigating minds who +would listen to our message of Peace. But when I commenced to speak in +their Convention, and their Popes saw that there was danger for their +spirit annihilation, they applied to the audience with their complaint, +that they found in Providence, that I did not believe in Christ's coming +on the clouds and annihilation of the wicked and am rather a kind of a +spiritualist. Therefore if I would remain I had to be silent, or I had +to leave the Hall. I replied, that in their circular was no confinement +to their sect, but their invitation contained exactly the opportunity +for the proclamation of our message. But the possessed Popes by spirits +of delusion and destruction became fierce and enraged, and I found best +to leave them in their hall. My leader showed me that I should return +towards Boston. At my return I was trying spirits on several places. It +is to be understood that volumes could be written, if I would explain +what I mention in this synopsis preparatory to my Epistle which I have +sent in my hand-writing to the Bishops in Illyria to be communicated to +the Emperors of Austria and France, and which is to be printed in this +treatise, that it might reach monarchs and their agents in this book, if +it should not have reached them in hand-writing. But the events which +occupy the largest portion of the treatise which would have appeared +here, if the celebration of the 4th of July had not moved me to write +and publish this in lieu of the other, may be expressed in this epitome +in the following sentences: + +During my travelling I am most time walking on foot. While I was walking +on foot from Linn, Mass. to Chelsea City, I found the tollgate keeper +standing without occupation on the turnpike, and asked him for a +direction to the strongest spiritualist in Chelsea City. He directed me +to a merchant. He was not at home, and I asked his clerk, to give me +directions to some other spiritualist. He put several on a paper, the +first of whom was Mr. Mansfield, and I was impressed to go to him. I was +quite a stranger and without asking about the occupation of this +Mansfield, I asked only for a direction to his house. When I found it, I +was told that Mansfield was at his office No. 3. Winter Street in +Boston. Without asking, what his occupation was, I came at length on the +3d of December, 1858, into his office. When I was in his office, the +portraits of the dead drawn by some entranced medium with whom I was +personally acquainted, and other paraphernalia reminded me, that that +must be the celebrated medium J. V. Mansfield, of whom I read in +newspapers, that many sealed letters not only from different quarters of +America but also from other parts of the Globe, were directed to +departed acquaintances of the writers, and answers were asked from the +departed which he could not give also in the case, if he would read the +letters. But answers were to be given without opening the letters, by +him as writing medium of spirits. He had to return the letters without +opening the seal, and to add the answers as written by his mediumship. +While reading the reports regarding that medium, I thought to see him, +when I would come again to Boston. But while I was in the first part of +November, 1858, in Boston I did not remember this, and came at my return +from New Hampshire in the briefly related manner on the third December, +1858, against all my expectation to him. I think that he was present at +the two above mentioned Conferences in Boston, in which I spoke before +starting for New Hampshire. When I conversed on the 3d of December with +him in his office, he invited me to come on Saturday, December 4th 1858, +to his office and from thence to ride with him to his house in Chelsea +City and spend Sunday, December 5th, with him. I was impressed to do so. +That Sunday was the second Sunday in Advent. On the 4th, after the +arrival in his house we both were tired and went to bed at 10 o'clock +P.M. I rested well, till I was awakened by a female departed spirit who +was in great distress and entreated me to give her assistance to kill +her husband. I understood it in a spiritual sense to stop the pernicious +course of her husband, and promised her my assistance. As soon as I +promised her my assistance my leaders took her in protection and they +expelled at the same time the whole company of her task masters out of +the room, and then from two places on the outside of the house, from +which they were compelled to remove. After that spectacle, the detail of +which here is not the place to explain, the clock struck four. From this +circumstance I understood, that the scene commenced at three o'clock. + +There are certain hours, according to our spirit language by numbers +most convenient for certain communications. As the communication +requires, also the hour is selelected by my leaders in which they draw +me into the inner state in which they show me, what is congruous to my +mission. They put me, in that instance, from my sleep into the inner +state of knowledge of what was going on. In this state I not see the +female, although I was conscious, that she was surrounded by enemies of +her happiness. The whole scene and explanation belonging to the treatise +which will be published in an other time, these hints may suffice, to +understand the following items. As soon as I saw after that scene Mr. +Mansfield and his wife at breakfast, I told them that I had a great +spirit manifestation, which Mr. Mansfield could not understand, except +if he would study some of my writings to know somewhat about my mission +He read and I explained the substance of some points in my writings to +make him known somewhat about my mission. Afternoon, while reading one +of my pamphlets, he started suddenly and went very fast into another +room, and brought directly some paper, put it on the table and said, +that while he was reading my pamphlet, a spirit was impressing him to +ask me to write questions which he would answer. I knew not who the +woman was, who asked at three o'clock in the morning of that day my +assistance to kill her husband, but I understood, that if I would follow +the direction of my leader, he would reveal it in due time, I knew, that +at that spirit battle, at which that female was taken under the +protection of our leaders, the principal champion was the martyr John +George Zeigler, an American of German descent, who in his mortal body +studied deeper than any other man, my five German volumes, and forsook +then all for our holy mission. While he was travelling in a steamboat he +was pushed into the Ohio River by an enemy of our holy mission, and +departed into the spirit world, in which he received such offices as he +was most qualified for them. He having been the principal amongst those +who took the woman in protection, while she asked my assistance, I +thought, that if I would write to him questions, I would receive the +information, who that woman was. It is to be understood, that Mr. +Mansfield wished, that I should write so, that he could not see what I +wrote, and then to wrap my writing, to which the spirit had to give +answers. But I thought I could write in German, because I was certain +that Mr. Mansfield could not read German. Therefore I said to Mr. +Mansfield, that I determined to write in the German language to the +spirit whom I had in my mind, to whom while he was a mortal, I wrote +sometimes in German, sometimes in English, but he answered always my +letters in English, and he, if he is present, will answer also through +you in English. But Mr. Mansfield remarked, that I should write my +questions in English, that he had lately great troubles with questions +which have been sent by Otto Kunz from Pittsburgh in the German language +to his departed, and that the last number of the Spirit Age contained an +article of Otto Kunz in this respect. I remarked, that I was acquainted +with Otto Kunz, (he is the learned chemist, by whom I was preparing my +way in this treatise, for what follows) but that I did not hear anything +about him for a long time, (to wit, since the summer of 1856, when I saw +him the last time before my meeting with Mr. Mansfield). I added that I +should like to see, what Otto Kunz had published. He brought then from +an other room the number of the Spiritual Age, which has the date +December 4th 1859. It must be added, that I had not before looked into +that number, nor heard anything about Otto Kunz's article. But when Mr. +Mansfield handed me that number, I read Mr. Kunz's article laid the +paper on the table and said to Mr. Mansfield: I will write in English to +the spirit whom I have in my mind. I had yet John George Zeigler in my +mind; but when I took the pencil, I was impressed to write to Charlotte +Kunz (the departed wife of Otto Kunz) in English, in the supposition, +that she could not write English, while she was a mortal, and that also +in the spirit world she did not learn to write English, that therefore +to my English address we must receive some unexpected disclosures. I +wrote therefore while the medium Mr. Mansfield turned in the opposite +direction, that he could not see, what I wrote: "Charlotte Kunz, if you +are present, please to write what you find proper." I folded my writing, +that Mansfield could not see it. He was soon entranced, and gave the +signs, from which I understood, that she was the person who asked at 3 +o'clock A.M. my assistance, and then the communication was written by +Mr. Mansfield in a correct English style and correct orthography and +signed "Charlotte Kunz." The communication contains characteristic +marks, that the controlling spirit was intimately connected with deep +mysteries explained in my German books, but that he was not the writer, +but one of the company belonging to J. V. Mansfield's guardians, wrote +through him according to the wishes of Charlotte Kunz, but wrote so, as +if she herself had written. After the communication directed to me has +been written, and Mr. Mansfield reduced into his normal state, I +requested him, to copy the communication, and to give the original and +the copy to me; because I was asked in the communication by Charlotte +Kunz, professing that she was the writer, that I might write to her +husband. The handwriting of the copy was different from the original. I +preserved the copy and sent the original to Otto Kunz, with my +handwriting, remarking, that that communication has been produced by his +wife under the assistance of our leaders, that he, Otto Kunz, might +contribute his share for starting the centre of our Peace Union. I have +quoted in my writings to Otto Kunz one of the characteristic notes +testifying that the communication had certainly been produced under the +assistance or control of my leaders. And that characteristic note had +reference to Dante's Prophecy in the 33d Song of Purgatory. I speak of +that prophecy in the Epistle to which we are preparing the way. I have +explained also to Mr. Kunz several years before my meeting with his +departed wife the substance of that prophecy. I thought, if he at the +receipt of that unexpected communication would remember my explanation +of that prophecy and other testimonies of my mission, he would not be +too hasty in judging about what he could not understand in the +communication but would expect my farther explanation regarding my +communication; because the explanation could not be given in a letter, +and he was also not prepared in those circumstances to study the +treatise in which that communication is copied verbatim, and the +preparation for its understanding and its explanation is given, and that +treatise would have been published instead of this treatise, if we would +not have prefered this in the expectation, that this might be more +congruous to the present European War, which gives me opportunity to +exhort nations and governments. And for this purpose, to communicate +other important things in this treatise, we give only an epitome of the +treatise which will be published in another convenient time. But Mr. +Mansfield who has astonished many people in all quarters of the Globe by +having given more than forty thousand answers to sealed letters directed +to departed persons, became so remarkable, that he in connexion with the +well known spiritualist Otto Kunz deserved a peculiar treatise, and +appears also in this connexion of matters as a peculiar witness; because +that which has been made evident in many cases in which we tried +remarkable mediums, was in a peculiar manner confirmed, while we tried +the spirits of J. V. Mansfield, to wit, that he has certain guardians by +whom many are deluded, because those guardians give through him answers +which are found correct, when they reach and control the writers of the +sealed letters directed to their departed. But when this is not the +case, answers are not correct. Mr. Mansfield told me, that the largest +portion of his answers is correct. Such points in regard to the +relations in which the departed have been with the inquirers are +revealed in the answers, as Mr. Mansfield could not know them. From this +circumstance is also explicable, how people could be so moved, that he +had received many thousands of letters, although each applicant had to +send one dollar fee to the medium, and three dollars in case of a +guarantee that either an answer, if received would be sent, or the money +returned. When we speak of correct statements in many cases, we add that +in those communications was much of delusion regarding the spirit world. +At length when the measure of abominations was filled, I had to try his +spirits in the manner, the substance of which is given in this epitome, +the treatise being prepared to be published, whenever a publisher is +ready to publish a new book, which would contain that and other +treatises. From that treatise it is evident, that when Otto Kunz wrote +his letter to his departed wife and sent it to Mr. Mansfield to be +answered by his mediumship, the tyrants by whom Mr. Mansfield is +guarded, took her under their subjection. But to give in a new manner a +most solemn warning to all spiritualists who will not progress on our +ground, I was sent to Mansfield, and our guardians took under their +control Charlotte Kunz and the spirits who are writing through Mr. +Mansfield. The enemies of the truth, that departed spirits may use men +as their writingrnediums must explain the answers by assertions which in +most cases appear most ridiculous, for instance, I heard the assertion, +that Mansfield opens the letters. But he returns sealed letters as he +receives them; although we would not deny the possibility of temptation +to open one or the other letter of persons, with whom his guardians were +not congenial, and therefore could not give an answer. But if I had +shown to him my line directed to the departed Charlotte Kunz, although +he has been before that in correspondence with her husband, Mr. +Mansfield with all his guardians would not have been able to give the +characteristic notes which are in the communication testifying, that +some of our leaders was the superior, while J. V. Mansfield's guardian +was writing that communication with Charlotte Kunz's signature, although +there are the strongest marks in the communication, that she could not +write it, but that a deluding and destroying guardian of J. V. Mansfield +wrote it, partly according to her wishes, partly according to his own +impulse, partly according to the dictation of our leader who controlled +him, that he inserted the characteristic notes given by our leader. This +is the epitome of that treatise, which was to be given in this treatise +as a peculiar preparation to my epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. But +before we commence to translate it, we must add also the following +remarks. When our leaders compel in one place "the Secret Enemies of +True Republicanism" to bring to daylight their abominations for our +peculiar use to enlighten this degraded generation, they send us +corresponding testimonies also from other places, and we have collected +in said treatise some extraordinary testimonies for an illustration of +the answers of the sealed letters by J. V. Mansfield's mediumship. A +peculiar witness in this repect was Doctor Randolph, whose spirits I +tried several years before my meeting with Mansfield; but he was not +ready to be converted from darkness to the light which is kindled by our +disclosures. At length when I tried Mansfield's spirits, newspapers +commenced to publish Dr. Randolph's confessions. He tells: "I was a +medium about eight years, during which time I made three thousand +speeches," &c. "And to day I had rather seen the Cholera in my house +than be a spiritual medium! for years I have lived alone for +spiritualism and its cognates. Henceforth I live to combat many of the +identical doctrines that I once accepted as Heavenly truths." "I enter +the arena," says he "as the champion of common sense, against what in my +soul I believe to be the most tremendous enemy of God, morals and +religion, that ever found foothold on the earth--the most seductive, +hence most dangerous form of sensualism that ever cursed a nation, age +or people." If Dr. Randolph had been brought from spirits of delusion on +our ground, he would have assisted us to open the door for the New Era. +But he returned to the sects, from which spirits commenced to manifest +themselves in their materialistic deluding manner, till we commenced to +show, what they were, and then they commenced to be caught in their +lies, and many spiritualists commenced to be scared; but they would not +progress on our ground, and returned to professed materialism and +sectarianism. But the concentration of all abominations of the perverted +spiritualism is in the Papal Imperial Royal Courts. Many spirits delude +monarchs and their supporters either openly by peculiar manifestations, +or without such manifestations deceiving secretly monarchs and +supporters, that they prepare at length for war and commence to fight in +horrible battles, which is the highest manifestation of the infernal +furies. That they might stop this abominable work in which they are now +engaged, I wrote the following epistle, which I give in a free +translation, and then I will add some remarks for a conclusion of this +treatise. You will find in this epistle some repetitions of what has +been mentioned in the first treatise of this book, because when they +were setting that in type I did not think about writing this treatise in +which what is repeated, should be repeated so often till it is +comprehended. + +The Epistle is entitled: + + "Most important events for rulers of nations." + + To P. T. Anthony Slomshek, Prince Bishop of Laibach. Long Island, + State of New-York, June 13th 1859. + +Reverend Bishop! Being in occupations of my office on this anniversary +of momentous events on this Island, I am impressed by the spirit who has +brought me to America, to write again after a long interruption, to my +native country, and to direct my Epistle to you, to communicate copies +of it also to the bishops of Triest and Goricia. I asseverate before +you, three witnesses, that I am not guilty of the blood which is shed in +the present terrible war; although I would be most guilty, if I had not +faithfully fulfilled the duties of my charge. If those to whom I have +written at Vienna, in our native country, and also in other countries of +Europe, had discharged as conscientiously the duties of their office, as +I did those of my office, the promised universal peace would have been +established not only in the whole of Europe, but also in other parts of +the globe. But whereas there was deficiency in respect to the +intellectual and moral preparations of those who were in the office, the +terrible consequences therof are more and more visible. To bishops I +write usually in Latin. But this epistle should be delivered by you to +the government of Austria, and published to the nations not only in +German, but also in as many other languages as possible. + +Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek! Having had more opportunity than others +who are at present bishops under the Austrian government, to obtain +knowledge about me during my residence in Europe and by wise providence +having become a bishop of the diocese, in which I was born, educated and +ordained a priest, I expect that you will receive light from the spirit, +to comprehend correctly the hints which may be concentrated into the +space of an ordinary epistle. You know that I had from my youth an +extraordinary desire to search not only the Jewish and Christian but +also the antiquities of other nations, and to compare the results of my +investigations with what others have brought to light in former times +and recently, to find out, how the promised universal peace will be +established. After my having been six years secular priest of the +diocese of Laibach, I entered the Benedictine Order of the Monastery of +Saint Paul in Carinthia, for the purpose of obtaining more time and +opportunity in that order which furnishes learned professors, than in my +native country for a continuation of my investigations for the peace of +nations. After my having searched two years in the library of the +monastery, I became Professor of Biblical Literature in Clagenfurt, and +in that city I became acquainted with you, you having been there +Spiritual Adviser of Students of Divinity. + +During the ten years of my Professorship I had opportunity to examine +many points, which I would never have had opportunity to examine in the +Diocese of Laibach. But I did not know that the spirit who was my guide +from my youth, was preparing me for the office which has been entrusted +to me in America. Moreover, notwithstanding I had from my youth peculiar +inclination to study the Bible and to read not only the writings of the +Church Fathers but also the writings of the old Heathen and Jews for the +purpose of getting more light on the Bible, during the last ten years of +my Professorship I did not yet know that the office with which I am +commissioned in America, had been manifoldly prophesied in the Bible, +and the prophecy repeated by prophets of the christian centuries as well +as in our time by images suitable to the seasons. Neither had I any +thought to make a voyage to America, till the spirit of truth showed by +evident testimonials, that he called me to this country. Then he opened +also the way for me hither so wonderfully, that although the Prelate of +the monastery of Saint Paul resisted with all his power, and the monks +who were my friends, united with him to hinder my voyage, Emperor +Ferdinand was enlightened to let me have my passport to America. + +Signs and wonders preceded and accompanied my voyage to America, and I +reached this continent first in Boston of the State of Massachusetts on +my birth-day, November 29, 1837. In that city all that was required for +the continuation of our work, has been so prepared by invisible agents, +that although I had not the least foreboding to remain in that city, I +became convinced by the signs which happened there, that in the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church in Boston important ocupations had been +prepared for me. I did not yet know the particular occupations: but I +followed faithfully the directions of the spirit and performed in that +church all, that had been shown to be performed by me. On the 7th of +January, 1838, one hundred and forty-four witnesses signed their names +in my catalogue. Also those witnesses were guided by invisible agents in +such a manner, that they, too, performed in that church, what was +required of them, so that on Easter Sunday, April 15, 1838, in the +Cathedral Church in Boston, in the presence of these 144 and many other +witnesses by my instrumentality the solemn excommunication of the Beast +with seven heads and ten horns from the Church of Christ has been +performed, that is, solemn declaration has been made, that the mysteries +which are contained in those figuritive expressions, do not belong to +the Church of Christ and must be therefore abolished from the earth. A +long chain of signs, according to the prophecies, preceded that +excommunication, and signs succeeded and are continually repeated. By +these signs our mission, that is, my mission and the mission of my +fellow labourers has been confirmed, and the dreadful condition of those +who are opposed to our action has been most evidently developed. In the +years 1838 and 1839 the first two volumes of Memorable Events appeared +in print. Those events took place in my experience for a testimony, that +Christ appears by His messengers for the foundation of the promised +peace on earth. A box of those volumes was sent to the Emperor of +Austria, and my written explanation was given, that in my books the will +of the most High Majesty has been made manifest, to whom Emperors and +Kings are bound to submit and to learn to know the events which have +been explained in my books and to become with us messengers of peace to +the nations, and for this purpose to give my books to the best +theologians for the strictest examination, that the result of their +examination might be sent to me, to be published with my remarks, that +nations might learn what is required for the foundation of the peace of +the world. I assured the Emperor, that dreadful revolutions and wars +will be the consequence if my advice will be rejected. + +After having received no answer to my writings to the Emperor, to the +parson of his court, to a number of bishops and other influential men of +the Empire, and A.D. 1840, my third volume appeared, in which was shown, +that the unexpected events which have been explained in the first and +second volumes, happened according to prophecies, and would not have +been unexpected to bishops, if they had studied prophecies and observed +the signs of the times, and reflected upon the disclosures given by our +forerunners upon these matters, I did not send that volume straightway +to Austria, but I sent a box of all three volumes to the King of +Bavaria, with a similar written warning to the King, as in the preceding +year to the Emperor of Austria, and with the most urgent demand, that +after the Emperor of Austria and his bishops had neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, he should become the messenger of peace to all other +monarchs and open the way to the circulation of our message. At the same +time a copy of all three volumes was sent to the King of France with the +most urgent written petition that he should order without delay a French +translation of the three volumes to be spread everywhere in France, and +our solemn assurence was added, that, if he neglects to fulfil this +highest duty, Revolutions and Wars will be the necessary consequence of +this neglect. + +In an ordinary epistle farther hints cannot be given in regard to what +was done on our side, to move the one or the other government to order +the strictest examination of our message, which contains the means for +abolition[U] of all Revolutions and for the foundation of the universal +peace on the whole globe; but I remark, that when they would not hear +our warning voice, Revolution broke out in February, 1848, under such +preparatory, concomitant signs, and under such corresponding events, +that after having studied those events in my writings which have been +after that partly published in the English language partly preserved for +publication, you will see, that, after our warnings given under Heavenly +inspiration had been contemptuously rejected, the infernal furies had +received the power, to commence to spread the flood of Revolution +exactly on the same day, which gives the most evident testimony, that +Revolution broke out according to a higher calculation on account of the +contempt of our message of peace. + +Emperor Ferdinand having been compelled by that Revolution to issue a +constitution, I read that constitution in a newspaper on the 18th of +April, 1848, and was moved on the 19th April, which was the birth-day of +the Emperor, to give him in consequence of my charge a written assurance +that by that constitution the government and people will be saved from +ruin, if the Emperor accepts my offer; because in this case I was ready, +to start directly for Vienna, and show how the Free Press which was +guarantied by the constitution, would be properly used for developing +and spreading truth, as people have a right to demand, and its abuse +impeded, as the government is bound to impede it. I have given the +Emperor the assurance, that this, our offer, was made under higher +direction for the true happiness of the Imperial Family and the people. +I have sent in the same writing our proclamation to the nations of the +empire, and exhorted the emperor, that if he would write to me, that I +should come to Vienna, he should at the same time publish our +proclamation in all languages of the empire; because, if he accomplishes +this, by our use of the free press the door will be opened for the +introduction of the promised peace of the world, but on the contrary +revolutions and wars would be repeated and governments and nations +ruined. Those highly momentous documents were sent to the minister of +the Austrian government in Washington to be forwarded to the emperor. +Informatian was given to the minister in my next letter, to which post +office he should send the answer, if he should receive any for me from +the Austrian government. After having thus notified him I have received +no answer; but very important signs were given of the approaching war in +which the emperor resigned the throne and Hungary was wasted. + +The three monarchs to whom my books have been sent, but who have +neglected to make use of the means contained therein for the peace of +nations, have been compelled to give up their thrones, but nations could +not become partakers of the promise of the universal peace; because it +will not be established by the sword but by the means contained in our +message of peace, and we have received so many signs according to +prophecies as evidences of our mission, that whereas since the year 1838 +to 1842 five volumes have been written in this respect, I repeated while +I was writing the fifth volume, that five hundred volumes could be +written, if we would continue to explain prophecies of past ages and +their development in the preparations for our mission and during our +mission, and the signs by which our mission is confirmed. But we have +explained superabundance of them, because by our explanation the +dreadful condition of governments and nations has been disclosed. Signs +continue steadily, although the blind leaders of the blind, while the +Lord appears as a thief, comprehend them as little, as the Pharisees +did, when Christ appeared and prophesied the destruction of the city and +the temple. + +Confined to a common letter, I can give only some hints. While the +terrible war was raging principally in Hungary, I laboured industriously +at the commencement of the year 1849 to move the American bishops, to +appear either personally or to send their Theologians to a convention in +the city of New York, to whom I offered to read in the Latin language my +system for the abolition of revolutions and Wars and introduction of the +world's peace. + +I did all I could to move the bishops to attend our Latin convention, +and to make as many objections and remarks as they would find suitable, +although all must have been made in writing and handed to me, to be +annexed with my remarks to my system and published in Latin and in +translations, that men everywhere, could learn our message of peace and +all nations might become partakers of the greatest promises and the +world's peace could be established. + +After bishops had neglected their highest duty, I translated the Latin +system into English and German, and made most urgent applications to +several Presidents and to congressmen of the United States, to move the +American government, to assemble a convention for the same object, for +which I endeavoured to move bishops. In the meantime Lewis Kossuth +arrived in America, and I considered it to be my peculiar duty, to make +use of what was in my power, to direct him from the spirit of +destruction to peace and to explain to him my system in which is shown, +how without soldiers the rights of men will be restored and the peace of +the world established. After several letters of preparation, at length I +met personally with him in Cincinnati. But he was cunning and let me +come to him in company with others, and when I required to speak +privately with him, he excused himself with not having time to speak +with me privately, and directed me to Count Pulski, who was his +associate. I paid to this man several visits, and shewed to him that it +was necessary for Kossuth and his assistants, to study my system and to +retire with me for this purpose. But the result of all my labour was, +that at length Kossuth had sent to me the message that it was impossible +for him to give up his plan. He is a strong "Medium," as those are +called here who are possessed, and those who are possessed by destroying +spirits, have their work, to torment rulers or also to destroy them, if +they will not find salvation in our message of peace. + +Having here only opportunity to give hints on points, on which I could +write volumes, I remark, that when the American government could not be +moved to call a convention for an examination of our message of peace, I +wrote, when Emperor Napoleon III. was preparing for war against Russia, +to his ambassador in Washington, that the emperor would gather together +the highest merits for himself and mankind, if he, instead of the war +preparations against Russia, would call bishops of his empire to Paris, +to examine with me my Latin system for the foundation of the world's +peace. By doing this he would make himself and his friends and at the +same time all nations happy; but in the opposite course he would prepare +misfortune for himself and France. I assured the ambassador of the +French government in Washington, that if he before he would write to the +emperor, himself wished to be convinced of my assertion, I was ready if +he would call me, to come myself to Washington and to explain to him my +system as long as would be necessary to convince him, that we have truly +received from Heaven the commission and credentials for the foundation +of the worlds peace, and that those regents will be in this and in the +future life most unhappy, who refuse to accept our invitation. I have +received no answer from the ambassador of the French government. + +Although I am writing very closely in my advanced age without +spectacles, which I never used in my life, I have very little space in +a common letter, to mention also the following items: The nearer we were +approaching to the present Revolutionary Wars in Europe the stronger +were also the signs of warning, and they are building just now on the +land which has been bought for our Peace-Union, a hall for our +conventions, in which our system for the foundation of the world's peace +will be explained and messengers of peace will be educated to be sent in +all quarters of the world. But whereas, before their labors will +establish the world's peace everywhere on the globe, all monarchs and +their families might be exterminated, if they would not make use of the +means for the foundation of the world's peace, I write this letter on +this Feast of Pentecost and anniversary of momentous events. Your +predecessor, Anthony Aloysy Wolf, Prince-Bishop of Laibach, was one of +those Prince Wolves, who have received my first two volumes, but were +not prepared to study them, and to proclaim to Emperor Ferdinand and to +the nations, the great things which the Lord has done. Those wolves have +deceived in regard to our mission the Emperor, the priests and the +people, and by this deception they became the originators of all those +murders, which have been perpetrated in revolutions and wars and +manifold other manners, which would have been prevented by receiving and +spreading our message of peace. These are the fruits, when wolves are +made pastors of nations! By murders which are perpetrated in +revolutions, wars and other ways, those who are murdered, are turned +into infernal furies, instead of having been converted by suitable +education, into Heavenly Angels. By these furies which have been +murdered in revolutions and wars, nations which are now living, are +instigated to murders in revolutions and wars and in manifold other +manners and also to all kinds of other criminal deeds, the atmosphere is +disturbed and men are tormented with all kinds of plagues, and if they +are not murdered cruelly by force, their lives are shortened manifoldly, +so that also those who live longest, would have lived much longer, if it +would have been introduced amongst nations and duly used, what we know, +but cannot use till governments introduce that which we demand. + +I was Professor of Divinity in Babylon which is spoken of in the +Revelation; but whereas I was sincerely searching after truth for my own +and the welfare of my fellow-men, matters have been disclosed to me, +which I had never expected, while I was prepared without my knowledge by +invisible agents for my present charge. According to this charge I am +now Professor of Divinity or Church-Doctor for the promised peaceable +Reign of God on Earth. As Church-doctor I will teach bishops and priests +as well as monarchs and other grandees of the kingdoms of this world, +when they will be ready to hear the Heavenly voice which is made +manifest through so feeble an instrument as I am, how to pacify the +furies into which men are converted by murders and how to draw them into +the resurrection, that is, from their low to a higher condition. My +apostolic name which I have obtained on the feast of the apostle Andrew, +November 30, 1795, is Andrew. But when on the 30th November, 1826, at +the solemn profession of the Benedictine order I adopted by higher +impulse the name Bernardus, then also Pope Leo XII. was inspired, that +he promulgated Bernardus a Church-doctor. He in his shortsightedness, +had in his mind the celebrated monk of the twelth century. But neither +that monk who was preaching crusades, nor Pope Leo XII. knew, that +Turks, heretics and other nations will be converted in true Christians +without blood shedding and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole earth. But the Pope spoke as prophet of our mission who was +at that time High Priest and prophesied, that, whereas I adopted in the +prophetical profession of the Benedictine Order the name Bernardus, I +had to pass as monk through the last epoch of my studies of preparations +for my present charge, till I became Doctor Ecclesiæ, Church-Doctor, +teaching what bishops and doctors of Divinity do not understand, +although it is highly necessary for the peace of nations. From my first +arrival in the Benedictine Order, when I determined to live there, till +I started for America, exactly twelve years passed. + +By the memorable events which happened in the Cathedral Church in +Boston, a key was given us to unlock prophecies, which have been before +either entirely locked, or only in some measure unlocked. Some +interpreters have known, that the seven churches in the second and +third chapters of the Revelation were prophetical churches, typifying +the seven states, to which all churches of the Christian name since the +edition of the Revelation until the foundation of the universal peace on +earth may be reduced, so that every portion of the Christian name +belongs to the one or the other of the seven churches. In the third of +the above mentioned volumes, we, that is, I under the direction of +invisible assistants, have disclosed so much regarding the fulfilment of +the prophecies in our time, as is abundantly sufficient for testimony of +our mission. In our disclosure Thyatira in the 18th verse of the second +chapter of the Revelation is the type of the Roman Catholic Church. What +is said concerning that church until the end of that chapter, you +Bishops should at length consider and digest well. You kept fast what +you did not understand, till at length the Lord comes by our mission, +and unlocks by our mediumship the Divinity for His Reign of peace. We +have overcome and to us was given "the Rod of Iron and the Morning +Star." I speak in the name of all those who are co-operating with me +according to the Plan of the Most High for the universal peace of all +nations. We have "the iron rod," but not the iron sword. The iron rod is +only a symbol of our office to announce judgments to the disobedient +nations and to their rulers. They are bruised enough and broken. Those +who remain, should at length hear our voice, then their wrong systems +will be broken to pieces, but men will be saved. For we have received +not only the iron rod, but also the morning star. In the great +temptations through which we had to pass, we remembered the morning star +which appeared several times during the sun shine in close connexion +with our steps, and once in a peculiar connection with you, Prince +Bishop Anthony Slomshek! as well as in connection with the Emperor of +Austria! You remember that I wrote at a certain occasion my opinion in +regard to your sermons which appeared in print in our Slavonian mother +tongue, and in that my article I made also some extracts from my Latin +manuscript, "On the congeniality of languages[V]," to publish them with +that article in the "Carinthia"[W]. I finished writing that article on +the 6th February, 1835. When I was on the 7th February well nigh ready +to go to my students in the college, I was moved by the spirit to write +instantly a prophetical conclusion to that article. When I finished that +conclusion, I hurried to be in the college. After that there was much +talking among the Professors and others about the morning star which +appeared on that forenoon during sunshine. I explored exactly the time, +and found that the star appeared, when I commenced writing that +prophetical conclusion, and disappeared, when I finished writing. I +handed then that article to you, to deliver it to the editor of the +Carinthia. But there occured an accident, that the article appeared +later than I expected, so in the Carinthia, that the last part with the +great prophecy regarding the peace of nations was published on Easter +Saturday April 18, 1835, or on the Eve of the birth-day of the Emperor +Ferdinand the first year of his government. His birth day was celebrated +that year on Easter Sunday. An exact calculation was made by our +invisible agents. The poems of two panegyrists of the birthday of the +Emperor appeared in the same number immediately before our prophecy. +Those two adulators were types of the two adulators, Joseph Pletz Parson +of the Imperial Court, and Anthony Alosy Wolf, Prince Bishop of Laibach. +These two prelates have deluded the Emperor in regard to our mission, +and as a consequence terrible judgments came upon governments and +nations. But this writing is connected with the Morning Star, which +should be delivered by you to the young Emperor Francis Joseph and to +many nations as well as the ancestors of the Emperor, who are waiting in +the Empire of death for their redemption by our Message. It should be +delivered by you in the midst of terrible judgments. If you have the +spirit which I expect in you, you yourself will carry this letter +without delay to the Emperor, and explain personally, what is necessary +for his resurrection and strength. Now he belongs in the 16th verse of +the 17th chapter of the REVELATION. Kossuth, Mazzini and other heroes of +the Revolution are preparing the Harlot for Emperors and Kings, who are +fulfilling the judgments which are announced in that verse. But we to +whom this victory is promised, belong to those, who are united with the +lamb in the 14th verse of the 17th chapter of the REVELATION and will +overcome the Beast and its ten horns. To wit, we have the chain, with +which the Dragon, the seducing and destroying Serpent, will be bound and +cast into the abyss, REVEL. xx: 2, That is the magnetic chain of events +of past times in connexion with events of this time. In this chain the +genuine condition of the existing political and ecclesiastical +governments appears in its true light, so that, when this chain will be +duly spread and made known to Nations, they will be carried from the +existing Babylon into the New Jerusalem. Who ever amongst the rulers +comprehends this and carries the people into the New Jerusalem, into the +promised Reign of Peace, he himself and his family, as well as his +departed or yet in mortal bodies living congenial relations will be +brought into the true happiness; but on the contrary those rulers and +who are attached to them, who despise our apostolic voice, will be +exterminated. Judgement will not cease, till at length it destroys +themselves also. I have given in this Epistle as many hints as are +sufficient for such Bishops who are not entirely dead, to believe, when +I assure them, that, in our writings it has been made clear and evident, +that our chain or our system, which, for Peace of Nations, should be +made known to all political and ecclesiastical Governments, is +astronomically and historically correct. Therefore that of the three +named bishops, who receives first this Epistle, should inform the other +two of the matter and summon them to go directly with him to the +Emperor. Who comprehends this, and is inspired by the Holy Ghost who is +our director, for the accomplishment of Divine Decrees, is with us a +messenger of God. He should as such appear before the Emperor with this +Epistle, read to him the Epistle, and explain it, and summon the Emperor +to become with us a messenger of God, and may he be seemingly in profit +or seemingly in loss in regard to the Emperor Napoleon, to send this +Epistle to Emperor Napoleon, and require instantly an armistic under the +condition, that he is desirous to make immediately, with condescension, +a treaty of Peace, to hear the "Messo di dio," the messenger of God, +spoken of by the prophets of the Old and New Testament as well as by the +prophets of the succeeding ages of the Christian Era, and to fulfil the +will of the Most High for the welfare of nations. Amongst those +prophecies is one of the most remarkable in the 33rd Song of Purgatory +in the Divine Comedy of the great Italian Poet Dante, in which the +spirit Beatrice, Dante's departed wife, speaks of the "five hundred, ten +and five messenger of God," that is, of "Smolnker messenger of God." + +The number 500, 10 and 5, that is the number 515, is opposed to the +number 666 in the Revelation, xiii: 18. The name which comprehends the +mysteries which are contained in the 17th and 18th verses of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and also the number 666, has been delivered +into our hands, and all that belongs to the name, has been explained in +my books, in which to obtain the number 666, we had to write the name +with Greek letters, because the Revelation appeared in the Greek +language. And likewise also my name SMOLNKER, as it was originally +exactly pronounced, to wit, with short _o_ and short _e_ must be written +with Greek letters. This was the exact pronunciation of my name, as I +heard it pronounced by my grandparents and my parents. And the Greek +letters with short _o_ and short _e_ exactly pronounced in my name +SMOLNKER, give exactly the number 515, which is the number of the +messenger of God in Dante's prophecy. If you add this number to the year +1321, in which Dante died, you obtain the year 1836. "The messenger of +God" is in the quoted prophecy the same as the 3d Angel in Revel, xiv. +9. That the third Angel regarding whom the prophecy commences in the 9th +verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation, had to appear before the +public about the year 1836, and also that that Angel or messenger would +not be a departed but a man living in his mortal body, has been shown in +the last century by Doctor Bengel and his disciples using admirable +astronomical calculations by the means of the prophetical numbers in the +Revelation. My first German teacher, a Franciscan Monk from Bavaria, +inserted the letter _i_ into my name, and taught me to write my name +SMOLNIKER, till at length Professor Valentine Vodnik wrote my name as I +write it now. The numbers of my name, after having received those +changes, if you calculate the years, commencing with Dante's death, +give also highly important stopping points in the development of the +mysteries of the Theology for Christ's peaceable reign. I can give in an +epistle only some hints. + +By many of our forerunners many points have received partial +disclosures, or there have been prepared several links for the chain, +with which we will strangle the Harlot and the Giant who sins with the +Harlot, without hurting the flock and the fields, according to Dante's +prophecy. This prophecy mentions also the stars by which our advent is +announced, and in my books several apparitions of unexpected stars are +remembered in close connection with our office. In Dante's prophecy is +the messenger of God a collective name as well as the third Angel or +messenger in the 9th verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. One +man is representing the whole society by whom is accomplished what is +comprehended in the prophecy. The representative had to execute and +explain the mystery. At the expiration of the year 1836, which year has +been so mysteriously announced by the prophets, that I knew nothing +about it, I was called on the 5th day of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock +p.m. to this office. The call was delivered to me by an Angel of the +Lord, that I should make the resolution to prepare for my voyage to +America. And when I said: "O Lord! Thy will be done!" the same moment a +great light appeared over the City of Klagenfurt, where I was Professor +of Biblical Literature and you were Spiritual Adviser in the Theological +Seminary. You yourself have perhaps seen the light-ball, or certainly +heard much and read in newspapers about it. I myself have not seen it, +because I was in a deep trance and received at the same moment the order +by a Heavenly messenger. + +Here is no space to say more about Dante's prophecy. In my third volume +of Memorable Events more than one hundred pages have been used for +disclosing Dante's strange prophecy regarding the Messenger of God in +the 33d or the last Song of Purgatory, in connection with other +prophecies with which it is parallel and in connection with the +prophecies which have been given A.D. 1814 at the first distribution of +premiums after the fall of Emperor Napoleon I, when our city of Laibach +returned under the Austrian government, and I received Dante's Divine +Comedy for the first premium out of the Italian language. And whereas I +am labouring since my arrival in America with the greatest zeal to save +men and to bring them from Purgatory into Heaven, warlike spirits are +murdering and casting them into hell. Yet I have great confidence that +by your intermediation not only the Emperor of Austria but also the +Emperor of France will hear the Heavenly voice, which is sounding in +this letter. I have written several months before the outbreak of this +war a book in the English language ("this same book from which we take +away other manuscript and publish this epistle,") to publish it as soon +as circumstances will be favourable. I have shown in that book by +peculiar events which occurred with Emperor Louis Napoleon, but which +are not comprehended by him and his mediums till they study to know our +chain to bind the dragon, Revelation, xx: 2. that Emperor Napoleon is a +very strong medium of destroying spirits, but that I foster the hope, +that he will comprehend our message of peace and draw also his Uncle +Nepoleon I. into our reign of peace and become a great apostle of peace +to the nations. + +Both Emperors, the Emperor of Austria as well as the Emperor of France, +will become truly great if they accept our message of Peace, which +contains the substance, that they should directly conclude Peace, with +all mutual condescension and with our assurance, that soldiers who will +not be needed in God's Keign of Peace on Earth, will obtain according to +the plan which is to be published in the above mentioned book "(in this +book)" and which after the English edition may be translated also in +other languages, occupations most suitable to their strength and the +best spiritual education, to be truly happy in their mortal bodies as +well as after their departure. + +But whereas no treaty of Peace can be of duration in our time, unless +the governments enter into Christ's Peaceable Reign, which to establish +we have obtained the mission, you, Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek, and +also the other two witnesses who are bound to give you all possible +assistance, are particularly summoned to recommend most urgently to +both emperors, as soon as they conclude an armistice and prepare the way +to the treaty of Peace, to appoint also a healthy place, where according +to the geographical situation and other circumstances bishops of both +empires can easiest meet, for our Convention in which my Latin +manuscript which should have been examined A.D. 1849 by the American +Bishops in the Convention which was appointed in the City of New-York, +is to be examined according to the same rules mentioned above, and to +give me as well as the bishops information of this affair; because I am +ready to do all in my power for the Peace of Nations. You, Bishop +Anthony Slomshek are requested, to send me directly the result, after +having received and read this letter in your Consistory, and direct your +letter to + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, +DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY COUNTY, +Pennsylvania, in North America. + +We cannot enter into explanations of the paints mentioned in this +Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek. The substance of the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe and of the causes of all revolutions +and wars is, that men are living on the surface, in materialism, +according to their animal lusts and passions, using their reason to +accomplish their animal desires, and neglecting the one thing needful to +grow in the knowledge of their true inner condition and the true +condition of the departed, and in corresponding virtue for high spheres +of spirits to promote the true welfare of the whole human race while +they are promoting their own welfare. The treasures which I collected +from my early youth to this advanced age for the promotion of the common +welfare, I carry with me into the spirit world. But those who, instead +of having cultivated their inner man, came on the surface into the +materialistic life, and lived according to their animal passions and +carnal lusts and according to the custom of their party and sect, and +supported blindly the performances contained in the traditions and +systems which have been delivered to them by their predecessors, were +preparing in their way for revolutions and wars, instead of having +learned our disclosures that the time had arrived for the abolition of +the Old Heavens and the Old Earth, that is, of the old ecclesiastical +and political institutions, and how they are to be abolished in the most +peaceable manner. + +In this ignorance of things which have been disclosed in our +publications, those who keep up those Institutions, come in collision +with those who endeavour to destroy them without knowledge of their +prophetical meaning and of the truth which is behind the vail of the +outward form, and without preparation for a better state of human +affairs. This collision is continuously preparing revolutions and wars. +Men on the surface, not knowing the right means for true liberty, use +the means which destroy not only liberty, but also human life and +property, and life is wantonly destroyed, because men in their dreadful +degraded condition do not know how to appreciate it. In this condition, +if the old systems would succeed so far as to crush down with absolute +despotism all movements for deliverance, they could not keep for a long +time people in bondage of absolutism. Crevices would be always found, +from which the movements of the secret aspirations for liberty would +commence to be made manifest, till the eruption of the flood of +revolution and war would effect great destruction of life and property. +But also in the case, that the enemies of the old institutions would +succeed so far as to sweep away every vestige of them on the surface of +the Globe, they would be as little able as the supporters of the old +systems to preserve Peace; because there is no pacification in the +spirit world, except by receiving and spreading the means shown us from +the spheres of spirits by whom we are commissioned to introduce the New +Era of Harmony and Peace amongst mortals as well as amongst their +congenial departed. But the more materialism subdues the Globe, the more +the inner causes for new out-breaks of revolutions and wars are +operating to find crevices for the outbreak, so that there is absolutism +and despotism as necessary for those who without the use of the old +forms promise to make people free, as for those who promise the same in +the support of the new systems. Emperor Louis Napoleon and Emperor +Francis Joseph are quite remarkable representatives of the two systems, +while Napoleon makes such a use of the old form as to satisfy many of +the open opposers to it, and the Emperor of Austria endeavours to +sustain with hundreds of thousands of soldiers the inheritance of the +old abominations which should have been abolished by the application of +our message without murder of any man and for the greatest benefit of +the departed and the mortals of the family of Hapsburgh, while the whole +empire and all nations would have been benefited. + +From the scattered hints in this book you may collect, that since +Francis Joseph's Government I was rather endeavouring to effect in one +or the other manner a movement in this country, by which at length also +the Bishops and the Government of Austria might be awakened from their +fatal lethargy; because I saw that my direct applications to the young +Emperor would have been for no use. I am in no direct correspondence +with my native country, and I receive news either in newspapers or from +occasional reports, and shortly before I wrote the weighty Epistle to +Anthony Slomshek I met with a countryman who was professor in Vienna, +during the revolution of 1848, and on account that he inspired students +for fighting, he had to leave the country, and he told me besides other +news, that he heard that Anthony Slomshek was Prince Bishop in Laibach. +Several years before that I received the news that he was Prince Bishop +at Saint Andrew in Lavant Valley of Carinthia, only five miles from the +monastery of Saint Paul, where I became a monk of the Benedictine order. +I wrote to him, when I received that report; but I received no answer. +At length the Epistle which appears in this treatise, has been sent to +him as to Prince Bishop of Laibach, on the above mentioned authority. +The Epistle would retain in this book the same value also in the case, +that the report should not be correct that he is Bishop of Laibach; +because the facts which I relate in the Epistle as facts known to him +are facts of my own experience and such as occurred in close connection +with my experience, and have been attested by many witnesses directly +after they happened. + +Although I made few applications directly to Austria during the +Government of Emperor Francis Joseph, my fellow student Frederick +Baraga, Bishop at the Falls of Saint Mary at Lake Superior, extending +his diocese widely amongst Indians of North America, a peculiar favorite +at the Austrian Court, after having neglected the former opportunities +to study our message of Peace and to spread it in the Austrian +Government, was brought on the great Popish Feast of Christ's Body +(Festum Corporis Christi) May 22, 1856, to me in quite an unexpected +manner for both but in such a connexion with the present war in Europe, +that if this man, at least at that time had fulfilled his highest duty, +instead of the tremendous war, Christ's Peace would have already been +established in Europe. Therefore, not having room to write much, I must +mention at least somewhat about that our meeting showing the secret +causes of the present war and of all revolutions and wars since our +first proclamation of the great message entrusted to our care. + +On that feast, which was celebrated A.D. 1856 on the 22d day of May, my +pamphlet: "Redemption of oppressed Humanity! Christ's manifestation for +the abolition of all kinds of Popery!" issued from the press in the same +Printing Establishment of Cincinnati, into which Bishop Baraga came on +that feast to see the proof-sheet of the title page of his Latin Book +for his missionaries. Our meeting on that feast in a Protestant Printing +Office was so unexpected, that we did not know each other, when we met +at the compositors' room which he left while I was entering into it. I +was then instructed by the compositors, that that gentleman was the same +Bishop Baraga about whom I spoke in the pamphlet showing that while +bishops were consecrating him or made him a bishop, they were crucifying +Christ in his members; to wit, that bishop after having become so great +an apostle of the Indians, that he was very renowned in our native +country and at the Austrian Government, was made a medium by my +leaders, that he opened the way for my voyage to America. But after +having discovered, that our mission was not for, but against the Pope, +he instead of having studied my books and examined our message of Peace +and the credentials of our mission, became enraged. I expected that at a +personal meeting with him I would make him comprehend our mission. But +there was no opportunity until that feast on the 22d May, 1856, which +was selected for the commencement of the spirit manifestations at my +personal meetings with that medium of spirits of delusion and +destruction. + +After having written a considerable portion of the next following +treatise, I am aware that I cannot encompass within so few pages as I am +desirous to do, what is to be communicated there to nations, and I take +from this treatise some sheets away, in which I have given disclosures, +why we have mentioned in our Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek also the +Bishops of Triest and Goricia, whose predecessors should have at the +same time opened the way to the circulation of our message of Peace in +which time Bishop Anthony Aloysy Wolf should have been their co-operator +for Peace. But Matthew Raunicher, who was at that time Bishop of Triest, +should have been the leader of this work; because amongst those who +belonged to the Austrian Government he was the first who received the +first two volumes of my works. But he was formerly Professor of +Dogmatics and as such also my professor, and was so fixed in the Dogmas +of his infallible Church, that he could not study my books, to learn +what all dogmatists of the so called christian denominations require, to +with signs according to prophecies by which an "extraordinary +ambassador" to the churches should prove his mission. I hope, that +Raunicher's disciples, Bishop Baraga and Bishops and Priests in Illyria +and elsewhere will learn at length that we have superabundance of signs +according to prophecies testifying our mission against the infallibility +of the Church, and for the great truth, that many of the Dogmas of the +church are the most shocking absurdities, of they are taken as they have +been delivered by the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy, but that we show +a deeper sense, in which sound reason and science are reconciled with +religion. But we close this treatise to get more room for the next +following treatise, to assist the Pope and his bishops to prepare for +their own and the ressurrection of their departed predecessors. + + + + +FOURTH TREATISE + + + + Pious IX Bishop of Rome, Louis Napoleon Emperor of France, Francis + Joseph Emperor of Austria, the three extraordinary witnesses of our + on the title-page of this book expressed mission and powerful + preachers to all governments and in the first place to the + Government of the United States of North America, that they should + submit to the Government of our Lord and his Christ and become with + us messengers to introduce the promised universal Republic of Truth + and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe. + + +In the first three of my five German volumes the magnetic chain of +memorable events to bind the dragon. Revel xx: 2, is so developed, that +the proper position of the existing governments of the so called +Christians is made manifest. They belong to the Beast with seven heads +and to its ten horns either in the old or in a new fashion. Those three +volumes having been published from A.D. 1838 to 1840, Pope Pius IX and +the two named Emperors to whom the world's attention is now directed, +have not been mentioned in those volumes nor known to mortal men, that +they will occupy the position, on which they appear according to +prophecies, nor they themselves nor other men know at this time that +position, if they have not studied the magnetic chain exhibited in those +volumes to bind the dragon, Revel, xx.:2, the large serpent, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction by whom rulers and their +supporters have been inspired with such a madness as to apply their +studies how to kill men in the most cunning manner and to strip the +remnant of their property and keep them in bondage. Each of those +volumes is of a considerable size; the third is the largest containing +864 pages. But the substance of their contents is concentrated in the +Latin manuscript, written at the commencement of 1849. + +If Theologians had studied my German volumes or attended the Latin +Convention to which they have been most earnestly invited, they had +known without my explanation the position of these three great +representatives, or rather they had converted them long ago into the +messengers of Peace. But after matters had arrived so far as they are +now manifest, we must do what we can for the benefit of these three +witnesses and of those who are attached to one or the other as well as +for the benefit of all governments and their subjects; because all are +preparing instruments for destruction of human life and property and +drilling men to destroy or wound their fellow men in the most artful and +cunning manner, and to reward with the highest premiums those who +perform best this most criminal work. + +If you ask, by whose authority they are doing this, the answer is given: +"and the Dragon gave him his power, and his seat and great authority," +Revel. xiii: 2. to wit, to the representative of the Beast with seven +heads and ten horns. Under the Christian mask he became such a terrible +monster, that no other epithet was more suitable for him than that of a +Therion, of a ferocious beast having seven heads and ten horns. Having +been inspired and directed by the Dragon and his host, he could not +teach his sons and daughters, emperors and empresses, kings and queens, +a better doctrine than that which was infixed in his heads by the Dragon +and his host. "The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman +sitteth; and they are seven kings; five are fallen, and one is, and the +other is not yet come; and when he comes, he must continue a short +space," Revel. xvii: 9 and 10. + +It is to be understood, that in a brief treatise we can give only some +hints in regard to certain links of the long chain of events, which is +exhibited in the first three from A.D. 1838 to 1840 published volumes. +The three at the head of this treatise mentioned witnesses are so +extraordinary links added to that chain, that while I was writing those +three volumes I thought that the chain was long and strong enought to +bind the Dragon and to establish Peace on the whole Globe. But when +people would not spread that chain, it was after that much protracted. +In the years 1841 and 1842 the 4th and 5th German volumes and then a +number of English pamphlets were added; but the last links of the chain +cannot be understood without some knowledge of the preceding links. + +In every age men were awakened, whose intellectual and moral improvement +was above the general course of the age, and who were endeavoring to +warn and elevate the fallen generation. They were preparing the way for +our advent, and disclosing what belonged to their sphere, that it might +receive more light in "the dispensation of the fulness of times" Ephes. +1: 10, to introduce which we are commissioned. One of those forerunners, +was Doctor Bengel, disclosing what belonged to his mission in the first +half of the last century, so that in the same years of the 18th century +remarkable disclosures have been made by his instrumentality, in which +years in the 19th century Heavenly messengers have given great +disclosures by my instrumentality regarding Christ's peaceable reign on +earth. A.D. 1740 his German work "Erklaerte Offenbarung" (Revelation +explained) was published; and exactly one hundred years after that, on +Easter Saturday, 1840, my third German volume, by which the chain to +bind the Dragon was complete, issued from the press. To wit, in the +first and second volumes the "memorable events" are reported, which took +place at our experience for the abolition of Popery, or what is the +same, for the abolition of monarchy; and in the third volume is shown, +that memorable events which are explained in my first two volumes, +happened according to prophecies which are in the Bible and also in +other works of ancient times and have been repeated through the course +of centuries of the Christian Era, and that the memorable events which +happened at our experience, would not have scared priests and preachers, +but would have been expected by them, if they had not been ignoramuses +of what our forerunners had disclosed before us, or stubborn +materialistic hypocrites, not beleaving what they preach and profess by +their performance. + +The principal of those forerunners have been mentioned in that volume, +and how far each in his situation saw the objects, which have received +in our mission a light which could not be obtained in former ages. +Doctor Bengel occupies amongst those forerunners a peculiar place; +because he is the second angel or messenger, spoken of in Revel. xiv: 8, +that is, the representative of messengers by whom the contents of that +verse are fulfilled, because he was the first amongst those, who have +proclaimed prophetically Christ's coming or Christ's manifestation to +effect the fall of Babylon while they were showing the time in which it +had to take place, and disclosing many other deep things which were not +known before, and have warned people powerfully, to prepare for Christ's +coming. This was done by Doctor Bengel and his disciples prophetically, +I mean, that they saw Christ's coming only in the image of the Biblical +prophets, and did not know the manner of his coming, and pointed out the +year 1836, as the tropical year for his coming. But when that year +expired, those who had before great confidence in Dr. Bengel's +disclosures, said, that he was mistaken in the calculation of the times. +But we have shown according to our mission in the 3rd. of the mentioned +volumes, that Doctor Bengel was not mistaken in what belonged to the +sphere of his mission, and his wonderful calculation was correct +regarding the time, but that what he wrote regarding the manner of +Christ's coming and other things were not correct, which not he but the +third angel, Revel. xiv. 8, had to disclose; because the year 1836 was +the tropical year, at the expiration of which the 3d angel had to +appear, and then to perform his task and explain the prophetical images +and other things which have not been understood before that explanation; +because the Lord came at that time as a thief, Revel. xvi: 15. The thief +is not seen, when he takes away what he finds suitable for his use. And +the same have we done in our mission in which was gradually disclosed, +that Christ comes by us, his messengers, and discloses what is needed, +by the direction of his invisible agents who are operating through our +mediumship. + +If you keep all that has been said in this book, you will comprehend +the hints which we have given as preparations at our approach to the +development of what we have promised in the inscription of this +treatise. Others have tried to show from their position, and Doctor +Bengel with application of historical and astronomical erudition +endeavoured to make it most evident, that the Beast with seven heads and +ten horns in the 13th chapter of the Revelation, is the papal monarchy. +At length came the 3rd angel or messenger, Revel. xiv: 9, by whose +mediumship the whole chain was developed, which testifies the same. And +Heavenly Congress of the 144,000 martyrs, Revel. xiv: 1, who +superintend, that prophecy given under their direction, is exactly +fulfilled, (as there is the case with the prophecies of the Revelation,) +have given also such testimonies of this truth, that the most stubborn +materialist if he studies to learn truth, finds superabundance of most +striking evidences, that hosts of spirits were co-operating, that +prophecy was fulfilling, till at length by unexpected events the Divine +seal was attached to its fulfilment by our mediumship. We will give +later in this treatise striking testimonies of this truth. But here was +the preparation, that you may understand the following hints on the 9th +and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the Revelation in connection with +the inscription of this treatise. + +Doctor Bengel was the first who has discovered, after an investigation +for many years in the Bullarium Romanum, in which the dates of the papal +letters which are known under the name of the Papal Bulls, bear besides +the time, the place from which they issued, that is, the place of the +Papal See or Chair, or of the papal government. In the 17th chapter is +the same Beast with the seven heads and ten horns which appears in the +first verse of the 13th chapter, only that in the 17th chapter it +appears in another state, to wit, the seer says in Revelation, xvii: 3d, +"I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of +blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns." This woman is called in +the 5th verse: "Babylon the great, the mother of harlots and +abominations." The same woman is called in the 3d verse of the second +chapter in the second epistle to the Thessalonians "the apostasia or +apostasy," what your translators expressed with "a falling away." In +the preceding treatise we quoted a prophecy in the 33d song of Purgatory +in Dante's Divine comedy, in which the five hundred ten and five +messenger of God strangles the harlot and the giant who sins with the +harlot. That harlot is the same old woman, which is called in the 17th +chapter of the Revelation, "the mother of harlots and abominations," and +the giant is the representative of the Beast, at this time Pius ix, +carrying on his shoulders the whole burden of abominations and +blasphemies of the whole succession of the apostles whose master is the +apocalyptical dragon, who has given him "power, seat and great +authority," Revel. xiii: 2. The word which is in your translation seat, +is in Greek "throne," which you understand. But by the worshipers of the +Beast it is usually called "the Holy See," and you know if you have +comprehended this book until this page, that the Pope had received his +holy see from "his infernal holiness, the dragon." And we will +concentrate and kindle an admireable light upon this subject in this +treatise. + +In the the 7th chapter of Daniel is the 4th Beast, having ten horns, the +Roman Monarchy. This same monarchy became at length the papal monarchy, +when the Bishop of Rome became monarch of the church and extended his +monarchy or superintendency over the other monarchs and nations as far +as he could, with the same view, as the heathen Roman Emperors had, to +make Rome the mistress of the globe; only that the Roman bishop did this +under a christian title, although his government was an antichristian +government under a christian pretext. There was inspiration; but the +inspiration was from the dragon and his host. The foundation of that +Empire is expressed in Revel. xiii: 2. Any body who has a christian +spirit and compares that which happened in Italy from Easter Sunday of +this year until this day, July, 21st, 1859, is convinced of this truth. +These are the fruits of the Papal monarchy! I have superabundance of +other business, and am writing occasionally since the 4th of this month +the preceding and this treatise, and the reader should keep continuously +in his mind, that I give only some links in this time of great delusion +preparing great destruction also in this country, that there not being +opportunity to study the whole chain of our disclosures people might +receive as much as necessary to know the "secret ememies of true +Republicanism," and the inner life of man and the spirit world, that +they might be saved, instead of being ruined and destroyed. "The seven +heads are seven mountains. Also seven kings, five of whom are fallen, +and one is and the other is not yet come." This is the state of things +at the time, in the 9th and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation. Rome is located on a number of hills, the seven principal of +which are called by the ancient writers the seven mountains. Doctor +Bengel has shown from the Ballarium Romanum and other documents +regarding the Papal government, that since the Roman Emperor Constantine +I. the Pope had the seat of his administration until the time in which +Doctor Bengel wrote, on five of the seven mountains, to wit, 1. on the +mountain Coelius, 2. mountain Aventinus, 3. Vaticanus, 4. Qurinalis, 5. +Esquilinus. Farther is to be remarked that although Popes had some times +their seats in other places, for instance in Avignon of France, others +in opposition to them had at the same time their seat in Rome, or when +in some Revolution they were driven from Rome, they returned as soon as +they could. Doctor Bengel when he found, that in his time the seat of +the Papal government was the fifth of the seven mountains, assured most +solemnly, that that government would not be translocated from that upon +another mountain until it crumbled to pieces, and he, by his admirable +calculation, showed, that it would take place before the expiration of +his century. It took place A.D. 1798, when Pope Pius VI. was taken +captive and carried to France, and the French Directory located the seat +of their government in Rome, not upon one of the five mountains which +were successively occupied as the seat of the Papal government, but upon +the mountain Capitolinus. On that mountain was the temple which was +dedicated during the heathen Rome to all heathen Gods, and during the +Papal Rome to all Saints or all Gods whom the Pope professed to worship. +But then it was taken by the French Directory for the seat of the +government. + +All these things were axactly performed, by the influence of spirits of +different spheres. Every actor in the great drama was influenced by +spirits for whose inspiration he was best prepared. But all that took +place under the vigilance of the highest order of spirits for the +accomplishment of prophecies. In Revelation, xvii: 10 the seven +mountains are called seven kings, that is seven monarchial or dospotic +or antichristian governments, governments which originated from the +inspiration of the dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction. The +seven mountains are types of these seven governments. But five are +fallen, that is five kings or five monarchial governments are fallen at +the time which the Revelator saw, that is, at the time, when the woman +was sitting on the Beast having seven heads and ten horns. During those +five kings or during the Papal governments on the live mountains that +woman, which is the mother of harlots and abominations, was prepared and +fostered by all the anti-christian deeds which have been perpetrated by +the authority of the Papal Bulls which issued from the five mountains. +People who came out from the exterior fashion of Popery, did not return +to the christian truth and christian spirit, but progressed into +materialism and endeavoured to effect with weapons of war, what can only +be effected according to the plan given in the following treatise. The +French Revolution broke out A.D. 1789, and progressed in tremendous +destruction of life and property and in terrorism and distress of the +survivors, that at length A.D. 1798 Pope Pious VI was carried captive to +France, where he died; the Papal Monarchy or the Beast having seven +heads, disappeared, or the woman was sitting upon the Beast, that is, +took possession of the monarchy. That woman is called the harlot and the +mother of harlots, and the apostasy, or defection from truth and +righteousness. People polluted with this defection appear under the +image of a harlot. And those who professed to act in the name of the +Republic or the people, after having removed the Pope from his seat, +located their government on the Mountain Capitolinus, in contempt of the +saints or gods of the Pope, and supported their government with a more +terrible despotism, than their predecessors, the popes, did. This +government of the French Directory on the Mountain Capitolinus, is in +this calculation the sixth government, or the government introduced in +Rome after the fall of the governments on the five of the seven +mountains. When the government on those five mountains was translocated +from one mountain upon an other, the government was not destroyed but +only changed, as circumstances required. But when the sixth government, +(called in Revel. xvii: 10 "the one is" that is, the one which was in +existence after the fall of the preceding five), was introduced, the +former governments of the Papal monarchy were entirely abolished. When +this took place, "the other" in Revel, xvii: 10 "was not yet come," and +the government of the French Republic was in the greatest danger of +being overturned. In those circumstances, "the other," that is Napoleon +came. He returned from Egypt and saved the republic; but the republic +could not be sustained, and Napoleon advanced gradually so far that he +became at length Emperor; and of him is said: "he must continue a short +space." Revel. xvii: 10. His government is in this calculation the +seventh government. He thought, that the secular monarchy of the Pope +was injurious to his Empire, and he required that the Pope, Pious VII, +successor of Pius VI who died in France, should give up his secular +monarchy. And when the Pope refused to do so, he was taken captive and +brought at length to France. + +Napoleon is in our magnetic chain the same, who according to the vulgar +reading and translation is called "the man of sin, the son of +perdition." 2d Ep. Thessal. ii: 3. We give only as many hints as are +sufficient, to arouse governments and nations from their lethargy. +Theologians not knowing how the Bible originated, nor how to make the +right use of it, had made already of the first chapter of the Bible the +greatest abuse, and came in collision with developments of astronomy and +geology as well as with the true history of man, being in that chapter +nothing else but the vision or the image of the creation of the mosaic +Heaven and the mosaic Earth, or the mosaic ecclesiastical and political +institutions, which are abolished by virtue of our mission in which we +show the new Heaven and the new Earth. Interpreters and translators +commenced to dupe people with the first verse of the Bible, where the +Hebrew word "Elohim" is in the plural number. But they translated that +word, "God;" although those who know somewhat about the true +spiritualism, may easily comprehend, that those Elohim are the guardian +gods or the guardian angels, departed ancestors of the Jewish Nation. At +the administration of those guardians Moses produced the ecclesiastical +and political institutions of that nation. Of those institutions, and of +the books of that nation such a tremendous abuse was made, that from +that abuse at length "the man of sin, the son of perdition" was +produced. But this vulgar reading is taken in the first place from a +wrong Greek reading. The genuine reading gives in the first place the +translation "the man of lawlessness" that is, the man who came out from +a lawless state, from a state in which the ecclesiastical and political +laws have been overthrown. In the second place instead of "the son of +perdition" should be translated "the son of destruction," that is, the +man who came through that dreadful destruction of human life and +property which is preserved in history, upon the Imperial Throne of +France, that all in him has been fulfilled, what we read in the quoted +chapter, and is explained in our magnetic chain in which we have given +also the genuine reading and the genuine translation, where needed to +understand the prophecy, as far as it has been fulfilled[X] in Napoleon +I. But the explanation cannot be here repeated; but we had here to +mention as much as necessary, that the supplement of its fulfilment +might be understood by Napoleon III. and that the two fighting emperors +and their tremendous armies in Italy, as well as all other monarchs, +might learn their true position and be converted from the Dragon to +Christ and become with us messengers of Peace. For this purpose we must +give the following hints: + +"And the Beast that was and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the +seven, and goeth into perdition. Revel. xvii: 11. You must keep in mind, +that the Revelator saw the state in which the harlot was sitting on the +Beast, that is, occupying the place of the Papal monarchy. In that state +of things the Beast or Papal monarchy was not in existence. But when the +Revelator was contemplating that state with marvel, the angel who has +shown him this state of things, gives some prophecies of what would +follow after that state. + +"The Beast that thou sawest, was, and is not; and shall ascend out of +the bottomless pit, and go into perdition" Revel. xvii: 8. The Papal +monarchy, which disappeared for a certain time, had to re-appear, and +that re-appearance is its ascension from the abyss, from so deep a cave +that its bottom is not seen, from the realm of darkness in reference to +Revel. xiii: 2, when it came into existence first by the spirit of +delusion effecting great destruction, at the incursion of barbarian[Y] +nations into the Roman Empire in the 4th, 5th, and 6th centuries. At +that time the Bishop of Rome took advantage to commence to be +Superintendent of the kingdoms which originated from the Roman Empire, +and their number was successively ten, which are called the ten horns of +the Beast. Napoleon's Empire "which continued a short space," having +been the seventh government, the Papal monarchy which ascended out of +the abyss Revel. xvii: 8, was in this calculation the eighth king or +government, Revel. xvii: 11, and came out of the seven preceding +governments, and commenced, when A.D. 1814 Pope Pius VII took possession +of his territory after his triumphant return to Rome. Then the ten horns +of the Beast, who "are ten kings" Revel. xvii: 12, (to wit, in reference +to the origin of the kingdoms out of the Roman Empire in connexion with +the origin of the papal monarchy,) the monarchs or their Representatives +who after the overthrow of Napoleon's Empire assembled in the Congress +of Vienna, "These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength +unto the Beast." Revel. xvii: 13. The translation being not exact, we +give only the sense, that they agreed, that the representative of the +Beast or the Pope should be with them a partaker of his temporal power, +or of his monarchy, which he has lost entirely during the sixth +government, and died in captivity. His successor Pius VII, who commenced +to restore it, was then taken by Napoleon; but after Napoleon's fall the +old dynasties with the Papal monarchy were restored. And the people +continued in the great apostasy which is called the harlot, and the +monarchs were fulfilling and continue to fulfil at this time in the most +tremendous manner the 16th verse of the 17th chapter of the Revelation, +"making the harlot desolate and naked, eating her flesh and burning her +with fire." In this tremendous condition they continued since they took +again possession of their governments. Their proceedings and the whole +management of their affairs appear anti-christian. These governments +"make war with the lamb." Revel. xvii: 14. This they do continously, +till at length we read reports of such destructions as are now in Italy. +But to those who are with the lamb, called and chosen and faithful, the +victory against the antichristian governments is promised in the same +verse. Without having room for farther hints in this confinement to a +small book, that it might be studied by many who could not be moved or +would not have time to study a large work or would not have the means to +buy it, we must give here some hints, how our victory against those who +are in war with the lamb, has been secured by the most solemn promises +and fulfilment of the most sublime prophecies. Readers should keep in +mind all hints given on the preceding pages, and should know, that I was +called to America by a Heavenly messenger. Then followed continuous +signs, by which all things were prepared the right moment, that I was +directed to Boston, Mass., and arrived in that city on my birth day, +November, 29, 1837, when I was exactly 42 years old. I had no knowledge, +that my invisible guardians had prepared all that was required, that in +that city great works have been performed by my instrumentality. On +memorable events which happened in the Roman Catholic Church of that +city from December, 1837, until the 3d Sunday after Easter, 1838, by my +mediumship and assistance of 144 witnesses many hundred pages have been +written in my often mentioned five German volumes. + +Readers of this book are accustomed to hear unexpected events, and we +mention without explanations the following as preparatory to the light +which we shall give in this treatise upon the present meeting of Emperor +Napoleon and his army with Emperor Francis Joseph and his army in Italy, +and upon the present Pope in their vicinity. + +While I was preparing to start from Boston to other places, I was +instructed by unexpected wonders and signs that I must remain in Boston +and take care of the German Catholic congregation, and the priest who +had charge of it, was by invisible agents compelled to leave directly +Boston. For the use of our German Congregation the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church was granted at the time, during which it was not +occupied by the Irish and American Congregation. We had our service on +Sundays from 8 to 10 o'clock A.M. in that Church, and I explained +prophecies in reference to our time and the necessity of true +Reformation for those who would be partakers of the great promises for +the fulfilment of which the time was approaching. This I knew as well as +also, that I came to America to work in this country for their +fulfilment according to the direction of my leaders. But I did not know, +what, according to their plan was to be done. + +On the 6th day of January, 1838, which was Saturday and the feast of +Epiphany or Christ's manifestation, a great prophetical feast for our +mission, I received the order from my guardian, the martyr in Revel. +xiv: 14, who was crucified and burned by the Pope, and found by the +Heavenly Congress, Revel. xiv: 1, as best qualified to be my principal +director in what I had to perform in the cathedral Church in Boston. The +name of that martyr and why he was found to be my leader in that work, +is in other of my writings. By him I was instructed to prepare the +congregation on that feast, that those who would be willing to +co-operate with us for the great Reformation which was required for the +fulfilment of prophecies, should be ready to come on the next following +day after our Sunday service in my school room and sign their names and +what they would be willing to do for defraying expenses in our +enterprises. On sunday the 7th of January, 1838, I delivered again a +sermon suitable to inspire the congregation for the great enterprise, +and asked that those who were ready for co-operation, should come +directly after the service in our school room. That was a step against +all precedence. The catalogue of those who belonged to the congregation, +was given to me before, and trustees took great care to collect large +subscriptions for us. But all this should be rejected, and only those +who would be ready to work with me for the great reformation without +regard to the bishop, should come and sign their names and +contributions, to be regarded as my fellow labourers in the great +reformation. Although I have explained to them in my sermons as many +signs as they could bear, that I came against all my expectations to +America to prepare people for the reformation necessary for the +fulfilment of the greatest promises, I, according to human insight into +matters, did not expect that any would dare to sign his name. But I did, +as I was ordered by my leader. + +After our service on Sunday, January 7, 1859, there came so many that +our school room was crowded. Trustees and others came with them to warn +the others, not to do any step for such an enterprise, without asking +first the bishop, what should be done in this case. Others remarked, +that I knew well what I was doing. And I repeated what I have explained +at our meetings in the church, that I was doing nothing except what was +showed to me by the spirit, who had given also in their presence +sufficient testimonies, that he was a spirit of truth and righteousness. +Then all were so inspired, that those who resisted most signed first +their names. Having been agreed that they must sign their names before +me and witnesses in my catalogue the business required time, and those +who came from a distance, remained to sign their names amongst the +first, and the others went home, and returned afternoon. On the next +following Sunday we assembled again, that the names of the signers were +read solemnly and distinctly in the presence of the whole congregation +for other purposes, which to mention here is no room, as well as for the +purpose which must be mentioned, that the congregation were expressly +admonished, that at the reading of the names of the signers they should +pay pecular attention, that if any mistake should be found, it might be +corrected, and that all might be witnesses of what every one had signed +to contribute for our enterprise. Every one, called by the name, +answered. Most of them, if not all, were present. And if any one, for I +do not recollect any case, was absent, certainly those who knew him and +were present when he came to sign his name, testified, that they saw +him, when he signed his name and contribution, and that his name was +correctly written into my catalogue. In this manner that which was +signed January 7th 1838, before witnesses was on the 14th of the same +month testified by the whole congregation. + +Signs and wonders became more manifest. I was commanded by my leader to +write an Encyclic Latin Epistle, directed to the Bishops of the Austrian +Empire, showing the necessity of true Reformation that nations might +become partakers of the promises. I have shown in that Epistle of seven +closely written sheets, what was first and most necessary; and I +mentioned a number of signs which have been given in the Austrian Empire +before I started thence to America, and a number of signs in Boston +after my arrival there, by which our mission was testified. After having +finished writing that Epistle, I was directed by the same spirit, to +write to Benedict Fenwick Roman Catholic Bishop of Boston, a short +letter, as addition to the Encyclic Epistle to the Bishops of Austria, +showing to the bishops, that whereas some signs have been mentioned, +which took place in the Austrian Empire in the presence of witnesses who +have been named in the Epistle, and other signs happened in Boston, and +of those signs he was a witness, he was in duty bound to sign first the +circular Epistle and to promise his co-operation with us for the great +Reformation of the Church, which is necessary to stop judgments and to +make nations partakers of the greatest promises. I added, that if he +would refuse to sign, I could not go any more into his Church. The +bishop was a cunning Jesuite. He understood that by signing that Epistle +he could not satisfy his Pope, and he wrote to me a very enticing +letter, to stop me in my Reformation. But I assembled directly those of +the congregation, who could be assembled that evening, Friday, February +16th 1838, and explained what had happened, showing to them their duty, +to make known to the congregation to assemble on next Sunday in a +Protestant School-house in which I would explain, why I could not go any +more into the Church of the Bishop. I convinced them after sufficient +explanation of the matter, that they were satisfied, that I had to obey +rather the direction of the spirit, than the wishes of the bishop. + +On Saturday, Feb. 17, 1838, I was again awakened at 3 o'clock A.M. as at +my former commission, and commanded by my leader, to write again to the +bishop and explain my message given to the congregation to assemble on +the next day in a Protestant School house unless the bishop would +acknowledge his fault and do what was required. I assured him most +solemnly, that all those steps were done under strict direction of the +spirit who had confirmed my mission; therefore "nisi haec feceris, tecum +in sacris communicare non possum." It is to be understood, that I wrote +to him in Latin, and said: "If thou, Bishop, wilt not do this," that is, +if thou wilt not sign the Epistle and co-operate with us, "I can have no +ecclesiastical communion with thee." The Epistle was then carried and +handed to him at 8 o'clock A.M. of that day. + +Soon after that a deputation of our congregation came to me. They +reported that our message according to our agreement, was spread in the +congregation, but there was a means, to satisfy the spirit; because the +Catholic Cathedral Church does not belong to the bishop, but to the +nations. The deputation assured me that Roman Catholics and Protestants +of different nations have contributed freely to build that church, and I +could explain freely in the church what I had to communicate to the +congregation; since neither the bishop nor any of his priests understood +German. It was evident, that one of the three was under the influence of +a prudent spirit. But I replied, that in steps of such consequence I +must act strictly according to the order of the spirit. They should +therefore go to the bishop. Perhaps they might move him to sign the +Epistle. They went; but they returned with the message, that they found +the bishop not well, entreating me very much that although he could not +sign my encyclic Epistle, I should go in the church, and difficulties +would be then amicably settled. From that circumstance I understood, +that the bishop did not comprehend what it was, to receive a commission +by Heavenly messengers, which was sufficiently attested as sent from +Heaven. Therefore I said to the committee, that after the bishop had +remained in such a darkness, I must strictly act according to the +direction of the spirit who has sent me. Then the man who was under +influence was stronger moved to urge me to go in the church, without +regard to the bishop, and explain what I wished to communicate to the +congregation. When the other two belonging to the committee thought that +I could not be moved, they left my room. Then the third was stronger +moved by his leader than before, to urge me to go in the church. Then my +leader brought to me the distinct message that I should go into the +church and perform independently from all bishops, what would be shown +to me to be performed. At that unexpected message I said to the man, +that I have received the communication which I needed to tell to the +congregation, that they should assemble on the next day in the church. + +From the message I understood, that after having excommunicated the +bishop from my ecclesiastical communion, and in my last letter more +distinctly than in my first, I had to omit in my performances in the +church all that shows any communication with the bishop or with the +Pope, whose representative the bishop was. But I knew long before that, +that the Roman Catholic Church was a prophetical church, and I had to +perform the prophetical ceremonies which were in use at those days on +which I had to go in the church. The prophetical spirit has so provided +for what I had to perform from that moment in the church, that at every +performance also the passages which were taken from the Bible into the +Roman Catholic mass-book and ritual, corresponded exactly with what I +was doing. + +On the 18th February, 1838, which was Sunday Sexagesima, I came the +first time independently from all bishops, into the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church of Boston, Mass. to do what would be shown to me by +inspiration. The church has prepared for that Sunday from the 11th and +12th chapters of the 2d Epistle to Corinthians the sufferings of the +Apostle Paul and his report, that he was caught up to the third Heaven. +When I was reading at the Altar that section, and came to the quoted +passage, "I was caught up to Heaven." Paul the Prophet, as he appears in +our mission, did not know, whether it was in or out of his body. But I +know I was entranced, while my body was immoveable at the Altar, and +Heavenly power was communicated to me, and I was ordered to explain to +the audience the testimonies of my mission, commencing with the +initiation which I have received twelve years before that. To wit, A.D. +1825 after my having been six years secular Priest, testimonies were +given, that I was called to join with Priests of the Benedictine Order. +I felt that there were sufficient testimonies of my call from Heaven. +But after my having moved into the monastery, matters appeared so +contrary to my expectation, that I thought, that my surest way would be +to write to the next bishop and to continue to labor as secular Priest. +In that my determination to write on the next following day to the +Bishop of Lavant, I went to rest. But I came from my sleep into a trance +of unspeakable Heavenly light, during which I was surrounded by a +company of spirits and magnetized or initiated by them for the great +labor which I had to perform, and the temptations against which I had to +act. At that initiation I did not see my mother, but I heard so +distinctly her voice and with so powerful impression that it could not +be effaced from my mind, when she said that I should remain in the +monastery. Amongst all communications which I received in Europe from +Heavenly guides, this was the only one, which I have received from my +mother; and nobody else could impress a stronger conviction than she +did, in the most momentous instance in which I needed a Heavenly +comfort. And that initiation by Heavenly messengers strengthened me, +till I received on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18, 1838, the great +initiation at the Altar of the Cathedral Church of Boston for my public +appearance in my present charge and was commanded by the martyr Revel. +xiv: 14 to commence my address with the initiation which I had received +twelve years before that. The Roman Catholic Church has prepared for +that Sunday Luke viii 4-15, and I explained according to the 10th verse +the mystery of our mission. I had to mention some points at my public +initiation to my present mission in which I had to perform in the first +place in the Roman Catholic Church what was required according to +prophecies to give the Pope and his bishops the most solemn divine +testimony, that their prophetical administration is accomplished, and +that their highest duty is to become with us messengers of the +dispensation of the fulness of times Ephes. 1:10, in which all in Heaven +and on Earth should be united and pacified in Christ. For this purpose +the church or the people must be cleansed. To show them the necessity of +the cleansing of the sanctuary, after that my public appearance in the +glorious mission, demons were compelled to bring to daylight the secret +abominations, of which we have in the brief hints of this treatise to +mention one instance, which is in peculiar connexion with the three on +the title-page named witnesses and with other regents. One man was found +in our congregation, who was not in the catalogue of the 144, who have +signed their names into our catalogue on the 7th January, 1838; but he +was in the catalogue of those who have been given to me before that +signing as belonging to the congregation, and that man appeared in that +catalogue as being married, and when after our public appearance in the +present mission the abominations commenced to be detected, that man was +found, that he was not married with the woman with whom he lived as +being married. I sent to him word, that if he wished to know his duty, +he should come to me. But he would not come. This happened in the week +after my public appearance in my present charge. I asked, whether the +case was known in the congregation, and I was told, that it was known. +On the next following Sunday, which was Quinquagesima or the next Sunday +before Lent, I received the order from my leader to excommunicate that +man publicly. I delivered a sermon appropriate to the case, mentioned +that such a man was in the congregation, without naming him, and made +the declaration that such a man does not belong to the church of Christ +or to our congregation till he is converted from his illegal connection. + +After that many other performances of our mission took place, which +cannot be mentioned here, except the following: + +According to the agreement the signers of their names and contributions +for our support and to defray the necessary expenses, had to bring a +portion of their contribution before Palm Sunday 1838 which is the +Sunday before Easter, and if somebody should be hindered in doing what +he agreed to do, he should come and mention his reason, or if he could +not come himself, he should send word by some other. In the case, that +he would neglect to do the one or the other, we would send, to inquire +for the reason of his having neglected his duty. This was to be +mentioned for the right comprehension of the unexpected events which we +must in this connexion of things report as briefly as possible. + +In the night from Palm Sunday to Monday I was at one o'clock by a shock +suddenly awakened and I heard the voice: "Arise and take from the +catalogue those who had neither brought their contributions, nor the +excuse why they could not do so, and excommunicate them on the next +Sunday solemnly from Christ's Church." I arose directly, made light, +took them from my catalogue and put them on another paper. Then I became +suddenly very drowsy and returned to bed. When I arose at the usual +time, I reflected upon the unexpected communication, and I thought, that +my duty was to inquire for the men, and that only under the condition +that they would obstinately resist to submit to the rules of our order, +they would deserve a public declaration, that they do not belong to +Christ's Church. Also it appeared quite strange, that Easter Sunday was +appointed for that excommunication. I thought, that if I would send for +and converse with them, I would perhaps find out the reason of such an +unexpected order. Besides all other things I had also the most +convenient lodging for my performances in the new mission. But here we +select only those points which are preparatory to the development of +deep secrets by which the three extraordinary men mentioned on the +title-page become extraordinary witnesses of our mission. The merchant +with whom I boarded knew most persons of our congregation. Therefore I +took the paper on which I put the names according to the Heavenly +commission, and asked him whether he knew any of those persons who were +on the paper. After his negative answer I called our messenger to give +him the paper with the order to inquire at those who were acquainted +with most people of our congregation, to find out those persons and +invite them to come to me about important matters, without telling the +case which I myself did not understand. But at the moment, when I would +give him the paper, I was severly shaken and heard the voice, not to +inquire for any body but to perform that which I had been commanded to +do. The order having been given by the leader from whom other most +important orders came, I was satisfied, that with the order were deeper +things connected than I could expect. I asked the messenger whether he +heard any voice. He replied, in the negative. I understood that I was +taken by him into the inner state, when he shook me and said to me not +to inquire for anybody, but to perform the order. + +From Monday to Tuesday in the week before Easter I was again shaken and +awakened by my leader at 1 o'clock A.M. and heard his voice: "Arise and +write for the book the order given on the preceding night to be executed +on next Sunday." To understand this order I must remark, that soon after +my declaration made to Bishop Fenwick of Boston, that if he refuses to +sign the Epistle I can have no ecclesiastical communion with him, which +declaration was a polite manner in which I excommunicated the bishop, I +commenced to write a book, showing that my extraordinary steps were made +under higher direction testifying my extraordinary mission; because as +soon as I was ordered to separate from the bishop, and to perform +independently from all bishops in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church, +what would be shown me by the spirit, I understood my extraordinary +mission; although I did not know, what the Heavenly Congress intended to +perform by my mediumship. And when I was commanded by the spirit at 1 +o'clock from Monday to Tuesday before Easter 1838, to arise and to write +for the book, which is now called the first of my five German volumes, I +felt more than before the importance of the obligations of the 144 +witnesses who have signed their names in my catalogue; and from this +view I wrote that night what I inserted in the most suitable place of +the manuscript, that it was then published for a testimony to all +nations, that I did know nothing in regard to the deepest mystery which +was intended by the Heavenly Congress with that excommunication. + +One point more as preparation for the great celebration of the Easter +Sunday, April 15, 1838. On Wednesday before Easter the man who was +excommunicated on Sunday Quinquagesima from our congregation, came to +me after having separated from the woman with whom he was not married. I +understood that he was under influence of an invisible power brought to +me, and that I had to take him into our communion and make it publicly +known on Easter Sunday in the same general terms without mentioning his +name, in which he was separated. And I said to him, that I will mention +this in our next meeting on Easter Sunday. + +When all was prepared on that great Easter Sunday, in the midst of our +usual prophetical performances at the Mass I ascended the pulpit and +delivered under inspiration a sermon preparatory to the excommunication, +instructed the audience then regarding the excommunicated by a distinct +report, how I was three times ordered to perform that excommunication, +that therefore those who are comprehended under the names of the +excommunication, are as certainly excommunicated from Christ's Church, +as I am confirmed as his messenger for establishing his reign of Truth +and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe by all the signs and +wonders many of which they had already heard in my addresses, others +they will read in the book. The congregation knew, that I was printing a +book in Cambridge near Boston, showing that what I was doing I was doing +under the direction of Heavenly messengers for the fulfilment of the +greatest promises. Amongst all the signs and wonders many of which you +have also read in this book, one of the most remarkable signs was, that +after my having excommunicated Benedict Fenwick, Bishop of Boston, in +both letters, that of the 16th as well as that of the 17th February +1838, although more expressedly in the last than in the first, neither +the Bishop nor any other Priest did interfere with my using the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church of Boston, but I performed without the least +disturbance all that has been shown to me by the holy martyr Revel. +xiv:14 and his company. I assured the congregation at the same time that +the excommunication will not injure those who are comprehended in the +names of the excommunicated, except if they remain obstinate after the +excommunication is made known. + +After the necessary solemn preparation, the excommunication was +performed in the most vigorous manner, and the names of the +excommunicated were read so loud and distinctly, that they could be +heard in every corner of the church, for the peculiar purpose that no +name might be confounded with another name. + +After that act I continued the Mass and distributed the Eucharist to a +large number of the congregation whom I prepared on the previous days by +hearing their confessions; because, as I have mentioned before, in my +extraordinary mission in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church all that +which was practised was to be repeated for a testimony that it was +accomplished. Without there being room here to write about the +confession we mark only in general, that it had also its time in the old +Heaven, but we have better means of education in the new Heaven. But it +is to be remarked that also the man who had been excommunicated on +Sunday Quinquagesima, came to me to the confession before Easter and was +received into our congregation, and this was then on Easter Sunday +directly after my solemn sermon before I commenced to prepare the +audience for hearing the excommunication of those who were to be +excommunicated, distinctly announced to the congregation, and that same +man received then with the others the Eucharist from my hand. Then he, +after our service, accompanied me closely, without saying a word, to my +lodging, and said when I was entering the house, that he wished to talk +with me privately. When we were alone, he entreated me pitifully to +receive him in Christ's Church or in our congregation. I was surprised, +and asked him, whether he forgot, that I received him first privately, +and whether he did not hear that I made that known to the congregation +on that same day, and that he took also the Eucharist from my hand as +the confirmation of being in our congregation. He replied that all this +was true, but that he heard distinctly his name, when I read those who +were excommunicated, and that the Spirit said to him, that he should go +directly to me and tell me this. + +I saw that he was acting under the influence of a spirit, and to get +some more information, asked him, how he could hear his name, when I +pronounced loud and distinctly those who were on my paper for the +excommunication, when I read them from the paper as being +excommunicated, and that I could not be such a fool as to put the same +name amongst the excommunicated, whom I took before privately into our +Communion, and announced this also publicly, immediately before the +performance of the excommunication. He replied, that he did not only +hear distinctly his name, but saw it also on the paper from which I read +those who were excommunicated, and if I would show him the paper, on +which those are who were excommunicated, he would show me his name. +Neither he nor any other man could read the names from that paper, which +I had in the New Testament book, in my pocket, and from which I read to +the audience, what was to be read from that book on Easter Sunday; but +my pulpit was so arranged, that nobody besides me could see what I read. +When he demanded to see that paper, to show me his name, I took the +paper from that book, to satisfy him, that he was mistaken. As soon as I +had shown him the paper, he fixed his finger to a name and exclaimed: +"This is my name! this is my name!" The more I assured him, that he was +mistaken and that he should look better the letters of the name, to see +that it was not his but quite another name, the more he affirmed, that +it was his name; and the more he looked at the name, the more he +asserted, that it was his name. Then I named each letter of that name, +asking him, whether he saw that it was the named letter, and when he +answered in the affirmative to all letters, I urged him to spell the +whole name. And he spelt the whole name, and it was "Kaiser." This +German name means in English "Emperor." + +As soon as the man, or rather the departed spirit who urged him, that he +performed all this, spelt the name Kaiser, that is, Emperor, the spirit +seemed to be quite satisfied. After a short pause he again operated upon +the man powerfully, saying, that he had brought his name on the 7th Jan. +into my catalogue. I understood always, that he meant that man whose +name was Kaiser, and I said, that his name is not in the catalogue. But +when he continued to assert, that it is in the catalogue, and I repeated +that I perused oftentimes that catalogue and was quite certain, that +his name is not in the catalogue, and we both remained, each on his +point of certainty, I said at length, that I would convince him, that I +was correct, if he would tell me, who was the next before him, who put +his name in the catalogue. And when he named him and also others before +and after him, I opened the catalogue, and saw, that on the 100th place, +which was according to that direction his place, was the name "Kaiser," +that means "Emperor," instead of the name "Geyer" that means "hawk" or +"vulture." Geyer was the name of the man who had brought on the 7th +January, 1838, instead of his own, the name Kaiser. But by all our +precautions, that there might not be a mistake in any name and by all +our uses of that catalogue until that moment no body discovered this! + +That my business with that man required more time than could be spared, +because others were waiting till I dispatched him, and then all that +Easter Sunday there was other work so that I had no time to reflect upon +that case, nor, if there had been time, had I dared to think, what might +have been, behind the vail, without having received peculiar revelation. +Having been occupied on that Easter Sunday with other business as well +as with hearing confessions of those who came from far, I was then tired +and went to rest. During my rest I was awakened by an Angel of the Lord, +and heard the voice, that I should arise and write a communication. I +arose, kindled a light and saw by the watch, that it was one o'clock +after midnight, and felt that there was a company of Spirits present, +while I received from one the communication which was to be delivered on +that day to the congregation. That was the second day of Easter, a +festival in the Roman Catholic Church, and we had our service. That +communication not belonging into this epitome, was mentioned, because it +was a preparation to what follows. + +After having finished writing that communication between 1 and 2 +o'clock, A.M. on Easter Monday, April 16, 1838, I felt much stronger +than at the receipt of the first communication that I was surrounded by +a company of Spirits, amongst whom, at that moment, my mother +approached next to me, and with an unexpected power of her voice which +made such an impression upon my spirit and my whole system as may be +easier felt than expressed with words, delivered the message that, I +received in our ecclesiastical communion the man who directed my +attention to the Emperor who was excommunicated, and that that Emperor +was excommunicated who pretends to be Apostolic Majesty, and that I must +write down this and publish in the book which was at that time in +composition. + +I mentioned above, that I received by my departed mother one +communication twelve years before that; and this was the second and also +until this hour the last communication which I have received by the +instrumentality of my mother. Never in my life, at all my experience +from the Spirit world, I was so affected as at that communication. It +was delivered after having written the first communication, and thought +to extinguish the light and return to bed. At that moment I felt that, I +was surrounded by a company of Heavenly Messengers amongst whom one was +approaching nearest, and the powerful communication came. After that +there was no inclination to return to bed, nor is there room here to +repeat, what has been explained in the first and second of my five often +mentioned German volumes, for the correct understanding of said +communication, and the prophecies which have been fulfilled in said +excommunication and explained in my third volume. From those +explanations it is evident, that the Emperor of Austria who has besides +other anti-Christian titles also the title "Apostolic Majesty," is +representing in that excommunication the whole body of Monarchs and +Tyrants, who keep people in the anti-Christian servitude, from which +they are to be redeemed at the present manifestation of Christ by his +Messengers. + +Since the female sex has been much more injured and abused by monarchs +and other tyrants than the masculine sex, Beatrice Dante's departed wife +was found as most suitable Heavenly messenger by whom the great prophecy +in the 33d and last Song of Purgatory was communicated to the Poet and +most remarkable Prophet Dante, and my mother was found most suitable to +deliver the above mentioned communication and to make greater +impression than any other Heavenly messenger upon me, when the first +message was to be delivered to understand that great prophecy and +thousands of other prophecies which have been locked until that time. At +that moment a key was given to commence to unlock them. + +We give only some hints regarding the points which are the substance of +the contents of the five Germam volumes published from 1838 to 1842; and +many volumes would be required, if we would explain the memorable events +which happened afterwards for new illustrations and confirmations of the +preceding events. There is a concatenation of the most solemn warnings +to all the upholders and supporters of the old ruined Babylon, that they +should come out not to be partakers of her plagues. Besides the +mentioned mystery on the 100th place of our catalogue there is another +mystery on the 90th place. Besides those two, four or five others as you +may read the whole report in those volumes, have neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, and were excommunicated on Easter Sunday, 1838. But +those four or five came after that excommunication to me and were +received in our communion; but the 90th and the 100th have been brought +by their mediums for the fulfilment of prophecies and for the most +solemn divine assurance to political and ecclesiastical rulers, that +they are in such a tremendous condition, in which they would not remain +a moment, but would become directly with us messengers of Peace, if they +would comprehend but a little of what we know regarding their condition. + +After having received such an astonishing unexpected light regarding the +100th of the 144 witnesses of our catalogue, that only those can duly +appreciate it who have studied my volumes, others who have neglected +their duty and came in the number of the excommunicated only for an +illustration of those on the 90th and 100th places, as we have explained +in those volumes, came then without having been called, to me, and were +received in our communion. But the 90th did not come, and his place and +his names had a peculiar reference to all that which has been performed +in the Cathedral Church of Boston by our instrumentality; but I had +received no communication in regard to him. Therefore I thought proper +to send Messengers to inquire, whether anybody knew a man having the +name "Leo Hefner" and having been in Boston at the time in which the 144 +witnesses signed their names in my catalogue. But after the most careful +inquiry nobody brought any account of Leo Hefner. After that I received +the communication, that that name which is on the 90th place of our +catalogue, is a mystery which must be explained by me. + +Then I commenced to explain, that most suitable names have been selected +by Divine wisdom for the excommunication, of the Beast which has the +mouth of a Leo, that means in English a Lion, Revelation, xiii: 2, and +the Beast is the Papal Monarchy, for the foundation of which although +several predecessors of Pope Leo I. were preparing the way, that Leo or +Lion contributed most by his energy and principles which are expressed +in his writings, to that monarchy, which afterwards Pope Gregory VII. +endeavoured to establish with great power, and his successors triumphed +at length against their adversaries, and the mouth of these lions under +the Christian mask swallowed as much of human life and property as it +could reach, and the whole succession or family of the Popes produced a +"Hefner." In the explanation of the expressive names which have been +prepared by the Heavenly Congress, we take the most suitable +significations which appear obviously in the names. We took the name +"Hefner" as a composition of German Hef or Hefe, which means "dregs" or +"sediment," and the Hebrew "Ner," which means Lamp, so that Hefner means +"dregs of the Lamp" in our interpretation. The Pope used the Hebrew Lamp +and besides others especially German scholars gave him the greatest +assistance, that by his anti-christian management the Lamp of Truth and +Righteousness could not burn, because there was oil consumed and dregs +of the most dreadful materialism were destroying and ruining mankind. + +It is to be understood, that we give only some hints of what we +explained in the first volume as far as our leaders found proper to do, +showing gradually the great apostasy from the christian truth and +immersion into materialism and ceremonialism, produced by the +anti-christian management[Z] of the "Hefner or Dregs of the Lamp." In +the second volume we cotinued the explanation, that is, I under the +direction of invisible agents, was writing for the second volume. When I +thought that regarding the Beast with ten Horns was sufficient +explanation given for that volume, I heard on the 20th November, 1838 at +noon time a Heavenly voice: "Count the number of the name of the Beast." +Revelation, xiii: 17 and 18. I replied "Lord! I counted it long time +ago." Then the Heavenly voice was repeated. I asked, "Is'nt Lateinos" +the right name? I received the answer: No. Then I understood, that +neither that name which was delivered by the old Church Father Irenaeus +and written with Greek letters gives the number 666 and points to the +affairs of the Latin Man, nor any other name found for an illustration +of the prophecy and containing 666, expresses what is prophesied about +the beast; but that Hefner, contains the whole mystery; because each +pope as pope has the mouth of a leo or lion, and the whole family or +succession of the popes have produced the Hefner, or dregs in the lamp, +which cannot burn, because oil is consumed with the mouth of the Leo. +After my having explained for the second volume, that all circumstances +testified that by "Leo Hefner" the Papal Monarchy was excommunicated +from Christ's Church, and that in this name the whole history of Popery +is comprehended, showing what every pope as pope is, and what the whole +succession of the popes had poduced, the heavenly voice "Count the +number of the name of the beast," has given the most striking divine +confirmation or divine seal to our interpretation of the mystery. I +wrote the family name, after having received the heavenly order, with +Greek letters, and to my astonishment they gave exactly the number 666, +Revel. xiii: 18. Greek scholars should keep in mind, that the German H +is expressed by the Greek mark which is called by grammarians spiritus +asper, and that in both syllables of Hefner _e_ is long, and with this +remark they will find by writing Hefner with Greek letters, in the name +exactly the number 666. + +After having received the Heavenly order, that I counted the number of +the beast, while I was writing the manuscript and preparing the print of +the second volume in Philadelphia, I received soon a letter from Boston +containing the information, that Matthew Arnold who is on the 86th place +of the 144 witnesses and in the deputation who after my having +excommunicated Bishop Benedict Fenwick from my ecclesiastical communion, +came to move me to occupy the church for my performances, was inspired +and remained when the other left my room when I received the +communication to occupy the church for our work, that same man learned +who the man was who brought the name Leo Hefner into my catalogue. Since +there were usually besides the witnesses also a number of others in the +school room, in which names were signed in my catalogue, it seemed to be +an easy task to discover the man, who had brought the name, by asking +those who signed their names next the 90th. But there are thousands of +discoveries quite easy, but they could not be made, till the time for +their use arrived. Besides me, all the 144 were also under so strict a +control of invisible agents, that all happened in due time. After all +other things regarding the mystery have been disclosed and also the +number of the beast has been counted, I received the information, that +the man who has brought the name, was a single man, quite suitable that +he became a medium of Pope Leo xii. The first name of that medium was +not Leo, but he was known under the French name Louis, although his +German name was Ludwig; and his family name was Hefner. But Leo Hefner +was not his name. He was brought as a medium of the departed Pope Leo +XII. and he gave the name which we needed. His family name corresponded +with the whole mystery of the fruits of the family or succession of the +Popes, but he was only a medium, and instead of his proper name a name +was to be given which suited the mystery, and the Pope amongst the +departed who represented the succession of the Popes, had to give his +own name. Here is no room to repeat the explanation from my often +mentioned volumes, how tangibly it was shown by signs, that Pope Leo +XII. was the leader who had brought that medium for the most astonishing +excommunication of popery. The name Leo has given also the stopping +place, from which we count in different directions the epochs of the +duration of the Papal monarchy. We have done so in the third German +volume and in the work which exists in Latin, German and English for our +monthly theological course and for the Latin convention, if the Emperors +of France and Austria comprehend us and call their bishops together, to +learn the great things which are disclosed for the pacification of the +world. Bible Students may explain many things by the hints, given in +this book, for instance, how the three verses of the 18th chapter of the +Revelation have been fulfilled on Easter Sunday, April, 15, 1838, by the +excommunication of the Beast and its image or its ten Horns from +Christ's Church. We could name here the powerful Angel, Revelation, +xviii: 1. But here is no room to explain, why that martyr was found most +qualified for that office, that he delivered to me three times the +command to perform that excommunication[AA], in which the proclamation +is included: "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the +habitation of demons, and the hold of every foul beast, and a cage of +every unclean and hateful bird." Revelation, xviii: 2. Interpreters did +not know, how to read the text, because some manuscripts have the word +"beast" and others have instead of that word "spirit." But the powerful +Angel who had the superintendency in these affairs, has shown, that you +have to read the word "Beast," because he has given to Pope Leo XII. the +order to inspire his medium, to give for our use the name "Leo," or Lion +who is the king amongst the Beasts, for our use in the excommunication +of the Papal monarchy from Christ's Church, and the medium, although of +German parents, was secreted under the French name Louis, in reference +to the French Kings, who were for a great support, and at length for a +great fall of popery. + +But with the Imperial Family of Austria is an other phase. "Petra dedit +Petro et Petrus Diadema Rudolpho." This was the motto when the infernal +holiness inspired the Pope, to send the crown to the Count of Hapsburgh, +to have that count when he becomes Emperor of Germany, his obedient +servant. At length, after the support of all kinds of Papal Imperial +Royal abominations the departed Emperor Francis was allowed to take the +most suitable medium in possession. The proper name of the medium +should have been Eagle according to the delight of Emperors in that +Fowl. But our superintendent in those affairs took rather the Hawk or +Vulture as a more suitable rapacious fowl, who put the name Emperor +instead of his name into our catalogue. That the departed Emperor +Francis of Austria became the leader of that his medium, will be shown +below for a peculiar instruction of Emperor Francis Joseph, that he +might become with us messenger of the New Era. But before this we must +give here a very brief lesson to Pope Pius IX, although this whole book +and especialy this treatise contain extraordinary lessons for him, and +we could write a large volume of correspondences of wonders and signs in +Pope Pious IX actions with our apostolic actions. + +Bishops would have converted long time ago Pope Pius IX into a powerful +preacher of the New Era if they themselves had studied our message of +Peace, or rather the Papal monarchy would have been extinguished long +time before the appearance of Pope Pius IX. Gregory XVI was the last +Pope in the ordinary course of affairs. While I was reading his book: +"Il trionfo della Santa Sede e della Chiesa" (the triumph of the Holy +See and of the Church,) my Lord has opened my eyes, that he was near to +overthrow the See of his infernal holiness, supported by such an +abominable delusion as is contained in that pestilential book and other +similar impositions. But I did not know at that time, by what kind of +means it would be effected, till A.D. 1838 the wonderful works were +executed in the Cathedral Church of Boston, so that I expected, that +bishops would, after the publication of my explanation of those events, +comprehend them and instruct their Pope in what was his highest duty. +But they proved to be miserable servants of this their grandmaster of +abominations. + +Popes with their whole Hierarchy are continuously repeating prophecies +and at the same time refusing to do what is their highest duty for the +fulfilment of prophecies. I could not have expected, that Pope Gregory +XVI, that machine of darkness, would have paid attention, if I had +applied directly to him. But if bishops had studied our writings and +comprehended our mission and its credentials, they might have drawn also +their master Gregory XVI, to look into our matters. But he vegatated +and died in the fulness of his prophetical position, whereas he was not +ready to enter into the Dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: +10, which is to be introduced by messengers whom I represent, I +mentioned that the whole Papal Church is prophetical. In her is +concentrated the prophecy of Judaism and Heathenism. Popes who had a +peculiar charge, had also names and numbers correspondent to their +charge. When in Pope Leo XII the apostolic number was complete he +prophesied, as readers must recollect, according to his Leonine wisdom +about a Church Doctor or Apostle of the higher mission, and after his +departure he had to inspire and bring the man into our school-room, to +sign the most suitable-mysteries on the 90th place of our catalogue for +the excommunication of Popery from Christ's Church. And Pope Gregory XVI +had to write the above quoted book, while he was yet a monk. But by that +book the way was opened for him to the Papal Chair. He prophesied on the +title-page of that book in the first place the triumph of the Holy See +or the Papal Government. And it triumphed so, when he became Pope that +with his successor the whole miserable machinery is breaking and +breaking, till at length the Church, that is, the people will triumph by +receiving our message of Peace, by which all kinds of Popery will be +abolished from the Globe. He on the Papal Chair concentrated in his name +and number of the name the whole mystery of his position. He was +Gregory, that means a watchman, as prophets are called, and he stands as +prophet, in the full number XVI, which is as remarkable in the +developments of Popery as the number 666, so that the disciples of the +Revelator were debating, whether the spirit had given to their master +the number 666, or the number 16 in Revel. xiii: 18, till the spirit had +shown by our instrumentality, that the number 666 is the principal +number in counting the name and the periods of the duration of the +government of that Beast, but the number 16 comprehends many of its deep +mysteries. The 4th Beast in the 7th chapter of Daniel was formed +gradually into the shape of the Papal monarchy, and 4 times 4 is the +complete number in which the last ordinary Pope appeared in his glory; +he is the "infallible monarch of the church," as he himself has proved +while he was yet a monk, in the above quoted book, that the Pope is the +infallible monarch of the church. By the means of that book my Lord of +truth and righteousness has opened my eyes, that I commenced to +comprehend the infernal imposition of the dragon and his host, by which +nations were so duped that they believed the Papal infallibility, +holiness and all other abominations and blasphemies of the living God +and his Christ, and that I have performed and explained what is required +for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. The number of the Biblical +writing mediums or prophets, whose books are collected in one section of +the books of the Old Testament, is sixteen. They were as little +understood as to who they were and where they were, as the Popes. The +number of the Popes each of whom appears under the name Gregory or +watchman, is also sixteen, or two times eight. The last of them or the +sixteenth Gregory was the Pope under whose administration the mysteries +were performed by our instrumentality for the abolition of all kinds of +popery. But he continued to rule in all his glory and to keep disturbers +of his infallible monarchy in prison. He was the most glorious during +the time, in which the Beast or the Papal monarchy is in the number +eight, Revelation, xvii: 11. + +The often mentioned catalogue of the 144 witnesses which appears in the +English translation of my 4th German volume, entitled "The one thing +needful," from the 533d till 538th page, is a concentration of wonders +and signs, which were effected under the control of the 144,000 martyrs, +Revelation xiv: 1. In reference to this mystery as well as in reference +to the 144 cubits of the wall of the New Jerusalem, Revelation, xxi: 17, +their number is exactly 144. They were the stones used while we were +performing in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church what was required +according to prophecies for the removal of Babylon and bilding of the +New Jerusalem. "Behold I come as a thief." Revelation xvi: 15. He came +so secretly, that neither on the 7th Jan., 1838, while those 144 +witnesses were signing their names into my catalogue nor afterwards, +while they were performing each his task, we understood much of what was +behind the vail, till after the great excommunication on Easter Sunday, +1838, the great mystery commenced gradually to be developed, and I +received on the third Sunday after Easter, 1838, directly before the +service, from my guardian the direction to deliver the valedictory +sermon in order that all which, was to be executed in that church +according to prophecies, had been accomplished. The church had prepared +for our use on that Sunday the 16th chapter of John. And I selected the +text: "A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again a little while +and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father." John, xvi: 16. + +If you have comprehended this book to this page, you know, that I am +Jesus Christ's first-born son in the Dispensation of the Fullness of +Times. Ephes. 1: 10. But also after having been publicly initiated to +this ministry on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18th, 1838, at the altar of +the Cathedral Church of Boston, I progressed slowly in the development +of the mystery. + +All disclosures which I give are preparatory for an easier understanding +of the great testimony of the three witnesses named at the caption of +this treatise. I am partly going around and applying to all kinds of +mediums in the cities of New York and Brooklyn, and in all directions is +somewhat prepared for an illustration of the testimony of the three +extraordinary witnesses. On Sunday, 24th inst., when the message of "the +Treaty of Peace" between the Emperors of Austria and France arrived in +America but was not communicated to us on that day, I wrote some of the +last disclosures before this paragraph. After that I wrote two letters. +But before having finished the second, I was inspired to go and I +thought that I was going to a Conference meeting of Spiritualists; but +on my way I met with one who is holding his own meetings publicly to +draw the incautious into private "Free Love Meetings," and I went with +him to his public meeting. When I returned to my room I was tired, went +to bed, and then I arose yesterday, July 25th, and finished at fish-oil +light the second letter of July 24th, 1859. Then I wrote three other +letters before breakfast, at which I heard the first report of "the +Peace Treaty." After that I was occupied all day in the cities of New +York and Brooklyn. I thought proper, to write this episode this morning, +July 26th, before my starting to other business; because it is in such +a connexion with the "Peace Treaty," that it will be in the proper place +more particularly explained for a great illustration of the three +extra-ordinary witnesses. + +"Christ's first-born Son in the Dispensation of Universal Harmony and +Peace on the whole globe" is the third angel preaching powerfully in the +9th, 10th and 11th verses of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. There +have been a number of prophecies which have been referred to Christ who +has been crucified by the Jews more than eighteen hundred years ago, but +which cannot be understood except in regard to his first-born son and +the whole Body of Messengers whom he represents. Since our public +appearance some mediums have preached that now Christ's first-born son +appears, and were quoting a number of Biblical passages testifying this. +If there would be room, I would write some pages regarding my meetings +in Cincinnati of Ohio with the principal of those mediums. He after +having been an elder in the Mormon Church, separated from them and was +preaching "the Judgment Dispensation," and that Christ's first-born Son +Was coming now. Although my meetings with that prophet would be for a +peculiar illustration of the testimony of the three extraordinary +witnesses, I can mention here only the substance, that he was often +times possesed by some of the generals of Napoleon I. to give from his +position peculiar testimonies to our mission. Once, for instance, was he +so strongly inspired by his leader, that he wrote a decree by the +authority of that his god, in which he appointed me to be "Pope Andrew +I." It was A.D. 1846. He gave a copy of that decree to an editor of a +newspaper in Cincinnati,--to the same who publishes now in Washington +City the National Era, which will be used before the close of this +treatise in a peculiar connexion with the three witnesses, and he handed +to me a copy of the same decree. At the perusal of that decree I saw +that a dragon was the god by whom he was inspired, and I wrote directy a +protest, to accept any office from his God who was a spirit of delusion +and destruction, I handed my protest to the same editor with the remark +that if he publishes the appointment for me to be Pope Andrew I, he must +publish also my protest. He made known this to that medium who under +those circumstances withdrew the decree. He was a rich general, and +there is no doubt, that as Pope in a new shape I had found soon support +of other rich, persons to carry out the plan of the dragon for +destruction. + +While I was writing the 4th of the five often mentioned German volumes I +had to quote oftentimes the catalogue of the 144 witnesses, and was +continuously aware, that not only the 90th, and the 100th, who have +brought as Mediums not their own names but the names which were suitable +to the office of those, by whom they were inspired, obtained the places +which according to our language by numbers were most suitable to the +mystery which they contain, but that also those who have brought their +own names, brought them as mediums of invisible agents by whom they were +controlled in such a manner, that those who had peculiar charges, +obtained also the places with numbers corresponding to their charges. +After having observed many times this phenomenon I saw at length the +necessity of publishing that catalogue with the names in the same order, +in which they had been brought into the catalogue. But at that time I +was not aware, that the catalogue contains exactly 144 witnesses, the +complete mystical number of their represensation; because on the 538th +page of "the One Thing needful" that catalogue ends with "143 Anthony +Larger," and in my first three volumes as well as in "The One thing +Needful" or in the 4th volume these witnesses are named "the 143 +witnesses." On the 538th page the paragraph after the close of that +catalogue commences: "This is the foundation catalogue of the new reign +of Christ on earth," and in the same paragraph these witnesses are +called the 143 witnesses; because they occupy 143 places, and I was not +aware that there were 144 witnesses in that catalogue, till at length I +heard the voice: "Count exactly the number of the witnesses." I looked +then at every place, and found that on each place of the catalogue is +only one witness, except the 81st place in which are two sisters +together, and therefore the number of witnesses in that catalogue is 144 +in reference to the 144, 000 members of the Heavenly Congress Revelation +xiv: 1, by whose wisdom names for that catalogue were wonderfully +provided, and in reference to the 144 cubits of the measure of the +walls of the New Jerusalem, Revelation xxi: 17, the chief corner stone +of which being Jesus Christ, and the members of his peaceable kingdom +are named lively stones. 1 Peter ii: 5. And, those 144 were given to me +as assistants to show what is to be done for the establishment of +Christ's peaceable reign on earth, to wit, all the ecclesiastical and +political powers must co-operate with us to draw all nations into the +new era. Here we give only some hints, how wonderfully they are exhorted +and urged by all other events, as well as by the formation of that +catalogue in which is the concentration of wonders and signs. + +We quote the following places from the catalogue as peculiar instances +in reference to the three "extra-ordinary" witnesses: "80, Bischofberger +with two, 81 sisters." This man came under the strong control of his +guardian, and when the quoted words were signed, and on the place "81 +sisters" appeared, we required the names of his sisters. But he said, +the names will be made known to me another time. Each signer had to give +his name, but Bischofberger after having put the name "sisters" on the +81st place of the catalogue, refused to give their names, and assured me +that they will be made known in due time, and I received orders from my +leader to let it remain as it was written. When the unexpected wonders +which are concealed in that catalogue, commenced to be disclosed, it was +manifest, that on the 80th place was put the representative of the Beast +which itself is the eighth king, Revelation xvii: 11 and has ten horns. +To show, that it was in the complete age or in the fulness of its glory +in our age, it was put on the ten times the eighth place with suitable +names. To wit, Alexis means one who hinders. He hinders the redemption +of mankind from oppression and the development of truth and justice, +which is required for this redemption. And the family name shows who +this man is, to wit, "Bischofberger." The first part of this compound +name is the same word, as the English word "Bishop," and the German +"Berge" are "Mountains," so that this Bishop is Bishop of the Mountains, +or on the Mountains, having his seat on the mountains, in reference to +the seven mountains, on which Rome is located. In this his glory he has +two sisters, which represent the two powers of the Pope, to wit, the +ecclesiastical and political power. He himself in his glory and both his +powers have been typified on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue +showing to the Pope his highest duty, to become with us messenger of +Christ's peaceable reign. + +On the six places which precede immediately the 80th place, those are +represented who have raised the Pope so high as he stands. We remark, +that the German name Ochs is pronounced as the English name Ox and means +the same beast. Those representatives are in our catalogue in the +following order: 74 Joseph Ochs, 75 Conrad Ochs. 76 Aloysius Ochs. 77 +John Ochs. 78 Iidorus Ochs. 79 Joseph Januarius Ochs. The number six is +the fundamental number of the number of the name of the Beast 666, +Revelation xiii: 18, and to one or the other of the six classes of men +who appear here as oxen, all orders of monks may be reduced. The name +which stands before the name "Ochs," defines nearer the position of the +representative Ochs. Monks of all Papal orders appear in reference to +the Pope as Oxen, tame useful animals, working for the support of +Popery, without knowledge of their own and the true condition of the +Pope. But Revelation xiii: 11 we read: "I beheld another beast coming up +out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a +dragon." Here are the orders of monks under the image of a Therion, a +ferocious beast, which appears as a lamb to those whom it entraps for +the Pope, but it is ferocious, although it hides its ferocity, as a +dragon, till its delusion is made manifest, when it destroys the enemies +of the Pope. It is caught in all six shapes into our catalogue, the +explanation of the mysteries of which in our volumes shows to all monks +and priests the urgent necessity to become with us messengers of the new +era And the explanation from the 11th verse to the end of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and of other mysteries is in our volumes +showing the dreadful condition of monks and priests in their present +course. + +We have given some hints without explanations which are in my printed +volumes and in the manuscript, which N.B. On this great prophetical +Feast, August 15, 1859, of Mary's Assumption into Heaven and of Napoleon +I's Birthday, I mention that I was since the twenty-first day of June +last, on which day agreement was made with the printer and the +manuscript of the First Treatise was given him for printing this book, +confined to New York, wishing to have it printed as soon as possible. +But those Messengers from our sphere who have the commission to count +according to our spirit language by numbers, pages and lines in my +publications and days for their printing in agreement with the calendar, +for this purpose controlling the spirits of the compositors, did not +hinder them to annoy me in manifold ways. At length I wrote on the 1st +inst. my complaint and carried it to the same attorney who without +charge wrote the agreement; but not having found him in his office, I +myself carried it to the printer, expecting a good effect. But I was as +much disappointed, as when I commenced to write the Fourth Treatise and +thought that it would not become larger than the largest of the +preceding Treatises. But having become more than twice as large, we +stopped the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of the 168th +page, which according to the printer's calculation will be finished on +the 17th inst. The portion of the Fourth Treatise which appears in this +edition is a necessary preparation to comprehend the proper position of +Pope Pius IX. and of the Emperors of France and Austria, and to +understand the mysteries of the dates of the remarkable events in the +last war in Italy. Those dates testify that those events happened under +strict control of our leaders watching the infernal furies destroying +men, and in so exact a correspondence with events of our mission, that +if you comprehend this book and act accordingly, you will open soon the +door for the New Era in America and in Europe; but if you neglect this +the three extraordinary witnesses have such a position as to continue +judgments. + +Those who comprehend this book, will be anxious to read also the +continuation and the end of the Fourth Treatise, and will collect as +many subscribers as possible. As soon as they secure us to call a +printer to our Peace Union Centre and to publish a new edition of this +book, we will send gratis to them in an extra pamphlet the "Supplement +to the Fourth Treatise," which will appear in the next edition. +Therefore we request those who buy this book, to give their exact +direction either to those from whom they buy or to send it according to +the direction on the title-page. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + + + + +FIFTH TREATISE. + + + + The Plan for Redemption of Nations from monarchical and other + oppressive speculations and for the introduction of the promised + New Era of Harmony, Truth and Righteousness on the whole globe. + + +We write the following pages only for those who have studied all the +preceding pages of this book, and concentrate the subject of what would +require volumes, on few pages, to be gradually developed in our +Periodical. On the title-page of this book our Mission is expressed, and +the four preceding Treatises contain superabundance of credentials or +testimonials of our mission as well as the great truth, that the social, +political and ecclesiastical relations of mankind are rotten and +corrupt, the whole structure is a Babylon, confusion and delusion, which +is to be abolished and on its place truth and justice, harmony and peace +are to be established by virtue of our mission. + +Readers of this book know that I speak as medium of messengers from the +Heavenly Congress who have the commission to introduce the New Era, and +as representative of messengers by whom nations are to be moved for +action to escape from the plagues which continue in the ruins of Babylon +till people come out and establish the New Jerusalem, the new order of +things, in which persons of both sexes will receive such development of +their intellectual and moral faculties and of their physical skill and +strength as they will be qualified to receive, to enjoy themselves in +their mortal bodies as well as after their departure such happiness as +their persons will be capable of enjoying while they themselves will +contribute, each member his or her share to the common welfare of +mankind, that the whole society will progress as far as circumstances +will allow. + +This development demands time. It could not take place in a moment, but +means which have been in preparation and prepared through the course of +ages may be concentrated, and when thus concentrated they may be +usefully applied in accelerating the true and right education of +degraded humanity, and in a few years that may be effected, which past +centuries did not effect. But with all the knowledge which we have +acquired for promoting the true happiness of mankind, we can do nothing +for them, if they are not reached and aroused from their lethargy. If +they will be redeemed from their present miserable and wretched +condition, they must begin to comprehend where they are and to what +point of intellectual and moral perfection with corresponding happiness +and health and strength of body and mind they could arrive, if they +would apply their energy and the means which are prepared by nature as +well as by human skill, art and science to be used in bringing mankind +from their present Babylon or from the existing confusion and delusion +into the new Jerusalem, into the New Era, into the new order of things, +which is usually called the Millennium, about which there are many false +and wrong notions, but which will be the universal republic in which +truth and righteousness will reign and all nations will be united in the +great brotherhood in which they will enjoy perpetual peace. We have +received the commission and the credentials of the Mission to introduce +this state of things. + +To commence with power the grand work which is to be accomplished by +co-operation of men and women, who are associated amongst themselves and +united with Heavenly messengers who are commissioned to prepare for the +promised New Era, we unite and form an Association which we call +Peace-Union (Friedens-Verein), a union of co-operation for establishing +peace. Real, perpetual peace comprehends the restoration of human +rights. Our co-operation for this purpose needs a centre, a place on +which we concentrate the means to attain our object. Hence, we according +to our mission, invite all who are able to contribute their share, +either in money or property or any kind of mental and physical labor for +the realization of the object, that they might co-operate with us to +establish first a centre of our work, and according to the pattern of +the centre as many other settlements as may be required for +accommodation of all who would enter into the New Era. + +The first centre should be a provisional centre, that is, a place for +concentrating our co-operation so long as may be necessary, till for the +same purpose a more suitable place be furnished. But not all who are +invited to co-operate can have accommodation on the first central +station, nor would all be ready at once, who might so desire, if +buildings and other necessary conveniences were provided, which, +however, is primarely to be attended to. We need co-operators everywhere +to arouse as many as can be aroused for co-operation with us in these +days of Noah, at the approach of the flood of tribulations. In my former +publications as well as in this book and in my manuscripts a +superabundance of credentials are exhibited, that those men and women, +who are united with us in Christ's spirit, that is, in the spirit of +truth and righteousness, and are living in accordance with what is +required by that Spirit, and are spreading the glorious news made +manifest by our instrumentality for redemption of oppressed humanity, +are true messengers of Christ; but those clergymen who, instead of +co-operating with us, are keeping people in shackles of their sects and +despising our message of peace, are messengers of the deluding and +destroying spirit and supporting the Beast or monarchy which receives +its power from the dragon, the deluding and destroying serpent which is +the image of that spirit, Revelation xiii: 2. We expect they will +comprehend this book and commence to act with all their strength as our +fellow-laborers, and become with us partakers of the blessings which +will originate from our co-operation. + +After this preparation we ask, whether according to the common stock +association or according to a true community of goods the centre and +other settlements of our Peace-Union should be established. I wrote many +years ago a plan according to a common stock association, according to +which members of the Peace-Union should have prepared themselves and +others for a true community of goods, but within seven years an exact +accouut of labor furnished and of its worth as well as of other property +should have been kept, and at the expiration of that period the division +of profits according to the shares of labor furnished and other property +invested should have taken place, and during the period of seven years +all the members should have been prepared for the great community or +true republic, into which mankind will finally associate, that those who +would not be sufficiently prepared before the expiration of seven years +to commence a true community, might at least, in seven years be prepared +for it. At the end of that plan is the paragraph a portion of which we +copy here as preparatory to what follows: + +"I have mentioned only some of the many points which are to be mentioned +in more suitable times, or in the periodical; because that which has +been mentioned may suffice to move those who are culled and chosen to be +the first champions in starting the centre of our action. They may +easily comprehend, why we are compelled to commence on so low a station, +on which continuous accounts and calculations as well as many other +inconveniences will make much trouble. If we would expect good success +on a higher ground, we would commence on that ground. But this +generation is found in such a degradation and corruption, that also the +proposed plan to draw mankind from lower to higher stations, will +probably not find directly sufficient support of what we need to bring +mankind quickly and powerfully into the New Era, which in its splendor +and glory will be the great community of goods, based on true republican +principles, &c." + +This paragraph was to be copied, because we must give some explanation +of the matter, that mankind were to be prepared in manifold ways, to +become gragually ready to enter into the right order of things. Readers +of this book know, that from A.D. 1838 till 1842 my five German volumes +containing "Memorable Events" developing the dreadful social, +ecclesiastical and political state of mankind and testifying our mission +to introduce the promised New Era, have been published. During and after +the publication of those volumes it was evident, that our duty was to +make known to those who have read or heard somewhat regarding our +mission, that for a powerful co-operation we would need a centre of our +action. Adolph Etzler published that time a book entitled: "The New +World or Mechanical System to Perform Labour of Man and Beast by +Inanimate Powers." I have read it and found the principles correct, and +that although all that he proposed, would not be practicable, some of +his propositions could be put in practice. And when I saw that Germans +were so chained either by materialism or sectarianism, that instead of +studying those my five German volumes and of acting accordingly they +followed rather after their sectarian and materialistic leaders who have +published all kinds of delusion against my books, and spoke also in a +like manner publicly and privately against them, my directors moved me +to tell to those who took more or less interest in the contents of my +books and were skilful mechanics, that they should study Etzler's book, +and if they would find his propositions practicable, they should try to +awaken Germans with Etzler's machine to study my German volumes. The +best mechanic among them, after having studied Etzler's book, and having +seen the draughts of all parts of Etzler's machine and heard Etzler's +explanation of all its parts, has assured me in words and in writing +that he gave all his property as security, that he would put Etzler's +machine in operation. But a seeress who belonged to our association, and +gave amongst all women the strongest testimony to our mission, although +she did not see the pattern of the machine, received in a vision its +whole structure and described exactly the portions which she saw in the +vision, that they broke. She received that vision a considerable time +before those who were expecting certain success, commenced to build +Etzlers machine. I was certain that the prophetical vision would be +fulfilled, but I expected that afterwards would be shown how Etzler's +mistakes should be repaired, and that great lessons would be given to +nations by the trial of that machine, the inventor of which was a great +materialist, not knowing that he himself was a strong medium of spirits +of a similar character as spirits of Napoleon I. were, to subdue the +world by physical means, while I considered that machine as the means of +peculiar spirit manifestations to awaken nations from their materialism +to our message of peace containing the true spiritualism. The machine +was built under Etzler's direction in Warren County, Pa., the trial was +made, and the pieces broke which have been foreseen and foretold as +breaking. + +There was a great jubilee of those who have been deluded by priestcraft, +that they thought when Christ was killed, that he would arise no more, +When Etzler as well as the man who has given me in words and in writing +the pledge with his whole property that he would put the machine in +operation, have left the place I said to those who have remained on the +place, that in the next night would be revealed to one of them, how the +mistakes made by Etzler, should be corrected and the machine should be +put in operation. George Karle, a young lame shoemaker, a sincere seeker +after truth and firm believer in our mission, was the man to whom the +mystery was revealed, and he has explained at our meeting the matter in +such a manner, that also those who were most opposed, have at length +been convinced, after having heard his explanation how Etzler's mistakes +should be repaired, that he had received a true revelation, and agreed +that he should be the director in rebuilding Etzler's machine, to make a +new trial. But before this has been done, he was brought into the +Allegheny River and drowned by the instrumentality of the departed +Mormon Prophet Joe Smith, not directly but indirectly by the +instrumentality of a cow. But a week after that, on the 30th of July, +1844, the same destroying spirit Joe Smith was allowed to attack me +directly, to show how he would be able to kill a man in a minute, if he +would be permitted. But he was seized by my guardian and cast into a +combustible matter which was by his infernal electricity instantly +kindled. George Karle was permitted to be drowned, because the time for +establishing our centre had not yet arrived, and Karle had an important +mission in the spirit world, and in that great mission he continues to +be engaged. + +It is to be understood that the given hints regarding Joe Smith would +need a peculiar treatise. I did not know him personally in his mortal +body, but urged preachers of his sect to move him to meet me either in a +written correspondence or personally, to learn to know his dreadful +delusion. The same I published in "The one thing needful," and urged his +Elders, to send to him an English copy of that volume, which as readers +of this book know, has been translated from the German into English. But +in that year matters did not yet arrive to maturity for the conversion +of Mormon Apostles and Elders. Their infernal President had to show, how +his army had the power to prevent my starting the centre of our +operation. But that my meeting with the departed Joe Smith occasioned +my meeting with the mortal Brigham Young, while he was yet in Nauvoo, +but although I preached to him and his disciples the judgment +dipensation, they were not yet mature to be converted, and my +manuscripts in which dreadful mysteries of the Mormon Spiritualism are +developed, must wait to be published, when nations will be prepared to +read so important disclosures. + +I have given here some hints of my experience at and after the trial of +Etzler's machine, by the means of which so much regarding the inner life +of man and the spirit world and the dreadful condition of mankind has +been disclosed, that volumes would be needed to explain it. That +experience is testifying, that time did not yet arrive for establishing +the centre. People were ridiculing me and reproaching the machine, not +knowing that I have only occasioned its building, and that I warned +those who undertook to build it, that they should reflect upon the +point, that at its first trial the pieces foretold by the seeres would +break, although they would be repaired and the mistake of the inventor +corrected, if they would persevere in the work of the Lord. But the wife +of the man who undertook the work and gave the pledge, was instigated by +Jesuites and their agents and made him blind in the work in which he had +to persevere, that by our experience it became at length manifest, that +the trial of the machine was made for great instruction of nations. +People were deluded by the blind leaders of the blind and would not hear +us, when we invited them after the trial for co-operation to establish a +centre without trying any machine, but only using machines which have +been tried by others and found to be useful. But when we will be in all +directions secured with abundant means, we will support inventions for +the common welfare. + +Here is no room for further explanations, that wherever I endeavoured to +start a centre of our co-operation on the plan of the common stock +association, great spirit manifestations showing the dreadful condition +in the existing Babylon took place, and the inner life of man was more +and more developed and all our sufferings have been abundantly rewarded +with imperishable treasures. We give here some hints on one case the +full explanation of which would need as large a volume as this volume +is. During the building of Etzler's machine George Karle found John +Zeigler in a hermitage in which he employed one half of his time to +chopping wood and the other to studying the Bible and to prepare for a +happy home in the spirit world. Karle gave him some instructions +regarding our mission and some of my books. Zeigler discovered soon that +by studying my books he would receive light which he could not obtain in +other ways, and then he studied them deeper than any other mortal man, +and whenever his presence was required, he came to give us assistance, +and then he returned to his hermitage. In the latter part of 1849 and +the commencement of 1850 I was preparing in Indiana and Illinois and +especially near the line of both states people for our message and for +co-operation to establish on the grand prairie our centre. When I +thought to have found the best location for it, I found soon a man of +property who paid for the land according to our plan. Then I wrote to J. +G. Zeigler who was from his hermitage preparing people by letters for +our message, that he should come, and then we would write together to +such as we would invite to come as pioneers. He wrote, that he was ready +to start directly. He started, but he was pushed into the Ohio River in +the night of the 10th of April, 1850, between 11 and 12 o'clock by a +papist instigated by the power of darkness. The whole conspiracy was +then detected to us; but we committed the murderer to the Judgment of +the Heavenly Court, and Zeigler continues to work with us amongst the +departed. He was an American well versed in English and in German, and +his work is extensive. The spirit language by numbers should be known in +a certain measure to biblical students; although the most celebrated +amongst them know very little about it. But those who comprehend this +book, may easily find out, why I met with the departed Napoleon I. in +the 20th line of the 20th page, and why the spirit directed me to repeat +this important fact with additional circumstances on the 39th page, and +why I meet with Napoleon in the 39th line on the 39th page in this book. +Readers in looking into these mysteries should keep in mind, that the +battle of Solferino was fought on the same day in the year 1859, on +which day I met with Napoleon A.D. 1839. If you understand this book, +you will easily comprehend also, why the spirit was pleased to prepare +on the same 39th page before the departed Napoleon the departed +President Taylor and Buchanan in the Presidential administration, who +appears to live although he is yet dead. But his friends should awaken +him to study this book and to co-operate with us, that he might escape +the judgment in which President Taylor was executed, and John George +Zeigler was sent by the Heavenly Congress to give orders to destroying +spirits to carry Zach. Taylor into their infernal regions. "Zeigler was +the angel of the Lord," mentioned in the first line of the 37th page of +this book. He has shown to Zach. Taylor, when he entered from his mortal +body into his inner life, my handwriting testifying, that he had +neglected to fulfil his highest duty. And I have mentioned in this +connexion of things this incident, that you might do what your +predecessors have neglected to do. + +When by the departure of our martyr John George Zeigler was shown, that +the Grand Prairie was not the place for starting our centre, I wrote to +the man who has bought and paid for the land, that he was at liberty +either to keep that land for his use or to sell it, and then I was +preparing in other States people for our message, showing them also the +necessity for starting a centre of our co-operation. At lenght at the +end of February and at the commencement of March of this year, 1859, was +in peculiar manner made manifest, that we should start the "_Centre of +our Community_" or the Centre for establishing the True Republic, which, +as has been made manifest, will be a true Community of Goods, and a true +matrimony of one man with one woman, as has been prophesied by the first +Christians at Jerusalem, but could not be accomplished in practice till +the dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: 10. or the New +Jerusalem, will be introduced by messengers whom I represent. If we +should find before finishing the last of the 24 pages of the 8th sheet +some space, we will give hints on the wonders and signs by which it has +been shown, but explanation of these matters must be delayed, till we +establish a Printing office at the Centre of our Peace Union Community. + +"And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by +the Apostles. And all that believed were together, and had all things +common. And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all +men, as every man had need." Acts ii: 43, 44, & 45. "And the multitude +of them that believed were of one heart, and of one soul, neither said +any of them that aught of the things which he possessed was his own; but +they had all things common. Neither was there any among them that +lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and +brought the prices of all things that were sold, and laid them down at +the Apostles feet; and distribution was made unto every man according as +he had need." Acts iv: 32, 34, & 35. + +This was not the commencement of the Community in the Jewish Church, but +of the great conversion of those who have been attached to the sects of +the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Besides these two sects there was a +third sect, called the Esseni or Therapeutes. They understood that the +letter of the Jewish Bible kills and that there was in those prophetical +books a deeper, a spiritual sense of what was to come, and they retired +into the deserts of Egypt, and were acting from thence to convert the +world to their community principles. From that association the Christian +Religion originated. Jesus Christ was the descendant or offspring of the +Therapeutes or Healers, who were powerful in healing diseases of +demoniac influence. Their spirittual power came from their strictly +moral life, they did not abuse the procreative powers, but those who +were married, used them only for obtaining children in the right season, +and many of them lived in celibacy in the strictest continence all their +life time. Such was the life of the Therapeute Monk Eli or Heli, the +Father of Jesus Christ, Luke 1:23. He, while living in the strictest +celibacy arrived to an advanced age, and when the time arrived for the +procreation of the Messiah of the Jews, he became the medium of the +spirit who was selected by the Heavenly Congress to seize him and to +procreate by his instrumentality the Messiah. And when the departed +spirit called Gabriel or the power of God, was operating through Eli +that is "My God," Mary was seized by her guardian and submitted, that +the offspring was not the origin of a carnal co-operation, but the work +of a Holy Spirit, so that Jesus Christ was the concentration of the +spiritual power of the highest association amongst the Jews as well as +of the prophecy of the Jewish Nation. In one of my former writings I +have given more disclosure regarding this mystery, but when we will have +our own Printing office, I will give a more complete explanation of the +mystery, as well as of my generation, because if you comprehend this +book, you know that we have superabundance of signs according to +prophecies, by virtue of which I appear as the first born son of Jesus +Christ for the introduction of his peaceable reign on earth or the great +Community or Republic, for which we must prepare by establishing a +centre of our co-operatian. + +Here is to be mentioned that regarding the community great abuse was +made of the above quoted verses from the above quoted and other biblical +passages in monasteries and nunneries as well as in other associations. +Christ says to the Angel of the church of Ephesus: "But this thou hast, +that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitanes, which I also hate." +Revelation, ii: 6. And to the angel of the church in Pergamos he +reproaches: "So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the +Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate." Rev. ii: 15. Nicolaitanes in the +Revelation are the same who are in our days known as Free-lovers. Some +called them Dr. Nichol's people. But that Doctor was at length converted +to Romanism, lecturing for the Roman Catholic Church, and the day before +yesterday or on the 14th of August, I read the advertisement of his +lecturing here in New York. We expect, that he will get this book, +comprehend our spiritualism and draw many Roman Catholics into the true +Catholic Church, or what is the same, into our Peace Union. Man must be +restored to his true condition. A chaste, pure life in celibacy, and a +true matrimony in which carnal copulation is usued only for obtaining +children when sound reason or true christian spirit requires it, this +is the true condition of man for his true happiness in this and in the +future life. All excess in this respect is injurious to body and soul of +parents and children. As long as mankind are not reduced to the right +order in this respect, they remain in their degradation and misery. How +they will be brought lo the right order in the true community as the +only refuge for the restoration of the human race will be explained in +our Periodical for the common use and particularly to those who will +come to our Peace Union, here not being room except to give hints on +many points the full explanation of which requires large treatises. Here +we give the following hints. + +In the present Babylon dollars and cents as the means in this state of +affairs used for what man needs to support his mortal life and for +committing all kinds of sins and crimes against his fellow men, occupy +in so dreadful a manner the minds of men and women in general in their +present degraded condition, that the one thing needful, their spiritual +progress is so neglected, that probably if some few comprehend this book +so far as to apply all their energy to spread it, they will have a hard +task to move the public in general to study it so as it should be +studied and comprehended. Reader should recollect, that when I came the +first time in my present charge before the public, the passage Luke +viii: from the 4th to the 15th verse, was prepared for my use. Besides +dollars and cents there are especially the sexual disorders which ruin +mankind so, that they appear as dead to the truly spiritual things, for +which they will get the right taste, when in the community they +comprehend, that mankind belongs to two houses. Americans are quite +accustomed to two Houses in the Capitol of Washington; but in the true +community they will learn to be accustomed to the two Houses, or two +departments in one and the same house, to which mankind belong, when +they arrive to the higher perfect order, so that males belong to their +own House or department and females to their own, although each husband +has his own wife, and each wife her own husband; but they do not meet +together for carnal copulation, except in the right season for the only +object to get a child, with due preparation to transfuse a holy spirit +into the child. Nothing is more injurious to the parents and to the +child than the act of procreation without due preparation, which is in +this present Babylon generally neglected. Besides this in this present +abominable situation of mankind, the act of carnal copulation is +oftentimes repeated during the pregnancy and before the child is weaned. +All this has a very injurious effect upon the child and degrades and +ruins also the parents. Here is no room to explain the hints showing the +origin of the hereditary sins, which will be abolished, when the true +community will be flourishing, and the whole House of males as well as +the whole House of females will support every individual belonging to +the House, as well as the whole community in their common meetings will +support each other in the progression towards perfection. + +These hints may appear quite strange to many readers. But if they will +come out from the existing corruption, they may be assured, that they +will comprehend me, when I give in a long dissertation a complete +explanation of the given hints, in the supposition that those who have +comprehended this book know our mission, and that we have received the +knowledge which is required to our mission to bring nations out of their +present corruption which kills many when they arrive to manhood and +womanhood; and many more before that age, and not a small portion of +them before or soon after they are born. And all this originates from +the corrupt state introduced by the follies of men. When these follies +will be removed, mankind in general will commence, within few +generations, to become old and will enter into the spirit world with +great imperishable riches. + +We read: "Verily I say unto you, there is no man that has left house, or +brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or +lands, for my sake and the gospel's, but he shall receive a hundredfold +now in this time, houses and brethren and sisters and mothers and +children and lands, 'after persecution,' and in the world to come +eternal life." Mark x: 29, 30. According to our reading in the Greek +text we translate: "after persecution." When the persecution is +abolished, the promised great advantages will be made manifest in the +true community. There will not be plurality of wives, but each husband +will have his own wife. Now father, mother, wife or children might +resist to the determination of a person to join with the true community. +Those who comprehend, that this will be the true life in the true reign +of Christ, in his Peace-Union, will co-operate with us for its +introduction without regard to any opposition of their nearest +relatives. Every one who forsakes all and acts with us as much as he +can, for establishing the Peace-Union, will when persecution ceases and +the Peace-Union flourishes, consider those, who are old, as his fathers +and mothers, those of equal age as brothers and sisters, and those who +are younger as his children, and all the property belonging to the +Peace-Union as ours, and we will truly pray to God: "Our Father." + +Not being yet in this happy condition but endeavoring to arouse a +general turn towards it, we must make some provisions to support the +feeble in their turn, and those who turn towards our Peace-Union that +they might easier settle matters with those who belong to their family +and will not turn into our Peace-Union. + +Every individual who determines to enter into our community, brings all +his property into it, after having settled all his business in the +world. This property, according to our principles will be taken in +possession by the community; and if it is not money but other property, +it will be valued according to a very moderate price, and its value and +the amount of money if he brings any, will be put into the ledger of the +community, and a receipt will be given to him or her under the +provisions mentioned as follows: In the possible but not probable case, +that he or she should return to the former fashion, the value of the +property would be returned, although not directly, but when the +community would find easy to do so. In the mean time they would exchange +the receipt which he or she received at the delivery of their property, +with a note containing the amount of money and the time when the +community promise to pay according to the value or course of money at +the time received and at the time in which it would be paid to him. For +instance, if a dollar received would have at the time in which it would +be paid, only the value of ten cents, ten cents would be paid to him or +her instead of a dollar, without any interest; because the step should +be made after earnest reflection and determination, and with this +provision we must deter hypocrites from joining our Peace-Union; but to +those who would be feeble, all possible assistance would be given to +strenghten them in the work which they would commence. In the true +community when it will flourish, everybody will enjoy as much of its +riches as is required for his bodily strength and for such an +intellectual and moral improvement as to enrich as much his spirit as +his faculties will be prepared to receive, that after his departure he +or she enters into a happy abode of our Peace Union. + +I and other pioneers, who are preparing for the happy state which the +Peace-Union community when flourishing will enjoy, must suffer many +privations. But the spiritual treasures which during our great struggle +with the opposition we acquire, we carry with us at our departure, and +where our community will flourish, we will rejoice with them who will +partake of the fruits of our labor, so that I will not be less happy +than the happiest who will be born in our Peace-Union thousands of years +after my departure. With this consolation every reader should follow my +example and act with us for the introduction of the New Era. + +After these hints some rules must be mentioned regarding the economy and +management of affairs for the introduction and maintenance of the +Peace-Union to realize what in Christ's peaceable reign on earth is +expected. + +As soon as circumstances will admit, a printing-office will be +established on the place on which we commence our provisional +Peace-Union centre, and a Periodical based on and directed by the +principle of free discussion will be published, as the nature of the +case, reason and arguments for the restoration of human rights demand. +And previous steps, made before we are enabled to publish the +Periodical, are subject to be criticized in the Periodical, and we +undertake such enterprises or actions as we are ready to support before +the tribunal of truth and righteousness. + +This rule contains all that a sensible man or woman using his or her +intellectual and moral faculties may demand. If we had used our whole +book to develop our plan, we would not have finished our work, if the +volume had been much larger than it is. But the points belonging to our +plan, must be gradually developed in our Periodical, and those who +comprehend this book and our mission, superabundance of credentials of +which are contained here, will not tarry for a moment to co-operate with +all their strength with us, and to draw their mortal and their departed +friends into our Peace-Union. + +Members of the Peace-Union agree to support whatever may be shown by +free discussion through our Periodical to be suitable, practicable and +necessary to promote the common welfare of the Peace-Union, which is the +welfare of mankind. Those who would refuse to support it, had to show +the contrary in the same Periodical, that it might be discussed, +otherwise they would be disturbers, and if they could be by no means +corrected, they would deserve to be excluded, and the Peace-Union, after +having exhausted the means to bring them to the right order, would be +compelled to declare them to be separated, and to give them the note or +the certificate of their claim according to the rule above, and they +return the receipt which they have obtained when they have brought their +property into the Peace-Union. + +We illustrate the point with an example. I have given, for instance, +some hints regarding the two departments of males separately and females +separately, notwithstanding the true matrimony of one husband with one +wife. When there is the right time for them to procreate a child, they +will have a convenient place for the performance of the most responsible +duty. This my hint, when sufficiently explained, will satisfy every +friend of progression into truth, righteousness and happiness, and will +give to the human affairs quite a new turn, and deliver both sexes from +temptations, in which until now the whole human race succumbed and +descended much under the degree of the nobler classes of brutes, and +parents depraved and ruined themselves and children. From all the +strange and unexpected things disclosed in this book readers may expect +that I have also regarding the true matrimony and the restitution of +mankind in such a condition in which they will be truly happy, a +glorious message and such truths which when sufficiently explained, will +satisfy all lovers of progression into the true happiness. But there may +join with our Peace-Union some self-conceited person who would not give +up what would be shown by us as necessary to be removed for the +restoration of mankind to their true happiness, and what he would not be +able to refute, and notwithstanding this he would remain in his bad +habit. In this case he would compel us to remove him. At his removal he +receives the note or certificate, while he returns the receipt which he +had obtained for what he had put into the Peace-Union, as is explained +above. But we have to add here, that if those who would be separated, +had damaged the whole Peace-Union or some individual, the damage is to +be deducted from their claim. And it is to be repeated, that nobody who +joins with the Peace-Union, has any claim to any pay or reward for the +labor performed in the Peace-Union, into which all men and women are +invited to come and to remain in it in this mortal body and in all +eternity, and to partake for him or her and their families of all +riches, spiritual and physical in exchange for what they furnish. But +what they brought in at their joining, is returned to them, with +deduction of the damages, if they have caused any at their turn into +enemies of the Peace-Union, or which originated by their fault, although +it could not be proved, that they had a malicious intention in causing +damages. This point is here to be remarked, that children before they +acquire the legal age, if by whatever means they would be withdrawn from +the Peace-Union, while their parents are living there or did not depart, +should not receive the portion of the property brought for them into the +Peace-Union, till they arrive at the legal age in which they have the +right according to the laws of the country to depart from their parents; +because the Peace-Union have the parental duties towards children who +are received with their parents into the Peace-Union. Also this is to be +mentioned, that no others except who come with their parents or with +their children into the Peace-Union, have any claim to the property +which they bring into it. They settle their business with all others, +when they join with the Peace-Union, and in the same time they make +their will, how much they themselves if they would leave the Peace-Union +and some of their children would remain in it, and how much each of the +children when in full legal age, would receive, if he or she would leave +the Peace-Union. + +We thought proper to concede so much to the feebleness of those who are +desirous to join with the Peace Union, but imagine the possible case, +that they might be turned out and lose their property. For them their +property is secured, althought without interest, and their possible case +is rather imagination, and they would become gradually so strong as to +give good example to others. But we have mentioned a point which must +terrify hypocrites to join to our Peace Union; because their hypocrisy +would become in due time manifest, and then they could not stand and +would be turned out with demand to repair damages. Therefore they should +remain in Babylon till they have a sincere desire to join with us for +their true conversion to our principles and corresponding acting with +us. When they are determined to act for this purpose they should not be +afraid to join the Peace Union on account of the possibility of being +separated; because no person will be separated except such as deserves +in consequence of immoral acts or gross omissions of what is absolutely +necessary for obtaining the object of our association, after having been +sufficiently instructed and exhorted that their toleration would ruin +the Peace Union. A separate person, if he or she would think there was +not sufficient cause for separation, will be permitted to publish in our +Periodical the reason or reasons of his or her complaint. By doing so, +however, he gives occasion for members of the Peace Union to publish +their remarks on his reasons, that truth might be made manifest; because +the object of the Peace Union is the restoration of human rights, and +therefore her members engage and promise to correct any mistake, when it +is shown and it is proven. + +The nature and object of the Peace Union is, that science or knowledge +in every department and every branch of enterprise directs and governs +the work. Therefore the man or woman who is found to be most skilful in +any art, business or work, is to be elected as foreman, and continues to +act as such, till some one more skilful is found. And then to him the +place is to be given, however, not before it is shown, that by +exchanging the place sufficient advantage will accrue to the community. +The member who thinks he is able to show this, may assemble members +belonging to the branch of that business, or if the case is a general +case, members in general, the body of females having their votes as well +as the body of males in general affairs; in particular branches the body +decide who belong to that branch. Whoever calls members together, shows +them the case, and if the majority find his reasons to be sufficient, +the person proposed obtains the office. But before votes are taken, +those who are assembled, must also hear the objections. But if there is +any member who thinks, that the decision was not made according to +justice, he may announce the matter to the assembled, showing them their +mistake and his duty that if they will not correct their mistake, he +will make known the reasons of his complaint against the decision in the +Periodical of the Peace Union. And the assembled, if they see that he is +right, are bound to receive thankfully that which is right, but if they +see that he is wrong, they are bound to show him this. But if he, +notwithstanding this, publishes his reasons, those who do not agree with +him, are bound to show in their replies that he will riot act according +to sound reasons, but is disposed to make disturbance, deserving to be +expelled. In this case if he continues to be obstinate against evidence, +he should be expelled peaceably. + +In the first place we need a centre. And according to the pattern of the +centre as many settlements on other places will be established as will +be needed to accommodate all who will find best to move from their +present situation to a settlement of our Peace Union. But everywhere +persons of our principles will be needed to instruct and strengthen the +neighbours. The hints given here will be so modified to their situation +as their circumstances will require. + +In the centre is to be concentrated, what is to be spread everywhere, to +benefit in the first place members of the Peace Union and by their +instrumentality as many others as can be reached. Therefore co-operation +and support from all who comprehend this book and their application to +others is necessary to raise means, for establishing what is required in +the centre. Although all who contribute for the centre, will not have +chance to reside there, they will have a chance to send some of their +children or relations to the institutions of the University for the New +Era, which will be established there, according to our plan, according +to which a great change will take place in studies, that all +intellectual and moral faculties of students will be harmoniously +developed, and much time will be gained for learning every day for some +hours in the school and for some hours in the shops and elsewhere that +to learn which each will be most qualified and inclined. Wherefore those +who afford money and other property for the centre and what is needed +there, acquire the right to reside there, when needed as teachers, or +for mechanical branches, arts, sciences, for agriculture, horticulture, +&c. What mankind need for the New Era, should be shown there to students +theoretically and practically. Therefore all who have superabundant +means, if they comprehend this book, will send such an amount as they +can spare, as donations, which will become spiritual treasures to the +donors. When the institutions which according to our plan should be at +our centre, will be established, there will be such competition of +students, that there will not be room for accommodation of all. All that +is given as donation for raising our institutions, will be put in our +ledger for the benefit of the donors, so that, when all students could +not be accommodated at our centre, those recommended by the donors would +be prefered to others, the case excepted, that others be found more +useful in our mission, if they study the branches. + +Those who have no superabundance of means to give a donation, are +invited to invest for establishing the centre as much as their +cicumstances permit, to be invested for their benefit, as belonging to +them, although without any interest in money, but with the advantage, +that when all students could not be accommodated at our centre, their +sons and daughters would have the preference before such as have done +nothing towards the foundation of the centre. And if any have land, who +are desirous that on their land a settlement might be started according +to our plan for the New Era, by their furnishing means for starting the +centre they acquire the claim and right that their land shall be taken +for that purpose rather than the land of another who had done nothing +for the centre, when circumstances would not require the preference of +the land of other for a new settlement of our Peace Union. + +From what has been mentioned, the following general rule may be derived: +Without having a centre of our communities we cannot accomplish our +work. Therefore all who comprehend us, are solemnly entreated to +contribute without delay what their circumstances allow. If they cannot +send a donation, they are entreated to send what will be regarded as +theirs without bearing interests, but bearing to them all the advantages +to which according to the circumstances they are qualified, to come, +when all will be prepared, to the centre, if they can be employed there; +otherwise they may be useful to our community on the place which they +now occupy, or they may join with an other place of our community. In +this case the centre settles with that community in reference to what +they have advanced to the centre, to be sent, when the centre is able to +do so, to that community for them, if they should not prefer to leave it +in the centre to be consumed there by such students as they would send +to the University in the centre of our Peace Union, where all the +knowledge and wisdom which can be obtained, will be concentrated to +bring mankind into that situation which is promised and mankind are able +to attain by the right application of their intellectual and moral +faculties and their physical strength, and the proper use and right +application of all the knowledge which has been propagated through the +course of centuries and improved in our age. + +No money or other property can or will be taken into the Peace Union, +settlements to be put into their ledger for the benefit of the person +who invests it, to be returned in the case that the person or one of his +or her family should leave the Peace Union, except money that has been +acquired in an honest manner. By the term _honest_ we mean a manner +which is not only justifiable according to the laws of the country, but +also according to the moral laws attributable to the person who invests +it, at least so far, that no person or society is known to whom it +should be restored. We do not mean the severest scrutiny, but the usual +course of affairs; because according to our plan by those who will join +the Peace Union, the way will be opened for a final restoration of all +human affairs into the right order. To this point we must gradually +proceed. + +By what we have remarked in regard to money as the root of all evil, if +it is not managed for the commom welfere, it is a necessary evil as far +as business is done with those who do not belong to our Peace Union, and +we are compelled to make use of many evils which are yet in existence, +to bring nations out of the evil into the New Era. We must make such use +of money as to promote the welfere of the Peace Union which encloses the +welfere of all nations, which would not he promoted, if we would take +any amount of money from those who enter into our Peace Union under the +condition to return it in case, they would leave the Peace Union. Under +this condition we could take no more than one thousand dollars, so that, +if any man or woman would come with his or her family, and bring more +than one thousand dollars for each person belonging to his or her +family, after having settled all matters of business with others, we +could not take more than the mentioned sum under the mentioned +condition, to wit, if husband and wife with parents and children, would +join, for each of them one thousand dollars: the surplus they had to +give as donation, if they would not accept the advice which is given +below. + +Also this is to be mentioned, that if a family comes on the place of the +Peace Union and they invest for each member of the family a certain sum, +and some of the family would be taken into the spirit world, and the +others would leave the Peace Union, in this case only that has been +invested for them, would belong to them. What was given for the +departed, remains in the Peace Union. Also in the case, that a father +would come with a large or with a small family and give for each +individual a certain sum, and then the others would remain, but he +himself would become a backslider, his claim would be only to the money +which he had invested for his own person. The same priciple is to be +applied in every case, in which somebody invests a certain sum for +himself, and besides also sums for others. + +To those who have greater riches than one thousand dollars for each +individual of their family, is to be said, that they are only +administrators of that property to make the poor rich and the rich truly +happy. And whereas the Peace Union undertakes this great work, a rich +person should be instructed and enlightened, that this will not take +place in any other way than by a true community, for which we have given +this sketch, only in this point deviating from the course which we would +pursue if we would have to deal with perfect persons, that we found +proper to concede, that if any body should leave the Peace-Union +settlement, he should receive in due time the sum invested not exceeding +one thousand dollars. But those whose property reaches higher, will go +the safest way according to Christ's direction: "Go thy way, sell +whatever thou hast and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in +Heaven; and come and take up thy cross and follow me." Mark x: 21. This +man to whom Christ gave that advice "had great possessions." And we give +to those who have great riches the same advice, but with a different +application. Jesus Christ, the Father of the New Era which is to be +introduced by our mission, had not the chance in Palestine, which we +have in the United States. He advised as he could in his circumstances, +and we give in our circumstances to the rich who have great possessions +the following advice and the best for them to be saved: "Give as a +donation as much into our Peace-Union centre as you are able to do for +raising our institutions as the best means for the redemption of the +poor and degraded people from the existing misery and distress, and come +and learn how to administer your possessions for the poor, and we will +send with you to your possessions[AB] a man to commence there with you a +community for the poor only, and you may call poor people of your choice +together. And you should superintend, and our administrator should +assist you and labor with you to educate the poor so as to make them +truly rich and happy. And you, while you would have enriched our centre +as much as would be possible without selling your possessions, would be +the presiding elder at the community of the poor made rich by your +possessions, and when you would be pleased to stop with those in the +centre, you would be received as one of the founders, and you would have +treasure in Heaven." + +What I say to one I say to all rich men and women. If they receive our +advice they will become very rich and happy; but now they are "wretched +and miserable and poor and blind and naked," Revelation iii: 17. They +are the Heads in Laodicea, which means the judgment of the people, whom +they are preparing for destruction, and for themselves the hell. Luke +xvi: 23. From them is more required to be saved than from those who have +only a small property in comparison with the great possessions of the +rich, and their small property they have earned with hard labor. But it +would be too troublesome to reckon, how they had acquired their riches. +But instead of a long reckoning or a general confession of their sins +and crimes we show them the shortest and surest way to Heaven. + +We must say also to those who invest property not exceeding one thousand +dollars for each member of their family into our Peace-Union with the +reserve that if they leave the Peace-Union, that property should be +returned to them in equivalent without any interest, and at a time in +which the Peace-Union can easily do this without hurting their own +business, that this reserve will continue only until the time in which +they will be sufficiently strengthened in the principles of the true +community, and convinced that this is the only way for redemption of +oppressed humanity. When they will advance so far, they will sign the +covenant of the New Era, they themselves and those of their family who +are of age and with them united in the Spirit; and they will transfer +the property which is their portion to the community, which secures +their rights to the provisions for their body and their spirit to enjoy +such happiness as the Peace-Union will be able to afford to prepare them +for the society of blessed spirits. + +From these hints you see, that the true community consists of members +who give all their property, without any reserve, and receive all the +advantages which a mutual co-operation in the true brotherly spirit +affords. At the commencement they must be tried. On the title-page of +this book we have mentioned, that it is published at the "Peace-Union +Centre." We intended to give explanation of the matter in this plan. We +are starting there the Peace-Union Centre. About five hundred acres of +land, with farmhouse, barn, orchard &c. belong to that property, on a +beautiful very healthy hill, with excellent springs of soft water, +romantic locations for buildings, and all kinds of institutions for the +New Era. The soil as far as may be cleared, is good for raising all +kinds of fruits, and as much as we will need of vegetables. But our +centre will be for literary institutions, surrounded with all kinds of +the best mechanics and artists, from whom students will learn all kinds +of work. Therefore the largest portion of grain will be obtained from +other settlements to which productions at the centre will be sent in +exchange. About one hundred acres of the land are cleared and much more +can be cleared and used for different purposes, but the largest portion +of that land is Toscarora mountain, producing wood, timber, stone for +building, and is good for different other purposes, for instance, the +top of the mountain for our observatory, &c. + +Spring Hill in Racoon Valley belonged to Abraham, the oldest of the +twelve sons of my departed friend Christian Long. Christian was one of +the students of my German books, and strong witness of our mission; but +his son Abraham preaching water baptism was not prepared to receive his +testimony. But Christian and others in his company amongst the departed, +were operating and preparing this place, while we thought that we had +already succeeded in taking another place in possession, seventeen miles +from this place, and we have been in quite an unexpected manner +instructed that Springhill is the place in which we should start the +Peace-Union Centre, and we have received the place as cheap as the worth +of its improvements may be valued. This is according to our principles, +according to which the land belongs to the whole human family, and to +the improvements only each individual may claim as much right as he has +consumed labor to produce them. But it is evident also that labor never +can be exactly valued, and I had to write a very large volume to expose +the manifold forms of labor, in which time is wasted, to corrupt and +ruin human society. All the hints given in this book, may convince any +investigating mind, that there is no redemption of the degraded and +wretched condition of mankind except in the community in which men will +be brought gradually into the true happy state in this life and in the +spirit world, and will draw their departed friends into higher spheres. + +Being compelled by circumstances to take away manuscript containing the +spirit battle by which not only this, that we have to start our +Peace-Union as a community and in Springhill, but also many other +important points have been disclosed, which although they were known to +us long time before that, may arouse the attention of those who would +not hear us otherwise, except when they hear extraordinary spirit +manifestations, which in connexion with starting our Peace-Union Centre +on this place may be published another time. But here we must mention +that by quite an unexpected vision against the wishes of the medium and +his wife our doctrine has been illustrated, to wit, that those who make +a covenant with our Peace-Union community, separate so from those who +remain in Babylon, that if of those who are married, one partner would +make such a covenant, but the other would remain in Babylon, we would do +all in our power to draw also that partner into our community. But if he +or she would remain obstinate despiser of our Heavenly message, we +according to Divine law would consider the person who made the covenant +with our Peace-Union as perfectly free to marry a person belonging to +our community, and labor at the same time to convert the Government to +acknowledge our mission and the Divine law made manifest by our +mediumship. "What God hath joined together let no man put asunder." +Matth. xix: 6. "What the devil has joined together, God puts asunder." +If we have the mission expressed on the title-page, and confirmed by all +signs and wonders which have been mentioned in this book, and with which +hundreds of volumes could be filled, then it is evident that the devil +has joined those together or the devil will keep them together, when one +understands our mission and advances so far that he or she makes the +covenant with our community and the other resists and will keep him or +her in Babylon, when he or she starts to come out of her not to be +partaker of her sins. The partner, may be he or she, who remains +obstinate, remains in the great whore of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation, is an adulterer or adulteress in the spiritual sense, and +certainly with whoredom or other abominations he or she became so +endarkened, that when the partner progressed so far, as to comprehend +our Heavenly message, the destroying devil will detain him or her from +the truth made manifest in our message. Those who have comprehended this +book to this point, know that our case is just the contrary to the so +called Free Love, diametrically opposed to it. A chaste husband or wife +will comprehend us, but those who will continue in their fornication and +adultery, will cry against us and misrepresent truth for their +destruction. Here is no room for explanation of a point, on which I will +write an extraordinary treatise, in which I will report and explain also +the mentioned vision, when the diseased stomachs will be ready to digest +our most wholesome medicine. + +In this compression is also to be remembered, that the promise given on +the 45th page in regard to the four in Baltimore executed in connexion +with my visit to President Buchanan appears in a more dreadful shape in +the portion of the 4th treatise which will appear in the second edition +of this book if that edition shall be demanded, than I would have +expected, when I mentioned that case. When President Buchanan, Governor +Hicks and other Grandees of Washington and Maryland were not prepared to +afford money for buying Springhill for our Peace Union Centre and for +publishing this book, we read on the 42d page: "The same time a great +sign was given so that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western +Reserve of Ohio." A.D. 1854 we commenced to prepare Brother Robert D. +Eldrige in Baltimore for our mission. Then happened many wonders and +signs in connexion with him, till at length a sign was given in +Baltimore. But the principal of the four executed in Baltimore was +brought before me in the Western Reserve of Ohio, and you will hear of +strange spectacles in the next edition regarding that manifestation in +connexion with the four Presidents Taylor, Fillmore, Pierce and +Buchanan. After having performed the trials of spirits in the Western +Reserve of Ohio, Eldrige started with me, and after having tried spirits +in different places during our travelling, we arrived at length at +Abraham Long's, and I showed to Brother Eldrige some of the secret +treasures on the premises of Springhill, where Heavenly Wisdom[AC] +prepared a great variety of most beautiful sceneries, magnificent +fairviews on a number of sites very suitable for excellent buildings, +and to all those places excellent springs of soft water may be derived +by few rods of pipes, and excellent stone for buildings and +superabundance of wood is most handy. We took then the deeds in the name +of our Peace Union Community[AD], and we appear as Trustees, I by virtue +of my mission, in duty bound to communicate the spirit who has sent me +for the fulfilment of the most glorious promises to mankind, with those +who will receive this spirit and will be drawn from Babylon into the New +Jerusalem, and Robert D. Eldrige by virtue of his mission, who came with +money and paid for the place with the rights which are given in this +plan to those who invest money, and with the duty of superintendency for +a good success. In those our duties all are bound to support us, who +join with the Peace Union. + +On the 11th day of July, 1859, my Document, entitled: "Great News for +the Friends of Progression in Truth and Righteousness towards the +promised New Era of Harmony and Peace amongst all nations" was set in +type, the proof-sheet corrected by me, and a portion of copies struck +off on the same day. We were preparing readers for the first convention +which will be held in the New Hall on the Peace Union settlement in the +latter part of the next month, and requesting Editors to publish that +Document. But I think that the warlike spirit of destruction kept most +of them in the servitude of monarchs. But that document was to be set in +type and printed on the same day, on which Napoleon and Francis Joseph +made their treaty of peace at Villafranca for an important testimony, +that spirits from our sphere have controlled the affairs also there, so +that if you hurry to do what is required in this book, you will prevent +immense destruction of human life and property in this country, +otherwise you should know that I have done more than from a mortal man +could be expected, to move you for action. But when men become such +beasts that they have no sense for spiritual things, destruction is a +necessary consequence. At the commencement of the first treatise page 6 +you see that Mr. Belly gave occasion to that treatise. Last month he +came again to Paris and remains there according to newspapers until the +20th of the next month; and I proposed that on the same day our first +convention should commence in the New Hall. We quote from said document +in which the title of this book is copied, the close as follows: "The +book with the above copied title will be published by Robert D. Eldrige +in our Convention, and then copies will be sent by him to those who send +to him the money (50 cents fur one copy, twenty dollars for 50 copies, +35 dollars for 100 copies) either before or after or at the Convention. +He being a man of property and known as our trusty fellow labourer for +improving the condition of mankind, has charge of the business +department at our Peace Union, while, I the writer of this book and of +this article am bound to devote my precious time to spiritual objects +for Harmony and Peace of Nations, requesting to direct letters which do +not belong particularly to my sphere, to him under the direction: Robert +D. Eldrige, Donnally's Mill, Perry Co: Pa." This book appears small for +this price; but remember the contents of page 169, and collect +subscribers, and as soon as we print the second edition, we will send a +large pamphlet as supplement without additional charge. In the mean time +we assure you that also this small book contains so large an amount of +most important points for you, that the oftener you study it, the more +you will learn to appreciate its value; and the enormous labour for +obtaining all the parts contained in this book cannot be paid with +money, and my labour never was paid. + +On the 11th of this month, August, 1859, there came many people to +Springhill. An extraordinary medium who had been in England an Elder +amongst the Baptisers wrote on the 13th Instant to me: "I came on foot +to Springhill, Peace Union Centre, a long walk of about 17 miles in hot +weather. We raised the frame work of the Large Hall. The day (11th +inst.) was fine, and all things went on well, and the work that is done, +looks well and in good order. All kinds of rumors and talk: What the +house is for? What they will do? Why did they not build so as the Hall +could be seen? Some one thing, some, other things, &c." + + The Periodical, entitled: "Peace Union Message." Conventions at the + Peace Union Centre in Springhill Toscarora Township, Perry Co: Pa. + 6 miles west of Millerstown, the stopping place for the Cars. + +Our Periodical, spoken of in the plan, will be published as soon, as +there will be a sufficient number of subscribers. In the expectation +that those who are versed in English, will comprehend us first, we will +publish it first in English, in Quarto, to be preserved in books and +translated in as many other languages as needed; because it will contain +social, ecclesiastical and political matters and movements of nations +and daily news of importance, considered from our position, to draw +nations from the existing confusion and degradation into the new order +of things. All that will improve the condition of mankind, and what is +hurtful for them, as far as we will have opportunity[AE] to reach it, +will be examined from our position. But there not being room in this +book, we will publish in the first number which will issue, when we are +secured by subscriptions, what we will find proper to draw those amongst +all nations who have somewhat new for improving mankind, to send it for +publication in our Periodical. Every one who sends somewhat of this +kind, will add his full direction and occupation. If his or her +communication is found by those whom we find to be competent judges in +that branch, to be such as required, it will be published when room will +be for it in our Periodical. But if it is not found such as to be +published, the writer will be named and the reason given, why it cannot +be published. If the writer should think to have been injured, our +Periodical would be open to publish his complaint with the preliminary +requisites which will be made known in our first number as quite +reasonable to save time to him and us and to the readers as well as to +the printers and others. I quoted purposely some passages from the +letter of our friend Peter assuring that he is ours truly "in bonds for +truth waiting for deliverance." If the talkers of nonsense had asked +those to whom we told, why we selected that place for that building, +near the farm house and the springs, they had received information. The +basement of the new building is a large cellar, the first story a large +Hall, having in the midst a partition, which we remove when we use the +whole Hall, but the second story has a partition which cannot be removed +and each department has its own stairs. The farm house and the new +building are in a cove. The first story of the building will be +provisionally[AF] used for our Conventions, till the substantial edifice +within the most magnificent fairview will be established. With this +fairview we entreat most earnestly every reader to collect as many +subscribers for this book as well as for the Periodical, as he or she is +able to collect. The book is to be paid for at the delivery, and the +Periodical will cost $2 a year, money to be paid for half a year or a +year at the delivery of the first number. + +Whoever secures us five subscribers receives six copies. And those who +will act as agents, after having comprehended by studying this book our +plan and adopt it, are regarded as our fellow-laborers, when they show +practically that they belong to our Peace-Union. If the expected +exertions are made, we may be able to publish the first number of our +Periodical at the commencement of the year 1860. + +Our first Convention next month at the Peace Union Centre is announced +in our Circular. But readers of this book are requested to proclaim, +that on the first day of November 1859, the second Convention will +commence and continue for two weeks, and that only those persons of both +sexes are invited to attend, who after having comprehended our mission +are ready to act as missionaries or to support with their means our +enterprises to establish what is needed at the Centre. And for this +purpose we intend to hold successively a number of Conventions. The +second could be attended by those who belong to the Cabinet and the +Congress of Washington, or to any legislature. Each Convention will last +one or two weeks. Those who comprehend this book will tell or write to +those with whom they are acquainted, that although the contents of this +book are of importance for any body, those who belong to the Government +need most to understand them. This book will be taken as the text-book, +but also those who may have read it before many times, will receive in +the Convention new light to understand it better and to hear many things +which are not mentioned in the book. There may be so many aroused to +attend the Convention that all could not be accommodated. Therefore +whoever and whenever he determines to attend one of our Conventions, he +is requested to write directly, and to give an exact direction, and put +a letter stamp into his letter, and we will answer it, and tell, whether +he could be accommodated in that or in any of the following Conventions. +Boarding is to be had as moderately as we can afford it. The rule is to +be observed also afterwards in this and in the next year, that whoever +wishes to attend our Convention, is requested to write directly, and he +will receive an answer when he could be accommodated. Answer may come +sooner or later, because it may depend upon circumstances, when after +the receipt of his or her letter our next Convention would be held. +Probably there is in this last "form" no room, to say more than that our +Post-Office address is on the title-page and also three or four pages +before this. It has been said that the stopping place for the cars is +Millerstown, Perry Co.: Pa. I desire nothing more than to draw you into +the sphere of our Heavenly abode as your sincere brother. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + + + + +Remark. I perused 192 pages of this book while the last form was in +composition, and found a moderate number of errata as may be easily +corrected by the reader; for instance, he may connect himself in the 7th +line of the "Preliminary Remarks" the two particles IN TO in one word, +and he may separate where he finds two words close together and change C +and E, also N and U and some other letters when required, or add when a +letter is omitted, or cast it out when it is superabundant. Such trifles +will not trouble those who are anxious to learn to understand this book, +nor if they read sometimes CONNEXION and other times CONNECTION, I +always write CONNEXION; but I was assured, that according to the present +fashion CONNECTION is more used, although this use is irregular. + +The general rule is observed by our invisible messengers mentioned on +the 169th page, while they are controlling the spirits of the +compositors, that they let them commit such errata as disturb the sense +on such pages, on which the reader should stop and reflect upon the +connexion of matters. An astonishing lesson was given, when I received +the order to stop the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of +the 168th page. The manuscript for that Treatise contains 85 pages, and +the 168th page of this book ends in the middle of the 34th page of +manuscript. The spirit who made this provision exhorts powerfully +readers to digest the 168 pages and to prepare for what follows. I did +not know, what our invisible agents intended to put on the 168th page, +till I saw in the proof sheet the six oxen, the first of whom is Joseph +Ox, on the 74th place of our catalogue. These oxen are supporting the +mysteries on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue, and those two +mysteries are in the 4th line of the 168th page. This provision tells +that you should pay peculiar attention to the contents from the 74th to +the 81st page of this book, and you will find amongst the Americans +those who furnish as great assistance to the Beast with ten horns as the +six oxen on the 168th page. But on the 21st line of the 82d page, my +interpretation[AG] commences, and the omission in the midst of the 83d +page exhorts you that you should reflect upon the "Sect of Adventurists" +mentioned in the 9th line from the bottom of the 83d page. In my +manuscript were only Adventists. But I tell you that the young boy who +set in type the largest portion of this book, was a peculiar medium. +Noyse and Himes and all those whom they represent belong to the sect of +Adventurists who are the greatest supporters of Popery. + +All other marvellous things you will hear in our Convention commencing +November 1, 1859, on the Feast of All Saints. + +My address is page 124 of this book. + +Set in type June 27th, 1859. + + + + +Transcriber's Notes + + + +A. "DEVELOPMMENTS" changed to "DEVELOPMENTS". +B. "WOHLE" changed to "WHOLE". +C. "rightousness" changed to "righteousness". +D. "uderstanding" changed to "understanding". +E. "Febuary" changed to "February". +F. "perfetion" changed to "perfection". +G. "wickednes" changed to "wickedness". +H. "lenghth" changed to "length". +I. "axactly" changed to "exactly". +J. "remaks" changed to "remarks". +K. "Garrsion" changed to "Garrison". +L. "Gosple" changed to "Gospel". +M. "Jscariot" changed to "Iscariot". +N. "recived" changed to "received". +O. Opening quotation mark added. +P. "oppresion" changed to "oppression". +Q. "nead" changed to "need". +R. "thougt" changed to "thought". +S. "messsage" changed to "message". +T. Closing parenthesis added. +U. "obolition" changed to "abolition". +V. "languuages" changed to "languages". +W. Closing quotation mark added. +X. "fulfiilled" changed to "fulfilled". +Y. "babarian" changed to "barbarian". +Z. "mangement" changed to "management". +AA. "excommunicatiom" changed to "excommunication". +AB. "poseessions" changed to "possessions". +AC. "Wisdon" changed to "Wisdom". +AD. "Commnuity" changed to "Community". +AE. "oportunity" changed to "opportunity". +AF. "provisionaly" changed to "provisionally". +AG. "interpre-pretation" changed to "interpretation" (original word + spanned two lines at hypen). + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Secret Enemies of True Republicanism +by Andrew B. Smolnikar + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14675 *** diff --git a/14675-h/14675-h.htm b/14675-h/14675-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6486eef --- /dev/null +++ b/14675-h/14675-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7030 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> + +<html> + +<head> +<title>Secret Enemies of True Republicanism, by Andrew B. Smolnikar</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + <!-- + + body { + font-family: Verdana, Arial, sans-serif; + } + + h1,h2,h3,h4 { + text-align: center; + font-weight: bold; + font-variant: small-caps + } + + a { text-decoration: none; } + a:hover { background-color: #ffffcc } + + div.chapter { + margin-top: 4em; + } + + hr { + height: 1px; + } + + div.image { + text-align: center; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + width: 60%; + font-size: .8em; + } + + div.note { + border-style: dashed; + border-width: 1px; + border-color: #000000; + background-color: #ccffcc; + font-size: .8em; + margin: 10px; + } + + div.note p { + margin: 10px 10px 10px 10px; + } + + img { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + border: none; + max-width: 100%; + } + + div.image p.title { + text-align: center; + font-weight: bold; + } + + p.byline { + text-align: center; + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + .smallcaps { + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + #tp { + text-align: center; + } + +--> +</style> +</head> +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14675 ***</div> + +<div class="note"> +<p>[<strong>Transcriber's note:</strong> The original print edition contain many obvious +typos that have been corrected in this electronic edition. I have taken +care to mark where changes were made within the text. I have left hyphen +irregularities as they were printed (so that both "anti-slavery" and +"antislavery" will be found within the text). For additional perspective +on errata within the text, see the <a href="#remarks">author's remarks</a> following the final +treatise.]</p> +</div> + + + +<div id="tp"> + +<h1>Secret Enemies of True Republicanism,</h1> + +<p>MOST IMPORTANT <span class="correction" title="DEVELOPMMENTS">DEVELOPMENTS</span> REGARDING THE INNER<br /> LIFE OF MAN AND THE +SPIRIT WORLD, IN ORDER TO<br /> ABOLISH REVOLUTIONS AND WARS AND TO ESTABLISH<br /> +PERMANENT PEACE ON EARTH,</p> + +<h3>ALSO:</h3> + +<p>THE PLAN FOR REDEMPTION OF NATIONS FROM MONARCHICAL<br /> AND OTHER OPPRESIVE +SPECULATIONS AND FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE<br /> PROMISED NEW ERA OF +HARMONY, TRUTH AND RIGHTEOUSNESS ON THE<br /> <span class="correction" title="WOHLE">WHOLE</span> GLOBE.</p> + + + +<p class="byline">WRITTEN BY</p> + +<h2 class="author">Andrew B. Smolnikar,</h2> + +<p>FORMERLY EIGHTEEN YEARS PRIEST BENEDICTINE MONK AND<br /> IMPERIAL ROYAL +PROFESSOR OF BIBICAL LITERATURE;<br /> AFTERWARDS SINCE A.D. 1838, BY SIGNS +ACCORDING TO<br /> PROPHECIES DECLARED AND CONFIRMED REPRESENTATIVE<br /> OF +MESSENGERS FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF<br /> THE UNIVERSAL REPUBLIC, COMMONLY<br /> +ALTHOUGH IMPROPERLY CALLED THE<br /> MILLENNIUM.</p> + +<h4> +PUBLISHED BY ROBERT D. ELDRIDGE<br /> +Springhill, Peace Union Centre.<br /> +POST OFFICE DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY CO.: PA.<br /> +1859.</h4> +</div> + + + +<div class="chapter" id="prelim_remarks"> +<h2>Preliminary Remarks</h2> + + + +<p>Attentive readers will find superabundance of signs or credentials +testifying the mission of every one who comprehends this book and acts +with us for the accomplishment of the great promise, if they peruse the +whole book as often as necessary for a full understanding of each event +mentioned herein in connexion with the whole. From this connection of +events it is evident, that in collisions in to which we have come with +our opposers during the performance of the duties of our mission, we +were under the direction of those invisible guardians who are labouring +to introduce the promised new era of Truth and Righteousness, while our +opposers were endeavouring to support the existing systems of delusion +and iniquity, and that spirits of all spheres, heavenly angels as well +as infernal demons, give testimony to our mission, spirits of each +sphere in such a manner as is most suitable to their sphere. By the +developments made in this book the secret enemies of true Republicanism +are made manifest, and it is made clear, how every party and sect, +notwithstanding their profession of republicanism, are supporting +Popery, or, what is the same Monarchy, if they disregard our disclosures +concerning the Roman Catholic and the Protestant churches in reference +to Christ's Peaceable Reign which will be the universal republic of +truth and <span class="correction" title="rightousness">righteousness</span>, and if they neglect to co-operate with us +for its introduction.</p> + +<p>When I say "us," I understand the whole body of messengers whom I +represent. I became Representative of this Body by having performed and +explained what has been shown to me by the Spirit of Truth for the +introduction of the promised New Era. No imaginations, but facts, +events, are testifying our Heavenly Mission for the true Freedom, +Harmony and Peace of Nations, as well as the infernal Mission of those +who either openly or secretly, are opposed to our mission. In this their +condition they are supporting the Papal Imperial Royal or Monarchial +powers. This will be evident to those who comprehend this book. Then +they will know that those are either wittingly deceivers, or are +deceived and repeat the lies and slanders of others, who say that I make +too great claims and am anxious to be a great man. I confess to be +nothing else but a true republican, a man for free discussion, +testifying what I know, and offering it to be duly examined and used for +the welfare of nations. I had to forsake all things of this world and to +devote all my time to deep investigations, till at length my studies had +arrived to maturity, that I could be used by Heavenly Powers as an +instrument or medium to disclose what is required for Christ's peaceable +Reign on Earth. But those who should have been our first labourers in +the great cause of Human Redemption, have deceived others in regard to +our mission; and I have been abused, slandered and persecuted, and have +suffered more than a man could willingly bear for his fellow men, +without being supported by Higher Powers. This support has brought me on +the ground where I stand, and on which they shall arrive who will study +this book with understanding[D], and then act accordingly.</p> + +<p>This book is divided into several treatises, which are so connected that +every reader in order to comprehend the unexpected developments for the +introduction of the promised New Era, must study them in the order in +which they appear. While studying in this manner, if the contents of +some passage appear to him not only unexpected, but also very +improbable, he will receive more light upon them in the continuation of +studying this book, till at length that which appeared at the first view +improbable, will be made manifest to him to be a great truth, and he +will become our zealous fellow labourer in the great mission for the +accomplishment of the greatest Promises to the Human race. I write in +the expectation, that my brethren and sisters, after having perused this +book, will comprehend their calling and act accordingly with their +sincere servant.</p> + +<p>ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR.</p> + +<p>Washington D.C. March 29th, 1859.</p> + + +<p>Remark:</p> + +<p>I wrote this preface in the expectation of soon finding in Washington +means for publishing this book. But I had to wait, till at length the +war in Italy commenced. Therefore readers are requested to study what +they must know to stop Revolutions and Wars and to commence the New Era +of Harmony and Peace.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch1"> +<h2>First Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p>Louis Napoleon, according to a severe divine judgment Emperor of France, +and James Buchanan, according to the merciful divine benignity President +of the United States.</p> +</blockquote> + +<p>On the 27th January, 1859, while I was ready to start from Philadelphia, +a messenger said, that on that day an article appeared in the German +Democrat of that city for my use, and handed to me the number containing +that article, from which we translate the following passages:</p> + +<p>"A pamphlet of the famous Mr. Belly, directed to Emperor Napoleon III, +was announced in Paris on all corners of the streets with very large +letters, under the inscription</p> + +<blockquote><p>NAPOLEON AND BUCHANAN.</p></blockquote> + +<p>"Whereas nothing can be published in Paris without the permission of the +Imperial censorship, it is supposed, that Mr. Belly acted according to a +superior order to arouse the public opinion against the United States. +The President's message gives the pretext for it. The United States are +represented as deadly enemies of the whole Latin Race and of the +monarchies of Europe, which must fall to their feet, if that race does +not commence a crusade against the heretics, and take the sword against +the pirates, thieves and bankrupts of the United States."</p> + +<p>Not having the original of the pamphlet and giving the following +passages in a free translation from the German translation which +appeared in the above quoted number of the Democrat, I may be excused by +those who have the French pamphlet at hand, if they should find any +deviation from it. Monsieur Belly writes besides other things also:</p> + +<p>"The longing of the United States for Cuba and Mexico has not only the +tendency to enlarge their territory and their interests, but they act +besides this, according to a principle, which is diametrically opposite +to that of France; they do not care about any civilization beyond their +frontier; they have made alliance with all who are filled with hatred +against the European politics. When the Democratic Republic obtains the +supremacy in the new world, all empires and kingdoms in the world will +become inimical to its interests and therefore it will be consequent and +necessary to destroy them either by art or by force.... Our commerce, +our industry will be compelled to obey instead of being the rulers, and +the discovery of the new world will lead to the remarkable result of +having occasioned the death of the old.</p> + +<p>"The Catholic sovereigns constituted by God and by their subjects, are +obliged to introduce such circumstances as to carry into execution their +legitimate claims. And those who have been elected by a band without +discipline, by bankrupts and thieves, dare to declare publicly, that the +hour has come for these thieves and bankrupts to attack the civilized +world! are we not as much devoted to the truth, as they are to the lie? +We should not delay to promote our system of salvation, while we are +discussing their system of perdition. And whereas they are elevating the +crime to their religion with more energy than we do our holy religion, +while we appear to surrender it, we will henceforth extol the cross and +draw the sword, and unite the Latin race to the alliance, without which +there is no salvation for civilization.</p> + +<p>"The president's message is in open opposition to the faith, the ideas, +the principles and the interests, the acknowledged defender of which +your Majesty is. That message strikes Europe on both cheeks; and I +affirm that those who like to make it laughable, become pale when they +reflect upon it in their closets.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Buchanan and the nation whom he represents, keep these things not +any longer in secret. From henceforth they demand Cuba, and the language +in the message shows, that they will not desist from any means to obtain +their object. This object is one portion of Mexico and then an other, +the whole Central America and West Indies," &c.</p> + +<p>If our profession which is expressed on the title page of this book, is +true, we have received the commission to move nations and their rulers +to establish the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and +peace. It will be the true reign of Christ, for which all political and +ecclesiastical memorable events of past centuries and of this time, are +preparations. Our commission, that is, the commission of messengers whom +I represent, is confirmed by so many signs according to prophecies, that +while I was writing the last of the five German volumes which have been +published from A.D. 1838 till 1842, I have oftentimes repeated, that the +key has been given in those volumes to unlock and explain so many +prophecies and signs testifying our mission, that five hundred volumes +could be filled, if there had not been superabundance of them already +published in the five above mentioned volumes, from which it is evident, +that neither monarchs amongst themselves in Europe, nor political and +ecclesiastical parties and sects in this country, can establish peace, +but will continue to quarrel and consume every year an enormous amount +of property for war preparations, and corrupt and ruin nations, and +destroy many men and women during those preparations, till at length +they are again and again so brutalized and enraged, that they kill each +other, till all parties are so exhausted, that they are compelled to +make peace, which is nothing else but an armistice; because when the +true peace or Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic of +Truth and Justice, shall be established on the whole globe, soldiers and +all preparations for war, will disappear, and those who are now learning +how to destroy each other, will learn how to prolong their lives and +improve their intellectual and moral faculties for their own temporal +and eternal welfare, as well as for the welfare of others. Wo! wo! wo! +to the Roman catholics as well as others in these United States and in +all other parts of America and in Europe and elsewhere, if the infernal +fire of revolution and war, which is glowing, breaks out with all force +in the United States of America. It would extend on the globe and +consume millions of men, and amongst them also Monarchs. But we write to +prevent their destruction, and to prepare them to become true +republicans and truly happy, and to contribute their share for the +happiness of all men.</p> + +<p>After the publication of the above mentioned five volumes I made urgent +applications to political and ecclesiastical rulers and their +counsellors in Europe by sending to some of them my books and letters, +and to others letters only, showing how to obtain my books, and +exhorting them to study them and act accordingly to prevent revolutions +and wars and to commence the new Era. After that, whenever a peculiar +crisis was approaching, we have issued some publication, warning the +American Nation as well as other nations and their governments, and +showing, that there was high time to study the contents of <i>our</i> +volumes. I am not alone, but there are invisible messengers giving +testimony by my instrumentality, as superabundance of proof is given +also in this volume. In this connection of matters I mention the +following instance:</p> + +<p>At the end of the year 1853 my pamphlet "Antichristian Conspiracy +against true Republicanism" issued from the press; and in the first part +of the year 1854 copies of that pamphlet as well as written disclosures +containing most solemn warnings to the American as well as to all other +nations, were sent to President Pierce and to a number of congressmen in +both houses. In said pamphlet and in the annexed written disclosures, +the Government was most solemnly exhorted to appoint a convention for +examining our system or the magnetic chain of events through the course +of the past centuries in connection with the events of this generation, +which have not been understood so as they are made manifest in our chain +for binding the Dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xx. 2. who has given his power, and his seat, and great authority <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xiii: 2, not only to the representative of the beast or the Pope of +Rome, but also to the ten horns of the beast, or kings, that is +monarchs, who hate the whore, that is the Apostatized Church, the people +who have apostatized from truth and justice, and whom monarchs make +desolate and naked, and eat their flesh and burn them with fire, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xvii: 16.</p> + +<p>"The Catholic Sovereigns" are according to the quoted passage of Mr. +Belly, "constituted by God and by their subjects." The number of the +Democrat, which occasioned this treatise, was providentially handed to +me. But here is no room to explain that which will be explained in our +"monthly theological course," which is appointed in this book, and in +which our system or the chain to bind the dragon, will be exhibited, and +in which will be made manifest, how far "the Catholic sovereigns" or +monarchs are constituted by their subjects, and how their subjects would +constitute them, if they were free and enlightened, as they should be +according to the will of God who has endowed them with intellectual and +moral faculties, to be duly developed. Here we mention only, that the +highest duty of monarchs is to do all in their power for that +development. If monarchs would fulfil their highest duty, their subjects +would become true republicans, and then monarchs would cease to be, what +they now are by the appointment of the dragon, the spirit of delusion +and destruction, by whose inspiration they are executioners of the +degraded people whose education has been neglected, and who would have +become true republicans, if monarchs had become fathers and teachers of +the ignorant. But obviously appears to be as absurd, as Mr. Belly's +assertion, that God has constituted the monarchs, although it is +manifest, that the dragon has constituted them, or they are constituted +"according to a severe divine judgment," according to his eternal laws, +when people are so degraded, that they are not prepared for a better +government, what is expressed in the following words of the Revelation; +"God has put in the hearts of the ten horns to fulfil his will, and +agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God +shall be fulfilled," <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> XVII.: 17.</p> + +<p>In those circumstances, after the destruction, of the first Napoleon's +power, it was best, when the rulers or fathers of nations have neglected +to fulfil their highest duty, that they have submitted their monarchies +under the protection of the Pope, the representative of the Beast with +ten horns and seven heads, till the prophecy has been fulfilled. From +neglecting that rule much greater evils, most dreadful revolutions and +wars originated. The history of the so called christian church, when +some portions rebelled against the Pope through the course of centuries +until this time, is the most horrible theatre under the dominion of the +dragon. Therefore, after the destruction of the first Napoleon we read +in <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xvii: 13, that the ten horns or monarchs agreed unanimously +(in the Congress of Vienna, A.D. 1815,) to give their power and strength +unto the beast, that is, to make the Pope, the representative of the +beast, a partaker of their own power and strength. This was the means +for the support of their own thrones, till the prophecy has been +fulfilled by what has been executed through our mediumships in the Roman +Catholic Church, and has been explained in the first three of my above +mentioned five German volumes. Those three volumes appeared between A.D. +1838 and 1840, and have been sent to three Roman Catholic Monarchs, to +wit, the Emperor of Austria, the King of Bavaria and the King of France, +with my hand writings, showing to the first two their highest duty to +enjoin their Theologians to examine those volumes and to send to me the +result of their examinations, to be published with my remarks, that +truth might be made manifest, and to the king of France, that he should +translate those volumes into French and spread them as much as possible +in his monarchy. All three have been most solemnly exhorted to do what +was required in those volumes to prevent the repetition of revolutions, +wars, and other plagues, which cannot be removed but must be repeated, +till the heavenly message of Peace made manifest by our instrumentality, +is received by governments and nations. When our applications to and +exhortations of political and ecclesiastical influential men in America +and in Europe were not regarded, and in these days of Noah the earth was +corrupt and filled with violence, and all flesh had corrupted his way, I +Mos. vi: 11 and 12, the flood of revolution broke out in Europe in the +year 1848, on the exact day in correspondence with prophecies given by +our instrumentality and published in my volumes, and emperors and kings, +and their machines of destruction, the bishops of America and in Europe, +and other political and ecclesiastical officers, who with all our +exhortations remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost, who has +disclosed by our instrumentality that which is required for the +introduction of the promised peaceable reign of Christ, which according +to our disclosures by a long chain of signs according to prophecies, +will be the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and peace +on the whole globe, are responsible for all destruction of human life +and property, which were consumed in that revolution and afterwards +until this hour, and would have been saved, if the means shown in our +message, had been used.</p> + +<p>Ferdinand, Emperor of Austria, was the first compelled to give a +constitution. I read it on the 18th, April, 1848, and was inspired to +write on the 19th, April, or, on his birth-day a letter to him and an +appeal to the inhabitants of the Austrian Empire, assuring them, that +the calamities came, because the contents of our publications had not +been regarded, although our mission had been superabundantly proven by +signs according to prophecies. I confessed also, that I was ready to go +instantly to Vienna, and to show practically, how to make the right use +of that constitution for the commencement of the new era of harmony and +peace, if the emperor would publish directly my appeal to the +inhabitants of his empire, and write to me, and give the security to +support the constitution, which was such as the inhabitants of the +empire had a right to demand, as well as the emperor had a right to +watch against the abuse and to apply the proper means for the right use +of the constitution.</p> + +<p>My former applications and my volumes have been sent by me directly +through Triest to Vienna, but that my last document to emperor Ferdinand +was sent to his minister in Washington city with an urgent exhortation +to the minister, to forward it to the emperor, and with the remark that +in the time in which an answer could be expected, I would send to the +minister my direction, to which post office he had to send the answer; +because I wrote to the emperor from the State of New-York on my journey +to other States. I wrote at length to the minister, that if he receives +an answer to my documents from the Emperor Ferdinand, he should send it +to the post office of Nashville, capital of the State of Tennessee. I +urged the Emperor to send an answer as soon as possible, and I assured +him, that it was impossible, to prevent new revolutions without the use +of the remedy contained in our message of peace. But knowing the +slowness of the business at the Austrian government, I now on the 14th +September 1848, at noon time to the post office of Nashville to ask for +letters. When I was approaching the post office, fire bells commenced to +arouse people who were asking where the fire was. Some answered, that it +was in the Presbyterian Church on Church street; but others remarked, +that they should not be mocked in this manner; because it appeared to be +quite improbable that fire should break out at that hour in that season +in a church without being struck by lightning; and that was a very clear +day.</p> + +<p>I asked in the post office for letters. But there was no letter for me +there. On my return from the post office, the whole presbyterian church +the largest in that city, on Church Street, was enveloped in awful +flames, by which it was entirely consumed.</p> + +<p>The next night after that solemn spectacle an angel of my Lord brought +to me the message, (and attentive readers of this book will be +convinced, that when my mission requires, I come in perceivable +communication with Heavenly messengers,) that on the next sunday I +should proclaim in that city, that that was a prophetical fire +testifying that revolutions would break out again in the Austrian +empire, because the bishops of that empire had neglected to fulfil their +highest duty to instruct the Emperor in what he should do for the +pacification of nations, and that the revolution should be a solemn +warning to the citizens of the United States: because judgments cannot +be removed from this country, but must increase till churches of the +great harlot and her daughters will be consumed, if these judgments +shall not be stopped by the application of our message of peace. Public +halls are generally not opened for our proclamations, because we have no +money to pay for their use. But at that time the masonic fraternity were +carrying their instruments into their building, from which they removed +them during the danger while the church opposite their building was +burning. I said to them, that I had to proclaim a message against the +Pope of Rome in correspondence with that fire, and requested them to +grant their hall for that purpose, They granted it, and my proclamation +was advertised in the daily newspapers of Nashville. It was delivered on +the next sunday after the fire in the German language before, and in +the English language after noon.</p> + +<p>In the next month after that proclamation the last dreadful European +revolution and war commenced in Hungary in correspondence with the fact, +that the bishops of Hungary were the last among the bishops of Europe, +who have been under the direction of my Heavenly leaders most solemnly +warned to prevent the revolution which commenced in Paris on the 24th +<span class="correction" title="Febuary">February</span> 1848. That was in the octave of the tenth anniversary after +my first public appearance in my present mission and my solemn +initiation by Heavenly messengers for this mission. Ten years in +commemoration of the ten horns of the beast were granted for repentance +to the blind leaders of the blind, for whom I published A.D. 1838 the +first volume of explanations of the mystery; and in that year I +commenced to exhort Emperor Ferdinand and his bishops, that they should +study that volume. But after the publication of the fifth volume A.D. +1842, the bishops of Hungary were the last amongst the grandees of +Europe, to whom I applied; to wit, when all my applications were +disregarded, I published a Latin circular and sent copies of it to a +number of bishops in Europe. While I was preparing those copies for the +mail, Samuel Ludvigh, a Hungarian scholar, came into my room. He never +before nor after that did come to me, although I met with him several +times in other places, and warned him always, that he should study my +writings to be converted from his materialism to the true spiritualism. +But at that my meeting with him in my room I said to him, that he came +at the right time, to give me directions to all bishops in Hungary. He +did so, and by this unexpected provision I was enabled, to send to all +Roman Catholic bishops in Hungary copies of my Latin circular, in which +direction to find copies of my volumes, was given and the duty of the +Austrian bishops was shown to study my volumes, and then to instruct the +Emperor and other grandees of the Austrian Empire and Hungarian Kingdom, +in what they should do, to prevent revolutions and wars, and to +establish the promised peace on earth.</p> + +<p>When all our endeavoring to move the blind leaders of the blind to take +the medicine which was prepared in our publications to open their eyes, +was disregarded, I met at length in Cincinnati with the same doctor +Samuel Ludvigh, a materialistic reformer, trusting in weapons of war, +and I was inspired that I said to him, that there was high time for him +to learn that he had an immortal soul and also, that he himself was a +strong medium of deluding and destroying spirits, and that I was ready +to give him a peculiar testimony of that truth most necessary for him to +become an apostle of peace. He asked, how I could show him this. He was +not ready to examine arguments and experience of others in this respect. +Therefore I, according to the direction of my Heavenly leader said, that +I would magnetize him. That was the same in that connection of things, +as to say, that I would initiate him into the mystery of our close +connection with departed spirits. There is the right use as well as the +abuse of human magnetism. Some eight years ago I published a pamphlet on +"the dreadful abuse of human magnetism in the mysteries of the Roman +Catholic Church and her daughters the protestant sects." Samuel Ludvigh +was willing that I should magnetize him directly. But I remarked, that +the tavern in which I met with him, was not the proper place for our +initiation or ordination. But he was inspired to ask me, that I should +make a trial there in his room in which some of his materialists were +with him. I was impressed to do so, and it was directly made manifest, +that the legion of demons by which he was surrounded, were compelled to +give way to our magnetism. And when he fell into the magnetic sleep, I +said to him, that to go so deep into our magnetism as to be convinced of +man's immortality and to become with us an apostle of the New Era, he +must visit me at my boarding house. And he promised to do so on the next +following evening. I said that I would come to take him with me. But +when I came I found not him, but a writing in which he imformed me, that +some friends came and moved him to start with them for other places. We +heard then, that he had started for Europe. At length we received his +German pamphlet, which was published in Hamburgh, a seaport in Europe, +and was entitled: "The sword of Revolution," in which this strange +prophet Samuel Ludvigh, reports, that he took a sword of the American +revolution and other insignia of war, and copies of his German +periodical, entitled "The Torch," and stopped in Europe first in Paris, +and three days after his departure from that city, revolution broke out +there. From thence he went to Berlin, and from that city to Vienna, and +in each of those cities soon after his departure revolution broke out. +At length he put his sword and other insignia of war into the National +Museum of Hungary, and returned to America.</p> + +<p>Those who will study this whole book so as to comprehend the whole +connection of matters, will learn gradually better than they see when +they arrive in reading it to this period, that my meeting with Samuel +Ludvigh in Cincinnati was providentially prepared for a testimony to all +governments, that when Samuel Ludvigh who had performed since A.D. 1838 +in his meetings with me manifold prophetical actions which have been +mentioned in some of my former publications, and was also at that my +meeting with him in Cincinnati not yet disposed to become an apostle of +peace, and the measure of crimes in Europe was filled, the Heavenly +congress with whom we are connected, gave permission to the infernal +demons to carry their medium with the war insignia to Europe, and to +announce to the infernal demons in Europe, that the time had arrived for +them to inspire their mediums to break out in their fury and spread +destruction, for the reason that those who kept people in bondage and +were the cause of their degredation, have rejected our message of peace +and continued to be obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who has +offered them in our publications the means for the pacification of +nations. But whereas the means for peace were not used, revolutions and +wars had to give a new turn to human affairs.</p> + +<p>When those who were deluding the good natured Emperor Ferdinand, kept +him in bondage and would not make use of my above mentioned last +application to him for a commencement of the millennial happiness first +in the Austrian Empire, I, according to the direction of my Heavenly +Leaders, made no more applications to Europe, but commenced to urge +Presidents and other influential men at the government of the United +States, to study our message and the credentials of our mission for the +pacification of nations. When after all my applications to several of +the predecessors of President Pierce at length also he remained in the +shackles of the infernal Papal Imperial Royal Magnetism, and members of +the Congress of all parties and sects followed his example, I was +impressed that I should apply to the Emperor Louis Napoleon and to +prepare him, that he might commence to look, where to find the great +refuge for his own and the true happiness of his family in their mortal +bodies as well as in all eternity after their departure from this short +life, every moment of which should be duly used as preparation for the +eternity. He was at that time, in the spring, 1854, engaged with great +preparations for the tremendous war with Russia; and I wrote a document +to his ambassador in Washington, showing that if Emperor Napoleon would +be truly great in this and in all future ages, and truly happy in all +eternity, he instead of preparations for war with Russia, should call +all bishops of his Empire to a Latin convention with me in Paris. In +that convention my manuscript which I wrote A.D. 1849, in Latin and in +which I concentrated the system or the magnetic chain to bind the +Dragon, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx. 2, who deludes Emperors and Kings to keep people in +bondage so that when they break their bonds they are as the wildest +beasts killing till they are killed, should be examined and bishops and +their theologians should make any objection, but all which they object +they must object in writing, to be then annexed to my manuscript and +published with my remarks in Latin and in translations, that nations and +their ecclesiastical and political representatives might judge, each for +himself, whether we have received or not received the commission and the +credentials of our mission for the introduction of the promised new era +of harmony and peace amongst all nations. A Latin convention for this +purpose was first appointed in the City of New-York A.D. 1849, and the +Archbishop of Baltimore was urged by our Latin manuscript Epistle and +English printed circular, to move the whole synod of bishops who met at +that time in Baltimore, to attend our Latin convention, and those who +could not attend it themselves to send the most qualified Theologians to +attend it. And John Hughes bishop of New-York, was particularly +exhorted, that he, as bishop of the place of the convention, was +principally bound to bring his Theologians to said convention. But when +all my endeavoring to move bishops as well as the government of the +United States to send able Latin scholars to attend said convention, did +not move them to do so, I translated at length that manuscript into +German and into English, and appointed conventions in those languages. +But I could not move such as have great influence at the government, to +attend those conventions, and then to commence with power the New Era. +Therefore I thought, that a trial should be made, whether the United +States or the representative of the government of France would +comprehend sooner, that nothing in the world could bring greater glory +in this life and in all eternity, than the work to examine or order that +our message of peace be examined by the best judges of this matter, and +be applied for the introduction of the new era. In the hope that Emperor +Napoleon would comprehend the great mission which was offered to him in +our message, I wrote to his ambassador at Washington, suggesting to the +Emperor, that I was ready to come as a citizen of the United States to +Paris, to exhibit the credentials which are signs according to +prophecies, testifying our mission to move the governments of this +world, to establish Christ's peaceable reign or the universal republic +of truth and justice, harmony and peace. I expected that the time for +the abolition of severe judgments, the principal executor of which is +Emperor Napoleon, was expiring.</p> + +<p>Not having room in this treatise for any explanation of points which I +mention, I show here one of the general tokens, by which the severity of +judgments may be measured, to wit, the armies of soldiers, to keep +nations in bondage and to defend them against inimical neighbours. The +greater in proportion to the number of people, the number of soldiers +is, the severer is the judgement. When soldiers shall not be needed, and +those who are soldiers, will take up occupations beneficial to mankind, +the perfect victory of Christ against the dragon will be celebrated. And +if all governments of a christian name would understand to-day our true +christian message of peace, they could give directly to those who are +soldiers, true christian occupations; and heathens could be soon +converted into true christians. While Emperor Napoleon was gathering +together warriors and provisions for the great war against Russia, we +offered him the best opportunity to be the first of those who should +commence the New Era. Whether he had received from his ambassador in +Washington D.C. our offer or not, he may tell for himself; because I +have received no answer, although I have offered to the ambassador +himself, that although I was ready to go to Paris and show there in our +Latin convention to all bishops of the French Empire my mission, which +is also the mission of my fellow laborers, and the credentials of our +mission, I would visit the ambassador himself and give him as many +evidences of this great truth as would be abundantly sufficent for him, +to recommend with all his energy our offer to the Emperor, if the +ambassador would write to me and call me to Washington. Instead of an +answer from the ambassador to my proposition for the true christian +triumph of France and for the pacification of the world we have received +at length the tremendous answer which has occasioned this my treatise. +Here is not the place for an investigation, whether people of "the Latin +Race" in Europe and America or others are the principal people who +commit the crimes with which citizens of the United States are charged. +To the article in the number of the Democrat from which I have quoted +some passages, a list of bankruptcies is annexed, which took place in +the United States in the years 1857 and 1858. A.D. 1857 the total number +of bankruptcies is 4932; and A.D. 1858, 4235. It would be of great +consequence, to investigate the deeply secret principal cause of their +bankuptcies, and also the native place, education and character of each +bankrupt. An impartial examination would bring new contributions to know +the secret conspiracy of the servants of his Holiness the apocalystical +dragon, to keep nations in bondage.</p> + +<p>Emperor Napoleon is not only a spiritualist of the last fashion, but a +strong medium of dreadful deluding and destroying demons, and I know +much more about his mediumship than he himself and his mediums know +about it, and this treatise is written to be prefixed to documents which +contain facts that should move all nations of "the Latin race" as well +as heretics, to come out from Babylon which is made manifest, in our +mission, as a habitation of demons, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> XX.: 2. When I am preparing +documents of great warning, servants of demons must send from all +quarters of the world testimonies, how the infernal hosts of demons are +preparing everywhere their mediums for destruction of human life and +property. This and the following treatises are written to deliver other +mediums as well as monarchs from the influence of deluding and +destroying demons. And Emperor Napoleon should consider this treatise as +the most precious Heavenly gift, to bring him and by his instrumentality +millions of others into the glorious resurrection. If he studies this +book in which this treatise occupies the first place, so as to +comprehend it: we have no doubt, that he will arrive on our ground and +invite us to visit Paris and celebrate there the glorious resurrection +of those who belong to "the Latin race" and are yet in their mortal +bodies as well as of their departed friends.</p> + +<p>In the third of my above mentioned five German volumes is the appearance +of Napoleon I. reported, when he was brought on the 24th June, 1839, +before me in his materialistic superficial imperial shape. But when I +was looking into his interior condition, the awful distress and +tremendous darkness blotted out all his imperial splendor. He and others +in a similar deceitful condition are influencing the Emperor. But I am +writing as his most sincere friend in his behalf and that of nations, +and promise to do all in my power according to my mission to assist him, +that he might become a blessing to nations and with our assistance +pacify the departed Emperor Napoleon and other congenial friends, and +draw them into the glorious New Era. The mediumship of Emperor Louis +Napoleon was manifest to us in correspondence with many cases of solemn +warnings for the imperial court and all other members of "the Latin +race" in close connexion with events which happened in our mission at +the same time, when those cases surprised the world. Here I mention the +solemn execution of the Archbishop of Paris in Saint Stephen's Church by +the mediumship of the priest who has been inspired and supported for +that work which required more than human strength, from the infernal +regions on the day and at the hour of the novena, which were most +suitable according to the prophetical Roman Catholic Calendar in +correspondence with what we were doing at the same time in our charge +under the Heavenly direction, and in correspondence with what Emperor +Napoleon was doing at the same time under the direction of deluding and +destroying spirits.</p> + +<p>In the first three of my above mentioned five German volumes it was +shown, that the doings of the Popes of Rome, who are under the +inspiration from the inferior regions, were so controlled through the +course of centuries by our Heavenly congress, that those amongst the +Popes, who had received peculiar rolls in the great drama of the +ecclessiastical and political history, had received also corresponding +names to their rolls, and numbers corresponding to their names. And we +will have also in this book opportunity to mention some instances of +that kind. But here we made this remark on account that at the receipt +of the report of the solemn murder of the archbishop, we (after having +received instruction in different spirit languages which we need in +disclosing the mysteries for the promised New Era, and amongst those +languages is also the language by numbers,) saw the great unexpected +truth, that the Heavenly congress who are with the Lamb, were so +controlling the inferior regions of the papal imperial royal demons, +that in Paris which is the principal seat of the intrigues connected +with the Papal machinations, also Bishops were so counted, that when the +number of their succession according to our spirit language was complete +in their Novena, amongst them also the number of the Popish Saints as +well as the number of Cardinals and the number of Archbishops of Paris +corresponded to the celebration of the mystery of the execution, and +that Archbishop has been solemnly executed in Saint Stephen's Church, +who was in every respect most qualified for the celebration of that +mystery, and the infernal executioners have received permission from the +Heavenly Congress to effect the execution by their Medium, a priest who +became most qualified to be their Medium; and this happened for a +peculiar warning to the Pope, his Cardinals, Archbishops, Bishops and +Priests, that they might not wait, till a general destruction of their +persons in connection with their Hierarchy would take place, but that +they might come out from Babylon and become with us messengers of the +New Era. I wrote an extraordinary treatise disclosing the deep mystery +of the Episcopal succession in Paris connected with the solemn execution +of the Archbishop in his complete numbers by the inspiration and +assistance of destroying demons, using their sacerdotal medium, +according to the permission of the Heavenly Congress, for a peculiar +warning to the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy and the whole "Latin +Race." There not being room in this book for publication of that +treatise which is preserved amongst others of my manuscripts to be +published in due time and in connection with other treatises which need +deeper studies to be fully understood than the memorable events which we +have selected for this book, we found proper to mention somewhat +regarding that execution in peculiar connexion with Emperor Napoleon and +the clergy of his empire, that they might open their eyes and stop the +infernal fury which has been made manifest in the preaching of the +crusade which gave occasion to this our extraordinary treatise.</p> + +<p>The position of Napoleon III. to Napoleon I. according to prophecies, +cannot be understood except in the magnetic chain of events shown in our +system which will be explained in our monthly theological course, which +is announced in this book for the introduction of the New Era. Although +the Pope of Rome and the Emperor Napoleon, both may be destroyed at the +abolition of systems which they, each in his sphere, represent, +notwithstanding this we labour most earnestly, that their lives may be +preserved and they come into our New Jerusalem and draw millions of +others into it. At the explosion of the percussion shells, in which +others have been killed at the entrance to the theatre, but Napoleon's +life was preserved, peculiar manifestations took place. The explanation +of that mystery will be annexed as an appendix to the above mentioned +treatise, in which the mystery of the succession of Bishops of Paris is +explained. The representative of bishops who have generated such fruits +as are manifest in Paris, has suffered death. But Emperor Napoleon's +life was preserved at other occasions of danger as well as at the +explosion of the percussion shells; and we are labouring in the +expectation that he will understand this book and become with us a great +apostle removing the severe judgments and the dreadful bondage, which +are connected with his present government, and assisting us in the +preparation for the great resurrection of those in their mortal bodies +as well as of their departed friends. All that is written in this book +is written for a peculiar instruction to all, and especially to those +who are strong Mediums of deluding and destroying spirits the great +Prince amongst whom is Emperor Napoleon. But we write this treatise, to +deliver him from those miserable tyrants, and to make him a preacher of +peace also to his departed friends. What we write for him, we write that +it might be used by all readers.</p> + +<p>As strange as the point in the inscription, that James Buchanan is +according to the merciful Divine Benignty President of the United +States, may appear not only to other governments, but also to many big +men in these United States, and to millions of others who are deceived +by big men, we write to undeceive all, and that also those might be +saved, who would have been already destroyed, if instead of James +Buchanan Col. Fremont had been elected President of the United States. +We are on quite another ground from which we consider human affairs, +than that from which they are generally considered: because I speak as +Medium of the Heavenly Powers by whom I am sent to draw nations on our +ground. For there is no salvation but destruction for them, if they will +not arise from their present degraded condition upon our ground from +which they will see matters as we see them. In the meantime we instruct +them by facts, that they might know, that we are correct and they are in +delusion. I am as independent from President Buchanan, as his enemies +are, and if he has received my writings which I have sent and directed +to him, he did not make use of them; although I suppose that my writings +directed to him since his Presedential administration, remain in the +hands of others. But in case, he had received and read those my +writings, and had despised the course which is shown in our message as +the course for redemption of nations from the Papal Imperial Royal and +other oppresive and speculating powers, the inscription in regard to him +remains true; and when I do not despair of Emperor Napoleon's conversion +from his dragon to our Christ, I expect with great confidence, that +President Buchanan will be sooner converted than Napoleon; although I do +not know, how the Heavenly Congress see this matter, because I am not in +their congress but only a medium of messengers sent from that congress. +But in every case the inscription to this treatise is true, as the +bitterest enemies of President Buchanan may learn from the following +items, and by studying this whole book they themselves may be brought +upon our ground and assist us in drawing the President upon the same +ground for the redemption of nations from all tyrannical powers.</p> + +<p>I was in Cincinnati, when honorable James Buchanan was nominated +Democratic Candidate for Presidency. That nomination took place on the +6th of June 1856. During the balloting of the Delegates I was inspired, +and said on the 4th June, to Doctor B. F. White, that I felt it to be my +duty to endeavor to make known to the Delegates our message of Peace and +the credentials of our mission, and that the place for that purpose was +providentially prepared a few days before that by a building having been +removed at the front of Burnet's Hotel, the largest hotel in which the +largest portion of the democratic delegates boarded, and I made the +proposition to Doctor B. F. White, that he should open the meeting for +my address. He promised to do so. He was a strong medium of spirits of +the so called Republican Party. But I belong to no party, supporting +Truth wherever I find it sufficiently proven, and working against +delusion and error, wherever I have enough evidence against them. B. F. +White knew somewhat in regard to our message, having heard some of my +speeches and having read my pamphlet which had been published in +Cincinnati a few days before that nomination. We agreed strictly to +observe two points; in the first place to say nothing which would have a +reference to any party, and to proclaim only, what all should hear +regarding our message of Peace. The second point was that we should +speak before sunset, and finish our speeches before night should +commence. I was certain about the point which I related to Dr. White, +that if we would speak in the night, some disaster would happen during +our speeches on that occasion. Dr. White accompanied me, while we were +going to the open lot, on which we had agreed to address the Democratic +Delegates; but on our way we met with somebody who commenced to talk +with Dr. White. I left them talking and went to the spot agreed upon to +deliver our address. But while I was waiting more than one hour there, +Dr. White did not come. I felt that I alone should not deliver my +message there. He came at length while there was already twilight. I +said to him, that it was too late and we should not speak. I assured him +again, that I was determined not to speak that night. But he replied +that he was determined to speak, and that he was sure, that nothing +would happen. But I repeated, that some disaster would happen. Then +another strong medium came. He belonged to the same Republican party +that Dr. White did, and lived with Dr. White. His spirit confirmed the +assertion of the spirit of Dr. White, that nothing would happen, if we +would address the Delegates. Then I would not interfere any longer, and +Dr. White commenced to address the assembled. While he spoke, the crowd +increased and some commenced to make disturbance. At that moment the +Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City interfered, and he +took the platform, addressing the audience and saying, that the speaker +should not be disturbed, and that he supposed the speaker belonged to +the Democratic party. I said once more to Dr. White, that it was high +time to leave that place. But he again asserted, that he was certain, +that nothing would happen. And the other medium of the Republican party +confirmed again Dr White's assertion.</p> + +<p>At that moment I left the spot and went to Dr. White's office. Fifteen +or twenty minutes after me Dr. White and the other strong medium of +deluding and destroying spirits, both came about 9 o'clock P.M. and they +were frightened and said, that there was so great a disturbance, that +policemen were not sufficient to check it. And they added as a very +remarkable instance, that a policeman in trying to check the +disturbance, lost his star. But they did not know the other particulars +which appeared on the next morning in the newspapers, to wit, that the +above mentioned Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City was +dangerously stabbed in his lungs. His wound proved not to be fatal, +although it was so large, that when it was sounded, the air which blew +out of the wound, extinguished the candlelight which was applied to see +the wound. The man who stabbed the Democratic Reviewer from Washington, +could not be detected, although the circumstances, from our position +considered, make it certain, that he was a medium of distroying spirits +belonging to the Republican party. Those spirits were allowed by our +leaders to give a prophetical sign. The stabbing took place about 9 +o'clock P.M. on the 4th day of June, 1856.</p> + +<p>I have circumstantially related the stabbing of the Democratic Reviewer; +because from these circumstances in connexion with what follows, it is +evident to anybody who understands the prophetic languages by numbers, +names and other circumstances, that by that stabbing prophecy has been +given under the control of our Heavenly Congress who determined to +interfere by our mediumship, that the Democratic party, although they +would come in great danger to lose the victory in their battle against +the Republican party, would finally conquer their opposition. I was +inspired, to give opportunity to that prophecy. Doctor Benjamin Franklin +White, a spiritualist and a strong medium of spirits of his party, was +the representative of the Republican party; and the Democratic Reviewer +from Washington City, was the representative of the Democratic party. +Benjamin Franklin White, doctor of medicine, has most suitable names +expressing his prophetical position, as we will have perhaps elsewhere +opportunity to explain the mystery. As the office of the Democratic +Reviewer in Washington was expressive to the mystery of his +representation, so were probably his names which I do not keep in +memory, and my notes of that time are not at hand, while I am writing +this. But the circumstances mentioned in connexion with what we will +report on the following pages of this treatise, are superabundantly +sufficient to testify that it was a great prophecy. The delegates then +continued their work, till at length on the 6th day of the 6th month +James Buchanan was nominated Candidate by Democrats for the Presidential +Chair. I looked into the next prophetical almanac which was at hand, and +the name of that day was "Benignus." There are Roman Catholic and +Protestant calendars which are used by our sphere of spirits in giving +prophecies. That was a Protestant almanac; <i>because</i> that was a +Protestant affair. At the events of great importance names of our +prophetical almanacs correspond to the events. <i>Benignus</i>, the Latin is +in English <i>Benign</i>, that is kind or <i>generous</i>. From thence we adopted +the word <i>Benignity</i>, that is <i>grace</i> or <i>graciousness, generosity, +kindness</i>, in the inscription of this treatise.</p> + +<p>If I would explain the prophetical language by numbers and names and +other circumstances, this would require more room than our economy could +here spare, and we could not consent to publish at this time a much +larger volume than manuscript is prepared for this volume, also in case +that somebody should be desirous to publish it; because this volume +contains more than most readers will be prepared to study and digest +thoroughly. Therefore we must delay other manuscripts for other +occasions, and we can explain only a little of what we know; because +otherwise we could never finish our explanations. But the substance +given in the prophecy on the 4th and 6th of June at the nomination of +Hon. James Buchanan, in which he became the Democratic Candidate for +Presidency, did announce, that</p> + +<p>James Buchanan will become President of the United States by the +interference of the Heavenly congress of spirits who are commissioned to +introduce the Peaceable Reign of Christ or the Universal Republic of +truth and justice, harmony and peace, by the instrumentality of +messengers whom I represent to move the governments and nations for +action to accomplish the great object to which prophecies of all ages +and of all nations have their tendency; but notwithstanding that his +administration will be for the increase of the 4th Beast in the 7th +chap, of Daniel, the number of the name of which is 666, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiii, +17 and 18, and its fundamental number is 6, and notwithstanding that +President Buchanan will continue the administration for the support of +that Beast, till he arrives either on our ground or is taken away, +notwithstanding this, he is given as President by the Heavenly Congress +in divine mercy, according to the Benignus, or according to the merciful +divine Benignity, that a great door for the commencement of the promised +peaceable reign of Christ will be opened, which would have been locked +for this time, if the opposition had succeeded and brought their +Candidate Col. Fremont upon the Presidential Chair.</p> + +<p>Nobody should say, that I interpret prophecy after its fulfilment. Any +body who has studied the first three of my German volumes, the 3d of +which appeared A.D. 1840, if he knew the above, mentioned circumstances +and had reflected upon them, would have been qualified to interpret the +prophecy in Cincinnati on the 6th day of the 6th month 1856, at noon +time, while the roaring of the cannon was announcing the nomination of +James Buchanan. But whether he will be the great hero, to commence the +Millennium in the White House at Washington and proclaim the Millennial +glory to other governments on the globe, or whether he will perish in +the Beast and its ten Horns, as his predecessors did, and another will +obtain and spread the Heavenly blessings offered to President Buchanan, +is not expressed in the prophecy. But we write in the expectation, that +at length he will comprehend this and act accordingly.</p> + +<p>After that great prophecy I thought that my duty was to behave perfectly +neutral during the great struggle of the two parties, to wit, the +Democratic and the Republican, at the presidential campaign. I delivered +then in several places of the State of Ohio public addresses; but I made +expressedly everywhere the remark, that I was perfectly independent from +all political parties and proclaiming according my mission the message +of Peace to all parties and sects, to prepare them for the promised New +Era. But after every address, notwithstanding all my protestation, +Republicans cried that I belonged to their party, and Democrats were +dissatisfied.</p> + +<p>At length I arrived in Pittsburgh Pa. and a medium of strong spirit +manifestations and public street preacher has offered to me for a +present a copy of Fremont's Life published by Horace Greeley & Co.: and +made the remark, that if I should read it, I would be moved to act for +Fremont's election. I remarked, that I would have in these circumstances +scarcely sufficient time to read so much regarding Fremont and also +regarding Buchanan, as would be necessary to know both as far as to +decide according to my knowledge of both for one or the other; and then +it would be against my usual course, if I should take any part in the +election of the one or the other. But I took the offered book, and then +I was inspired to study it with great attention, and I was astonished, +that in the falsely called Republican party the large number of those +who are for the Republican against the monarchial cause, could be so +duped and deceived by miserable speculators and monarchial agents as to +accept Col. Fremont as their Candidate for Presidency. Here is not the +place to show by the testimonies which are contained in the book +published by Horace Greeley for a recommendation of his Presidential +Candidate Fremont, what this man is. The testimonies were not understood +by the Republicans who are so obscured by the Papal Imperial Royal +magnetism, that although they have eyes, they do not see matters of this +kind. I make only the general remark, that the United States would have +been already burning in revolutions and wars not for the Republican but +for the monarchial cause, if Fremont had been elected President.</p> + +<p>After the perusal of that book I read also the book published by +Democrats for Buchanan's election. Then I understood that not only the +Heavenly congress who do not deprive men of their free will although +they control their actions for the final triumph of the true Republican +cause, but that also I was in duty bound to enlighten Citizens of +Pennsylvania, who had to decide the Presidential election, that they +might know Fremont and Buchanan, as they must be known for the welfare +of the country. I did it when I had an opportunity. A short time after +that I heard a speech of "Hon. Burlingame," which contained a heap of +"burlygames," and misrepresentations, deluding and instigating Citizens +of Pennsylvania against Buchanan, and soliciting them to vote for +Fremont. Then I wrote what I thought proper, that it was used by others, +and under the control of our Heavenly leaders good and bad people, those +who co-operated in truth with us, without any other interest except the +interest of nations, as well as those who co-operated for their private +interest, contributed their share for Buchanan's election according to +the merciful Divine Benignity, that we could peaceably prepare people +for the New Era until this hour under his administration, and warn the +inhabitants of the United States, that they should lose no time to avert +the impending judgments, which would have already effected a general +destruction without hope of escape, except by blind submission to +tyrants, if the falsely called Republicans who have been made blind +tools of the monarchial speculations, had succeeded with the intrusion +of their candidate upon the Presidential Chair. If President Buchanan +and the American Nation should continue in their course until the +impending general judgments would destroy the country, then also in this +most deplorable case, my inscription of this treatise would remain true, +and nobody else but the American Nation should be blamed, that they +neglected to make use of the divine mercy and the divine benignity, by +virtue of which they should have at least during Buchanan's +administration until now made use of the precious time, and spread our +message for the pacification of the world.</p> + +<p>The explanation of the given hints and what is connected with them, +would need a large and special volume; but we have mentioned here as +much as sufficient, and remark that if Mr. Horace Greeley and Readers of +the Tribune, are desirous to know their great hero Col. Fremont, as he +is exhibited in my above mentioned treatise, I will extract out of it +the passages which belong to him and to the slanderers and abusers of +President Buchanan, and send them to be published in the New-York +Tribune with such remarks of the Editors as they would think proper to +add, under the condition to publish then also my answers to their +remarks as I should think proper to make additions for a wholesome +instruction to the Editors and Readers of the Tribune, that they might +be delivered from the delusion by which the True Republican cause is +ruined.</p> + +<p>If they are anxious to know truth, they will understand this book and +determine to act with us for the redemption of nations from the +monarchial Powers. In this case they are requested to write to me under +the directions which are given in the proper place of this book, and +assure me in their writing, that they accept the proposition, and are +determined to co-operate with us for the introduction of the promised +New Era of Harmony and Peace, in which Publishers and Editors will have +nobler occupations than they have at present in the servitude laboring +hard for the support of the Beast and its ten Horns. This was to be +mentioned in this connection in regard to Hon. Horace Greeley and the +New-York Tribune. But the parties of the so-called Republicans and +Abolitionists will receive in an other treatise of this book +extraordinary lessons, that they might at length commence to co-operate +with us for the introduction of the Millennial glory. Many of them have +abused and misrepresented me in my mission. Therefore I do not marvel +that they have abused and misrepresented also President Buchanan not +only during the campaign, but also during his administration. We have +made urgent appeals to him, to make use of our message against the +enemies of this Republic; but he has neglected to do so, or perhaps my +documents did not reach himself, or the neglect must be attributed +rather to his enemies than to him. They would not hear me, and probably +they would not have heard him. Matters have to come so far as they are +made manifest in this book. After the Crusade of professed Monarchists +in Europe became as manifest, as there is the Crusade of Abolitionists +and false Republicans against him manifest in America, we expect that +President Buchanan will comprehend at length our mission, and endeavor +to arrive upon our ground to become the great Apostle of the New Era. If +he comprehends this book and makes use of our weapons of the spirit, he +will be a partaker of the great promise, and he will convert millions of +his enemies of all parties and sects into his true friends, and those +who will not be converted, will be destroyed. Moses and other Prophets +of the Old Testament, Christ and his Apostles and Prophets through the +course of centuries of the Christian Era as well as of this time, have +testified our mission, and signs are continuously repeated, announcing +the final victory of the cause entrusted to our mission, as those who +will study this book thoroughly, will be convinced of this unexpected +assertion. But here for the close of this treatise we remark for the +peculiar use to President Buchanan and others who are invited to become +our fellow laborers in the true Republican or true Christian against the +Monarchial or Antichristian cause, that in the second and third chapters +of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span> the seven churches are typical symbols of the seven +states of the church, and that to one or the other of these states each +church of the christian name can be reduced, from the time the +Revelation has been published, to the time in which Christ comes or is +made manifest by our mission, in which that is performed and disclosed, +which is needed for his peaceable reign on earth.</p> + +<p>In the second chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span>, verses 18 to 29 is Thyatira the +type of the Roman Catholic Church. In the 24th and 25th verses to those +Roman Catholics "who have not known the depths of Satan," who has +brought them so on the surface and perverted the truth of the doctrine, +that they keep the shadow for truth, it is said: "I will put upon you +none other burden. But that which ye have, hold fast till I come," +<span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> ii: 24 and 25. They have to keep the heavy burden of ceremonies, +feasts and fasts, and all kinds of other practices which are not +proficient to intellectual and moral perfection[F] of man, although they +are connected with enormous expenses for the support of Priests and many +others, and for all the buildings, vessels, and all kinds of +instruments, not knowing what is in their depth, till Christ comes. And +then it is said; "and he that overcometh and keeps my works unto the +end, to him will I give power over the nations: and he shall rule them +with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to +shivers: even as I received of my Father. And will I give him the +morning star," <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> ii: 26, 27 and 28.</p> + +<p>Here in the quoted verses at Christ's coming Christ's relation to him +who overcometh, is such as the relation of a father to his son, who +inherits from the father all things which the father possesses. Christ +has not been known in the churches of Babylon, as he is made known in +our mission to introduce the New Jerusalem. Christ in his appearance in +flesh was the Head, that is the representative of his body of followers; +but they could not establish his peaceable reign. It was necessary, that +through the course of centuries matters should be so developed, as +Prophets of the Bible as well as in the subsequent ages did prophesy; +and I, to be qualified for my present mission, had to go not only +through the usual studies of the Roman Catholic Church, but I had also +to study continuously, with all sincerity of my heart, the sources of +human knowledge and the investigations of different parties and sects, +to support the Roman Catholic Church against the assaults of her +adversaries, and was found qualified to be public Imperial Royal +Professor of Bibical Literature in that Church. In the charge of my +Professorship I considered myself peculiarly bound to defend with the +use of the Bible that church against all aggressions of the adversaries. +I did not know at that time, that the spirit of my Lord was preparing me +through all stages of my life for my present office. But while I was +investigating the depth of the "burden," of that church, comparing it +with the Jewish and Heathen antiquities and with the developement of the +mysteries of those antiquities through the centuries of the Christian +Era, when I was duly prepared and the time of the last development of +preparations for the Millennial glory arrived, I was called by +messengers of the Heavenly Congress to "the works," which were to be +performed and explained by my instrumentality, and, under the direction +of Heavenly leaders, who were most qualified to be my leaders in "those +works," I overcame all difficulties and I kept the "works of my +spiritual Father Jesus Christ unto the end," until all has been +performed and explained, that belongs to the commencement of the +Millennial glory, or what is the same, for the New Era or the New +Jerusalem.</p> + +<p>And we, that is, the whole body of messengers whom I represent, have +received "the iron rod and the morning star," the two symbols of our +mission. The first symbol testifies, that nations which reject our +message of Peace, will be broken to pieces. We do not break them, but we +announce to them judgments by which they will be broken. But we are +laboring to save nations, that they as god's people might come out from +Babylon, that they be not partakers of her sins and receive not of her +plagues, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xviii: 4. If people hear our voice, they will be +partakers of the Heavenly blessings prepared for them in the New Era or +in the New Jerusalem, and while they will be saved, their political and +ecclesiastical systems "as the vessels of a potter will be broken to +shivers." Systems that could not bring better fruits than those which +the political and ecclesiastical history and the experience of our days +shows, are founded in delusion and deception, which were generating +continuous destruction of human life and property and all the misery +which is founded in political and ecclesiastical follies. But +enlightened men and women of all ages and amongst all nations have seen +a new day, and to us has been entrusted "the Morning Star," the symbol +testifying that we have received all that is needed for the new day, the +New Era, which our morning star is announcing.</p> + +<p>All my published works and all my manuscripts are testifying, that it is +impossible to save this country from the yoke of monarchs and from the +most abject degradation and servitude, by any weapons except those which +have been entrusted to our charge by Christ's spirit. And those who +study this whole book from the commencement to the end, in the same +order in which the documents are placed in it, so that they understand +each portion separately and the connection of it with all that precedes, +to be prepared for the right understanding of what follows, to +comprehend at length the whole, will be as convinced as I am, that we, +that is I and all my visible and invisible fellow laborers, have truly +received the great commission to move nations for the introduction of +the promised New Era, which will be the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, Harmony and Peace amongst all nations, the Dispensation of the +Fulness of Times, in which all in Heaven and on Earth will be gathered +together in Christ, Ephes, 1: 10.</p> + +<p>Readers must keep in mind, that all that is written in this book is only +a preparation to the "monthly theological course" which is appointed at +the end. In the "monthly course" the system or the chain to bind the +Dragon <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx: 2 will be explained and that will be made manifest, +which is mentioned in this book but cannot be explained. And our +proceedings in that monthly course will be then published in different +languages for a testimony to all nations, to move them for co-operation, +that all in Heaven and on Earth might be brought to Harmony and Peace.</p> + +<p>President Buchanan! allow me to close this treatise with some important +words to you! For you we need no more testimonies than those partly +printed partly written documents which I have sent at different critical +occasions by the mail directly to you, if they had been handed to you, +and you had studied them with such attention, as they deserved to be +studied by the President of the United States. Those testimonies would +have been sufficient to convince you, that no other weapons can be used +for the victory against your enemies and the enemies of the true +Republican cause, by whom this country is overflowed, and who in Europe +are preaching crusades against you and the supporters of the cause +entrusted to your care, except the weapons of Christ's spirit entrusted +to our care. Those who are with the Lamb, called, chosen and faithful, +will overcome the Beast and its ten Horns. <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xvii: 14. This will +not take place with preparations for war and with armies of soldiers; +but we have the Heavenly armies upon white horses, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xix: 14, and +offer to all our enemies reconciliation with Heaven and temporal and +eternal most precious blessings. But if they reject the Heavenly gifts, +all infernal hosts are subject to our Heavenly armies, and by these +executioners of divine judgments as many of our enemies will be +destroyed as sufficient, to move the rest of them to repentance. +Although I could give thousands of instances of destruction of enemies +of our cause, who have been cast into the inferior regions, because they +have rejected the Heavenly gifts offered them by our instrumentality, I +will mention only one instance for a peculiar warning to you.</p> + +<p>A.D. 1849 at our appointment of a Latin convention in the City of +New-York for an examination of the magnetic chain shown by our +instrumentality to bind the Dragon, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> XX: 2, I sent to President +Zach. Taylor a copy of my printed English circular in which that +convention was appointed, and a copy of my large Latin letter, taken +from the copy which was directed and sent to the Archbishop of Baltimore +to be read to all Bishops of the United States, who were at that time +assembling their Synod in Baltimore. To those copies I added my English +letter in which I addressed President Taylor showing to him, that our +message is as important for all political as for all ecclesiastical +governments and especially for the government of the United States to +stop the Papal Imperal Royal or monarchial influence and to restore the +true Republican cause, and that therefore he, President Zach. Taylor, +was in duty bound to send to said convention qualified Latin scholars to +attend it. In my printed and written documents as many items have been +concentrated as would have been sufficient to move the President to do +what was required, if President Taylor had been qualifyed for his post. +We have warned him most solemnly, that he as the twelfth President, +should not be a traitor of the Republican cause, as Judas Jscariot was a +traitor of Christ's cause. But my warnings were not regarded by +President Taylor.</p> + +<p>After the destruction of the armies of those who were deceived in Europe +by their leaders that they were fighting with carnal weapons for the +Republican cause, I wrote again to President Taylor showing, that he was +responsible for all destruction of human life and property, which would +have been saved, if he had not neglected to fulfil his highest duty +which has been shown to him in my documents; but that, notwithstanding +this, according to divine mercy, to save him and by his instrumentality +many others, I was again authorized to apply to him and to show, what he +ought to do in those circumstances, to open the way for spreading our +message of Peace amongst all nations. But when all my efforts to move +the President for an energetic action for the support of the true +Republican cause remained without effect, I committed him to the +judgment of the Heavenly Congress.</p> + +<p>On the 9th day of July, 1850, at 5 o'clock A.M., shortly after my +arrival in Cleveland Ohio, an Angel of the Lord, a holy martyr, came to +me and said, that I should write directly to the Congress and show that +President Taylor had neglected to fulfil his highest duty and deserves +on this account the severest judgment. After having finished my writing +on that day, I was looking to find in Cleveland somebody acquainted with +a congressman to whom we could entrust my document. But on that day I +could not find such a man. On the 10th I went to a "free soil" minister +with the expectation, that he might know such a man. That minister was +not at home; but his wife said, that he had gone to the Post Office and +was soon expected to return. He returned with the message, that +President Taylor died at 10 o'clock P.M. of the preceding night. Then I +understood the mystery, that my writing was not prepared for the +Congress of the United States in Washington but for the Heavenly +Congress, and I have shown to that minister my writing directed to the +Congress of the United States. I did not hear before, that the President +had been taken sick, although I have heard afterwards, that his sickness +was very short, and that his last words were, that he was departing with +the consciousness, that he had fulfilled his duties. This is the +consolation which ministers of darkness impart to such destroyers as +General and President Zach. Taylor was. If he had had any regard for the +lives of his fellow beings and for their true happiness, he would have +understood my documents and have done what was his duty for the +destruction of the Beast, its image and the false prophet, which destroy +every year an enormous amount of human life and property. Although I +have mentioned in this treatise several strange facts, some of the +following will appear more strange; but they will be the more +comprehended, the more this whole book shall be understood. Not only the +order which I received in the morning of the day on which Zach. Taylor +departed, to write to the congress that he had neglected to fulfill his +highest duty, but also the day and hour, in which he daparted, were most +suitable for the celebration of the mystery of Zach. Taylor's death, and +the tremendous fire in Philadelphia at 4 o'clock P.M. or 6 hours before +Taylor's death, was a prophetical precursor of his death. In that fire a +number of persons were killed by a terrible powder explosion +commemorating the fact that the privileged murderer had been nominated +President in that city. All that happened by the dreadful influence of +infernal demons under the control of messengers from our congress, who +have given at the exact hours on the proper day signs of a great +warning. As soon as I heard of President Taylor's death, I understood, +that I was ordered to write to the Heavenly Congress of the United +States, that is, the congress of the holy prophets and martyrs who have +the commission to unite finally all states of all governments on the +globe in Christ's peaceable reign or the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, according to the prophecies which have been given by their +mediumship, while they were yet in their mortal bodies. My writing to +the congress was copied by one of our departed messengers, and when +President Taylor departed, my writing was shown to him. Such things +would not appear strange to Bible readers, if they would understand what +they read. Here is no room to explain the actions of the departed, +amongst which there is also writing and reading. When the departed +President was reading my document showing that he had neglected to +fulfil his highest duty, his animal passion of murder was aroused, to +kill the writer. That privilege was granted to him only under the +condition, if he succeeds by taking a toad in possession, and by its +instrumentality poisoning the water of the well at the house in which I +used to stop. The water was poisoned; the prophetess and her husband +with whom I boarded, when I was in that section of the country, were by +drinking the water, taken sick, and they recovered as soon as they +ceased to use the water, but they could not catch the toad. It happened +before my arrival with them. And when I arrived in their house and would +drink of that excellent water, they warned me. But I did not care about +their warning and drank, and was straightway taken sick and continued to +be sick, till a Heavenly messenger came at the right hour and took the +sickness away. At length the toad was caught and killed the right day +and hour by the husband of the prophetess, who was a zealous Democrat. +He was in many battles with Generals of Napoleon I. and killed men and +animals; but he assured us oftentimes, that he never had so much +trouble in killing any creature, as with that toad, and never heard so +pitiful lamentations as have been poured out by that toad when it was +dying. Zach. Taylor, when he was compelled to leave the toad and to +enter into the infernal regions of his inner life, into his torments, +resisted as long as he could; but when the right day and hour came, he +could not resist longer. If you study this whole book so, as you need to +study it, you will not be surprised at such unexpected events. You read +in the fifth chapter of Mark, that a whole legion of demons, that is a +whole regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle, have +been permitted to enter into a heard of hogs. But they could not remain +there, and were compelled to enter into the depth of the lake. And +General Taylor who had destroyed many people, after having despised +reconciliation and apostleship offered to him by virtue of our mission, +was at length not allowed to be with a toad, but was compelled to +descend into the abyss.</p> + +<p>I have given here only some hints of strange events which are in +connection with other events which could not be mentioned here, nor can +we explain what we have mentioned without enlarging this treatise. But +we have written a peculiar treatise in which President Taylor's spirit +manifestation by the instrumentality of a toad is circumstantially +explained in a manuscript which will be published when required. But +here we have mentioned as much as we could in this confined space, and +we hope, that not only you, President Buchanan, but also Emperor +Napoleon as well as your friends and enemies in general will reflect +upon such things with earnestness.</p> + +<p>On the 24th day of June 1839, I returned from Philadelphia to Boston +with many collections to write the third of my five German volumes, and +to show, that the memorable events which have been reported in my first +and second volumes, happened according to prophecies, as signs +testifying our mission. When, on that day, as is reported in my 3d +volume, I was praying in my room and preparing to write the 3d volume, +Emperor Napoleon, in his Imperial splendour stood before me with the +invitation, that I might become his medium. I looked into his inner +state, and the magnetic outward splendor disappeared, and his inner +wretchedness and distress were manifest, and he could not stand any +longer before me, and, with an explosion like a powerful thunderclap, he +left me and took the direction to Europe. The title of my third volume, +if we translate it from German into English, reads:</p> + +<p>"Memorable events in the life of Andrew Bernardus Smolnikar. Third +volume containing the Explanation of Prophecies, by which Christ the +Lord, has confirmed that he has appeared unto us for the fulfilling of +his promises, in order to restore his reign upon the whole earth and to +give his peace to all nations, and has at his appearance appointed the +author as an extraordinary messenger, and performed by him all the +mysteries for the foundation of that peace &c., New-York, 1840."</p> + +<p>We read, "Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand +against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and +blood, but against principalities, against the rulers of the darkness of +this world, against spiritual wickedness[G] in high places." EPHES. vi: +11 and 12. These are the secret enemies whom we must know, and we must +stand on a ground, on which they cannot come, and from which we will +conquer them. When Napoleon was allowed to approach me with the +invitation, that I should follow him, that is, that I should become his +medium, he was allowed in a like manner, as the tempter or devil in the +4th chapter of MATTHEW was allowed to tempt Jesus. Napoleon was one of +the dragons or devils, who was permitted to do so for a great +instruction to all rulers on the globe. There is not one, but there are +many dragons or devils, leading each his sphere of infernal demons or +degraded departed spirits. You will understand the more the mystery, the +farther you proceed in studying this book. Now is renewed and fulfilled, +what is written in the gospels, and what in the Bible was not +understood, receives light by our experience. Jesus could not descend +from his height, to become a medium of one of these rulers of darkness. +And likewise I could not do this. This dragon, this spirit of delusion +and destruction, when I commenced to look into his interiors was made +manifest, and he could not stand any longer. He was compelled to leave +me instantly and to be tormented seeking another medium. At length[H], +because our message of Peace has been rejected and people were so +degraded, that the European Revolution of 1848 opened the way to the +throne of Napoleon III, Napoleon I. could have this as a suitable medium +to delude and destroy nations. And to this dragon so much of human life +and property has been sacrificed, that for the celebration of the birth +of the Papal Imperial Royal Mary on the 8th September 1855, thirty +thousand soldiers have been murdered at the taking of Sebastopol. Nobody +who does not see human affairs from our position, can duly appreciate +the criminality of such a tremendous madness, from which to deliver +Napoleon III. and his armies, you, President Buchanan, are able to give +us a powerful assistance. I do not despair of the conversion of Napoleon +III himself. When people descend so deep into the society of infernal +spirits that there is no other remedy than destruction of many to save +the remnant, then according to divine judgment people receive such +rulers as are connected with one or the other of the infernal dragons, +to inspire them with the infernal furies to destroy each other. Great +warriors are great mediums of the princes of darkness. But if they are +reached by our instrumentality, they when they are studying our message +of Peace, are drawing their leading spirits from their depth of misery +into a better condition. Napoleon III. if he could be moved to study our +message of Peace and to act accordingly, could reach his uncle Napoleon, +and draw him into the pacification. What we mention here, is explained +in our system for the promised New Era.</p> + +<p>This is the joyful message, which is to be communicated by your +instrumentality, President Buchanan, to Emperor Napoleon and other +monarchs, that they might study our message of Peace and become our +fellow laborers to draw their living and departed friends into the New +Era, or the New Jerusalem, which is to be introduced by our +instrumentality. And you, President Buchanan, are powerfully exhorted, +to prepare for the Kingdom of our Lord and his Christ, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xi: 15. +Editors and translators of the New Testament were so ignorant of the +true Christian principles that they took instead of "the kingdom of our +Lord and his Christ" the wrong reading "the kingdoms" in plural number; +but there will be one kingdom, that is, one government of our Lord, and +his Christ. And this will be a true Republican government--to give +explanations about which there is no room here, but we remark, that this +great truth will become self-evident to those who comprehend this book. +And we expect, that you, respected President Buchanan, will comprehend +it and then you will take the spiritual weapons, which are comprehended +in our message, for the conversion of monarchs into true republicans, +which is the same, as true Christians. But in the first place bishops +and priests in America are to be moved, to attend our monthly +theological course and then assist us at the conversion of monarchs; And +we expect that by your good example and your assistance bishops and +priests will learn at length to comprehend their highest duty. Matters +come to maturity; but we will not expatiate, because we have already +extended this treatise so far: nothing but our duty to do all in our +power for the pacification of nations, moved us to write it according to +our mission for the redemption of oppressed humanity.</p> + +<p>Postscript to the first treatise. I arrived the last time in Washington +City at the end of March, this year, 1859, and remained there until the +8th of April. Then I walked to Baltimore and wrote to hon. Hicks, +Governor of Maryland, and invited him, to study the documents which I +had offered to President Buchanan, but he had no time to study them, +although they contain matters of great importance for all governments to +remove War and establish Peace on the whole globe. I mentioned many +items in my letter that I expected to move the Governor to accept my +offer; but, received no answer. The same time a great sign was given so +that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western Reserve of Ohio. +At my arrival there the Spring was changed in a severe Winter, and I +commenced to write during a great storm and snow on Easter Saturday, +April 23d 1859, a new treatise exhibiting wonders and signs in connexion +with Presidents and other high Officers of the Federal Government of the +United States and showing, how they are subjugated by the Beast with +seven Heads and are supporting the ten Horns of that Beast, and that +there will be a great destruction of human life and property in this +country, as there is in Europe, if it shall not be stopped by receiving +and spreading our Heavenly message of Peace, which is developed by our +mediumship. Since my public appearance in my present mission there was +continuous correspondence of memorable events connected with the +Government of the United States and memorable events connected with the +steps of my mission, containing most solemn warnings to this Government, +and many striking instances are concentrated in said treatise which was +intended to occupy the second place in this book. But we found that the +book would become too large, to be bought and studied by many who might +be attracted to study this and then to co-operate with us for the +fulfilment of the prophecy which was given by the disappearance of the +Steamboat President and all persons, who were in it at the same time in +which President Harrison died in such connexion with what was set in +type at the same time for my 4th volume, entitled: "The one thing +Needfull," and with the documents which were at the same time sent from +Europe for our use, and explained in said volume in such correspondence +with the disappearance of the Steamboat President and the death of +President Harrisson, that the prophecy contained in those events is +manifest, by which the spirit assures us, that he will sweep away the +antichristian government of the United States as well as other +governments. Knowing this, people of the United States and their +Officers may avoid all the dreadful destruction, which is in Europe +preparing the way, that at length governments and people will pay +attention to our message and learn how to establish perfect peace on the +whole globe.</p> + +<p>After the disappearance of President Harrison and of the prophetical +Steamboat President, solemn warnings were repeated under all following +Presidents in correspondence with what happened in our mission; and in +this respect President Buchanan is peculiarly remarkable, and in said +treatise memorable events of great warnings connected with his +administration have been explained. But we must delay their publication, +and every reader will find in the following treatises of this book +superabundance of solemn warnings, that all might become our zealous +fellow laborers for the accomplishment of the glorious promises, and +that especially President Buchanan might give to others good example and +come from patching the old house which must crumble to pieces, in our +peace union and give powerful assistance for the introduction of the +promised New Era. Great mercy was shown through him to the country while +he is yet in Babylon, but was quenching the fire which would have +consumed the country, if his antagonist had been elected President. +Therefore, notwithstanding his having neglected the one thing needful +until this hour we expect, that he will arrive at length on our ground +and co-operate with us in building the New Jerusalem.</p> + +<p>This treatise, to which I add this postscript June 22d 1859, was written +in February last, and the tremendous war and destruction in Italy broke +out two or three months afterwards, exactly[I] while I was explaining +the thrilling prophecy given by Daniel or Judgement of God performed by +Sickles under the control of our Leader in the 14th verse of the 14th +chap, of the <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>, "having in his hand a sharp sickle." He gave to the +destroying Spirit the permission to seize the medium and to show +prophetically what he will do in hundreds of thousands of cases, if the +right order shown in our Plan, will not be restored. There is a depth in +the mystery of the unexpected tragedy, in which all actors have most +suitable names and offices, each for the post he occupies; and the most +suitable spot as well as the most suitable day and hour were selected +for the performance, with all the preceding, accompanying and following +circumstances in correspondence with our doing on the same Sunday +Sexagesima on which this year the tragedy was perpetrated, as well as +what happened in the preceding years since my first public appearance in +my present mission on that Sunday A.D. 1838, and the initiation which +has been imparted to me on that Sunday for my present ministry, by the +martyr on the white cloud, who has in his hand a sharp sickle, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xiv. 14. I give here only some hints; but the explanation is given in +connexion with many other cases of a great warning to this government in +the treatise, the publication of which must be delayed; for we expect +that the contents of the following treatises of this book will be +strong enough to awaken the enemies of President Buchanan to give us +assistance to awaken him from his lethargy, if he should not be sooner +aroused to assist us to deliver them from their wrong course, by which +they injure the great cause of the true Freedom of nations.</p> + +<p>In the great ignorance in which people are regarding the inner life of +man and the spirit world, they are reading many signs of the times, +without understanding what they read.</p> + +<p>I mentioned above, that I started on the 8th April from Washington. It +is to be understood that so many signs and wonders took place and so +many secrets were disclosed, while I was trying spirits in Washington, +that a book of this size would be too small to comprehend them. On the +8th April 1859, I finished all work which I had to perform in +Washington, at the same hour, in which four men were, all at once in +Baltimore, hung by the neck, till dead, although the black struggled +some minutes longer with death than his white companions. As soon as my +work was finished in Washington, I started and walked to Baltimore, and +arrived in that city on the 9th April, when all newspapers were filled +with reports of the execution, and with biographies of the executed. I +had to read the reports of that execution which belongs to the links of +the chain to bind the dragon <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx., 2. That reading occasioned my +above mentioned letter to governor Hicks. I thought, that perhaps after +the execution of some champions of his party, he and other leaders of +that party might be more prepared to receive lessons from us, than they +were prepared in former times, while I was applying to them in +Baltimore, Annapolis, and in hundreds of other cities and villages, +exhorting and warning them, to study our message of Peace, and +co-operate with us for the true American, or, what is the same, the true +Republican cause. But they have despised our warnings. At length matters +arrived so far that, if all other warnings of this book should not be +sufficient, we expect that the spirit manifestations which are connected +with that execution and are mentioned in the fourth treatise of this +book, will move them to become our worthy fellow labourers for the +fulfilment of the grandest promises. But we repeat, that every reader +should study this book in the same order in which it is written, +weighing with great attention and earnestness every sentence, till he +understands it and retains in his mind all that preceded. If you have +studied in this manner this treatise, you are prepared for studying the +second treatise.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch2"> +<h2>Second Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + Memorable events, by which the parties of Abolitionists and + Republicans as well as subjects of Monarchs should be aroused for + co-operation with us, to draw not only the President and the + Congress of the United States but also monarchs on our ground for + the introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and + Peace on earth. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>As strange as our disclosures made in the first treatise may appear to +those who have neglected to observe the signs of the times, they should +not be surprised who know that the time for the fulfilment of the great +promises in regard to mankind had arrived, although all things seem to +run in quite another course than they expected.</p> + +<p>In the 6th verse of the 14th chap. of the <span class="smallcaps">Revels.</span> the first of the three +Angels spoken of in that and the following verses, commences to deliver +his message. At the commencement of the last century it was known +amongst German theologians, that those three angels or messengers are +the three men, each of whom is representing a body of messengers by whom +the contents of the prophecy given to each of those angels are to be +fulfilled. The first is preaching the everlasting Gospel, the contents +of which are given in the 7th verse. Gospel is Greek evangelion and +means glad tidings. The contents of the glad tiding of his preaching is +that nations should be converted from their idols to God the creator of +the universe, and he announces that the time of judgment had arrived. +The commencement of this preaching took place with Martin Luther, so +that he is to be considered as the representative of those, who are +comprehended in the prophecy of the first of those three angels. But +Luther and other preachers who came at that time and afterwards against +the Pope of Rome, and continue yet in the same spirit their work, did +not know in Luther's time nor afterwards, nor do they know in our time +their position, except as they learn it by what is disclosed by the +third angel or messenger, who commences his prophecy in the 9th verse of +the 14th chap. of the <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> In the third of my five German volumes, +published from A.D. 1838 to 1842 it has been shown that Luther had a +prophetical position, that is, he was according to the term adopted by +modern spiritualists, a very strong medium, inspired and supported by +his leaders, who were deluding and destroying spirits, who did not know +the true God and his Christ, but were prophesying judgments which took +place and continue till people shall be converted from their idols to +the living God. The three hundred years from Luther's appearance to our +appearance, were years of manifold developments preparatory to our +mission. Although Luther was born in Eisleben, that means "the life in +ice," because the fire of Christian charity has been extinguished, and +the spirit of persecution was nourished amongst all parties and sects, +notwithstanding this great preparations have taken place since his +public appearance till our public appearance, and there is an admirable +correspondence between his actions in the sixteenth century and my +actions which took place in the same years of the nineteenth century, +till Luther died on the 18th day of February 1546, which year in our +century, I mean 1846, was the great tropical year for dreadful +renovations of judgments, for the reason that the leaders of parties and +sects and their followers have rejected our message, which I commenced +to proclaim after having been publicly initiated to my present mission +on the 18th day of February 1838. We shall speak further on in this book +regarding the great event. But we have mentioned Doctor Martin Luther as +representing the champions of Protestantism against Popery. Their +mission is only prophetical. On their position they are supporting +Popery or Monarchy in general and they are particularly supporting a +number of Popish tenets regarding the Bible, regarding Christ and his +mission and manifold other doctrines, in which when they endeavored to +improve, they generally apostatized farther from truth towards +materialism, than the papal Hierarchy themselves; but they were +continuously repeating the substance of their prophecy, that people +should be converted from their idols to the living God. But by all that +repetition parties and sects multiplied, and there has been since Martin +Luther's appearance until this hour so dreadful a Babylon, or confusion +and delusion in social, political and ecclesiastical affairs, as there +never was before. And while pious men were looking into the prophecies, +to see the end of this dreadful Babylon, Doctor Bengel of Wurtemberg in +Germany was awakened in the first part of the last century, to compare +for many years the prophetical dates of the Revelation with events of +the ecclesiastical history, and has shown in his book, entitled: +"Erklaerte Offenbarung," which means "Revelation explained," that +Christ's manifestation for overcoming his enemies and establishing his +peaceable reign on earth, would take place about the year 1836. John +Wesley was not the author but only the copy holder of what Doctor Bengel +has explained in the Revelation.</p> + +<p>That Doctor Bengel was the 2nd angel representing the body of messengers +spoken of in <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span> xiv. 8, has been shown in my above mentioned 3d +volume, in which it is made manifest, that the mission of the 2nd angel +is as well prophetical, as the mission of the first angel, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv. +6. But in this treatise we had only to mention matters, which have been +explained in my quoted volume. Doctor Bengel and the whole body of +messengers who came from his school proclaiming the coming of Christ +about the year 1836, and Wm. Miller and the army of preachers with him +who were proclaiming Christ's coming about the year 1843, and others +proclaiming it in some other period, were ignorant about the manner of +his coming or of his manifestation for establishing his peaceable reign. +All these and many other things have been reserved to the 3d angel or +messenger, spoken of in <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv. 9. This is our mission. The martyr +on the white cloud in the 14th verse, having "in his hand a sharp +Sickle," was my leader in what I had to perform in the Roman Catholic +Church in the year 1838 as the 3d angel <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>: xiv. 9, representing the +body of messengers, by whom the proclamation of the contents of <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>: +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be made everywhere. And those great events and the +prophecies in which they have been predicted, have been explained in the +first three of my above mentioned German volumes; and we have so many +credentials or signs according to prophecies testifying our mission, +that while we were writing the fifth of my above mentioned five volumes, +we were repeating, that sensible readers of those volumes were aware, +that five hundred volumes could be written, testifying our mission. And +when they study this whole volume and comprehend it, they will be +convinced of the same truth.</p> + +<p>The third angel or the messenger representing the body of messengers, by +whose efficacy the beast and its image and the false prophet supporting +them, will disappear from the globe, gives in the last treatise of this +book the plan according to which the beast and its image and the false +prophet will disappear and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole globe. Peace would have been already established amongst +nations of the Christian name and they would have labored at this time +powerfully in the conversion of Heathens not to one or the other sect +but into the peaceable reign of Christ, which will be the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice, if those who have been exhorted first, to +study our message of peace had fulfilled their highest duty. The first +who have been powerfully urged to study our message of peace and the +credentials of our mission, were bishops, doctors of divinity and other +clergymen of all parties and sects where I had opportunity to reach +them. But when they refused to fulfill their highest duty, I was +particularly engaged to move abolitionists to study what has been +providentially prepared by our instrumentality to move slaveholders +themselves for co-operation with us to introduce the millennium or the +universel Republic of Truth and Justice and Peace amongst all nations: +because I was certain, that if the abolitionists would study it, +slaveholders themselves would do the same. But alas! when Jesus was +explaining the dreadful condition of Jerusalem, the Jews did not see it. +Likewise also citizens of the United States do not see theirs as we see +it from the position of our mission. The principal elements of the +vulcano the eruption of which is yet latent, are in leaders of +abolitionists, who are obstinate materialists refusing to make use of +the means which are offered them in our message to extinguish the +burning vulcano. They have lost discernment and judgment, when it is +most necessary to make the right use of it, to liberate the country from +the yoke of tyrants. Although I could write volumes to illustrate my +assertion, at this occasion I mention only a little of my experience in +the Convention to overcome evil with good, and which was in the +newspapers announced under the specious title: Philanthropic Convention +to overcome evil with good, and which was held on the 10th, 11th and +12th days of September, 1858, in Utica of the State of New-York. The +most influential persons in that Convention were Abolitionists of the +Garrisonian and Gerrit Smith's parties and Spiritulists belonging to +those and to the Republican party. I attended that Convention to offer +the remedy against the pernicious effects, which are produced by the +wrong course which leaders of those parties pursue for destruction of +this Republic, and to show the course which all true reformers have to +pursue for Harmony and Peace of all nations.</p> + +<p>That those who are concerned and their followers might be converted to +the true Republican cause, and all true Republicans might be +strengthened not to be deceived by secret and open servants of tyrants +and by deluding and destroying spirits and sectarian ministers of +darkness, I find proper to insert here the article which I wrote shortly +after the Convention, but I did not find a chance to publish; because we +are not popular, when we dare to express so great truths as are +comprehended in said lengthy article which reads as follows:</p> + +<p>Preparations for the resolutions "to overcome evil with good;" also: +introductory remarks to expose the league by which the Utica +"Philantrophic Convention" was governed.</p> + +<p>There are many such pretenders as the Garrisonian Liberator of Boston, +who, under the specious pretext to liberate slaves, are the greatest +supporters of slavery, by rejecting the means providentially prepared +for deliverance of all men and women from the yoke of tyrants, and by +instigating people to Revolutions and other sacrilegious enterprises to +ruin this country and bring it under the yoke of monarchs. While I was +endeavoring in many places, to move people to study our disclosures +regarding the divine plan for a peaceful abolition of all kinds of +slavery by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, and for the +introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and Peace, +which is usually although improperly called the millennium, I found them +everywhere so deluded by the infernal league, that they have neglected +to study "the one thing needfull" for the true freedom of all nations.</p> + +<p>During my travelling in more than twenty of the United States I stopped +several times in the Western Reserve of Ohio. I found more worshippers +of the Garrisonian Liberator there than in other sections of the country +of the same population, those places excepted, which are inhabited by +that sect of Quakers who are called "Progressive Friends," who are +progressing very fast in the arts of the infernal league for the ruin of +the true Republican cause. I arrived A.D. 1847 at the Quaker settlement, +called Green Plane, near Xenia in Ohio, and appointed there in a +Wesleyan meeting-house a Convention, in which I proposed to explain the +signs of our mission and the plan according to which, when it will be +understood and spread on the globe, all kinds of slavery will be +abolished. I expected that Quakers and other Abolitionists of that +section of the country would take great interest in our movement. But I +experienced afterwards, that the small Popes of that section were +against it, although they themselves did not disturb our Convention; but +a Quaker and a Wesleyan minister, both from a distance, were so great +disturbers of it, that whenever an important point was to be examined, +they directed the attention of the audience to other subjects; although +that Convention has been called for an examination of the points +concentrated in my manuscript. When I saw, that they were in conspiracy +with others in the Convention, I myself dissolved it. I asked then the +Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale, whose residence was next to the +meeting-house of the Convention, why he did not attend it. He answered, +that he received from the spirit what he needed. I started from thence +for the Western Reserve of Ohio, and appointed in Trumbol County a +Convention, and sent an article to the Garrisonian Liberator. In that +article I assured the Abolitionists, that from my documents which should +be examined in the Convention, it would be evident, that we have +received the mission, and that we have as credentials of our mission a +long chain of signs according to prophecies, by which we are assured, +that we will abolish all kinds of slavery and monarchy by the power of +the spirit, with the assistance of slaveholders themselves, when +abolitionists shall comprehend our message and spread it on the globe.</p> + +<p>Lloyd Garrison, the head medium of the infernal league, has published my +article, but with such editorial remarks, as were quite agreeable to his +master, the infernal Holiness. I forgot to inquire, whether my article +appeared or not in the Liberator, till on the first day of our +Convention a man remarked that our Convention was small on account of +Garrison's editorial remarks to my article and his grand tent meeting in +the neighborhood at the same time with our Convention. I came from a +distance, and was ignorant of the great provisions made by the infernal +holiness to retain his slaves in bondage at the appointment of our +Convention for their deliverance. The same man had a copy of the +Liberator containing my article with Garrison's remarks. They were read +to the Convention. Then I made my remarks[J] and the proposition, to +finish our Convention so as to reach on the last day Garrison's[K] grand +tent meeting in Lima, Ohio, and proclaim there our resolutions.</p> + +<p>We did so. A committee from our convention went with me, and we arrived +in Lima at the Garrisonian tent meeting on the last day. Several +thousand persons were assembled, and the first business after our +arrival was the reading of a resolution, in which Garrison and his +fellow laborers were declared as the true ministers of the Gospel, in +connexsion with a fatal blow to the ministers of other sects. A general +reception of the resolution was testified with "yes" from a thousand +voices; but when the contrary vote was required, there was only my "no" +heard; but it was so strong, that it surprised the whole audience. I +added that I came to show, who the true ministers of the Gospel[L] were.</p> + +<p>We agreed with the committee consisting of three public speakers, that +they should make use of the first opportunity to proclaim the +resolutions which have been unanimously adopted in our Convention. Soon +after my tremendous "no" one of our committee arose and told the +assembled thousands, that a committee sent from an anti-slavery +Convention had arrived with most important resolutions, to be publicly +read in the grand tent meeting. The chairman replied, that next after +the address of the man who occupied the floor, they should deliver their +resolutions. They went directly on the platform. But the pharisees on +the platform were anxious to find out, who the man was, that gave the +strong negative vote to their resolution. Some amongst them knew me +personally. Therefore as soon as our committee came upon the platform, +the above mentioned Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale came to me inquiring, +whether that committee belonged to my association or not. I said, that +he should not ask me, but the committee, to which association they +belonged.</p> + +<p>One of the deepest English investigators into the Jewish and Christian +antiquities wrote in one of his publications, that there is no society +more like the society of the Old Pharisees, than the Society of Quakers +is. He knew them in England, and I know them in America, and confess +that it is true in regard to the Quaker speculators, who have enslaved +the whole Quaker society, to be in their servitude and to prepare in +their ignorance of matters the subjugation of the whole country under +the yoke of monarchs. Joseph Dugdale is the principal medium who was +carried soon after that spectacle to Pennsylvania, and demons were +powerfully operating through him in starting the sect of the +"Progressive Friends." But at that tent meeting he inspired the heads to +be cautious in admitting our committee to speak. Therefore after the +address of the man after whom our committee according to the promise of +the chairman were to address the tent meeting, another was announced by +name, to speak, and then a second, a third, and so on, although our +committee were waiting on the platform from 9 o'clock A.M. till 2 or 3 +P.M. At length the chairman announced, that teams had arrived, to carry +the tent from that to another place. Provisions had been made, that if +there should be danger for the infernal league, things might be +prepared, to break of the tent. Therefore when the chairman announced +the advent of the teams, another pharisee mentioned, that the waiting +committee had not yet spoken and the chairman said, that they should +speak.</p> + +<p>The speaker, instead of reading directly the resolutions of our +Convention, undertook to prepare the audience by telling them, that he +knew how to value the great zeal of Mr. Garrison for the deliverance of +slaves. And as far Mr. Garrison and others on the platform seemed to be +pleased. But as soon as he mentioned, that "Garrison is not infallible," +those who were ready for action, commenced to break off the tent, and +there arose such a tumult amongst the assembled people, that nobody +could distinguish the voice of the speaker from the noise of the crowd.</p> + +<p>These items may suffice, to make known the infallible Pope, the +Garrisonian Liberator, although I could write many volumes of +extroardinary spirit manifestations in public and private meetings with +members of that party, while I was endeavoring to deliver them from the +shackles of the infernal Holiness and his armies. But they remained so +fastened, as in their "Philanthropic Convention" in Utica, which I +attended because we had been informed, that the Poughkeepsie seer, +Andrew Jackson Davis, was the principal author of said Convention, or, +the principal medium of speculators calculating to extend the government +of the infernal liberator by using said Convention. Andrew Jackson Davis +is the prince of mediums of spirits, who appear as angels of light, but +when they are tried by us, they are made manifest as dreadful deluding +and destroying demons. After they had been made manifest to me by his +deceiving publications, I tried several times to reach him personally, +and to show him his dreadful situation and how he could arrive on our +ground. But his cunning demons carried him away from my presence. At +length I met with him on the tenth of this month September, 1858, in +the "Philanthropic Convention" of Utica. Ira Hitchcock was appointed +chairman. His first name means in Latin "wrath" or "vengence," and the +second name is in the English language appropriate to the important +office which our duped and deceived friend did receive in said +Convention. Mr. Davis offered some rules, to be observed in the +Convention They were adopted. One of those rules was, that no speaker +should occupy more than twenty minutes, except the audience should +desire, that after the expiration of twenty minutes he should continue +to speak.</p> + +<p>Mr. Davis was called, to open the Convention with his speech. It was +read from a manuscript and contained a very imposing and deceiving view +of the past and the present in the history of mankind. Since his reading +lasted more than one hour, I asked after its close, that it should be +decided, whether those who open the meeting, should be bound by the +adopted rule of twenty minutes, or be permitted to speak or read as long +as they would be pleased also when they misrepresent the history in such +an absurd manner as the speaker did. No regard was taken of what I said, +and they proceeded in singing and speaking.</p> + +<p>The afternoon session was opened with as long a reading as the forenoon +session. After the reading they debated, whether it should be directly +printed in a newspaper of the place and in extra copies, or not. It was +unanimously decided that it should be printed, except that I disturbed +the unanimous vote with a powerful "no." But when I desired to give my +reasons, that its publication would not serve "to overcome evil with +good," but to increase the evil, I was stopped, as being not in order in +opposition to a resolution which had been unanimously carried out.</p> + +<p>For a better understanding of the spectacles which will be mentioned +afterwards, we must remark the following incident, which happened on +that day, to wit, somebody mentioned, that there came many female +mediums from a great distance in the expectation to be moved in the +Convention by spirits to speak, that therefore all these mediums should +come on the platform, and speak, whenever any of them should be moved by +a spirit to do so. I think that others felt the absurdity of that +proposition, which if it had been, accepted, would have created great +confusion and hindrance to the realization of their speculations; +therefore they did not respond to his suggestion. Readers should know, +that if not all, certainly most of the heads and the agents of that +Convention were spiritualists of the latest fashion.</p> + +<p>On the afternoon of that day, after singing, I suddenly took the stand, +to make use of the twenty minutes time, conceded by the rule of the +Convention to every speaker. I wished to show, that nobody in the +Convention touched the root of the evil; and that when others have +neglected to study our message of Peace, which shows that root and how +to extirpate it, at length spiritualists have been urged to do so. But +they, instead of progressing and learning by our message, how to +overcome evil with good, were attached to evil spirits, and they deluded +people regarding our message of Peace, when we endeavored to move them +to study it and act accordingly. Instead of many instances of our +experience testifying this, I would mention only my experience at the +last public meeting of spiritualists which I attended in the City of New +York. A female medium whose lying spirits were exposed by me in a public +meeting of spiritualists in Philadelphia on the first day of the last +month (August 1858) came on the 22d of the same month to a meeting of +spiritualists in New-York, in which meeting I spoke. During my speech +the demon by whom she was possessed, propelled her three times to stop +my speech. But when he was rebuked so terribly, that her friends could +not bear any longer, they awakened her from her sleep and carried her +out of the hall. But as soon as I ceased to speak, she returned; and the +demon shut instantly her eyes, and said through her, that I am a Judas +Jscariot, a Jesuit, an emissary of the Pope, &c. The chairman was +induced, to ask the name of the spirit; but he refused to tell his name. +Then he said through his medium, that he is "Donquixote Thomas Paine." +The first name he pronounced so that I knew by the pronunciation, who +amongst my departed friends was the controller of the lying spirit, by +whom the medium was possessed. My departed friend compelled him in the +first place to tell, that he was Don Quixote, known as the hero in the +celebrated Spanish romance or fable called Don Quixote. A similar +fiction was also the speech of the demon by whom that medium was +possessed, only that those who do not know me, might take the calumny of +the devil for truth. After the confession that he was Don Quixote, to +make which he was compelled by a higher power, he added according to his +lying propensity, that he was Thomas Paine, although he was not Thomas +Paine.</p> + +<p>When I desired to explain, from which sphere of spirits that liar came, +I was stopped by a man crying behind me to the chairman, asking him +whether I should be permitted or not to occupy an hour, while nobody +could understand me. At such interruptions I strike sometimes the +impudent demons, as they deserve to be stricken. I think, that I did not +speak ten minutes, when that interruption took place. To draw my +attention from the disturbing demon, Henry C. Wright jumped to me, +saying that I should not speak, because I am not understood, and he told +the audience that he knew me to be a good man, but that I could not be +understood by Americans. I interrupted him saying with indignation, that +he did not know me and that those do not understand me, who have ears +and will not hear and eyes and will not see. I felt that the audience +were not prepared for further explanations; but the truth is, that while +I have been speaking English on more than one thousand places in +America, those who have acquired some education and paid attention to my +discourses, understood me; but enemies of truth complained, that they +could not understand me, or they made disturbance. Not to give to demons +any opportunity to enrage their mediums against me at the night session +of that day, I would not attend that session.</p> + +<p>On the 11th inst. at the first opportunity at the forenoon session I +offered the resolutions to be read, for a better understanding of which +these remarks are a preparation. But the chairman remarked, that that +was not the proper time for reading my resolutions. Then I kept silence +at that session. But during the afternoon session I offered several +times my resolutions to be read. But Ira Hitchcock always interfered, +pointing to some other, that he was in order to speak, although I did +not see, that he arose before me for this purpose.</p> + +<p>I found proper not to attend any of the following sessions of said +Convention, in which I have offered the means, "to overcome evil with +good;" but the infernal league hindered their communication to the +people, and when the mediums of the infernal league thought, that they +were removing evil and promoting good, they were doing just the +contrary. If we have the mission which is proved in many of my volumes +and expressed at the end of the resolutions for which we are preparing +readers by these remarks, then all those who are hindering the +circulation of our message of Peace, are the most dreadful slaveholders +and destroyers of human life and property. They keep people in shackles +of delusion and ignorance of what they should know, to prevent +destruction of many and subjugation of the remnant by cruel tyrants.</p> + +<p>I saw the report of the proceedings on the first day of the Convention +in two Utica daily papers. I quote from the Utica Morning Herald, +September 11th, 1858, the following passage regarding my first +interference, as follows: "at the conclusion of Mr. Davis' lengthy +harangue, a German arose and said, he hopes that those who opens the +meetings, speaks no more as twenty minutes, or not! I have prepared a +speech on the root of all evil that will not dake so mooch dime as the +friends who have speak!" The devil, that means calumniator, by whom this +reporter was so possessed, that he knew neither orthography nor grammar, +was not so bad as the devil, by whom the evening 'Telegraph' was +possessed. He, in the service of the heads of the Convention, calls me +"the member from Germany," also "the teutonic individual," and what he +reports, he so reports for the benefit of the infernal league according +to the wishes of mediums of lying spirits, that I had to write much if I +would explain the cunning malice, which is comprehended in the +misrepresentations and lies in regard to the exertions which I made to +move the "Philanthropic Convention" to an investigation of my written +documents showing that which is first necessary to overcome evil with +good. But here not being room, I quote only the following passage, which +the Telegraph has published as my saying: "I knew Don Ke Shott; some +call him Don Quixote, but I call him Don Ke Shott. I can tell you all +about him."</p> + +<p>Mediums of lying and destroying spirits have been brought to that +Convention from the Cities of New-York, Boston and many other places of +several States. To deliver those slaves from their tyrants, I mentioned, +that at my last attendance of a public meeting of spiritualists in +New-York a female medium was seized by a terrible devil who declared, +that I was "Judas Iscariot[M], an emissary from the Pope, a Jesuit," +although after my having been from A.D. 1819, till 1838 a Roman Catholic +Priest, I was working since the year 1838, according to my mission, with +great zeal for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. On this account I +am abused and persecuted not only by the agents of the grand Pope of +Rome, but also by such small Popes, as have been assembled in said +"Philanthropic Convention" as well as by their reporters. I mentioned in +my address, that the lying spirit who said through the female medium, +that I am a "Judas Iscariot[M], a Jesuit, an emissary from the Pope," +did confess then, that he is "Don Quixote Thomas Paine." But that my +remark was then so terribly abused, as the above quoted passage +testifies. Lying spirits are supported by speakers and by editors of +newspapers.</p> + +<p>The reader should recollect what I said above regarding Henry C. +Wright's assisting his colleague interrupting my speech. The Herald +reports it, as follows: "Mr. Wright finally said he had known Smollnikar +for some time, he was a very worthy man, but the Convention could not +understand him when he tried to speak English." Smollnikar--"They have +ears and will not hear, they have eyes and will not see."</p> + +<p>The Herald has given here the substance and also the name of Mr. Wright. +But this did not agree with the position of the heads of the +Convention, who have promised free speech, and then one of the principal +heads of Abolitionists came as Judas Jscariot to me, and assisted the +murderer of my message, with a hypocritical address to the audience, as +if he was my best friend. Therefore instead of his name Henry C. Wright +there appeared in the Telegraph "a lagerbeer," as if I had spoken so in +the Convention, that intoxicated Germans themselves had found it +necessary to stop me in my speech.</p> + +<p>I did not see any German in the Convention; but it would be too mild to +call Henry C. Wright a "lagerbeer." He is a "Wright" or a workman, an +emissary of the infernal "Ira Hitchcock," The Latin word "Ira" means the +wrath or vengence, which appeared in the chairman Ira Hitchcock, or +hitch, that means catch the cock, that he might not cry and awaken +people from their lethargy, to save the country from the infernal wrath +and vengeance, which is kindled by such emissaries of His Infernal +Holiness, as Henry C. Wright is, a blasphemer of the Living God and His +Christ, and a rebel against Divine Decrees made manifest in our mission, +but which have been despised by Henry C. Wright, Ira Hitchcock and other +heads of said Convention. Those rebels against God and His Christ had +many years ago opportunity to learn the Divine Decrees for redemption of +oppressed humanity; but they have conspired also in their last +Convention, to check their proclamation and to open the infernal crater +of a volcano to destroy the country by rebellion and other crimes, which +have been openly defended by Henry C. Wright and others in that +Convention, in which by our mission the means were offered to abolish +all kinds of slavery in a peaceable manner.</p> + +<p>In my signature at the end of the resolutions as well as in my +publications, you find my name correctly written. But the mentioned +reporters were mediums of deluding and destroying spirits by whom they +were magnetized and were made deaf and blind, so that they thought, I +was a German; although they should have so much sense of discernment, +and judgment, as to know from my pronunciation, that I am not a German. +If I had been a German, I could not have received[N] the mission with +which I am charged--because the messenger in the mission with which I +am charged, must come, according to prophecies, from the Slavonian +nation, from the country called Illyria or Illyricum, from the town, +named in my mother tongue Kamnik, in Greek and Latin Lithopolis, in +German Stein, in English Stone.</p> + +<p>Against the impudence with which also my language was so terribly +misrepresented there is no room to make more than this remark:</p> + +<p>A.D. 1835, I wrote a Latin treatise "On the congeniality of languages," +showing how by the comparative study of languages many deep truths for +the introduction of Christ's peaceable Reign or of the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice would be unravelled. Before I was +qualified to write such a treatise, I had to study many ancient and +modern languages, some more thoroughly, and some only by looking over +the grammar and dictionary. Here is no room to explain the reasons, why +I devoted, before writing said treatise, only some few hours and learned +more than the Herald and the Telegraph and other scoffers of our mission +have learned all their life time regarding the etymology of their own +English mother tongue. If they cannot comprehend this our assertion +without our explanation, I am ready to explain it in an article, if they +promise to publish it in their newspapers: because it may awaken many +scholars for co-operation with us to introduce the new Era of Union and +Peace of nations, who have in their ignorance of matters worked until +now for disunion of nations and for destruction of human life and +property.</p> + +<p>We hope, that editors and publishers of newspapers, who have by their +reports misrepresented our mission, will not remain mediums of lying and +destroying spirits, but will, as their duty requires, publish this +article, and comprehend the importance of the preceding remarks as well +as of the "Resolutions" which follow and what is annexed to the +resolutions, to move the American nation and by their mediumship all +nations for action, to redeem oppressed humanity from the yoke of +tyrants, and that those for whom it would be impossible, to publish the +whole in one number, will publish it in two or three numbers. Our +resolutions have been offered to the Convention in the following words:</p> + +<blockquote><p> + Resolutions for the "Philanthropic Convention to overcome evil with + good," held in Utica on the 10th, 11th, and 12th September 1858.</p> + +<p> Whereas the writer of the following resolutions did hear nothing in + this Convention of "the general fundamental cause of the existing + evils in the social, religious and political relations of mankind," + and according to his knowledge in no Convention of the so called + reformers has this general fundamental cause been found out, and + will not be comprehended by them, till they come on the ground + which the writer occupies, according to his mission, which is made + manifest in the documents which have been offered to be read in + this Convention. When those documents will be read and + comprehended, the following resolutions will be adopted:</p> + +<p> Resolved 1st, that the general fundamental cause of the evils which + are to be removed from the social, political and religious + relations of mankind, is founded in the Old Heavens and in the Old + Earth, that means the old institutions, which will be removed when + they shall be comprehended by true reformers, since the so called + reformers who are warring against those institutions from their + materialistic position, are supporting those institutions, because + they are mediums of those spirits who are subject to and controlled + by the Papal Imperial Royal Spirits, so that materialism and the + modern spiritualism are the last outbreaks of Popery, and + materialists and modern spiritualists are the means of the outbreak + of the worst evils, which remain latent, till the materialistic + spirits come in collision with the rules given by their + controllers, the Popish spirits. From this collision of spirits + originate riots, wars and other evils, which will be removed, when + the pretended reformers and mediums of deluding and destroying + spirits will receive the light which has been kindled by the + mediumship of the writer.</p> + +<p> Resolved 2d, That the particular and in the exterior life of people + manifest evils, which are easily observed by those materialists who + are falsely called reformers, cannot be removed from the society, + till true reformers understand the real position of the existing + churches and the spiritualism in the churches as well as the modern + spiritualism out of the churches; because without this + understanding there is neither knowledge nor strength in the so + called reformers, to effect the true reformation, and to establish + the promised Peace amongst all nations, for which the means are + developed in the publications and manuscripts of the writer of + these resolutions.</p> + +<p> It is expected, that those who have called this Convention, and + those who attend it are not so blind that they having called "a + Convention to overcome evil with good,"[O] and granted freedom of + speech in this Convention, this freedom being accepted by the + assembly, would reject the good which is offered by the writer to + overcome evil; since the writer affirms that those who are anxious + to speak in this Convention, have nothing to say, which has not + been already many times repeated in Conventions, if it is for any + use at all to remove evil, but that the writer has to communicate + matters to remove evil, which are not known to those who attend + this Convention, as will be evident, if the two documents which are + offered to be read in this Convention, and which have been written, + one the last month, and the other during the travelling of the + writer from New-York to this Convention, will be read publicly to + this assembly. The writer remarks especially in regard to the + mediums of spirits by whom they have been brought, to speak with + closed eyes in this Convention, that from the documents offered to + be read, it will be made manifest, that their spirits are deluding + spirits, from whom the mediums will be delivered, and enlightened + by spirits of Truth, if they study with attention the writings + which have been produced by the mediumship of the writer who signs + his name and the charges which he has received for the introduction + of the New Heaven.</p> + +<p> ANDREW B. SMOLNIKER, &c. see title page. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>Neither this lengthy nor other shorter articles which have been offered +since that time to editors of newspepers did suit their taste in the +general corruption of the press. I saw since that time, to wit in +December, 1858, again personally Mr. Garrisson in his office in Boston, +but he was as stubborn in his pernicious course as in former times. I +called very seldom, when I was in Philadelphia, in the "Garrisonian" +antislavery office. But it happened, I think, towards the end of the +winter season, A.D. 1858, while I was passing that office, that I was +impressed to enter it. I found there a rich Mulatto with whom I had been +acquainted for years, but who was so chained by the Garrisonian +imposition, that although I walked several times some miles from +Philadelphia to teach him in his house, how our master had decreed to +deliver slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, the rich +Mulatto had never time to study our message of Peace, although he seemed +to burn with great zeal for redeeming slaves, and he and his wife had +superabundance of time to attend antislavery meetings and conventions +and to perform all prescriptions of "the Garrisonian Liberator." At that +my meeting with him in the "Anti-slavery Office" I understood from his +conversation with others, that they had appointed a meeting at +candle-light of that day, and that that Mulatto was by virtue of his +office president of that meeting. I did not inquire, for what +antislavery purpose that meeting was appointed, and without asking this +I said to the Mulatto, that I was also inclined to attend that meeting, +if he would tell after their meeting to the audience, that I had a +message which would need no more than three minutes time, and that my +message would not interfere with their meeting. The rich Mulatto +accepted my offer.</p> + +<p>That meeting was held in a large church of the colored people and the +church was crowded. But I was quite surprised, when I understood from +their proceedings and harangues, that it was an "underground railroad" +meeting, in which they disclosed so much of their secret proceedings of +the transportation of slaves to Canada, and endeavored by their +revolutionary speeches to kindle the animal passions of the audience to +rebellion that if such a meeting would have been held in France or +Austria or several other monarchies, all speakers would have been +imprisoned in the State's Prison and if not all, certainly several of +them would have remained perpetually in prison. After their meeting the +rich Mulatto chairman announced, that I had to deliver a short message +independent from their meeting. I mentioned briefly, that I am a +messenger of Peace, having superabundance of credentials for delivering +slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if abolitionists +would learn our message and give good example to slaveholders; and that, +since there was no time for an explanation of the matter, they should +appoint a committee to whom a manuscript of mine should be read, +containing that which those should know, who are working for redemption +of slaves. A committee of five colored men was appointed; but at our +first meeting all members of the committee were not present, and those +who came to the first meeting were so distracted with other business, +that they did not pay attention to what has been read the first time, +and the others had their excuses to come again, except a Mulatto from +West India who would have persevered, if others had done the same. But +he alone could do nothing, because he was not a long time in +Philadelphia and had not much influence there.</p> + +<p>I have given here one case of my experience, instead of hundreds of +cases, how dreadfully the colored people are duped and deceived by the +heads of antislavery armies, while these heads or popes appear to have +great zeal for deliverance of slaves, although they are the cause, that +some of them are killed, and those who are brought to Canada, become +more miserable slaves than they have been before, because they are +drilled in weapons to kill and be killed, while our master offers by our +instrumentality to the anti-slavery champions the means to deliver white +and black slaves from all forms of oppression[P] and slavery. But there +are many, under the specious name of the antislavery cause, agents of +monarchs and traitors of the true Republican or true anti-slavery cause. +And those who are not directly bribed by monarchial agents for the +conversion of this country into monarchies, are mediums or instruments +of deluding and destroying spirits, by whom they are so blinded that +they, really believe, that they are working "for deliverance of the poor +slave," while they are assisting monarchs, to enslave the whole country.</p> + +<p>I think that our friend Grerrit Smith is such a medium. We have tried to +convert him many years ago from his delusion, and after previous +preparations which we have made in his house, it was, I think, on the +18th of February, 1845, (which is the anniversary of great events in +our mission,) that I met with him in a convention of antislavery +ministers and other abolitionists, which was held in Syracuse, N.Y. He +was chairman. A number of resolutions for operations in the antislavery +movements had been read and adopted. Then I arose and assured the +audience, that if my document which I had prepared for that occasion, +would be read, they could comprehend that those resolutions would be for +no use, and that better means have been providentially prepared for the +redemption of slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if +anti-slavery champions would study to know those means and make use of +them. The chairman Gerrit Smith asked the audience, whether my document +should be read. The majority answered "Yes." He asked the votes of those +who would be against its reading. Some voices were heard, that it should +not be read. And the chairman Smith said: "Smolnikar, you have lost the +floor." He was right, if the Convention was ruled by those who had made +the resolutions and by their colleagues. And I said, that if they would +not receive light, they should continue in darkness, and I left +directly. At length rapping spirits broke out and had great influence in +his house, because he shut his eyes, when light has been offered to him +from the spirit of truth by our mediumships. I tried in different times +to move our friend Gerrit Smith to study our message and the credentials +of our mission. But deluding and destroying spirits drew him in other +directions. At length A.D. 1854 I tried particularly to move the +Congress of the United States to appoint a Convention in which I +promised to exhibit the means to deliver this country from monarchial +influence and to establish the promised universal Republic of Truth, +Justice and Peace on earth, and the credentials of our mission, and I +applied to a number of congressmen in both Houses to bring the subject +before their respective bodies. At length, when all others had neglected +to fulfil this their highest duty, I applied to Hon. Gerrit Smith, who +was at that time in the House of Representatives.</p> + +<p>I mention strange things; but they will not appear strange, if readers +keep in mind, that I represent the body of messengers, who are +collectively called the third angel in <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv: 9. In this book I +give on many subjects only hints; otherwise I should have to write also +a large volume of wonders and signs which happened, while I was trying +in that year President Pierce and members of the cabinet and the +congress. But if editors of the Tribune wish besides what I offered in +the first treatise to show regarding their pet Fremont, that they might +commence to be sober in forwarding candidates for high offices, I would +like to write also an other article comparing Hon. Gerrit Smith with +Senator Seward and to publish what happened while I was trying both in +Washington City; because at that our trial it was in an extraordinary +mariner made manifest, that although Gerrit Smith was badly chained by +the spirit of delusion, Senator Seward was found much more chained than +Gerrit Smith. On this account our leaders moved me at the last campaign +of candidates for governor of the State of New York, A.D. 1858, and I +was acting in my mission in that State, while Gerrit Smith was +proclaimed candidate by his party so that I wrote to him, what he had to +do, to be favored by our leaders in his course for a high office; +because the time has at length arrived in which our leaders will +commence to show publicly, how they have the power to interfere in the +election business of officers. And then candidates for offices and +officers will commence to see the necessity of studying our message and +the credentials for our mission, to become with us messengers of Peace, +and people will commence to abhor electing such as are so degraded, that +they are not prepared to study the Heavenly message made manifest for +the redemption of oppressed humanity and the establishment of the +promised universal Republic. But how until now those who have been +solemnly warned by us, to do what they as professing to be Republicans +and occupying high offices, were particularly bound to do, have +neglected to fulfil their highest duty, we will show with few instances, +that those who will be named, might arise from death to life, and all +readers might be inspired for co-operation with us, since Providence is +instructing mankind by so remarkable cases, as are the following:</p> + +<p>At the commencement of the year 1856 I arrived in Columbus, Ohio, and +endeavored to move the Republican anti-slavery Governor Chase and the +Republican Party which was the strongest in the legislature of Ohio, to +co-operation with us to establish the universal Republic of Peace on +earth. For this purpose I wrote "an address to the legislature and the +citizens of Ohio" and sent the manuscript with an urgent recommendation +to Governor Chase, that he after having perused the manuscript might +forward it with his recommendation to the legislature of Ohio. In my +manuscript or my written address to the legislature as many testimonies +of our mission were mentioned as would have been sufficient to move a +man who has discernment in spiritual things, for co-operation with us. +But the Governor, after having perused my manuscript in which I urged +the legislature by virtue of the memorable events which have been +mentioned in it, to appoint a monthly theological course, to which +qualified persons would be invited to hear the explanation of my +manuscript which contains the system for the foundation of the universal +Republic, and for the commencement of the New Era called the millennium, +said when he returned it to me, that he was not the proper person to +forward the manuscript to the legislature. I do not know, whether he +would have entered into a discussion of the matter, if I had offered him +to show, that he was not only the proper person, but that it was his +most urgent duty to forward my address to the legislature. I thought +that he in his new highest office of that State was too much distracted +and was not prepared for our extraordinary business. Wherefore I sent +that same address which was directed to the legislature of Ohio, to the +speaker in the House, and instructed him in an extra letter of his duty, +to forward my address to the House. But he belonged to the Republican +Party and had no capacity for what was needed to establish the true +Republic of Harmony and Peace on earth, and could not be moved to do, +what was shown to him to be most necessary in his circumstances. He +returned my address. From him I went to the Lieutenant Governor or +speaker in the Senate. He belonged to the American. Party and by his +application the Senate appointed a committee for examining my document. +In that committee was a member of the Republican Party, who assured his +colleagues, that he knew me, that I was a madman, having come from +Geauga County in which I held a Convention in the year 1851. +Notwithstanding the most malicious conspiracy of the Sectarian +neighborhood we succeeded so far, that a number of resolutions in which +I have concentrated what has been explained in the Convention for the +commencement of the millennium, have been unanimously adopted, and then +published with other documents for an easier understanding of the +resolutions. But materialists, papists and other sectarians, instead of +having reflected upon the unexpected glorious news made manifest in that +pamphlet and put them into circulation, did all in their power that the +largest portion of copies of that pamphlet and the man to whom they have +been given in care, disappeared, and the calumny was put into +circulation, that I became mad. And when that same calumny was renewed +in the Senate chamber of Ohio, I wrote a resolution, to be offered to +that body. But members of the Senate became so scared, that I could find +nobody, to undertake to offer it to the Senate. I wished by that +resolution to move the Senate to give me their chamber for a lecture, in +which I wished to explain the madness of those who instead of studying +our disclosures for Harmony and Peace of nations, are slandering and +calumniating me, and ruining this country and preparing it more and more +to become a spoil to enrich monarchs and their agents.</p> + +<p>Then I published that address and other documents which I supposed, +would be strong enough to move the legislature and other citizens of +Ohio to send qualified persons to the monthly theological course, which +was appointed in that pamphlet.</p> + +<p>Here we must extract passages from the last page for a great lesson to +Republicans and others that they might not be duped any longer by the +blind leaders of the blind. That page contains "a great appeal to the +Governor, the Senate and House of Representatives of the State of Ohio." +It was written, mark well, on the 2d day of February, as is mentioned on +that 32d page as well, as on the pages 31 and 29; because on the 29th +page I commenced to write a paragraph as follows: "I had to wait till +the composition of this epistle advanced so far, that I must finish it +on this 2d day of February" &c. On that day I wrote what follows from +that passage to the end of the pamphlet. And the "great appeal" reads: +"Fellow laborers in the great cause of human redemption! If you have +studied this pamphlet with such attention as it deserves to be studied +you will accept this title with gratitude to the Most High, that he has +chosen us in his mercy for the accomplishment of the most glorious +promises".... "The first most urgent work" (which the legislature of +Ohio in those circumstances could do) "is to kindle with this pamphlet a +light in the Cabinet and the Congress of the United States. 'And Babylon +is become a habitation of demons.' <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xviii: 2. The fall of Babylon +has been proclaimed by my instrumentality for the fulfilment of the +first three verses of the 18th chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span>, on Easter +Sunday, 1838, under the direction of the powerful angel, who was sent +from the Heavenly Congress. And since that proclamation, the habitation +of demons on every place of Babylon, on which my message is rejected, is +made manifest ... and the numbers of votes which members of the House of +Representatives were casting since my first publication of the +'testimony for the superabundance of miracles,' which is reprinted on +the 9th and 10th pages of this pamphlet, are testifying, from which +quarters of pitfalls and deep holes the demons came who took possesion +of the Capitol at the present session.... On this 2nd day of February in +my Country Roman Catholic men and women bring each his own candle into +the church and burn them" &c.</p> + +<p>I quoted these passages, written on the 2d day of Feb., which was +Saturday, and given on the same day to the printer; because I had an +engagement on the next following day in the country and left Columbus on +that Saturday, Feb, 2d 1856. When I returned on the next following week +from the country, I heard that on that same day February 2d, 1856, the +House of Representatives finished at length their voting for speaker and +that Nathanael Banks was elected Speaker in the House. There is a spirit +language by numbers. Representatives in the House were casting votes +from the time in which my article "Testimony for the superabundance of +miracles" appeared in two newspapers of Cleveland and was then copied in +my pamphlet for the legislature of Ohio, to make use of it for the +conversion of the Congress in Washington; because I saw, whenever I +looked the numbers of votes cast to elect the speaker, that members of +the parties casting votes were under a strong Papal Imperial Royal +delusion. When I wrote the above quoted passages on the 2nd day of +February, 1856, I did not know, that at that same time they finished +their voting with Nathanael Banks as speaker in the House. Nathanael +means a "gift of God." And the name Banks was prophetical for what +followed then in regard to the Banks; because this generation could +receive no more suitable gift than Banks are. There is not only in +numbers but also in names and in manifold other correspondences a spirit +language which we understand; and in this our mission events connected +with our steps testify the condition in which those are, who neglect to +make use of our message of Peace. The Governor and the legislature of +Ohio did not care about our urgent appeal made to them in writing and in +print, and the same time in Washington the name of Banks announced the +terrible condition of this same country founding their trust in banks +and paper-money, which will be eventually made manifest with a terrible +crash.</p> + +<p>After that experience made at the Republican Legislature of Ohio, in +which we could not find assistance for the circulation of our message of +Peace, and for holding our monthly theological course, I remained in +Ohio, till I heard Governor Chase in a campaign for candidate Fremont +assert with great boldness, that he knew Fremont. I did not know Fremont +at that time. But after having studied as much as was required to know +him, I pitied Governor Chase and other Republicans very much, that they +either by ignorance of matters or by preferring private interest to the +common welfare, should have ruined the country and destroyed an enormous +amount of human life and property, so that the Kansas affairs alone cost +more than fifty millions of dollars. All the evils would have been +avoided, if Hon. Giddings and his co-operators who have been most +urgently invited to attend the above mentioned Convention which was held +in their vicinity in the year 1851, had not despised our invitation. +But at that time matters had not arrived to that maturity in which they +are now. And we write and mention some champions and leaders of parties, +that they themselves and by their instrumentality many others might be +awakened from their lethargy and attend at length our monthly +theological course the appointment of which they will find at the end of +this book, and learn that which is most needed for the support of the +true Republican, or what is the same, true Christian against the +monarchial cause.</p> + +<p>I have sent to speaker Banks a copy of the pamphlet, from the last page +of which I have quoted above some passages, on which page there is the +admirable correspondence of the governor and the legislature of Ohio +with his election for speaker. But I think, that other trifling business +did hinder Mr. Banks' comprehending wonders and signs contained in that +pamphlet, and that he did not study it so deep as to comprehend the +correspondence of the contents of the last page of said pamphlet with +his election for speaker on the same day on which I wrote that page. In +this book is no room to explain the language by numbers; but we may +generally observe, that the election took place under the spell of the +Papel Imperial Royal spirits; and it was said, that it did not happen, +till a Roman catholic priest came into the House of Representatives and +performed his prayer. Whether that report was true or not, is is not my +business to investigate; but it is true, that the spell was taken away, +when I in my application to the governor and the legislature of Ohio +wrote on the last page of the above quoted pamphlet: "You are requested +to cast so many copies of this pamphlet in the Cabinet and Congress of +Washington, and also into the legislature of each State, as are required +to kindle a great light everywhere." Reference is made to the +"Candle-mass," as the feast of the 2d February is called. It is Mary's +purification and Christ's presentation in the temple; and that our +reference to the casting of votes for the speaker in the House of the +United States destroyed the spell and they agreed at length in the +prophetical name Banks, with which there was already great trouble, and +the greater troubles will follow the longer nations delay to apply our +remedies against the manifold enormous evils with which nations are +harrassed and ruined. I made some acquaintance with Governor Banks after +my last arrival in Boston in Nov. 1858. I found proper to write to him a +lengthy letter in which I assured him, that if he would become a great +supporter of the true Republican cause, he would need[Q] some private +lessons to know what happened in our age for the introduction of the +universal Republic of Harmony and Peace; because without that knowledge +he in the present course of the Republican Party would contribute his +share not for Peace, but for revolutions and war. I offered in that +letter to give him some private lessons in his house, if he would wish +to receive them regarding our message of Peace and the credentials of +our mission, and I added, that in that season of short days and long +nights there would be at candle-light good opportunity for our lessons. +I went then to his house in Waltham, several miles from Boston. But on +that evening he had not yet returned from his office, and I was +informed, that on the next morning would be the best chance to speak +with him. I then went there but he had not much time to speak, because +he had to go to his office, and he invited me to see him in his office. +From that circumstance I concluded, that he did not keep in mind the +contents of my letter in which I assured him, that his office would not +be the proper place for our lessons, but that the night hours in his +house would suit best for our lessons; but then there was no time to +expostulate with him on this point. I started then for New Hampshire, +and at my return to Boston I wrote to him again, that I intended to see +him again, but not in his office which would not be the proper place for +our lessons, but in his house, that if he would be desirous to receive +lessons I would remain for some days in his village and give to him +lessons at candle-light. I came then to his village, and prepared one of +his acquaintances, a zealous spiritualist who appeared to comprehend +easier than other spiritualists! that Presidents, Governors and other +officers cannot save this Republic from the grasp of monarchs except by +the use of the spiritual weapons which are concentrated in my writings +for the commencement of the promised New Era and that Governor Banks to +use his influence for Harmony and Peace of all nations, had to take +lessons from me. When I thought, that the spiritualist partly by hearing +me partly by reading one of my pamphlets had understood the matter so +far as necessary to move the Governor to accept my proposition, he went +to see Governor Banks. But he returned with the message, that the +Governor had started for Hartford.</p> + +<p>I could not stay longer in Waltham and understood from this circumstance +that Governor Banks was not the officer, who would commence to open the +door at the government for commencing the New Era. I thought that if he +would comprehend our message, by his instrumentality the Legislature of +Massachusetts and by their instrumentality the Congress of the United +States might be moved for using our spiritual weapons against the +anti-Republican powers, I heard in November 1858, in the night before +the election of the Governor and the congress members Governor Banks +deliver his speech in Chelsea City. He affirmed that he did not speak +for himself but for his friend Burlingame, that he might be re-elected +for Congress. I heard this same Burlingame haranguing against Buchanan +and for Fremont during the last Presidential campaign, and understood +that his speech was nothing else but a heap of "burly games." Mark well, +that in our meetings with remarkable persons, names are expressive, but +sometimes their signification is so hidden, that some letter is to be +changed, to be understood. The great heap of burly games spread in +newspapers and in public speeches against Buchanan instead of studying +our message of Peace and communicating it to President Buchanan to save +the country, prove nothing else except that this degraded generation are +preparing the way to such a tyranny as will destroy the largest part and +chain the remnant of the people in such a manner that no word will be +heard against the cruelty and tyranny which will keep them in slavery, +if they do not sooner open their eyes and make use of our message of +Peace. I thought[R], that if Governor Banks would be converted, he would +convert also his friend Burlingame and act through him in the congress. +I came after that in Boston, to the office of Governor Banks to see him +there; but I was told, that he was expected to be in half an hour in +the office. But instead of waiting at, or returning to the office, I was +told by my leader, that I had accomplished my mission in the State of +Massachusetts and was carried directly to other States.</p> + +<p>Wonders and signs which have been given in Boston and Chelsea City near +Boston at that my visit there, are spoken of in the following treatise. +But before we finish this treatise, we should mention somewhat regarding +the Governor of New York in connexion with the Governors of Ohio and +Massachussetts. We do not take any interest in the campaign for +officers, except when we are directed by our leaders to give in this way +a great lesson to nations: as it was the case in the first treatise of +this book.</p> + +<p>While I intended in Summer, 1858, to start from Philadelphia for the +West, I was directed by my leaders to New York. I arrived the same hour +in the City of New York, in which the laying of the Atlantic Cable had +been accomplished, and while spiritualists were rejoicing in a public +meeting at the success, in the supposition that the success was certain +and that it was a great blessing for the United States, I explained in +that meeting, that the success would be a great scourge for this +country, if people would not receive our message of Peace and convert +monarchs into true Republicans. My explanation was then confirmed by +signs. After the exchange of President Buchanan's message with the +message of Queen Victoria the use of the Atlantic Telegraph has been +suspended by invisible agency, and while the City of New York, the great +Babylon of the United States, was celebrating the first time the success +of the Atlantic Telegraph, the tower, the cupola and so much of the +interior of the building of the City Hall was destroyed, as could be +reached by fire. And at the second solemn celebration of the success of +the Atlantic Telegraph the whole Quarantine with numerous buildings was +destroyed by fire. The materialistic spectators who looked only on the +surface, were not aware of the interior agency. But in connexion with +these warning fires other signs were given testifying also in this +connexsion of matters the subjugation of this country by Papal Imperial +Royal or Monarchial spirits, while citizens of the United States are not +yet aware of. I wrote a peculiar treatise on those signs, which will be +published in due time. There was a coalescence of strange +correspondences, While the Queen of England was celebrating with Emperor +Napoleon the tremendous naval exhibition at Cobourgh, for the +subjugation of the world by monarchs, the laying of the Atlantic +Telegraph was accomplished and the President of the United States +exchanged the message with the Queen; and the destroying fires +accompanied the celebration of its success, till at length also the +Crystal Palace was consumed by fire; and the spirits who are subject to +Popish prelates and monks, announced the "Philanthropic Convention in +Utica," and the Archbishop of New-York laid the corner stone to his new +cathedral by the assistance of six suffragan bishops. All these in +connexion with other memorable events happened according to the spirit +language of the prophetical calendar, and I was directed to perform +corresponding memorable actions which are explained in this treatise, +and amongst those actions here I mention the trial of the three +candidates for the Governor's office of the State of New-York. I have +already remarked, that I wrote to Hon. Gerrit Smith after he had been +proclaimed candidate by his party. But when he was not ready to become +messenger of the New Era, I wrote then two lengthy articles, one to be +used by Judge Parker, the Democratic candidate, if he would receive our +message, and another to be used by the merchant Morgan, the candidate of +the Republican Party. I do not belong to any party, and I had only to +try spirits of the candidates for Governor in the State in which is the +concentration of all monarchial speculations, against which and for the +true Republican cause only that Governor could act with power, who would +have so much understanding in spiritual things as to comprehend the +substance of our message and of the credentials of our mission. Such a +man would be a blessing not only for his State, but for the whole +country. Both my articles have been written in a manner, that only that +Candidate could make use of the article prepared for his use, who would +be convinced of our mission, which I intended to explain to him +privately, if he would take an interest in my article.</p> + +<p>Here follows only a synopsis of our trials of spirits at the two +candidates, to wit, the Democratic and the Republican for the office of +Governor in the State of New York.</p> + +<p>According to the direction of our leaders I paid first my personal visit +to Judge Parker of Albany, Democratic Candidate. He appointed a certain +time for an interview in which he would be ready to read my writing and +hear what I had to say. But when I would return at the appointed time, +my leader interfered and said, that I had to try the spirits of merchant +Morgan of the City of New York, Candidate of the Republican Party. +Morgan appeared to be shrewd as I supposed him to be; because otherwise, +having commenced in poverty he would not have become a rich merchant. +When I mentioned my business with him, he replied that he had a +business, which he must attend in the city, and that his clerk who was +in that room, would settle my business with him; and he left the room. +Then I talked with his young clerk and mentioned my former charges and +my present charge, as far as he may have been able to bear, and that I +had with me a document which I had prepared for that campaign. I added, +that whereas I belong to no party, that candidate would be most +qualified for the Governor's office, who would comprehend my document +and make use of it. The clerk insisted, that I should go with my +document to the editors of the Tribune. But I replied, that my document +was not prepared for the Tribune, but to be studied and used by the +candidate himself. But the clerk remarked, that Mr. Morgan would not +have time to study it. And I said, that if Mr. Morgan would not have +time, I would go to Judge Parker; and I assured the Clerk, that if Judge +Parker would have time to study my document and to make use of it, he +would certainly become Governor. Then the clerk was moved, that he +appointed the hour of the next following day, in which I could speak +with Mr. Morgan. I came at the appointed hour; but Mr. Morgan spoke with +another man, and when he saw me, he went with his man in an other room. +In the mean time the clerk insisted, that I should go with my document +to the editors of the Tribune. I did not leave directly the room but was +waiting till Mr. Morgan dispatched his man. Then without speaking with +me a word he went to other business.</p> + +<p>After that my experience I thought that in our dealings with material +men we must be provided with very tangeable arguments. I made shortly +before that trial acquaintance with a stubborn materialist in the City +of New York. He had great influence upon people of certan classes, and +had all his trust in weapons of iron to put down monarchs. I found him +accessible at the point of human magnetism and convinced him by degrees +so far, that he confessed that the weapons of the spirit were the right +weapons to overcome the monarchial powers. He was, when I made +acquaintance with him, running against Judge Parker. But I came after my +trial of Mr. Morgan to him, showing that Judge Parker was amongst the +three candidates the man who if he would comprehend our message of +Peace, would work powerfully for the true Republican cause. During my +explanation he was inspired to do all in his power for Judge Parker's +election, if the Judge should settle matters with me and pay the +expenses for what was to be published in German and in English circulars +from each position separately, to be put in circulation in all +directions of the State of New-York. That man gave me then in writing +the promise to excercise all his influence for Judge Parker's election, +if the Judge settles with me the matter.</p> + +<p>It is to be repeated, that I according to my mission, am working not for +any pay or reward, but only for the great cause of my mission, satisfied +with simple food and raiment, which I get when needed, from those who +understand that I am working without pay for the great community of +mankind. The man who gave me the above mentioned written promise gave me +also money to pay my fare from New-York to Albany. I arrived there on a +Sunday morning, which was the best time for trying Judge Parker's +spirit. I explained to him briefly the reasons why I could not come at +the appointed time, without mentioning the invisible direction; because +I supposed that the Judge was not yet prepared to comprehend spiritual +things. But I insisted, that he, to secure his election, had to spend +that Sunday in studying my writings instead of going to church; for he +mentioned that I did not come the proper time to him, because he was +preparing to go in the church. I showed to him the title page of my +pamphlet; "Redemption of oppressed humanity! Christ's manifestation by +his messengers for the Abolition of all kinds of Popery." On that page +not only my former offices in Babylon are expressed, but also my present +office is mentioned, by virtue of, which I represent the messengers by +whom the promised New Era will be introduced. If he had read the title +page on which the substance of our message is concentrated and our +mission is expressed, with such attention as to comprehend it and to +reflect upon it, he could have understood, that to spend that Sunday +with me was exceedingly more important than to attend his sectarian +church. I repeated that to study my documents on that Sunday was most +important for him.</p> + +<p>Two things seemed to deter him from receiving my advice. In the first +place he saw on the title page, that I, after having been eighteen years +Roman Catholic Priest, appeared in public for the abolition of all kinds +of Popery. He may have been afraid to scare Roman Catholics from voting +for him, if he would be in any connexion with me. I found not proper to +explain, that what I intended to publish in behalf of his election, +would not scare but strengthen Roman Catholics to vote for him, but +would scare many Republicans and Abolitionists to vote for their +candidates and would draw them to him. In the second place he seemed to +have been in the same opinion in which I found Democratic editors of +newspapers, who told me expressly that they were certain, that their +candidate would be Governor. When I found him not ready to study my +document on Sunday instead of going into his sectarian church, I did not +show him the writing of the champion who was determined to act under the +above mentioned condition for Judge Parker's election, but I reported +directly to that champion that which happened at my trial of Judge +Parker's spirits and I started straightways for the States of New +England.</p> + +<p>Attentive readers of this treatise do comprehend, why in the cloud of +witnesses of our mission amongst the men and women of the so called +Republican Party I selected the three acting Governors, Hon. Chase of +Ohio, Banks of Mass, and Hon. Morgan of New York. They appear, because +they are Headmen of the three most dangerous States to the true +Republican cause. Those are the principal States from which there is +spread also into other States much zeal for freedom of nations without +knowledge of the means for the true freedom. This their zeal instead of +promoting the true Republican cause is promoting the cause of monarchs +and ruining this country. I could write much in connexion with these +three Governors for a warning example to all Governors and all other +officers; but these few hints may suffice, that all might know the +necessity to study our message of Peace, to promote in their offices the +true Democratic or true Republican cause and establish Peace on the +whole globe. There is a general hue raised by Republicans, that there is +great corruption at the Federal Government. There is in all parties and +sects a general and exceedingly great corruption; and we must repeat, +that those political and ecclesiastical heads who belong to the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans, are the principal cause of the +horrible degradation and corruption, by which this country is ruined; +because since the time in which I commenced to urge the American nation +by English addresses and publications, my principal applications were +especially to those who profess to belong to the parties of Republicans +and Abolitionists. If they had studied our message of Peace and had +applied the remedy which is comprehended in it against all kinds of +degradation and corruption, we would have seen several years ago the +fruits of our work. But when they in their degradation and corruption, +instead of having received our message of Peace, did all in their power +to stop it, as I have shown, instead of hundreds of instances of our +experience only by the remarkable specimen of the Utica Philanthropic +Convention, they are to be regarded as the principal cause of such awful +warnings, as a specimen was given on Sunday Sexagesima, February 27th +1859, on the President's Square of Washington by the executive power of +our leader who has <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv:14 a sickle in his hand, and will make use +of "sickles" to sweep away the scoundrels and corruptors of females. +Their abominations will come to day-light in this "Judgment +Dispensation," when the criminals will least expect. The farther you +proceed in reading and understanding this book, the more light you will +receive in regard to the inner life of man and to the world of spirits, +to know the secret enemies of true Republicanism, and how to stop the +degradation and corruption, by which Republic is destroyed and monarchy +or tyranny is established.</p> + +<p>We have selected in the first treatise such facts as should inspire +every reader and especially Democrats for co-operation with us, and the +facts made public in this treatise, should move especially the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans. We will see, whether President +Buchanan's friends or the heads of his opposition will hear sooner the +voice of our master made manifest by our mediumship for Harmony and +Peace of all nations, and awaken not only the Government of the United +States but also other governments from their lethargy.</p> + +<p>Human degradation and corruption having been sheltered under the cloak +of virtue, and under the specious name of "Free Love" careless males and +female having been ruined in body and soul, peculiar opportunity was +given us to close this treatise with a brief report on "a treatise on +the second coming of Christ. By John H. Noyes, Putney, Vt. 1840," +because that treatise was handed to me on this 19th day of March, while +I am travelling through Cumberland County, Pa. and by what happened at +the reception of that treatise I was aware, that a brief report would +suit best for closing this our treatise. On the 29th page of that +treatise we read; "Now Swedenborg preached that the second coming of +Christ took place in 1757, and that he was himself an eye witness of the +transaction. Ann Lee, the mother of the Shakers, preached that the +second coming took place in 1770, and that Christ made his appearance +in her person. Many similar proclamations have been made from time to +time, along the whole period of Christian history, and especially since +the Reformation. The latest of this fashion that has come to our notice, +is Professor Andreas Bernardus Smolnikar, who teaches that Christ +appeared in 1836, and appointed him 'Ambassador Extraordinary'" (Mr. +Noyes quotes as his authority "Signs of the times," No. 12. p. 95. Then +he continues his tale as follows:) "of all these we may say fearlessly, +as Paul says, 'though they be Angels from Heaven, let them be accursed' +they have denied the word of God--together with these, another class of +visionaries and impostors, less presumptuous, but equally foolish, may +be noticed. We refer to those who either by pretended revelation, or by +interpretation, have undertaken, from time to time within the last few +centuries, to prophesy of the near approach of the second advent. The +latest and most notable specimen of this class, is William Miller, who +at this time, is confidently proclaiming, 1843 is the appointed year of +the second coming."</p> + +<p>I would not have noticed "Noyes's treaties," if it had not been +unexpectedly handed to me, when I came, while I thought I was going into +the house of a man with whom I was acquainted, to his brother whom I did +not know until yesterday, when I came against my expectation to him. He +commenced to tell that he had a pamphlet in which Mr. Noyes speaks about +me. Then he has shown the above quoted passage in Noyes's pamphlet. But +I did not yet think to take notice of it, till at length he has brought +this morning the pamphlet to his brother-in-law, with whom I stopped +last night, and I found proper to quote the passage and to write this +edition for the conclusion of this treatise. But the quoted passage is +in such connexions and correspondences, that in a new large treatise I +could not explain them. Here we can report only the following items.</p> + +<p>In the year 1840, on Easter Saturday, my third German volume of +"memorable events" issued from the press. Those three volumes exhibit +the "magnetic chain" of events to bind the dragon or serpant, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction, who inspires such +"extraordinary ambassadors", as John H. Noyse is. That he belongs to +those deceivers who have deluded those who belong to the Anti-slavery +and Republican Parties, and are opposed to our message of Peace, is +evident by the circumstance, that I commenced this treatise with the +three angels or ambassadors or messengers of the 14th chapter of the +<span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>, the 3d amongst whom commences his message in the 9th verse of +that chapter. I mentioned that each of those angels or messengers +represents a body or society of messengers, and that Dr. Bengel has +pointed out in the first part of the last century, that Christ will be +made manifest about the year 1836; but that neither Dr. Bengel nor any +other man did know the manner in which he was to be made manifest, till +it was disclosed by the 3d Angel <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv: 9, or the representative of +angels or ambassadors or messengers by whom the contents of the prophecy +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be fulfilled. Interpreters did not understand many +other things nor those verses till they may read their explanation in my +above quoted three German volumes. I do not recollect, how I did entitle +that my address; but it did not contain 95 pages nor was it published in +several numbers, so that I did not know what those "signs of the times" +were, to which Noyse has reference, except that Joshuah Himes, the head +of the Millerite imposition was publishing at that time a paper, +entitled "Signs of the Times," and since he announced, that he would +publish also such views regarding Christ's coming, which were not in +accordance with the views of his sect, I expected to open the door to +the circulation of our message of Peace through that paper. I wrote +therefore a preparatory article, in which I touched only such matters as +that sect of adventurists could bear. And that my article was published +in that paper. But when I offered the second article which touched +nearer the Millerites' absurdities and follies, expecting Christ on the +clouds and other paraphernalia, he refused to publish it, and is yet +deceiving his disciples, although in the year 1840 opportunity was given +to Millerites, to come out from their dreadful delusion. Whether Joshuah +Himes was the first who misrepresented in so dreadful a manner our +message[S], or Noyse perverted what the other deceiver published, they +may decide; because the other is also a dreadful deceiver, who had +opportunity to communicate to his readers our disclosures concerning +Christ's Coming, but he refused to publish our article. But to the +conclusion of this treatise Noyse belongs.</p> + +<p>On the 5th of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock P.M. I received from a +Heavenly messenger the order to prepare for starting to America. But at +that time I did not know more than that in this country preparations +were to be made for establishing the promised peaceable reign of Christ +on earth. But my extraordinary mission commenced to be made manifest +after the events which happened A.D. 1838 in connexion with my mission +and which are explained in my above mentioned three German volumes. +Instead of having studied those volumes and then reported accordingly, +there came such ambassadors of darkness as we have here a specimen of +John H. Noyse. Greater impudence could not be expected than to write +about me without having studied my books in which I have published what +should have been translated from the German also In other languages. In +the third volume it is shown, where Swedenborg, Wm. Miller and others +stand, who wrote before me on the second Coming of Christ. But before I +undertook to write about their standing, I read their books; then I have +shown, how parties and sects, each in their own way have given testimony +to our mission. The principal of those parties have been mentioned in my +third volume, which was published A.D. 1840. But John H. Noyse and his +sect were not at that time so famous as to having been brought to my +notice. At length a "noise" of his existence came to me in the following +manner:</p> + +<p>About the year 1844, while I had business in New York. Theophilus Gates +came to me after having read an address of mine in which I urged readers +to co-operate for establishing a centre of our work. T. Gates spoke +about a certain point persuading me to adopt it for a sure success in +establishing our centre. I said, that I did not know, whether I +understood him correctly or not. Therefore I would read if he had +published anything on that subject and then I would talk with him about +it. Then he brought to me his pamphlet, entitled: "the Battle Axe," in +which he endeavored to prove "the free love doctrine" by the Bible as +well as by authorities of this time. His greatest authority was a letter +of this same John H. Noyse.</p> + +<p>I gave a great lesson to Th. Gates who was ruining people by his +infernal doctrine; but he did not digest my lesson. Then I made +acquaintance with some John H. Noyse's disciples and asked them, how +their leader became so blind as to support the damnable doctrine which +opens the door to all kinds of lasciviousness, adultery and fornication, +which ruins people and is diametrically opposed to the spirit of the New +Testament. His disciples said, that he wrote that letter in a haste, and +that it was published against his intention, and that he retracted his +view expressed in that letter. Then I attended a meeting of +Perfectionists in Newark, N.J. Some of them were with Noyse, others were +against his supporting the Free Love doctrine. I addressed the audience. +Then I was invited to dinner by a Perfectionist who did not belong to +Noyse's Party. I was asked by my host, whether I did read or not, what +appeared shortly before that in Noyse's "Perfectionist" against me. +After my negative answer he gave me the number containing Noyse's +article against me. I took it to the meeting which was appointed on the +same Sunday afternoon and read that article at the meeting and explained +Noyse's misrepresentations of the contents of my article to which +reference was made in Noyse's article, and remarked that it was +possible, that Mr. Noyse did not make purposely but only in haste those +misrepresentations, and that in the case that he is a friend of Truth, +he would retract what he had published misrepresenting my statements. I +added, that in this case I would like to see him and converse personally +with him about the matter. One of his disciples said that Noyse was a +man ready to receive truth, and that he wished to go with me to Mr. +Noyse and to bear travelling expenses. We started and took also another +friend of Mr. Noyse with us. At our arrival we were cordially received, +till Mr. Noyse heard my name. At that moment he was entirely changed, +took his friends into his room, while I remained on the porch. He spoke +with them so loud, that I heard every word, while he reproached to them, +that they took me with them. It was nearly dinner time, and I found +proper not to speak about our case, till we would be together in his +Printing Office. It happened soon after dinner. I said that those who +were present, were Mr. Noyse's friends, but that I expected, that they +were for truth, and that also Noyse will correct the errors and +misrepresentations which he has published regarding my mission and +regarding my statements in my article, to which he had reference in his +article. But Mr. Noyse pertinaciously denied to have misrepresented my +statements. I had in my pocket the number of the paper containing my +article and that number of the Perfectionist in which my publication has +been misrepresented. I read corresponding passages from both, and asked +the witnesses, whether Noyse's report contained the same sense as my +report. All his friends remained silent; but he continued to be +obdurate, and repeated in the most impudent manner, that he did not +misrepresent my statements. I did know nothing until yesterday about his +having misrepresented as early as 1840 my doctrine regarding Christ's +coming and slandered and calumniated me already in that year. And when I +met four or five years after that personally with him in his Printing +Office about our business, he appeared as the most stubborn infallible +Pope, affirming with the most impudent affront, that what he published +against me, was true. But some bystanders commenced to cry: "Snake! +snake! snake!" pointing out of the door of the Printing Office in a +distance from the door to see what it was. There was a very large snake +marching from a distance directly towards us and towards the door of the +Printing Office, and went, in spite of the men gazing it, under the +threshold, and sheltered its self under the floor of the Printing +Office. It was most singular, that the devil, that means calumniator, by +whom the snake was possessed, magnetized so the witnesses, that none of +them took an instrument to kill the snake, although he could have easily +reached one for this purpose in the Printing Office. After having been +all so baffled, I said to Mr. Noyse, that the snake or the dragon is the +Holy Ghost who comes from the depth of his Printing Office and inspires +his readers with such infernal delusion, as appeared in his +"Perfectionist" against my mission, and I left directly his place.</p> + +<p>The man who has brought me to Mr. Noyse, left soon after that spectacle +his own wife, a good natured woman, and went with another "Lady" to +unknown regions. And Noyse left, not long after that that place, and +founded in the State of New York, the Oneida community, in which his +followers professed publicly and published their Free Love doctrine, and +put it in practice in that community and elsewhere, when they had +opportunity to deceive and ruin the incautious, abusing the Bible in the +most horrible manner and anathematizing the true messengers of God. Such +imposters must also give testimony to our mission in a manner convenient +to their position, as I have given at the close of this treatise some +hints, although I could write a volume of memorable events connected +with John H. Noyse's "Perfectionist" and confirming the given hints. But +this treatise being already weighty, we do not need to add an +explanation, why our leaders were pleased to furnish Noyse's pamphlet to +give occasion to these solemn warnings with which we close this +treatise, which should be thankfully received from our directors by all +parties and especially by Abolitionists and Republicans and by all kinds +of Perfectionists and Spiritualists of the last fashion, who are by the +abomination, called Free Love, so stupified, that they cannot comprehend +our message, although they pretend to be Reformers. But those who will +become true Reformers, must come on our ground according to the plan +made public in the last treatise of this book by your sincere brother +Andrew B. Smolnikar, "extraordinary Ambassador" for the introduction of +the New Era of Harmony and Peace.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch3"> +<h2>Third Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + "The War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" in connexion with + our Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria, to be communicated to the + Emperors of Austria and France for the resurrection of the mortals + as well as their departed friends from their misery and distress + into the state of true happiness. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>Instead of the treatise which was prepared to occupy this place in this +book, we write on the 4th day of July, 1859, a New Treatise, while +others are keeping the shadow for reality, rejoicing in companies and +filling my ears with explosions of crackers and thunders of guns and my +nostrils with the most disagreeable smell of gun powder, while I am +mourning in my solitude in the midst of hundreds of thousands of people +of the City of New York and neighbourhood, because they would not +receive our message of peace and learn how to bring forth fruits of the +true liberty of nations. This treatise was occasioned by the book "The +War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" written by J. H. Duganne, +and published a few days ago by R. M. DeWitt, Nassau St., No. 60, New +York. I mention it here, because it contains a collection of facts and +events, by the perusal of which any body, if he reflects upon what he +reads, may be aware of what we continuously repeat, that people and +their political and ecclesiastical governments have apostatized from +Truth and Justice, and cannot establish the promised peace, except +according to the plan which is given in the fifth or last treatise of +this book. The causes of Revolutions and Wars and manifold other plagues +are contained in the apostasy of men from Truth and Righteousness. This +apostasy brings mortal men into the association with departed deluding +and destroying spirits, as you know, if you have comprehended the +preceding treatises, and you will receive the more proof of this +important truth, the farther you will proceed in studying this book. +Mortal men are in close connexion with congenial departed spirits. The +life of man in his mortal body is a manifestation of influence from the +sphere of spirits, for whose society he is prepared. By them he is moved +and supported for action; they influence those who are congenial with +them. But men, if they are not versed in the inner life, are not aware +of this influence; although this is the first and most necessary +knowledge for the abolition of revolutions and wars and manifold other +plagues, which originate from the influence of destroying spirits, who +themselves may be so ignorant, that the magnetic fluid which they +communicate to men is pestilential, as a man who is infected with one or +the other kind of plague, may be ignorant of his dreadful condition, and +of the fact that he infects also others who, in their ignorance of +matters, are united with his deleterious condition. If, for instance, +the Emperors of Austria and France, and their Generals and other +Officers, and all who sympathize with one or the other, and contribute +their share for the destruction of the enemy, would know the proper +condition of spirits with whom they are associated and by whom they are +inspired in their destructive work, they would be exceedingly +frightened, and would cry: "What shall we do to be saved?"</p> + +<p>Many years before I knew anything about my present mission, I was aware +by comparing the reports of the Bible with the reports of other ancient +and modern works and with our own experience in regard to the spirit +world, that angels and demons in the Bible are departed men and women of +different high and low spheres, made manifest to men in mortal bodies, +when there was suitable to give to men tangible testimonies, that +mortals are in close connexion with departed congenial spirits. The +legion, for instance, in the fifth chapter of Mark, is a legion or +regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle. The captain +and his legion had the grave or the cave in which dead bodies were +located, for a suitable location to their degraded condition; and the +magnetic fluid, which they inhaled into their inner or magnetic bodies +which are used by spirits, came from the decomposed and rotten cadavers, +and was the most delicious influence which they could communicate to +their worshipers, and their captain has shewn his terrible madness by +the attacks upon his medium, while he was compelled to make manifest, +what he really was. But when he was not compelled to show his real +condition, he was deceiving in like manner, as now departed Emperors, +Kings, Generals and other warlike spirits are deceiving, till they +bring their worshippers on the battlefield, where they effect such +carnages, as we read now many reports in newspapers. In this madness the +victors and their bishops and priests are feasting and singing "Te +Deum," while the defeated are praying for the reverse, and neither party +are prepared to reflect upon the crimes which they have committed by +having killed their fellow men, who should have been educated and should +have progressed in knowledge of truth and practice of virtue as long as +their constitutions by applying the right means for the support of their +physical strength and health, would have admitted. But alas! they have +been wantonly killed, when they were least prepared for Heaven and best +disposed for the infernal regions! And others have been mangled and +wounded, so that they are crippled for all their lifetime and also +hindered in the right use of their intellectual and moral faculties. And +all who were drilled for war, were instead of progressing in virtue, +retrogressing into corruption. Volumes could be written on this point of +the deepest humiliation of the human race. Which are "the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe?" The book which occasioned this +treatise, contains a series of most detestable facts and proceedings as +forerunners of the eruption of the volcanoes of the infernal furies +which are destroying now in the wholesale human life and property; +because governments and nations are not in truth, but in delusion and +confusion, the necessary consequence of which is destruction. Truth will +make you free. This is the teaching of the master whose religion the +belligerent parties profess with words, while their actions are +instigated by the infernal furies. Also this book contains +superabundance of testimonies of our mission, which is expressed on the +title page. In my five German volumes published within the years 1838 +and 1842, the mystery of iniquity of all governments which profess to be +christian governments, has been disclosed, and their highest duty has +been made evident to abolish those abominations and to unite with us for +the introduction of Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic +of Truth and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole globe. In those +volumes as well as in all my following publications it is made evident +that Peace can never be established on the globe in the present course +of political and ecclesiastical affairs, and that, what they call peace, +is only an armistice, during which the dragon and his host are inspiring +the governments to amass means for new eruptions of revolutions and +wars. The book which occasioned this treatise, contains a collection of +testimonies confirming and illustrating our teaching, that true peace +cannot be established, till governments and nations arrive on our +ground. If the Emperor of Austria would evacuate this moment all places +which he occupies in Italy, and if the Emperor of France and his allies +would have in sincerity no other object in view, but the only one to +make Italy perfectly free, I mean to make Italy a true Republic, and +would sacrifice all their strength and influence to this only object, +they could not realize their object, till they would learn and receive +our message of Peace and adopt the plan given in this book for the +introduction of the promised New Era. As long as they neglect to do +this, they remain under the influence of deluding and destroying +spirits. But these their masters are so controlled by our leaders, that +when the measure of crimes of governments and nations is again and again +filled, new eruptions of destructive revolutions and wars take place on +such days and under such circumstances, that by our explanations of +correspondences they become peculiar warnings; as we have already given +specimens of this kind also in this book; and many more will be given on +suitable places of the following pages. Readers should not forget that +we are preparing them for the Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria.</p> + +<p>Before we commence to translate that epistle, we must give a brief +epitome of the contents of the treatise, which was to be printed in lieu +of this treatise, and to which reference has been made in the preceding +treatise, and we must write on this 4th of July, 1859 in the midst of +great noise and continuous cracking and thunder of guns and so much +smell of powder, that it becomes very tedious. This morning it appeared +in newspapers, that Samuel Jackson's pyrotechnical establishment on 10th +and Reed Streets in Philadelphia was yesterday afternoon destroyed by +the explosion of fireworks, which were prepared for the exhibition on +this day; but they yesterday burned Mr. Beck to death. We mention this +case, because we saw it besides many other cases amongst the news of +this day, and this Jackson is one of the many strong mediums of +destroying spirits whom we endeavored many years ago to deliver from +those spirits; but they continue to prepare tremendous fireworks. In the +octava of the outbreak of the infernal furies in the French Revolution +of February, 1848, spirits commenced to awaken materialists by raps +through the Fox Girls in the vicinity of Rochester of this State of +New-York. They became at length generally known as Rochester Rapping +Spirits; because in the City of Rochester people first commenced to +assemble in large numbers and hear those rappings, or also carefully to +investigate, whether those raps came, as they purported, from spirits or +from some other cause. As soon as I read in newspapers the reports of +those manifestations, I understood the correspondences and also, why our +leaders let the infernal powers exhibit their craft in this manner. +Deluding and destroying spirits from the same spheres from which they +have inspired their fighting mediums in Europe, commenced to give +testimony in this country that there is truly such a relation between +the living in the mortal bodies and the departed as has been disclosed +in our publications, and at the same time also to show how they were +duping and deluding such as would not hear our explanations regarding +the true condition of spirits, but were quite pleasing with the answers +which they received through the daughters of Mr. Fox and other mediums +who commenced then to be developed in large numbers, that is, deluding +and destroying spirits or infernal demons shewed by manifold perceivable +possessions, that they were closely attached to congenial men and women. +I made use of that opportunity and assured citizens of the United +States, that rapping spirits would be dreadful destroying spirits also +in this country, if their operations will not be stopped by the +application of the means which are comprehended in our message of Peace. +But I did not try those spirits in circles of spiritualists, till I +received order from my leaders to do so. Opportunity was given in +Pittsburgh, Pa. by the reports published in some English and German +newspapers regarding the mediumship of Christina Beil, (as the name of +that medium of German parents is correctly written, but English +reporters wrote it Beail, although it is the German Beil, that means a +hatchet or axe)[T]. Her mediumship aroused a general attention, and +while crowds of attendants were convinced that raps by which questions +were answered, were produced by spirits, sceptics denied it, and Mrs. +Swisshelm published in her "Saturday Visitor" the results of her +investigations of spirit rappers at Christina Beil's mediumship. She +thought, that raps must have been produced by some trick of one or the +other mortal, although she was not able to discover the trick. The same +confession was made in German newspapers by a German Lutheran Pastor. +The excitement moved a skilful German chemist who was also a strong +materialist, to investigate the matter in the expectation that he might +find out the trick. But he was sincere and confessed, that raps +purporting to come from spirits, were produced by beings who understood +the questions. But under the circumstances of his investigations they +could not be produced by mortal men, and must have been produced by +invisible agents.</p> + +<p>A few days before my reading of those reports, a rapping spirit had been +shown to me in an extraordinary manner, to relate which in this epitome +there is no room. But by that manifestation I was instructed, that I +should try the rapping spirits of Christiana Beil in the presence of +sufficient witnesses. The same German learned chemist, and a German +Pastor of the Reformed Church and other witnesses were present, when I +tried the spirits of Christina Beil. Also that pastor belonged to that +school of theologians who send their departed into such an eternity, +from whence there is no return to mortal men. Such folly is according to +our knowledge of the condition of the departed most pitiful materialism +in disguise. But at our meeting with that medium in the house of her +mother, soon a number of rappers commenced to show by raps in a number +of places of the room, that they were ready to give answers to our +questions. The medium commenced to ask, and instantly all others became +silent, and the strongest amongst them gave answers with raps. To the +question with whom he wished to converse, the pastor was shown by strong +raps as the person with whom the spirit wished to converse, and he +signified by raps also that he was ready to give his name by pointing +out the letters of his name with raps. The pastor repeated the alphabet, +and was quite astonished, that the letters spelled the name of his +peculiar friend, a medical doctor and open materialist, who was +expressedly denying man's immortality while he was in his mortal body, +from which he departed a few months before that meeting. The pastor gave +a number of questions, and expected to get some answer, with which he +would be able to show, that such an answer could not come from that +doctor. But at length the pastor confessed, that by nobody else except +by that departed doctor he would expect all those answers which he had +received.</p> + +<p>When all was done which would convince the greatest sceptic, if he was +prepared to reflect upon the facts, I interfered and remarked, that +after having received sufficient testimony from that spirit, we wished +to converse with some other, if any is present. Soon raps were heard of +so different a sound from the former, that any observer could perceive +the exchange of spirits. The first gave answers to German questions; +therefore also the second was asked, whether he wished to converse in +German. He answered in the negative, and the medium was pointed out by +raps as the person with whom he wished to converse. Then English +questions were given and he consented to give his name. The alphabet was +repeated, till all the letters of his name were pointed out by raps. And +his name alarmed the medium exceedingly, that she commenced to cry, and +also all her acquaintances were very much excited. I asked the reason, +and was told, that that spirit was expected amongst the first when that +girl became a medium, but they had never any test that he was present, +and that they gave up all their hopes of getting any answer from him. +Therefore his manifestation was so unexpected, that it produced such an +effect upon the medium. I understood the whole matter. That spirit was +the principal guardian of that medium or she was principally possessed +by him, and he had rapped generally in the name of others, when the +inquirers were so congenial with the medium, that he could look into +their wishes. But he did not give his name, that he might not be +discovered as the deceiver who rapped in the name of others. At length I +came in the charge of my mission in March, 1851. I was acquainted +several years before that with that pastor and exhorted him to study my +books and then to proclaim our message of Peace. But my message was not +popular and it teaches, that the belief of the close connexion of men in +mortal bodies with congenial departed spirits is the A B C, to arrive +gradually to a deep knowledge of true religion and to the true freedom +and deliverance from lying destroying spirits. But pastors who became +materialists, were scared when they perceived, that my message +presupposes the close connexion with congenial departed. At length +mediums or possessed by departed spirits alarmed the materialistic +pastors. The mother of the medium belonged to the congregation of that +pastor and she invited that pastor to come and be a witness. My leaders +were controlling the legion of spirits, who came from different quarters +with their witnesses, and in those circumstances the medical doctor +Reitz, a peculiar friend of that pastor, was the strong rapper and the +next was the lying spirit who, when there was no stronger than he, +rapped in the name of others, till he was at length in our presence +compelled to give his name. After that remarkable trial of spirits, I +said to the pastor, that he should instruct the trustees of his church, +to give me permission to deliver some lectures in that church and to +explain that of which he was a witness, but which he could not +understand in the connexion of things, in which it must be understood +for the commencement of the New Era, which according to the testimonies +given in his congregation, should be powerfully proclaimed from his +church. But the pastor thought that his congregation were not prepared +for so deep things. Although I insisted, that I would make them very +popular in the German language, which was the language of his +congregation, and that it was his highest duty to make use of the +opportunity to learn what is most necessary for Harmony and Peace of +nations, he remained as obstinate as other Roman Catholic and Protestant +Pastors.</p> + +<p>Then I wrote an article for newspapers, in which I have shown what +should be generally known regarding the spirit manifestations which +commenced with raps by the mediumship of the Fox Girls to delude, as +cunning foxes are accustomed to delude, such as would not receive truth +which was disclosed in our message, and were discovered, when they were +tried according to our mission at the medium Christina Beil's, which, +means the Christian hatchet or the Christian axe, an instrument for +destruction, that they were deluding and destroying spirits, by whose +influence destruction of life and property will continue until it will +be stopped by receiving and spreading our message of Peace. That article +was prepared in English and in German; but editors who have spread +deceiving reports regarding spiritualism, refused to publish my article. +I sent it then to Boston, to be published there in a paper of +spiritualists. But it was not popular and could not be published. +Matters were to arrive so far as those will find them, who study and +comprehend this whole book.</p> + +<p>After that trial of spirits I returned several times to Pittsburgh and +paid always my visit to that learned chemist, who was converted from a +materialist into an enthusiastic spiritualist. He, like many others, was +expecting through his mediums to receive truth regarding the spirit +world. But he was offended, when I endeavored to make him comprehend, +that those spirits with whom he came in communication by his mediums, +were materialistic spirits who did not speak through his mediums from +the miserable condition of their inner life but from the surface of +their outward condition as they while in their mortal bodies were +accustomed to boast, and to cheat and delude their fellow men. In the +treatise which would have occupied this place, if I had net been moved +to prepare this for the celebration of the 4th of July, 1859, and its +octava, that people might commence to learn, how they could become +independent from the invisible and visible tyrants by whom they are now +enslaved, and inspired for revolutions, wars and other crimes, I have +explained some very important spirit manifestations at my meetings with +the learned chemist in Pittsburgh as preparations to the spirit +manifestations which took place at my last visit to the City of Boston +and neighborhood, and which constitute the principal part of that +treatise, the publication of the whole of which must be delayed, and we +give here in a synopsis as preparation to our Epistle to the Bishops of +Illyria, the following items:</p> + +<p>Boston is the City, in the cathedral Church of which by our mediumship +A.D. 1838, such, spirit manifestations took place, by which we have +received the key to open the door for the promised New Era of Harmony +and Peace on earth. We will give in the next following treatise of this +book some light on those manifestations. But when our disclosures on +those manifestations had not been received, at length spiritualism of +the last fashion gained a peculiar stronghold in Boston, although +materialism made great exertions to check also the modern fashion of +spiritualism. Since A.D. 1838 I returned several times to Boston, and +was trying to move some influential men or congregations for an +examination of our message and of the credentials of our mission. When I +arrived at the end of October, 1858, again in Boston I attended on the +next Sunday the conference of spiritualists, which was at that time on +Sundays usually held in Boston. As soon as they finished their +ceremonies by which their conference was opened, I found proper to speak +a little in my Illyrian mother tongue, to arouse the attention to what I +spoke then in English, and in the English language I rebuked +materialists and testified our mission to restore true spiritualism. +After my speech a medium arose, whom I did not know, but found out +afterwards, that he was Agent of the Fountain House, where spiritualists +had their resort and their speculations. He was rebuking a lecturer who +was opposed to spiritualism, and, as I understood from the rebuke, +misrepresenting facts, and came to that conference to expose +spiritualism from his materialistic position, denying any manifestation +from the departed. During that rebuke, for a proof, that spirits +manifest themselves, he invited that lecturer and other materialists to +a meeting, in which he offered to give an exact description of my mother +whom he affirmed to have seen standing on my side, while I was speaking +in the conference, and that although I was a perfect stranger to him, he +was certain that she was my mother, and that he would give an exact +description of her, so that he was confident, that I would confirm his +description. There were spiritualists in the Conference who knew me, +that I troubled them in the Utica Convention and elsewhere, and they +seemed not to be favorable to that proposition.</p> + +<p>On the next following Sunday I made again an attempt in said Conference +to find out, whether there was any influential person amongst them ready +to take an active interest in examining our message and the credentials +of our mission. I commenced to speak from the point which was mentioned +in the last conference by the medium testifying, that he saw my departed +mother standing in her glory on my side while I was speaking. But I made +the remark that I had two mothers in the spirit world, to wit, my first +mother by whom I was born, She had great care during her life for my +welfare, and having been a great medium of spirit manifestations before +her departure, always anxious to know truth and act accordingly, she +progressed with me also after her departure and became one of those my +guardians, who take care for my provisions and protection against +danger. In this her care she found a strong medium of spirit +manifestations, an aged lady who was looking for the third angel, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xiv:9, because according to the testimonies which she had received, she +was certain, that since A.D. 1836 he was preparing somewhat, and while +she was looking for him since that year in Europe, she was directed by +her guardian to America with the assurance that she would find him in +this country. At length she heard one of my German lectures and +comprehended, that I had the mission of the third angel. When she +commenced to testify this, my mother appeared to her and entrusted her +the care, which she herself had for me before her departure. My mother +was an Illyrian, but this new mother was a German. Whenever I had +opportunity to stop and write in her house, great spirit manifestations +occurred. At length also she departed and is acting amongst the women +who have amongst the departed peculiar offices for the introduction of +the New Era. When I mentioned in said Conference somewhat about these +matters and understood from the speeches of others that their spirits +were drawing the audience in other directions, I turned also to other +places, and tried besides others those professors at Cambridge, Mass. +who were appointed A.D. 1857 as a committee to investigate the physical +phenomena which were believed by some to have been caused by spirits, +while others attributed them to other causes, and those professors, +after having performed their investigations, published their opinion +that spirits had nothing to do with the phenomena which they had +investigated.</p> + +<p>When I read that publication, I saw that readers, by the authority of +those professors, were strengthened in materialism. Therefore, at my +return to Boston I felt it to be my duty to try to move those professors +of Cambridge from their materialism, I saw personally those three, who +belonged to the committee who have published their opinion regarding the +phenomena, called spirit manifestations, and also the fourth who did not +belong to the committee, but was the strongest operator to explode the +truth, that departed spirits are in close connexion with congenial +mortals, and that they, when circumstances are favorable and it agrees +with the Plan of Divine Government, give also to exterior senses of men +perceivable proofs of this connexion. I said to them, that A.D. 1838 +were greater spirit manifestations in the Roman Catholic Cathedral +Church of Boston by my mediumship and the mediumship of 144 witnesses, +than mortal men could expect. Whereas that catalogue of witnesses as +well as the events which happened in connexion with our proceedings, +have been published in my books, I could by the means of that catalogue +in a short time convince the professors of the great Truth of close +connexion and mutual influence between mortals and their congenial +departed, and by the public testimony of the professors the pernicious +influence of their report regarding the spiritual phenomena would be +abolished, and the way for the circulation of our message of Peace would +be opened. They should therefore appoint time and place to meet with me +for this most important investigation of what departed spirits are able +to effect through mortal men. With all my exertions to move the +professors they remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who +gave them opportunity to learn what is most important to correct the +pernicious effect of their report and to cease to brutalize their +students with their materialism. I started from Massachussets to New +Hampshire, because in that State besides other spirit manifestations in +Concord a Convention of those adventists was held, who besides other +blasphemies of the living God and his Christ teach also, that man dies +as a beast, but that when Christ comes on the clouds, he will awaken the +righteous from death, but the wicked will be eternally annihilated. As +all other pestilence which is spread in the Papal and in the Protestant +sects is supported by the use and abuse of the Bible, likewise also +these "annihilators" made their discoveries of the annihilation of the +wicked by the means of the Bible. They are spread through the country +and especially through the States of New England, and are only a branch +of the dreadful materialism which has brought the human beings so on the +surface of the matter, that they stifled the most needful knowledge +regarding the spirit world. I warned all sects of Adventists as well as +others, everywhere. At length I met in October, 1858, with a portion of +the Adventist annihilators in a Conference in Providence of Rhode +Island, and tried to convert them from their folly. But they were not +ready to hear facts and then reflect upon them with a sound reason, to +know man in his interior life.</p> + +<p>There are different sects of the Adventist annihilators; but that same +sect, with whom I met in Providence, have appointed for November, 1858, +a Convention in Concord N.H. The appointment contained a general +invitation, without confinement to their sect, and I thought that there +might be an opportunity for me to find some investigating minds who +would listen to our message of Peace. But when I commenced to speak in +their Convention, and their Popes saw that there was danger for their +spirit annihilation, they applied to the audience with their complaint, +that they found in Providence, that I did not believe in Christ's coming +on the clouds and annihilation of the wicked and am rather a kind of a +spiritualist. Therefore if I would remain I had to be silent, or I had +to leave the Hall. I replied, that in their circular was no confinement +to their sect, but their invitation contained exactly the opportunity +for the proclamation of our message. But the possessed Popes by spirits +of delusion and destruction became fierce and enraged, and I found best +to leave them in their hall. My leader showed me that I should return +towards Boston. At my return I was trying spirits on several places. It +is to be understood that volumes could be written, if I would explain +what I mention in this synopsis preparatory to my Epistle which I have +sent in my hand-writing to the Bishops in Illyria to be communicated to +the Emperors of Austria and France, and which is to be printed in this +treatise, that it might reach monarchs and their agents in this book, if +it should not have reached them in hand-writing. But the events which +occupy the largest portion of the treatise which would have appeared +here, if the celebration of the 4th of July had not moved me to write +and publish this in lieu of the other, may be expressed in this epitome +in the following sentences:</p> + +<p>During my travelling I am most time walking on foot. While I was walking +on foot from Linn, Mass. to Chelsea City, I found the tollgate keeper +standing without occupation on the turnpike, and asked him for a +direction to the strongest spiritualist in Chelsea City. He directed me +to a merchant. He was not at home, and I asked his clerk, to give me +directions to some other spiritualist. He put several on a paper, the +first of whom was Mr. Mansfield, and I was impressed to go to him. I was +quite a stranger and without asking about the occupation of this +Mansfield, I asked only for a direction to his house. When I found it, I +was told that Mansfield was at his office No. 3. Winter Street in +Boston. Without asking, what his occupation was, I came at length on the +3d of December, 1858, into his office. When I was in his office, the +portraits of the dead drawn by some entranced medium with whom I was +personally acquainted, and other paraphernalia reminded me, that that +must be the celebrated medium J. V. Mansfield, of whom I read in +newspapers, that many sealed letters not only from different quarters of +America but also from other parts of the Globe, were directed to +departed acquaintances of the writers, and answers were asked from the +departed which he could not give also in the case, if he would read the +letters. But answers were to be given without opening the letters, by +him as writing medium of spirits. He had to return the letters without +opening the seal, and to add the answers as written by his mediumship. +While reading the reports regarding that medium, I thought to see him, +when I would come again to Boston. But while I was in the first part of +November, 1858, in Boston I did not remember this, and came at my return +from New Hampshire in the briefly related manner on the third December, +1858, against all my expectation to him. I think that he was present at +the two above mentioned Conferences in Boston, in which I spoke before +starting for New Hampshire. When I conversed on the 3d of December with +him in his office, he invited me to come on Saturday, December 4th 1858, +to his office and from thence to ride with him to his house in Chelsea +City and spend Sunday, December 5th, with him. I was impressed to do so. +That Sunday was the second Sunday in Advent. On the 4th, after the +arrival in his house we both were tired and went to bed at 10 o'clock +P.M. I rested well, till I was awakened by a female departed spirit who +was in great distress and entreated me to give her assistance to kill +her husband. I understood it in a spiritual sense to stop the pernicious +course of her husband, and promised her my assistance. As soon as I +promised her my assistance my leaders took her in protection and they +expelled at the same time the whole company of her task masters out of +the room, and then from two places on the outside of the house, from +which they were compelled to remove. After that spectacle, the detail of +which here is not the place to explain, the clock struck four. From this +circumstance I understood, that the scene commenced at three o'clock.</p> + +<p>There are certain hours, according to our spirit language by numbers +most convenient for certain communications. As the communication +requires, also the hour is selelected by my leaders in which they draw +me into the inner state in which they show me, what is congruous to my +mission. They put me, in that instance, from my sleep into the inner +state of knowledge of what was going on. In this state I not see the +female, although I was conscious, that she was surrounded by enemies of +her happiness. The whole scene and explanation belonging to the treatise +which will be published in an other time, these hints may suffice, to +understand the following items. As soon as I saw after that scene Mr. +Mansfield and his wife at breakfast, I told them that I had a great +spirit manifestation, which Mr. Mansfield could not understand, except +if he would study some of my writings to know somewhat about my mission +He read and I explained the substance of some points in my writings to +make him known somewhat about my mission. Afternoon, while reading one +of my pamphlets, he started suddenly and went very fast into another +room, and brought directly some paper, put it on the table and said, +that while he was reading my pamphlet, a spirit was impressing him to +ask me to write questions which he would answer. I knew not who the +woman was, who asked at three o'clock in the morning of that day my +assistance to kill her husband, but I understood, that if I would follow +the direction of my leader, he would reveal it in due time, I knew, that +at that spirit battle, at which that female was taken under the +protection of our leaders, the principal champion was the martyr John +George Zeigler, an American of German descent, who in his mortal body +studied deeper than any other man, my five German volumes, and forsook +then all for our holy mission. While he was travelling in a steamboat he +was pushed into the Ohio River by an enemy of our holy mission, and +departed into the spirit world, in which he received such offices as he +was most qualified for them. He having been the principal amongst those +who took the woman in protection, while she asked my assistance, I +thought, that if I would write to him questions, I would receive the +information, who that woman was. It is to be understood, that Mr. +Mansfield wished, that I should write so, that he could not see what I +wrote, and then to wrap my writing, to which the spirit had to give +answers. But I thought I could write in German, because I was certain +that Mr. Mansfield could not read German. Therefore I said to Mr. +Mansfield, that I determined to write in the German language to the +spirit whom I had in my mind, to whom while he was a mortal, I wrote +sometimes in German, sometimes in English, but he answered always my +letters in English, and he, if he is present, will answer also through +you in English. But Mr. Mansfield remarked, that I should write my +questions in English, that he had lately great troubles with questions +which have been sent by Otto Kunz from Pittsburgh in the German language +to his departed, and that the last number of the Spirit Age contained an +article of Otto Kunz in this respect. I remarked, that I was acquainted +with Otto Kunz, (he is the learned chemist, by whom I was preparing my +way in this treatise, for what follows) but that I did not hear anything +about him for a long time, (to wit, since the summer of 1856, when I saw +him the last time before my meeting with Mr. Mansfield). I added that I +should like to see, what Otto Kunz had published. He brought then from +an other room the number of the Spiritual Age, which has the date +December 4th 1859. It must be added, that I had not before looked into +that number, nor heard anything about Otto Kunz's article. But when Mr. +Mansfield handed me that number, I read Mr. Kunz's article laid the +paper on the table and said to Mr. Mansfield: I will write in English to +the spirit whom I have in my mind. I had yet John George Zeigler in my +mind; but when I took the pencil, I was impressed to write to Charlotte +Kunz (the departed wife of Otto Kunz) in English, in the supposition, +that she could not write English, while she was a mortal, and that also +in the spirit world she did not learn to write English, that therefore +to my English address we must receive some unexpected disclosures. I +wrote therefore while the medium Mr. Mansfield turned in the opposite +direction, that he could not see, what I wrote: "Charlotte Kunz, if you +are present, please to write what you find proper." I folded my writing, +that Mansfield could not see it. He was soon entranced, and gave the +signs, from which I understood, that she was the person who asked at 3 +o'clock A.M. my assistance, and then the communication was written by +Mr. Mansfield in a correct English style and correct orthography and +signed "Charlotte Kunz." The communication contains characteristic +marks, that the controlling spirit was intimately connected with deep +mysteries explained in my German books, but that he was not the writer, +but one of the company belonging to J. V. Mansfield's guardians, wrote +through him according to the wishes of Charlotte Kunz, but wrote so, as +if she herself had written. After the communication directed to me has +been written, and Mr. Mansfield reduced into his normal state, I +requested him, to copy the communication, and to give the original and +the copy to me; because I was asked in the communication by Charlotte +Kunz, professing that she was the writer, that I might write to her +husband. The handwriting of the copy was different from the original. I +preserved the copy and sent the original to Otto Kunz, with my +handwriting, remarking, that that communication has been produced by his +wife under the assistance of our leaders, that he, Otto Kunz, might +contribute his share for starting the centre of our Peace Union. I have +quoted in my writings to Otto Kunz one of the characteristic notes +testifying that the communication had certainly been produced under the +assistance or control of my leaders. And that characteristic note had +reference to Dante's Prophecy in the 33d Song of Purgatory. I speak of +that prophecy in the Epistle to which we are preparing the way. I have +explained also to Mr. Kunz several years before my meeting with his +departed wife the substance of that prophecy. I thought, if he at the +receipt of that unexpected communication would remember my explanation +of that prophecy and other testimonies of my mission, he would not be +too hasty in judging about what he could not understand in the +communication but would expect my farther explanation regarding my +communication; because the explanation could not be given in a letter, +and he was also not prepared in those circumstances to study the +treatise in which that communication is copied verbatim, and the +preparation for its understanding and its explanation is given, and that +treatise would have been published instead of this treatise, if we would +not have prefered this in the expectation, that this might be more +congruous to the present European War, which gives me opportunity to +exhort nations and governments. And for this purpose, to communicate +other important things in this treatise, we give only an epitome of the +treatise which will be published in another convenient time. But Mr. +Mansfield who has astonished many people in all quarters of the Globe by +having given more than forty thousand answers to sealed letters directed +to departed persons, became so remarkable, that he in connexion with the +well known spiritualist Otto Kunz deserved a peculiar treatise, and +appears also in this connexion of matters as a peculiar witness; because +that which has been made evident in many cases in which we tried +remarkable mediums, was in a peculiar manner confirmed, while we tried +the spirits of J. V. Mansfield, to wit, that he has certain guardians by +whom many are deluded, because those guardians give through him answers +which are found correct, when they reach and control the writers of the +sealed letters directed to their departed. But when this is not the +case, answers are not correct. Mr. Mansfield told me, that the largest +portion of his answers is correct. Such points in regard to the +relations in which the departed have been with the inquirers are +revealed in the answers, as Mr. Mansfield could not know them. From this +circumstance is also explicable, how people could be so moved, that he +had received many thousands of letters, although each applicant had to +send one dollar fee to the medium, and three dollars in case of a +guarantee that either an answer, if received would be sent, or the money +returned. When we speak of correct statements in many cases, we add that +in those communications was much of delusion regarding the spirit world. +At length when the measure of abominations was filled, I had to try his +spirits in the manner, the substance of which is given in this epitome, +the treatise being prepared to be published, whenever a publisher is +ready to publish a new book, which would contain that and other +treatises. From that treatise it is evident, that when Otto Kunz wrote +his letter to his departed wife and sent it to Mr. Mansfield to be +answered by his mediumship, the tyrants by whom Mr. Mansfield is +guarded, took her under their subjection. But to give in a new manner a +most solemn warning to all spiritualists who will not progress on our +ground, I was sent to Mansfield, and our guardians took under their +control Charlotte Kunz and the spirits who are writing through Mr. +Mansfield. The enemies of the truth, that departed spirits may use men +as their writingrnediums must explain the answers by assertions which in +most cases appear most ridiculous, for instance, I heard the assertion, +that Mansfield opens the letters. But he returns sealed letters as he +receives them; although we would not deny the possibility of temptation +to open one or the other letter of persons, with whom his guardians were +not congenial, and therefore could not give an answer. But if I had +shown to him my line directed to the departed Charlotte Kunz, although +he has been before that in correspondence with her husband, Mr. +Mansfield with all his guardians would not have been able to give the +characteristic notes which are in the communication testifying, that +some of our leaders was the superior, while J. V. Mansfield's guardian +was writing that communication with Charlotte Kunz's signature, although +there are the strongest marks in the communication, that she could not +write it, but that a deluding and destroying guardian of J. V. Mansfield +wrote it, partly according to her wishes, partly according to his own +impulse, partly according to the dictation of our leader who controlled +him, that he inserted the characteristic notes given by our leader. This +is the epitome of that treatise, which was to be given in this treatise +as a peculiar preparation to my epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. But +before we commence to translate it, we must add also the following +remarks. When our leaders compel in one place "the Secret Enemies of +True Republicanism" to bring to daylight their abominations for our +peculiar use to enlighten this degraded generation, they send us +corresponding testimonies also from other places, and we have collected +in said treatise some extraordinary testimonies for an illustration of +the answers of the sealed letters by J. V. Mansfield's mediumship. A +peculiar witness in this repect was Doctor Randolph, whose spirits I +tried several years before my meeting with Mansfield; but he was not +ready to be converted from darkness to the light which is kindled by our +disclosures. At length when I tried Mansfield's spirits, newspapers +commenced to publish Dr. Randolph's confessions. He tells: "I was a +medium about eight years, during which time I made three thousand +speeches," &c. "And to day I had rather seen the Cholera in my house +than be a spiritual medium! for years I have lived alone for +spiritualism and its cognates. Henceforth I live to combat many of the +identical doctrines that I once accepted as Heavenly truths." "I enter +the arena," says he "as the champion of common sense, against what in my +soul I believe to be the most tremendous enemy of God, morals and +religion, that ever found foothold on the earth--the most seductive, +hence most dangerous form of sensualism that ever cursed a nation, age +or people." If Dr. Randolph had been brought from spirits of delusion on +our ground, he would have assisted us to open the door for the New Era. +But he returned to the sects, from which spirits commenced to manifest +themselves in their materialistic deluding manner, till we commenced to +show, what they were, and then they commenced to be caught in their +lies, and many spiritualists commenced to be scared; but they would not +progress on our ground, and returned to professed materialism and +sectarianism. But the concentration of all abominations of the perverted +spiritualism is in the Papal Imperial Royal Courts. Many spirits delude +monarchs and their supporters either openly by peculiar manifestations, +or without such manifestations deceiving secretly monarchs and +supporters, that they prepare at length for war and commence to fight in +horrible battles, which is the highest manifestation of the infernal +furies. That they might stop this abominable work in which they are now +engaged, I wrote the following epistle, which I give in a free +translation, and then I will add some remarks for a conclusion of this +treatise. You will find in this epistle some repetitions of what has +been mentioned in the first treatise of this book, because when they +were setting that in type I did not think about writing this treatise in +which what is repeated, should be repeated so often till it is +comprehended.</p> + +<p>The Epistle is entitled:</p> + +<blockquote><p> + "Most important events for rulers of nations."</p> + +<p> To P. T. Anthony Slomshek, Prince Bishop of Laibach. Long Island, + State of New-York, June 13th 1859. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>Reverend Bishop! Being in occupations of my office on this anniversary +of momentous events on this Island, I am impressed by the spirit who has +brought me to America, to write again after a long interruption, to my +native country, and to direct my Epistle to you, to communicate copies +of it also to the bishops of Triest and Goricia. I asseverate before +you, three witnesses, that I am not guilty of the blood which is shed in +the present terrible war; although I would be most guilty, if I had not +faithfully fulfilled the duties of my charge. If those to whom I have +written at Vienna, in our native country, and also in other countries of +Europe, had discharged as conscientiously the duties of their office, as +I did those of my office, the promised universal peace would have been +established not only in the whole of Europe, but also in other parts of +the globe. But whereas there was deficiency in respect to the +intellectual and moral preparations of those who were in the office, the +terrible consequences therof are more and more visible. To bishops I +write usually in Latin. But this epistle should be delivered by you to +the government of Austria, and published to the nations not only in +German, but also in as many other languages as possible.</p> + +<p>Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek! Having had more opportunity than others +who are at present bishops under the Austrian government, to obtain +knowledge about me during my residence in Europe and by wise providence +having become a bishop of the diocese, in which I was born, educated and +ordained a priest, I expect that you will receive light from the spirit, +to comprehend correctly the hints which may be concentrated into the +space of an ordinary epistle. You know that I had from my youth an +extraordinary desire to search not only the Jewish and Christian but +also the antiquities of other nations, and to compare the results of my +investigations with what others have brought to light in former times +and recently, to find out, how the promised universal peace will be +established. After my having been six years secular priest of the +diocese of Laibach, I entered the Benedictine Order of the Monastery of +Saint Paul in Carinthia, for the purpose of obtaining more time and +opportunity in that order which furnishes learned professors, than in my +native country for a continuation of my investigations for the peace of +nations. After my having searched two years in the library of the +monastery, I became Professor of Biblical Literature in Clagenfurt, and +in that city I became acquainted with you, you having been there +Spiritual Adviser of Students of Divinity.</p> + +<p>During the ten years of my Professorship I had opportunity to examine +many points, which I would never have had opportunity to examine in the +Diocese of Laibach. But I did not know that the spirit who was my guide +from my youth, was preparing me for the office which has been entrusted +to me in America. Moreover, notwithstanding I had from my youth peculiar +inclination to study the Bible and to read not only the writings of the +Church Fathers but also the writings of the old Heathen and Jews for the +purpose of getting more light on the Bible, during the last ten years of +my Professorship I did not yet know that the office with which I am +commissioned in America, had been manifoldly prophesied in the Bible, +and the prophecy repeated by prophets of the christian centuries as well +as in our time by images suitable to the seasons. Neither had I any +thought to make a voyage to America, till the spirit of truth showed by +evident testimonials, that he called me to this country. Then he opened +also the way for me hither so wonderfully, that although the Prelate of +the monastery of Saint Paul resisted with all his power, and the monks +who were my friends, united with him to hinder my voyage, Emperor +Ferdinand was enlightened to let me have my passport to America.</p> + +<p>Signs and wonders preceded and accompanied my voyage to America, and I +reached this continent first in Boston of the State of Massachusetts on +my birth-day, November 29, 1837. In that city all that was required for +the continuation of our work, has been so prepared by invisible agents, +that although I had not the least foreboding to remain in that city, I +became convinced by the signs which happened there, that in the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church in Boston important ocupations had been +prepared for me. I did not yet know the particular occupations: but I +followed faithfully the directions of the spirit and performed in that +church all, that had been shown to be performed by me. On the 7th of +January, 1838, one hundred and forty-four witnesses signed their names +in my catalogue. Also those witnesses were guided by invisible agents in +such a manner, that they, too, performed in that church, what was +required of them, so that on Easter Sunday, April 15, 1838, in the +Cathedral Church in Boston, in the presence of these 144 and many other +witnesses by my instrumentality the solemn excommunication of the Beast +with seven heads and ten horns from the Church of Christ has been +performed, that is, solemn declaration has been made, that the mysteries +which are contained in those figuritive expressions, do not belong to +the Church of Christ and must be therefore abolished from the earth. A +long chain of signs, according to the prophecies, preceded that +excommunication, and signs succeeded and are continually repeated. By +these signs our mission, that is, my mission and the mission of my +fellow labourers has been confirmed, and the dreadful condition of those +who are opposed to our action has been most evidently developed. In the +years 1838 and 1839 the first two volumes of Memorable Events appeared +in print. Those events took place in my experience for a testimony, that +Christ appears by His messengers for the foundation of the promised +peace on earth. A box of those volumes was sent to the Emperor of +Austria, and my written explanation was given, that in my books the will +of the most High Majesty has been made manifest, to whom Emperors and +Kings are bound to submit and to learn to know the events which have +been explained in my books and to become with us messengers of peace to +the nations, and for this purpose to give my books to the best +theologians for the strictest examination, that the result of their +examination might be sent to me, to be published with my remarks, that +nations might learn what is required for the foundation of the peace of +the world. I assured the Emperor, that dreadful revolutions and wars +will be the consequence if my advice will be rejected.</p> + +<p>After having received no answer to my writings to the Emperor, to the +parson of his court, to a number of bishops and other influential men of +the Empire, and A.D. 1840, my third volume appeared, in which was shown, +that the unexpected events which have been explained in the first and +second volumes, happened according to prophecies, and would not have +been unexpected to bishops, if they had studied prophecies and observed +the signs of the times, and reflected upon the disclosures given by our +forerunners upon these matters, I did not send that volume straightway +to Austria, but I sent a box of all three volumes to the King of +Bavaria, with a similar written warning to the King, as in the preceding +year to the Emperor of Austria, and with the most urgent demand, that +after the Emperor of Austria and his bishops had neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, he should become the messenger of peace to all other +monarchs and open the way to the circulation of our message. At the same +time a copy of all three volumes was sent to the King of France with the +most urgent written petition that he should order without delay a French +translation of the three volumes to be spread everywhere in France, and +our solemn assurence was added, that, if he neglects to fulfil this +highest duty, Revolutions and Wars will be the necessary consequence of +this neglect.</p> + +<p>In an ordinary epistle farther hints cannot be given in regard to what +was done on our side, to move the one or the other government to order +the strictest examination of our message, which contains the means for +abolition[U] of all Revolutions and for the foundation of the universal +peace on the whole globe; but I remark, that when they would not hear +our warning voice, Revolution broke out in February, 1848, under such +preparatory, concomitant signs, and under such corresponding events, +that after having studied those events in my writings which have been +after that partly published in the English language partly preserved for +publication, you will see, that, after our warnings given under Heavenly +inspiration had been contemptuously rejected, the infernal furies had +received the power, to commence to spread the flood of Revolution +exactly on the same day, which gives the most evident testimony, that +Revolution broke out according to a higher calculation on account of the +contempt of our message of peace.</p> + +<p>Emperor Ferdinand having been compelled by that Revolution to issue a +constitution, I read that constitution in a newspaper on the 18th of +April, 1848, and was moved on the 19th April, which was the birth-day of +the Emperor, to give him in consequence of my charge a written assurance +that by that constitution the government and people will be saved from +ruin, if the Emperor accepts my offer; because in this case I was ready, +to start directly for Vienna, and show how the Free Press which was +guarantied by the constitution, would be properly used for developing +and spreading truth, as people have a right to demand, and its abuse +impeded, as the government is bound to impede it. I have given the +Emperor the assurance, that this, our offer, was made under higher +direction for the true happiness of the Imperial Family and the people. +I have sent in the same writing our proclamation to the nations of the +empire, and exhorted the emperor, that if he would write to me, that I +should come to Vienna, he should at the same time publish our +proclamation in all languages of the empire; because, if he accomplishes +this, by our use of the free press the door will be opened for the +introduction of the promised peace of the world, but on the contrary +revolutions and wars would be repeated and governments and nations +ruined. Those highly momentous documents were sent to the minister of +the Austrian government in Washington to be forwarded to the emperor. +Informatian was given to the minister in my next letter, to which post +office he should send the answer, if he should receive any for me from +the Austrian government. After having thus notified him I have received +no answer; but very important signs were given of the approaching war in +which the emperor resigned the throne and Hungary was wasted.</p> + +<p>The three monarchs to whom my books have been sent, but who have +neglected to make use of the means contained therein for the peace of +nations, have been compelled to give up their thrones, but nations could +not become partakers of the promise of the universal peace; because it +will not be established by the sword but by the means contained in our +message of peace, and we have received so many signs according to +prophecies as evidences of our mission, that whereas since the year 1838 +to 1842 five volumes have been written in this respect, I repeated while +I was writing the fifth volume, that five hundred volumes could be +written, if we would continue to explain prophecies of past ages and +their development in the preparations for our mission and during our +mission, and the signs by which our mission is confirmed. But we have +explained superabundance of them, because by our explanation the +dreadful condition of governments and nations has been disclosed. Signs +continue steadily, although the blind leaders of the blind, while the +Lord appears as a thief, comprehend them as little, as the Pharisees +did, when Christ appeared and prophesied the destruction of the city and +the temple.</p> + +<p>Confined to a common letter, I can give only some hints. While the +terrible war was raging principally in Hungary, I laboured industriously +at the commencement of the year 1849 to move the American bishops, to +appear either personally or to send their Theologians to a convention in +the city of New York, to whom I offered to read in the Latin language my +system for the abolition of revolutions and Wars and introduction of the +world's peace.</p> + +<p>I did all I could to move the bishops to attend our Latin convention, +and to make as many objections and remarks as they would find suitable, +although all must have been made in writing and handed to me, to be +annexed with my remarks to my system and published in Latin and in +translations, that men everywhere, could learn our message of peace and +all nations might become partakers of the greatest promises and the +world's peace could be established.</p> + +<p>After bishops had neglected their highest duty, I translated the Latin +system into English and German, and made most urgent applications to +several Presidents and to congressmen of the United States, to move the +American government, to assemble a convention for the same object, for +which I endeavoured to move bishops. In the meantime Lewis Kossuth +arrived in America, and I considered it to be my peculiar duty, to make +use of what was in my power, to direct him from the spirit of +destruction to peace and to explain to him my system in which is shown, +how without soldiers the rights of men will be restored and the peace of +the world established. After several letters of preparation, at length I +met personally with him in Cincinnati. But he was cunning and let me +come to him in company with others, and when I required to speak +privately with him, he excused himself with not having time to speak +with me privately, and directed me to Count Pulski, who was his +associate. I paid to this man several visits, and shewed to him that it +was necessary for Kossuth and his assistants, to study my system and to +retire with me for this purpose. But the result of all my labour was, +that at length Kossuth had sent to me the message that it was impossible +for him to give up his plan. He is a strong "Medium," as those are +called here who are possessed, and those who are possessed by destroying +spirits, have their work, to torment rulers or also to destroy them, if +they will not find salvation in our message of peace.</p> + +<p>Having here only opportunity to give hints on points, on which I could +write volumes, I remark, that when the American government could not be +moved to call a convention for an examination of our message of peace, I +wrote, when Emperor Napoleon III. was preparing for war against Russia, +to his ambassador in Washington, that the emperor would gather together +the highest merits for himself and mankind, if he, instead of the war +preparations against Russia, would call bishops of his empire to Paris, +to examine with me my Latin system for the foundation of the world's +peace. By doing this he would make himself and his friends and at the +same time all nations happy; but in the opposite course he would prepare +misfortune for himself and France. I assured the ambassador of the +French government in Washington, that if he before he would write to the +emperor, himself wished to be convinced of my assertion, I was ready if +he would call me, to come myself to Washington and to explain to him my +system as long as would be necessary to convince him, that we have truly +received from Heaven the commission and credentials for the foundation +of the worlds peace, and that those regents will be in this and in the +future life most unhappy, who refuse to accept our invitation. I have +received no answer from the ambassador of the French government.</p> + +<p>Although I am writing very closely in my advanced age without +spectacles, which I never used in my life, I have very little space in +a common letter, to mention also the following items: The nearer we were +approaching to the present Revolutionary Wars in Europe the stronger +were also the signs of warning, and they are building just now on the +land which has been bought for our Peace-Union, a hall for our +conventions, in which our system for the foundation of the world's peace +will be explained and messengers of peace will be educated to be sent in +all quarters of the world. But whereas, before their labors will +establish the world's peace everywhere on the globe, all monarchs and +their families might be exterminated, if they would not make use of the +means for the foundation of the world's peace, I write this letter on +this Feast of Pentecost and anniversary of momentous events. Your +predecessor, Anthony Aloysy Wolf, Prince-Bishop of Laibach, was one of +those Prince Wolves, who have received my first two volumes, but were +not prepared to study them, and to proclaim to Emperor Ferdinand and to +the nations, the great things which the Lord has done. Those wolves have +deceived in regard to our mission the Emperor, the priests and the +people, and by this deception they became the originators of all those +murders, which have been perpetrated in revolutions and wars and +manifold other manners, which would have been prevented by receiving and +spreading our message of peace. These are the fruits, when wolves are +made pastors of nations! By murders which are perpetrated in +revolutions, wars and other ways, those who are murdered, are turned +into infernal furies, instead of having been converted by suitable +education, into Heavenly Angels. By these furies which have been +murdered in revolutions and wars, nations which are now living, are +instigated to murders in revolutions and wars and in manifold other +manners and also to all kinds of other criminal deeds, the atmosphere is +disturbed and men are tormented with all kinds of plagues, and if they +are not murdered cruelly by force, their lives are shortened manifoldly, +so that also those who live longest, would have lived much longer, if it +would have been introduced amongst nations and duly used, what we know, +but cannot use till governments introduce that which we demand.</p> + +<p>I was Professor of Divinity in Babylon which is spoken of in the +Revelation; but whereas I was sincerely searching after truth for my own +and the welfare of my fellow-men, matters have been disclosed to me, +which I had never expected, while I was prepared without my knowledge by +invisible agents for my present charge. According to this charge I am +now Professor of Divinity or Church-Doctor for the promised peaceable +Reign of God on Earth. As Church-doctor I will teach bishops and priests +as well as monarchs and other grandees of the kingdoms of this world, +when they will be ready to hear the Heavenly voice which is made +manifest through so feeble an instrument as I am, how to pacify the +furies into which men are converted by murders and how to draw them into +the resurrection, that is, from their low to a higher condition. My +apostolic name which I have obtained on the feast of the apostle Andrew, +November 30, 1795, is Andrew. But when on the 30th November, 1826, at +the solemn profession of the Benedictine order I adopted by higher +impulse the name Bernardus, then also Pope Leo XII. was inspired, that +he promulgated Bernardus a Church-doctor. He in his shortsightedness, +had in his mind the celebrated monk of the twelth century. But neither +that monk who was preaching crusades, nor Pope Leo XII. knew, that +Turks, heretics and other nations will be converted in true Christians +without blood shedding and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole earth. But the Pope spoke as prophet of our mission who was +at that time High Priest and prophesied, that, whereas I adopted in the +prophetical profession of the Benedictine Order the name Bernardus, I +had to pass as monk through the last epoch of my studies of preparations +for my present charge, till I became Doctor Ecclesiæ, Church-Doctor, +teaching what bishops and doctors of Divinity do not understand, +although it is highly necessary for the peace of nations. From my first +arrival in the Benedictine Order, when I determined to live there, till +I started for America, exactly twelve years passed.</p> + +<p>By the memorable events which happened in the Cathedral Church in +Boston, a key was given us to unlock prophecies, which have been before +either entirely locked, or only in some measure unlocked. Some +interpreters have known, that the seven churches in the second and +third chapters of the Revelation were prophetical churches, typifying +the seven states, to which all churches of the Christian name since the +edition of the Revelation until the foundation of the universal peace on +earth may be reduced, so that every portion of the Christian name +belongs to the one or the other of the seven churches. In the third of +the above mentioned volumes, we, that is, I under the direction of +invisible assistants, have disclosed so much regarding the fulfilment of +the prophecies in our time, as is abundantly sufficient for testimony of +our mission. In our disclosure Thyatira in the 18th verse of the second +chapter of the Revelation is the type of the Roman Catholic Church. What +is said concerning that church until the end of that chapter, you +Bishops should at length consider and digest well. You kept fast what +you did not understand, till at length the Lord comes by our mission, +and unlocks by our mediumship the Divinity for His Reign of peace. We +have overcome and to us was given "the Rod of Iron and the Morning +Star." I speak in the name of all those who are co-operating with me +according to the Plan of the Most High for the universal peace of all +nations. We have "the iron rod," but not the iron sword. The iron rod is +only a symbol of our office to announce judgments to the disobedient +nations and to their rulers. They are bruised enough and broken. Those +who remain, should at length hear our voice, then their wrong systems +will be broken to pieces, but men will be saved. For we have received +not only the iron rod, but also the morning star. In the great +temptations through which we had to pass, we remembered the morning star +which appeared several times during the sun shine in close connexion +with our steps, and once in a peculiar connection with you, Prince +Bishop Anthony Slomshek! as well as in connection with the Emperor of +Austria! You remember that I wrote at a certain occasion my opinion in +regard to your sermons which appeared in print in our Slavonian mother +tongue, and in that my article I made also some extracts from my Latin +manuscript, "On the congeniality of languages[V]," to publish them with +that article in the "Carinthia"[W]. I finished writing that article on +the 6th February, 1835. When I was on the 7th February well nigh ready +to go to my students in the college, I was moved by the spirit to write +instantly a prophetical conclusion to that article. When I finished that +conclusion, I hurried to be in the college. After that there was much +talking among the Professors and others about the morning star which +appeared on that forenoon during sunshine. I explored exactly the time, +and found that the star appeared, when I commenced writing that +prophetical conclusion, and disappeared, when I finished writing. I +handed then that article to you, to deliver it to the editor of the +Carinthia. But there occured an accident, that the article appeared +later than I expected, so in the Carinthia, that the last part with the +great prophecy regarding the peace of nations was published on Easter +Saturday April 18, 1835, or on the Eve of the birth-day of the Emperor +Ferdinand the first year of his government. His birth day was celebrated +that year on Easter Sunday. An exact calculation was made by our +invisible agents. The poems of two panegyrists of the birthday of the +Emperor appeared in the same number immediately before our prophecy. +Those two adulators were types of the two adulators, Joseph Pletz Parson +of the Imperial Court, and Anthony Alosy Wolf, Prince Bishop of Laibach. +These two prelates have deluded the Emperor in regard to our mission, +and as a consequence terrible judgments came upon governments and +nations. But this writing is connected with the Morning Star, which +should be delivered by you to the young Emperor Francis Joseph and to +many nations as well as the ancestors of the Emperor, who are waiting in +the Empire of death for their redemption by our Message. It should be +delivered by you in the midst of terrible judgments. If you have the +spirit which I expect in you, you yourself will carry this letter +without delay to the Emperor, and explain personally, what is necessary +for his resurrection and strength. Now he belongs in the 16th verse of +the 17th chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span>. Kossuth, Mazzini and other heroes of +the Revolution are preparing the Harlot for Emperors and Kings, who are +fulfilling the judgments which are announced in that verse. But we to +whom this victory is promised, belong to those, who are united with the +lamb in the 14th verse of the 17th chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span> and will +overcome the Beast and its ten horns. To wit, we have the chain, with +which the Dragon, the seducing and destroying Serpent, will be bound and +cast into the abyss, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx: 2, That is the magnetic chain of events +of past times in connexion with events of this time. In this chain the +genuine condition of the existing political and ecclesiastical +governments appears in its true light, so that, when this chain will be +duly spread and made known to Nations, they will be carried from the +existing Babylon into the New Jerusalem. Who ever amongst the rulers +comprehends this and carries the people into the New Jerusalem, into the +promised Reign of Peace, he himself and his family, as well as his +departed or yet in mortal bodies living congenial relations will be +brought into the true happiness; but on the contrary those rulers and +who are attached to them, who despise our apostolic voice, will be +exterminated. Judgement will not cease, till at length it destroys +themselves also. I have given in this Epistle as many hints as are +sufficient for such Bishops who are not entirely dead, to believe, when +I assure them, that, in our writings it has been made clear and evident, +that our chain or our system, which, for Peace of Nations, should be +made known to all political and ecclesiastical Governments, is +astronomically and historically correct. Therefore that of the three +named bishops, who receives first this Epistle, should inform the other +two of the matter and summon them to go directly with him to the +Emperor. Who comprehends this, and is inspired by the Holy Ghost who is +our director, for the accomplishment of Divine Decrees, is with us a +messenger of God. He should as such appear before the Emperor with this +Epistle, read to him the Epistle, and explain it, and summon the Emperor +to become with us a messenger of God, and may he be seemingly in profit +or seemingly in loss in regard to the Emperor Napoleon, to send this +Epistle to Emperor Napoleon, and require instantly an armistic under the +condition, that he is desirous to make immediately, with condescension, +a treaty of Peace, to hear the "Messo di dio," the messenger of God, +spoken of by the prophets of the Old and New Testament as well as by the +prophets of the succeeding ages of the Christian Era, and to fulfil the +will of the Most High for the welfare of nations. Amongst those +prophecies is one of the most remarkable in the 33rd Song of Purgatory +in the Divine Comedy of the great Italian Poet Dante, in which the +spirit Beatrice, Dante's departed wife, speaks of the "five hundred, ten +and five messenger of God," that is, of "Smolnker messenger of God."</p> + +<p>The number 500, 10 and 5, that is the number 515, is opposed to the +number 666 in the Revelation, xiii: 18. The name which comprehends the +mysteries which are contained in the 17th and 18th verses of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and also the number 666, has been delivered +into our hands, and all that belongs to the name, has been explained in +my books, in which to obtain the number 666, we had to write the name +with Greek letters, because the Revelation appeared in the Greek +language. And likewise also my name SMOLNKER, as it was originally +exactly pronounced, to wit, with short <i>o</i> and short <i>e</i> must be written +with Greek letters. This was the exact pronunciation of my name, as I +heard it pronounced by my grandparents and my parents. And the Greek +letters with short <i>o</i> and short <i>e</i> exactly pronounced in my name +SMOLNKER, give exactly the number 515, which is the number of the +messenger of God in Dante's prophecy. If you add this number to the year +1321, in which Dante died, you obtain the year 1836. "The messenger of +God" is in the quoted prophecy the same as the 3d Angel in Revel, xiv. +9. That the third Angel regarding whom the prophecy commences in the 9th +verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation, had to appear before the +public about the year 1836, and also that that Angel or messenger would +not be a departed but a man living in his mortal body, has been shown in +the last century by Doctor Bengel and his disciples using admirable +astronomical calculations by the means of the prophetical numbers in the +Revelation. My first German teacher, a Franciscan Monk from Bavaria, +inserted the letter <i>i</i> into my name, and taught me to write my name +SMOLNIKER, till at length Professor Valentine Vodnik wrote my name as I +write it now. The numbers of my name, after having received those +changes, if you calculate the years, commencing with Dante's death, +give also highly important stopping points in the development of the +mysteries of the Theology for Christ's peaceable reign. I can give in an +epistle only some hints.</p> + +<p>By many of our forerunners many points have received partial +disclosures, or there have been prepared several links for the chain, +with which we will strangle the Harlot and the Giant who sins with the +Harlot, without hurting the flock and the fields, according to Dante's +prophecy. This prophecy mentions also the stars by which our advent is +announced, and in my books several apparitions of unexpected stars are +remembered in close connection with our office. In Dante's prophecy is +the messenger of God a collective name as well as the third Angel or +messenger in the 9th verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. One +man is representing the whole society by whom is accomplished what is +comprehended in the prophecy. The representative had to execute and +explain the mystery. At the expiration of the year 1836, which year has +been so mysteriously announced by the prophets, that I knew nothing +about it, I was called on the 5th day of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock +p.m. to this office. The call was delivered to me by an Angel of the +Lord, that I should make the resolution to prepare for my voyage to +America. And when I said: "O Lord! Thy will be done!" the same moment a +great light appeared over the City of Klagenfurt, where I was Professor +of Biblical Literature and you were Spiritual Adviser in the Theological +Seminary. You yourself have perhaps seen the light-ball, or certainly +heard much and read in newspapers about it. I myself have not seen it, +because I was in a deep trance and received at the same moment the order +by a Heavenly messenger.</p> + +<p>Here is no space to say more about Dante's prophecy. In my third volume +of Memorable Events more than one hundred pages have been used for +disclosing Dante's strange prophecy regarding the Messenger of God in +the 33d or the last Song of Purgatory, in connection with other +prophecies with which it is parallel and in connection with the +prophecies which have been given A.D. 1814 at the first distribution of +premiums after the fall of Emperor Napoleon I, when our city of Laibach +returned under the Austrian government, and I received Dante's Divine +Comedy for the first premium out of the Italian language. And whereas I +am labouring since my arrival in America with the greatest zeal to save +men and to bring them from Purgatory into Heaven, warlike spirits are +murdering and casting them into hell. Yet I have great confidence that +by your intermediation not only the Emperor of Austria but also the +Emperor of France will hear the Heavenly voice, which is sounding in +this letter. I have written several months before the outbreak of this +war a book in the English language ("this same book from which we take +away other manuscript and publish this epistle,") to publish it as soon +as circumstances will be favourable. I have shown in that book by +peculiar events which occurred with Emperor Louis Napoleon, but which +are not comprehended by him and his mediums till they study to know our +chain to bind the dragon, Revelation, xx: 2. that Emperor Napoleon is a +very strong medium of destroying spirits, but that I foster the hope, +that he will comprehend our message of peace and draw also his Uncle +Nepoleon I. into our reign of peace and become a great apostle of peace +to the nations.</p> + +<p>Both Emperors, the Emperor of Austria as well as the Emperor of France, +will become truly great if they accept our message of Peace, which +contains the substance, that they should directly conclude Peace, with +all mutual condescension and with our assurance, that soldiers who will +not be needed in God's Keign of Peace on Earth, will obtain according to +the plan which is to be published in the above mentioned book "(in this +book)" and which after the English edition may be translated also in +other languages, occupations most suitable to their strength and the +best spiritual education, to be truly happy in their mortal bodies as +well as after their departure.</p> + +<p>But whereas no treaty of Peace can be of duration in our time, unless +the governments enter into Christ's Peaceable Reign, which to establish +we have obtained the mission, you, Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek, and +also the other two witnesses who are bound to give you all possible +assistance, are particularly summoned to recommend most urgently to +both emperors, as soon as they conclude an armistice and prepare the way +to the treaty of Peace, to appoint also a healthy place, where according +to the geographical situation and other circumstances bishops of both +empires can easiest meet, for our Convention in which my Latin +manuscript which should have been examined A.D. 1849 by the American +Bishops in the Convention which was appointed in the City of New-York, +is to be examined according to the same rules mentioned above, and to +give me as well as the bishops information of this affair; because I am +ready to do all in my power for the Peace of Nations. You, Bishop +Anthony Slomshek are requested, to send me directly the result, after +having received and read this letter in your Consistory, and direct your +letter to</p> + +<blockquote><p> +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, +DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY COUNTY, +Pennsylvania, in North America. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>We cannot enter into explanations of the paints mentioned in this +Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek. The substance of the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe and of the causes of all revolutions +and wars is, that men are living on the surface, in materialism, +according to their animal lusts and passions, using their reason to +accomplish their animal desires, and neglecting the one thing needful to +grow in the knowledge of their true inner condition and the true +condition of the departed, and in corresponding virtue for high spheres +of spirits to promote the true welfare of the whole human race while +they are promoting their own welfare. The treasures which I collected +from my early youth to this advanced age for the promotion of the common +welfare, I carry with me into the spirit world. But those who, instead +of having cultivated their inner man, came on the surface into the +materialistic life, and lived according to their animal passions and +carnal lusts and according to the custom of their party and sect, and +supported blindly the performances contained in the traditions and +systems which have been delivered to them by their predecessors, were +preparing in their way for revolutions and wars, instead of having +learned our disclosures that the time had arrived for the abolition of +the Old Heavens and the Old Earth, that is, of the old ecclesiastical +and political institutions, and how they are to be abolished in the most +peaceable manner.</p> + +<p>In this ignorance of things which have been disclosed in our +publications, those who keep up those Institutions, come in collision +with those who endeavour to destroy them without knowledge of their +prophetical meaning and of the truth which is behind the vail of the +outward form, and without preparation for a better state of human +affairs. This collision is continuously preparing revolutions and wars. +Men on the surface, not knowing the right means for true liberty, use +the means which destroy not only liberty, but also human life and +property, and life is wantonly destroyed, because men in their dreadful +degraded condition do not know how to appreciate it. In this condition, +if the old systems would succeed so far as to crush down with absolute +despotism all movements for deliverance, they could not keep for a long +time people in bondage of absolutism. Crevices would be always found, +from which the movements of the secret aspirations for liberty would +commence to be made manifest, till the eruption of the flood of +revolution and war would effect great destruction of life and property. +But also in the case, that the enemies of the old institutions would +succeed so far as to sweep away every vestige of them on the surface of +the Globe, they would be as little able as the supporters of the old +systems to preserve Peace; because there is no pacification in the +spirit world, except by receiving and spreading the means shown us from +the spheres of spirits by whom we are commissioned to introduce the New +Era of Harmony and Peace amongst mortals as well as amongst their +congenial departed. But the more materialism subdues the Globe, the more +the inner causes for new out-breaks of revolutions and wars are +operating to find crevices for the outbreak, so that there is absolutism +and despotism as necessary for those who without the use of the old +forms promise to make people free, as for those who promise the same in +the support of the new systems. Emperor Louis Napoleon and Emperor +Francis Joseph are quite remarkable representatives of the two systems, +while Napoleon makes such a use of the old form as to satisfy many of +the open opposers to it, and the Emperor of Austria endeavours to +sustain with hundreds of thousands of soldiers the inheritance of the +old abominations which should have been abolished by the application of +our message without murder of any man and for the greatest benefit of +the departed and the mortals of the family of Hapsburgh, while the whole +empire and all nations would have been benefited.</p> + +<p>From the scattered hints in this book you may collect, that since +Francis Joseph's Government I was rather endeavouring to effect in one +or the other manner a movement in this country, by which at length also +the Bishops and the Government of Austria might be awakened from their +fatal lethargy; because I saw that my direct applications to the young +Emperor would have been for no use. I am in no direct correspondence +with my native country, and I receive news either in newspapers or from +occasional reports, and shortly before I wrote the weighty Epistle to +Anthony Slomshek I met with a countryman who was professor in Vienna, +during the revolution of 1848, and on account that he inspired students +for fighting, he had to leave the country, and he told me besides other +news, that he heard that Anthony Slomshek was Prince Bishop in Laibach. +Several years before that I received the news that he was Prince Bishop +at Saint Andrew in Lavant Valley of Carinthia, only five miles from the +monastery of Saint Paul, where I became a monk of the Benedictine order. +I wrote to him, when I received that report; but I received no answer. +At length the Epistle which appears in this treatise, has been sent to +him as to Prince Bishop of Laibach, on the above mentioned authority. +The Epistle would retain in this book the same value also in the case, +that the report should not be correct that he is Bishop of Laibach; +because the facts which I relate in the Epistle as facts known to him +are facts of my own experience and such as occurred in close connection +with my experience, and have been attested by many witnesses directly +after they happened.</p> + +<p>Although I made few applications directly to Austria during the +Government of Emperor Francis Joseph, my fellow student Frederick +Baraga, Bishop at the Falls of Saint Mary at Lake Superior, extending +his diocese widely amongst Indians of North America, a peculiar favorite +at the Austrian Court, after having neglected the former opportunities +to study our message of Peace and to spread it in the Austrian +Government, was brought on the great Popish Feast of Christ's Body +(Festum Corporis Christi) May 22, 1856, to me in quite an unexpected +manner for both but in such a connexion with the present war in Europe, +that if this man, at least at that time had fulfilled his highest duty, +instead of the tremendous war, Christ's Peace would have already been +established in Europe. Therefore, not having room to write much, I must +mention at least somewhat about that our meeting showing the secret +causes of the present war and of all revolutions and wars since our +first proclamation of the great message entrusted to our care.</p> + +<p>On that feast, which was celebrated A.D. 1856 on the 22d day of May, my +pamphlet: "Redemption of oppressed Humanity! Christ's manifestation for +the abolition of all kinds of Popery!" issued from the press in the same +Printing Establishment of Cincinnati, into which Bishop Baraga came on +that feast to see the proof-sheet of the title page of his Latin Book +for his missionaries. Our meeting on that feast in a Protestant Printing +Office was so unexpected, that we did not know each other, when we met +at the compositors' room which he left while I was entering into it. I +was then instructed by the compositors, that that gentleman was the same +Bishop Baraga about whom I spoke in the pamphlet showing that while +bishops were consecrating him or made him a bishop, they were crucifying +Christ in his members; to wit, that bishop after having become so great +an apostle of the Indians, that he was very renowned in our native +country and at the Austrian Government, was made a medium by my +leaders, that he opened the way for my voyage to America. But after +having discovered, that our mission was not for, but against the Pope, +he instead of having studied my books and examined our message of Peace +and the credentials of our mission, became enraged. I expected that at a +personal meeting with him I would make him comprehend our mission. But +there was no opportunity until that feast on the 22d May, 1856, which +was selected for the commencement of the spirit manifestations at my +personal meetings with that medium of spirits of delusion and +destruction.</p> + +<p>After having written a considerable portion of the next following +treatise, I am aware that I cannot encompass within so few pages as I am +desirous to do, what is to be communicated there to nations, and I take +from this treatise some sheets away, in which I have given disclosures, +why we have mentioned in our Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek also the +Bishops of Triest and Goricia, whose predecessors should have at the +same time opened the way to the circulation of our message of Peace in +which time Bishop Anthony Aloysy Wolf should have been their co-operator +for Peace. But Matthew Raunicher, who was at that time Bishop of Triest, +should have been the leader of this work; because amongst those who +belonged to the Austrian Government he was the first who received the +first two volumes of my works. But he was formerly Professor of +Dogmatics and as such also my professor, and was so fixed in the Dogmas +of his infallible Church, that he could not study my books, to learn +what all dogmatists of the so called christian denominations require, to +with signs according to prophecies by which an "extraordinary +ambassador" to the churches should prove his mission. I hope, that +Raunicher's disciples, Bishop Baraga and Bishops and Priests in Illyria +and elsewhere will learn at length that we have superabundance of signs +according to prophecies testifying our mission against the infallibility +of the Church, and for the great truth, that many of the Dogmas of the +church are the most shocking absurdities, of they are taken as they have +been delivered by the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy, but that we show +a deeper sense, in which sound reason and science are reconciled with +religion. But we close this treatise to get more room for the next +following treatise, to assist the Pope and his bishops to prepare for +their own and the ressurrection of their departed predecessors.</p> +</div> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch4"> +<h2>Fourth Treatise</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + Pious IX Bishop of Rome, Louis Napoleon Emperor of France, Francis + Joseph Emperor of Austria, the three extraordinary witnesses of our + on the title-page of this book expressed mission and powerful + preachers to all governments and in the first place to the + Government of the United States of North America, that they should + submit to the Government of our Lord and his Christ and become with + us messengers to introduce the promised universal Republic of Truth + and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>In the first three of my five German volumes the magnetic chain of +memorable events to bind the dragon. Revel xx: 2, is so developed, that +the proper position of the existing governments of the so called +Christians is made manifest. They belong to the Beast with seven heads +and to its ten horns either in the old or in a new fashion. Those three +volumes having been published from A.D. 1838 to 1840, Pope Pius IX and +the two named Emperors to whom the world's attention is now directed, +have not been mentioned in those volumes nor known to mortal men, that +they will occupy the position, on which they appear according to +prophecies, nor they themselves nor other men know at this time that +position, if they have not studied the magnetic chain exhibited in those +volumes to bind the dragon, Revel, xx.:2, the large serpent, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction by whom rulers and their +supporters have been inspired with such a madness as to apply their +studies how to kill men in the most cunning manner and to strip the +remnant of their property and keep them in bondage. Each of those +volumes is of a considerable size; the third is the largest containing +864 pages. But the substance of their contents is concentrated in the +Latin manuscript, written at the commencement of 1849.</p> + +<p>If Theologians had studied my German volumes or attended the Latin +Convention to which they have been most earnestly invited, they had +known without my explanation the position of these three great +representatives, or rather they had converted them long ago into the +messengers of Peace. But after matters had arrived so far as they are +now manifest, we must do what we can for the benefit of these three +witnesses and of those who are attached to one or the other as well as +for the benefit of all governments and their subjects; because all are +preparing instruments for destruction of human life and property and +drilling men to destroy or wound their fellow men in the most artful and +cunning manner, and to reward with the highest premiums those who +perform best this most criminal work.</p> + +<p>If you ask, by whose authority they are doing this, the answer is given: +"and the Dragon gave him his power, and his seat and great authority," +Revel. xiii: 2. to wit, to the representative of the Beast with seven +heads and ten horns. Under the Christian mask he became such a terrible +monster, that no other epithet was more suitable for him than that of a +Therion, of a ferocious beast having seven heads and ten horns. Having +been inspired and directed by the Dragon and his host, he could not +teach his sons and daughters, emperors and empresses, kings and queens, +a better doctrine than that which was infixed in his heads by the Dragon +and his host. "The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman +sitteth; and they are seven kings; five are fallen, and one is, and the +other is not yet come; and when he comes, he must continue a short +space," Revel. xvii: 9 and 10.</p> + +<p>It is to be understood, that in a brief treatise we can give only some +hints in regard to certain links of the long chain of events, which is +exhibited in the first three from A.D. 1838 to 1840 published volumes. +The three at the head of this treatise mentioned witnesses are so +extraordinary links added to that chain, that while I was writing those +three volumes I thought that the chain was long and strong enought to +bind the Dragon and to establish Peace on the whole Globe. But when +people would not spread that chain, it was after that much protracted. +In the years 1841 and 1842 the 4th and 5th German volumes and then a +number of English pamphlets were added; but the last links of the chain +cannot be understood without some knowledge of the preceding links.</p> + +<p>In every age men were awakened, whose intellectual and moral improvement +was above the general course of the age, and who were endeavoring to +warn and elevate the fallen generation. They were preparing the way for +our advent, and disclosing what belonged to their sphere, that it might +receive more light in "the dispensation of the fulness of times" Ephes. +1: 10, to introduce which we are commissioned. One of those forerunners, +was Doctor Bengel, disclosing what belonged to his mission in the first +half of the last century, so that in the same years of the 18th century +remarkable disclosures have been made by his instrumentality, in which +years in the 19th century Heavenly messengers have given great +disclosures by my instrumentality regarding Christ's peaceable reign on +earth. A.D. 1740 his German work "Erklaerte Offenbarung" (Revelation +explained) was published; and exactly one hundred years after that, on +Easter Saturday, 1840, my third German volume, by which the chain to +bind the Dragon was complete, issued from the press. To wit, in the +first and second volumes the "memorable events" are reported, which took +place at our experience for the abolition of Popery, or what is the +same, for the abolition of monarchy; and in the third volume is shown, +that memorable events which are explained in my first two volumes, +happened according to prophecies which are in the Bible and also in +other works of ancient times and have been repeated through the course +of centuries of the Christian Era, and that the memorable events which +happened at our experience, would not have scared priests and preachers, +but would have been expected by them, if they had not been ignoramuses +of what our forerunners had disclosed before us, or stubborn +materialistic hypocrites, not beleaving what they preach and profess by +their performance.</p> + +<p>The principal of those forerunners have been mentioned in that volume, +and how far each in his situation saw the objects, which have received +in our mission a light which could not be obtained in former ages. +Doctor Bengel occupies amongst those forerunners a peculiar place; +because he is the second angel or messenger, spoken of in Revel. xiv: 8, +that is, the representative of messengers by whom the contents of that +verse are fulfilled, because he was the first amongst those, who have +proclaimed prophetically Christ's coming or Christ's manifestation to +effect the fall of Babylon while they were showing the time in which it +had to take place, and disclosing many other deep things which were not +known before, and have warned people powerfully, to prepare for Christ's +coming. This was done by Doctor Bengel and his disciples prophetically, +I mean, that they saw Christ's coming only in the image of the Biblical +prophets, and did not know the manner of his coming, and pointed out the +year 1836, as the tropical year for his coming. But when that year +expired, those who had before great confidence in Dr. Bengel's +disclosures, said, that he was mistaken in the calculation of the times. +But we have shown according to our mission in the 3rd. of the mentioned +volumes, that Doctor Bengel was not mistaken in what belonged to the +sphere of his mission, and his wonderful calculation was correct +regarding the time, but that what he wrote regarding the manner of +Christ's coming and other things were not correct, which not he but the +third angel, Revel. xiv. 8, had to disclose; because the year 1836 was +the tropical year, at the expiration of which the 3d angel had to +appear, and then to perform his task and explain the prophetical images +and other things which have not been understood before that explanation; +because the Lord came at that time as a thief, Revel. xvi: 15. The thief +is not seen, when he takes away what he finds suitable for his use. And +the same have we done in our mission in which was gradually disclosed, +that Christ comes by us, his messengers, and discloses what is needed, +by the direction of his invisible agents who are operating through our +mediumship.</p> + +<p>If you keep all that has been said in this book, you will comprehend +the hints which we have given as preparations at our approach to the +development of what we have promised in the inscription of this +treatise. Others have tried to show from their position, and Doctor +Bengel with application of historical and astronomical erudition +endeavoured to make it most evident, that the Beast with seven heads and +ten horns in the 13th chapter of the Revelation, is the papal monarchy. +At length came the 3rd angel or messenger, Revel. xiv: 9, by whose +mediumship the whole chain was developed, which testifies the same. And +Heavenly Congress of the 144,000 martyrs, Revel. xiv: 1, who +superintend, that prophecy given under their direction, is exactly +fulfilled, (as there is the case with the prophecies of the Revelation,) +have given also such testimonies of this truth, that the most stubborn +materialist if he studies to learn truth, finds superabundance of most +striking evidences, that hosts of spirits were co-operating, that +prophecy was fulfilling, till at length by unexpected events the Divine +seal was attached to its fulfilment by our mediumship. We will give +later in this treatise striking testimonies of this truth. But here was +the preparation, that you may understand the following hints on the 9th +and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the Revelation in connection with +the inscription of this treatise.</p> + +<p>Doctor Bengel was the first who has discovered, after an investigation +for many years in the Bullarium Romanum, in which the dates of the papal +letters which are known under the name of the Papal Bulls, bear besides +the time, the place from which they issued, that is, the place of the +Papal See or Chair, or of the papal government. In the 17th chapter is +the same Beast with the seven heads and ten horns which appears in the +first verse of the 13th chapter, only that in the 17th chapter it +appears in another state, to wit, the seer says in Revelation, xvii: 3d, +"I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of +blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns." This woman is called in +the 5th verse: "Babylon the great, the mother of harlots and +abominations." The same woman is called in the 3d verse of the second +chapter in the second epistle to the Thessalonians "the apostasia or +apostasy," what your translators expressed with "a falling away." In +the preceding treatise we quoted a prophecy in the 33d song of Purgatory +in Dante's Divine comedy, in which the five hundred ten and five +messenger of God strangles the harlot and the giant who sins with the +harlot. That harlot is the same old woman, which is called in the 17th +chapter of the Revelation, "the mother of harlots and abominations," and +the giant is the representative of the Beast, at this time Pius ix, +carrying on his shoulders the whole burden of abominations and +blasphemies of the whole succession of the apostles whose master is the +apocalyptical dragon, who has given him "power, seat and great +authority," Revel. xiii: 2. The word which is in your translation seat, +is in Greek "throne," which you understand. But by the worshipers of the +Beast it is usually called "the Holy See," and you know if you have +comprehended this book until this page, that the Pope had received his +holy see from "his infernal holiness, the dragon." And we will +concentrate and kindle an admireable light upon this subject in this +treatise.</p> + +<p>In the the 7th chapter of Daniel is the 4th Beast, having ten horns, the +Roman Monarchy. This same monarchy became at length the papal monarchy, +when the Bishop of Rome became monarch of the church and extended his +monarchy or superintendency over the other monarchs and nations as far +as he could, with the same view, as the heathen Roman Emperors had, to +make Rome the mistress of the globe; only that the Roman bishop did this +under a christian title, although his government was an antichristian +government under a christian pretext. There was inspiration; but the +inspiration was from the dragon and his host. The foundation of that +Empire is expressed in Revel. xiii: 2. Any body who has a christian +spirit and compares that which happened in Italy from Easter Sunday of +this year until this day, July, 21st, 1859, is convinced of this truth. +These are the fruits of the Papal monarchy! I have superabundance of +other business, and am writing occasionally since the 4th of this month +the preceding and this treatise, and the reader should keep continuously +in his mind, that I give only some links in this time of great delusion +preparing great destruction also in this country, that there not being +opportunity to study the whole chain of our disclosures people might +receive as much as necessary to know the "secret ememies of true +Republicanism," and the inner life of man and the spirit world, that +they might be saved, instead of being ruined and destroyed. "The seven +heads are seven mountains. Also seven kings, five of whom are fallen, +and one is and the other is not yet come." This is the state of things +at the time, in the 9th and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation. Rome is located on a number of hills, the seven principal of +which are called by the ancient writers the seven mountains. Doctor +Bengel has shown from the Ballarium Romanum and other documents +regarding the Papal government, that since the Roman Emperor Constantine +I. the Pope had the seat of his administration until the time in which +Doctor Bengel wrote, on five of the seven mountains, to wit, 1. on the +mountain Coelius, 2. mountain Aventinus, 3. Vaticanus, 4. Qurinalis, 5. +Esquilinus. Farther is to be remarked that although Popes had some times +their seats in other places, for instance in Avignon of France, others +in opposition to them had at the same time their seat in Rome, or when +in some Revolution they were driven from Rome, they returned as soon as +they could. Doctor Bengel when he found, that in his time the seat of +the Papal government was the fifth of the seven mountains, assured most +solemnly, that that government would not be translocated from that upon +another mountain until it crumbled to pieces, and he, by his admirable +calculation, showed, that it would take place before the expiration of +his century. It took place A.D. 1798, when Pope Pius VI. was taken +captive and carried to France, and the French Directory located the seat +of their government in Rome, not upon one of the five mountains which +were successively occupied as the seat of the Papal government, but upon +the mountain Capitolinus. On that mountain was the temple which was +dedicated during the heathen Rome to all heathen Gods, and during the +Papal Rome to all Saints or all Gods whom the Pope professed to worship. +But then it was taken by the French Directory for the seat of the +government.</p> + +<p>All these things were axactly performed, by the influence of spirits of +different spheres. Every actor in the great drama was influenced by +spirits for whose inspiration he was best prepared. But all that took +place under the vigilance of the highest order of spirits for the +accomplishment of prophecies. In Revelation, xvii: 10 the seven +mountains are called seven kings, that is seven monarchial or dospotic +or antichristian governments, governments which originated from the +inspiration of the dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction. The +seven mountains are types of these seven governments. But five are +fallen, that is five kings or five monarchial governments are fallen at +the time which the Revelator saw, that is, at the time, when the woman +was sitting on the Beast having seven heads and ten horns. During those +five kings or during the Papal governments on the live mountains that +woman, which is the mother of harlots and abominations, was prepared and +fostered by all the anti-christian deeds which have been perpetrated by +the authority of the Papal Bulls which issued from the five mountains. +People who came out from the exterior fashion of Popery, did not return +to the christian truth and christian spirit, but progressed into +materialism and endeavoured to effect with weapons of war, what can only +be effected according to the plan given in the following treatise. The +French Revolution broke out A.D. 1789, and progressed in tremendous +destruction of life and property and in terrorism and distress of the +survivors, that at length A.D. 1798 Pope Pious VI was carried captive to +France, where he died; the Papal Monarchy or the Beast having seven +heads, disappeared, or the woman was sitting upon the Beast, that is, +took possession of the monarchy. That woman is called the harlot and the +mother of harlots, and the apostasy, or defection from truth and +righteousness. People polluted with this defection appear under the +image of a harlot. And those who professed to act in the name of the +Republic or the people, after having removed the Pope from his seat, +located their government on the Mountain Capitolinus, in contempt of the +saints or gods of the Pope, and supported their government with a more +terrible despotism, than their predecessors, the popes, did. This +government of the French Directory on the Mountain Capitolinus, is in +this calculation the sixth government, or the government introduced in +Rome after the fall of the governments on the five of the seven +mountains. When the government on those five mountains was translocated +from one mountain upon an other, the government was not destroyed but +only changed, as circumstances required. But when the sixth government, +(called in Revel. xvii: 10 "the one is" that is, the one which was in +existence after the fall of the preceding five), was introduced, the +former governments of the Papal monarchy were entirely abolished. When +this took place, "the other" in Revel, xvii: 10 "was not yet come," and +the government of the French Republic was in the greatest danger of +being overturned. In those circumstances, "the other," that is Napoleon +came. He returned from Egypt and saved the republic; but the republic +could not be sustained, and Napoleon advanced gradually so far that he +became at length Emperor; and of him is said: "he must continue a short +space." Revel. xvii: 10. His government is in this calculation the +seventh government. He thought, that the secular monarchy of the Pope +was injurious to his Empire, and he required that the Pope, Pious VII, +successor of Pius VI who died in France, should give up his secular +monarchy. And when the Pope refused to do so, he was taken captive and +brought at length to France.</p> + +<p>Napoleon is in our magnetic chain the same, who according to the vulgar +reading and translation is called "the man of sin, the son of +perdition." 2d Ep. Thessal. ii: 3. We give only as many hints as are +sufficient, to arouse governments and nations from their lethargy. +Theologians not knowing how the Bible originated, nor how to make the +right use of it, had made already of the first chapter of the Bible the +greatest abuse, and came in collision with developments of astronomy and +geology as well as with the true history of man, being in that chapter +nothing else but the vision or the image of the creation of the mosaic +Heaven and the mosaic Earth, or the mosaic ecclesiastical and political +institutions, which are abolished by virtue of our mission in which we +show the new Heaven and the new Earth. Interpreters and translators +commenced to dupe people with the first verse of the Bible, where the +Hebrew word "Elohim" is in the plural number. But they translated that +word, "God;" although those who know somewhat about the true +spiritualism, may easily comprehend, that those Elohim are the guardian +gods or the guardian angels, departed ancestors of the Jewish Nation. At +the administration of those guardians Moses produced the ecclesiastical +and political institutions of that nation. Of those institutions, and of +the books of that nation such a tremendous abuse was made, that from +that abuse at length "the man of sin, the son of perdition" was +produced. But this vulgar reading is taken in the first place from a +wrong Greek reading. The genuine reading gives in the first place the +translation "the man of lawlessness" that is, the man who came out from +a lawless state, from a state in which the ecclesiastical and political +laws have been overthrown. In the second place instead of "the son of +perdition" should be translated "the son of destruction," that is, the +man who came through that dreadful destruction of human life and +property which is preserved in history, upon the Imperial Throne of +France, that all in him has been fulfilled, what we read in the quoted +chapter, and is explained in our magnetic chain in which we have given +also the genuine reading and the genuine translation, where needed to +understand the prophecy, as far as it has been fulfilled[X] in Napoleon +I. But the explanation cannot be here repeated; but we had here to +mention as much as necessary, that the supplement of its fulfilment +might be understood by Napoleon III. and that the two fighting emperors +and their tremendous armies in Italy, as well as all other monarchs, +might learn their true position and be converted from the Dragon to +Christ and become with us messengers of Peace. For this purpose we must +give the following hints:</p> + +<p>"And the Beast that was and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the +seven, and goeth into perdition. Revel. xvii: 11. You must keep in mind, +that the Revelator saw the state in which the harlot was sitting on the +Beast, that is, occupying the place of the Papal monarchy. In that state +of things the Beast or Papal monarchy was not in existence. But when the +Revelator was contemplating that state with marvel, the angel who has +shown him this state of things, gives some prophecies of what would +follow after that state.</p> + +<p>"The Beast that thou sawest, was, and is not; and shall ascend out of +the bottomless pit, and go into perdition" Revel. xvii: 8. The Papal +monarchy, which disappeared for a certain time, had to re-appear, and +that re-appearance is its ascension from the abyss, from so deep a cave +that its bottom is not seen, from the realm of darkness in reference to +Revel. xiii: 2, when it came into existence first by the spirit of +delusion effecting great destruction, at the incursion of barbarian[Y] +nations into the Roman Empire in the 4th, 5th, and 6th centuries. At +that time the Bishop of Rome took advantage to commence to be +Superintendent of the kingdoms which originated from the Roman Empire, +and their number was successively ten, which are called the ten horns of +the Beast. Napoleon's Empire "which continued a short space," having +been the seventh government, the Papal monarchy which ascended out of +the abyss Revel. xvii: 8, was in this calculation the eighth king or +government, Revel. xvii: 11, and came out of the seven preceding +governments, and commenced, when A.D. 1814 Pope Pius VII took possession +of his territory after his triumphant return to Rome. Then the ten horns +of the Beast, who "are ten kings" Revel. xvii: 12, (to wit, in reference +to the origin of the kingdoms out of the Roman Empire in connexion with +the origin of the papal monarchy,) the monarchs or their Representatives +who after the overthrow of Napoleon's Empire assembled in the Congress +of Vienna, "These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength +unto the Beast." Revel. xvii: 13. The translation being not exact, we +give only the sense, that they agreed, that the representative of the +Beast or the Pope should be with them a partaker of his temporal power, +or of his monarchy, which he has lost entirely during the sixth +government, and died in captivity. His successor Pius VII, who commenced +to restore it, was then taken by Napoleon; but after Napoleon's fall the +old dynasties with the Papal monarchy were restored. And the people +continued in the great apostasy which is called the harlot, and the +monarchs were fulfilling and continue to fulfil at this time in the most +tremendous manner the 16th verse of the 17th chapter of the Revelation, +"making the harlot desolate and naked, eating her flesh and burning her +with fire." In this tremendous condition they continued since they took +again possession of their governments. Their proceedings and the whole +management of their affairs appear anti-christian. These governments +"make war with the lamb." Revel. xvii: 14. This they do continously, +till at length we read reports of such destructions as are now in Italy. +But to those who are with the lamb, called and chosen and faithful, the +victory against the antichristian governments is promised in the same +verse. Without having room for farther hints in this confinement to a +small book, that it might be studied by many who could not be moved or +would not have time to study a large work or would not have the means to +buy it, we must give here some hints, how our victory against those who +are in war with the lamb, has been secured by the most solemn promises +and fulfilment of the most sublime prophecies. Readers should keep in +mind all hints given on the preceding pages, and should know, that I was +called to America by a Heavenly messenger. Then followed continuous +signs, by which all things were prepared the right moment, that I was +directed to Boston, Mass., and arrived in that city on my birth day, +November, 29, 1837, when I was exactly 42 years old. I had no knowledge, +that my invisible guardians had prepared all that was required, that in +that city great works have been performed by my instrumentality. On +memorable events which happened in the Roman Catholic Church of that +city from December, 1837, until the 3d Sunday after Easter, 1838, by my +mediumship and assistance of 144 witnesses many hundred pages have been +written in my often mentioned five German volumes.</p> + +<p>Readers of this book are accustomed to hear unexpected events, and we +mention without explanations the following as preparatory to the light +which we shall give in this treatise upon the present meeting of Emperor +Napoleon and his army with Emperor Francis Joseph and his army in Italy, +and upon the present Pope in their vicinity.</p> + +<p>While I was preparing to start from Boston to other places, I was +instructed by unexpected wonders and signs that I must remain in Boston +and take care of the German Catholic congregation, and the priest who +had charge of it, was by invisible agents compelled to leave directly +Boston. For the use of our German Congregation the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church was granted at the time, during which it was not +occupied by the Irish and American Congregation. We had our service on +Sundays from 8 to 10 o'clock A.M. in that Church, and I explained +prophecies in reference to our time and the necessity of true +Reformation for those who would be partakers of the great promises for +the fulfilment of which the time was approaching. This I knew as well as +also, that I came to America to work in this country for their +fulfilment according to the direction of my leaders. But I did not know, +what, according to their plan was to be done.</p> + +<p>On the 6th day of January, 1838, which was Saturday and the feast of +Epiphany or Christ's manifestation, a great prophetical feast for our +mission, I received the order from my guardian, the martyr in Revel. +xiv: 14, who was crucified and burned by the Pope, and found by the +Heavenly Congress, Revel. xiv: 1, as best qualified to be my principal +director in what I had to perform in the cathedral Church in Boston. The +name of that martyr and why he was found to be my leader in that work, +is in other of my writings. By him I was instructed to prepare the +congregation on that feast, that those who would be willing to +co-operate with us for the great Reformation which was required for the +fulfilment of prophecies, should be ready to come on the next following +day after our Sunday service in my school room and sign their names and +what they would be willing to do for defraying expenses in our +enterprises. On sunday the 7th of January, 1838, I delivered again a +sermon suitable to inspire the congregation for the great enterprise, +and asked that those who were ready for co-operation, should come +directly after the service in our school room. That was a step against +all precedence. The catalogue of those who belonged to the congregation, +was given to me before, and trustees took great care to collect large +subscriptions for us. But all this should be rejected, and only those +who would be ready to work with me for the great reformation without +regard to the bishop, should come and sign their names and +contributions, to be regarded as my fellow labourers in the great +reformation. Although I have explained to them in my sermons as many +signs as they could bear, that I came against all my expectations to +America to prepare people for the reformation necessary for the +fulfilment of the greatest promises, I, according to human insight into +matters, did not expect that any would dare to sign his name. But I did, +as I was ordered by my leader.</p> + +<p>After our service on Sunday, January 7, 1859, there came so many that +our school room was crowded. Trustees and others came with them to warn +the others, not to do any step for such an enterprise, without asking +first the bishop, what should be done in this case. Others remarked, +that I knew well what I was doing. And I repeated what I have explained +at our meetings in the church, that I was doing nothing except what was +showed to me by the spirit, who had given also in their presence +sufficient testimonies, that he was a spirit of truth and righteousness. +Then all were so inspired, that those who resisted most signed first +their names. Having been agreed that they must sign their names before +me and witnesses in my catalogue the business required time, and those +who came from a distance, remained to sign their names amongst the +first, and the others went home, and returned afternoon. On the next +following Sunday we assembled again, that the names of the signers were +read solemnly and distinctly in the presence of the whole congregation +for other purposes, which to mention here is no room, as well as for the +purpose which must be mentioned, that the congregation were expressly +admonished, that at the reading of the names of the signers they should +pay pecular attention, that if any mistake should be found, it might be +corrected, and that all might be witnesses of what every one had signed +to contribute for our enterprise. Every one, called by the name, +answered. Most of them, if not all, were present. And if any one, for I +do not recollect any case, was absent, certainly those who knew him and +were present when he came to sign his name, testified, that they saw +him, when he signed his name and contribution, and that his name was +correctly written into my catalogue. In this manner that which was +signed January 7th 1838, before witnesses was on the 14th of the same +month testified by the whole congregation.</p> + +<p>Signs and wonders became more manifest. I was commanded by my leader to +write an Encyclic Latin Epistle, directed to the Bishops of the Austrian +Empire, showing the necessity of true Reformation that nations might +become partakers of the promises. I have shown in that Epistle of seven +closely written sheets, what was first and most necessary; and I +mentioned a number of signs which have been given in the Austrian Empire +before I started thence to America, and a number of signs in Boston +after my arrival there, by which our mission was testified. After having +finished writing that Epistle, I was directed by the same spirit, to +write to Benedict Fenwick Roman Catholic Bishop of Boston, a short +letter, as addition to the Encyclic Epistle to the Bishops of Austria, +showing to the bishops, that whereas some signs have been mentioned, +which took place in the Austrian Empire in the presence of witnesses who +have been named in the Epistle, and other signs happened in Boston, and +of those signs he was a witness, he was in duty bound to sign first the +circular Epistle and to promise his co-operation with us for the great +Reformation of the Church, which is necessary to stop judgments and to +make nations partakers of the greatest promises. I added, that if he +would refuse to sign, I could not go any more into his Church. The +bishop was a cunning Jesuite. He understood that by signing that Epistle +he could not satisfy his Pope, and he wrote to me a very enticing +letter, to stop me in my Reformation. But I assembled directly those of +the congregation, who could be assembled that evening, Friday, February +16th 1838, and explained what had happened, showing to them their duty, +to make known to the congregation to assemble on next Sunday in a +Protestant School-house in which I would explain, why I could not go any +more into the Church of the Bishop. I convinced them after sufficient +explanation of the matter, that they were satisfied, that I had to obey +rather the direction of the spirit, than the wishes of the bishop.</p> + +<p>On Saturday, Feb. 17, 1838, I was again awakened at 3 o'clock A.M. as at +my former commission, and commanded by my leader, to write again to the +bishop and explain my message given to the congregation to assemble on +the next day in a Protestant School house unless the bishop would +acknowledge his fault and do what was required. I assured him most +solemnly, that all those steps were done under strict direction of the +spirit who had confirmed my mission; therefore "nisi haec feceris, tecum +in sacris communicare non possum." It is to be understood, that I wrote +to him in Latin, and said: "If thou, Bishop, wilt not do this," that is, +if thou wilt not sign the Epistle and co-operate with us, "I can have no +ecclesiastical communion with thee." The Epistle was then carried and +handed to him at 8 o'clock A.M. of that day.</p> + +<p>Soon after that a deputation of our congregation came to me. They +reported that our message according to our agreement, was spread in the +congregation, but there was a means, to satisfy the spirit; because the +Catholic Cathedral Church does not belong to the bishop, but to the +nations. The deputation assured me that Roman Catholics and Protestants +of different nations have contributed freely to build that church, and I +could explain freely in the church what I had to communicate to the +congregation; since neither the bishop nor any of his priests understood +German. It was evident, that one of the three was under the influence of +a prudent spirit. But I replied, that in steps of such consequence I +must act strictly according to the order of the spirit. They should +therefore go to the bishop. Perhaps they might move him to sign the +Epistle. They went; but they returned with the message, that they found +the bishop not well, entreating me very much that although he could not +sign my encyclic Epistle, I should go in the church, and difficulties +would be then amicably settled. From that circumstance I understood, +that the bishop did not comprehend what it was, to receive a commission +by Heavenly messengers, which was sufficiently attested as sent from +Heaven. Therefore I said to the committee, that after the bishop had +remained in such a darkness, I must strictly act according to the +direction of the spirit who has sent me. Then the man who was under +influence was stronger moved to urge me to go in the church, without +regard to the bishop, and explain what I wished to communicate to the +congregation. When the other two belonging to the committee thought that +I could not be moved, they left my room. Then the third was stronger +moved by his leader than before, to urge me to go in the church. Then my +leader brought to me the distinct message that I should go into the +church and perform independently from all bishops, what would be shown +to me to be performed. At that unexpected message I said to the man, +that I have received the communication which I needed to tell to the +congregation, that they should assemble on the next day in the church.</p> + +<p>From the message I understood, that after having excommunicated the +bishop from my ecclesiastical communion, and in my last letter more +distinctly than in my first, I had to omit in my performances in the +church all that shows any communication with the bishop or with the +Pope, whose representative the bishop was. But I knew long before that, +that the Roman Catholic Church was a prophetical church, and I had to +perform the prophetical ceremonies which were in use at those days on +which I had to go in the church. The prophetical spirit has so provided +for what I had to perform from that moment in the church, that at every +performance also the passages which were taken from the Bible into the +Roman Catholic mass-book and ritual, corresponded exactly with what I +was doing.</p> + +<p>On the 18th February, 1838, which was Sunday Sexagesima, I came the +first time independently from all bishops, into the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church of Boston, Mass. to do what would be shown to me by +inspiration. The church has prepared for that Sunday from the 11th and +12th chapters of the 2d Epistle to Corinthians the sufferings of the +Apostle Paul and his report, that he was caught up to the third Heaven. +When I was reading at the Altar that section, and came to the quoted +passage, "I was caught up to Heaven." Paul the Prophet, as he appears in +our mission, did not know, whether it was in or out of his body. But I +know I was entranced, while my body was immoveable at the Altar, and +Heavenly power was communicated to me, and I was ordered to explain to +the audience the testimonies of my mission, commencing with the +initiation which I have received twelve years before that. To wit, A.D. +1825 after my having been six years secular Priest, testimonies were +given, that I was called to join with Priests of the Benedictine Order. +I felt that there were sufficient testimonies of my call from Heaven. +But after my having moved into the monastery, matters appeared so +contrary to my expectation, that I thought, that my surest way would be +to write to the next bishop and to continue to labor as secular Priest. +In that my determination to write on the next following day to the +Bishop of Lavant, I went to rest. But I came from my sleep into a trance +of unspeakable Heavenly light, during which I was surrounded by a +company of spirits and magnetized or initiated by them for the great +labor which I had to perform, and the temptations against which I had to +act. At that initiation I did not see my mother, but I heard so +distinctly her voice and with so powerful impression that it could not +be effaced from my mind, when she said that I should remain in the +monastery. Amongst all communications which I received in Europe from +Heavenly guides, this was the only one, which I have received from my +mother; and nobody else could impress a stronger conviction than she +did, in the most momentous instance in which I needed a Heavenly +comfort. And that initiation by Heavenly messengers strengthened me, +till I received on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18, 1838, the great +initiation at the Altar of the Cathedral Church of Boston for my public +appearance in my present charge and was commanded by the martyr Revel. +xiv: 14 to commence my address with the initiation which I had received +twelve years before that. The Roman Catholic Church has prepared for +that Sunday Luke viii 4-15, and I explained according to the 10th verse +the mystery of our mission. I had to mention some points at my public +initiation to my present mission in which I had to perform in the first +place in the Roman Catholic Church what was required according to +prophecies to give the Pope and his bishops the most solemn divine +testimony, that their prophetical administration is accomplished, and +that their highest duty is to become with us messengers of the +dispensation of the fulness of times Ephes. 1:10, in which all in Heaven +and on Earth should be united and pacified in Christ. For this purpose +the church or the people must be cleansed. To show them the necessity of +the cleansing of the sanctuary, after that my public appearance in the +glorious mission, demons were compelled to bring to daylight the secret +abominations, of which we have in the brief hints of this treatise to +mention one instance, which is in peculiar connexion with the three on +the title-page named witnesses and with other regents. One man was found +in our congregation, who was not in the catalogue of the 144, who have +signed their names into our catalogue on the 7th January, 1838; but he +was in the catalogue of those who have been given to me before that +signing as belonging to the congregation, and that man appeared in that +catalogue as being married, and when after our public appearance in the +present mission the abominations commenced to be detected, that man was +found, that he was not married with the woman with whom he lived as +being married. I sent to him word, that if he wished to know his duty, +he should come to me. But he would not come. This happened in the week +after my public appearance in my present charge. I asked, whether the +case was known in the congregation, and I was told, that it was known. +On the next following Sunday, which was Quinquagesima or the next Sunday +before Lent, I received the order from my leader to excommunicate that +man publicly. I delivered a sermon appropriate to the case, mentioned +that such a man was in the congregation, without naming him, and made +the declaration that such a man does not belong to the church of Christ +or to our congregation till he is converted from his illegal connection.</p> + +<p>After that many other performances of our mission took place, which +cannot be mentioned here, except the following:</p> + +<p>According to the agreement the signers of their names and contributions +for our support and to defray the necessary expenses, had to bring a +portion of their contribution before Palm Sunday 1838 which is the +Sunday before Easter, and if somebody should be hindered in doing what +he agreed to do, he should come and mention his reason, or if he could +not come himself, he should send word by some other. In the case, that +he would neglect to do the one or the other, we would send, to inquire +for the reason of his having neglected his duty. This was to be +mentioned for the right comprehension of the unexpected events which we +must in this connexion of things report as briefly as possible.</p> + +<p>In the night from Palm Sunday to Monday I was at one o'clock by a shock +suddenly awakened and I heard the voice: "Arise and take from the +catalogue those who had neither brought their contributions, nor the +excuse why they could not do so, and excommunicate them on the next +Sunday solemnly from Christ's Church." I arose directly, made light, +took them from my catalogue and put them on another paper. Then I became +suddenly very drowsy and returned to bed. When I arose at the usual +time, I reflected upon the unexpected communication, and I thought, that +my duty was to inquire for the men, and that only under the condition +that they would obstinately resist to submit to the rules of our order, +they would deserve a public declaration, that they do not belong to +Christ's Church. Also it appeared quite strange, that Easter Sunday was +appointed for that excommunication. I thought, that if I would send for +and converse with them, I would perhaps find out the reason of such an +unexpected order. Besides all other things I had also the most +convenient lodging for my performances in the new mission. But here we +select only those points which are preparatory to the development of +deep secrets by which the three extraordinary men mentioned on the +title-page become extraordinary witnesses of our mission. The merchant +with whom I boarded knew most persons of our congregation. Therefore I +took the paper on which I put the names according to the Heavenly +commission, and asked him whether he knew any of those persons who were +on the paper. After his negative answer I called our messenger to give +him the paper with the order to inquire at those who were acquainted +with most people of our congregation, to find out those persons and +invite them to come to me about important matters, without telling the +case which I myself did not understand. But at the moment, when I would +give him the paper, I was severly shaken and heard the voice, not to +inquire for any body but to perform that which I had been commanded to +do. The order having been given by the leader from whom other most +important orders came, I was satisfied, that with the order were deeper +things connected than I could expect. I asked the messenger whether he +heard any voice. He replied, in the negative. I understood that I was +taken by him into the inner state, when he shook me and said to me not +to inquire for anybody, but to perform the order.</p> + +<p>From Monday to Tuesday in the week before Easter I was again shaken and +awakened by my leader at 1 o'clock A.M. and heard his voice: "Arise and +write for the book the order given on the preceding night to be executed +on next Sunday." To understand this order I must remark, that soon after +my declaration made to Bishop Fenwick of Boston, that if he refuses to +sign the Epistle I can have no ecclesiastical communion with him, which +declaration was a polite manner in which I excommunicated the bishop, I +commenced to write a book, showing that my extraordinary steps were made +under higher direction testifying my extraordinary mission; because as +soon as I was ordered to separate from the bishop, and to perform +independently from all bishops in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church, +what would be shown me by the spirit, I understood my extraordinary +mission; although I did not know, what the Heavenly Congress intended to +perform by my mediumship. And when I was commanded by the spirit at 1 +o'clock from Monday to Tuesday before Easter 1838, to arise and to write +for the book, which is now called the first of my five German volumes, I +felt more than before the importance of the obligations of the 144 +witnesses who have signed their names in my catalogue; and from this +view I wrote that night what I inserted in the most suitable place of +the manuscript, that it was then published for a testimony to all +nations, that I did know nothing in regard to the deepest mystery which +was intended by the Heavenly Congress with that excommunication.</p> + +<p>One point more as preparation for the great celebration of the Easter +Sunday, April 15, 1838. On Wednesday before Easter the man who was +excommunicated on Sunday Quinquagesima from our congregation, came to +me after having separated from the woman with whom he was not married. I +understood that he was under influence of an invisible power brought to +me, and that I had to take him into our communion and make it publicly +known on Easter Sunday in the same general terms without mentioning his +name, in which he was separated. And I said to him, that I will mention +this in our next meeting on Easter Sunday.</p> + +<p>When all was prepared on that great Easter Sunday, in the midst of our +usual prophetical performances at the Mass I ascended the pulpit and +delivered under inspiration a sermon preparatory to the excommunication, +instructed the audience then regarding the excommunicated by a distinct +report, how I was three times ordered to perform that excommunication, +that therefore those who are comprehended under the names of the +excommunication, are as certainly excommunicated from Christ's Church, +as I am confirmed as his messenger for establishing his reign of Truth +and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe by all the signs and +wonders many of which they had already heard in my addresses, others +they will read in the book. The congregation knew, that I was printing a +book in Cambridge near Boston, showing that what I was doing I was doing +under the direction of Heavenly messengers for the fulfilment of the +greatest promises. Amongst all the signs and wonders many of which you +have also read in this book, one of the most remarkable signs was, that +after my having excommunicated Benedict Fenwick, Bishop of Boston, in +both letters, that of the 16th as well as that of the 17th February +1838, although more expressedly in the last than in the first, neither +the Bishop nor any other Priest did interfere with my using the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church of Boston, but I performed without the least +disturbance all that has been shown to me by the holy martyr Revel. +xiv:14 and his company. I assured the congregation at the same time that +the excommunication will not injure those who are comprehended in the +names of the excommunicated, except if they remain obstinate after the +excommunication is made known.</p> + +<p>After the necessary solemn preparation, the excommunication was +performed in the most vigorous manner, and the names of the +excommunicated were read so loud and distinctly, that they could be +heard in every corner of the church, for the peculiar purpose that no +name might be confounded with another name.</p> + +<p>After that act I continued the Mass and distributed the Eucharist to a +large number of the congregation whom I prepared on the previous days by +hearing their confessions; because, as I have mentioned before, in my +extraordinary mission in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church all that +which was practised was to be repeated for a testimony that it was +accomplished. Without there being room here to write about the +confession we mark only in general, that it had also its time in the old +Heaven, but we have better means of education in the new Heaven. But it +is to be remarked that also the man who had been excommunicated on +Sunday Quinquagesima, came to me to the confession before Easter and was +received into our congregation, and this was then on Easter Sunday +directly after my solemn sermon before I commenced to prepare the +audience for hearing the excommunication of those who were to be +excommunicated, distinctly announced to the congregation, and that same +man received then with the others the Eucharist from my hand. Then he, +after our service, accompanied me closely, without saying a word, to my +lodging, and said when I was entering the house, that he wished to talk +with me privately. When we were alone, he entreated me pitifully to +receive him in Christ's Church or in our congregation. I was surprised, +and asked him, whether he forgot, that I received him first privately, +and whether he did not hear that I made that known to the congregation +on that same day, and that he took also the Eucharist from my hand as +the confirmation of being in our congregation. He replied that all this +was true, but that he heard distinctly his name, when I read those who +were excommunicated, and that the Spirit said to him, that he should go +directly to me and tell me this.</p> + +<p>I saw that he was acting under the influence of a spirit, and to get +some more information, asked him, how he could hear his name, when I +pronounced loud and distinctly those who were on my paper for the +excommunication, when I read them from the paper as being +excommunicated, and that I could not be such a fool as to put the same +name amongst the excommunicated, whom I took before privately into our +Communion, and announced this also publicly, immediately before the +performance of the excommunication. He replied, that he did not only +hear distinctly his name, but saw it also on the paper from which I read +those who were excommunicated, and if I would show him the paper, on +which those are who were excommunicated, he would show me his name. +Neither he nor any other man could read the names from that paper, which +I had in the New Testament book, in my pocket, and from which I read to +the audience, what was to be read from that book on Easter Sunday; but +my pulpit was so arranged, that nobody besides me could see what I read. +When he demanded to see that paper, to show me his name, I took the +paper from that book, to satisfy him, that he was mistaken. As soon as I +had shown him the paper, he fixed his finger to a name and exclaimed: +"This is my name! this is my name!" The more I assured him, that he was +mistaken and that he should look better the letters of the name, to see +that it was not his but quite another name, the more he affirmed, that +it was his name; and the more he looked at the name, the more he +asserted, that it was his name. Then I named each letter of that name, +asking him, whether he saw that it was the named letter, and when he +answered in the affirmative to all letters, I urged him to spell the +whole name. And he spelt the whole name, and it was "Kaiser." This +German name means in English "Emperor."</p> + +<p>As soon as the man, or rather the departed spirit who urged him, that he +performed all this, spelt the name Kaiser, that is, Emperor, the spirit +seemed to be quite satisfied. After a short pause he again operated upon +the man powerfully, saying, that he had brought his name on the 7th Jan. +into my catalogue. I understood always, that he meant that man whose +name was Kaiser, and I said, that his name is not in the catalogue. But +when he continued to assert, that it is in the catalogue, and I repeated +that I perused oftentimes that catalogue and was quite certain, that +his name is not in the catalogue, and we both remained, each on his +point of certainty, I said at length, that I would convince him, that I +was correct, if he would tell me, who was the next before him, who put +his name in the catalogue. And when he named him and also others before +and after him, I opened the catalogue, and saw, that on the 100th place, +which was according to that direction his place, was the name "Kaiser," +that means "Emperor," instead of the name "Geyer" that means "hawk" or +"vulture." Geyer was the name of the man who had brought on the 7th +January, 1838, instead of his own, the name Kaiser. But by all our +precautions, that there might not be a mistake in any name and by all +our uses of that catalogue until that moment no body discovered this!</p> + +<p>That my business with that man required more time than could be spared, +because others were waiting till I dispatched him, and then all that +Easter Sunday there was other work so that I had no time to reflect upon +that case, nor, if there had been time, had I dared to think, what might +have been, behind the vail, without having received peculiar revelation. +Having been occupied on that Easter Sunday with other business as well +as with hearing confessions of those who came from far, I was then tired +and went to rest. During my rest I was awakened by an Angel of the Lord, +and heard the voice, that I should arise and write a communication. I +arose, kindled a light and saw by the watch, that it was one o'clock +after midnight, and felt that there was a company of Spirits present, +while I received from one the communication which was to be delivered on +that day to the congregation. That was the second day of Easter, a +festival in the Roman Catholic Church, and we had our service. That +communication not belonging into this epitome, was mentioned, because it +was a preparation to what follows.</p> + +<p>After having finished writing that communication between 1 and 2 +o'clock, A.M. on Easter Monday, April 16, 1838, I felt much stronger +than at the receipt of the first communication that I was surrounded by +a company of Spirits, amongst whom, at that moment, my mother +approached next to me, and with an unexpected power of her voice which +made such an impression upon my spirit and my whole system as may be +easier felt than expressed with words, delivered the message that, I +received in our ecclesiastical communion the man who directed my +attention to the Emperor who was excommunicated, and that that Emperor +was excommunicated who pretends to be Apostolic Majesty, and that I must +write down this and publish in the book which was at that time in +composition.</p> + +<p>I mentioned above, that I received by my departed mother one +communication twelve years before that; and this was the second and also +until this hour the last communication which I have received by the +instrumentality of my mother. Never in my life, at all my experience +from the Spirit world, I was so affected as at that communication. It +was delivered after having written the first communication, and thought +to extinguish the light and return to bed. At that moment I felt that, I +was surrounded by a company of Heavenly Messengers amongst whom one was +approaching nearest, and the powerful communication came. After that +there was no inclination to return to bed, nor is there room here to +repeat, what has been explained in the first and second of my five often +mentioned German volumes, for the correct understanding of said +communication, and the prophecies which have been fulfilled in said +excommunication and explained in my third volume. From those +explanations it is evident, that the Emperor of Austria who has besides +other anti-Christian titles also the title "Apostolic Majesty," is +representing in that excommunication the whole body of Monarchs and +Tyrants, who keep people in the anti-Christian servitude, from which +they are to be redeemed at the present manifestation of Christ by his +Messengers.</p> + +<p>Since the female sex has been much more injured and abused by monarchs +and other tyrants than the masculine sex, Beatrice Dante's departed wife +was found as most suitable Heavenly messenger by whom the great prophecy +in the 33d and last Song of Purgatory was communicated to the Poet and +most remarkable Prophet Dante, and my mother was found most suitable to +deliver the above mentioned communication and to make greater +impression than any other Heavenly messenger upon me, when the first +message was to be delivered to understand that great prophecy and +thousands of other prophecies which have been locked until that time. At +that moment a key was given to commence to unlock them.</p> + +<p>We give only some hints regarding the points which are the substance of +the contents of the five Germam volumes published from 1838 to 1842; and +many volumes would be required, if we would explain the memorable events +which happened afterwards for new illustrations and confirmations of the +preceding events. There is a concatenation of the most solemn warnings +to all the upholders and supporters of the old ruined Babylon, that they +should come out not to be partakers of her plagues. Besides the +mentioned mystery on the 100th place of our catalogue there is another +mystery on the 90th place. Besides those two, four or five others as you +may read the whole report in those volumes, have neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, and were excommunicated on Easter Sunday, 1838. But +those four or five came after that excommunication to me and were +received in our communion; but the 90th and the 100th have been brought +by their mediums for the fulfilment of prophecies and for the most +solemn divine assurance to political and ecclesiastical rulers, that +they are in such a tremendous condition, in which they would not remain +a moment, but would become directly with us messengers of Peace, if they +would comprehend but a little of what we know regarding their condition.</p> + +<p>After having received such an astonishing unexpected light regarding the +100th of the 144 witnesses of our catalogue, that only those can duly +appreciate it who have studied my volumes, others who have neglected +their duty and came in the number of the excommunicated only for an +illustration of those on the 90th and 100th places, as we have explained +in those volumes, came then without having been called, to me, and were +received in our communion. But the 90th did not come, and his place and +his names had a peculiar reference to all that which has been performed +in the Cathedral Church of Boston by our instrumentality; but I had +received no communication in regard to him. Therefore I thought proper +to send Messengers to inquire, whether anybody knew a man having the +name "Leo Hefner" and having been in Boston at the time in which the 144 +witnesses signed their names in my catalogue. But after the most careful +inquiry nobody brought any account of Leo Hefner. After that I received +the communication, that that name which is on the 90th place of our +catalogue, is a mystery which must be explained by me.</p> + +<p>Then I commenced to explain, that most suitable names have been selected +by Divine wisdom for the excommunication, of the Beast which has the +mouth of a Leo, that means in English a Lion, Revelation, xiii: 2, and +the Beast is the Papal Monarchy, for the foundation of which although +several predecessors of Pope Leo I. were preparing the way, that Leo or +Lion contributed most by his energy and principles which are expressed +in his writings, to that monarchy, which afterwards Pope Gregory VII. +endeavoured to establish with great power, and his successors triumphed +at length against their adversaries, and the mouth of these lions under +the Christian mask swallowed as much of human life and property as it +could reach, and the whole succession or family of the Popes produced a +"Hefner." In the explanation of the expressive names which have been +prepared by the Heavenly Congress, we take the most suitable +significations which appear obviously in the names. We took the name +"Hefner" as a composition of German Hef or Hefe, which means "dregs" or +"sediment," and the Hebrew "Ner," which means Lamp, so that Hefner means +"dregs of the Lamp" in our interpretation. The Pope used the Hebrew Lamp +and besides others especially German scholars gave him the greatest +assistance, that by his anti-christian management the Lamp of Truth and +Righteousness could not burn, because there was oil consumed and dregs +of the most dreadful materialism were destroying and ruining mankind.</p> + +<p>It is to be understood, that we give only some hints of what we +explained in the first volume as far as our leaders found proper to do, +showing gradually the great apostasy from the christian truth and +immersion into materialism and ceremonialism, produced by the +anti-christian management[Z] of the "Hefner or Dregs of the Lamp." In +the second volume we cotinued the explanation, that is, I under the +direction of invisible agents, was writing for the second volume. When I +thought that regarding the Beast with ten Horns was sufficient +explanation given for that volume, I heard on the 20th November, 1838 at +noon time a Heavenly voice: "Count the number of the name of the Beast." +Revelation, xiii: 17 and 18. I replied "Lord! I counted it long time +ago." Then the Heavenly voice was repeated. I asked, "Is'nt Lateinos" +the right name? I received the answer: No. Then I understood, that +neither that name which was delivered by the old Church Father Irenaeus +and written with Greek letters gives the number 666 and points to the +affairs of the Latin Man, nor any other name found for an illustration +of the prophecy and containing 666, expresses what is prophesied about +the beast; but that Hefner, contains the whole mystery; because each +pope as pope has the mouth of a leo or lion, and the whole family or +succession of the popes have produced the Hefner, or dregs in the lamp, +which cannot burn, because oil is consumed with the mouth of the Leo. +After my having explained for the second volume, that all circumstances +testified that by "Leo Hefner" the Papal Monarchy was excommunicated +from Christ's Church, and that in this name the whole history of Popery +is comprehended, showing what every pope as pope is, and what the whole +succession of the popes had poduced, the heavenly voice "Count the +number of the name of the beast," has given the most striking divine +confirmation or divine seal to our interpretation of the mystery. I +wrote the family name, after having received the heavenly order, with +Greek letters, and to my astonishment they gave exactly the number 666, +Revel. xiii: 18. Greek scholars should keep in mind, that the German H +is expressed by the Greek mark which is called by grammarians spiritus +asper, and that in both syllables of Hefner <i>e</i> is long, and with this +remark they will find by writing Hefner with Greek letters, in the name +exactly the number 666.</p> + +<p>After having received the Heavenly order, that I counted the number of +the beast, while I was writing the manuscript and preparing the print of +the second volume in Philadelphia, I received soon a letter from Boston +containing the information, that Matthew Arnold who is on the 86th place +of the 144 witnesses and in the deputation who after my having +excommunicated Bishop Benedict Fenwick from my ecclesiastical communion, +came to move me to occupy the church for my performances, was inspired +and remained when the other left my room when I received the +communication to occupy the church for our work, that same man learned +who the man was who brought the name Leo Hefner into my catalogue. Since +there were usually besides the witnesses also a number of others in the +school room, in which names were signed in my catalogue, it seemed to be +an easy task to discover the man, who had brought the name, by asking +those who signed their names next the 90th. But there are thousands of +discoveries quite easy, but they could not be made, till the time for +their use arrived. Besides me, all the 144 were also under so strict a +control of invisible agents, that all happened in due time. After all +other things regarding the mystery have been disclosed and also the +number of the beast has been counted, I received the information, that +the man who has brought the name, was a single man, quite suitable that +he became a medium of Pope Leo xii. The first name of that medium was +not Leo, but he was known under the French name Louis, although his +German name was Ludwig; and his family name was Hefner. But Leo Hefner +was not his name. He was brought as a medium of the departed Pope Leo +XII. and he gave the name which we needed. His family name corresponded +with the whole mystery of the fruits of the family or succession of the +Popes, but he was only a medium, and instead of his proper name a name +was to be given which suited the mystery, and the Pope amongst the +departed who represented the succession of the Popes, had to give his +own name. Here is no room to repeat the explanation from my often +mentioned volumes, how tangibly it was shown by signs, that Pope Leo +XII. was the leader who had brought that medium for the most astonishing +excommunication of popery. The name Leo has given also the stopping +place, from which we count in different directions the epochs of the +duration of the Papal monarchy. We have done so in the third German +volume and in the work which exists in Latin, German and English for our +monthly theological course and for the Latin convention, if the Emperors +of France and Austria comprehend us and call their bishops together, to +learn the great things which are disclosed for the pacification of the +world. Bible Students may explain many things by the hints, given in +this book, for instance, how the three verses of the 18th chapter of the +Revelation have been fulfilled on Easter Sunday, April, 15, 1838, by the +excommunication of the Beast and its image or its ten Horns from +Christ's Church. We could name here the powerful Angel, Revelation, +xviii: 1. But here is no room to explain, why that martyr was found most +qualified for that office, that he delivered to me three times the +command to perform that excommunication[AA], in which the proclamation +is included: "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the +habitation of demons, and the hold of every foul beast, and a cage of +every unclean and hateful bird." Revelation, xviii: 2. Interpreters did +not know, how to read the text, because some manuscripts have the word +"beast" and others have instead of that word "spirit." But the powerful +Angel who had the superintendency in these affairs, has shown, that you +have to read the word "Beast," because he has given to Pope Leo XII. the +order to inspire his medium, to give for our use the name "Leo," or Lion +who is the king amongst the Beasts, for our use in the excommunication +of the Papal monarchy from Christ's Church, and the medium, although of +German parents, was secreted under the French name Louis, in reference +to the French Kings, who were for a great support, and at length for a +great fall of popery.</p> + +<p>But with the Imperial Family of Austria is an other phase. "Petra dedit +Petro et Petrus Diadema Rudolpho." This was the motto when the infernal +holiness inspired the Pope, to send the crown to the Count of Hapsburgh, +to have that count when he becomes Emperor of Germany, his obedient +servant. At length, after the support of all kinds of Papal Imperial +Royal abominations the departed Emperor Francis was allowed to take the +most suitable medium in possession. The proper name of the medium +should have been Eagle according to the delight of Emperors in that +Fowl. But our superintendent in those affairs took rather the Hawk or +Vulture as a more suitable rapacious fowl, who put the name Emperor +instead of his name into our catalogue. That the departed Emperor +Francis of Austria became the leader of that his medium, will be shown +below for a peculiar instruction of Emperor Francis Joseph, that he +might become with us messenger of the New Era. But before this we must +give here a very brief lesson to Pope Pius IX, although this whole book +and especialy this treatise contain extraordinary lessons for him, and +we could write a large volume of correspondences of wonders and signs in +Pope Pious IX actions with our apostolic actions.</p> + +<p>Bishops would have converted long time ago Pope Pius IX into a powerful +preacher of the New Era if they themselves had studied our message of +Peace, or rather the Papal monarchy would have been extinguished long +time before the appearance of Pope Pius IX. Gregory XVI was the last +Pope in the ordinary course of affairs. While I was reading his book: +"Il trionfo della Santa Sede e della Chiesa" (the triumph of the Holy +See and of the Church,) my Lord has opened my eyes, that he was near to +overthrow the See of his infernal holiness, supported by such an +abominable delusion as is contained in that pestilential book and other +similar impositions. But I did not know at that time, by what kind of +means it would be effected, till A.D. 1838 the wonderful works were +executed in the Cathedral Church of Boston, so that I expected, that +bishops would, after the publication of my explanation of those events, +comprehend them and instruct their Pope in what was his highest duty. +But they proved to be miserable servants of this their grandmaster of +abominations.</p> + +<p>Popes with their whole Hierarchy are continuously repeating prophecies +and at the same time refusing to do what is their highest duty for the +fulfilment of prophecies. I could not have expected, that Pope Gregory +XVI, that machine of darkness, would have paid attention, if I had +applied directly to him. But if bishops had studied our writings and +comprehended our mission and its credentials, they might have drawn also +their master Gregory XVI, to look into our matters. But he vegatated +and died in the fulness of his prophetical position, whereas he was not +ready to enter into the Dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: +10, which is to be introduced by messengers whom I represent, I +mentioned that the whole Papal Church is prophetical. In her is +concentrated the prophecy of Judaism and Heathenism. Popes who had a +peculiar charge, had also names and numbers correspondent to their +charge. When in Pope Leo XII the apostolic number was complete he +prophesied, as readers must recollect, according to his Leonine wisdom +about a Church Doctor or Apostle of the higher mission, and after his +departure he had to inspire and bring the man into our school-room, to +sign the most suitable-mysteries on the 90th place of our catalogue for +the excommunication of Popery from Christ's Church. And Pope Gregory XVI +had to write the above quoted book, while he was yet a monk. But by that +book the way was opened for him to the Papal Chair. He prophesied on the +title-page of that book in the first place the triumph of the Holy See +or the Papal Government. And it triumphed so, when he became Pope that +with his successor the whole miserable machinery is breaking and +breaking, till at length the Church, that is, the people will triumph by +receiving our message of Peace, by which all kinds of Popery will be +abolished from the Globe. He on the Papal Chair concentrated in his name +and number of the name the whole mystery of his position. He was +Gregory, that means a watchman, as prophets are called, and he stands as +prophet, in the full number XVI, which is as remarkable in the +developments of Popery as the number 666, so that the disciples of the +Revelator were debating, whether the spirit had given to their master +the number 666, or the number 16 in Revel. xiii: 18, till the spirit had +shown by our instrumentality, that the number 666 is the principal +number in counting the name and the periods of the duration of the +government of that Beast, but the number 16 comprehends many of its deep +mysteries. The 4th Beast in the 7th chapter of Daniel was formed +gradually into the shape of the Papal monarchy, and 4 times 4 is the +complete number in which the last ordinary Pope appeared in his glory; +he is the "infallible monarch of the church," as he himself has proved +while he was yet a monk, in the above quoted book, that the Pope is the +infallible monarch of the church. By the means of that book my Lord of +truth and righteousness has opened my eyes, that I commenced to +comprehend the infernal imposition of the dragon and his host, by which +nations were so duped that they believed the Papal infallibility, +holiness and all other abominations and blasphemies of the living God +and his Christ, and that I have performed and explained what is required +for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. The number of the Biblical +writing mediums or prophets, whose books are collected in one section of +the books of the Old Testament, is sixteen. They were as little +understood as to who they were and where they were, as the Popes. The +number of the Popes each of whom appears under the name Gregory or +watchman, is also sixteen, or two times eight. The last of them or the +sixteenth Gregory was the Pope under whose administration the mysteries +were performed by our instrumentality for the abolition of all kinds of +popery. But he continued to rule in all his glory and to keep disturbers +of his infallible monarchy in prison. He was the most glorious during +the time, in which the Beast or the Papal monarchy is in the number +eight, Revelation, xvii: 11.</p> + +<p>The often mentioned catalogue of the 144 witnesses which appears in the +English translation of my 4th German volume, entitled "The one thing +needful," from the 533d till 538th page, is a concentration of wonders +and signs, which were effected under the control of the 144,000 martyrs, +Revelation xiv: 1. In reference to this mystery as well as in reference +to the 144 cubits of the wall of the New Jerusalem, Revelation, xxi: 17, +their number is exactly 144. They were the stones used while we were +performing in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church what was required +according to prophecies for the removal of Babylon and bilding of the +New Jerusalem. "Behold I come as a thief." Revelation xvi: 15. He came +so secretly, that neither on the 7th Jan., 1838, while those 144 +witnesses were signing their names into my catalogue nor afterwards, +while they were performing each his task, we understood much of what was +behind the vail, till after the great excommunication on Easter Sunday, +1838, the great mystery commenced gradually to be developed, and I +received on the third Sunday after Easter, 1838, directly before the +service, from my guardian the direction to deliver the valedictory +sermon in order that all which, was to be executed in that church +according to prophecies, had been accomplished. The church had prepared +for our use on that Sunday the 16th chapter of John. And I selected the +text: "A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again a little while +and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father." John, xvi: 16.</p> + +<p>If you have comprehended this book to this page, you know, that I am +Jesus Christ's first-born son in the Dispensation of the Fullness of +Times. Ephes. 1: 10. But also after having been publicly initiated to +this ministry on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18th, 1838, at the altar of +the Cathedral Church of Boston, I progressed slowly in the development +of the mystery.</p> + +<p>All disclosures which I give are preparatory for an easier understanding +of the great testimony of the three witnesses named at the caption of +this treatise. I am partly going around and applying to all kinds of +mediums in the cities of New York and Brooklyn, and in all directions is +somewhat prepared for an illustration of the testimony of the three +extraordinary witnesses. On Sunday, 24th inst., when the message of "the +Treaty of Peace" between the Emperors of Austria and France arrived in +America but was not communicated to us on that day, I wrote some of the +last disclosures before this paragraph. After that I wrote two letters. +But before having finished the second, I was inspired to go and I +thought that I was going to a Conference meeting of Spiritualists; but +on my way I met with one who is holding his own meetings publicly to +draw the incautious into private "Free Love Meetings," and I went with +him to his public meeting. When I returned to my room I was tired, went +to bed, and then I arose yesterday, July 25th, and finished at fish-oil +light the second letter of July 24th, 1859. Then I wrote three other +letters before breakfast, at which I heard the first report of "the +Peace Treaty." After that I was occupied all day in the cities of New +York and Brooklyn. I thought proper, to write this episode this morning, +July 26th, before my starting to other business; because it is in such +a connexion with the "Peace Treaty," that it will be in the proper place +more particularly explained for a great illustration of the three +extra-ordinary witnesses.</p> + +<p>"Christ's first-born Son in the Dispensation of Universal Harmony and +Peace on the whole globe" is the third angel preaching powerfully in the +9th, 10th and 11th verses of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. There +have been a number of prophecies which have been referred to Christ who +has been crucified by the Jews more than eighteen hundred years ago, but +which cannot be understood except in regard to his first-born son and +the whole Body of Messengers whom he represents. Since our public +appearance some mediums have preached that now Christ's first-born son +appears, and were quoting a number of Biblical passages testifying this. +If there would be room, I would write some pages regarding my meetings +in Cincinnati of Ohio with the principal of those mediums. He after +having been an elder in the Mormon Church, separated from them and was +preaching "the Judgment Dispensation," and that Christ's first-born Son +Was coming now. Although my meetings with that prophet would be for a +peculiar illustration of the testimony of the three extraordinary +witnesses, I can mention here only the substance, that he was often +times possesed by some of the generals of Napoleon I. to give from his +position peculiar testimonies to our mission. Once, for instance, was he +so strongly inspired by his leader, that he wrote a decree by the +authority of that his god, in which he appointed me to be "Pope Andrew +I." It was A.D. 1846. He gave a copy of that decree to an editor of a +newspaper in Cincinnati,--to the same who publishes now in Washington +City the National Era, which will be used before the close of this +treatise in a peculiar connexion with the three witnesses, and he handed +to me a copy of the same decree. At the perusal of that decree I saw +that a dragon was the god by whom he was inspired, and I wrote directy a +protest, to accept any office from his God who was a spirit of delusion +and destruction, I handed my protest to the same editor with the remark +that if he publishes the appointment for me to be Pope Andrew I, he must +publish also my protest. He made known this to that medium who under +those circumstances withdrew the decree. He was a rich general, and +there is no doubt, that as Pope in a new shape I had found soon support +of other rich, persons to carry out the plan of the dragon for +destruction.</p> + +<p>While I was writing the 4th of the five often mentioned German volumes I +had to quote oftentimes the catalogue of the 144 witnesses, and was +continuously aware, that not only the 90th, and the 100th, who have +brought as Mediums not their own names but the names which were suitable +to the office of those, by whom they were inspired, obtained the places +which according to our language by numbers were most suitable to the +mystery which they contain, but that also those who have brought their +own names, brought them as mediums of invisible agents by whom they were +controlled in such a manner, that those who had peculiar charges, +obtained also the places with numbers corresponding to their charges. +After having observed many times this phenomenon I saw at length the +necessity of publishing that catalogue with the names in the same order, +in which they had been brought into the catalogue. But at that time I +was not aware, that the catalogue contains exactly 144 witnesses, the +complete mystical number of their represensation; because on the 538th +page of "the One Thing needful" that catalogue ends with "143 Anthony +Larger," and in my first three volumes as well as in "The One thing +Needful" or in the 4th volume these witnesses are named "the 143 +witnesses." On the 538th page the paragraph after the close of that +catalogue commences: "This is the foundation catalogue of the new reign +of Christ on earth," and in the same paragraph these witnesses are +called the 143 witnesses; because they occupy 143 places, and I was not +aware that there were 144 witnesses in that catalogue, till at length I +heard the voice: "Count exactly the number of the witnesses." I looked +then at every place, and found that on each place of the catalogue is +only one witness, except the 81st place in which are two sisters +together, and therefore the number of witnesses in that catalogue is 144 +in reference to the 144, 000 members of the Heavenly Congress Revelation +xiv: 1, by whose wisdom names for that catalogue were wonderfully +provided, and in reference to the 144 cubits of the measure of the +walls of the New Jerusalem, Revelation xxi: 17, the chief corner stone +of which being Jesus Christ, and the members of his peaceable kingdom +are named lively stones. 1 Peter ii: 5. And, those 144 were given to me +as assistants to show what is to be done for the establishment of +Christ's peaceable reign on earth, to wit, all the ecclesiastical and +political powers must co-operate with us to draw all nations into the +new era. Here we give only some hints, how wonderfully they are exhorted +and urged by all other events, as well as by the formation of that +catalogue in which is the concentration of wonders and signs.</p> + +<p>We quote the following places from the catalogue as peculiar instances +in reference to the three "extra-ordinary" witnesses: "80, Bischofberger +with two, 81 sisters." This man came under the strong control of his +guardian, and when the quoted words were signed, and on the place "81 +sisters" appeared, we required the names of his sisters. But he said, +the names will be made known to me another time. Each signer had to give +his name, but Bischofberger after having put the name "sisters" on the +81st place of the catalogue, refused to give their names, and assured me +that they will be made known in due time, and I received orders from my +leader to let it remain as it was written. When the unexpected wonders +which are concealed in that catalogue, commenced to be disclosed, it was +manifest, that on the 80th place was put the representative of the Beast +which itself is the eighth king, Revelation xvii: 11 and has ten horns. +To show, that it was in the complete age or in the fulness of its glory +in our age, it was put on the ten times the eighth place with suitable +names. To wit, Alexis means one who hinders. He hinders the redemption +of mankind from oppression and the development of truth and justice, +which is required for this redemption. And the family name shows who +this man is, to wit, "Bischofberger." The first part of this compound +name is the same word, as the English word "Bishop," and the German +"Berge" are "Mountains," so that this Bishop is Bishop of the Mountains, +or on the Mountains, having his seat on the mountains, in reference to +the seven mountains, on which Rome is located. In this his glory he has +two sisters, which represent the two powers of the Pope, to wit, the +ecclesiastical and political power. He himself in his glory and both his +powers have been typified on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue +showing to the Pope his highest duty, to become with us messenger of +Christ's peaceable reign.</p> + +<p>On the six places which precede immediately the 80th place, those are +represented who have raised the Pope so high as he stands. We remark, +that the German name Ochs is pronounced as the English name Ox and means +the same beast. Those representatives are in our catalogue in the +following order: 74 Joseph Ochs, 75 Conrad Ochs. 76 Aloysius Ochs. 77 +John Ochs. 78 Iidorus Ochs. 79 Joseph Januarius Ochs. The number six is +the fundamental number of the number of the name of the Beast 666, +Revelation xiii: 18, and to one or the other of the six classes of men +who appear here as oxen, all orders of monks may be reduced. The name +which stands before the name "Ochs," defines nearer the position of the +representative Ochs. Monks of all Papal orders appear in reference to +the Pope as Oxen, tame useful animals, working for the support of +Popery, without knowledge of their own and the true condition of the +Pope. But Revelation xiii: 11 we read: "I beheld another beast coming up +out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a +dragon." Here are the orders of monks under the image of a Therion, a +ferocious beast, which appears as a lamb to those whom it entraps for +the Pope, but it is ferocious, although it hides its ferocity, as a +dragon, till its delusion is made manifest, when it destroys the enemies +of the Pope. It is caught in all six shapes into our catalogue, the +explanation of the mysteries of which in our volumes shows to all monks +and priests the urgent necessity to become with us messengers of the new +era And the explanation from the 11th verse to the end of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and of other mysteries is in our volumes +showing the dreadful condition of monks and priests in their present +course.</p> + +<p>We have given some hints without explanations which are in my printed +volumes and in the manuscript, which N.B. On this great prophetical +Feast, August 15, 1859, of Mary's Assumption into Heaven and of Napoleon +I's Birthday, I mention that I was since the twenty-first day of June +last, on which day agreement was made with the printer and the +manuscript of the First Treatise was given him for printing this book, +confined to New York, wishing to have it printed as soon as possible. +But those Messengers from our sphere who have the commission to count +according to our spirit language by numbers, pages and lines in my +publications and days for their printing in agreement with the calendar, +for this purpose controlling the spirits of the compositors, did not +hinder them to annoy me in manifold ways. At length I wrote on the 1st +inst. my complaint and carried it to the same attorney who without +charge wrote the agreement; but not having found him in his office, I +myself carried it to the printer, expecting a good effect. But I was as +much disappointed, as when I commenced to write the Fourth Treatise and +thought that it would not become larger than the largest of the +preceding Treatises. But having become more than twice as large, we +stopped the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of the 168th +page, which according to the printer's calculation will be finished on +the 17th inst. The portion of the Fourth Treatise which appears in this +edition is a necessary preparation to comprehend the proper position of +Pope Pius IX. and of the Emperors of France and Austria, and to +understand the mysteries of the dates of the remarkable events in the +last war in Italy. Those dates testify that those events happened under +strict control of our leaders watching the infernal furies destroying +men, and in so exact a correspondence with events of our mission, that +if you comprehend this book and act accordingly, you will open soon the +door for the New Era in America and in Europe; but if you neglect this +the three extraordinary witnesses have such a position as to continue +judgments.</p> + +<p>Those who comprehend this book, will be anxious to read also the +continuation and the end of the Fourth Treatise, and will collect as +many subscribers as possible. As soon as they secure us to call a +printer to our Peace Union Centre and to publish a new edition of this +book, we will send gratis to them in an extra pamphlet the "Supplement +to the Fourth Treatise," which will appear in the next edition. +Therefore we request those who buy this book, to give their exact +direction either to those from whom they buy or to send it according to +the direction on the title-page.</p> + +<p>ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch5"> +<h2>Fifth Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + The Plan for Redemption of Nations from monarchical and other + oppressive speculations and for the introduction of the promised + New Era of Harmony, Truth and Righteousness on the whole globe. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>We write the following pages only for those who have studied all the +preceding pages of this book, and concentrate the subject of what would +require volumes, on few pages, to be gradually developed in our +Periodical. On the title-page of this book our Mission is expressed, and +the four preceding Treatises contain superabundance of credentials or +testimonials of our mission as well as the great truth, that the social, +political and ecclesiastical relations of mankind are rotten and +corrupt, the whole structure is a Babylon, confusion and delusion, which +is to be abolished and on its place truth and justice, harmony and peace +are to be established by virtue of our mission.</p> + +<p>Readers of this book know that I speak as medium of messengers from the +Heavenly Congress who have the commission to introduce the New Era, and +as representative of messengers by whom nations are to be moved for +action to escape from the plagues which continue in the ruins of Babylon +till people come out and establish the New Jerusalem, the new order of +things, in which persons of both sexes will receive such development of +their intellectual and moral faculties and of their physical skill and +strength as they will be qualified to receive, to enjoy themselves in +their mortal bodies as well as after their departure such happiness as +their persons will be capable of enjoying while they themselves will +contribute, each member his or her share to the common welfare of +mankind, that the whole society will progress as far as circumstances +will allow.</p> + +<p>This development demands time. It could not take place in a moment, but +means which have been in preparation and prepared through the course of +ages may be concentrated, and when thus concentrated they may be +usefully applied in accelerating the true and right education of +degraded humanity, and in a few years that may be effected, which past +centuries did not effect. But with all the knowledge which we have +acquired for promoting the true happiness of mankind, we can do nothing +for them, if they are not reached and aroused from their lethargy. If +they will be redeemed from their present miserable and wretched +condition, they must begin to comprehend where they are and to what +point of intellectual and moral perfection with corresponding happiness +and health and strength of body and mind they could arrive, if they +would apply their energy and the means which are prepared by nature as +well as by human skill, art and science to be used in bringing mankind +from their present Babylon or from the existing confusion and delusion +into the new Jerusalem, into the New Era, into the new order of things, +which is usually called the Millennium, about which there are many false +and wrong notions, but which will be the universal republic in which +truth and righteousness will reign and all nations will be united in the +great brotherhood in which they will enjoy perpetual peace. We have +received the commission and the credentials of the Mission to introduce +this state of things.</p> + +<p>To commence with power the grand work which is to be accomplished by +co-operation of men and women, who are associated amongst themselves and +united with Heavenly messengers who are commissioned to prepare for the +promised New Era, we unite and form an Association which we call +Peace-Union (Friedens-Verein), a union of co-operation for establishing +peace. Real, perpetual peace comprehends the restoration of human +rights. Our co-operation for this purpose needs a centre, a place on +which we concentrate the means to attain our object. Hence, we according +to our mission, invite all who are able to contribute their share, +either in money or property or any kind of mental and physical labor for +the realization of the object, that they might co-operate with us to +establish first a centre of our work, and according to the pattern of +the centre as many other settlements as may be required for +accommodation of all who would enter into the New Era.</p> + +<p>The first centre should be a provisional centre, that is, a place for +concentrating our co-operation so long as may be necessary, till for the +same purpose a more suitable place be furnished. But not all who are +invited to co-operate can have accommodation on the first central +station, nor would all be ready at once, who might so desire, if +buildings and other necessary conveniences were provided, which, +however, is primarely to be attended to. We need co-operators everywhere +to arouse as many as can be aroused for co-operation with us in these +days of Noah, at the approach of the flood of tribulations. In my former +publications as well as in this book and in my manuscripts a +superabundance of credentials are exhibited, that those men and women, +who are united with us in Christ's spirit, that is, in the spirit of +truth and righteousness, and are living in accordance with what is +required by that Spirit, and are spreading the glorious news made +manifest by our instrumentality for redemption of oppressed humanity, +are true messengers of Christ; but those clergymen who, instead of +co-operating with us, are keeping people in shackles of their sects and +despising our message of peace, are messengers of the deluding and +destroying spirit and supporting the Beast or monarchy which receives +its power from the dragon, the deluding and destroying serpent which is +the image of that spirit, Revelation xiii: 2. We expect they will +comprehend this book and commence to act with all their strength as our +fellow-laborers, and become with us partakers of the blessings which +will originate from our co-operation.</p> + +<p>After this preparation we ask, whether according to the common stock +association or according to a true community of goods the centre and +other settlements of our Peace-Union should be established. I wrote many +years ago a plan according to a common stock association, according to +which members of the Peace-Union should have prepared themselves and +others for a true community of goods, but within seven years an exact +accouut of labor furnished and of its worth as well as of other property +should have been kept, and at the expiration of that period the division +of profits according to the shares of labor furnished and other property +invested should have taken place, and during the period of seven years +all the members should have been prepared for the great community or +true republic, into which mankind will finally associate, that those who +would not be sufficiently prepared before the expiration of seven years +to commence a true community, might at least, in seven years be prepared +for it. At the end of that plan is the paragraph a portion of which we +copy here as preparatory to what follows:</p> + +<p>"I have mentioned only some of the many points which are to be mentioned +in more suitable times, or in the periodical; because that which has +been mentioned may suffice to move those who are culled and chosen to be +the first champions in starting the centre of our action. They may +easily comprehend, why we are compelled to commence on so low a station, +on which continuous accounts and calculations as well as many other +inconveniences will make much trouble. If we would expect good success +on a higher ground, we would commence on that ground. But this +generation is found in such a degradation and corruption, that also the +proposed plan to draw mankind from lower to higher stations, will +probably not find directly sufficient support of what we need to bring +mankind quickly and powerfully into the New Era, which in its splendor +and glory will be the great community of goods, based on true republican +principles, &c."</p> + +<p>This paragraph was to be copied, because we must give some explanation +of the matter, that mankind were to be prepared in manifold ways, to +become gragually ready to enter into the right order of things. Readers +of this book know, that from A.D. 1838 till 1842 my five German volumes +containing "Memorable Events" developing the dreadful social, +ecclesiastical and political state of mankind and testifying our mission +to introduce the promised New Era, have been published. During and after +the publication of those volumes it was evident, that our duty was to +make known to those who have read or heard somewhat regarding our +mission, that for a powerful co-operation we would need a centre of our +action. Adolph Etzler published that time a book entitled: "The New +World or Mechanical System to Perform Labour of Man and Beast by +Inanimate Powers." I have read it and found the principles correct, and +that although all that he proposed, would not be practicable, some of +his propositions could be put in practice. And when I saw that Germans +were so chained either by materialism or sectarianism, that instead of +studying those my five German volumes and of acting accordingly they +followed rather after their sectarian and materialistic leaders who have +published all kinds of delusion against my books, and spoke also in a +like manner publicly and privately against them, my directors moved me +to tell to those who took more or less interest in the contents of my +books and were skilful mechanics, that they should study Etzler's book, +and if they would find his propositions practicable, they should try to +awaken Germans with Etzler's machine to study my German volumes. The +best mechanic among them, after having studied Etzler's book, and having +seen the draughts of all parts of Etzler's machine and heard Etzler's +explanation of all its parts, has assured me in words and in writing +that he gave all his property as security, that he would put Etzler's +machine in operation. But a seeress who belonged to our association, and +gave amongst all women the strongest testimony to our mission, although +she did not see the pattern of the machine, received in a vision its +whole structure and described exactly the portions which she saw in the +vision, that they broke. She received that vision a considerable time +before those who were expecting certain success, commenced to build +Etzlers machine. I was certain that the prophetical vision would be +fulfilled, but I expected that afterwards would be shown how Etzler's +mistakes should be repaired, and that great lessons would be given to +nations by the trial of that machine, the inventor of which was a great +materialist, not knowing that he himself was a strong medium of spirits +of a similar character as spirits of Napoleon I. were, to subdue the +world by physical means, while I considered that machine as the means of +peculiar spirit manifestations to awaken nations from their materialism +to our message of peace containing the true spiritualism. The machine +was built under Etzler's direction in Warren County, Pa., the trial was +made, and the pieces broke which have been foreseen and foretold as +breaking.</p> + +<p>There was a great jubilee of those who have been deluded by priestcraft, +that they thought when Christ was killed, that he would arise no more, +When Etzler as well as the man who has given me in words and in writing +the pledge with his whole property that he would put the machine in +operation, have left the place I said to those who have remained on the +place, that in the next night would be revealed to one of them, how the +mistakes made by Etzler, should be corrected and the machine should be +put in operation. George Karle, a young lame shoemaker, a sincere seeker +after truth and firm believer in our mission, was the man to whom the +mystery was revealed, and he has explained at our meeting the matter in +such a manner, that also those who were most opposed, have at length +been convinced, after having heard his explanation how Etzler's mistakes +should be repaired, that he had received a true revelation, and agreed +that he should be the director in rebuilding Etzler's machine, to make a +new trial. But before this has been done, he was brought into the +Allegheny River and drowned by the instrumentality of the departed +Mormon Prophet Joe Smith, not directly but indirectly by the +instrumentality of a cow. But a week after that, on the 30th of July, +1844, the same destroying spirit Joe Smith was allowed to attack me +directly, to show how he would be able to kill a man in a minute, if he +would be permitted. But he was seized by my guardian and cast into a +combustible matter which was by his infernal electricity instantly +kindled. George Karle was permitted to be drowned, because the time for +establishing our centre had not yet arrived, and Karle had an important +mission in the spirit world, and in that great mission he continues to +be engaged.</p> + +<p>It is to be understood that the given hints regarding Joe Smith would +need a peculiar treatise. I did not know him personally in his mortal +body, but urged preachers of his sect to move him to meet me either in a +written correspondence or personally, to learn to know his dreadful +delusion. The same I published in "The one thing needful," and urged his +Elders, to send to him an English copy of that volume, which as readers +of this book know, has been translated from the German into English. But +in that year matters did not yet arrive to maturity for the conversion +of Mormon Apostles and Elders. Their infernal President had to show, how +his army had the power to prevent my starting the centre of our +operation. But that my meeting with the departed Joe Smith occasioned +my meeting with the mortal Brigham Young, while he was yet in Nauvoo, +but although I preached to him and his disciples the judgment +dipensation, they were not yet mature to be converted, and my +manuscripts in which dreadful mysteries of the Mormon Spiritualism are +developed, must wait to be published, when nations will be prepared to +read so important disclosures.</p> + +<p>I have given here some hints of my experience at and after the trial of +Etzler's machine, by the means of which so much regarding the inner life +of man and the spirit world and the dreadful condition of mankind has +been disclosed, that volumes would be needed to explain it. That +experience is testifying, that time did not yet arrive for establishing +the centre. People were ridiculing me and reproaching the machine, not +knowing that I have only occasioned its building, and that I warned +those who undertook to build it, that they should reflect upon the +point, that at its first trial the pieces foretold by the seeres would +break, although they would be repaired and the mistake of the inventor +corrected, if they would persevere in the work of the Lord. But the wife +of the man who undertook the work and gave the pledge, was instigated by +Jesuites and their agents and made him blind in the work in which he had +to persevere, that by our experience it became at length manifest, that +the trial of the machine was made for great instruction of nations. +People were deluded by the blind leaders of the blind and would not hear +us, when we invited them after the trial for co-operation to establish a +centre without trying any machine, but only using machines which have +been tried by others and found to be useful. But when we will be in all +directions secured with abundant means, we will support inventions for +the common welfare.</p> + +<p>Here is no room for further explanations, that wherever I endeavoured to +start a centre of our co-operation on the plan of the common stock +association, great spirit manifestations showing the dreadful condition +in the existing Babylon took place, and the inner life of man was more +and more developed and all our sufferings have been abundantly rewarded +with imperishable treasures. We give here some hints on one case the +full explanation of which would need as large a volume as this volume +is. During the building of Etzler's machine George Karle found John +Zeigler in a hermitage in which he employed one half of his time to +chopping wood and the other to studying the Bible and to prepare for a +happy home in the spirit world. Karle gave him some instructions +regarding our mission and some of my books. Zeigler discovered soon that +by studying my books he would receive light which he could not obtain in +other ways, and then he studied them deeper than any other mortal man, +and whenever his presence was required, he came to give us assistance, +and then he returned to his hermitage. In the latter part of 1849 and +the commencement of 1850 I was preparing in Indiana and Illinois and +especially near the line of both states people for our message and for +co-operation to establish on the grand prairie our centre. When I +thought to have found the best location for it, I found soon a man of +property who paid for the land according to our plan. Then I wrote to J. +G. Zeigler who was from his hermitage preparing people by letters for +our message, that he should come, and then we would write together to +such as we would invite to come as pioneers. He wrote, that he was ready +to start directly. He started, but he was pushed into the Ohio River in +the night of the 10th of April, 1850, between 11 and 12 o'clock by a +papist instigated by the power of darkness. The whole conspiracy was +then detected to us; but we committed the murderer to the Judgment of +the Heavenly Court, and Zeigler continues to work with us amongst the +departed. He was an American well versed in English and in German, and +his work is extensive. The spirit language by numbers should be known in +a certain measure to biblical students; although the most celebrated +amongst them know very little about it. But those who comprehend this +book, may easily find out, why I met with the departed Napoleon I. in +the 20th line of the 20th page, and why the spirit directed me to repeat +this important fact with additional circumstances on the 39th page, and +why I meet with Napoleon in the 39th line on the 39th page in this book. +Readers in looking into these mysteries should keep in mind, that the +battle of Solferino was fought on the same day in the year 1859, on +which day I met with Napoleon A.D. 1839. If you understand this book, +you will easily comprehend also, why the spirit was pleased to prepare +on the same 39th page before the departed Napoleon the departed +President Taylor and Buchanan in the Presidential administration, who +appears to live although he is yet dead. But his friends should awaken +him to study this book and to co-operate with us, that he might escape +the judgment in which President Taylor was executed, and John George +Zeigler was sent by the Heavenly Congress to give orders to destroying +spirits to carry Zach. Taylor into their infernal regions. "Zeigler was +the angel of the Lord," mentioned in the first line of the 37th page of +this book. He has shown to Zach. Taylor, when he entered from his mortal +body into his inner life, my handwriting testifying, that he had +neglected to fulfil his highest duty. And I have mentioned in this +connexion of things this incident, that you might do what your +predecessors have neglected to do.</p> + +<p>When by the departure of our martyr John George Zeigler was shown, that +the Grand Prairie was not the place for starting our centre, I wrote to +the man who has bought and paid for the land, that he was at liberty +either to keep that land for his use or to sell it, and then I was +preparing in other States people for our message, showing them also the +necessity for starting a centre of our co-operation. At lenght at the +end of February and at the commencement of March of this year, 1859, was +in peculiar manner made manifest, that we should start the "<i>Centre of +our Community</i>" or the Centre for establishing the True Republic, which, +as has been made manifest, will be a true Community of Goods, and a true +matrimony of one man with one woman, as has been prophesied by the first +Christians at Jerusalem, but could not be accomplished in practice till +the dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: 10. or the New +Jerusalem, will be introduced by messengers whom I represent. If we +should find before finishing the last of the 24 pages of the 8th sheet +some space, we will give hints on the wonders and signs by which it has +been shown, but explanation of these matters must be delayed, till we +establish a Printing office at the Centre of our Peace Union Community.</p> + +<p>"And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by +the Apostles. And all that believed were together, and had all things +common. And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all +men, as every man had need." Acts ii: 43, 44, & 45. "And the multitude +of them that believed were of one heart, and of one soul, neither said +any of them that aught of the things which he possessed was his own; but +they had all things common. Neither was there any among them that +lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and +brought the prices of all things that were sold, and laid them down at +the Apostles feet; and distribution was made unto every man according as +he had need." Acts iv: 32, 34, & 35.</p> + +<p>This was not the commencement of the Community in the Jewish Church, but +of the great conversion of those who have been attached to the sects of +the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Besides these two sects there was a +third sect, called the Esseni or Therapeutes. They understood that the +letter of the Jewish Bible kills and that there was in those prophetical +books a deeper, a spiritual sense of what was to come, and they retired +into the deserts of Egypt, and were acting from thence to convert the +world to their community principles. From that association the Christian +Religion originated. Jesus Christ was the descendant or offspring of the +Therapeutes or Healers, who were powerful in healing diseases of +demoniac influence. Their spirittual power came from their strictly +moral life, they did not abuse the procreative powers, but those who +were married, used them only for obtaining children in the right season, +and many of them lived in celibacy in the strictest continence all their +life time. Such was the life of the Therapeute Monk Eli or Heli, the +Father of Jesus Christ, Luke 1:23. He, while living in the strictest +celibacy arrived to an advanced age, and when the time arrived for the +procreation of the Messiah of the Jews, he became the medium of the +spirit who was selected by the Heavenly Congress to seize him and to +procreate by his instrumentality the Messiah. And when the departed +spirit called Gabriel or the power of God, was operating through Eli +that is "My God," Mary was seized by her guardian and submitted, that +the offspring was not the origin of a carnal co-operation, but the work +of a Holy Spirit, so that Jesus Christ was the concentration of the +spiritual power of the highest association amongst the Jews as well as +of the prophecy of the Jewish Nation. In one of my former writings I +have given more disclosure regarding this mystery, but when we will have +our own Printing office, I will give a more complete explanation of the +mystery, as well as of my generation, because if you comprehend this +book, you know that we have superabundance of signs according to +prophecies, by virtue of which I appear as the first born son of Jesus +Christ for the introduction of his peaceable reign on earth or the great +Community or Republic, for which we must prepare by establishing a +centre of our co-operatian.</p> + +<p>Here is to be mentioned that regarding the community great abuse was +made of the above quoted verses from the above quoted and other biblical +passages in monasteries and nunneries as well as in other associations. +Christ says to the Angel of the church of Ephesus: "But this thou hast, +that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitanes, which I also hate." +Revelation, ii: 6. And to the angel of the church in Pergamos he +reproaches: "So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the +Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate." Rev. ii: 15. Nicolaitanes in the +Revelation are the same who are in our days known as Free-lovers. Some +called them Dr. Nichol's people. But that Doctor was at length converted +to Romanism, lecturing for the Roman Catholic Church, and the day before +yesterday or on the 14th of August, I read the advertisement of his +lecturing here in New York. We expect, that he will get this book, +comprehend our spiritualism and draw many Roman Catholics into the true +Catholic Church, or what is the same, into our Peace Union. Man must be +restored to his true condition. A chaste, pure life in celibacy, and a +true matrimony in which carnal copulation is usued only for obtaining +children when sound reason or true christian spirit requires it, this +is the true condition of man for his true happiness in this and in the +future life. All excess in this respect is injurious to body and soul of +parents and children. As long as mankind are not reduced to the right +order in this respect, they remain in their degradation and misery. How +they will be brought lo the right order in the true community as the +only refuge for the restoration of the human race will be explained in +our Periodical for the common use and particularly to those who will +come to our Peace Union, here not being room except to give hints on +many points the full explanation of which requires large treatises. Here +we give the following hints.</p> + +<p>In the present Babylon dollars and cents as the means in this state of +affairs used for what man needs to support his mortal life and for +committing all kinds of sins and crimes against his fellow men, occupy +in so dreadful a manner the minds of men and women in general in their +present degraded condition, that the one thing needful, their spiritual +progress is so neglected, that probably if some few comprehend this book +so far as to apply all their energy to spread it, they will have a hard +task to move the public in general to study it so as it should be +studied and comprehended. Reader should recollect, that when I came the +first time in my present charge before the public, the passage Luke +viii: from the 4th to the 15th verse, was prepared for my use. Besides +dollars and cents there are especially the sexual disorders which ruin +mankind so, that they appear as dead to the truly spiritual things, for +which they will get the right taste, when in the community they +comprehend, that mankind belongs to two houses. Americans are quite +accustomed to two Houses in the Capitol of Washington; but in the true +community they will learn to be accustomed to the two Houses, or two +departments in one and the same house, to which mankind belong, when +they arrive to the higher perfect order, so that males belong to their +own House or department and females to their own, although each husband +has his own wife, and each wife her own husband; but they do not meet +together for carnal copulation, except in the right season for the only +object to get a child, with due preparation to transfuse a holy spirit +into the child. Nothing is more injurious to the parents and to the +child than the act of procreation without due preparation, which is in +this present Babylon generally neglected. Besides this in this present +abominable situation of mankind, the act of carnal copulation is +oftentimes repeated during the pregnancy and before the child is weaned. +All this has a very injurious effect upon the child and degrades and +ruins also the parents. Here is no room to explain the hints showing the +origin of the hereditary sins, which will be abolished, when the true +community will be flourishing, and the whole House of males as well as +the whole House of females will support every individual belonging to +the House, as well as the whole community in their common meetings will +support each other in the progression towards perfection.</p> + +<p>These hints may appear quite strange to many readers. But if they will +come out from the existing corruption, they may be assured, that they +will comprehend me, when I give in a long dissertation a complete +explanation of the given hints, in the supposition that those who have +comprehended this book know our mission, and that we have received the +knowledge which is required to our mission to bring nations out of their +present corruption which kills many when they arrive to manhood and +womanhood; and many more before that age, and not a small portion of +them before or soon after they are born. And all this originates from +the corrupt state introduced by the follies of men. When these follies +will be removed, mankind in general will commence, within few +generations, to become old and will enter into the spirit world with +great imperishable riches.</p> + +<p>We read: "Verily I say unto you, there is no man that has left house, or +brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or +lands, for my sake and the gospel's, but he shall receive a hundredfold +now in this time, houses and brethren and sisters and mothers and +children and lands, 'after persecution,' and in the world to come +eternal life." Mark x: 29, 30. According to our reading in the Greek +text we translate: "after persecution." When the persecution is +abolished, the promised great advantages will be made manifest in the +true community. There will not be plurality of wives, but each husband +will have his own wife. Now father, mother, wife or children might +resist to the determination of a person to join with the true community. +Those who comprehend, that this will be the true life in the true reign +of Christ, in his Peace-Union, will co-operate with us for its +introduction without regard to any opposition of their nearest +relatives. Every one who forsakes all and acts with us as much as he +can, for establishing the Peace-Union, will when persecution ceases and +the Peace-Union flourishes, consider those, who are old, as his fathers +and mothers, those of equal age as brothers and sisters, and those who +are younger as his children, and all the property belonging to the +Peace-Union as ours, and we will truly pray to God: "Our Father."</p> + +<p>Not being yet in this happy condition but endeavoring to arouse a +general turn towards it, we must make some provisions to support the +feeble in their turn, and those who turn towards our Peace-Union that +they might easier settle matters with those who belong to their family +and will not turn into our Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>Every individual who determines to enter into our community, brings all +his property into it, after having settled all his business in the +world. This property, according to our principles will be taken in +possession by the community; and if it is not money but other property, +it will be valued according to a very moderate price, and its value and +the amount of money if he brings any, will be put into the ledger of the +community, and a receipt will be given to him or her under the +provisions mentioned as follows: In the possible but not probable case, +that he or she should return to the former fashion, the value of the +property would be returned, although not directly, but when the +community would find easy to do so. In the mean time they would exchange +the receipt which he or she received at the delivery of their property, +with a note containing the amount of money and the time when the +community promise to pay according to the value or course of money at +the time received and at the time in which it would be paid to him. For +instance, if a dollar received would have at the time in which it would +be paid, only the value of ten cents, ten cents would be paid to him or +her instead of a dollar, without any interest; because the step should +be made after earnest reflection and determination, and with this +provision we must deter hypocrites from joining our Peace-Union; but to +those who would be feeble, all possible assistance would be given to +strenghten them in the work which they would commence. In the true +community when it will flourish, everybody will enjoy as much of its +riches as is required for his bodily strength and for such an +intellectual and moral improvement as to enrich as much his spirit as +his faculties will be prepared to receive, that after his departure he +or she enters into a happy abode of our Peace Union.</p> + +<p>I and other pioneers, who are preparing for the happy state which the +Peace-Union community when flourishing will enjoy, must suffer many +privations. But the spiritual treasures which during our great struggle +with the opposition we acquire, we carry with us at our departure, and +where our community will flourish, we will rejoice with them who will +partake of the fruits of our labor, so that I will not be less happy +than the happiest who will be born in our Peace-Union thousands of years +after my departure. With this consolation every reader should follow my +example and act with us for the introduction of the New Era.</p> + +<p>After these hints some rules must be mentioned regarding the economy and +management of affairs for the introduction and maintenance of the +Peace-Union to realize what in Christ's peaceable reign on earth is +expected.</p> + +<p>As soon as circumstances will admit, a printing-office will be +established on the place on which we commence our provisional +Peace-Union centre, and a Periodical based on and directed by the +principle of free discussion will be published, as the nature of the +case, reason and arguments for the restoration of human rights demand. +And previous steps, made before we are enabled to publish the +Periodical, are subject to be criticized in the Periodical, and we +undertake such enterprises or actions as we are ready to support before +the tribunal of truth and righteousness.</p> + +<p>This rule contains all that a sensible man or woman using his or her +intellectual and moral faculties may demand. If we had used our whole +book to develop our plan, we would not have finished our work, if the +volume had been much larger than it is. But the points belonging to our +plan, must be gradually developed in our Periodical, and those who +comprehend this book and our mission, superabundance of credentials of +which are contained here, will not tarry for a moment to co-operate with +all their strength with us, and to draw their mortal and their departed +friends into our Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>Members of the Peace-Union agree to support whatever may be shown by +free discussion through our Periodical to be suitable, practicable and +necessary to promote the common welfare of the Peace-Union, which is the +welfare of mankind. Those who would refuse to support it, had to show +the contrary in the same Periodical, that it might be discussed, +otherwise they would be disturbers, and if they could be by no means +corrected, they would deserve to be excluded, and the Peace-Union, after +having exhausted the means to bring them to the right order, would be +compelled to declare them to be separated, and to give them the note or +the certificate of their claim according to the rule above, and they +return the receipt which they have obtained when they have brought their +property into the Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>We illustrate the point with an example. I have given, for instance, +some hints regarding the two departments of males separately and females +separately, notwithstanding the true matrimony of one husband with one +wife. When there is the right time for them to procreate a child, they +will have a convenient place for the performance of the most responsible +duty. This my hint, when sufficiently explained, will satisfy every +friend of progression into truth, righteousness and happiness, and will +give to the human affairs quite a new turn, and deliver both sexes from +temptations, in which until now the whole human race succumbed and +descended much under the degree of the nobler classes of brutes, and +parents depraved and ruined themselves and children. From all the +strange and unexpected things disclosed in this book readers may expect +that I have also regarding the true matrimony and the restitution of +mankind in such a condition in which they will be truly happy, a +glorious message and such truths which when sufficiently explained, will +satisfy all lovers of progression into the true happiness. But there may +join with our Peace-Union some self-conceited person who would not give +up what would be shown by us as necessary to be removed for the +restoration of mankind to their true happiness, and what he would not be +able to refute, and notwithstanding this he would remain in his bad +habit. In this case he would compel us to remove him. At his removal he +receives the note or certificate, while he returns the receipt which he +had obtained for what he had put into the Peace-Union, as is explained +above. But we have to add here, that if those who would be separated, +had damaged the whole Peace-Union or some individual, the damage is to +be deducted from their claim. And it is to be repeated, that nobody who +joins with the Peace-Union, has any claim to any pay or reward for the +labor performed in the Peace-Union, into which all men and women are +invited to come and to remain in it in this mortal body and in all +eternity, and to partake for him or her and their families of all +riches, spiritual and physical in exchange for what they furnish. But +what they brought in at their joining, is returned to them, with +deduction of the damages, if they have caused any at their turn into +enemies of the Peace-Union, or which originated by their fault, although +it could not be proved, that they had a malicious intention in causing +damages. This point is here to be remarked, that children before they +acquire the legal age, if by whatever means they would be withdrawn from +the Peace-Union, while their parents are living there or did not depart, +should not receive the portion of the property brought for them into the +Peace-Union, till they arrive at the legal age in which they have the +right according to the laws of the country to depart from their parents; +because the Peace-Union have the parental duties towards children who +are received with their parents into the Peace-Union. Also this is to be +mentioned, that no others except who come with their parents or with +their children into the Peace-Union, have any claim to the property +which they bring into it. They settle their business with all others, +when they join with the Peace-Union, and in the same time they make +their will, how much they themselves if they would leave the Peace-Union +and some of their children would remain in it, and how much each of the +children when in full legal age, would receive, if he or she would leave +the Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>We thought proper to concede so much to the feebleness of those who are +desirous to join with the Peace Union, but imagine the possible case, +that they might be turned out and lose their property. For them their +property is secured, althought without interest, and their possible case +is rather imagination, and they would become gradually so strong as to +give good example to others. But we have mentioned a point which must +terrify hypocrites to join to our Peace Union; because their hypocrisy +would become in due time manifest, and then they could not stand and +would be turned out with demand to repair damages. Therefore they should +remain in Babylon till they have a sincere desire to join with us for +their true conversion to our principles and corresponding acting with +us. When they are determined to act for this purpose they should not be +afraid to join the Peace Union on account of the possibility of being +separated; because no person will be separated except such as deserves +in consequence of immoral acts or gross omissions of what is absolutely +necessary for obtaining the object of our association, after having been +sufficiently instructed and exhorted that their toleration would ruin +the Peace Union. A separate person, if he or she would think there was +not sufficient cause for separation, will be permitted to publish in our +Periodical the reason or reasons of his or her complaint. By doing so, +however, he gives occasion for members of the Peace Union to publish +their remarks on his reasons, that truth might be made manifest; because +the object of the Peace Union is the restoration of human rights, and +therefore her members engage and promise to correct any mistake, when it +is shown and it is proven.</p> + +<p>The nature and object of the Peace Union is, that science or knowledge +in every department and every branch of enterprise directs and governs +the work. Therefore the man or woman who is found to be most skilful in +any art, business or work, is to be elected as foreman, and continues to +act as such, till some one more skilful is found. And then to him the +place is to be given, however, not before it is shown, that by +exchanging the place sufficient advantage will accrue to the community. +The member who thinks he is able to show this, may assemble members +belonging to the branch of that business, or if the case is a general +case, members in general, the body of females having their votes as well +as the body of males in general affairs; in particular branches the body +decide who belong to that branch. Whoever calls members together, shows +them the case, and if the majority find his reasons to be sufficient, +the person proposed obtains the office. But before votes are taken, +those who are assembled, must also hear the objections. But if there is +any member who thinks, that the decision was not made according to +justice, he may announce the matter to the assembled, showing them their +mistake and his duty that if they will not correct their mistake, he +will make known the reasons of his complaint against the decision in the +Periodical of the Peace Union. And the assembled, if they see that he is +right, are bound to receive thankfully that which is right, but if they +see that he is wrong, they are bound to show him this. But if he, +notwithstanding this, publishes his reasons, those who do not agree with +him, are bound to show in their replies that he will riot act according +to sound reasons, but is disposed to make disturbance, deserving to be +expelled. In this case if he continues to be obstinate against evidence, +he should be expelled peaceably.</p> + +<p>In the first place we need a centre. And according to the pattern of the +centre as many settlements on other places will be established as will +be needed to accommodate all who will find best to move from their +present situation to a settlement of our Peace Union. But everywhere +persons of our principles will be needed to instruct and strengthen the +neighbours. The hints given here will be so modified to their situation +as their circumstances will require.</p> + +<p>In the centre is to be concentrated, what is to be spread everywhere, to +benefit in the first place members of the Peace Union and by their +instrumentality as many others as can be reached. Therefore co-operation +and support from all who comprehend this book and their application to +others is necessary to raise means, for establishing what is required in +the centre. Although all who contribute for the centre, will not have +chance to reside there, they will have a chance to send some of their +children or relations to the institutions of the University for the New +Era, which will be established there, according to our plan, according +to which a great change will take place in studies, that all +intellectual and moral faculties of students will be harmoniously +developed, and much time will be gained for learning every day for some +hours in the school and for some hours in the shops and elsewhere that +to learn which each will be most qualified and inclined. Wherefore those +who afford money and other property for the centre and what is needed +there, acquire the right to reside there, when needed as teachers, or +for mechanical branches, arts, sciences, for agriculture, horticulture, +&c. What mankind need for the New Era, should be shown there to students +theoretically and practically. Therefore all who have superabundant +means, if they comprehend this book, will send such an amount as they +can spare, as donations, which will become spiritual treasures to the +donors. When the institutions which according to our plan should be at +our centre, will be established, there will be such competition of +students, that there will not be room for accommodation of all. All that +is given as donation for raising our institutions, will be put in our +ledger for the benefit of the donors, so that, when all students could +not be accommodated at our centre, those recommended by the donors would +be prefered to others, the case excepted, that others be found more +useful in our mission, if they study the branches.</p> + +<p>Those who have no superabundance of means to give a donation, are +invited to invest for establishing the centre as much as their +cicumstances permit, to be invested for their benefit, as belonging to +them, although without any interest in money, but with the advantage, +that when all students could not be accommodated at our centre, their +sons and daughters would have the preference before such as have done +nothing towards the foundation of the centre. And if any have land, who +are desirous that on their land a settlement might be started according +to our plan for the New Era, by their furnishing means for starting the +centre they acquire the claim and right that their land shall be taken +for that purpose rather than the land of another who had done nothing +for the centre, when circumstances would not require the preference of +the land of other for a new settlement of our Peace Union.</p> + +<p>From what has been mentioned, the following general rule may be derived: +Without having a centre of our communities we cannot accomplish our +work. Therefore all who comprehend us, are solemnly entreated to +contribute without delay what their circumstances allow. If they cannot +send a donation, they are entreated to send what will be regarded as +theirs without bearing interests, but bearing to them all the advantages +to which according to the circumstances they are qualified, to come, +when all will be prepared, to the centre, if they can be employed there; +otherwise they may be useful to our community on the place which they +now occupy, or they may join with an other place of our community. In +this case the centre settles with that community in reference to what +they have advanced to the centre, to be sent, when the centre is able to +do so, to that community for them, if they should not prefer to leave it +in the centre to be consumed there by such students as they would send +to the University in the centre of our Peace Union, where all the +knowledge and wisdom which can be obtained, will be concentrated to +bring mankind into that situation which is promised and mankind are able +to attain by the right application of their intellectual and moral +faculties and their physical strength, and the proper use and right +application of all the knowledge which has been propagated through the +course of centuries and improved in our age.</p> + +<p>No money or other property can or will be taken into the Peace Union, +settlements to be put into their ledger for the benefit of the person +who invests it, to be returned in the case that the person or one of his +or her family should leave the Peace Union, except money that has been +acquired in an honest manner. By the term <i>honest</i> we mean a manner +which is not only justifiable according to the laws of the country, but +also according to the moral laws attributable to the person who invests +it, at least so far, that no person or society is known to whom it +should be restored. We do not mean the severest scrutiny, but the usual +course of affairs; because according to our plan by those who will join +the Peace Union, the way will be opened for a final restoration of all +human affairs into the right order. To this point we must gradually +proceed.</p> + +<p>By what we have remarked in regard to money as the root of all evil, if +it is not managed for the commom welfere, it is a necessary evil as far +as business is done with those who do not belong to our Peace Union, and +we are compelled to make use of many evils which are yet in existence, +to bring nations out of the evil into the New Era. We must make such use +of money as to promote the welfere of the Peace Union which encloses the +welfere of all nations, which would not he promoted, if we would take +any amount of money from those who enter into our Peace Union under the +condition to return it in case, they would leave the Peace Union. Under +this condition we could take no more than one thousand dollars, so that, +if any man or woman would come with his or her family, and bring more +than one thousand dollars for each person belonging to his or her +family, after having settled all matters of business with others, we +could not take more than the mentioned sum under the mentioned +condition, to wit, if husband and wife with parents and children, would +join, for each of them one thousand dollars: the surplus they had to +give as donation, if they would not accept the advice which is given +below.</p> + +<p>Also this is to be mentioned, that if a family comes on the place of the +Peace Union and they invest for each member of the family a certain sum, +and some of the family would be taken into the spirit world, and the +others would leave the Peace Union, in this case only that has been +invested for them, would belong to them. What was given for the +departed, remains in the Peace Union. Also in the case, that a father +would come with a large or with a small family and give for each +individual a certain sum, and then the others would remain, but he +himself would become a backslider, his claim would be only to the money +which he had invested for his own person. The same priciple is to be +applied in every case, in which somebody invests a certain sum for +himself, and besides also sums for others.</p> + +<p>To those who have greater riches than one thousand dollars for each +individual of their family, is to be said, that they are only +administrators of that property to make the poor rich and the rich truly +happy. And whereas the Peace Union undertakes this great work, a rich +person should be instructed and enlightened, that this will not take +place in any other way than by a true community, for which we have given +this sketch, only in this point deviating from the course which we would +pursue if we would have to deal with perfect persons, that we found +proper to concede, that if any body should leave the Peace-Union +settlement, he should receive in due time the sum invested not exceeding +one thousand dollars. But those whose property reaches higher, will go +the safest way according to Christ's direction: "Go thy way, sell +whatever thou hast and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in +Heaven; and come and take up thy cross and follow me." Mark x: 21. This +man to whom Christ gave that advice "had great possessions." And we give +to those who have great riches the same advice, but with a different +application. Jesus Christ, the Father of the New Era which is to be +introduced by our mission, had not the chance in Palestine, which we +have in the United States. He advised as he could in his circumstances, +and we give in our circumstances to the rich who have great possessions +the following advice and the best for them to be saved: "Give as a +donation as much into our Peace-Union centre as you are able to do for +raising our institutions as the best means for the redemption of the +poor and degraded people from the existing misery and distress, and come +and learn how to administer your possessions for the poor, and we will +send with you to your possessions[AB] a man to commence there with you a +community for the poor only, and you may call poor people of your choice +together. And you should superintend, and our administrator should +assist you and labor with you to educate the poor so as to make them +truly rich and happy. And you, while you would have enriched our centre +as much as would be possible without selling your possessions, would be +the presiding elder at the community of the poor made rich by your +possessions, and when you would be pleased to stop with those in the +centre, you would be received as one of the founders, and you would have +treasure in Heaven."</p> + +<p>What I say to one I say to all rich men and women. If they receive our +advice they will become very rich and happy; but now they are "wretched +and miserable and poor and blind and naked," Revelation iii: 17. They +are the Heads in Laodicea, which means the judgment of the people, whom +they are preparing for destruction, and for themselves the hell. Luke +xvi: 23. From them is more required to be saved than from those who have +only a small property in comparison with the great possessions of the +rich, and their small property they have earned with hard labor. But it +would be too troublesome to reckon, how they had acquired their riches. +But instead of a long reckoning or a general confession of their sins +and crimes we show them the shortest and surest way to Heaven.</p> + +<p>We must say also to those who invest property not exceeding one thousand +dollars for each member of their family into our Peace-Union with the +reserve that if they leave the Peace-Union, that property should be +returned to them in equivalent without any interest, and at a time in +which the Peace-Union can easily do this without hurting their own +business, that this reserve will continue only until the time in which +they will be sufficiently strengthened in the principles of the true +community, and convinced that this is the only way for redemption of +oppressed humanity. When they will advance so far, they will sign the +covenant of the New Era, they themselves and those of their family who +are of age and with them united in the Spirit; and they will transfer +the property which is their portion to the community, which secures +their rights to the provisions for their body and their spirit to enjoy +such happiness as the Peace-Union will be able to afford to prepare them +for the society of blessed spirits.</p> + +<p>From these hints you see, that the true community consists of members +who give all their property, without any reserve, and receive all the +advantages which a mutual co-operation in the true brotherly spirit +affords. At the commencement they must be tried. On the title-page of +this book we have mentioned, that it is published at the "Peace-Union +Centre." We intended to give explanation of the matter in this plan. We +are starting there the Peace-Union Centre. About five hundred acres of +land, with farmhouse, barn, orchard &c. belong to that property, on a +beautiful very healthy hill, with excellent springs of soft water, +romantic locations for buildings, and all kinds of institutions for the +New Era. The soil as far as may be cleared, is good for raising all +kinds of fruits, and as much as we will need of vegetables. But our +centre will be for literary institutions, surrounded with all kinds of +the best mechanics and artists, from whom students will learn all kinds +of work. Therefore the largest portion of grain will be obtained from +other settlements to which productions at the centre will be sent in +exchange. About one hundred acres of the land are cleared and much more +can be cleared and used for different purposes, but the largest portion +of that land is Toscarora mountain, producing wood, timber, stone for +building, and is good for different other purposes, for instance, the +top of the mountain for our observatory, &c.</p> + +<p>Spring Hill in Racoon Valley belonged to Abraham, the oldest of the +twelve sons of my departed friend Christian Long. Christian was one of +the students of my German books, and strong witness of our mission; but +his son Abraham preaching water baptism was not prepared to receive his +testimony. But Christian and others in his company amongst the departed, +were operating and preparing this place, while we thought that we had +already succeeded in taking another place in possession, seventeen miles +from this place, and we have been in quite an unexpected manner +instructed that Springhill is the place in which we should start the +Peace-Union Centre, and we have received the place as cheap as the worth +of its improvements may be valued. This is according to our principles, +according to which the land belongs to the whole human family, and to +the improvements only each individual may claim as much right as he has +consumed labor to produce them. But it is evident also that labor never +can be exactly valued, and I had to write a very large volume to expose +the manifold forms of labor, in which time is wasted, to corrupt and +ruin human society. All the hints given in this book, may convince any +investigating mind, that there is no redemption of the degraded and +wretched condition of mankind except in the community in which men will +be brought gradually into the true happy state in this life and in the +spirit world, and will draw their departed friends into higher spheres.</p> + +<p>Being compelled by circumstances to take away manuscript containing the +spirit battle by which not only this, that we have to start our +Peace-Union as a community and in Springhill, but also many other +important points have been disclosed, which although they were known to +us long time before that, may arouse the attention of those who would +not hear us otherwise, except when they hear extraordinary spirit +manifestations, which in connexion with starting our Peace-Union Centre +on this place may be published another time. But here we must mention +that by quite an unexpected vision against the wishes of the medium and +his wife our doctrine has been illustrated, to wit, that those who make +a covenant with our Peace-Union community, separate so from those who +remain in Babylon, that if of those who are married, one partner would +make such a covenant, but the other would remain in Babylon, we would do +all in our power to draw also that partner into our community. But if he +or she would remain obstinate despiser of our Heavenly message, we +according to Divine law would consider the person who made the covenant +with our Peace-Union as perfectly free to marry a person belonging to +our community, and labor at the same time to convert the Government to +acknowledge our mission and the Divine law made manifest by our +mediumship. "What God hath joined together let no man put asunder." +Matth. xix: 6. "What the devil has joined together, God puts asunder." +If we have the mission expressed on the title-page, and confirmed by all +signs and wonders which have been mentioned in this book, and with which +hundreds of volumes could be filled, then it is evident that the devil +has joined those together or the devil will keep them together, when one +understands our mission and advances so far that he or she makes the +covenant with our community and the other resists and will keep him or +her in Babylon, when he or she starts to come out of her not to be +partaker of her sins. The partner, may be he or she, who remains +obstinate, remains in the great whore of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation, is an adulterer or adulteress in the spiritual sense, and +certainly with whoredom or other abominations he or she became so +endarkened, that when the partner progressed so far, as to comprehend +our Heavenly message, the destroying devil will detain him or her from +the truth made manifest in our message. Those who have comprehended this +book to this point, know that our case is just the contrary to the so +called Free Love, diametrically opposed to it. A chaste husband or wife +will comprehend us, but those who will continue in their fornication and +adultery, will cry against us and misrepresent truth for their +destruction. Here is no room for explanation of a point, on which I will +write an extraordinary treatise, in which I will report and explain also +the mentioned vision, when the diseased stomachs will be ready to digest +our most wholesome medicine.</p> + +<p>In this compression is also to be remembered, that the promise given on +the 45th page in regard to the four in Baltimore executed in connexion +with my visit to President Buchanan appears in a more dreadful shape in +the portion of the 4th treatise which will appear in the second edition +of this book if that edition shall be demanded, than I would have +expected, when I mentioned that case. When President Buchanan, Governor +Hicks and other Grandees of Washington and Maryland were not prepared to +afford money for buying Springhill for our Peace Union Centre and for +publishing this book, we read on the 42d page: "The same time a great +sign was given so that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western +Reserve of Ohio." A.D. 1854 we commenced to prepare Brother Robert D. +Eldrige in Baltimore for our mission. Then happened many wonders and +signs in connexion with him, till at length a sign was given in +Baltimore. But the principal of the four executed in Baltimore was +brought before me in the Western Reserve of Ohio, and you will hear of +strange spectacles in the next edition regarding that manifestation in +connexion with the four Presidents Taylor, Fillmore, Pierce and +Buchanan. After having performed the trials of spirits in the Western +Reserve of Ohio, Eldrige started with me, and after having tried spirits +in different places during our travelling, we arrived at length at +Abraham Long's, and I showed to Brother Eldrige some of the secret +treasures on the premises of Springhill, where Heavenly Wisdom[AC] +prepared a great variety of most beautiful sceneries, magnificent +fairviews on a number of sites very suitable for excellent buildings, +and to all those places excellent springs of soft water may be derived +by few rods of pipes, and excellent stone for buildings and +superabundance of wood is most handy. We took then the deeds in the name +of our Peace Union Community[AD], and we appear as Trustees, I by virtue +of my mission, in duty bound to communicate the spirit who has sent me +for the fulfilment of the most glorious promises to mankind, with those +who will receive this spirit and will be drawn from Babylon into the New +Jerusalem, and Robert D. Eldrige by virtue of his mission, who came with +money and paid for the place with the rights which are given in this +plan to those who invest money, and with the duty of superintendency for +a good success. In those our duties all are bound to support us, who +join with the Peace Union.</p> + +<p>On the 11th day of July, 1859, my Document, entitled: "Great News for +the Friends of Progression in Truth and Righteousness towards the +promised New Era of Harmony and Peace amongst all nations" was set in +type, the proof-sheet corrected by me, and a portion of copies struck +off on the same day. We were preparing readers for the first convention +which will be held in the New Hall on the Peace Union settlement in the +latter part of the next month, and requesting Editors to publish that +Document. But I think that the warlike spirit of destruction kept most +of them in the servitude of monarchs. But that document was to be set in +type and printed on the same day, on which Napoleon and Francis Joseph +made their treaty of peace at Villafranca for an important testimony, +that spirits from our sphere have controlled the affairs also there, so +that if you hurry to do what is required in this book, you will prevent +immense destruction of human life and property in this country, +otherwise you should know that I have done more than from a mortal man +could be expected, to move you for action. But when men become such +beasts that they have no sense for spiritual things, destruction is a +necessary consequence. At the commencement of the first treatise page 6 +you see that Mr. Belly gave occasion to that treatise. Last month he +came again to Paris and remains there according to newspapers until the +20th of the next month; and I proposed that on the same day our first +convention should commence in the New Hall. We quote from said document +in which the title of this book is copied, the close as follows: "The +book with the above copied title will be published by Robert D. Eldrige +in our Convention, and then copies will be sent by him to those who send +to him the money (50 cents fur one copy, twenty dollars for 50 copies, +35 dollars for 100 copies) either before or after or at the Convention. +He being a man of property and known as our trusty fellow labourer for +improving the condition of mankind, has charge of the business +department at our Peace Union, while, I the writer of this book and of +this article am bound to devote my precious time to spiritual objects +for Harmony and Peace of Nations, requesting to direct letters which do +not belong particularly to my sphere, to him under the direction: Robert +D. Eldrige, Donnally's Mill, Perry Co: Pa." This book appears small for +this price; but remember the contents of page 169, and collect +subscribers, and as soon as we print the second edition, we will send a +large pamphlet as supplement without additional charge. In the mean time +we assure you that also this small book contains so large an amount of +most important points for you, that the oftener you study it, the more +you will learn to appreciate its value; and the enormous labour for +obtaining all the parts contained in this book cannot be paid with +money, and my labour never was paid.</p> + +<p>On the 11th of this month, August, 1859, there came many people to +Springhill. An extraordinary medium who had been in England an Elder +amongst the Baptisers wrote on the 13th Instant to me: "I came on foot +to Springhill, Peace Union Centre, a long walk of about 17 miles in hot +weather. We raised the frame work of the Large Hall. The day (11th +inst.) was fine, and all things went on well, and the work that is done, +looks well and in good order. All kinds of rumors and talk: What the +house is for? What they will do? Why did they not build so as the Hall +could be seen? Some one thing, some, other things, &c."</p> + +<blockquote><p> + The Periodical, entitled: "Peace Union Message." Conventions at the + Peace Union Centre in Springhill Toscarora Township, Perry Co: Pa. + 6 miles west of Millerstown, the stopping place for the Cars. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>Our Periodical, spoken of in the plan, will be published as soon, as +there will be a sufficient number of subscribers. In the expectation +that those who are versed in English, will comprehend us first, we will +publish it first in English, in Quarto, to be preserved in books and +translated in as many other languages as needed; because it will contain +social, ecclesiastical and political matters and movements of nations +and daily news of importance, considered from our position, to draw +nations from the existing confusion and degradation into the new order +of things. All that will improve the condition of mankind, and what is +hurtful for them, as far as we will have opportunity[AE] to reach it, +will be examined from our position. But there not being room in this +book, we will publish in the first number which will issue, when we are +secured by subscriptions, what we will find proper to draw those amongst +all nations who have somewhat new for improving mankind, to send it for +publication in our Periodical. Every one who sends somewhat of this +kind, will add his full direction and occupation. If his or her +communication is found by those whom we find to be competent judges in +that branch, to be such as required, it will be published when room will +be for it in our Periodical. But if it is not found such as to be +published, the writer will be named and the reason given, why it cannot +be published. If the writer should think to have been injured, our +Periodical would be open to publish his complaint with the preliminary +requisites which will be made known in our first number as quite +reasonable to save time to him and us and to the readers as well as to +the printers and others. I quoted purposely some passages from the +letter of our friend Peter assuring that he is ours truly "in bonds for +truth waiting for deliverance." If the talkers of nonsense had asked +those to whom we told, why we selected that place for that building, +near the farm house and the springs, they had received information. The +basement of the new building is a large cellar, the first story a large +Hall, having in the midst a partition, which we remove when we use the +whole Hall, but the second story has a partition which cannot be removed +and each department has its own stairs. The farm house and the new +building are in a cove. The first story of the building will be +provisionally[AF] used for our Conventions, till the substantial edifice +within the most magnificent fairview will be established. With this +fairview we entreat most earnestly every reader to collect as many +subscribers for this book as well as for the Periodical, as he or she is +able to collect. The book is to be paid for at the delivery, and the +Periodical will cost $2 a year, money to be paid for half a year or a +year at the delivery of the first number.</p> + +<p>Whoever secures us five subscribers receives six copies. And those who +will act as agents, after having comprehended by studying this book our +plan and adopt it, are regarded as our fellow-laborers, when they show +practically that they belong to our Peace-Union. If the expected +exertions are made, we may be able to publish the first number of our +Periodical at the commencement of the year 1860.</p> + +<p>Our first Convention next month at the Peace Union Centre is announced +in our Circular. But readers of this book are requested to proclaim, +that on the first day of November 1859, the second Convention will +commence and continue for two weeks, and that only those persons of both +sexes are invited to attend, who after having comprehended our mission +are ready to act as missionaries or to support with their means our +enterprises to establish what is needed at the Centre. And for this +purpose we intend to hold successively a number of Conventions. The +second could be attended by those who belong to the Cabinet and the +Congress of Washington, or to any legislature. Each Convention will last +one or two weeks. Those who comprehend this book will tell or write to +those with whom they are acquainted, that although the contents of this +book are of importance for any body, those who belong to the Government +need most to understand them. This book will be taken as the text-book, +but also those who may have read it before many times, will receive in +the Convention new light to understand it better and to hear many things +which are not mentioned in the book. There may be so many aroused to +attend the Convention that all could not be accommodated. Therefore +whoever and whenever he determines to attend one of our Conventions, he +is requested to write directly, and to give an exact direction, and put +a letter stamp into his letter, and we will answer it, and tell, whether +he could be accommodated in that or in any of the following Conventions. +Boarding is to be had as moderately as we can afford it. The rule is to +be observed also afterwards in this and in the next year, that whoever +wishes to attend our Convention, is requested to write directly, and he +will receive an answer when he could be accommodated. Answer may come +sooner or later, because it may depend upon circumstances, when after +the receipt of his or her letter our next Convention would be held. +Probably there is in this last "form" no room, to say more than that our +Post-Office address is on the title-page and also three or four pages +before this. It has been said that the stopping place for the cars is +Millerstown, Perry Co.: Pa. I desire nothing more than to draw you into +the sphere of our Heavenly abode as your sincere brother.</p> + +<p>ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="remarks"> +<p>Remark. I perused 192 pages of this book while the last form was in +composition, and found a moderate number of errata as may be easily +corrected by the reader; for instance, he may connect himself in the 7th +line of the "Preliminary Remarks" the two particles IN TO in one word, +and he may separate where he finds two words close together and change C +and E, also N and U and some other letters when required, or add when a +letter is omitted, or cast it out when it is superabundant. Such trifles +will not trouble those who are anxious to learn to understand this book, +nor if they read sometimes CONNEXION and other times CONNECTION, I +always write CONNEXION; but I was assured, that according to the present +fashion CONNECTION is more used, although this use is irregular.</p> + +<p>The general rule is observed by our invisible messengers mentioned on +the 169th page, while they are controlling the spirits of the +compositors, that they let them commit such errata as disturb the sense +on such pages, on which the reader should stop and reflect upon the +connexion of matters. An astonishing lesson was given, when I received +the order to stop the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of +the 168th page. The manuscript for that Treatise contains 85 pages, and +the 168th page of this book ends in the middle of the 34th page of +manuscript. The spirit who made this provision exhorts powerfully +readers to digest the 168 pages and to prepare for what follows. I did +not know, what our invisible agents intended to put on the 168th page, +till I saw in the proof sheet the six oxen, the first of whom is Joseph +Ox, on the 74th place of our catalogue. These oxen are supporting the +mysteries on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue, and those two +mysteries are in the 4th line of the 168th page. This provision tells +that you should pay peculiar attention to the contents from the 74th to +the 81st page of this book, and you will find amongst the Americans +those who furnish as great assistance to the Beast with ten horns as the +six oxen on the 168th page. But on the 21st line of the 82d page, my +interpretation[AG] commences, and the omission in the midst of the 83d +page exhorts you that you should reflect upon the "Sect of Adventurists" +mentioned in the 9th line from the bottom of the 83d page. In my +manuscript were only Adventists. But I tell you that the young boy who +set in type the largest portion of this book, was a peculiar medium. +Noyse and Himes and all those whom they represent belong to the sect of +Adventurists who are the greatest supporters of Popery.</p> + +<p>All other marvellous things you will hear in our Convention commencing +November 1, 1859, on the Feast of All Saints.</p> + +<p>My address is page 124 of this book.</p> + +<p>Set in type June 27th, 1859.</p> +</div> + + + +<div class="chapter" id="t_notes"> +<h2>Transcriber's Notes</h2> + + +<p> +A. "DEVELOPMMENTS" changed to "DEVELOPMENTS".<br /> +B. "WOHLE" changed to "WHOLE".<br /> +C. "rightousness" changed to "righteousness".<br /> +D. "uderstanding" changed to "understanding".<br /> +E. "Febuary" changed to "February".<br /> +F. "perfetion" changed to "perfection".<br /> +G. "wickednes" changed to "wickedness".<br /> +H. "lenghth" changed to "length".<br /> +I. "axactly" changed to "exactly".<br /> +J. "remaks" changed to "remarks".<br /> +K. "Garrsion" changed to "Garrison".<br /> +L. "Gosple" changed to "Gospel".<br /> +M. "Jscariot" changed to "Iscariot".<br /> +N. "recived" changed to "received".<br /> +O. Opening quotation mark added.<br /> +P. "oppresion" changed to "oppression".<br /> +Q. "nead" changed to "need".<br /> +R. "thougt" changed to "thought".<br /> +S. "messsage" changed to "message".<br /> +T. Closing parenthesis added.<br /> +U. "obolition" changed to "abolition".<br /> +V. "languuages" changed to "languages".<br /> +W. Closing quotation mark added.<br /> +X. "fulfiilled" changed to "fulfilled".<br /> +Y. "babarian" changed to "barbarian".<br /> +Z. "mangement" changed to "management".<br /> +AA. "excommunicatiom" changed to "excommunication".<br /> +AB. "poseessions" changed to "possessions".<br /> +AC. "Wisdon" changed to "Wisdom".<br /> +AD. "Commnuity" changed to "Community".<br /> +AE. "oportunity" changed to "opportunity".<br /> +AF. "provisionaly" changed to "provisionally".<br /> +AG. "interpre-pretation" changed to "interpretation" (original word + spanned two lines at hypen).</p> +</div> + +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14675 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..808da36 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #14675 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/14675) diff --git a/old/14675-8.txt b/old/14675-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25b95a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/14675-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7320 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Secret Enemies of True Republicanism +by Andrew B. Smolnikar + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Secret Enemies of True Republicanism + +Author: Andrew B. Smolnikar + +Release Date: January 12, 2005 [EBook #14675] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM *** + + + + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders, from page scans provided by +the University of Michigan. + + + + + +[Transcriber's note: The original print edition contain many obvious +typos that have been corrected in this electronic edition. I have taken +care to mark where changes were made within the text, and notes about +the changes can be found at the end of this text. I have left hyphen +irregularities as they were printed (so that both "anti-slavery" and +"antislavery" will be found within the text). For additional perspective +on errata within the text, see the author's remarks following the final +treatise.] + + + + + +SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM, + +MOST IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENTS[A] REGARDING THE INNER LIFE OF MAN AND THE +SPIRIT WORLD, IN ORDER TO ABOLISH REVOLUTIONS AND WARS AND TO ESTABLISH +PERMANENT PEACE ON EARTH, + +ALSO: + +THE PLAN FOR REDEMPTION OF NATIONS FROM MONARCHICAL AND OTHER OPPRESIVE +SPECULATIONS AND FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE PROMISED NEW ERA OF +HARMONY, TRUTH AND RIGHTEOUSNESS ON THE WHOLE[B] GLOBE. + + + +WRITTEN BY + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, + +FORMERLY EIGHTEEN YEARS PRIEST BENEDICTINE MONK AND IMPERIAL ROYAL +PROFESSOR OF BIBICAL LITERATURE; AFTERWARDS SINCE A.D. 1838, BY SIGNS +ACCORDING TO PROPHECIES DECLARED AND CONFIRMED REPRESENTATIVE OF +MESSENGERS FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE UNIVERSAL REPUBLIC, COMMONLY +ALTHOUGH IMPROPERLY CALLED THE MILLENNIUM. + +PUBLISHED BY ROBERT D. ELDRIDGE +Springhill, Peace Union Centre. +POST OFFICE DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY CO.: PA. +1859. + + + + +Preliminary Remarks + + + +Attentive readers will find superabundance of signs or credentials +testifying the mission of every one who comprehends this book and acts +with us for the accomplishment of the great promise, if they peruse the +whole book as often as necessary for a full understanding of each event +mentioned herein in connexion with the whole. From this connection of +events it is evident, that in collisions in to which we have come with +our opposers during the performance of the duties of our mission, we +were under the direction of those invisible guardians who are labouring +to introduce the promised new era of Truth and Righteousness, while our +opposers were endeavouring to support the existing systems of delusion +and iniquity, and that spirits of all spheres, heavenly angels as well +as infernal demons, give testimony to our mission, spirits of each +sphere in such a manner as is most suitable to their sphere. By the +developments made in this book the secret enemies of true Republicanism +are made manifest, and it is made clear, how every party and sect, +notwithstanding their profession of republicanism, are supporting +Popery, or, what is the same Monarchy, if they disregard our disclosures +concerning the Roman Catholic and the Protestant churches in reference +to Christ's Peaceable Reign which will be the universal republic of +truth and righteousness[C], and if they neglect to co-operate with us +for its introduction. + +When I say "us," I understand the whole body of messengers whom I +represent. I became Representative of this Body by having performed and +explained what has been shown to me by the Spirit of Truth for the +introduction of the promised New Era. No imaginations, but facts, +events, are testifying our Heavenly Mission for the true Freedom, +Harmony and Peace of Nations, as well as the infernal Mission of those +who either openly or secretly, are opposed to our mission. In this their +condition they are supporting the Papal Imperial Royal or Monarchial +powers. This will be evident to those who comprehend this book. Then +they will know that those are either wittingly deceivers, or are +deceived and repeat the lies and slanders of others, who say that I make +too great claims and am anxious to be a great man. I confess to be +nothing else but a true republican, a man for free discussion, +testifying what I know, and offering it to be duly examined and used for +the welfare of nations. I had to forsake all things of this world and to +devote all my time to deep investigations, till at length my studies had +arrived to maturity, that I could be used by Heavenly Powers as an +instrument or medium to disclose what is required for Christ's peaceable +Reign on Earth. But those who should have been our first labourers in +the great cause of Human Redemption, have deceived others in regard to +our mission; and I have been abused, slandered and persecuted, and have +suffered more than a man could willingly bear for his fellow men, +without being supported by Higher Powers. This support has brought me on +the ground where I stand, and on which they shall arrive who will study +this book with understanding[D], and then act accordingly. + +This book is divided into several treatises, which are so connected that +every reader in order to comprehend the unexpected developments for the +introduction of the promised New Era, must study them in the order in +which they appear. While studying in this manner, if the contents of +some passage appear to him not only unexpected, but also very +improbable, he will receive more light upon them in the continuation of +studying this book, till at length that which appeared at the first view +improbable, will be made manifest to him to be a great truth, and he +will become our zealous fellow labourer in the great mission for the +accomplishment of the greatest Promises to the Human race. I write in +the expectation, that my brethren and sisters, after having perused this +book, will comprehend their calling and act accordingly with their +sincere servant. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + +Washington D.C. March 29th, 1859. + + +Remark: + +I wrote this preface in the expectation of soon finding in Washington +means for publishing this book. But I had to wait, till at length the +war in Italy commenced. Therefore readers are requested to study what +they must know to stop Revolutions and Wars and to commence the New Era +of Harmony and Peace. + + + + +FIRST TREATISE. + + + + Louis Napoleon, according to a severe divine judgment Emperor of + France, and James Buchanan, according to the merciful divine + benignity President of the United States. + + +On the 27th January, 1859, while I was ready to start from Philadelphia, +a messenger said, that on that day an article appeared in the German +Democrat of that city for my use, and handed to me the number containing +that article, from which we translate the following passages: + +"A pamphlet of the famous Mr. Belly, directed to Emperor Napoleon III, +was announced in Paris on all corners of the streets with very large +letters, under the inscription + +NAPOLEON AND BUCHANAN. + +"Whereas nothing can be published in Paris without the permission of the +Imperial censorship, it is supposed, that Mr. Belly acted according to a +superior order to arouse the public opinion against the United States. +The President's message gives the pretext for it. The United States are +represented as deadly enemies of the whole Latin Race and of the +monarchies of Europe, which must fall to their feet, if that race does +not commence a crusade against the heretics, and take the sword against +the pirates, thieves and bankrupts of the United States." + +Not having the original of the pamphlet and giving the following +passages in a free translation from the German translation which +appeared in the above quoted number of the Democrat, I may be excused by +those who have the French pamphlet at hand, if they should find any +deviation from it. Monsieur Belly writes besides other things also: + +"The longing of the United States for Cuba and Mexico has not only the +tendency to enlarge their territory and their interests, but they act +besides this, according to a principle, which is diametrically opposite +to that of France; they do not care about any civilization beyond their +frontier; they have made alliance with all who are filled with hatred +against the European politics. When the Democratic Republic obtains the +supremacy in the new world, all empires and kingdoms in the world will +become inimical to its interests and therefore it will be consequent and +necessary to destroy them either by art or by force.... Our commerce, +our industry will be compelled to obey instead of being the rulers, and +the discovery of the new world will lead to the remarkable result of +having occasioned the death of the old. + +"The Catholic sovereigns constituted by God and by their subjects, are +obliged to introduce such circumstances as to carry into execution their +legitimate claims. And those who have been elected by a band without +discipline, by bankrupts and thieves, dare to declare publicly, that the +hour has come for these thieves and bankrupts to attack the civilized +world! are we not as much devoted to the truth, as they are to the lie? +We should not delay to promote our system of salvation, while we are +discussing their system of perdition. And whereas they are elevating the +crime to their religion with more energy than we do our holy religion, +while we appear to surrender it, we will henceforth extol the cross and +draw the sword, and unite the Latin race to the alliance, without which +there is no salvation for civilization. + +"The president's message is in open opposition to the faith, the ideas, +the principles and the interests, the acknowledged defender of which +your Majesty is. That message strikes Europe on both cheeks; and I +affirm that those who like to make it laughable, become pale when they +reflect upon it in their closets. + +"Mr. Buchanan and the nation whom he represents, keep these things not +any longer in secret. From henceforth they demand Cuba, and the language +in the message shows, that they will not desist from any means to obtain +their object. This object is one portion of Mexico and then an other, +the whole Central America and West Indies," &c. + +If our profession which is expressed on the title page of this book, is +true, we have received the commission to move nations and their rulers +to establish the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and +peace. It will be the true reign of Christ, for which all political and +ecclesiastical memorable events of past centuries and of this time, are +preparations. Our commission, that is, the commission of messengers whom +I represent, is confirmed by so many signs according to prophecies, that +while I was writing the last of the five German volumes which have been +published from A.D. 1838 till 1842, I have oftentimes repeated, that the +key has been given in those volumes to unlock and explain so many +prophecies and signs testifying our mission, that five hundred volumes +could be filled, if there had not been superabundance of them already +published in the five above mentioned volumes, from which it is evident, +that neither monarchs amongst themselves in Europe, nor political and +ecclesiastical parties and sects in this country, can establish peace, +but will continue to quarrel and consume every year an enormous amount +of property for war preparations, and corrupt and ruin nations, and +destroy many men and women during those preparations, till at length +they are again and again so brutalized and enraged, that they kill each +other, till all parties are so exhausted, that they are compelled to +make peace, which is nothing else but an armistice; because when the +true peace or Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic of +Truth and Justice, shall be established on the whole globe, soldiers and +all preparations for war, will disappear, and those who are now learning +how to destroy each other, will learn how to prolong their lives and +improve their intellectual and moral faculties for their own temporal +and eternal welfare, as well as for the welfare of others. Wo! wo! wo! +to the Roman catholics as well as others in these United States and in +all other parts of America and in Europe and elsewhere, if the infernal +fire of revolution and war, which is glowing, breaks out with all force +in the United States of America. It would extend on the globe and +consume millions of men, and amongst them also Monarchs. But we write to +prevent their destruction, and to prepare them to become true +republicans and truly happy, and to contribute their share for the +happiness of all men. + +After the publication of the above mentioned five volumes I made urgent +applications to political and ecclesiastical rulers and their +counsellors in Europe by sending to some of them my books and letters, +and to others letters only, showing how to obtain my books, and +exhorting them to study them and act accordingly to prevent revolutions +and wars and to commence the new Era. After that, whenever a peculiar +crisis was approaching, we have issued some publication, warning the +American Nation as well as other nations and their governments, and +showing, that there was high time to study the contents of _our_ +volumes. I am not alone, but there are invisible messengers giving +testimony by my instrumentality, as superabundance of proof is given +also in this volume. In this connection of matters I mention the +following instance: + +At the end of the year 1853 my pamphlet "Antichristian Conspiracy +against true Republicanism" issued from the press; and in the first part +of the year 1854 copies of that pamphlet as well as written disclosures +containing most solemn warnings to the American as well as to all other +nations, were sent to President Pierce and to a number of congressmen in +both houses. In said pamphlet and in the annexed written disclosures, +the Government was most solemnly exhorted to appoint a convention for +examining our system or the magnetic chain of events through the course +of the past centuries in connection with the events of this generation, +which have not been understood so as they are made manifest in our chain +for binding the Dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction, REVEL. +xx. 2. who has given his power, and his seat, and great authority REVEL. +xiii: 2, not only to the representative of the beast or the Pope of +Rome, but also to the ten horns of the beast, or kings, that is +monarchs, who hate the whore, that is the Apostatized Church, the people +who have apostatized from truth and justice, and whom monarchs make +desolate and naked, and eat their flesh and burn them with fire, REVEL. +xvii: 16. + +"The Catholic Sovereigns" are according to the quoted passage of Mr. +Belly, "constituted by God and by their subjects." The number of the +Democrat, which occasioned this treatise, was providentially handed to +me. But here is no room to explain that which will be explained in our +"monthly theological course," which is appointed in this book, and in +which our system or the chain to bind the dragon, will be exhibited, and +in which will be made manifest, how far "the Catholic sovereigns" or +monarchs are constituted by their subjects, and how their subjects would +constitute them, if they were free and enlightened, as they should be +according to the will of God who has endowed them with intellectual and +moral faculties, to be duly developed. Here we mention only, that the +highest duty of monarchs is to do all in their power for that +development. If monarchs would fulfil their highest duty, their subjects +would become true republicans, and then monarchs would cease to be, what +they now are by the appointment of the dragon, the spirit of delusion +and destruction, by whose inspiration they are executioners of the +degraded people whose education has been neglected, and who would have +become true republicans, if monarchs had become fathers and teachers of +the ignorant. But obviously appears to be as absurd, as Mr. Belly's +assertion, that God has constituted the monarchs, although it is +manifest, that the dragon has constituted them, or they are constituted +"according to a severe divine judgment," according to his eternal laws, +when people are so degraded, that they are not prepared for a better +government, what is expressed in the following words of the Revelation; +"God has put in the hearts of the ten horns to fulfil his will, and +agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God +shall be fulfilled," REVEL. XVII.: 17. + +In those circumstances, after the destruction, of the first Napoleon's +power, it was best, when the rulers or fathers of nations have neglected +to fulfil their highest duty, that they have submitted their monarchies +under the protection of the Pope, the representative of the Beast with +ten horns and seven heads, till the prophecy has been fulfilled. From +neglecting that rule much greater evils, most dreadful revolutions and +wars originated. The history of the so called christian church, when +some portions rebelled against the Pope through the course of centuries +until this time, is the most horrible theatre under the dominion of the +dragon. Therefore, after the destruction of the first Napoleon we read +in REVEL. xvii: 13, that the ten horns or monarchs agreed unanimously +(in the Congress of Vienna, A.D. 1815,) to give their power and strength +unto the beast, that is, to make the Pope, the representative of the +beast, a partaker of their own power and strength. This was the means +for the support of their own thrones, till the prophecy has been +fulfilled by what has been executed through our mediumships in the Roman +Catholic Church, and has been explained in the first three of my above +mentioned five German volumes. Those three volumes appeared between A.D. +1838 and 1840, and have been sent to three Roman Catholic Monarchs, to +wit, the Emperor of Austria, the King of Bavaria and the King of France, +with my hand writings, showing to the first two their highest duty to +enjoin their Theologians to examine those volumes and to send to me the +result of their examinations, to be published with my remarks, that +truth might be made manifest, and to the king of France, that he should +translate those volumes into French and spread them as much as possible +in his monarchy. All three have been most solemnly exhorted to do what +was required in those volumes to prevent the repetition of revolutions, +wars, and other plagues, which cannot be removed but must be repeated, +till the heavenly message of Peace made manifest by our instrumentality, +is received by governments and nations. When our applications to and +exhortations of political and ecclesiastical influential men in America +and in Europe were not regarded, and in these days of Noah the earth was +corrupt and filled with violence, and all flesh had corrupted his way, I +Mos. vi: 11 and 12, the flood of revolution broke out in Europe in the +year 1848, on the exact day in correspondence with prophecies given by +our instrumentality and published in my volumes, and emperors and kings, +and their machines of destruction, the bishops of America and in Europe, +and other political and ecclesiastical officers, who with all our +exhortations remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost, who has +disclosed by our instrumentality that which is required for the +introduction of the promised peaceable reign of Christ, which according +to our disclosures by a long chain of signs according to prophecies, +will be the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and peace +on the whole globe, are responsible for all destruction of human life +and property, which were consumed in that revolution and afterwards +until this hour, and would have been saved, if the means shown in our +message, had been used. + +Ferdinand, Emperor of Austria, was the first compelled to give a +constitution. I read it on the 18th, April, 1848, and was inspired to +write on the 19th, April, or, on his birth-day a letter to him and an +appeal to the inhabitants of the Austrian Empire, assuring them, that +the calamities came, because the contents of our publications had not +been regarded, although our mission had been superabundantly proven by +signs according to prophecies. I confessed also, that I was ready to go +instantly to Vienna, and to show practically, how to make the right use +of that constitution for the commencement of the new era of harmony and +peace, if the emperor would publish directly my appeal to the +inhabitants of his empire, and write to me, and give the security to +support the constitution, which was such as the inhabitants of the +empire had a right to demand, as well as the emperor had a right to +watch against the abuse and to apply the proper means for the right use +of the constitution. + +My former applications and my volumes have been sent by me directly +through Triest to Vienna, but that my last document to emperor Ferdinand +was sent to his minister in Washington city with an urgent exhortation +to the minister, to forward it to the emperor, and with the remark that +in the time in which an answer could be expected, I would send to the +minister my direction, to which post office he had to send the answer; +because I wrote to the emperor from the State of New-York on my journey +to other States. I wrote at length to the minister, that if he receives +an answer to my documents from the Emperor Ferdinand, he should send it +to the post office of Nashville, capital of the State of Tennessee. I +urged the Emperor to send an answer as soon as possible, and I assured +him, that it was impossible, to prevent new revolutions without the use +of the remedy contained in our message of peace. But knowing the +slowness of the business at the Austrian government, I now on the 14th +September 1848, at noon time to the post office of Nashville to ask for +letters. When I was approaching the post office, fire bells commenced to +arouse people who were asking where the fire was. Some answered, that it +was in the Presbyterian Church on Church street; but others remarked, +that they should not be mocked in this manner; because it appeared to be +quite improbable that fire should break out at that hour in that season +in a church without being struck by lightning; and that was a very clear +day. + +I asked in the post office for letters. But there was no letter for me +there. On my return from the post office, the whole presbyterian church +the largest in that city, on Church Street, was enveloped in awful +flames, by which it was entirely consumed. + +The next night after that solemn spectacle an angel of my Lord brought +to me the message, (and attentive readers of this book will be +convinced, that when my mission requires, I come in perceivable +communication with Heavenly messengers,) that on the next sunday I +should proclaim in that city, that that was a prophetical fire +testifying that revolutions would break out again in the Austrian +empire, because the bishops of that empire had neglected to fulfil their +highest duty to instruct the Emperor in what he should do for the +pacification of nations, and that the revolution should be a solemn +warning to the citizens of the United States: because judgments cannot +be removed from this country, but must increase till churches of the +great harlot and her daughters will be consumed, if these judgments +shall not be stopped by the application of our message of peace. Public +halls are generally not opened for our proclamations, because we have no +money to pay for their use. But at that time the masonic fraternity were +carrying their instruments into their building, from which they removed +them during the danger while the church opposite their building was +burning. I said to them, that I had to proclaim a message against the +Pope of Rome in correspondence with that fire, and requested them to +grant their hall for that purpose, They granted it, and my proclamation +was advertised in the daily newspapers of Nashville. It was delivered on +the next sunday after the fire in the German language before, and in +the English language after noon. + +In the next month after that proclamation the last dreadful European +revolution and war commenced in Hungary in correspondence with the fact, +that the bishops of Hungary were the last among the bishops of Europe, +who have been under the direction of my Heavenly leaders most solemnly +warned to prevent the revolution which commenced in Paris on the 24th +February[E] 1848. That was in the octave of the tenth anniversary after +my first public appearance in my present mission and my solemn +initiation by Heavenly messengers for this mission. Ten years in +commemoration of the ten horns of the beast were granted for repentance +to the blind leaders of the blind, for whom I published A.D. 1838 the +first volume of explanations of the mystery; and in that year I +commenced to exhort Emperor Ferdinand and his bishops, that they should +study that volume. But after the publication of the fifth volume A.D. +1842, the bishops of Hungary were the last amongst the grandees of +Europe, to whom I applied; to wit, when all my applications were +disregarded, I published a Latin circular and sent copies of it to a +number of bishops in Europe. While I was preparing those copies for the +mail, Samuel Ludvigh, a Hungarian scholar, came into my room. He never +before nor after that did come to me, although I met with him several +times in other places, and warned him always, that he should study my +writings to be converted from his materialism to the true spiritualism. +But at that my meeting with him in my room I said to him, that he came +at the right time, to give me directions to all bishops in Hungary. He +did so, and by this unexpected provision I was enabled, to send to all +Roman Catholic bishops in Hungary copies of my Latin circular, in which +direction to find copies of my volumes, was given and the duty of the +Austrian bishops was shown to study my volumes, and then to instruct the +Emperor and other grandees of the Austrian Empire and Hungarian Kingdom, +in what they should do, to prevent revolutions and wars, and to +establish the promised peace on earth. + +When all our endeavoring to move the blind leaders of the blind to take +the medicine which was prepared in our publications to open their eyes, +was disregarded, I met at length in Cincinnati with the same doctor +Samuel Ludvigh, a materialistic reformer, trusting in weapons of war, +and I was inspired that I said to him, that there was high time for him +to learn that he had an immortal soul and also, that he himself was a +strong medium of deluding and destroying spirits, and that I was ready +to give him a peculiar testimony of that truth most necessary for him to +become an apostle of peace. He asked, how I could show him this. He was +not ready to examine arguments and experience of others in this respect. +Therefore I, according to the direction of my Heavenly leader said, that +I would magnetize him. That was the same in that connection of things, +as to say, that I would initiate him into the mystery of our close +connection with departed spirits. There is the right use as well as the +abuse of human magnetism. Some eight years ago I published a pamphlet on +"the dreadful abuse of human magnetism in the mysteries of the Roman +Catholic Church and her daughters the protestant sects." Samuel Ludvigh +was willing that I should magnetize him directly. But I remarked, that +the tavern in which I met with him, was not the proper place for our +initiation or ordination. But he was inspired to ask me, that I should +make a trial there in his room in which some of his materialists were +with him. I was impressed to do so, and it was directly made manifest, +that the legion of demons by which he was surrounded, were compelled to +give way to our magnetism. And when he fell into the magnetic sleep, I +said to him, that to go so deep into our magnetism as to be convinced of +man's immortality and to become with us an apostle of the New Era, he +must visit me at my boarding house. And he promised to do so on the next +following evening. I said that I would come to take him with me. But +when I came I found not him, but a writing in which he imformed me, that +some friends came and moved him to start with them for other places. We +heard then, that he had started for Europe. At length we received his +German pamphlet, which was published in Hamburgh, a seaport in Europe, +and was entitled: "The sword of Revolution," in which this strange +prophet Samuel Ludvigh, reports, that he took a sword of the American +revolution and other insignia of war, and copies of his German +periodical, entitled "The Torch," and stopped in Europe first in Paris, +and three days after his departure from that city, revolution broke out +there. From thence he went to Berlin, and from that city to Vienna, and +in each of those cities soon after his departure revolution broke out. +At length he put his sword and other insignia of war into the National +Museum of Hungary, and returned to America. + +Those who will study this whole book so as to comprehend the whole +connection of matters, will learn gradually better than they see when +they arrive in reading it to this period, that my meeting with Samuel +Ludvigh in Cincinnati was providentially prepared for a testimony to all +governments, that when Samuel Ludvigh who had performed since A.D. 1838 +in his meetings with me manifold prophetical actions which have been +mentioned in some of my former publications, and was also at that my +meeting with him in Cincinnati not yet disposed to become an apostle of +peace, and the measure of crimes in Europe was filled, the Heavenly +congress with whom we are connected, gave permission to the infernal +demons to carry their medium with the war insignia to Europe, and to +announce to the infernal demons in Europe, that the time had arrived for +them to inspire their mediums to break out in their fury and spread +destruction, for the reason that those who kept people in bondage and +were the cause of their degredation, have rejected our message of peace +and continued to be obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who has +offered them in our publications the means for the pacification of +nations. But whereas the means for peace were not used, revolutions and +wars had to give a new turn to human affairs. + +When those who were deluding the good natured Emperor Ferdinand, kept +him in bondage and would not make use of my above mentioned last +application to him for a commencement of the millennial happiness first +in the Austrian Empire, I, according to the direction of my Heavenly +Leaders, made no more applications to Europe, but commenced to urge +Presidents and other influential men at the government of the United +States, to study our message and the credentials of our mission for the +pacification of nations. When after all my applications to several of +the predecessors of President Pierce at length also he remained in the +shackles of the infernal Papal Imperial Royal Magnetism, and members of +the Congress of all parties and sects followed his example, I was +impressed that I should apply to the Emperor Louis Napoleon and to +prepare him, that he might commence to look, where to find the great +refuge for his own and the true happiness of his family in their mortal +bodies as well as in all eternity after their departure from this short +life, every moment of which should be duly used as preparation for the +eternity. He was at that time, in the spring, 1854, engaged with great +preparations for the tremendous war with Russia; and I wrote a document +to his ambassador in Washington, showing that if Emperor Napoleon would +be truly great in this and in all future ages, and truly happy in all +eternity, he instead of preparations for war with Russia, should call +all bishops of his Empire to a Latin convention with me in Paris. In +that convention my manuscript which I wrote A.D. 1849, in Latin and in +which I concentrated the system or the magnetic chain to bind the +Dragon, REVEL. xx. 2, who deludes Emperors and Kings to keep people in +bondage so that when they break their bonds they are as the wildest +beasts killing till they are killed, should be examined and bishops and +their theologians should make any objection, but all which they object +they must object in writing, to be then annexed to my manuscript and +published with my remarks in Latin and in translations, that nations and +their ecclesiastical and political representatives might judge, each for +himself, whether we have received or not received the commission and the +credentials of our mission for the introduction of the promised new era +of harmony and peace amongst all nations. A Latin convention for this +purpose was first appointed in the City of New-York A.D. 1849, and the +Archbishop of Baltimore was urged by our Latin manuscript Epistle and +English printed circular, to move the whole synod of bishops who met at +that time in Baltimore, to attend our Latin convention, and those who +could not attend it themselves to send the most qualified Theologians to +attend it. And John Hughes bishop of New-York, was particularly +exhorted, that he, as bishop of the place of the convention, was +principally bound to bring his Theologians to said convention. But when +all my endeavoring to move bishops as well as the government of the +United States to send able Latin scholars to attend said convention, did +not move them to do so, I translated at length that manuscript into +German and into English, and appointed conventions in those languages. +But I could not move such as have great influence at the government, to +attend those conventions, and then to commence with power the New Era. +Therefore I thought, that a trial should be made, whether the United +States or the representative of the government of France would +comprehend sooner, that nothing in the world could bring greater glory +in this life and in all eternity, than the work to examine or order that +our message of peace be examined by the best judges of this matter, and +be applied for the introduction of the new era. In the hope that Emperor +Napoleon would comprehend the great mission which was offered to him in +our message, I wrote to his ambassador at Washington, suggesting to the +Emperor, that I was ready to come as a citizen of the United States to +Paris, to exhibit the credentials which are signs according to +prophecies, testifying our mission to move the governments of this +world, to establish Christ's peaceable reign or the universal republic +of truth and justice, harmony and peace. I expected that the time for +the abolition of severe judgments, the principal executor of which is +Emperor Napoleon, was expiring. + +Not having room in this treatise for any explanation of points which I +mention, I show here one of the general tokens, by which the severity of +judgments may be measured, to wit, the armies of soldiers, to keep +nations in bondage and to defend them against inimical neighbours. The +greater in proportion to the number of people, the number of soldiers +is, the severer is the judgement. When soldiers shall not be needed, and +those who are soldiers, will take up occupations beneficial to mankind, +the perfect victory of Christ against the dragon will be celebrated. And +if all governments of a christian name would understand to-day our true +christian message of peace, they could give directly to those who are +soldiers, true christian occupations; and heathens could be soon +converted into true christians. While Emperor Napoleon was gathering +together warriors and provisions for the great war against Russia, we +offered him the best opportunity to be the first of those who should +commence the New Era. Whether he had received from his ambassador in +Washington D.C. our offer or not, he may tell for himself; because I +have received no answer, although I have offered to the ambassador +himself, that although I was ready to go to Paris and show there in our +Latin convention to all bishops of the French Empire my mission, which +is also the mission of my fellow laborers, and the credentials of our +mission, I would visit the ambassador himself and give him as many +evidences of this great truth as would be abundantly sufficent for him, +to recommend with all his energy our offer to the Emperor, if the +ambassador would write to me and call me to Washington. Instead of an +answer from the ambassador to my proposition for the true christian +triumph of France and for the pacification of the world we have received +at length the tremendous answer which has occasioned this my treatise. +Here is not the place for an investigation, whether people of "the Latin +Race" in Europe and America or others are the principal people who +commit the crimes with which citizens of the United States are charged. +To the article in the number of the Democrat from which I have quoted +some passages, a list of bankruptcies is annexed, which took place in +the United States in the years 1857 and 1858. A.D. 1857 the total number +of bankruptcies is 4932; and A.D. 1858, 4235. It would be of great +consequence, to investigate the deeply secret principal cause of their +bankuptcies, and also the native place, education and character of each +bankrupt. An impartial examination would bring new contributions to know +the secret conspiracy of the servants of his Holiness the apocalystical +dragon, to keep nations in bondage. + +Emperor Napoleon is not only a spiritualist of the last fashion, but a +strong medium of dreadful deluding and destroying demons, and I know +much more about his mediumship than he himself and his mediums know +about it, and this treatise is written to be prefixed to documents which +contain facts that should move all nations of "the Latin race" as well +as heretics, to come out from Babylon which is made manifest, in our +mission, as a habitation of demons, REVEL. XX.: 2. When I am preparing +documents of great warning, servants of demons must send from all +quarters of the world testimonies, how the infernal hosts of demons are +preparing everywhere their mediums for destruction of human life and +property. This and the following treatises are written to deliver other +mediums as well as monarchs from the influence of deluding and +destroying demons. And Emperor Napoleon should consider this treatise as +the most precious Heavenly gift, to bring him and by his instrumentality +millions of others into the glorious resurrection. If he studies this +book in which this treatise occupies the first place, so as to +comprehend it: we have no doubt, that he will arrive on our ground and +invite us to visit Paris and celebrate there the glorious resurrection +of those who belong to "the Latin race" and are yet in their mortal +bodies as well as of their departed friends. + +In the third of my above mentioned five German volumes is the appearance +of Napoleon I. reported, when he was brought on the 24th June, 1839, +before me in his materialistic superficial imperial shape. But when I +was looking into his interior condition, the awful distress and +tremendous darkness blotted out all his imperial splendor. He and others +in a similar deceitful condition are influencing the Emperor. But I am +writing as his most sincere friend in his behalf and that of nations, +and promise to do all in my power according to my mission to assist him, +that he might become a blessing to nations and with our assistance +pacify the departed Emperor Napoleon and other congenial friends, and +draw them into the glorious New Era. The mediumship of Emperor Louis +Napoleon was manifest to us in correspondence with many cases of solemn +warnings for the imperial court and all other members of "the Latin +race" in close connexion with events which happened in our mission at +the same time, when those cases surprised the world. Here I mention the +solemn execution of the Archbishop of Paris in Saint Stephen's Church by +the mediumship of the priest who has been inspired and supported for +that work which required more than human strength, from the infernal +regions on the day and at the hour of the novena, which were most +suitable according to the prophetical Roman Catholic Calendar in +correspondence with what we were doing at the same time in our charge +under the Heavenly direction, and in correspondence with what Emperor +Napoleon was doing at the same time under the direction of deluding and +destroying spirits. + +In the first three of my above mentioned five German volumes it was +shown, that the doings of the Popes of Rome, who are under the +inspiration from the inferior regions, were so controlled through the +course of centuries by our Heavenly congress, that those amongst the +Popes, who had received peculiar rolls in the great drama of the +ecclessiastical and political history, had received also corresponding +names to their rolls, and numbers corresponding to their names. And we +will have also in this book opportunity to mention some instances of +that kind. But here we made this remark on account that at the receipt +of the report of the solemn murder of the archbishop, we (after having +received instruction in different spirit languages which we need in +disclosing the mysteries for the promised New Era, and amongst those +languages is also the language by numbers,) saw the great unexpected +truth, that the Heavenly congress who are with the Lamb, were so +controlling the inferior regions of the papal imperial royal demons, +that in Paris which is the principal seat of the intrigues connected +with the Papal machinations, also Bishops were so counted, that when the +number of their succession according to our spirit language was complete +in their Novena, amongst them also the number of the Popish Saints as +well as the number of Cardinals and the number of Archbishops of Paris +corresponded to the celebration of the mystery of the execution, and +that Archbishop has been solemnly executed in Saint Stephen's Church, +who was in every respect most qualified for the celebration of that +mystery, and the infernal executioners have received permission from the +Heavenly Congress to effect the execution by their Medium, a priest who +became most qualified to be their Medium; and this happened for a +peculiar warning to the Pope, his Cardinals, Archbishops, Bishops and +Priests, that they might not wait, till a general destruction of their +persons in connection with their Hierarchy would take place, but that +they might come out from Babylon and become with us messengers of the +New Era. I wrote an extraordinary treatise disclosing the deep mystery +of the Episcopal succession in Paris connected with the solemn execution +of the Archbishop in his complete numbers by the inspiration and +assistance of destroying demons, using their sacerdotal medium, +according to the permission of the Heavenly Congress, for a peculiar +warning to the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy and the whole "Latin +Race." There not being room in this book for publication of that +treatise which is preserved amongst others of my manuscripts to be +published in due time and in connection with other treatises which need +deeper studies to be fully understood than the memorable events which we +have selected for this book, we found proper to mention somewhat +regarding that execution in peculiar connexion with Emperor Napoleon and +the clergy of his empire, that they might open their eyes and stop the +infernal fury which has been made manifest in the preaching of the +crusade which gave occasion to this our extraordinary treatise. + +The position of Napoleon III. to Napoleon I. according to prophecies, +cannot be understood except in the magnetic chain of events shown in our +system which will be explained in our monthly theological course, which +is announced in this book for the introduction of the New Era. Although +the Pope of Rome and the Emperor Napoleon, both may be destroyed at the +abolition of systems which they, each in his sphere, represent, +notwithstanding this we labour most earnestly, that their lives may be +preserved and they come into our New Jerusalem and draw millions of +others into it. At the explosion of the percussion shells, in which +others have been killed at the entrance to the theatre, but Napoleon's +life was preserved, peculiar manifestations took place. The explanation +of that mystery will be annexed as an appendix to the above mentioned +treatise, in which the mystery of the succession of Bishops of Paris is +explained. The representative of bishops who have generated such fruits +as are manifest in Paris, has suffered death. But Emperor Napoleon's +life was preserved at other occasions of danger as well as at the +explosion of the percussion shells; and we are labouring in the +expectation that he will understand this book and become with us a great +apostle removing the severe judgments and the dreadful bondage, which +are connected with his present government, and assisting us in the +preparation for the great resurrection of those in their mortal bodies +as well as of their departed friends. All that is written in this book +is written for a peculiar instruction to all, and especially to those +who are strong Mediums of deluding and destroying spirits the great +Prince amongst whom is Emperor Napoleon. But we write this treatise, to +deliver him from those miserable tyrants, and to make him a preacher of +peace also to his departed friends. What we write for him, we write that +it might be used by all readers. + +As strange as the point in the inscription, that James Buchanan is +according to the merciful Divine Benignty President of the United +States, may appear not only to other governments, but also to many big +men in these United States, and to millions of others who are deceived +by big men, we write to undeceive all, and that also those might be +saved, who would have been already destroyed, if instead of James +Buchanan Col. Fremont had been elected President of the United States. +We are on quite another ground from which we consider human affairs, +than that from which they are generally considered: because I speak as +Medium of the Heavenly Powers by whom I am sent to draw nations on our +ground. For there is no salvation but destruction for them, if they will +not arise from their present degraded condition upon our ground from +which they will see matters as we see them. In the meantime we instruct +them by facts, that they might know, that we are correct and they are in +delusion. I am as independent from President Buchanan, as his enemies +are, and if he has received my writings which I have sent and directed +to him, he did not make use of them; although I suppose that my writings +directed to him since his Presedential administration, remain in the +hands of others. But in case, he had received and read those my +writings, and had despised the course which is shown in our message as +the course for redemption of nations from the Papal Imperial Royal and +other oppresive and speculating powers, the inscription in regard to him +remains true; and when I do not despair of Emperor Napoleon's conversion +from his dragon to our Christ, I expect with great confidence, that +President Buchanan will be sooner converted than Napoleon; although I do +not know, how the Heavenly Congress see this matter, because I am not in +their congress but only a medium of messengers sent from that congress. +But in every case the inscription to this treatise is true, as the +bitterest enemies of President Buchanan may learn from the following +items, and by studying this whole book they themselves may be brought +upon our ground and assist us in drawing the President upon the same +ground for the redemption of nations from all tyrannical powers. + +I was in Cincinnati, when honorable James Buchanan was nominated +Democratic Candidate for Presidency. That nomination took place on the +6th of June 1856. During the balloting of the Delegates I was inspired, +and said on the 4th June, to Doctor B. F. White, that I felt it to be my +duty to endeavor to make known to the Delegates our message of Peace and +the credentials of our mission, and that the place for that purpose was +providentially prepared a few days before that by a building having been +removed at the front of Burnet's Hotel, the largest hotel in which the +largest portion of the democratic delegates boarded, and I made the +proposition to Doctor B. F. White, that he should open the meeting for +my address. He promised to do so. He was a strong medium of spirits of +the so called Republican Party. But I belong to no party, supporting +Truth wherever I find it sufficiently proven, and working against +delusion and error, wherever I have enough evidence against them. B. F. +White knew somewhat in regard to our message, having heard some of my +speeches and having read my pamphlet which had been published in +Cincinnati a few days before that nomination. We agreed strictly to +observe two points; in the first place to say nothing which would have a +reference to any party, and to proclaim only, what all should hear +regarding our message of Peace. The second point was that we should +speak before sunset, and finish our speeches before night should +commence. I was certain about the point which I related to Dr. White, +that if we would speak in the night, some disaster would happen during +our speeches on that occasion. Dr. White accompanied me, while we were +going to the open lot, on which we had agreed to address the Democratic +Delegates; but on our way we met with somebody who commenced to talk +with Dr. White. I left them talking and went to the spot agreed upon to +deliver our address. But while I was waiting more than one hour there, +Dr. White did not come. I felt that I alone should not deliver my +message there. He came at length while there was already twilight. I +said to him, that it was too late and we should not speak. I assured him +again, that I was determined not to speak that night. But he replied +that he was determined to speak, and that he was sure, that nothing +would happen. But I repeated, that some disaster would happen. Then +another strong medium came. He belonged to the same Republican party +that Dr. White did, and lived with Dr. White. His spirit confirmed the +assertion of the spirit of Dr. White, that nothing would happen, if we +would address the Delegates. Then I would not interfere any longer, and +Dr. White commenced to address the assembled. While he spoke, the crowd +increased and some commenced to make disturbance. At that moment the +Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City interfered, and he +took the platform, addressing the audience and saying, that the speaker +should not be disturbed, and that he supposed the speaker belonged to +the Democratic party. I said once more to Dr. White, that it was high +time to leave that place. But he again asserted, that he was certain, +that nothing would happen. And the other medium of the Republican party +confirmed again Dr White's assertion. + +At that moment I left the spot and went to Dr. White's office. Fifteen +or twenty minutes after me Dr. White and the other strong medium of +deluding and destroying spirits, both came about 9 o'clock P.M. and they +were frightened and said, that there was so great a disturbance, that +policemen were not sufficient to check it. And they added as a very +remarkable instance, that a policeman in trying to check the +disturbance, lost his star. But they did not know the other particulars +which appeared on the next morning in the newspapers, to wit, that the +above mentioned Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City was +dangerously stabbed in his lungs. His wound proved not to be fatal, +although it was so large, that when it was sounded, the air which blew +out of the wound, extinguished the candlelight which was applied to see +the wound. The man who stabbed the Democratic Reviewer from Washington, +could not be detected, although the circumstances, from our position +considered, make it certain, that he was a medium of distroying spirits +belonging to the Republican party. Those spirits were allowed by our +leaders to give a prophetical sign. The stabbing took place about 9 +o'clock P.M. on the 4th day of June, 1856. + +I have circumstantially related the stabbing of the Democratic Reviewer; +because from these circumstances in connexion with what follows, it is +evident to anybody who understands the prophetic languages by numbers, +names and other circumstances, that by that stabbing prophecy has been +given under the control of our Heavenly Congress who determined to +interfere by our mediumship, that the Democratic party, although they +would come in great danger to lose the victory in their battle against +the Republican party, would finally conquer their opposition. I was +inspired, to give opportunity to that prophecy. Doctor Benjamin Franklin +White, a spiritualist and a strong medium of spirits of his party, was +the representative of the Republican party; and the Democratic Reviewer +from Washington City, was the representative of the Democratic party. +Benjamin Franklin White, doctor of medicine, has most suitable names +expressing his prophetical position, as we will have perhaps elsewhere +opportunity to explain the mystery. As the office of the Democratic +Reviewer in Washington was expressive to the mystery of his +representation, so were probably his names which I do not keep in +memory, and my notes of that time are not at hand, while I am writing +this. But the circumstances mentioned in connexion with what we will +report on the following pages of this treatise, are superabundantly +sufficient to testify that it was a great prophecy. The delegates then +continued their work, till at length on the 6th day of the 6th month +James Buchanan was nominated Candidate by Democrats for the Presidential +Chair. I looked into the next prophetical almanac which was at hand, and +the name of that day was "Benignus." There are Roman Catholic and +Protestant calendars which are used by our sphere of spirits in giving +prophecies. That was a Protestant almanac; _because_ that was a +Protestant affair. At the events of great importance names of our +prophetical almanacs correspond to the events. _Benignus_, the Latin is +in English _Benign_, that is kind or _generous_. From thence we adopted +the word _Benignity_, that is _grace_ or _graciousness, generosity, +kindness_, in the inscription of this treatise. + +If I would explain the prophetical language by numbers and names and +other circumstances, this would require more room than our economy could +here spare, and we could not consent to publish at this time a much +larger volume than manuscript is prepared for this volume, also in case +that somebody should be desirous to publish it; because this volume +contains more than most readers will be prepared to study and digest +thoroughly. Therefore we must delay other manuscripts for other +occasions, and we can explain only a little of what we know; because +otherwise we could never finish our explanations. But the substance +given in the prophecy on the 4th and 6th of June at the nomination of +Hon. James Buchanan, in which he became the Democratic Candidate for +Presidency, did announce, that + +James Buchanan will become President of the United States by the +interference of the Heavenly congress of spirits who are commissioned to +introduce the Peaceable Reign of Christ or the Universal Republic of +truth and justice, harmony and peace, by the instrumentality of +messengers whom I represent to move the governments and nations for +action to accomplish the great object to which prophecies of all ages +and of all nations have their tendency; but notwithstanding that his +administration will be for the increase of the 4th Beast in the 7th +chap, of Daniel, the number of the name of which is 666, REVEL. xiii, +17 and 18, and its fundamental number is 6, and notwithstanding that +President Buchanan will continue the administration for the support of +that Beast, till he arrives either on our ground or is taken away, +notwithstanding this, he is given as President by the Heavenly Congress +in divine mercy, according to the Benignus, or according to the merciful +divine Benignity, that a great door for the commencement of the promised +peaceable reign of Christ will be opened, which would have been locked +for this time, if the opposition had succeeded and brought their +Candidate Col. Fremont upon the Presidential Chair. + +Nobody should say, that I interpret prophecy after its fulfilment. Any +body who has studied the first three of my German volumes, the 3d of +which appeared A.D. 1840, if he knew the above, mentioned circumstances +and had reflected upon them, would have been qualified to interpret the +prophecy in Cincinnati on the 6th day of the 6th month 1856, at noon +time, while the roaring of the cannon was announcing the nomination of +James Buchanan. But whether he will be the great hero, to commence the +Millennium in the White House at Washington and proclaim the Millennial +glory to other governments on the globe, or whether he will perish in +the Beast and its ten Horns, as his predecessors did, and another will +obtain and spread the Heavenly blessings offered to President Buchanan, +is not expressed in the prophecy. But we write in the expectation, that +at length he will comprehend this and act accordingly. + +After that great prophecy I thought that my duty was to behave perfectly +neutral during the great struggle of the two parties, to wit, the +Democratic and the Republican, at the presidential campaign. I delivered +then in several places of the State of Ohio public addresses; but I made +expressedly everywhere the remark, that I was perfectly independent from +all political parties and proclaiming according my mission the message +of Peace to all parties and sects, to prepare them for the promised New +Era. But after every address, notwithstanding all my protestation, +Republicans cried that I belonged to their party, and Democrats were +dissatisfied. + +At length I arrived in Pittsburgh Pa. and a medium of strong spirit +manifestations and public street preacher has offered to me for a +present a copy of Fremont's Life published by Horace Greeley & Co.: and +made the remark, that if I should read it, I would be moved to act for +Fremont's election. I remarked, that I would have in these circumstances +scarcely sufficient time to read so much regarding Fremont and also +regarding Buchanan, as would be necessary to know both as far as to +decide according to my knowledge of both for one or the other; and then +it would be against my usual course, if I should take any part in the +election of the one or the other. But I took the offered book, and then +I was inspired to study it with great attention, and I was astonished, +that in the falsely called Republican party the large number of those +who are for the Republican against the monarchial cause, could be so +duped and deceived by miserable speculators and monarchial agents as to +accept Col. Fremont as their Candidate for Presidency. Here is not the +place to show by the testimonies which are contained in the book +published by Horace Greeley for a recommendation of his Presidential +Candidate Fremont, what this man is. The testimonies were not understood +by the Republicans who are so obscured by the Papal Imperial Royal +magnetism, that although they have eyes, they do not see matters of this +kind. I make only the general remark, that the United States would have +been already burning in revolutions and wars not for the Republican but +for the monarchial cause, if Fremont had been elected President. + +After the perusal of that book I read also the book published by +Democrats for Buchanan's election. Then I understood that not only the +Heavenly congress who do not deprive men of their free will although +they control their actions for the final triumph of the true Republican +cause, but that also I was in duty bound to enlighten Citizens of +Pennsylvania, who had to decide the Presidential election, that they +might know Fremont and Buchanan, as they must be known for the welfare +of the country. I did it when I had an opportunity. A short time after +that I heard a speech of "Hon. Burlingame," which contained a heap of +"burlygames," and misrepresentations, deluding and instigating Citizens +of Pennsylvania against Buchanan, and soliciting them to vote for +Fremont. Then I wrote what I thought proper, that it was used by others, +and under the control of our Heavenly leaders good and bad people, those +who co-operated in truth with us, without any other interest except the +interest of nations, as well as those who co-operated for their private +interest, contributed their share for Buchanan's election according to +the merciful Divine Benignity, that we could peaceably prepare people +for the New Era until this hour under his administration, and warn the +inhabitants of the United States, that they should lose no time to avert +the impending judgments, which would have already effected a general +destruction without hope of escape, except by blind submission to +tyrants, if the falsely called Republicans who have been made blind +tools of the monarchial speculations, had succeeded with the intrusion +of their candidate upon the Presidential Chair. If President Buchanan +and the American Nation should continue in their course until the +impending general judgments would destroy the country, then also in this +most deplorable case, my inscription of this treatise would remain true, +and nobody else but the American Nation should be blamed, that they +neglected to make use of the divine mercy and the divine benignity, by +virtue of which they should have at least during Buchanan's +administration until now made use of the precious time, and spread our +message for the pacification of the world. + +The explanation of the given hints and what is connected with them, +would need a large and special volume; but we have mentioned here as +much as sufficient, and remark that if Mr. Horace Greeley and Readers of +the Tribune, are desirous to know their great hero Col. Fremont, as he +is exhibited in my above mentioned treatise, I will extract out of it +the passages which belong to him and to the slanderers and abusers of +President Buchanan, and send them to be published in the New-York +Tribune with such remarks of the Editors as they would think proper to +add, under the condition to publish then also my answers to their +remarks as I should think proper to make additions for a wholesome +instruction to the Editors and Readers of the Tribune, that they might +be delivered from the delusion by which the True Republican cause is +ruined. + +If they are anxious to know truth, they will understand this book and +determine to act with us for the redemption of nations from the +monarchial Powers. In this case they are requested to write to me under +the directions which are given in the proper place of this book, and +assure me in their writing, that they accept the proposition, and are +determined to co-operate with us for the introduction of the promised +New Era of Harmony and Peace, in which Publishers and Editors will have +nobler occupations than they have at present in the servitude laboring +hard for the support of the Beast and its ten Horns. This was to be +mentioned in this connection in regard to Hon. Horace Greeley and the +New-York Tribune. But the parties of the so-called Republicans and +Abolitionists will receive in an other treatise of this book +extraordinary lessons, that they might at length commence to co-operate +with us for the introduction of the Millennial glory. Many of them have +abused and misrepresented me in my mission. Therefore I do not marvel +that they have abused and misrepresented also President Buchanan not +only during the campaign, but also during his administration. We have +made urgent appeals to him, to make use of our message against the +enemies of this Republic; but he has neglected to do so, or perhaps my +documents did not reach himself, or the neglect must be attributed +rather to his enemies than to him. They would not hear me, and probably +they would not have heard him. Matters have to come so far as they are +made manifest in this book. After the Crusade of professed Monarchists +in Europe became as manifest, as there is the Crusade of Abolitionists +and false Republicans against him manifest in America, we expect that +President Buchanan will comprehend at length our mission, and endeavor +to arrive upon our ground to become the great Apostle of the New Era. If +he comprehends this book and makes use of our weapons of the spirit, he +will be a partaker of the great promise, and he will convert millions of +his enemies of all parties and sects into his true friends, and those +who will not be converted, will be destroyed. Moses and other Prophets +of the Old Testament, Christ and his Apostles and Prophets through the +course of centuries of the Christian Era as well as of this time, have +testified our mission, and signs are continuously repeated, announcing +the final victory of the cause entrusted to our mission, as those who +will study this book thoroughly, will be convinced of this unexpected +assertion. But here for the close of this treatise we remark for the +peculiar use to President Buchanan and others who are invited to become +our fellow laborers in the true Republican or true Christian against the +Monarchial or Antichristian cause, that in the second and third chapters +of the REVELATION the seven churches are typical symbols of the seven +states of the church, and that to one or the other of these states each +church of the christian name can be reduced, from the time the +Revelation has been published, to the time in which Christ comes or is +made manifest by our mission, in which that is performed and disclosed, +which is needed for his peaceable reign on earth. + +In the second chapter of the REVELATION, verses 18 to 29 is Thyatira the +type of the Roman Catholic Church. In the 24th and 25th verses to those +Roman Catholics "who have not known the depths of Satan," who has +brought them so on the surface and perverted the truth of the doctrine, +that they keep the shadow for truth, it is said: "I will put upon you +none other burden. But that which ye have, hold fast till I come," +REVEL. ii: 24 and 25. They have to keep the heavy burden of ceremonies, +feasts and fasts, and all kinds of other practices which are not +proficient to intellectual and moral perfection[F] of man, although they +are connected with enormous expenses for the support of Priests and many +others, and for all the buildings, vessels, and all kinds of +instruments, not knowing what is in their depth, till Christ comes. And +then it is said; "and he that overcometh and keeps my works unto the +end, to him will I give power over the nations: and he shall rule them +with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to +shivers: even as I received of my Father. And will I give him the +morning star," REVEL. ii: 26, 27 and 28. + +Here in the quoted verses at Christ's coming Christ's relation to him +who overcometh, is such as the relation of a father to his son, who +inherits from the father all things which the father possesses. Christ +has not been known in the churches of Babylon, as he is made known in +our mission to introduce the New Jerusalem. Christ in his appearance in +flesh was the Head, that is the representative of his body of followers; +but they could not establish his peaceable reign. It was necessary, that +through the course of centuries matters should be so developed, as +Prophets of the Bible as well as in the subsequent ages did prophesy; +and I, to be qualified for my present mission, had to go not only +through the usual studies of the Roman Catholic Church, but I had also +to study continuously, with all sincerity of my heart, the sources of +human knowledge and the investigations of different parties and sects, +to support the Roman Catholic Church against the assaults of her +adversaries, and was found qualified to be public Imperial Royal +Professor of Bibical Literature in that Church. In the charge of my +Professorship I considered myself peculiarly bound to defend with the +use of the Bible that church against all aggressions of the adversaries. +I did not know at that time, that the spirit of my Lord was preparing me +through all stages of my life for my present office. But while I was +investigating the depth of the "burden," of that church, comparing it +with the Jewish and Heathen antiquities and with the developement of the +mysteries of those antiquities through the centuries of the Christian +Era, when I was duly prepared and the time of the last development of +preparations for the Millennial glory arrived, I was called by +messengers of the Heavenly Congress to "the works," which were to be +performed and explained by my instrumentality, and, under the direction +of Heavenly leaders, who were most qualified to be my leaders in "those +works," I overcame all difficulties and I kept the "works of my +spiritual Father Jesus Christ unto the end," until all has been +performed and explained, that belongs to the commencement of the +Millennial glory, or what is the same, for the New Era or the New +Jerusalem. + +And we, that is, the whole body of messengers whom I represent, have +received "the iron rod and the morning star," the two symbols of our +mission. The first symbol testifies, that nations which reject our +message of Peace, will be broken to pieces. We do not break them, but we +announce to them judgments by which they will be broken. But we are +laboring to save nations, that they as god's people might come out from +Babylon, that they be not partakers of her sins and receive not of her +plagues, REVEL. xviii: 4. If people hear our voice, they will be +partakers of the Heavenly blessings prepared for them in the New Era or +in the New Jerusalem, and while they will be saved, their political and +ecclesiastical systems "as the vessels of a potter will be broken to +shivers." Systems that could not bring better fruits than those which +the political and ecclesiastical history and the experience of our days +shows, are founded in delusion and deception, which were generating +continuous destruction of human life and property and all the misery +which is founded in political and ecclesiastical follies. But +enlightened men and women of all ages and amongst all nations have seen +a new day, and to us has been entrusted "the Morning Star," the symbol +testifying that we have received all that is needed for the new day, the +New Era, which our morning star is announcing. + +All my published works and all my manuscripts are testifying, that it is +impossible to save this country from the yoke of monarchs and from the +most abject degradation and servitude, by any weapons except those which +have been entrusted to our charge by Christ's spirit. And those who +study this whole book from the commencement to the end, in the same +order in which the documents are placed in it, so that they understand +each portion separately and the connection of it with all that precedes, +to be prepared for the right understanding of what follows, to +comprehend at length the whole, will be as convinced as I am, that we, +that is I and all my visible and invisible fellow laborers, have truly +received the great commission to move nations for the introduction of +the promised New Era, which will be the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, Harmony and Peace amongst all nations, the Dispensation of the +Fulness of Times, in which all in Heaven and on Earth will be gathered +together in Christ, Ephes, 1: 10. + +Readers must keep in mind, that all that is written in this book is only +a preparation to the "monthly theological course" which is appointed at +the end. In the "monthly course" the system or the chain to bind the +Dragon REVEL. xx: 2 will be explained and that will be made manifest, +which is mentioned in this book but cannot be explained. And our +proceedings in that monthly course will be then published in different +languages for a testimony to all nations, to move them for co-operation, +that all in Heaven and on Earth might be brought to Harmony and Peace. + +President Buchanan! allow me to close this treatise with some important +words to you! For you we need no more testimonies than those partly +printed partly written documents which I have sent at different critical +occasions by the mail directly to you, if they had been handed to you, +and you had studied them with such attention, as they deserved to be +studied by the President of the United States. Those testimonies would +have been sufficient to convince you, that no other weapons can be used +for the victory against your enemies and the enemies of the true +Republican cause, by whom this country is overflowed, and who in Europe +are preaching crusades against you and the supporters of the cause +entrusted to your care, except the weapons of Christ's spirit entrusted +to our care. Those who are with the Lamb, called, chosen and faithful, +will overcome the Beast and its ten Horns. REVEL. xvii: 14. This will +not take place with preparations for war and with armies of soldiers; +but we have the Heavenly armies upon white horses, REVEL. xix: 14, and +offer to all our enemies reconciliation with Heaven and temporal and +eternal most precious blessings. But if they reject the Heavenly gifts, +all infernal hosts are subject to our Heavenly armies, and by these +executioners of divine judgments as many of our enemies will be +destroyed as sufficient, to move the rest of them to repentance. +Although I could give thousands of instances of destruction of enemies +of our cause, who have been cast into the inferior regions, because they +have rejected the Heavenly gifts offered them by our instrumentality, I +will mention only one instance for a peculiar warning to you. + +A.D. 1849 at our appointment of a Latin convention in the City of +New-York for an examination of the magnetic chain shown by our +instrumentality to bind the Dragon, REVEL. XX: 2, I sent to President +Zach. Taylor a copy of my printed English circular in which that +convention was appointed, and a copy of my large Latin letter, taken +from the copy which was directed and sent to the Archbishop of Baltimore +to be read to all Bishops of the United States, who were at that time +assembling their Synod in Baltimore. To those copies I added my English +letter in which I addressed President Taylor showing to him, that our +message is as important for all political as for all ecclesiastical +governments and especially for the government of the United States to +stop the Papal Imperal Royal or monarchial influence and to restore the +true Republican cause, and that therefore he, President Zach. Taylor, +was in duty bound to send to said convention qualified Latin scholars to +attend it. In my printed and written documents as many items have been +concentrated as would have been sufficient to move the President to do +what was required, if President Taylor had been qualifyed for his post. +We have warned him most solemnly, that he as the twelfth President, +should not be a traitor of the Republican cause, as Judas Jscariot was a +traitor of Christ's cause. But my warnings were not regarded by +President Taylor. + +After the destruction of the armies of those who were deceived in Europe +by their leaders that they were fighting with carnal weapons for the +Republican cause, I wrote again to President Taylor showing, that he was +responsible for all destruction of human life and property, which would +have been saved, if he had not neglected to fulfil his highest duty +which has been shown to him in my documents; but that, notwithstanding +this, according to divine mercy, to save him and by his instrumentality +many others, I was again authorized to apply to him and to show, what he +ought to do in those circumstances, to open the way for spreading our +message of Peace amongst all nations. But when all my efforts to move +the President for an energetic action for the support of the true +Republican cause remained without effect, I committed him to the +judgment of the Heavenly Congress. + +On the 9th day of July, 1850, at 5 o'clock A.M., shortly after my +arrival in Cleveland Ohio, an Angel of the Lord, a holy martyr, came to +me and said, that I should write directly to the Congress and show that +President Taylor had neglected to fulfil his highest duty and deserves +on this account the severest judgment. After having finished my writing +on that day, I was looking to find in Cleveland somebody acquainted with +a congressman to whom we could entrust my document. But on that day I +could not find such a man. On the 10th I went to a "free soil" minister +with the expectation, that he might know such a man. That minister was +not at home; but his wife said, that he had gone to the Post Office and +was soon expected to return. He returned with the message, that +President Taylor died at 10 o'clock P.M. of the preceding night. Then I +understood the mystery, that my writing was not prepared for the +Congress of the United States in Washington but for the Heavenly +Congress, and I have shown to that minister my writing directed to the +Congress of the United States. I did not hear before, that the President +had been taken sick, although I have heard afterwards, that his sickness +was very short, and that his last words were, that he was departing with +the consciousness, that he had fulfilled his duties. This is the +consolation which ministers of darkness impart to such destroyers as +General and President Zach. Taylor was. If he had had any regard for the +lives of his fellow beings and for their true happiness, he would have +understood my documents and have done what was his duty for the +destruction of the Beast, its image and the false prophet, which destroy +every year an enormous amount of human life and property. Although I +have mentioned in this treatise several strange facts, some of the +following will appear more strange; but they will be the more +comprehended, the more this whole book shall be understood. Not only the +order which I received in the morning of the day on which Zach. Taylor +departed, to write to the congress that he had neglected to fulfill his +highest duty, but also the day and hour, in which he daparted, were most +suitable for the celebration of the mystery of Zach. Taylor's death, and +the tremendous fire in Philadelphia at 4 o'clock P.M. or 6 hours before +Taylor's death, was a prophetical precursor of his death. In that fire a +number of persons were killed by a terrible powder explosion +commemorating the fact that the privileged murderer had been nominated +President in that city. All that happened by the dreadful influence of +infernal demons under the control of messengers from our congress, who +have given at the exact hours on the proper day signs of a great +warning. As soon as I heard of President Taylor's death, I understood, +that I was ordered to write to the Heavenly Congress of the United +States, that is, the congress of the holy prophets and martyrs who have +the commission to unite finally all states of all governments on the +globe in Christ's peaceable reign or the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, according to the prophecies which have been given by their +mediumship, while they were yet in their mortal bodies. My writing to +the congress was copied by one of our departed messengers, and when +President Taylor departed, my writing was shown to him. Such things +would not appear strange to Bible readers, if they would understand what +they read. Here is no room to explain the actions of the departed, +amongst which there is also writing and reading. When the departed +President was reading my document showing that he had neglected to +fulfil his highest duty, his animal passion of murder was aroused, to +kill the writer. That privilege was granted to him only under the +condition, if he succeeds by taking a toad in possession, and by its +instrumentality poisoning the water of the well at the house in which I +used to stop. The water was poisoned; the prophetess and her husband +with whom I boarded, when I was in that section of the country, were by +drinking the water, taken sick, and they recovered as soon as they +ceased to use the water, but they could not catch the toad. It happened +before my arrival with them. And when I arrived in their house and would +drink of that excellent water, they warned me. But I did not care about +their warning and drank, and was straightway taken sick and continued to +be sick, till a Heavenly messenger came at the right hour and took the +sickness away. At length the toad was caught and killed the right day +and hour by the husband of the prophetess, who was a zealous Democrat. +He was in many battles with Generals of Napoleon I. and killed men and +animals; but he assured us oftentimes, that he never had so much +trouble in killing any creature, as with that toad, and never heard so +pitiful lamentations as have been poured out by that toad when it was +dying. Zach. Taylor, when he was compelled to leave the toad and to +enter into the infernal regions of his inner life, into his torments, +resisted as long as he could; but when the right day and hour came, he +could not resist longer. If you study this whole book so, as you need to +study it, you will not be surprised at such unexpected events. You read +in the fifth chapter of Mark, that a whole legion of demons, that is a +whole regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle, have +been permitted to enter into a heard of hogs. But they could not remain +there, and were compelled to enter into the depth of the lake. And +General Taylor who had destroyed many people, after having despised +reconciliation and apostleship offered to him by virtue of our mission, +was at length not allowed to be with a toad, but was compelled to +descend into the abyss. + +I have given here only some hints of strange events which are in +connection with other events which could not be mentioned here, nor can +we explain what we have mentioned without enlarging this treatise. But +we have written a peculiar treatise in which President Taylor's spirit +manifestation by the instrumentality of a toad is circumstantially +explained in a manuscript which will be published when required. But +here we have mentioned as much as we could in this confined space, and +we hope, that not only you, President Buchanan, but also Emperor +Napoleon as well as your friends and enemies in general will reflect +upon such things with earnestness. + +On the 24th day of June 1839, I returned from Philadelphia to Boston +with many collections to write the third of my five German volumes, and +to show, that the memorable events which have been reported in my first +and second volumes, happened according to prophecies, as signs +testifying our mission. When, on that day, as is reported in my 3d +volume, I was praying in my room and preparing to write the 3d volume, +Emperor Napoleon, in his Imperial splendour stood before me with the +invitation, that I might become his medium. I looked into his inner +state, and the magnetic outward splendor disappeared, and his inner +wretchedness and distress were manifest, and he could not stand any +longer before me, and, with an explosion like a powerful thunderclap, he +left me and took the direction to Europe. The title of my third volume, +if we translate it from German into English, reads: + +"Memorable events in the life of Andrew Bernardus Smolnikar. Third +volume containing the Explanation of Prophecies, by which Christ the +Lord, has confirmed that he has appeared unto us for the fulfilling of +his promises, in order to restore his reign upon the whole earth and to +give his peace to all nations, and has at his appearance appointed the +author as an extraordinary messenger, and performed by him all the +mysteries for the foundation of that peace &c., New-York, 1840." + +We read, "Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand +against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and +blood, but against principalities, against the rulers of the darkness of +this world, against spiritual wickedness[G] in high places." EPHES. vi: +11 and 12. These are the secret enemies whom we must know, and we must +stand on a ground, on which they cannot come, and from which we will +conquer them. When Napoleon was allowed to approach me with the +invitation, that I should follow him, that is, that I should become his +medium, he was allowed in a like manner, as the tempter or devil in the +4th chapter of MATTHEW was allowed to tempt Jesus. Napoleon was one of +the dragons or devils, who was permitted to do so for a great +instruction to all rulers on the globe. There is not one, but there are +many dragons or devils, leading each his sphere of infernal demons or +degraded departed spirits. You will understand the more the mystery, the +farther you proceed in studying this book. Now is renewed and fulfilled, +what is written in the gospels, and what in the Bible was not +understood, receives light by our experience. Jesus could not descend +from his height, to become a medium of one of these rulers of darkness. +And likewise I could not do this. This dragon, this spirit of delusion +and destruction, when I commenced to look into his interiors was made +manifest, and he could not stand any longer. He was compelled to leave +me instantly and to be tormented seeking another medium. At length[H], +because our message of Peace has been rejected and people were so +degraded, that the European Revolution of 1848 opened the way to the +throne of Napoleon III, Napoleon I. could have this as a suitable medium +to delude and destroy nations. And to this dragon so much of human life +and property has been sacrificed, that for the celebration of the birth +of the Papal Imperial Royal Mary on the 8th September 1855, thirty +thousand soldiers have been murdered at the taking of Sebastopol. Nobody +who does not see human affairs from our position, can duly appreciate +the criminality of such a tremendous madness, from which to deliver +Napoleon III. and his armies, you, President Buchanan, are able to give +us a powerful assistance. I do not despair of the conversion of Napoleon +III himself. When people descend so deep into the society of infernal +spirits that there is no other remedy than destruction of many to save +the remnant, then according to divine judgment people receive such +rulers as are connected with one or the other of the infernal dragons, +to inspire them with the infernal furies to destroy each other. Great +warriors are great mediums of the princes of darkness. But if they are +reached by our instrumentality, they when they are studying our message +of Peace, are drawing their leading spirits from their depth of misery +into a better condition. Napoleon III. if he could be moved to study our +message of Peace and to act accordingly, could reach his uncle Napoleon, +and draw him into the pacification. What we mention here, is explained +in our system for the promised New Era. + +This is the joyful message, which is to be communicated by your +instrumentality, President Buchanan, to Emperor Napoleon and other +monarchs, that they might study our message of Peace and become our +fellow laborers to draw their living and departed friends into the New +Era, or the New Jerusalem, which is to be introduced by our +instrumentality. And you, President Buchanan, are powerfully exhorted, +to prepare for the Kingdom of our Lord and his Christ, REVEL. xi: 15. +Editors and translators of the New Testament were so ignorant of the +true Christian principles that they took instead of "the kingdom of our +Lord and his Christ" the wrong reading "the kingdoms" in plural number; +but there will be one kingdom, that is, one government of our Lord, and +his Christ. And this will be a true Republican government--to give +explanations about which there is no room here, but we remark, that this +great truth will become self-evident to those who comprehend this book. +And we expect, that you, respected President Buchanan, will comprehend +it and then you will take the spiritual weapons, which are comprehended +in our message, for the conversion of monarchs into true republicans, +which is the same, as true Christians. But in the first place bishops +and priests in America are to be moved, to attend our monthly +theological course and then assist us at the conversion of monarchs; And +we expect that by your good example and your assistance bishops and +priests will learn at length to comprehend their highest duty. Matters +come to maturity; but we will not expatiate, because we have already +extended this treatise so far: nothing but our duty to do all in our +power for the pacification of nations, moved us to write it according to +our mission for the redemption of oppressed humanity. + +Postscript to the first treatise. I arrived the last time in Washington +City at the end of March, this year, 1859, and remained there until the +8th of April. Then I walked to Baltimore and wrote to hon. Hicks, +Governor of Maryland, and invited him, to study the documents which I +had offered to President Buchanan, but he had no time to study them, +although they contain matters of great importance for all governments to +remove War and establish Peace on the whole globe. I mentioned many +items in my letter that I expected to move the Governor to accept my +offer; but, received no answer. The same time a great sign was given so +that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western Reserve of Ohio. +At my arrival there the Spring was changed in a severe Winter, and I +commenced to write during a great storm and snow on Easter Saturday, +April 23d 1859, a new treatise exhibiting wonders and signs in connexion +with Presidents and other high Officers of the Federal Government of the +United States and showing, how they are subjugated by the Beast with +seven Heads and are supporting the ten Horns of that Beast, and that +there will be a great destruction of human life and property in this +country, as there is in Europe, if it shall not be stopped by receiving +and spreading our Heavenly message of Peace, which is developed by our +mediumship. Since my public appearance in my present mission there was +continuous correspondence of memorable events connected with the +Government of the United States and memorable events connected with the +steps of my mission, containing most solemn warnings to this Government, +and many striking instances are concentrated in said treatise which was +intended to occupy the second place in this book. But we found that the +book would become too large, to be bought and studied by many who might +be attracted to study this and then to co-operate with us for the +fulfilment of the prophecy which was given by the disappearance of the +Steamboat President and all persons, who were in it at the same time in +which President Harrison died in such connexion with what was set in +type at the same time for my 4th volume, entitled: "The one thing +Needfull," and with the documents which were at the same time sent from +Europe for our use, and explained in said volume in such correspondence +with the disappearance of the Steamboat President and the death of +President Harrisson, that the prophecy contained in those events is +manifest, by which the spirit assures us, that he will sweep away the +antichristian government of the United States as well as other +governments. Knowing this, people of the United States and their +Officers may avoid all the dreadful destruction, which is in Europe +preparing the way, that at length governments and people will pay +attention to our message and learn how to establish perfect peace on the +whole globe. + +After the disappearance of President Harrison and of the prophetical +Steamboat President, solemn warnings were repeated under all following +Presidents in correspondence with what happened in our mission; and in +this respect President Buchanan is peculiarly remarkable, and in said +treatise memorable events of great warnings connected with his +administration have been explained. But we must delay their publication, +and every reader will find in the following treatises of this book +superabundance of solemn warnings, that all might become our zealous +fellow laborers for the accomplishment of the glorious promises, and +that especially President Buchanan might give to others good example and +come from patching the old house which must crumble to pieces, in our +peace union and give powerful assistance for the introduction of the +promised New Era. Great mercy was shown through him to the country while +he is yet in Babylon, but was quenching the fire which would have +consumed the country, if his antagonist had been elected President. +Therefore, notwithstanding his having neglected the one thing needful +until this hour we expect, that he will arrive at length on our ground +and co-operate with us in building the New Jerusalem. + +This treatise, to which I add this postscript June 22d 1859, was written +in February last, and the tremendous war and destruction in Italy broke +out two or three months afterwards, exactly[I] while I was explaining +the thrilling prophecy given by Daniel or Judgement of God performed by +Sickles under the control of our Leader in the 14th verse of the 14th +chap, of the REVEL., "having in his hand a sharp sickle." He gave to the +destroying Spirit the permission to seize the medium and to show +prophetically what he will do in hundreds of thousands of cases, if the +right order shown in our Plan, will not be restored. There is a depth in +the mystery of the unexpected tragedy, in which all actors have most +suitable names and offices, each for the post he occupies; and the most +suitable spot as well as the most suitable day and hour were selected +for the performance, with all the preceding, accompanying and following +circumstances in correspondence with our doing on the same Sunday +Sexagesima on which this year the tragedy was perpetrated, as well as +what happened in the preceding years since my first public appearance in +my present mission on that Sunday A.D. 1838, and the initiation which +has been imparted to me on that Sunday for my present ministry, by the +martyr on the white cloud, who has in his hand a sharp sickle, REVEL. +xiv. 14. I give here only some hints; but the explanation is given in +connexion with many other cases of a great warning to this government in +the treatise, the publication of which must be delayed; for we expect +that the contents of the following treatises of this book will be +strong enough to awaken the enemies of President Buchanan to give us +assistance to awaken him from his lethargy, if he should not be sooner +aroused to assist us to deliver them from their wrong course, by which +they injure the great cause of the true Freedom of nations. + +In the great ignorance in which people are regarding the inner life of +man and the spirit world, they are reading many signs of the times, +without understanding what they read. + +I mentioned above, that I started on the 8th April from Washington. It +is to be understood that so many signs and wonders took place and so +many secrets were disclosed, while I was trying spirits in Washington, +that a book of this size would be too small to comprehend them. On the +8th April 1859, I finished all work which I had to perform in +Washington, at the same hour, in which four men were, all at once in +Baltimore, hung by the neck, till dead, although the black struggled +some minutes longer with death than his white companions. As soon as my +work was finished in Washington, I started and walked to Baltimore, and +arrived in that city on the 9th April, when all newspapers were filled +with reports of the execution, and with biographies of the executed. I +had to read the reports of that execution which belongs to the links of +the chain to bind the dragon REVEL. xx., 2. That reading occasioned my +above mentioned letter to governor Hicks. I thought, that perhaps after +the execution of some champions of his party, he and other leaders of +that party might be more prepared to receive lessons from us, than they +were prepared in former times, while I was applying to them in +Baltimore, Annapolis, and in hundreds of other cities and villages, +exhorting and warning them, to study our message of Peace, and +co-operate with us for the true American, or, what is the same, the true +Republican cause. But they have despised our warnings. At length matters +arrived so far that, if all other warnings of this book should not be +sufficient, we expect that the spirit manifestations which are connected +with that execution and are mentioned in the fourth treatise of this +book, will move them to become our worthy fellow labourers for the +fulfilment of the grandest promises. But we repeat, that every reader +should study this book in the same order in which it is written, +weighing with great attention and earnestness every sentence, till he +understands it and retains in his mind all that preceded. If you have +studied in this manner this treatise, you are prepared for studying the +second treatise. + + + + +SECOND TREATISE. + + + + Memorable events, by which the parties of Abolitionists and + Republicans as well as subjects of Monarchs should be aroused for + co-operation with us, to draw not only the President and the + Congress of the United States but also monarchs on our ground for + the introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and + Peace on earth. + + +As strange as our disclosures made in the first treatise may appear to +those who have neglected to observe the signs of the times, they should +not be surprised who know that the time for the fulfilment of the great +promises in regard to mankind had arrived, although all things seem to +run in quite another course than they expected. + +In the 6th verse of the 14th chap. of the REVELS. the first of the three +Angels spoken of in that and the following verses, commences to deliver +his message. At the commencement of the last century it was known +amongst German theologians, that those three angels or messengers are +the three men, each of whom is representing a body of messengers by whom +the contents of the prophecy given to each of those angels are to be +fulfilled. The first is preaching the everlasting Gospel, the contents +of which are given in the 7th verse. Gospel is Greek evangelion and +means glad tidings. The contents of the glad tiding of his preaching is +that nations should be converted from their idols to God the creator of +the universe, and he announces that the time of judgment had arrived. +The commencement of this preaching took place with Martin Luther, so +that he is to be considered as the representative of those, who are +comprehended in the prophecy of the first of those three angels. But +Luther and other preachers who came at that time and afterwards against +the Pope of Rome, and continue yet in the same spirit their work, did +not know in Luther's time nor afterwards, nor do they know in our time +their position, except as they learn it by what is disclosed by the +third angel or messenger, who commences his prophecy in the 9th verse of +the 14th chap. of the REVEL. In the third of my five German volumes, +published from A.D. 1838 to 1842 it has been shown that Luther had a +prophetical position, that is, he was according to the term adopted by +modern spiritualists, a very strong medium, inspired and supported by +his leaders, who were deluding and destroying spirits, who did not know +the true God and his Christ, but were prophesying judgments which took +place and continue till people shall be converted from their idols to +the living God. The three hundred years from Luther's appearance to our +appearance, were years of manifold developments preparatory to our +mission. Although Luther was born in Eisleben, that means "the life in +ice," because the fire of Christian charity has been extinguished, and +the spirit of persecution was nourished amongst all parties and sects, +notwithstanding this great preparations have taken place since his +public appearance till our public appearance, and there is an admirable +correspondence between his actions in the sixteenth century and my +actions which took place in the same years of the nineteenth century, +till Luther died on the 18th day of February 1546, which year in our +century, I mean 1846, was the great tropical year for dreadful +renovations of judgments, for the reason that the leaders of parties and +sects and their followers have rejected our message, which I commenced +to proclaim after having been publicly initiated to my present mission +on the 18th day of February 1838. We shall speak further on in this book +regarding the great event. But we have mentioned Doctor Martin Luther as +representing the champions of Protestantism against Popery. Their +mission is only prophetical. On their position they are supporting +Popery or Monarchy in general and they are particularly supporting a +number of Popish tenets regarding the Bible, regarding Christ and his +mission and manifold other doctrines, in which when they endeavored to +improve, they generally apostatized farther from truth towards +materialism, than the papal Hierarchy themselves; but they were +continuously repeating the substance of their prophecy, that people +should be converted from their idols to the living God. But by all that +repetition parties and sects multiplied, and there has been since Martin +Luther's appearance until this hour so dreadful a Babylon, or confusion +and delusion in social, political and ecclesiastical affairs, as there +never was before. And while pious men were looking into the prophecies, +to see the end of this dreadful Babylon, Doctor Bengel of Wurtemberg in +Germany was awakened in the first part of the last century, to compare +for many years the prophetical dates of the Revelation with events of +the ecclesiastical history, and has shown in his book, entitled: +"Erklaerte Offenbarung," which means "Revelation explained," that +Christ's manifestation for overcoming his enemies and establishing his +peaceable reign on earth, would take place about the year 1836. John +Wesley was not the author but only the copy holder of what Doctor Bengel +has explained in the Revelation. + +That Doctor Bengel was the 2nd angel representing the body of messengers +spoken of in REVELATION xiv. 8, has been shown in my above mentioned 3d +volume, in which it is made manifest, that the mission of the 2nd angel +is as well prophetical, as the mission of the first angel, REVEL. xiv. +6. But in this treatise we had only to mention matters, which have been +explained in my quoted volume. Doctor Bengel and the whole body of +messengers who came from his school proclaiming the coming of Christ +about the year 1836, and Wm. Miller and the army of preachers with him +who were proclaiming Christ's coming about the year 1843, and others +proclaiming it in some other period, were ignorant about the manner of +his coming or of his manifestation for establishing his peaceable reign. +All these and many other things have been reserved to the 3d angel or +messenger, spoken of in REVEL. xiv. 9. This is our mission. The martyr +on the white cloud in the 14th verse, having "in his hand a sharp +Sickle," was my leader in what I had to perform in the Roman Catholic +Church in the year 1838 as the 3d angel REVEL.: xiv. 9, representing the +body of messengers, by whom the proclamation of the contents of REVEL.: +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be made everywhere. And those great events and the +prophecies in which they have been predicted, have been explained in the +first three of my above mentioned German volumes; and we have so many +credentials or signs according to prophecies testifying our mission, +that while we were writing the fifth of my above mentioned five volumes, +we were repeating, that sensible readers of those volumes were aware, +that five hundred volumes could be written, testifying our mission. And +when they study this whole volume and comprehend it, they will be +convinced of the same truth. + +The third angel or the messenger representing the body of messengers, by +whose efficacy the beast and its image and the false prophet supporting +them, will disappear from the globe, gives in the last treatise of this +book the plan according to which the beast and its image and the false +prophet will disappear and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole globe. Peace would have been already established amongst +nations of the Christian name and they would have labored at this time +powerfully in the conversion of Heathens not to one or the other sect +but into the peaceable reign of Christ, which will be the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice, if those who have been exhorted first, to +study our message of peace had fulfilled their highest duty. The first +who have been powerfully urged to study our message of peace and the +credentials of our mission, were bishops, doctors of divinity and other +clergymen of all parties and sects where I had opportunity to reach +them. But when they refused to fulfill their highest duty, I was +particularly engaged to move abolitionists to study what has been +providentially prepared by our instrumentality to move slaveholders +themselves for co-operation with us to introduce the millennium or the +universel Republic of Truth and Justice and Peace amongst all nations: +because I was certain, that if the abolitionists would study it, +slaveholders themselves would do the same. But alas! when Jesus was +explaining the dreadful condition of Jerusalem, the Jews did not see it. +Likewise also citizens of the United States do not see theirs as we see +it from the position of our mission. The principal elements of the +vulcano the eruption of which is yet latent, are in leaders of +abolitionists, who are obstinate materialists refusing to make use of +the means which are offered them in our message to extinguish the +burning vulcano. They have lost discernment and judgment, when it is +most necessary to make the right use of it, to liberate the country from +the yoke of tyrants. Although I could write volumes to illustrate my +assertion, at this occasion I mention only a little of my experience in +the Convention to overcome evil with good, and which was in the +newspapers announced under the specious title: Philanthropic Convention +to overcome evil with good, and which was held on the 10th, 11th and +12th days of September, 1858, in Utica of the State of New-York. The +most influential persons in that Convention were Abolitionists of the +Garrisonian and Gerrit Smith's parties and Spiritulists belonging to +those and to the Republican party. I attended that Convention to offer +the remedy against the pernicious effects, which are produced by the +wrong course which leaders of those parties pursue for destruction of +this Republic, and to show the course which all true reformers have to +pursue for Harmony and Peace of all nations. + +That those who are concerned and their followers might be converted to +the true Republican cause, and all true Republicans might be +strengthened not to be deceived by secret and open servants of tyrants +and by deluding and destroying spirits and sectarian ministers of +darkness, I find proper to insert here the article which I wrote shortly +after the Convention, but I did not find a chance to publish; because we +are not popular, when we dare to express so great truths as are +comprehended in said lengthy article which reads as follows: + +Preparations for the resolutions "to overcome evil with good;" also: +introductory remarks to expose the league by which the Utica +"Philantrophic Convention" was governed. + +There are many such pretenders as the Garrisonian Liberator of Boston, +who, under the specious pretext to liberate slaves, are the greatest +supporters of slavery, by rejecting the means providentially prepared +for deliverance of all men and women from the yoke of tyrants, and by +instigating people to Revolutions and other sacrilegious enterprises to +ruin this country and bring it under the yoke of monarchs. While I was +endeavoring in many places, to move people to study our disclosures +regarding the divine plan for a peaceful abolition of all kinds of +slavery by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, and for the +introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and Peace, +which is usually although improperly called the millennium, I found them +everywhere so deluded by the infernal league, that they have neglected +to study "the one thing needfull" for the true freedom of all nations. + +During my travelling in more than twenty of the United States I stopped +several times in the Western Reserve of Ohio. I found more worshippers +of the Garrisonian Liberator there than in other sections of the country +of the same population, those places excepted, which are inhabited by +that sect of Quakers who are called "Progressive Friends," who are +progressing very fast in the arts of the infernal league for the ruin of +the true Republican cause. I arrived A.D. 1847 at the Quaker settlement, +called Green Plane, near Xenia in Ohio, and appointed there in a +Wesleyan meeting-house a Convention, in which I proposed to explain the +signs of our mission and the plan according to which, when it will be +understood and spread on the globe, all kinds of slavery will be +abolished. I expected that Quakers and other Abolitionists of that +section of the country would take great interest in our movement. But I +experienced afterwards, that the small Popes of that section were +against it, although they themselves did not disturb our Convention; but +a Quaker and a Wesleyan minister, both from a distance, were so great +disturbers of it, that whenever an important point was to be examined, +they directed the attention of the audience to other subjects; although +that Convention has been called for an examination of the points +concentrated in my manuscript. When I saw, that they were in conspiracy +with others in the Convention, I myself dissolved it. I asked then the +Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale, whose residence was next to the +meeting-house of the Convention, why he did not attend it. He answered, +that he received from the spirit what he needed. I started from thence +for the Western Reserve of Ohio, and appointed in Trumbol County a +Convention, and sent an article to the Garrisonian Liberator. In that +article I assured the Abolitionists, that from my documents which should +be examined in the Convention, it would be evident, that we have +received the mission, and that we have as credentials of our mission a +long chain of signs according to prophecies, by which we are assured, +that we will abolish all kinds of slavery and monarchy by the power of +the spirit, with the assistance of slaveholders themselves, when +abolitionists shall comprehend our message and spread it on the globe. + +Lloyd Garrison, the head medium of the infernal league, has published my +article, but with such editorial remarks, as were quite agreeable to his +master, the infernal Holiness. I forgot to inquire, whether my article +appeared or not in the Liberator, till on the first day of our +Convention a man remarked that our Convention was small on account of +Garrison's editorial remarks to my article and his grand tent meeting in +the neighborhood at the same time with our Convention. I came from a +distance, and was ignorant of the great provisions made by the infernal +holiness to retain his slaves in bondage at the appointment of our +Convention for their deliverance. The same man had a copy of the +Liberator containing my article with Garrison's remarks. They were read +to the Convention. Then I made my remarks[J] and the proposition, to +finish our Convention so as to reach on the last day Garrison's[K] grand +tent meeting in Lima, Ohio, and proclaim there our resolutions. + +We did so. A committee from our convention went with me, and we arrived +in Lima at the Garrisonian tent meeting on the last day. Several +thousand persons were assembled, and the first business after our +arrival was the reading of a resolution, in which Garrison and his +fellow laborers were declared as the true ministers of the Gospel, in +connexsion with a fatal blow to the ministers of other sects. A general +reception of the resolution was testified with "yes" from a thousand +voices; but when the contrary vote was required, there was only my "no" +heard; but it was so strong, that it surprised the whole audience. I +added that I came to show, who the true ministers of the Gospel[L] were. + +We agreed with the committee consisting of three public speakers, that +they should make use of the first opportunity to proclaim the +resolutions which have been unanimously adopted in our Convention. Soon +after my tremendous "no" one of our committee arose and told the +assembled thousands, that a committee sent from an anti-slavery +Convention had arrived with most important resolutions, to be publicly +read in the grand tent meeting. The chairman replied, that next after +the address of the man who occupied the floor, they should deliver their +resolutions. They went directly on the platform. But the pharisees on +the platform were anxious to find out, who the man was, that gave the +strong negative vote to their resolution. Some amongst them knew me +personally. Therefore as soon as our committee came upon the platform, +the above mentioned Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale came to me inquiring, +whether that committee belonged to my association or not. I said, that +he should not ask me, but the committee, to which association they +belonged. + +One of the deepest English investigators into the Jewish and Christian +antiquities wrote in one of his publications, that there is no society +more like the society of the Old Pharisees, than the Society of Quakers +is. He knew them in England, and I know them in America, and confess +that it is true in regard to the Quaker speculators, who have enslaved +the whole Quaker society, to be in their servitude and to prepare in +their ignorance of matters the subjugation of the whole country under +the yoke of monarchs. Joseph Dugdale is the principal medium who was +carried soon after that spectacle to Pennsylvania, and demons were +powerfully operating through him in starting the sect of the +"Progressive Friends." But at that tent meeting he inspired the heads to +be cautious in admitting our committee to speak. Therefore after the +address of the man after whom our committee according to the promise of +the chairman were to address the tent meeting, another was announced by +name, to speak, and then a second, a third, and so on, although our +committee were waiting on the platform from 9 o'clock A.M. till 2 or 3 +P.M. At length the chairman announced, that teams had arrived, to carry +the tent from that to another place. Provisions had been made, that if +there should be danger for the infernal league, things might be +prepared, to break of the tent. Therefore when the chairman announced +the advent of the teams, another pharisee mentioned, that the waiting +committee had not yet spoken and the chairman said, that they should +speak. + +The speaker, instead of reading directly the resolutions of our +Convention, undertook to prepare the audience by telling them, that he +knew how to value the great zeal of Mr. Garrison for the deliverance of +slaves. And as far Mr. Garrison and others on the platform seemed to be +pleased. But as soon as he mentioned, that "Garrison is not infallible," +those who were ready for action, commenced to break off the tent, and +there arose such a tumult amongst the assembled people, that nobody +could distinguish the voice of the speaker from the noise of the crowd. + +These items may suffice, to make known the infallible Pope, the +Garrisonian Liberator, although I could write many volumes of +extroardinary spirit manifestations in public and private meetings with +members of that party, while I was endeavoring to deliver them from the +shackles of the infernal Holiness and his armies. But they remained so +fastened, as in their "Philanthropic Convention" in Utica, which I +attended because we had been informed, that the Poughkeepsie seer, +Andrew Jackson Davis, was the principal author of said Convention, or, +the principal medium of speculators calculating to extend the government +of the infernal liberator by using said Convention. Andrew Jackson Davis +is the prince of mediums of spirits, who appear as angels of light, but +when they are tried by us, they are made manifest as dreadful deluding +and destroying demons. After they had been made manifest to me by his +deceiving publications, I tried several times to reach him personally, +and to show him his dreadful situation and how he could arrive on our +ground. But his cunning demons carried him away from my presence. At +length I met with him on the tenth of this month September, 1858, in +the "Philanthropic Convention" of Utica. Ira Hitchcock was appointed +chairman. His first name means in Latin "wrath" or "vengence," and the +second name is in the English language appropriate to the important +office which our duped and deceived friend did receive in said +Convention. Mr. Davis offered some rules, to be observed in the +Convention They were adopted. One of those rules was, that no speaker +should occupy more than twenty minutes, except the audience should +desire, that after the expiration of twenty minutes he should continue +to speak. + +Mr. Davis was called, to open the Convention with his speech. It was +read from a manuscript and contained a very imposing and deceiving view +of the past and the present in the history of mankind. Since his reading +lasted more than one hour, I asked after its close, that it should be +decided, whether those who open the meeting, should be bound by the +adopted rule of twenty minutes, or be permitted to speak or read as long +as they would be pleased also when they misrepresent the history in such +an absurd manner as the speaker did. No regard was taken of what I said, +and they proceeded in singing and speaking. + +The afternoon session was opened with as long a reading as the forenoon +session. After the reading they debated, whether it should be directly +printed in a newspaper of the place and in extra copies, or not. It was +unanimously decided that it should be printed, except that I disturbed +the unanimous vote with a powerful "no." But when I desired to give my +reasons, that its publication would not serve "to overcome evil with +good," but to increase the evil, I was stopped, as being not in order in +opposition to a resolution which had been unanimously carried out. + +For a better understanding of the spectacles which will be mentioned +afterwards, we must remark the following incident, which happened on +that day, to wit, somebody mentioned, that there came many female +mediums from a great distance in the expectation to be moved in the +Convention by spirits to speak, that therefore all these mediums should +come on the platform, and speak, whenever any of them should be moved by +a spirit to do so. I think that others felt the absurdity of that +proposition, which if it had been, accepted, would have created great +confusion and hindrance to the realization of their speculations; +therefore they did not respond to his suggestion. Readers should know, +that if not all, certainly most of the heads and the agents of that +Convention were spiritualists of the latest fashion. + +On the afternoon of that day, after singing, I suddenly took the stand, +to make use of the twenty minutes time, conceded by the rule of the +Convention to every speaker. I wished to show, that nobody in the +Convention touched the root of the evil; and that when others have +neglected to study our message of Peace, which shows that root and how +to extirpate it, at length spiritualists have been urged to do so. But +they, instead of progressing and learning by our message, how to +overcome evil with good, were attached to evil spirits, and they deluded +people regarding our message of Peace, when we endeavored to move them +to study it and act accordingly. Instead of many instances of our +experience testifying this, I would mention only my experience at the +last public meeting of spiritualists which I attended in the City of New +York. A female medium whose lying spirits were exposed by me in a public +meeting of spiritualists in Philadelphia on the first day of the last +month (August 1858) came on the 22d of the same month to a meeting of +spiritualists in New-York, in which meeting I spoke. During my speech +the demon by whom she was possessed, propelled her three times to stop +my speech. But when he was rebuked so terribly, that her friends could +not bear any longer, they awakened her from her sleep and carried her +out of the hall. But as soon as I ceased to speak, she returned; and the +demon shut instantly her eyes, and said through her, that I am a Judas +Jscariot, a Jesuit, an emissary of the Pope, &c. The chairman was +induced, to ask the name of the spirit; but he refused to tell his name. +Then he said through his medium, that he is "Donquixote Thomas Paine." +The first name he pronounced so that I knew by the pronunciation, who +amongst my departed friends was the controller of the lying spirit, by +whom the medium was possessed. My departed friend compelled him in the +first place to tell, that he was Don Quixote, known as the hero in the +celebrated Spanish romance or fable called Don Quixote. A similar +fiction was also the speech of the demon by whom that medium was +possessed, only that those who do not know me, might take the calumny of +the devil for truth. After the confession that he was Don Quixote, to +make which he was compelled by a higher power, he added according to his +lying propensity, that he was Thomas Paine, although he was not Thomas +Paine. + +When I desired to explain, from which sphere of spirits that liar came, +I was stopped by a man crying behind me to the chairman, asking him +whether I should be permitted or not to occupy an hour, while nobody +could understand me. At such interruptions I strike sometimes the +impudent demons, as they deserve to be stricken. I think, that I did not +speak ten minutes, when that interruption took place. To draw my +attention from the disturbing demon, Henry C. Wright jumped to me, +saying that I should not speak, because I am not understood, and he told +the audience that he knew me to be a good man, but that I could not be +understood by Americans. I interrupted him saying with indignation, that +he did not know me and that those do not understand me, who have ears +and will not hear and eyes and will not see. I felt that the audience +were not prepared for further explanations; but the truth is, that while +I have been speaking English on more than one thousand places in +America, those who have acquired some education and paid attention to my +discourses, understood me; but enemies of truth complained, that they +could not understand me, or they made disturbance. Not to give to demons +any opportunity to enrage their mediums against me at the night session +of that day, I would not attend that session. + +On the 11th inst. at the first opportunity at the forenoon session I +offered the resolutions to be read, for a better understanding of which +these remarks are a preparation. But the chairman remarked, that that +was not the proper time for reading my resolutions. Then I kept silence +at that session. But during the afternoon session I offered several +times my resolutions to be read. But Ira Hitchcock always interfered, +pointing to some other, that he was in order to speak, although I did +not see, that he arose before me for this purpose. + +I found proper not to attend any of the following sessions of said +Convention, in which I have offered the means, "to overcome evil with +good;" but the infernal league hindered their communication to the +people, and when the mediums of the infernal league thought, that they +were removing evil and promoting good, they were doing just the +contrary. If we have the mission which is proved in many of my volumes +and expressed at the end of the resolutions for which we are preparing +readers by these remarks, then all those who are hindering the +circulation of our message of Peace, are the most dreadful slaveholders +and destroyers of human life and property. They keep people in shackles +of delusion and ignorance of what they should know, to prevent +destruction of many and subjugation of the remnant by cruel tyrants. + +I saw the report of the proceedings on the first day of the Convention +in two Utica daily papers. I quote from the Utica Morning Herald, +September 11th, 1858, the following passage regarding my first +interference, as follows: "at the conclusion of Mr. Davis' lengthy +harangue, a German arose and said, he hopes that those who opens the +meetings, speaks no more as twenty minutes, or not! I have prepared a +speech on the root of all evil that will not dake so mooch dime as the +friends who have speak!" The devil, that means calumniator, by whom this +reporter was so possessed, that he knew neither orthography nor grammar, +was not so bad as the devil, by whom the evening 'Telegraph' was +possessed. He, in the service of the heads of the Convention, calls me +"the member from Germany," also "the teutonic individual," and what he +reports, he so reports for the benefit of the infernal league according +to the wishes of mediums of lying spirits, that I had to write much if I +would explain the cunning malice, which is comprehended in the +misrepresentations and lies in regard to the exertions which I made to +move the "Philanthropic Convention" to an investigation of my written +documents showing that which is first necessary to overcome evil with +good. But here not being room, I quote only the following passage, which +the Telegraph has published as my saying: "I knew Don Ke Shott; some +call him Don Quixote, but I call him Don Ke Shott. I can tell you all +about him." + +Mediums of lying and destroying spirits have been brought to that +Convention from the Cities of New-York, Boston and many other places of +several States. To deliver those slaves from their tyrants, I mentioned, +that at my last attendance of a public meeting of spiritualists in +New-York a female medium was seized by a terrible devil who declared, +that I was "Judas Iscariot[M], an emissary from the Pope, a Jesuit," +although after my having been from A.D. 1819, till 1838 a Roman Catholic +Priest, I was working since the year 1838, according to my mission, with +great zeal for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. On this account I +am abused and persecuted not only by the agents of the grand Pope of +Rome, but also by such small Popes, as have been assembled in said +"Philanthropic Convention" as well as by their reporters. I mentioned in +my address, that the lying spirit who said through the female medium, +that I am a "Judas Iscariot[M], a Jesuit, an emissary from the Pope," +did confess then, that he is "Don Quixote Thomas Paine." But that my +remark was then so terribly abused, as the above quoted passage +testifies. Lying spirits are supported by speakers and by editors of +newspapers. + +The reader should recollect what I said above regarding Henry C. +Wright's assisting his colleague interrupting my speech. The Herald +reports it, as follows: "Mr. Wright finally said he had known Smollnikar +for some time, he was a very worthy man, but the Convention could not +understand him when he tried to speak English." Smollnikar--"They have +ears and will not hear, they have eyes and will not see." + +The Herald has given here the substance and also the name of Mr. Wright. +But this did not agree with the position of the heads of the +Convention, who have promised free speech, and then one of the principal +heads of Abolitionists came as Judas Jscariot to me, and assisted the +murderer of my message, with a hypocritical address to the audience, as +if he was my best friend. Therefore instead of his name Henry C. Wright +there appeared in the Telegraph "a lagerbeer," as if I had spoken so in +the Convention, that intoxicated Germans themselves had found it +necessary to stop me in my speech. + +I did not see any German in the Convention; but it would be too mild to +call Henry C. Wright a "lagerbeer." He is a "Wright" or a workman, an +emissary of the infernal "Ira Hitchcock," The Latin word "Ira" means the +wrath or vengence, which appeared in the chairman Ira Hitchcock, or +hitch, that means catch the cock, that he might not cry and awaken +people from their lethargy, to save the country from the infernal wrath +and vengeance, which is kindled by such emissaries of His Infernal +Holiness, as Henry C. Wright is, a blasphemer of the Living God and His +Christ, and a rebel against Divine Decrees made manifest in our mission, +but which have been despised by Henry C. Wright, Ira Hitchcock and other +heads of said Convention. Those rebels against God and His Christ had +many years ago opportunity to learn the Divine Decrees for redemption of +oppressed humanity; but they have conspired also in their last +Convention, to check their proclamation and to open the infernal crater +of a volcano to destroy the country by rebellion and other crimes, which +have been openly defended by Henry C. Wright and others in that +Convention, in which by our mission the means were offered to abolish +all kinds of slavery in a peaceable manner. + +In my signature at the end of the resolutions as well as in my +publications, you find my name correctly written. But the mentioned +reporters were mediums of deluding and destroying spirits by whom they +were magnetized and were made deaf and blind, so that they thought, I +was a German; although they should have so much sense of discernment, +and judgment, as to know from my pronunciation, that I am not a German. +If I had been a German, I could not have received[N] the mission with +which I am charged--because the messenger in the mission with which I +am charged, must come, according to prophecies, from the Slavonian +nation, from the country called Illyria or Illyricum, from the town, +named in my mother tongue Kamnik, in Greek and Latin Lithopolis, in +German Stein, in English Stone. + +Against the impudence with which also my language was so terribly +misrepresented there is no room to make more than this remark: + +A.D. 1835, I wrote a Latin treatise "On the congeniality of languages," +showing how by the comparative study of languages many deep truths for +the introduction of Christ's peaceable Reign or of the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice would be unravelled. Before I was +qualified to write such a treatise, I had to study many ancient and +modern languages, some more thoroughly, and some only by looking over +the grammar and dictionary. Here is no room to explain the reasons, why +I devoted, before writing said treatise, only some few hours and learned +more than the Herald and the Telegraph and other scoffers of our mission +have learned all their life time regarding the etymology of their own +English mother tongue. If they cannot comprehend this our assertion +without our explanation, I am ready to explain it in an article, if they +promise to publish it in their newspapers: because it may awaken many +scholars for co-operation with us to introduce the new Era of Union and +Peace of nations, who have in their ignorance of matters worked until +now for disunion of nations and for destruction of human life and +property. + +We hope, that editors and publishers of newspapers, who have by their +reports misrepresented our mission, will not remain mediums of lying and +destroying spirits, but will, as their duty requires, publish this +article, and comprehend the importance of the preceding remarks as well +as of the "Resolutions" which follow and what is annexed to the +resolutions, to move the American nation and by their mediumship all +nations for action, to redeem oppressed humanity from the yoke of +tyrants, and that those for whom it would be impossible, to publish the +whole in one number, will publish it in two or three numbers. Our +resolutions have been offered to the Convention in the following words: + + Resolutions for the "Philanthropic Convention to overcome evil with + good," held in Utica on the 10th, 11th, and 12th September 1858. + + Whereas the writer of the following resolutions did hear nothing in + this Convention of "the general fundamental cause of the existing + evils in the social, religious and political relations of mankind," + and according to his knowledge in no Convention of the so called + reformers has this general fundamental cause been found out, and + will not be comprehended by them, till they come on the ground + which the writer occupies, according to his mission, which is made + manifest in the documents which have been offered to be read in + this Convention. When those documents will be read and + comprehended, the following resolutions will be adopted: + + Resolved 1st, that the general fundamental cause of the evils which + are to be removed from the social, political and religious + relations of mankind, is founded in the Old Heavens and in the Old + Earth, that means the old institutions, which will be removed when + they shall be comprehended by true reformers, since the so called + reformers who are warring against those institutions from their + materialistic position, are supporting those institutions, because + they are mediums of those spirits who are subject to and controlled + by the Papal Imperial Royal Spirits, so that materialism and the + modern spiritualism are the last outbreaks of Popery, and + materialists and modern spiritualists are the means of the outbreak + of the worst evils, which remain latent, till the materialistic + spirits come in collision with the rules given by their + controllers, the Popish spirits. From this collision of spirits + originate riots, wars and other evils, which will be removed, when + the pretended reformers and mediums of deluding and destroying + spirits will receive the light which has been kindled by the + mediumship of the writer. + + Resolved 2d, That the particular and in the exterior life of people + manifest evils, which are easily observed by those materialists who + are falsely called reformers, cannot be removed from the society, + till true reformers understand the real position of the existing + churches and the spiritualism in the churches as well as the modern + spiritualism out of the churches; because without this + understanding there is neither knowledge nor strength in the so + called reformers, to effect the true reformation, and to establish + the promised Peace amongst all nations, for which the means are + developed in the publications and manuscripts of the writer of + these resolutions. + + It is expected, that those who have called this Convention, and + those who attend it are not so blind that they having called "a + Convention to overcome evil with good,"[O] and granted freedom of + speech in this Convention, this freedom being accepted by the + assembly, would reject the good which is offered by the writer to + overcome evil; since the writer affirms that those who are anxious + to speak in this Convention, have nothing to say, which has not + been already many times repeated in Conventions, if it is for any + use at all to remove evil, but that the writer has to communicate + matters to remove evil, which are not known to those who attend + this Convention, as will be evident, if the two documents which are + offered to be read in this Convention, and which have been written, + one the last month, and the other during the travelling of the + writer from New-York to this Convention, will be read publicly to + this assembly. The writer remarks especially in regard to the + mediums of spirits by whom they have been brought, to speak with + closed eyes in this Convention, that from the documents offered to + be read, it will be made manifest, that their spirits are deluding + spirits, from whom the mediums will be delivered, and enlightened + by spirits of Truth, if they study with attention the writings + which have been produced by the mediumship of the writer who signs + his name and the charges which he has received for the introduction + of the New Heaven. + + ANDREW B. SMOLNIKER, &c. see title page. + +Neither this lengthy nor other shorter articles which have been offered +since that time to editors of newspepers did suit their taste in the +general corruption of the press. I saw since that time, to wit in +December, 1858, again personally Mr. Garrisson in his office in Boston, +but he was as stubborn in his pernicious course as in former times. I +called very seldom, when I was in Philadelphia, in the "Garrisonian" +antislavery office. But it happened, I think, towards the end of the +winter season, A.D. 1858, while I was passing that office, that I was +impressed to enter it. I found there a rich Mulatto with whom I had been +acquainted for years, but who was so chained by the Garrisonian +imposition, that although I walked several times some miles from +Philadelphia to teach him in his house, how our master had decreed to +deliver slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, the rich +Mulatto had never time to study our message of Peace, although he seemed +to burn with great zeal for redeeming slaves, and he and his wife had +superabundance of time to attend antislavery meetings and conventions +and to perform all prescriptions of "the Garrisonian Liberator." At that +my meeting with him in the "Anti-slavery Office" I understood from his +conversation with others, that they had appointed a meeting at +candle-light of that day, and that that Mulatto was by virtue of his +office president of that meeting. I did not inquire, for what +antislavery purpose that meeting was appointed, and without asking this +I said to the Mulatto, that I was also inclined to attend that meeting, +if he would tell after their meeting to the audience, that I had a +message which would need no more than three minutes time, and that my +message would not interfere with their meeting. The rich Mulatto +accepted my offer. + +That meeting was held in a large church of the colored people and the +church was crowded. But I was quite surprised, when I understood from +their proceedings and harangues, that it was an "underground railroad" +meeting, in which they disclosed so much of their secret proceedings of +the transportation of slaves to Canada, and endeavored by their +revolutionary speeches to kindle the animal passions of the audience to +rebellion that if such a meeting would have been held in France or +Austria or several other monarchies, all speakers would have been +imprisoned in the State's Prison and if not all, certainly several of +them would have remained perpetually in prison. After their meeting the +rich Mulatto chairman announced, that I had to deliver a short message +independent from their meeting. I mentioned briefly, that I am a +messenger of Peace, having superabundance of credentials for delivering +slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if abolitionists +would learn our message and give good example to slaveholders; and that, +since there was no time for an explanation of the matter, they should +appoint a committee to whom a manuscript of mine should be read, +containing that which those should know, who are working for redemption +of slaves. A committee of five colored men was appointed; but at our +first meeting all members of the committee were not present, and those +who came to the first meeting were so distracted with other business, +that they did not pay attention to what has been read the first time, +and the others had their excuses to come again, except a Mulatto from +West India who would have persevered, if others had done the same. But +he alone could do nothing, because he was not a long time in +Philadelphia and had not much influence there. + +I have given here one case of my experience, instead of hundreds of +cases, how dreadfully the colored people are duped and deceived by the +heads of antislavery armies, while these heads or popes appear to have +great zeal for deliverance of slaves, although they are the cause, that +some of them are killed, and those who are brought to Canada, become +more miserable slaves than they have been before, because they are +drilled in weapons to kill and be killed, while our master offers by our +instrumentality to the anti-slavery champions the means to deliver white +and black slaves from all forms of oppression[P] and slavery. But there +are many, under the specious name of the antislavery cause, agents of +monarchs and traitors of the true Republican or true anti-slavery cause. +And those who are not directly bribed by monarchial agents for the +conversion of this country into monarchies, are mediums or instruments +of deluding and destroying spirits, by whom they are so blinded that +they, really believe, that they are working "for deliverance of the poor +slave," while they are assisting monarchs, to enslave the whole country. + +I think that our friend Grerrit Smith is such a medium. We have tried to +convert him many years ago from his delusion, and after previous +preparations which we have made in his house, it was, I think, on the +18th of February, 1845, (which is the anniversary of great events in +our mission,) that I met with him in a convention of antislavery +ministers and other abolitionists, which was held in Syracuse, N.Y. He +was chairman. A number of resolutions for operations in the antislavery +movements had been read and adopted. Then I arose and assured the +audience, that if my document which I had prepared for that occasion, +would be read, they could comprehend that those resolutions would be for +no use, and that better means have been providentially prepared for the +redemption of slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if +anti-slavery champions would study to know those means and make use of +them. The chairman Gerrit Smith asked the audience, whether my document +should be read. The majority answered "Yes." He asked the votes of those +who would be against its reading. Some voices were heard, that it should +not be read. And the chairman Smith said: "Smolnikar, you have lost the +floor." He was right, if the Convention was ruled by those who had made +the resolutions and by their colleagues. And I said, that if they would +not receive light, they should continue in darkness, and I left +directly. At length rapping spirits broke out and had great influence in +his house, because he shut his eyes, when light has been offered to him +from the spirit of truth by our mediumships. I tried in different times +to move our friend Gerrit Smith to study our message and the credentials +of our mission. But deluding and destroying spirits drew him in other +directions. At length A.D. 1854 I tried particularly to move the +Congress of the United States to appoint a Convention in which I +promised to exhibit the means to deliver this country from monarchial +influence and to establish the promised universal Republic of Truth, +Justice and Peace on earth, and the credentials of our mission, and I +applied to a number of congressmen in both Houses to bring the subject +before their respective bodies. At length, when all others had neglected +to fulfil this their highest duty, I applied to Hon. Gerrit Smith, who +was at that time in the House of Representatives. + +I mention strange things; but they will not appear strange, if readers +keep in mind, that I represent the body of messengers, who are +collectively called the third angel in REVEL. xiv: 9. In this book I +give on many subjects only hints; otherwise I should have to write also +a large volume of wonders and signs which happened, while I was trying +in that year President Pierce and members of the cabinet and the +congress. But if editors of the Tribune wish besides what I offered in +the first treatise to show regarding their pet Fremont, that they might +commence to be sober in forwarding candidates for high offices, I would +like to write also an other article comparing Hon. Gerrit Smith with +Senator Seward and to publish what happened while I was trying both in +Washington City; because at that our trial it was in an extraordinary +mariner made manifest, that although Gerrit Smith was badly chained by +the spirit of delusion, Senator Seward was found much more chained than +Gerrit Smith. On this account our leaders moved me at the last campaign +of candidates for governor of the State of New York, A.D. 1858, and I +was acting in my mission in that State, while Gerrit Smith was +proclaimed candidate by his party so that I wrote to him, what he had to +do, to be favored by our leaders in his course for a high office; +because the time has at length arrived in which our leaders will +commence to show publicly, how they have the power to interfere in the +election business of officers. And then candidates for offices and +officers will commence to see the necessity of studying our message and +the credentials for our mission, to become with us messengers of Peace, +and people will commence to abhor electing such as are so degraded, that +they are not prepared to study the Heavenly message made manifest for +the redemption of oppressed humanity and the establishment of the +promised universal Republic. But how until now those who have been +solemnly warned by us, to do what they as professing to be Republicans +and occupying high offices, were particularly bound to do, have +neglected to fulfil their highest duty, we will show with few instances, +that those who will be named, might arise from death to life, and all +readers might be inspired for co-operation with us, since Providence is +instructing mankind by so remarkable cases, as are the following: + +At the commencement of the year 1856 I arrived in Columbus, Ohio, and +endeavored to move the Republican anti-slavery Governor Chase and the +Republican Party which was the strongest in the legislature of Ohio, to +co-operation with us to establish the universal Republic of Peace on +earth. For this purpose I wrote "an address to the legislature and the +citizens of Ohio" and sent the manuscript with an urgent recommendation +to Governor Chase, that he after having perused the manuscript might +forward it with his recommendation to the legislature of Ohio. In my +manuscript or my written address to the legislature as many testimonies +of our mission were mentioned as would have been sufficient to move a +man who has discernment in spiritual things, for co-operation with us. +But the Governor, after having perused my manuscript in which I urged +the legislature by virtue of the memorable events which have been +mentioned in it, to appoint a monthly theological course, to which +qualified persons would be invited to hear the explanation of my +manuscript which contains the system for the foundation of the universal +Republic, and for the commencement of the New Era called the millennium, +said when he returned it to me, that he was not the proper person to +forward the manuscript to the legislature. I do not know, whether he +would have entered into a discussion of the matter, if I had offered him +to show, that he was not only the proper person, but that it was his +most urgent duty to forward my address to the legislature. I thought +that he in his new highest office of that State was too much distracted +and was not prepared for our extraordinary business. Wherefore I sent +that same address which was directed to the legislature of Ohio, to the +speaker in the House, and instructed him in an extra letter of his duty, +to forward my address to the House. But he belonged to the Republican +Party and had no capacity for what was needed to establish the true +Republic of Harmony and Peace on earth, and could not be moved to do, +what was shown to him to be most necessary in his circumstances. He +returned my address. From him I went to the Lieutenant Governor or +speaker in the Senate. He belonged to the American. Party and by his +application the Senate appointed a committee for examining my document. +In that committee was a member of the Republican Party, who assured his +colleagues, that he knew me, that I was a madman, having come from +Geauga County in which I held a Convention in the year 1851. +Notwithstanding the most malicious conspiracy of the Sectarian +neighborhood we succeeded so far, that a number of resolutions in which +I have concentrated what has been explained in the Convention for the +commencement of the millennium, have been unanimously adopted, and then +published with other documents for an easier understanding of the +resolutions. But materialists, papists and other sectarians, instead of +having reflected upon the unexpected glorious news made manifest in that +pamphlet and put them into circulation, did all in their power that the +largest portion of copies of that pamphlet and the man to whom they have +been given in care, disappeared, and the calumny was put into +circulation, that I became mad. And when that same calumny was renewed +in the Senate chamber of Ohio, I wrote a resolution, to be offered to +that body. But members of the Senate became so scared, that I could find +nobody, to undertake to offer it to the Senate. I wished by that +resolution to move the Senate to give me their chamber for a lecture, in +which I wished to explain the madness of those who instead of studying +our disclosures for Harmony and Peace of nations, are slandering and +calumniating me, and ruining this country and preparing it more and more +to become a spoil to enrich monarchs and their agents. + +Then I published that address and other documents which I supposed, +would be strong enough to move the legislature and other citizens of +Ohio to send qualified persons to the monthly theological course, which +was appointed in that pamphlet. + +Here we must extract passages from the last page for a great lesson to +Republicans and others that they might not be duped any longer by the +blind leaders of the blind. That page contains "a great appeal to the +Governor, the Senate and House of Representatives of the State of Ohio." +It was written, mark well, on the 2d day of February, as is mentioned on +that 32d page as well, as on the pages 31 and 29; because on the 29th +page I commenced to write a paragraph as follows: "I had to wait till +the composition of this epistle advanced so far, that I must finish it +on this 2d day of February" &c. On that day I wrote what follows from +that passage to the end of the pamphlet. And the "great appeal" reads: +"Fellow laborers in the great cause of human redemption! If you have +studied this pamphlet with such attention as it deserves to be studied +you will accept this title with gratitude to the Most High, that he has +chosen us in his mercy for the accomplishment of the most glorious +promises".... "The first most urgent work" (which the legislature of +Ohio in those circumstances could do) "is to kindle with this pamphlet a +light in the Cabinet and the Congress of the United States. 'And Babylon +is become a habitation of demons.' REVEL. xviii: 2. The fall of Babylon +has been proclaimed by my instrumentality for the fulfilment of the +first three verses of the 18th chapter of the REVELATION, on Easter +Sunday, 1838, under the direction of the powerful angel, who was sent +from the Heavenly Congress. And since that proclamation, the habitation +of demons on every place of Babylon, on which my message is rejected, is +made manifest ... and the numbers of votes which members of the House of +Representatives were casting since my first publication of the +'testimony for the superabundance of miracles,' which is reprinted on +the 9th and 10th pages of this pamphlet, are testifying, from which +quarters of pitfalls and deep holes the demons came who took possesion +of the Capitol at the present session.... On this 2nd day of February in +my Country Roman Catholic men and women bring each his own candle into +the church and burn them" &c. + +I quoted these passages, written on the 2d day of Feb., which was +Saturday, and given on the same day to the printer; because I had an +engagement on the next following day in the country and left Columbus on +that Saturday, Feb, 2d 1856. When I returned on the next following week +from the country, I heard that on that same day February 2d, 1856, the +House of Representatives finished at length their voting for speaker and +that Nathanael Banks was elected Speaker in the House. There is a spirit +language by numbers. Representatives in the House were casting votes +from the time in which my article "Testimony for the superabundance of +miracles" appeared in two newspapers of Cleveland and was then copied in +my pamphlet for the legislature of Ohio, to make use of it for the +conversion of the Congress in Washington; because I saw, whenever I +looked the numbers of votes cast to elect the speaker, that members of +the parties casting votes were under a strong Papal Imperial Royal +delusion. When I wrote the above quoted passages on the 2nd day of +February, 1856, I did not know, that at that same time they finished +their voting with Nathanael Banks as speaker in the House. Nathanael +means a "gift of God." And the name Banks was prophetical for what +followed then in regard to the Banks; because this generation could +receive no more suitable gift than Banks are. There is not only in +numbers but also in names and in manifold other correspondences a spirit +language which we understand; and in this our mission events connected +with our steps testify the condition in which those are, who neglect to +make use of our message of Peace. The Governor and the legislature of +Ohio did not care about our urgent appeal made to them in writing and in +print, and the same time in Washington the name of Banks announced the +terrible condition of this same country founding their trust in banks +and paper-money, which will be eventually made manifest with a terrible +crash. + +After that experience made at the Republican Legislature of Ohio, in +which we could not find assistance for the circulation of our message of +Peace, and for holding our monthly theological course, I remained in +Ohio, till I heard Governor Chase in a campaign for candidate Fremont +assert with great boldness, that he knew Fremont. I did not know Fremont +at that time. But after having studied as much as was required to know +him, I pitied Governor Chase and other Republicans very much, that they +either by ignorance of matters or by preferring private interest to the +common welfare, should have ruined the country and destroyed an enormous +amount of human life and property, so that the Kansas affairs alone cost +more than fifty millions of dollars. All the evils would have been +avoided, if Hon. Giddings and his co-operators who have been most +urgently invited to attend the above mentioned Convention which was held +in their vicinity in the year 1851, had not despised our invitation. +But at that time matters had not arrived to that maturity in which they +are now. And we write and mention some champions and leaders of parties, +that they themselves and by their instrumentality many others might be +awakened from their lethargy and attend at length our monthly +theological course the appointment of which they will find at the end of +this book, and learn that which is most needed for the support of the +true Republican, or what is the same, true Christian against the +monarchial cause. + +I have sent to speaker Banks a copy of the pamphlet, from the last page +of which I have quoted above some passages, on which page there is the +admirable correspondence of the governor and the legislature of Ohio +with his election for speaker. But I think, that other trifling business +did hinder Mr. Banks' comprehending wonders and signs contained in that +pamphlet, and that he did not study it so deep as to comprehend the +correspondence of the contents of the last page of said pamphlet with +his election for speaker on the same day on which I wrote that page. In +this book is no room to explain the language by numbers; but we may +generally observe, that the election took place under the spell of the +Papel Imperial Royal spirits; and it was said, that it did not happen, +till a Roman catholic priest came into the House of Representatives and +performed his prayer. Whether that report was true or not, is is not my +business to investigate; but it is true, that the spell was taken away, +when I in my application to the governor and the legislature of Ohio +wrote on the last page of the above quoted pamphlet: "You are requested +to cast so many copies of this pamphlet in the Cabinet and Congress of +Washington, and also into the legislature of each State, as are required +to kindle a great light everywhere." Reference is made to the +"Candle-mass," as the feast of the 2d February is called. It is Mary's +purification and Christ's presentation in the temple; and that our +reference to the casting of votes for the speaker in the House of the +United States destroyed the spell and they agreed at length in the +prophetical name Banks, with which there was already great trouble, and +the greater troubles will follow the longer nations delay to apply our +remedies against the manifold enormous evils with which nations are +harrassed and ruined. I made some acquaintance with Governor Banks after +my last arrival in Boston in Nov. 1858. I found proper to write to him a +lengthy letter in which I assured him, that if he would become a great +supporter of the true Republican cause, he would need[Q] some private +lessons to know what happened in our age for the introduction of the +universal Republic of Harmony and Peace; because without that knowledge +he in the present course of the Republican Party would contribute his +share not for Peace, but for revolutions and war. I offered in that +letter to give him some private lessons in his house, if he would wish +to receive them regarding our message of Peace and the credentials of +our mission, and I added, that in that season of short days and long +nights there would be at candle-light good opportunity for our lessons. +I went then to his house in Waltham, several miles from Boston. But on +that evening he had not yet returned from his office, and I was +informed, that on the next morning would be the best chance to speak +with him. I then went there but he had not much time to speak, because +he had to go to his office, and he invited me to see him in his office. +From that circumstance I concluded, that he did not keep in mind the +contents of my letter in which I assured him, that his office would not +be the proper place for our lessons, but that the night hours in his +house would suit best for our lessons; but then there was no time to +expostulate with him on this point. I started then for New Hampshire, +and at my return to Boston I wrote to him again, that I intended to see +him again, but not in his office which would not be the proper place for +our lessons, but in his house, that if he would be desirous to receive +lessons I would remain for some days in his village and give to him +lessons at candle-light. I came then to his village, and prepared one of +his acquaintances, a zealous spiritualist who appeared to comprehend +easier than other spiritualists! that Presidents, Governors and other +officers cannot save this Republic from the grasp of monarchs except by +the use of the spiritual weapons which are concentrated in my writings +for the commencement of the promised New Era and that Governor Banks to +use his influence for Harmony and Peace of all nations, had to take +lessons from me. When I thought, that the spiritualist partly by hearing +me partly by reading one of my pamphlets had understood the matter so +far as necessary to move the Governor to accept my proposition, he went +to see Governor Banks. But he returned with the message, that the +Governor had started for Hartford. + +I could not stay longer in Waltham and understood from this circumstance +that Governor Banks was not the officer, who would commence to open the +door at the government for commencing the New Era. I thought that if he +would comprehend our message, by his instrumentality the Legislature of +Massachusetts and by their instrumentality the Congress of the United +States might be moved for using our spiritual weapons against the +anti-Republican powers, I heard in November 1858, in the night before +the election of the Governor and the congress members Governor Banks +deliver his speech in Chelsea City. He affirmed that he did not speak +for himself but for his friend Burlingame, that he might be re-elected +for Congress. I heard this same Burlingame haranguing against Buchanan +and for Fremont during the last Presidential campaign, and understood +that his speech was nothing else but a heap of "burly games." Mark well, +that in our meetings with remarkable persons, names are expressive, but +sometimes their signification is so hidden, that some letter is to be +changed, to be understood. The great heap of burly games spread in +newspapers and in public speeches against Buchanan instead of studying +our message of Peace and communicating it to President Buchanan to save +the country, prove nothing else except that this degraded generation are +preparing the way to such a tyranny as will destroy the largest part and +chain the remnant of the people in such a manner that no word will be +heard against the cruelty and tyranny which will keep them in slavery, +if they do not sooner open their eyes and make use of our message of +Peace. I thought[R], that if Governor Banks would be converted, he would +convert also his friend Burlingame and act through him in the congress. +I came after that in Boston, to the office of Governor Banks to see him +there; but I was told, that he was expected to be in half an hour in +the office. But instead of waiting at, or returning to the office, I was +told by my leader, that I had accomplished my mission in the State of +Massachusetts and was carried directly to other States. + +Wonders and signs which have been given in Boston and Chelsea City near +Boston at that my visit there, are spoken of in the following treatise. +But before we finish this treatise, we should mention somewhat regarding +the Governor of New York in connexion with the Governors of Ohio and +Massachussetts. We do not take any interest in the campaign for +officers, except when we are directed by our leaders to give in this way +a great lesson to nations: as it was the case in the first treatise of +this book. + +While I intended in Summer, 1858, to start from Philadelphia for the +West, I was directed by my leaders to New York. I arrived the same hour +in the City of New York, in which the laying of the Atlantic Cable had +been accomplished, and while spiritualists were rejoicing in a public +meeting at the success, in the supposition that the success was certain +and that it was a great blessing for the United States, I explained in +that meeting, that the success would be a great scourge for this +country, if people would not receive our message of Peace and convert +monarchs into true Republicans. My explanation was then confirmed by +signs. After the exchange of President Buchanan's message with the +message of Queen Victoria the use of the Atlantic Telegraph has been +suspended by invisible agency, and while the City of New York, the great +Babylon of the United States, was celebrating the first time the success +of the Atlantic Telegraph, the tower, the cupola and so much of the +interior of the building of the City Hall was destroyed, as could be +reached by fire. And at the second solemn celebration of the success of +the Atlantic Telegraph the whole Quarantine with numerous buildings was +destroyed by fire. The materialistic spectators who looked only on the +surface, were not aware of the interior agency. But in connexion with +these warning fires other signs were given testifying also in this +connexsion of matters the subjugation of this country by Papal Imperial +Royal or Monarchial spirits, while citizens of the United States are not +yet aware of. I wrote a peculiar treatise on those signs, which will be +published in due time. There was a coalescence of strange +correspondences, While the Queen of England was celebrating with Emperor +Napoleon the tremendous naval exhibition at Cobourgh, for the +subjugation of the world by monarchs, the laying of the Atlantic +Telegraph was accomplished and the President of the United States +exchanged the message with the Queen; and the destroying fires +accompanied the celebration of its success, till at length also the +Crystal Palace was consumed by fire; and the spirits who are subject to +Popish prelates and monks, announced the "Philanthropic Convention in +Utica," and the Archbishop of New-York laid the corner stone to his new +cathedral by the assistance of six suffragan bishops. All these in +connexion with other memorable events happened according to the spirit +language of the prophetical calendar, and I was directed to perform +corresponding memorable actions which are explained in this treatise, +and amongst those actions here I mention the trial of the three +candidates for the Governor's office of the State of New-York. I have +already remarked, that I wrote to Hon. Gerrit Smith after he had been +proclaimed candidate by his party. But when he was not ready to become +messenger of the New Era, I wrote then two lengthy articles, one to be +used by Judge Parker, the Democratic candidate, if he would receive our +message, and another to be used by the merchant Morgan, the candidate of +the Republican Party. I do not belong to any party, and I had only to +try spirits of the candidates for Governor in the State in which is the +concentration of all monarchial speculations, against which and for the +true Republican cause only that Governor could act with power, who would +have so much understanding in spiritual things as to comprehend the +substance of our message and of the credentials of our mission. Such a +man would be a blessing not only for his State, but for the whole +country. Both my articles have been written in a manner, that only that +Candidate could make use of the article prepared for his use, who would +be convinced of our mission, which I intended to explain to him +privately, if he would take an interest in my article. + +Here follows only a synopsis of our trials of spirits at the two +candidates, to wit, the Democratic and the Republican for the office of +Governor in the State of New York. + +According to the direction of our leaders I paid first my personal visit +to Judge Parker of Albany, Democratic Candidate. He appointed a certain +time for an interview in which he would be ready to read my writing and +hear what I had to say. But when I would return at the appointed time, +my leader interfered and said, that I had to try the spirits of merchant +Morgan of the City of New York, Candidate of the Republican Party. +Morgan appeared to be shrewd as I supposed him to be; because otherwise, +having commenced in poverty he would not have become a rich merchant. +When I mentioned my business with him, he replied that he had a +business, which he must attend in the city, and that his clerk who was +in that room, would settle my business with him; and he left the room. +Then I talked with his young clerk and mentioned my former charges and +my present charge, as far as he may have been able to bear, and that I +had with me a document which I had prepared for that campaign. I added, +that whereas I belong to no party, that candidate would be most +qualified for the Governor's office, who would comprehend my document +and make use of it. The clerk insisted, that I should go with my +document to the editors of the Tribune. But I replied, that my document +was not prepared for the Tribune, but to be studied and used by the +candidate himself. But the clerk remarked, that Mr. Morgan would not +have time to study it. And I said, that if Mr. Morgan would not have +time, I would go to Judge Parker; and I assured the Clerk, that if Judge +Parker would have time to study my document and to make use of it, he +would certainly become Governor. Then the clerk was moved, that he +appointed the hour of the next following day, in which I could speak +with Mr. Morgan. I came at the appointed hour; but Mr. Morgan spoke with +another man, and when he saw me, he went with his man in an other room. +In the mean time the clerk insisted, that I should go with my document +to the editors of the Tribune. I did not leave directly the room but was +waiting till Mr. Morgan dispatched his man. Then without speaking with +me a word he went to other business. + +After that my experience I thought that in our dealings with material +men we must be provided with very tangeable arguments. I made shortly +before that trial acquaintance with a stubborn materialist in the City +of New York. He had great influence upon people of certan classes, and +had all his trust in weapons of iron to put down monarchs. I found him +accessible at the point of human magnetism and convinced him by degrees +so far, that he confessed that the weapons of the spirit were the right +weapons to overcome the monarchial powers. He was, when I made +acquaintance with him, running against Judge Parker. But I came after my +trial of Mr. Morgan to him, showing that Judge Parker was amongst the +three candidates the man who if he would comprehend our message of +Peace, would work powerfully for the true Republican cause. During my +explanation he was inspired to do all in his power for Judge Parker's +election, if the Judge should settle matters with me and pay the +expenses for what was to be published in German and in English circulars +from each position separately, to be put in circulation in all +directions of the State of New-York. That man gave me then in writing +the promise to excercise all his influence for Judge Parker's election, +if the Judge settles with me the matter. + +It is to be repeated, that I according to my mission, am working not for +any pay or reward, but only for the great cause of my mission, satisfied +with simple food and raiment, which I get when needed, from those who +understand that I am working without pay for the great community of +mankind. The man who gave me the above mentioned written promise gave me +also money to pay my fare from New-York to Albany. I arrived there on a +Sunday morning, which was the best time for trying Judge Parker's +spirit. I explained to him briefly the reasons why I could not come at +the appointed time, without mentioning the invisible direction; because +I supposed that the Judge was not yet prepared to comprehend spiritual +things. But I insisted, that he, to secure his election, had to spend +that Sunday in studying my writings instead of going to church; for he +mentioned that I did not come the proper time to him, because he was +preparing to go in the church. I showed to him the title page of my +pamphlet; "Redemption of oppressed humanity! Christ's manifestation by +his messengers for the Abolition of all kinds of Popery." On that page +not only my former offices in Babylon are expressed, but also my present +office is mentioned, by virtue of, which I represent the messengers by +whom the promised New Era will be introduced. If he had read the title +page on which the substance of our message is concentrated and our +mission is expressed, with such attention as to comprehend it and to +reflect upon it, he could have understood, that to spend that Sunday +with me was exceedingly more important than to attend his sectarian +church. I repeated that to study my documents on that Sunday was most +important for him. + +Two things seemed to deter him from receiving my advice. In the first +place he saw on the title page, that I, after having been eighteen years +Roman Catholic Priest, appeared in public for the abolition of all kinds +of Popery. He may have been afraid to scare Roman Catholics from voting +for him, if he would be in any connexion with me. I found not proper to +explain, that what I intended to publish in behalf of his election, +would not scare but strengthen Roman Catholics to vote for him, but +would scare many Republicans and Abolitionists to vote for their +candidates and would draw them to him. In the second place he seemed to +have been in the same opinion in which I found Democratic editors of +newspapers, who told me expressly that they were certain, that their +candidate would be Governor. When I found him not ready to study my +document on Sunday instead of going into his sectarian church, I did not +show him the writing of the champion who was determined to act under the +above mentioned condition for Judge Parker's election, but I reported +directly to that champion that which happened at my trial of Judge +Parker's spirits and I started straightways for the States of New +England. + +Attentive readers of this treatise do comprehend, why in the cloud of +witnesses of our mission amongst the men and women of the so called +Republican Party I selected the three acting Governors, Hon. Chase of +Ohio, Banks of Mass, and Hon. Morgan of New York. They appear, because +they are Headmen of the three most dangerous States to the true +Republican cause. Those are the principal States from which there is +spread also into other States much zeal for freedom of nations without +knowledge of the means for the true freedom. This their zeal instead of +promoting the true Republican cause is promoting the cause of monarchs +and ruining this country. I could write much in connexion with these +three Governors for a warning example to all Governors and all other +officers; but these few hints may suffice, that all might know the +necessity to study our message of Peace, to promote in their offices the +true Democratic or true Republican cause and establish Peace on the +whole globe. There is a general hue raised by Republicans, that there is +great corruption at the Federal Government. There is in all parties and +sects a general and exceedingly great corruption; and we must repeat, +that those political and ecclesiastical heads who belong to the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans, are the principal cause of the +horrible degradation and corruption, by which this country is ruined; +because since the time in which I commenced to urge the American nation +by English addresses and publications, my principal applications were +especially to those who profess to belong to the parties of Republicans +and Abolitionists. If they had studied our message of Peace and had +applied the remedy which is comprehended in it against all kinds of +degradation and corruption, we would have seen several years ago the +fruits of our work. But when they in their degradation and corruption, +instead of having received our message of Peace, did all in their power +to stop it, as I have shown, instead of hundreds of instances of our +experience only by the remarkable specimen of the Utica Philanthropic +Convention, they are to be regarded as the principal cause of such awful +warnings, as a specimen was given on Sunday Sexagesima, February 27th +1859, on the President's Square of Washington by the executive power of +our leader who has REVEL. xiv:14 a sickle in his hand, and will make use +of "sickles" to sweep away the scoundrels and corruptors of females. +Their abominations will come to day-light in this "Judgment +Dispensation," when the criminals will least expect. The farther you +proceed in reading and understanding this book, the more light you will +receive in regard to the inner life of man and to the world of spirits, +to know the secret enemies of true Republicanism, and how to stop the +degradation and corruption, by which Republic is destroyed and monarchy +or tyranny is established. + +We have selected in the first treatise such facts as should inspire +every reader and especially Democrats for co-operation with us, and the +facts made public in this treatise, should move especially the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans. We will see, whether President +Buchanan's friends or the heads of his opposition will hear sooner the +voice of our master made manifest by our mediumship for Harmony and +Peace of all nations, and awaken not only the Government of the United +States but also other governments from their lethargy. + +Human degradation and corruption having been sheltered under the cloak +of virtue, and under the specious name of "Free Love" careless males and +female having been ruined in body and soul, peculiar opportunity was +given us to close this treatise with a brief report on "a treatise on +the second coming of Christ. By John H. Noyes, Putney, Vt. 1840," +because that treatise was handed to me on this 19th day of March, while +I am travelling through Cumberland County, Pa. and by what happened at +the reception of that treatise I was aware, that a brief report would +suit best for closing this our treatise. On the 29th page of that +treatise we read; "Now Swedenborg preached that the second coming of +Christ took place in 1757, and that he was himself an eye witness of the +transaction. Ann Lee, the mother of the Shakers, preached that the +second coming took place in 1770, and that Christ made his appearance +in her person. Many similar proclamations have been made from time to +time, along the whole period of Christian history, and especially since +the Reformation. The latest of this fashion that has come to our notice, +is Professor Andreas Bernardus Smolnikar, who teaches that Christ +appeared in 1836, and appointed him 'Ambassador Extraordinary'" (Mr. +Noyes quotes as his authority "Signs of the times," No. 12. p. 95. Then +he continues his tale as follows:) "of all these we may say fearlessly, +as Paul says, 'though they be Angels from Heaven, let them be accursed' +they have denied the word of God--together with these, another class of +visionaries and impostors, less presumptuous, but equally foolish, may +be noticed. We refer to those who either by pretended revelation, or by +interpretation, have undertaken, from time to time within the last few +centuries, to prophesy of the near approach of the second advent. The +latest and most notable specimen of this class, is William Miller, who +at this time, is confidently proclaiming, 1843 is the appointed year of +the second coming." + +I would not have noticed "Noyes's treaties," if it had not been +unexpectedly handed to me, when I came, while I thought I was going into +the house of a man with whom I was acquainted, to his brother whom I did +not know until yesterday, when I came against my expectation to him. He +commenced to tell that he had a pamphlet in which Mr. Noyes speaks about +me. Then he has shown the above quoted passage in Noyes's pamphlet. But +I did not yet think to take notice of it, till at length he has brought +this morning the pamphlet to his brother-in-law, with whom I stopped +last night, and I found proper to quote the passage and to write this +edition for the conclusion of this treatise. But the quoted passage is +in such connexions and correspondences, that in a new large treatise I +could not explain them. Here we can report only the following items. + +In the year 1840, on Easter Saturday, my third German volume of +"memorable events" issued from the press. Those three volumes exhibit +the "magnetic chain" of events to bind the dragon or serpant, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction, who inspires such +"extraordinary ambassadors", as John H. Noyse is. That he belongs to +those deceivers who have deluded those who belong to the Anti-slavery +and Republican Parties, and are opposed to our message of Peace, is +evident by the circumstance, that I commenced this treatise with the +three angels or ambassadors or messengers of the 14th chapter of the +REVEL., the 3d amongst whom commences his message in the 9th verse of +that chapter. I mentioned that each of those angels or messengers +represents a body or society of messengers, and that Dr. Bengel has +pointed out in the first part of the last century, that Christ will be +made manifest about the year 1836; but that neither Dr. Bengel nor any +other man did know the manner in which he was to be made manifest, till +it was disclosed by the 3d Angel REVEL. xiv: 9, or the representative of +angels or ambassadors or messengers by whom the contents of the prophecy +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be fulfilled. Interpreters did not understand many +other things nor those verses till they may read their explanation in my +above quoted three German volumes. I do not recollect, how I did entitle +that my address; but it did not contain 95 pages nor was it published in +several numbers, so that I did not know what those "signs of the times" +were, to which Noyse has reference, except that Joshuah Himes, the head +of the Millerite imposition was publishing at that time a paper, +entitled "Signs of the Times," and since he announced, that he would +publish also such views regarding Christ's coming, which were not in +accordance with the views of his sect, I expected to open the door to +the circulation of our message of Peace through that paper. I wrote +therefore a preparatory article, in which I touched only such matters as +that sect of adventurists could bear. And that my article was published +in that paper. But when I offered the second article which touched +nearer the Millerites' absurdities and follies, expecting Christ on the +clouds and other paraphernalia, he refused to publish it, and is yet +deceiving his disciples, although in the year 1840 opportunity was given +to Millerites, to come out from their dreadful delusion. Whether Joshuah +Himes was the first who misrepresented in so dreadful a manner our +message[S], or Noyse perverted what the other deceiver published, they +may decide; because the other is also a dreadful deceiver, who had +opportunity to communicate to his readers our disclosures concerning +Christ's Coming, but he refused to publish our article. But to the +conclusion of this treatise Noyse belongs. + +On the 5th of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock P.M. I received from a +Heavenly messenger the order to prepare for starting to America. But at +that time I did not know more than that in this country preparations +were to be made for establishing the promised peaceable reign of Christ +on earth. But my extraordinary mission commenced to be made manifest +after the events which happened A.D. 1838 in connexion with my mission +and which are explained in my above mentioned three German volumes. +Instead of having studied those volumes and then reported accordingly, +there came such ambassadors of darkness as we have here a specimen of +John H. Noyse. Greater impudence could not be expected than to write +about me without having studied my books in which I have published what +should have been translated from the German also In other languages. In +the third volume it is shown, where Swedenborg, Wm. Miller and others +stand, who wrote before me on the second Coming of Christ. But before I +undertook to write about their standing, I read their books; then I have +shown, how parties and sects, each in their own way have given testimony +to our mission. The principal of those parties have been mentioned in my +third volume, which was published A.D. 1840. But John H. Noyse and his +sect were not at that time so famous as to having been brought to my +notice. At length a "noise" of his existence came to me in the following +manner: + +About the year 1844, while I had business in New York. Theophilus Gates +came to me after having read an address of mine in which I urged readers +to co-operate for establishing a centre of our work. T. Gates spoke +about a certain point persuading me to adopt it for a sure success in +establishing our centre. I said, that I did not know, whether I +understood him correctly or not. Therefore I would read if he had +published anything on that subject and then I would talk with him about +it. Then he brought to me his pamphlet, entitled: "the Battle Axe," in +which he endeavored to prove "the free love doctrine" by the Bible as +well as by authorities of this time. His greatest authority was a letter +of this same John H. Noyse. + +I gave a great lesson to Th. Gates who was ruining people by his +infernal doctrine; but he did not digest my lesson. Then I made +acquaintance with some John H. Noyse's disciples and asked them, how +their leader became so blind as to support the damnable doctrine which +opens the door to all kinds of lasciviousness, adultery and fornication, +which ruins people and is diametrically opposed to the spirit of the New +Testament. His disciples said, that he wrote that letter in a haste, and +that it was published against his intention, and that he retracted his +view expressed in that letter. Then I attended a meeting of +Perfectionists in Newark, N.J. Some of them were with Noyse, others were +against his supporting the Free Love doctrine. I addressed the audience. +Then I was invited to dinner by a Perfectionist who did not belong to +Noyse's Party. I was asked by my host, whether I did read or not, what +appeared shortly before that in Noyse's "Perfectionist" against me. +After my negative answer he gave me the number containing Noyse's +article against me. I took it to the meeting which was appointed on the +same Sunday afternoon and read that article at the meeting and explained +Noyse's misrepresentations of the contents of my article to which +reference was made in Noyse's article, and remarked that it was +possible, that Mr. Noyse did not make purposely but only in haste those +misrepresentations, and that in the case that he is a friend of Truth, +he would retract what he had published misrepresenting my statements. I +added, that in this case I would like to see him and converse personally +with him about the matter. One of his disciples said that Noyse was a +man ready to receive truth, and that he wished to go with me to Mr. +Noyse and to bear travelling expenses. We started and took also another +friend of Mr. Noyse with us. At our arrival we were cordially received, +till Mr. Noyse heard my name. At that moment he was entirely changed, +took his friends into his room, while I remained on the porch. He spoke +with them so loud, that I heard every word, while he reproached to them, +that they took me with them. It was nearly dinner time, and I found +proper not to speak about our case, till we would be together in his +Printing Office. It happened soon after dinner. I said that those who +were present, were Mr. Noyse's friends, but that I expected, that they +were for truth, and that also Noyse will correct the errors and +misrepresentations which he has published regarding my mission and +regarding my statements in my article, to which he had reference in his +article. But Mr. Noyse pertinaciously denied to have misrepresented my +statements. I had in my pocket the number of the paper containing my +article and that number of the Perfectionist in which my publication has +been misrepresented. I read corresponding passages from both, and asked +the witnesses, whether Noyse's report contained the same sense as my +report. All his friends remained silent; but he continued to be +obdurate, and repeated in the most impudent manner, that he did not +misrepresent my statements. I did know nothing until yesterday about his +having misrepresented as early as 1840 my doctrine regarding Christ's +coming and slandered and calumniated me already in that year. And when I +met four or five years after that personally with him in his Printing +Office about our business, he appeared as the most stubborn infallible +Pope, affirming with the most impudent affront, that what he published +against me, was true. But some bystanders commenced to cry: "Snake! +snake! snake!" pointing out of the door of the Printing Office in a +distance from the door to see what it was. There was a very large snake +marching from a distance directly towards us and towards the door of the +Printing Office, and went, in spite of the men gazing it, under the +threshold, and sheltered its self under the floor of the Printing +Office. It was most singular, that the devil, that means calumniator, by +whom the snake was possessed, magnetized so the witnesses, that none of +them took an instrument to kill the snake, although he could have easily +reached one for this purpose in the Printing Office. After having been +all so baffled, I said to Mr. Noyse, that the snake or the dragon is the +Holy Ghost who comes from the depth of his Printing Office and inspires +his readers with such infernal delusion, as appeared in his +"Perfectionist" against my mission, and I left directly his place. + +The man who has brought me to Mr. Noyse, left soon after that spectacle +his own wife, a good natured woman, and went with another "Lady" to +unknown regions. And Noyse left, not long after that that place, and +founded in the State of New York, the Oneida community, in which his +followers professed publicly and published their Free Love doctrine, and +put it in practice in that community and elsewhere, when they had +opportunity to deceive and ruin the incautious, abusing the Bible in the +most horrible manner and anathematizing the true messengers of God. Such +imposters must also give testimony to our mission in a manner convenient +to their position, as I have given at the close of this treatise some +hints, although I could write a volume of memorable events connected +with John H. Noyse's "Perfectionist" and confirming the given hints. But +this treatise being already weighty, we do not need to add an +explanation, why our leaders were pleased to furnish Noyse's pamphlet to +give occasion to these solemn warnings with which we close this +treatise, which should be thankfully received from our directors by all +parties and especially by Abolitionists and Republicans and by all kinds +of Perfectionists and Spiritualists of the last fashion, who are by the +abomination, called Free Love, so stupified, that they cannot comprehend +our message, although they pretend to be Reformers. But those who will +become true Reformers, must come on our ground according to the plan +made public in the last treatise of this book by your sincere brother +Andrew B. Smolnikar, "extraordinary Ambassador" for the introduction of +the New Era of Harmony and Peace. + + + + +THIRD TREATISE. + + + + "The War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" in connexion with + our Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria, to be communicated to the + Emperors of Austria and France for the resurrection of the mortals + as well as their departed friends from their misery and distress + into the state of true happiness. + + +Instead of the treatise which was prepared to occupy this place in this +book, we write on the 4th day of July, 1859, a New Treatise, while +others are keeping the shadow for reality, rejoicing in companies and +filling my ears with explosions of crackers and thunders of guns and my +nostrils with the most disagreeable smell of gun powder, while I am +mourning in my solitude in the midst of hundreds of thousands of people +of the City of New York and neighbourhood, because they would not +receive our message of peace and learn how to bring forth fruits of the +true liberty of nations. This treatise was occasioned by the book "The +War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" written by J. H. Duganne, +and published a few days ago by R. M. DeWitt, Nassau St., No. 60, New +York. I mention it here, because it contains a collection of facts and +events, by the perusal of which any body, if he reflects upon what he +reads, may be aware of what we continuously repeat, that people and +their political and ecclesiastical governments have apostatized from +Truth and Justice, and cannot establish the promised peace, except +according to the plan which is given in the fifth or last treatise of +this book. The causes of Revolutions and Wars and manifold other plagues +are contained in the apostasy of men from Truth and Righteousness. This +apostasy brings mortal men into the association with departed deluding +and destroying spirits, as you know, if you have comprehended the +preceding treatises, and you will receive the more proof of this +important truth, the farther you will proceed in studying this book. +Mortal men are in close connexion with congenial departed spirits. The +life of man in his mortal body is a manifestation of influence from the +sphere of spirits, for whose society he is prepared. By them he is moved +and supported for action; they influence those who are congenial with +them. But men, if they are not versed in the inner life, are not aware +of this influence; although this is the first and most necessary +knowledge for the abolition of revolutions and wars and manifold other +plagues, which originate from the influence of destroying spirits, who +themselves may be so ignorant, that the magnetic fluid which they +communicate to men is pestilential, as a man who is infected with one or +the other kind of plague, may be ignorant of his dreadful condition, and +of the fact that he infects also others who, in their ignorance of +matters, are united with his deleterious condition. If, for instance, +the Emperors of Austria and France, and their Generals and other +Officers, and all who sympathize with one or the other, and contribute +their share for the destruction of the enemy, would know the proper +condition of spirits with whom they are associated and by whom they are +inspired in their destructive work, they would be exceedingly +frightened, and would cry: "What shall we do to be saved?" + +Many years before I knew anything about my present mission, I was aware +by comparing the reports of the Bible with the reports of other ancient +and modern works and with our own experience in regard to the spirit +world, that angels and demons in the Bible are departed men and women of +different high and low spheres, made manifest to men in mortal bodies, +when there was suitable to give to men tangible testimonies, that +mortals are in close connexion with departed congenial spirits. The +legion, for instance, in the fifth chapter of Mark, is a legion or +regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle. The captain +and his legion had the grave or the cave in which dead bodies were +located, for a suitable location to their degraded condition; and the +magnetic fluid, which they inhaled into their inner or magnetic bodies +which are used by spirits, came from the decomposed and rotten cadavers, +and was the most delicious influence which they could communicate to +their worshipers, and their captain has shewn his terrible madness by +the attacks upon his medium, while he was compelled to make manifest, +what he really was. But when he was not compelled to show his real +condition, he was deceiving in like manner, as now departed Emperors, +Kings, Generals and other warlike spirits are deceiving, till they +bring their worshippers on the battlefield, where they effect such +carnages, as we read now many reports in newspapers. In this madness the +victors and their bishops and priests are feasting and singing "Te +Deum," while the defeated are praying for the reverse, and neither party +are prepared to reflect upon the crimes which they have committed by +having killed their fellow men, who should have been educated and should +have progressed in knowledge of truth and practice of virtue as long as +their constitutions by applying the right means for the support of their +physical strength and health, would have admitted. But alas! they have +been wantonly killed, when they were least prepared for Heaven and best +disposed for the infernal regions! And others have been mangled and +wounded, so that they are crippled for all their lifetime and also +hindered in the right use of their intellectual and moral faculties. And +all who were drilled for war, were instead of progressing in virtue, +retrogressing into corruption. Volumes could be written on this point of +the deepest humiliation of the human race. Which are "the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe?" The book which occasioned this +treatise, contains a series of most detestable facts and proceedings as +forerunners of the eruption of the volcanoes of the infernal furies +which are destroying now in the wholesale human life and property; +because governments and nations are not in truth, but in delusion and +confusion, the necessary consequence of which is destruction. Truth will +make you free. This is the teaching of the master whose religion the +belligerent parties profess with words, while their actions are +instigated by the infernal furies. Also this book contains +superabundance of testimonies of our mission, which is expressed on the +title page. In my five German volumes published within the years 1838 +and 1842, the mystery of iniquity of all governments which profess to be +christian governments, has been disclosed, and their highest duty has +been made evident to abolish those abominations and to unite with us for +the introduction of Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic +of Truth and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole globe. In those +volumes as well as in all my following publications it is made evident +that Peace can never be established on the globe in the present course +of political and ecclesiastical affairs, and that, what they call peace, +is only an armistice, during which the dragon and his host are inspiring +the governments to amass means for new eruptions of revolutions and +wars. The book which occasioned this treatise, contains a collection of +testimonies confirming and illustrating our teaching, that true peace +cannot be established, till governments and nations arrive on our +ground. If the Emperor of Austria would evacuate this moment all places +which he occupies in Italy, and if the Emperor of France and his allies +would have in sincerity no other object in view, but the only one to +make Italy perfectly free, I mean to make Italy a true Republic, and +would sacrifice all their strength and influence to this only object, +they could not realize their object, till they would learn and receive +our message of Peace and adopt the plan given in this book for the +introduction of the promised New Era. As long as they neglect to do +this, they remain under the influence of deluding and destroying +spirits. But these their masters are so controlled by our leaders, that +when the measure of crimes of governments and nations is again and again +filled, new eruptions of destructive revolutions and wars take place on +such days and under such circumstances, that by our explanations of +correspondences they become peculiar warnings; as we have already given +specimens of this kind also in this book; and many more will be given on +suitable places of the following pages. Readers should not forget that +we are preparing them for the Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. + +Before we commence to translate that epistle, we must give a brief +epitome of the contents of the treatise, which was to be printed in lieu +of this treatise, and to which reference has been made in the preceding +treatise, and we must write on this 4th of July, 1859 in the midst of +great noise and continuous cracking and thunder of guns and so much +smell of powder, that it becomes very tedious. This morning it appeared +in newspapers, that Samuel Jackson's pyrotechnical establishment on 10th +and Reed Streets in Philadelphia was yesterday afternoon destroyed by +the explosion of fireworks, which were prepared for the exhibition on +this day; but they yesterday burned Mr. Beck to death. We mention this +case, because we saw it besides many other cases amongst the news of +this day, and this Jackson is one of the many strong mediums of +destroying spirits whom we endeavored many years ago to deliver from +those spirits; but they continue to prepare tremendous fireworks. In the +octava of the outbreak of the infernal furies in the French Revolution +of February, 1848, spirits commenced to awaken materialists by raps +through the Fox Girls in the vicinity of Rochester of this State of +New-York. They became at length generally known as Rochester Rapping +Spirits; because in the City of Rochester people first commenced to +assemble in large numbers and hear those rappings, or also carefully to +investigate, whether those raps came, as they purported, from spirits or +from some other cause. As soon as I read in newspapers the reports of +those manifestations, I understood the correspondences and also, why our +leaders let the infernal powers exhibit their craft in this manner. +Deluding and destroying spirits from the same spheres from which they +have inspired their fighting mediums in Europe, commenced to give +testimony in this country that there is truly such a relation between +the living in the mortal bodies and the departed as has been disclosed +in our publications, and at the same time also to show how they were +duping and deluding such as would not hear our explanations regarding +the true condition of spirits, but were quite pleasing with the answers +which they received through the daughters of Mr. Fox and other mediums +who commenced then to be developed in large numbers, that is, deluding +and destroying spirits or infernal demons shewed by manifold perceivable +possessions, that they were closely attached to congenial men and women. +I made use of that opportunity and assured citizens of the United +States, that rapping spirits would be dreadful destroying spirits also +in this country, if their operations will not be stopped by the +application of the means which are comprehended in our message of Peace. +But I did not try those spirits in circles of spiritualists, till I +received order from my leaders to do so. Opportunity was given in +Pittsburgh, Pa. by the reports published in some English and German +newspapers regarding the mediumship of Christina Beil, (as the name of +that medium of German parents is correctly written, but English +reporters wrote it Beail, although it is the German Beil, that means a +hatchet or axe)[T]. Her mediumship aroused a general attention, and +while crowds of attendants were convinced that raps by which questions +were answered, were produced by spirits, sceptics denied it, and Mrs. +Swisshelm published in her "Saturday Visitor" the results of her +investigations of spirit rappers at Christina Beil's mediumship. She +thought, that raps must have been produced by some trick of one or the +other mortal, although she was not able to discover the trick. The same +confession was made in German newspapers by a German Lutheran Pastor. +The excitement moved a skilful German chemist who was also a strong +materialist, to investigate the matter in the expectation that he might +find out the trick. But he was sincere and confessed, that raps +purporting to come from spirits, were produced by beings who understood +the questions. But under the circumstances of his investigations they +could not be produced by mortal men, and must have been produced by +invisible agents. + +A few days before my reading of those reports, a rapping spirit had been +shown to me in an extraordinary manner, to relate which in this epitome +there is no room. But by that manifestation I was instructed, that I +should try the rapping spirits of Christiana Beil in the presence of +sufficient witnesses. The same German learned chemist, and a German +Pastor of the Reformed Church and other witnesses were present, when I +tried the spirits of Christina Beil. Also that pastor belonged to that +school of theologians who send their departed into such an eternity, +from whence there is no return to mortal men. Such folly is according to +our knowledge of the condition of the departed most pitiful materialism +in disguise. But at our meeting with that medium in the house of her +mother, soon a number of rappers commenced to show by raps in a number +of places of the room, that they were ready to give answers to our +questions. The medium commenced to ask, and instantly all others became +silent, and the strongest amongst them gave answers with raps. To the +question with whom he wished to converse, the pastor was shown by strong +raps as the person with whom the spirit wished to converse, and he +signified by raps also that he was ready to give his name by pointing +out the letters of his name with raps. The pastor repeated the alphabet, +and was quite astonished, that the letters spelled the name of his +peculiar friend, a medical doctor and open materialist, who was +expressedly denying man's immortality while he was in his mortal body, +from which he departed a few months before that meeting. The pastor gave +a number of questions, and expected to get some answer, with which he +would be able to show, that such an answer could not come from that +doctor. But at length the pastor confessed, that by nobody else except +by that departed doctor he would expect all those answers which he had +received. + +When all was done which would convince the greatest sceptic, if he was +prepared to reflect upon the facts, I interfered and remarked, that +after having received sufficient testimony from that spirit, we wished +to converse with some other, if any is present. Soon raps were heard of +so different a sound from the former, that any observer could perceive +the exchange of spirits. The first gave answers to German questions; +therefore also the second was asked, whether he wished to converse in +German. He answered in the negative, and the medium was pointed out by +raps as the person with whom he wished to converse. Then English +questions were given and he consented to give his name. The alphabet was +repeated, till all the letters of his name were pointed out by raps. And +his name alarmed the medium exceedingly, that she commenced to cry, and +also all her acquaintances were very much excited. I asked the reason, +and was told, that that spirit was expected amongst the first when that +girl became a medium, but they had never any test that he was present, +and that they gave up all their hopes of getting any answer from him. +Therefore his manifestation was so unexpected, that it produced such an +effect upon the medium. I understood the whole matter. That spirit was +the principal guardian of that medium or she was principally possessed +by him, and he had rapped generally in the name of others, when the +inquirers were so congenial with the medium, that he could look into +their wishes. But he did not give his name, that he might not be +discovered as the deceiver who rapped in the name of others. At length I +came in the charge of my mission in March, 1851. I was acquainted +several years before that with that pastor and exhorted him to study my +books and then to proclaim our message of Peace. But my message was not +popular and it teaches, that the belief of the close connexion of men in +mortal bodies with congenial departed spirits is the A B C, to arrive +gradually to a deep knowledge of true religion and to the true freedom +and deliverance from lying destroying spirits. But pastors who became +materialists, were scared when they perceived, that my message +presupposes the close connexion with congenial departed. At length +mediums or possessed by departed spirits alarmed the materialistic +pastors. The mother of the medium belonged to the congregation of that +pastor and she invited that pastor to come and be a witness. My leaders +were controlling the legion of spirits, who came from different quarters +with their witnesses, and in those circumstances the medical doctor +Reitz, a peculiar friend of that pastor, was the strong rapper and the +next was the lying spirit who, when there was no stronger than he, +rapped in the name of others, till he was at length in our presence +compelled to give his name. After that remarkable trial of spirits, I +said to the pastor, that he should instruct the trustees of his church, +to give me permission to deliver some lectures in that church and to +explain that of which he was a witness, but which he could not +understand in the connexion of things, in which it must be understood +for the commencement of the New Era, which according to the testimonies +given in his congregation, should be powerfully proclaimed from his +church. But the pastor thought that his congregation were not prepared +for so deep things. Although I insisted, that I would make them very +popular in the German language, which was the language of his +congregation, and that it was his highest duty to make use of the +opportunity to learn what is most necessary for Harmony and Peace of +nations, he remained as obstinate as other Roman Catholic and Protestant +Pastors. + +Then I wrote an article for newspapers, in which I have shown what +should be generally known regarding the spirit manifestations which +commenced with raps by the mediumship of the Fox Girls to delude, as +cunning foxes are accustomed to delude, such as would not receive truth +which was disclosed in our message, and were discovered, when they were +tried according to our mission at the medium Christina Beil's, which, +means the Christian hatchet or the Christian axe, an instrument for +destruction, that they were deluding and destroying spirits, by whose +influence destruction of life and property will continue until it will +be stopped by receiving and spreading our message of Peace. That article +was prepared in English and in German; but editors who have spread +deceiving reports regarding spiritualism, refused to publish my article. +I sent it then to Boston, to be published there in a paper of +spiritualists. But it was not popular and could not be published. +Matters were to arrive so far as those will find them, who study and +comprehend this whole book. + +After that trial of spirits I returned several times to Pittsburgh and +paid always my visit to that learned chemist, who was converted from a +materialist into an enthusiastic spiritualist. He, like many others, was +expecting through his mediums to receive truth regarding the spirit +world. But he was offended, when I endeavored to make him comprehend, +that those spirits with whom he came in communication by his mediums, +were materialistic spirits who did not speak through his mediums from +the miserable condition of their inner life but from the surface of +their outward condition as they while in their mortal bodies were +accustomed to boast, and to cheat and delude their fellow men. In the +treatise which would have occupied this place, if I had net been moved +to prepare this for the celebration of the 4th of July, 1859, and its +octava, that people might commence to learn, how they could become +independent from the invisible and visible tyrants by whom they are now +enslaved, and inspired for revolutions, wars and other crimes, I have +explained some very important spirit manifestations at my meetings with +the learned chemist in Pittsburgh as preparations to the spirit +manifestations which took place at my last visit to the City of Boston +and neighborhood, and which constitute the principal part of that +treatise, the publication of the whole of which must be delayed, and we +give here in a synopsis as preparation to our Epistle to the Bishops of +Illyria, the following items: + +Boston is the City, in the cathedral Church of which by our mediumship +A.D. 1838, such, spirit manifestations took place, by which we have +received the key to open the door for the promised New Era of Harmony +and Peace on earth. We will give in the next following treatise of this +book some light on those manifestations. But when our disclosures on +those manifestations had not been received, at length spiritualism of +the last fashion gained a peculiar stronghold in Boston, although +materialism made great exertions to check also the modern fashion of +spiritualism. Since A.D. 1838 I returned several times to Boston, and +was trying to move some influential men or congregations for an +examination of our message and of the credentials of our mission. When I +arrived at the end of October, 1858, again in Boston I attended on the +next Sunday the conference of spiritualists, which was at that time on +Sundays usually held in Boston. As soon as they finished their +ceremonies by which their conference was opened, I found proper to speak +a little in my Illyrian mother tongue, to arouse the attention to what I +spoke then in English, and in the English language I rebuked +materialists and testified our mission to restore true spiritualism. +After my speech a medium arose, whom I did not know, but found out +afterwards, that he was Agent of the Fountain House, where spiritualists +had their resort and their speculations. He was rebuking a lecturer who +was opposed to spiritualism, and, as I understood from the rebuke, +misrepresenting facts, and came to that conference to expose +spiritualism from his materialistic position, denying any manifestation +from the departed. During that rebuke, for a proof, that spirits +manifest themselves, he invited that lecturer and other materialists to +a meeting, in which he offered to give an exact description of my mother +whom he affirmed to have seen standing on my side, while I was speaking +in the conference, and that although I was a perfect stranger to him, he +was certain that she was my mother, and that he would give an exact +description of her, so that he was confident, that I would confirm his +description. There were spiritualists in the Conference who knew me, +that I troubled them in the Utica Convention and elsewhere, and they +seemed not to be favorable to that proposition. + +On the next following Sunday I made again an attempt in said Conference +to find out, whether there was any influential person amongst them ready +to take an active interest in examining our message and the credentials +of our mission. I commenced to speak from the point which was mentioned +in the last conference by the medium testifying, that he saw my departed +mother standing in her glory on my side while I was speaking. But I made +the remark that I had two mothers in the spirit world, to wit, my first +mother by whom I was born, She had great care during her life for my +welfare, and having been a great medium of spirit manifestations before +her departure, always anxious to know truth and act accordingly, she +progressed with me also after her departure and became one of those my +guardians, who take care for my provisions and protection against +danger. In this her care she found a strong medium of spirit +manifestations, an aged lady who was looking for the third angel, REVEL. +xiv:9, because according to the testimonies which she had received, she +was certain, that since A.D. 1836 he was preparing somewhat, and while +she was looking for him since that year in Europe, she was directed by +her guardian to America with the assurance that she would find him in +this country. At length she heard one of my German lectures and +comprehended, that I had the mission of the third angel. When she +commenced to testify this, my mother appeared to her and entrusted her +the care, which she herself had for me before her departure. My mother +was an Illyrian, but this new mother was a German. Whenever I had +opportunity to stop and write in her house, great spirit manifestations +occurred. At length also she departed and is acting amongst the women +who have amongst the departed peculiar offices for the introduction of +the New Era. When I mentioned in said Conference somewhat about these +matters and understood from the speeches of others that their spirits +were drawing the audience in other directions, I turned also to other +places, and tried besides others those professors at Cambridge, Mass. +who were appointed A.D. 1857 as a committee to investigate the physical +phenomena which were believed by some to have been caused by spirits, +while others attributed them to other causes, and those professors, +after having performed their investigations, published their opinion +that spirits had nothing to do with the phenomena which they had +investigated. + +When I read that publication, I saw that readers, by the authority of +those professors, were strengthened in materialism. Therefore, at my +return to Boston I felt it to be my duty to try to move those professors +of Cambridge from their materialism, I saw personally those three, who +belonged to the committee who have published their opinion regarding the +phenomena, called spirit manifestations, and also the fourth who did not +belong to the committee, but was the strongest operator to explode the +truth, that departed spirits are in close connexion with congenial +mortals, and that they, when circumstances are favorable and it agrees +with the Plan of Divine Government, give also to exterior senses of men +perceivable proofs of this connexion. I said to them, that A.D. 1838 +were greater spirit manifestations in the Roman Catholic Cathedral +Church of Boston by my mediumship and the mediumship of 144 witnesses, +than mortal men could expect. Whereas that catalogue of witnesses as +well as the events which happened in connexion with our proceedings, +have been published in my books, I could by the means of that catalogue +in a short time convince the professors of the great Truth of close +connexion and mutual influence between mortals and their congenial +departed, and by the public testimony of the professors the pernicious +influence of their report regarding the spiritual phenomena would be +abolished, and the way for the circulation of our message of Peace would +be opened. They should therefore appoint time and place to meet with me +for this most important investigation of what departed spirits are able +to effect through mortal men. With all my exertions to move the +professors they remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who +gave them opportunity to learn what is most important to correct the +pernicious effect of their report and to cease to brutalize their +students with their materialism. I started from Massachussets to New +Hampshire, because in that State besides other spirit manifestations in +Concord a Convention of those adventists was held, who besides other +blasphemies of the living God and his Christ teach also, that man dies +as a beast, but that when Christ comes on the clouds, he will awaken the +righteous from death, but the wicked will be eternally annihilated. As +all other pestilence which is spread in the Papal and in the Protestant +sects is supported by the use and abuse of the Bible, likewise also +these "annihilators" made their discoveries of the annihilation of the +wicked by the means of the Bible. They are spread through the country +and especially through the States of New England, and are only a branch +of the dreadful materialism which has brought the human beings so on the +surface of the matter, that they stifled the most needful knowledge +regarding the spirit world. I warned all sects of Adventists as well as +others, everywhere. At length I met in October, 1858, with a portion of +the Adventist annihilators in a Conference in Providence of Rhode +Island, and tried to convert them from their folly. But they were not +ready to hear facts and then reflect upon them with a sound reason, to +know man in his interior life. + +There are different sects of the Adventist annihilators; but that same +sect, with whom I met in Providence, have appointed for November, 1858, +a Convention in Concord N.H. The appointment contained a general +invitation, without confinement to their sect, and I thought that there +might be an opportunity for me to find some investigating minds who +would listen to our message of Peace. But when I commenced to speak in +their Convention, and their Popes saw that there was danger for their +spirit annihilation, they applied to the audience with their complaint, +that they found in Providence, that I did not believe in Christ's coming +on the clouds and annihilation of the wicked and am rather a kind of a +spiritualist. Therefore if I would remain I had to be silent, or I had +to leave the Hall. I replied, that in their circular was no confinement +to their sect, but their invitation contained exactly the opportunity +for the proclamation of our message. But the possessed Popes by spirits +of delusion and destruction became fierce and enraged, and I found best +to leave them in their hall. My leader showed me that I should return +towards Boston. At my return I was trying spirits on several places. It +is to be understood that volumes could be written, if I would explain +what I mention in this synopsis preparatory to my Epistle which I have +sent in my hand-writing to the Bishops in Illyria to be communicated to +the Emperors of Austria and France, and which is to be printed in this +treatise, that it might reach monarchs and their agents in this book, if +it should not have reached them in hand-writing. But the events which +occupy the largest portion of the treatise which would have appeared +here, if the celebration of the 4th of July had not moved me to write +and publish this in lieu of the other, may be expressed in this epitome +in the following sentences: + +During my travelling I am most time walking on foot. While I was walking +on foot from Linn, Mass. to Chelsea City, I found the tollgate keeper +standing without occupation on the turnpike, and asked him for a +direction to the strongest spiritualist in Chelsea City. He directed me +to a merchant. He was not at home, and I asked his clerk, to give me +directions to some other spiritualist. He put several on a paper, the +first of whom was Mr. Mansfield, and I was impressed to go to him. I was +quite a stranger and without asking about the occupation of this +Mansfield, I asked only for a direction to his house. When I found it, I +was told that Mansfield was at his office No. 3. Winter Street in +Boston. Without asking, what his occupation was, I came at length on the +3d of December, 1858, into his office. When I was in his office, the +portraits of the dead drawn by some entranced medium with whom I was +personally acquainted, and other paraphernalia reminded me, that that +must be the celebrated medium J. V. Mansfield, of whom I read in +newspapers, that many sealed letters not only from different quarters of +America but also from other parts of the Globe, were directed to +departed acquaintances of the writers, and answers were asked from the +departed which he could not give also in the case, if he would read the +letters. But answers were to be given without opening the letters, by +him as writing medium of spirits. He had to return the letters without +opening the seal, and to add the answers as written by his mediumship. +While reading the reports regarding that medium, I thought to see him, +when I would come again to Boston. But while I was in the first part of +November, 1858, in Boston I did not remember this, and came at my return +from New Hampshire in the briefly related manner on the third December, +1858, against all my expectation to him. I think that he was present at +the two above mentioned Conferences in Boston, in which I spoke before +starting for New Hampshire. When I conversed on the 3d of December with +him in his office, he invited me to come on Saturday, December 4th 1858, +to his office and from thence to ride with him to his house in Chelsea +City and spend Sunday, December 5th, with him. I was impressed to do so. +That Sunday was the second Sunday in Advent. On the 4th, after the +arrival in his house we both were tired and went to bed at 10 o'clock +P.M. I rested well, till I was awakened by a female departed spirit who +was in great distress and entreated me to give her assistance to kill +her husband. I understood it in a spiritual sense to stop the pernicious +course of her husband, and promised her my assistance. As soon as I +promised her my assistance my leaders took her in protection and they +expelled at the same time the whole company of her task masters out of +the room, and then from two places on the outside of the house, from +which they were compelled to remove. After that spectacle, the detail of +which here is not the place to explain, the clock struck four. From this +circumstance I understood, that the scene commenced at three o'clock. + +There are certain hours, according to our spirit language by numbers +most convenient for certain communications. As the communication +requires, also the hour is selelected by my leaders in which they draw +me into the inner state in which they show me, what is congruous to my +mission. They put me, in that instance, from my sleep into the inner +state of knowledge of what was going on. In this state I not see the +female, although I was conscious, that she was surrounded by enemies of +her happiness. The whole scene and explanation belonging to the treatise +which will be published in an other time, these hints may suffice, to +understand the following items. As soon as I saw after that scene Mr. +Mansfield and his wife at breakfast, I told them that I had a great +spirit manifestation, which Mr. Mansfield could not understand, except +if he would study some of my writings to know somewhat about my mission +He read and I explained the substance of some points in my writings to +make him known somewhat about my mission. Afternoon, while reading one +of my pamphlets, he started suddenly and went very fast into another +room, and brought directly some paper, put it on the table and said, +that while he was reading my pamphlet, a spirit was impressing him to +ask me to write questions which he would answer. I knew not who the +woman was, who asked at three o'clock in the morning of that day my +assistance to kill her husband, but I understood, that if I would follow +the direction of my leader, he would reveal it in due time, I knew, that +at that spirit battle, at which that female was taken under the +protection of our leaders, the principal champion was the martyr John +George Zeigler, an American of German descent, who in his mortal body +studied deeper than any other man, my five German volumes, and forsook +then all for our holy mission. While he was travelling in a steamboat he +was pushed into the Ohio River by an enemy of our holy mission, and +departed into the spirit world, in which he received such offices as he +was most qualified for them. He having been the principal amongst those +who took the woman in protection, while she asked my assistance, I +thought, that if I would write to him questions, I would receive the +information, who that woman was. It is to be understood, that Mr. +Mansfield wished, that I should write so, that he could not see what I +wrote, and then to wrap my writing, to which the spirit had to give +answers. But I thought I could write in German, because I was certain +that Mr. Mansfield could not read German. Therefore I said to Mr. +Mansfield, that I determined to write in the German language to the +spirit whom I had in my mind, to whom while he was a mortal, I wrote +sometimes in German, sometimes in English, but he answered always my +letters in English, and he, if he is present, will answer also through +you in English. But Mr. Mansfield remarked, that I should write my +questions in English, that he had lately great troubles with questions +which have been sent by Otto Kunz from Pittsburgh in the German language +to his departed, and that the last number of the Spirit Age contained an +article of Otto Kunz in this respect. I remarked, that I was acquainted +with Otto Kunz, (he is the learned chemist, by whom I was preparing my +way in this treatise, for what follows) but that I did not hear anything +about him for a long time, (to wit, since the summer of 1856, when I saw +him the last time before my meeting with Mr. Mansfield). I added that I +should like to see, what Otto Kunz had published. He brought then from +an other room the number of the Spiritual Age, which has the date +December 4th 1859. It must be added, that I had not before looked into +that number, nor heard anything about Otto Kunz's article. But when Mr. +Mansfield handed me that number, I read Mr. Kunz's article laid the +paper on the table and said to Mr. Mansfield: I will write in English to +the spirit whom I have in my mind. I had yet John George Zeigler in my +mind; but when I took the pencil, I was impressed to write to Charlotte +Kunz (the departed wife of Otto Kunz) in English, in the supposition, +that she could not write English, while she was a mortal, and that also +in the spirit world she did not learn to write English, that therefore +to my English address we must receive some unexpected disclosures. I +wrote therefore while the medium Mr. Mansfield turned in the opposite +direction, that he could not see, what I wrote: "Charlotte Kunz, if you +are present, please to write what you find proper." I folded my writing, +that Mansfield could not see it. He was soon entranced, and gave the +signs, from which I understood, that she was the person who asked at 3 +o'clock A.M. my assistance, and then the communication was written by +Mr. Mansfield in a correct English style and correct orthography and +signed "Charlotte Kunz." The communication contains characteristic +marks, that the controlling spirit was intimately connected with deep +mysteries explained in my German books, but that he was not the writer, +but one of the company belonging to J. V. Mansfield's guardians, wrote +through him according to the wishes of Charlotte Kunz, but wrote so, as +if she herself had written. After the communication directed to me has +been written, and Mr. Mansfield reduced into his normal state, I +requested him, to copy the communication, and to give the original and +the copy to me; because I was asked in the communication by Charlotte +Kunz, professing that she was the writer, that I might write to her +husband. The handwriting of the copy was different from the original. I +preserved the copy and sent the original to Otto Kunz, with my +handwriting, remarking, that that communication has been produced by his +wife under the assistance of our leaders, that he, Otto Kunz, might +contribute his share for starting the centre of our Peace Union. I have +quoted in my writings to Otto Kunz one of the characteristic notes +testifying that the communication had certainly been produced under the +assistance or control of my leaders. And that characteristic note had +reference to Dante's Prophecy in the 33d Song of Purgatory. I speak of +that prophecy in the Epistle to which we are preparing the way. I have +explained also to Mr. Kunz several years before my meeting with his +departed wife the substance of that prophecy. I thought, if he at the +receipt of that unexpected communication would remember my explanation +of that prophecy and other testimonies of my mission, he would not be +too hasty in judging about what he could not understand in the +communication but would expect my farther explanation regarding my +communication; because the explanation could not be given in a letter, +and he was also not prepared in those circumstances to study the +treatise in which that communication is copied verbatim, and the +preparation for its understanding and its explanation is given, and that +treatise would have been published instead of this treatise, if we would +not have prefered this in the expectation, that this might be more +congruous to the present European War, which gives me opportunity to +exhort nations and governments. And for this purpose, to communicate +other important things in this treatise, we give only an epitome of the +treatise which will be published in another convenient time. But Mr. +Mansfield who has astonished many people in all quarters of the Globe by +having given more than forty thousand answers to sealed letters directed +to departed persons, became so remarkable, that he in connexion with the +well known spiritualist Otto Kunz deserved a peculiar treatise, and +appears also in this connexion of matters as a peculiar witness; because +that which has been made evident in many cases in which we tried +remarkable mediums, was in a peculiar manner confirmed, while we tried +the spirits of J. V. Mansfield, to wit, that he has certain guardians by +whom many are deluded, because those guardians give through him answers +which are found correct, when they reach and control the writers of the +sealed letters directed to their departed. But when this is not the +case, answers are not correct. Mr. Mansfield told me, that the largest +portion of his answers is correct. Such points in regard to the +relations in which the departed have been with the inquirers are +revealed in the answers, as Mr. Mansfield could not know them. From this +circumstance is also explicable, how people could be so moved, that he +had received many thousands of letters, although each applicant had to +send one dollar fee to the medium, and three dollars in case of a +guarantee that either an answer, if received would be sent, or the money +returned. When we speak of correct statements in many cases, we add that +in those communications was much of delusion regarding the spirit world. +At length when the measure of abominations was filled, I had to try his +spirits in the manner, the substance of which is given in this epitome, +the treatise being prepared to be published, whenever a publisher is +ready to publish a new book, which would contain that and other +treatises. From that treatise it is evident, that when Otto Kunz wrote +his letter to his departed wife and sent it to Mr. Mansfield to be +answered by his mediumship, the tyrants by whom Mr. Mansfield is +guarded, took her under their subjection. But to give in a new manner a +most solemn warning to all spiritualists who will not progress on our +ground, I was sent to Mansfield, and our guardians took under their +control Charlotte Kunz and the spirits who are writing through Mr. +Mansfield. The enemies of the truth, that departed spirits may use men +as their writingrnediums must explain the answers by assertions which in +most cases appear most ridiculous, for instance, I heard the assertion, +that Mansfield opens the letters. But he returns sealed letters as he +receives them; although we would not deny the possibility of temptation +to open one or the other letter of persons, with whom his guardians were +not congenial, and therefore could not give an answer. But if I had +shown to him my line directed to the departed Charlotte Kunz, although +he has been before that in correspondence with her husband, Mr. +Mansfield with all his guardians would not have been able to give the +characteristic notes which are in the communication testifying, that +some of our leaders was the superior, while J. V. Mansfield's guardian +was writing that communication with Charlotte Kunz's signature, although +there are the strongest marks in the communication, that she could not +write it, but that a deluding and destroying guardian of J. V. Mansfield +wrote it, partly according to her wishes, partly according to his own +impulse, partly according to the dictation of our leader who controlled +him, that he inserted the characteristic notes given by our leader. This +is the epitome of that treatise, which was to be given in this treatise +as a peculiar preparation to my epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. But +before we commence to translate it, we must add also the following +remarks. When our leaders compel in one place "the Secret Enemies of +True Republicanism" to bring to daylight their abominations for our +peculiar use to enlighten this degraded generation, they send us +corresponding testimonies also from other places, and we have collected +in said treatise some extraordinary testimonies for an illustration of +the answers of the sealed letters by J. V. Mansfield's mediumship. A +peculiar witness in this repect was Doctor Randolph, whose spirits I +tried several years before my meeting with Mansfield; but he was not +ready to be converted from darkness to the light which is kindled by our +disclosures. At length when I tried Mansfield's spirits, newspapers +commenced to publish Dr. Randolph's confessions. He tells: "I was a +medium about eight years, during which time I made three thousand +speeches," &c. "And to day I had rather seen the Cholera in my house +than be a spiritual medium! for years I have lived alone for +spiritualism and its cognates. Henceforth I live to combat many of the +identical doctrines that I once accepted as Heavenly truths." "I enter +the arena," says he "as the champion of common sense, against what in my +soul I believe to be the most tremendous enemy of God, morals and +religion, that ever found foothold on the earth--the most seductive, +hence most dangerous form of sensualism that ever cursed a nation, age +or people." If Dr. Randolph had been brought from spirits of delusion on +our ground, he would have assisted us to open the door for the New Era. +But he returned to the sects, from which spirits commenced to manifest +themselves in their materialistic deluding manner, till we commenced to +show, what they were, and then they commenced to be caught in their +lies, and many spiritualists commenced to be scared; but they would not +progress on our ground, and returned to professed materialism and +sectarianism. But the concentration of all abominations of the perverted +spiritualism is in the Papal Imperial Royal Courts. Many spirits delude +monarchs and their supporters either openly by peculiar manifestations, +or without such manifestations deceiving secretly monarchs and +supporters, that they prepare at length for war and commence to fight in +horrible battles, which is the highest manifestation of the infernal +furies. That they might stop this abominable work in which they are now +engaged, I wrote the following epistle, which I give in a free +translation, and then I will add some remarks for a conclusion of this +treatise. You will find in this epistle some repetitions of what has +been mentioned in the first treatise of this book, because when they +were setting that in type I did not think about writing this treatise in +which what is repeated, should be repeated so often till it is +comprehended. + +The Epistle is entitled: + + "Most important events for rulers of nations." + + To P. T. Anthony Slomshek, Prince Bishop of Laibach. Long Island, + State of New-York, June 13th 1859. + +Reverend Bishop! Being in occupations of my office on this anniversary +of momentous events on this Island, I am impressed by the spirit who has +brought me to America, to write again after a long interruption, to my +native country, and to direct my Epistle to you, to communicate copies +of it also to the bishops of Triest and Goricia. I asseverate before +you, three witnesses, that I am not guilty of the blood which is shed in +the present terrible war; although I would be most guilty, if I had not +faithfully fulfilled the duties of my charge. If those to whom I have +written at Vienna, in our native country, and also in other countries of +Europe, had discharged as conscientiously the duties of their office, as +I did those of my office, the promised universal peace would have been +established not only in the whole of Europe, but also in other parts of +the globe. But whereas there was deficiency in respect to the +intellectual and moral preparations of those who were in the office, the +terrible consequences therof are more and more visible. To bishops I +write usually in Latin. But this epistle should be delivered by you to +the government of Austria, and published to the nations not only in +German, but also in as many other languages as possible. + +Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek! Having had more opportunity than others +who are at present bishops under the Austrian government, to obtain +knowledge about me during my residence in Europe and by wise providence +having become a bishop of the diocese, in which I was born, educated and +ordained a priest, I expect that you will receive light from the spirit, +to comprehend correctly the hints which may be concentrated into the +space of an ordinary epistle. You know that I had from my youth an +extraordinary desire to search not only the Jewish and Christian but +also the antiquities of other nations, and to compare the results of my +investigations with what others have brought to light in former times +and recently, to find out, how the promised universal peace will be +established. After my having been six years secular priest of the +diocese of Laibach, I entered the Benedictine Order of the Monastery of +Saint Paul in Carinthia, for the purpose of obtaining more time and +opportunity in that order which furnishes learned professors, than in my +native country for a continuation of my investigations for the peace of +nations. After my having searched two years in the library of the +monastery, I became Professor of Biblical Literature in Clagenfurt, and +in that city I became acquainted with you, you having been there +Spiritual Adviser of Students of Divinity. + +During the ten years of my Professorship I had opportunity to examine +many points, which I would never have had opportunity to examine in the +Diocese of Laibach. But I did not know that the spirit who was my guide +from my youth, was preparing me for the office which has been entrusted +to me in America. Moreover, notwithstanding I had from my youth peculiar +inclination to study the Bible and to read not only the writings of the +Church Fathers but also the writings of the old Heathen and Jews for the +purpose of getting more light on the Bible, during the last ten years of +my Professorship I did not yet know that the office with which I am +commissioned in America, had been manifoldly prophesied in the Bible, +and the prophecy repeated by prophets of the christian centuries as well +as in our time by images suitable to the seasons. Neither had I any +thought to make a voyage to America, till the spirit of truth showed by +evident testimonials, that he called me to this country. Then he opened +also the way for me hither so wonderfully, that although the Prelate of +the monastery of Saint Paul resisted with all his power, and the monks +who were my friends, united with him to hinder my voyage, Emperor +Ferdinand was enlightened to let me have my passport to America. + +Signs and wonders preceded and accompanied my voyage to America, and I +reached this continent first in Boston of the State of Massachusetts on +my birth-day, November 29, 1837. In that city all that was required for +the continuation of our work, has been so prepared by invisible agents, +that although I had not the least foreboding to remain in that city, I +became convinced by the signs which happened there, that in the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church in Boston important ocupations had been +prepared for me. I did not yet know the particular occupations: but I +followed faithfully the directions of the spirit and performed in that +church all, that had been shown to be performed by me. On the 7th of +January, 1838, one hundred and forty-four witnesses signed their names +in my catalogue. Also those witnesses were guided by invisible agents in +such a manner, that they, too, performed in that church, what was +required of them, so that on Easter Sunday, April 15, 1838, in the +Cathedral Church in Boston, in the presence of these 144 and many other +witnesses by my instrumentality the solemn excommunication of the Beast +with seven heads and ten horns from the Church of Christ has been +performed, that is, solemn declaration has been made, that the mysteries +which are contained in those figuritive expressions, do not belong to +the Church of Christ and must be therefore abolished from the earth. A +long chain of signs, according to the prophecies, preceded that +excommunication, and signs succeeded and are continually repeated. By +these signs our mission, that is, my mission and the mission of my +fellow labourers has been confirmed, and the dreadful condition of those +who are opposed to our action has been most evidently developed. In the +years 1838 and 1839 the first two volumes of Memorable Events appeared +in print. Those events took place in my experience for a testimony, that +Christ appears by His messengers for the foundation of the promised +peace on earth. A box of those volumes was sent to the Emperor of +Austria, and my written explanation was given, that in my books the will +of the most High Majesty has been made manifest, to whom Emperors and +Kings are bound to submit and to learn to know the events which have +been explained in my books and to become with us messengers of peace to +the nations, and for this purpose to give my books to the best +theologians for the strictest examination, that the result of their +examination might be sent to me, to be published with my remarks, that +nations might learn what is required for the foundation of the peace of +the world. I assured the Emperor, that dreadful revolutions and wars +will be the consequence if my advice will be rejected. + +After having received no answer to my writings to the Emperor, to the +parson of his court, to a number of bishops and other influential men of +the Empire, and A.D. 1840, my third volume appeared, in which was shown, +that the unexpected events which have been explained in the first and +second volumes, happened according to prophecies, and would not have +been unexpected to bishops, if they had studied prophecies and observed +the signs of the times, and reflected upon the disclosures given by our +forerunners upon these matters, I did not send that volume straightway +to Austria, but I sent a box of all three volumes to the King of +Bavaria, with a similar written warning to the King, as in the preceding +year to the Emperor of Austria, and with the most urgent demand, that +after the Emperor of Austria and his bishops had neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, he should become the messenger of peace to all other +monarchs and open the way to the circulation of our message. At the same +time a copy of all three volumes was sent to the King of France with the +most urgent written petition that he should order without delay a French +translation of the three volumes to be spread everywhere in France, and +our solemn assurence was added, that, if he neglects to fulfil this +highest duty, Revolutions and Wars will be the necessary consequence of +this neglect. + +In an ordinary epistle farther hints cannot be given in regard to what +was done on our side, to move the one or the other government to order +the strictest examination of our message, which contains the means for +abolition[U] of all Revolutions and for the foundation of the universal +peace on the whole globe; but I remark, that when they would not hear +our warning voice, Revolution broke out in February, 1848, under such +preparatory, concomitant signs, and under such corresponding events, +that after having studied those events in my writings which have been +after that partly published in the English language partly preserved for +publication, you will see, that, after our warnings given under Heavenly +inspiration had been contemptuously rejected, the infernal furies had +received the power, to commence to spread the flood of Revolution +exactly on the same day, which gives the most evident testimony, that +Revolution broke out according to a higher calculation on account of the +contempt of our message of peace. + +Emperor Ferdinand having been compelled by that Revolution to issue a +constitution, I read that constitution in a newspaper on the 18th of +April, 1848, and was moved on the 19th April, which was the birth-day of +the Emperor, to give him in consequence of my charge a written assurance +that by that constitution the government and people will be saved from +ruin, if the Emperor accepts my offer; because in this case I was ready, +to start directly for Vienna, and show how the Free Press which was +guarantied by the constitution, would be properly used for developing +and spreading truth, as people have a right to demand, and its abuse +impeded, as the government is bound to impede it. I have given the +Emperor the assurance, that this, our offer, was made under higher +direction for the true happiness of the Imperial Family and the people. +I have sent in the same writing our proclamation to the nations of the +empire, and exhorted the emperor, that if he would write to me, that I +should come to Vienna, he should at the same time publish our +proclamation in all languages of the empire; because, if he accomplishes +this, by our use of the free press the door will be opened for the +introduction of the promised peace of the world, but on the contrary +revolutions and wars would be repeated and governments and nations +ruined. Those highly momentous documents were sent to the minister of +the Austrian government in Washington to be forwarded to the emperor. +Informatian was given to the minister in my next letter, to which post +office he should send the answer, if he should receive any for me from +the Austrian government. After having thus notified him I have received +no answer; but very important signs were given of the approaching war in +which the emperor resigned the throne and Hungary was wasted. + +The three monarchs to whom my books have been sent, but who have +neglected to make use of the means contained therein for the peace of +nations, have been compelled to give up their thrones, but nations could +not become partakers of the promise of the universal peace; because it +will not be established by the sword but by the means contained in our +message of peace, and we have received so many signs according to +prophecies as evidences of our mission, that whereas since the year 1838 +to 1842 five volumes have been written in this respect, I repeated while +I was writing the fifth volume, that five hundred volumes could be +written, if we would continue to explain prophecies of past ages and +their development in the preparations for our mission and during our +mission, and the signs by which our mission is confirmed. But we have +explained superabundance of them, because by our explanation the +dreadful condition of governments and nations has been disclosed. Signs +continue steadily, although the blind leaders of the blind, while the +Lord appears as a thief, comprehend them as little, as the Pharisees +did, when Christ appeared and prophesied the destruction of the city and +the temple. + +Confined to a common letter, I can give only some hints. While the +terrible war was raging principally in Hungary, I laboured industriously +at the commencement of the year 1849 to move the American bishops, to +appear either personally or to send their Theologians to a convention in +the city of New York, to whom I offered to read in the Latin language my +system for the abolition of revolutions and Wars and introduction of the +world's peace. + +I did all I could to move the bishops to attend our Latin convention, +and to make as many objections and remarks as they would find suitable, +although all must have been made in writing and handed to me, to be +annexed with my remarks to my system and published in Latin and in +translations, that men everywhere, could learn our message of peace and +all nations might become partakers of the greatest promises and the +world's peace could be established. + +After bishops had neglected their highest duty, I translated the Latin +system into English and German, and made most urgent applications to +several Presidents and to congressmen of the United States, to move the +American government, to assemble a convention for the same object, for +which I endeavoured to move bishops. In the meantime Lewis Kossuth +arrived in America, and I considered it to be my peculiar duty, to make +use of what was in my power, to direct him from the spirit of +destruction to peace and to explain to him my system in which is shown, +how without soldiers the rights of men will be restored and the peace of +the world established. After several letters of preparation, at length I +met personally with him in Cincinnati. But he was cunning and let me +come to him in company with others, and when I required to speak +privately with him, he excused himself with not having time to speak +with me privately, and directed me to Count Pulski, who was his +associate. I paid to this man several visits, and shewed to him that it +was necessary for Kossuth and his assistants, to study my system and to +retire with me for this purpose. But the result of all my labour was, +that at length Kossuth had sent to me the message that it was impossible +for him to give up his plan. He is a strong "Medium," as those are +called here who are possessed, and those who are possessed by destroying +spirits, have their work, to torment rulers or also to destroy them, if +they will not find salvation in our message of peace. + +Having here only opportunity to give hints on points, on which I could +write volumes, I remark, that when the American government could not be +moved to call a convention for an examination of our message of peace, I +wrote, when Emperor Napoleon III. was preparing for war against Russia, +to his ambassador in Washington, that the emperor would gather together +the highest merits for himself and mankind, if he, instead of the war +preparations against Russia, would call bishops of his empire to Paris, +to examine with me my Latin system for the foundation of the world's +peace. By doing this he would make himself and his friends and at the +same time all nations happy; but in the opposite course he would prepare +misfortune for himself and France. I assured the ambassador of the +French government in Washington, that if he before he would write to the +emperor, himself wished to be convinced of my assertion, I was ready if +he would call me, to come myself to Washington and to explain to him my +system as long as would be necessary to convince him, that we have truly +received from Heaven the commission and credentials for the foundation +of the worlds peace, and that those regents will be in this and in the +future life most unhappy, who refuse to accept our invitation. I have +received no answer from the ambassador of the French government. + +Although I am writing very closely in my advanced age without +spectacles, which I never used in my life, I have very little space in +a common letter, to mention also the following items: The nearer we were +approaching to the present Revolutionary Wars in Europe the stronger +were also the signs of warning, and they are building just now on the +land which has been bought for our Peace-Union, a hall for our +conventions, in which our system for the foundation of the world's peace +will be explained and messengers of peace will be educated to be sent in +all quarters of the world. But whereas, before their labors will +establish the world's peace everywhere on the globe, all monarchs and +their families might be exterminated, if they would not make use of the +means for the foundation of the world's peace, I write this letter on +this Feast of Pentecost and anniversary of momentous events. Your +predecessor, Anthony Aloysy Wolf, Prince-Bishop of Laibach, was one of +those Prince Wolves, who have received my first two volumes, but were +not prepared to study them, and to proclaim to Emperor Ferdinand and to +the nations, the great things which the Lord has done. Those wolves have +deceived in regard to our mission the Emperor, the priests and the +people, and by this deception they became the originators of all those +murders, which have been perpetrated in revolutions and wars and +manifold other manners, which would have been prevented by receiving and +spreading our message of peace. These are the fruits, when wolves are +made pastors of nations! By murders which are perpetrated in +revolutions, wars and other ways, those who are murdered, are turned +into infernal furies, instead of having been converted by suitable +education, into Heavenly Angels. By these furies which have been +murdered in revolutions and wars, nations which are now living, are +instigated to murders in revolutions and wars and in manifold other +manners and also to all kinds of other criminal deeds, the atmosphere is +disturbed and men are tormented with all kinds of plagues, and if they +are not murdered cruelly by force, their lives are shortened manifoldly, +so that also those who live longest, would have lived much longer, if it +would have been introduced amongst nations and duly used, what we know, +but cannot use till governments introduce that which we demand. + +I was Professor of Divinity in Babylon which is spoken of in the +Revelation; but whereas I was sincerely searching after truth for my own +and the welfare of my fellow-men, matters have been disclosed to me, +which I had never expected, while I was prepared without my knowledge by +invisible agents for my present charge. According to this charge I am +now Professor of Divinity or Church-Doctor for the promised peaceable +Reign of God on Earth. As Church-doctor I will teach bishops and priests +as well as monarchs and other grandees of the kingdoms of this world, +when they will be ready to hear the Heavenly voice which is made +manifest through so feeble an instrument as I am, how to pacify the +furies into which men are converted by murders and how to draw them into +the resurrection, that is, from their low to a higher condition. My +apostolic name which I have obtained on the feast of the apostle Andrew, +November 30, 1795, is Andrew. But when on the 30th November, 1826, at +the solemn profession of the Benedictine order I adopted by higher +impulse the name Bernardus, then also Pope Leo XII. was inspired, that +he promulgated Bernardus a Church-doctor. He in his shortsightedness, +had in his mind the celebrated monk of the twelth century. But neither +that monk who was preaching crusades, nor Pope Leo XII. knew, that +Turks, heretics and other nations will be converted in true Christians +without blood shedding and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole earth. But the Pope spoke as prophet of our mission who was +at that time High Priest and prophesied, that, whereas I adopted in the +prophetical profession of the Benedictine Order the name Bernardus, I +had to pass as monk through the last epoch of my studies of preparations +for my present charge, till I became Doctor Ecclesiæ, Church-Doctor, +teaching what bishops and doctors of Divinity do not understand, +although it is highly necessary for the peace of nations. From my first +arrival in the Benedictine Order, when I determined to live there, till +I started for America, exactly twelve years passed. + +By the memorable events which happened in the Cathedral Church in +Boston, a key was given us to unlock prophecies, which have been before +either entirely locked, or only in some measure unlocked. Some +interpreters have known, that the seven churches in the second and +third chapters of the Revelation were prophetical churches, typifying +the seven states, to which all churches of the Christian name since the +edition of the Revelation until the foundation of the universal peace on +earth may be reduced, so that every portion of the Christian name +belongs to the one or the other of the seven churches. In the third of +the above mentioned volumes, we, that is, I under the direction of +invisible assistants, have disclosed so much regarding the fulfilment of +the prophecies in our time, as is abundantly sufficient for testimony of +our mission. In our disclosure Thyatira in the 18th verse of the second +chapter of the Revelation is the type of the Roman Catholic Church. What +is said concerning that church until the end of that chapter, you +Bishops should at length consider and digest well. You kept fast what +you did not understand, till at length the Lord comes by our mission, +and unlocks by our mediumship the Divinity for His Reign of peace. We +have overcome and to us was given "the Rod of Iron and the Morning +Star." I speak in the name of all those who are co-operating with me +according to the Plan of the Most High for the universal peace of all +nations. We have "the iron rod," but not the iron sword. The iron rod is +only a symbol of our office to announce judgments to the disobedient +nations and to their rulers. They are bruised enough and broken. Those +who remain, should at length hear our voice, then their wrong systems +will be broken to pieces, but men will be saved. For we have received +not only the iron rod, but also the morning star. In the great +temptations through which we had to pass, we remembered the morning star +which appeared several times during the sun shine in close connexion +with our steps, and once in a peculiar connection with you, Prince +Bishop Anthony Slomshek! as well as in connection with the Emperor of +Austria! You remember that I wrote at a certain occasion my opinion in +regard to your sermons which appeared in print in our Slavonian mother +tongue, and in that my article I made also some extracts from my Latin +manuscript, "On the congeniality of languages[V]," to publish them with +that article in the "Carinthia"[W]. I finished writing that article on +the 6th February, 1835. When I was on the 7th February well nigh ready +to go to my students in the college, I was moved by the spirit to write +instantly a prophetical conclusion to that article. When I finished that +conclusion, I hurried to be in the college. After that there was much +talking among the Professors and others about the morning star which +appeared on that forenoon during sunshine. I explored exactly the time, +and found that the star appeared, when I commenced writing that +prophetical conclusion, and disappeared, when I finished writing. I +handed then that article to you, to deliver it to the editor of the +Carinthia. But there occured an accident, that the article appeared +later than I expected, so in the Carinthia, that the last part with the +great prophecy regarding the peace of nations was published on Easter +Saturday April 18, 1835, or on the Eve of the birth-day of the Emperor +Ferdinand the first year of his government. His birth day was celebrated +that year on Easter Sunday. An exact calculation was made by our +invisible agents. The poems of two panegyrists of the birthday of the +Emperor appeared in the same number immediately before our prophecy. +Those two adulators were types of the two adulators, Joseph Pletz Parson +of the Imperial Court, and Anthony Alosy Wolf, Prince Bishop of Laibach. +These two prelates have deluded the Emperor in regard to our mission, +and as a consequence terrible judgments came upon governments and +nations. But this writing is connected with the Morning Star, which +should be delivered by you to the young Emperor Francis Joseph and to +many nations as well as the ancestors of the Emperor, who are waiting in +the Empire of death for their redemption by our Message. It should be +delivered by you in the midst of terrible judgments. If you have the +spirit which I expect in you, you yourself will carry this letter +without delay to the Emperor, and explain personally, what is necessary +for his resurrection and strength. Now he belongs in the 16th verse of +the 17th chapter of the REVELATION. Kossuth, Mazzini and other heroes of +the Revolution are preparing the Harlot for Emperors and Kings, who are +fulfilling the judgments which are announced in that verse. But we to +whom this victory is promised, belong to those, who are united with the +lamb in the 14th verse of the 17th chapter of the REVELATION and will +overcome the Beast and its ten horns. To wit, we have the chain, with +which the Dragon, the seducing and destroying Serpent, will be bound and +cast into the abyss, REVEL. xx: 2, That is the magnetic chain of events +of past times in connexion with events of this time. In this chain the +genuine condition of the existing political and ecclesiastical +governments appears in its true light, so that, when this chain will be +duly spread and made known to Nations, they will be carried from the +existing Babylon into the New Jerusalem. Who ever amongst the rulers +comprehends this and carries the people into the New Jerusalem, into the +promised Reign of Peace, he himself and his family, as well as his +departed or yet in mortal bodies living congenial relations will be +brought into the true happiness; but on the contrary those rulers and +who are attached to them, who despise our apostolic voice, will be +exterminated. Judgement will not cease, till at length it destroys +themselves also. I have given in this Epistle as many hints as are +sufficient for such Bishops who are not entirely dead, to believe, when +I assure them, that, in our writings it has been made clear and evident, +that our chain or our system, which, for Peace of Nations, should be +made known to all political and ecclesiastical Governments, is +astronomically and historically correct. Therefore that of the three +named bishops, who receives first this Epistle, should inform the other +two of the matter and summon them to go directly with him to the +Emperor. Who comprehends this, and is inspired by the Holy Ghost who is +our director, for the accomplishment of Divine Decrees, is with us a +messenger of God. He should as such appear before the Emperor with this +Epistle, read to him the Epistle, and explain it, and summon the Emperor +to become with us a messenger of God, and may he be seemingly in profit +or seemingly in loss in regard to the Emperor Napoleon, to send this +Epistle to Emperor Napoleon, and require instantly an armistic under the +condition, that he is desirous to make immediately, with condescension, +a treaty of Peace, to hear the "Messo di dio," the messenger of God, +spoken of by the prophets of the Old and New Testament as well as by the +prophets of the succeeding ages of the Christian Era, and to fulfil the +will of the Most High for the welfare of nations. Amongst those +prophecies is one of the most remarkable in the 33rd Song of Purgatory +in the Divine Comedy of the great Italian Poet Dante, in which the +spirit Beatrice, Dante's departed wife, speaks of the "five hundred, ten +and five messenger of God," that is, of "Smolnker messenger of God." + +The number 500, 10 and 5, that is the number 515, is opposed to the +number 666 in the Revelation, xiii: 18. The name which comprehends the +mysteries which are contained in the 17th and 18th verses of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and also the number 666, has been delivered +into our hands, and all that belongs to the name, has been explained in +my books, in which to obtain the number 666, we had to write the name +with Greek letters, because the Revelation appeared in the Greek +language. And likewise also my name SMOLNKER, as it was originally +exactly pronounced, to wit, with short _o_ and short _e_ must be written +with Greek letters. This was the exact pronunciation of my name, as I +heard it pronounced by my grandparents and my parents. And the Greek +letters with short _o_ and short _e_ exactly pronounced in my name +SMOLNKER, give exactly the number 515, which is the number of the +messenger of God in Dante's prophecy. If you add this number to the year +1321, in which Dante died, you obtain the year 1836. "The messenger of +God" is in the quoted prophecy the same as the 3d Angel in Revel, xiv. +9. That the third Angel regarding whom the prophecy commences in the 9th +verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation, had to appear before the +public about the year 1836, and also that that Angel or messenger would +not be a departed but a man living in his mortal body, has been shown in +the last century by Doctor Bengel and his disciples using admirable +astronomical calculations by the means of the prophetical numbers in the +Revelation. My first German teacher, a Franciscan Monk from Bavaria, +inserted the letter _i_ into my name, and taught me to write my name +SMOLNIKER, till at length Professor Valentine Vodnik wrote my name as I +write it now. The numbers of my name, after having received those +changes, if you calculate the years, commencing with Dante's death, +give also highly important stopping points in the development of the +mysteries of the Theology for Christ's peaceable reign. I can give in an +epistle only some hints. + +By many of our forerunners many points have received partial +disclosures, or there have been prepared several links for the chain, +with which we will strangle the Harlot and the Giant who sins with the +Harlot, without hurting the flock and the fields, according to Dante's +prophecy. This prophecy mentions also the stars by which our advent is +announced, and in my books several apparitions of unexpected stars are +remembered in close connection with our office. In Dante's prophecy is +the messenger of God a collective name as well as the third Angel or +messenger in the 9th verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. One +man is representing the whole society by whom is accomplished what is +comprehended in the prophecy. The representative had to execute and +explain the mystery. At the expiration of the year 1836, which year has +been so mysteriously announced by the prophets, that I knew nothing +about it, I was called on the 5th day of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock +p.m. to this office. The call was delivered to me by an Angel of the +Lord, that I should make the resolution to prepare for my voyage to +America. And when I said: "O Lord! Thy will be done!" the same moment a +great light appeared over the City of Klagenfurt, where I was Professor +of Biblical Literature and you were Spiritual Adviser in the Theological +Seminary. You yourself have perhaps seen the light-ball, or certainly +heard much and read in newspapers about it. I myself have not seen it, +because I was in a deep trance and received at the same moment the order +by a Heavenly messenger. + +Here is no space to say more about Dante's prophecy. In my third volume +of Memorable Events more than one hundred pages have been used for +disclosing Dante's strange prophecy regarding the Messenger of God in +the 33d or the last Song of Purgatory, in connection with other +prophecies with which it is parallel and in connection with the +prophecies which have been given A.D. 1814 at the first distribution of +premiums after the fall of Emperor Napoleon I, when our city of Laibach +returned under the Austrian government, and I received Dante's Divine +Comedy for the first premium out of the Italian language. And whereas I +am labouring since my arrival in America with the greatest zeal to save +men and to bring them from Purgatory into Heaven, warlike spirits are +murdering and casting them into hell. Yet I have great confidence that +by your intermediation not only the Emperor of Austria but also the +Emperor of France will hear the Heavenly voice, which is sounding in +this letter. I have written several months before the outbreak of this +war a book in the English language ("this same book from which we take +away other manuscript and publish this epistle,") to publish it as soon +as circumstances will be favourable. I have shown in that book by +peculiar events which occurred with Emperor Louis Napoleon, but which +are not comprehended by him and his mediums till they study to know our +chain to bind the dragon, Revelation, xx: 2. that Emperor Napoleon is a +very strong medium of destroying spirits, but that I foster the hope, +that he will comprehend our message of peace and draw also his Uncle +Nepoleon I. into our reign of peace and become a great apostle of peace +to the nations. + +Both Emperors, the Emperor of Austria as well as the Emperor of France, +will become truly great if they accept our message of Peace, which +contains the substance, that they should directly conclude Peace, with +all mutual condescension and with our assurance, that soldiers who will +not be needed in God's Keign of Peace on Earth, will obtain according to +the plan which is to be published in the above mentioned book "(in this +book)" and which after the English edition may be translated also in +other languages, occupations most suitable to their strength and the +best spiritual education, to be truly happy in their mortal bodies as +well as after their departure. + +But whereas no treaty of Peace can be of duration in our time, unless +the governments enter into Christ's Peaceable Reign, which to establish +we have obtained the mission, you, Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek, and +also the other two witnesses who are bound to give you all possible +assistance, are particularly summoned to recommend most urgently to +both emperors, as soon as they conclude an armistice and prepare the way +to the treaty of Peace, to appoint also a healthy place, where according +to the geographical situation and other circumstances bishops of both +empires can easiest meet, for our Convention in which my Latin +manuscript which should have been examined A.D. 1849 by the American +Bishops in the Convention which was appointed in the City of New-York, +is to be examined according to the same rules mentioned above, and to +give me as well as the bishops information of this affair; because I am +ready to do all in my power for the Peace of Nations. You, Bishop +Anthony Slomshek are requested, to send me directly the result, after +having received and read this letter in your Consistory, and direct your +letter to + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, +DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY COUNTY, +Pennsylvania, in North America. + +We cannot enter into explanations of the paints mentioned in this +Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek. The substance of the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe and of the causes of all revolutions +and wars is, that men are living on the surface, in materialism, +according to their animal lusts and passions, using their reason to +accomplish their animal desires, and neglecting the one thing needful to +grow in the knowledge of their true inner condition and the true +condition of the departed, and in corresponding virtue for high spheres +of spirits to promote the true welfare of the whole human race while +they are promoting their own welfare. The treasures which I collected +from my early youth to this advanced age for the promotion of the common +welfare, I carry with me into the spirit world. But those who, instead +of having cultivated their inner man, came on the surface into the +materialistic life, and lived according to their animal passions and +carnal lusts and according to the custom of their party and sect, and +supported blindly the performances contained in the traditions and +systems which have been delivered to them by their predecessors, were +preparing in their way for revolutions and wars, instead of having +learned our disclosures that the time had arrived for the abolition of +the Old Heavens and the Old Earth, that is, of the old ecclesiastical +and political institutions, and how they are to be abolished in the most +peaceable manner. + +In this ignorance of things which have been disclosed in our +publications, those who keep up those Institutions, come in collision +with those who endeavour to destroy them without knowledge of their +prophetical meaning and of the truth which is behind the vail of the +outward form, and without preparation for a better state of human +affairs. This collision is continuously preparing revolutions and wars. +Men on the surface, not knowing the right means for true liberty, use +the means which destroy not only liberty, but also human life and +property, and life is wantonly destroyed, because men in their dreadful +degraded condition do not know how to appreciate it. In this condition, +if the old systems would succeed so far as to crush down with absolute +despotism all movements for deliverance, they could not keep for a long +time people in bondage of absolutism. Crevices would be always found, +from which the movements of the secret aspirations for liberty would +commence to be made manifest, till the eruption of the flood of +revolution and war would effect great destruction of life and property. +But also in the case, that the enemies of the old institutions would +succeed so far as to sweep away every vestige of them on the surface of +the Globe, they would be as little able as the supporters of the old +systems to preserve Peace; because there is no pacification in the +spirit world, except by receiving and spreading the means shown us from +the spheres of spirits by whom we are commissioned to introduce the New +Era of Harmony and Peace amongst mortals as well as amongst their +congenial departed. But the more materialism subdues the Globe, the more +the inner causes for new out-breaks of revolutions and wars are +operating to find crevices for the outbreak, so that there is absolutism +and despotism as necessary for those who without the use of the old +forms promise to make people free, as for those who promise the same in +the support of the new systems. Emperor Louis Napoleon and Emperor +Francis Joseph are quite remarkable representatives of the two systems, +while Napoleon makes such a use of the old form as to satisfy many of +the open opposers to it, and the Emperor of Austria endeavours to +sustain with hundreds of thousands of soldiers the inheritance of the +old abominations which should have been abolished by the application of +our message without murder of any man and for the greatest benefit of +the departed and the mortals of the family of Hapsburgh, while the whole +empire and all nations would have been benefited. + +From the scattered hints in this book you may collect, that since +Francis Joseph's Government I was rather endeavouring to effect in one +or the other manner a movement in this country, by which at length also +the Bishops and the Government of Austria might be awakened from their +fatal lethargy; because I saw that my direct applications to the young +Emperor would have been for no use. I am in no direct correspondence +with my native country, and I receive news either in newspapers or from +occasional reports, and shortly before I wrote the weighty Epistle to +Anthony Slomshek I met with a countryman who was professor in Vienna, +during the revolution of 1848, and on account that he inspired students +for fighting, he had to leave the country, and he told me besides other +news, that he heard that Anthony Slomshek was Prince Bishop in Laibach. +Several years before that I received the news that he was Prince Bishop +at Saint Andrew in Lavant Valley of Carinthia, only five miles from the +monastery of Saint Paul, where I became a monk of the Benedictine order. +I wrote to him, when I received that report; but I received no answer. +At length the Epistle which appears in this treatise, has been sent to +him as to Prince Bishop of Laibach, on the above mentioned authority. +The Epistle would retain in this book the same value also in the case, +that the report should not be correct that he is Bishop of Laibach; +because the facts which I relate in the Epistle as facts known to him +are facts of my own experience and such as occurred in close connection +with my experience, and have been attested by many witnesses directly +after they happened. + +Although I made few applications directly to Austria during the +Government of Emperor Francis Joseph, my fellow student Frederick +Baraga, Bishop at the Falls of Saint Mary at Lake Superior, extending +his diocese widely amongst Indians of North America, a peculiar favorite +at the Austrian Court, after having neglected the former opportunities +to study our message of Peace and to spread it in the Austrian +Government, was brought on the great Popish Feast of Christ's Body +(Festum Corporis Christi) May 22, 1856, to me in quite an unexpected +manner for both but in such a connexion with the present war in Europe, +that if this man, at least at that time had fulfilled his highest duty, +instead of the tremendous war, Christ's Peace would have already been +established in Europe. Therefore, not having room to write much, I must +mention at least somewhat about that our meeting showing the secret +causes of the present war and of all revolutions and wars since our +first proclamation of the great message entrusted to our care. + +On that feast, which was celebrated A.D. 1856 on the 22d day of May, my +pamphlet: "Redemption of oppressed Humanity! Christ's manifestation for +the abolition of all kinds of Popery!" issued from the press in the same +Printing Establishment of Cincinnati, into which Bishop Baraga came on +that feast to see the proof-sheet of the title page of his Latin Book +for his missionaries. Our meeting on that feast in a Protestant Printing +Office was so unexpected, that we did not know each other, when we met +at the compositors' room which he left while I was entering into it. I +was then instructed by the compositors, that that gentleman was the same +Bishop Baraga about whom I spoke in the pamphlet showing that while +bishops were consecrating him or made him a bishop, they were crucifying +Christ in his members; to wit, that bishop after having become so great +an apostle of the Indians, that he was very renowned in our native +country and at the Austrian Government, was made a medium by my +leaders, that he opened the way for my voyage to America. But after +having discovered, that our mission was not for, but against the Pope, +he instead of having studied my books and examined our message of Peace +and the credentials of our mission, became enraged. I expected that at a +personal meeting with him I would make him comprehend our mission. But +there was no opportunity until that feast on the 22d May, 1856, which +was selected for the commencement of the spirit manifestations at my +personal meetings with that medium of spirits of delusion and +destruction. + +After having written a considerable portion of the next following +treatise, I am aware that I cannot encompass within so few pages as I am +desirous to do, what is to be communicated there to nations, and I take +from this treatise some sheets away, in which I have given disclosures, +why we have mentioned in our Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek also the +Bishops of Triest and Goricia, whose predecessors should have at the +same time opened the way to the circulation of our message of Peace in +which time Bishop Anthony Aloysy Wolf should have been their co-operator +for Peace. But Matthew Raunicher, who was at that time Bishop of Triest, +should have been the leader of this work; because amongst those who +belonged to the Austrian Government he was the first who received the +first two volumes of my works. But he was formerly Professor of +Dogmatics and as such also my professor, and was so fixed in the Dogmas +of his infallible Church, that he could not study my books, to learn +what all dogmatists of the so called christian denominations require, to +with signs according to prophecies by which an "extraordinary +ambassador" to the churches should prove his mission. I hope, that +Raunicher's disciples, Bishop Baraga and Bishops and Priests in Illyria +and elsewhere will learn at length that we have superabundance of signs +according to prophecies testifying our mission against the infallibility +of the Church, and for the great truth, that many of the Dogmas of the +church are the most shocking absurdities, of they are taken as they have +been delivered by the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy, but that we show +a deeper sense, in which sound reason and science are reconciled with +religion. But we close this treatise to get more room for the next +following treatise, to assist the Pope and his bishops to prepare for +their own and the ressurrection of their departed predecessors. + + + + +FOURTH TREATISE + + + + Pious IX Bishop of Rome, Louis Napoleon Emperor of France, Francis + Joseph Emperor of Austria, the three extraordinary witnesses of our + on the title-page of this book expressed mission and powerful + preachers to all governments and in the first place to the + Government of the United States of North America, that they should + submit to the Government of our Lord and his Christ and become with + us messengers to introduce the promised universal Republic of Truth + and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe. + + +In the first three of my five German volumes the magnetic chain of +memorable events to bind the dragon. Revel xx: 2, is so developed, that +the proper position of the existing governments of the so called +Christians is made manifest. They belong to the Beast with seven heads +and to its ten horns either in the old or in a new fashion. Those three +volumes having been published from A.D. 1838 to 1840, Pope Pius IX and +the two named Emperors to whom the world's attention is now directed, +have not been mentioned in those volumes nor known to mortal men, that +they will occupy the position, on which they appear according to +prophecies, nor they themselves nor other men know at this time that +position, if they have not studied the magnetic chain exhibited in those +volumes to bind the dragon, Revel, xx.:2, the large serpent, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction by whom rulers and their +supporters have been inspired with such a madness as to apply their +studies how to kill men in the most cunning manner and to strip the +remnant of their property and keep them in bondage. Each of those +volumes is of a considerable size; the third is the largest containing +864 pages. But the substance of their contents is concentrated in the +Latin manuscript, written at the commencement of 1849. + +If Theologians had studied my German volumes or attended the Latin +Convention to which they have been most earnestly invited, they had +known without my explanation the position of these three great +representatives, or rather they had converted them long ago into the +messengers of Peace. But after matters had arrived so far as they are +now manifest, we must do what we can for the benefit of these three +witnesses and of those who are attached to one or the other as well as +for the benefit of all governments and their subjects; because all are +preparing instruments for destruction of human life and property and +drilling men to destroy or wound their fellow men in the most artful and +cunning manner, and to reward with the highest premiums those who +perform best this most criminal work. + +If you ask, by whose authority they are doing this, the answer is given: +"and the Dragon gave him his power, and his seat and great authority," +Revel. xiii: 2. to wit, to the representative of the Beast with seven +heads and ten horns. Under the Christian mask he became such a terrible +monster, that no other epithet was more suitable for him than that of a +Therion, of a ferocious beast having seven heads and ten horns. Having +been inspired and directed by the Dragon and his host, he could not +teach his sons and daughters, emperors and empresses, kings and queens, +a better doctrine than that which was infixed in his heads by the Dragon +and his host. "The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman +sitteth; and they are seven kings; five are fallen, and one is, and the +other is not yet come; and when he comes, he must continue a short +space," Revel. xvii: 9 and 10. + +It is to be understood, that in a brief treatise we can give only some +hints in regard to certain links of the long chain of events, which is +exhibited in the first three from A.D. 1838 to 1840 published volumes. +The three at the head of this treatise mentioned witnesses are so +extraordinary links added to that chain, that while I was writing those +three volumes I thought that the chain was long and strong enought to +bind the Dragon and to establish Peace on the whole Globe. But when +people would not spread that chain, it was after that much protracted. +In the years 1841 and 1842 the 4th and 5th German volumes and then a +number of English pamphlets were added; but the last links of the chain +cannot be understood without some knowledge of the preceding links. + +In every age men were awakened, whose intellectual and moral improvement +was above the general course of the age, and who were endeavoring to +warn and elevate the fallen generation. They were preparing the way for +our advent, and disclosing what belonged to their sphere, that it might +receive more light in "the dispensation of the fulness of times" Ephes. +1: 10, to introduce which we are commissioned. One of those forerunners, +was Doctor Bengel, disclosing what belonged to his mission in the first +half of the last century, so that in the same years of the 18th century +remarkable disclosures have been made by his instrumentality, in which +years in the 19th century Heavenly messengers have given great +disclosures by my instrumentality regarding Christ's peaceable reign on +earth. A.D. 1740 his German work "Erklaerte Offenbarung" (Revelation +explained) was published; and exactly one hundred years after that, on +Easter Saturday, 1840, my third German volume, by which the chain to +bind the Dragon was complete, issued from the press. To wit, in the +first and second volumes the "memorable events" are reported, which took +place at our experience for the abolition of Popery, or what is the +same, for the abolition of monarchy; and in the third volume is shown, +that memorable events which are explained in my first two volumes, +happened according to prophecies which are in the Bible and also in +other works of ancient times and have been repeated through the course +of centuries of the Christian Era, and that the memorable events which +happened at our experience, would not have scared priests and preachers, +but would have been expected by them, if they had not been ignoramuses +of what our forerunners had disclosed before us, or stubborn +materialistic hypocrites, not beleaving what they preach and profess by +their performance. + +The principal of those forerunners have been mentioned in that volume, +and how far each in his situation saw the objects, which have received +in our mission a light which could not be obtained in former ages. +Doctor Bengel occupies amongst those forerunners a peculiar place; +because he is the second angel or messenger, spoken of in Revel. xiv: 8, +that is, the representative of messengers by whom the contents of that +verse are fulfilled, because he was the first amongst those, who have +proclaimed prophetically Christ's coming or Christ's manifestation to +effect the fall of Babylon while they were showing the time in which it +had to take place, and disclosing many other deep things which were not +known before, and have warned people powerfully, to prepare for Christ's +coming. This was done by Doctor Bengel and his disciples prophetically, +I mean, that they saw Christ's coming only in the image of the Biblical +prophets, and did not know the manner of his coming, and pointed out the +year 1836, as the tropical year for his coming. But when that year +expired, those who had before great confidence in Dr. Bengel's +disclosures, said, that he was mistaken in the calculation of the times. +But we have shown according to our mission in the 3rd. of the mentioned +volumes, that Doctor Bengel was not mistaken in what belonged to the +sphere of his mission, and his wonderful calculation was correct +regarding the time, but that what he wrote regarding the manner of +Christ's coming and other things were not correct, which not he but the +third angel, Revel. xiv. 8, had to disclose; because the year 1836 was +the tropical year, at the expiration of which the 3d angel had to +appear, and then to perform his task and explain the prophetical images +and other things which have not been understood before that explanation; +because the Lord came at that time as a thief, Revel. xvi: 15. The thief +is not seen, when he takes away what he finds suitable for his use. And +the same have we done in our mission in which was gradually disclosed, +that Christ comes by us, his messengers, and discloses what is needed, +by the direction of his invisible agents who are operating through our +mediumship. + +If you keep all that has been said in this book, you will comprehend +the hints which we have given as preparations at our approach to the +development of what we have promised in the inscription of this +treatise. Others have tried to show from their position, and Doctor +Bengel with application of historical and astronomical erudition +endeavoured to make it most evident, that the Beast with seven heads and +ten horns in the 13th chapter of the Revelation, is the papal monarchy. +At length came the 3rd angel or messenger, Revel. xiv: 9, by whose +mediumship the whole chain was developed, which testifies the same. And +Heavenly Congress of the 144,000 martyrs, Revel. xiv: 1, who +superintend, that prophecy given under their direction, is exactly +fulfilled, (as there is the case with the prophecies of the Revelation,) +have given also such testimonies of this truth, that the most stubborn +materialist if he studies to learn truth, finds superabundance of most +striking evidences, that hosts of spirits were co-operating, that +prophecy was fulfilling, till at length by unexpected events the Divine +seal was attached to its fulfilment by our mediumship. We will give +later in this treatise striking testimonies of this truth. But here was +the preparation, that you may understand the following hints on the 9th +and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the Revelation in connection with +the inscription of this treatise. + +Doctor Bengel was the first who has discovered, after an investigation +for many years in the Bullarium Romanum, in which the dates of the papal +letters which are known under the name of the Papal Bulls, bear besides +the time, the place from which they issued, that is, the place of the +Papal See or Chair, or of the papal government. In the 17th chapter is +the same Beast with the seven heads and ten horns which appears in the +first verse of the 13th chapter, only that in the 17th chapter it +appears in another state, to wit, the seer says in Revelation, xvii: 3d, +"I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of +blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns." This woman is called in +the 5th verse: "Babylon the great, the mother of harlots and +abominations." The same woman is called in the 3d verse of the second +chapter in the second epistle to the Thessalonians "the apostasia or +apostasy," what your translators expressed with "a falling away." In +the preceding treatise we quoted a prophecy in the 33d song of Purgatory +in Dante's Divine comedy, in which the five hundred ten and five +messenger of God strangles the harlot and the giant who sins with the +harlot. That harlot is the same old woman, which is called in the 17th +chapter of the Revelation, "the mother of harlots and abominations," and +the giant is the representative of the Beast, at this time Pius ix, +carrying on his shoulders the whole burden of abominations and +blasphemies of the whole succession of the apostles whose master is the +apocalyptical dragon, who has given him "power, seat and great +authority," Revel. xiii: 2. The word which is in your translation seat, +is in Greek "throne," which you understand. But by the worshipers of the +Beast it is usually called "the Holy See," and you know if you have +comprehended this book until this page, that the Pope had received his +holy see from "his infernal holiness, the dragon." And we will +concentrate and kindle an admireable light upon this subject in this +treatise. + +In the the 7th chapter of Daniel is the 4th Beast, having ten horns, the +Roman Monarchy. This same monarchy became at length the papal monarchy, +when the Bishop of Rome became monarch of the church and extended his +monarchy or superintendency over the other monarchs and nations as far +as he could, with the same view, as the heathen Roman Emperors had, to +make Rome the mistress of the globe; only that the Roman bishop did this +under a christian title, although his government was an antichristian +government under a christian pretext. There was inspiration; but the +inspiration was from the dragon and his host. The foundation of that +Empire is expressed in Revel. xiii: 2. Any body who has a christian +spirit and compares that which happened in Italy from Easter Sunday of +this year until this day, July, 21st, 1859, is convinced of this truth. +These are the fruits of the Papal monarchy! I have superabundance of +other business, and am writing occasionally since the 4th of this month +the preceding and this treatise, and the reader should keep continuously +in his mind, that I give only some links in this time of great delusion +preparing great destruction also in this country, that there not being +opportunity to study the whole chain of our disclosures people might +receive as much as necessary to know the "secret ememies of true +Republicanism," and the inner life of man and the spirit world, that +they might be saved, instead of being ruined and destroyed. "The seven +heads are seven mountains. Also seven kings, five of whom are fallen, +and one is and the other is not yet come." This is the state of things +at the time, in the 9th and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation. Rome is located on a number of hills, the seven principal of +which are called by the ancient writers the seven mountains. Doctor +Bengel has shown from the Ballarium Romanum and other documents +regarding the Papal government, that since the Roman Emperor Constantine +I. the Pope had the seat of his administration until the time in which +Doctor Bengel wrote, on five of the seven mountains, to wit, 1. on the +mountain Coelius, 2. mountain Aventinus, 3. Vaticanus, 4. Qurinalis, 5. +Esquilinus. Farther is to be remarked that although Popes had some times +their seats in other places, for instance in Avignon of France, others +in opposition to them had at the same time their seat in Rome, or when +in some Revolution they were driven from Rome, they returned as soon as +they could. Doctor Bengel when he found, that in his time the seat of +the Papal government was the fifth of the seven mountains, assured most +solemnly, that that government would not be translocated from that upon +another mountain until it crumbled to pieces, and he, by his admirable +calculation, showed, that it would take place before the expiration of +his century. It took place A.D. 1798, when Pope Pius VI. was taken +captive and carried to France, and the French Directory located the seat +of their government in Rome, not upon one of the five mountains which +were successively occupied as the seat of the Papal government, but upon +the mountain Capitolinus. On that mountain was the temple which was +dedicated during the heathen Rome to all heathen Gods, and during the +Papal Rome to all Saints or all Gods whom the Pope professed to worship. +But then it was taken by the French Directory for the seat of the +government. + +All these things were axactly performed, by the influence of spirits of +different spheres. Every actor in the great drama was influenced by +spirits for whose inspiration he was best prepared. But all that took +place under the vigilance of the highest order of spirits for the +accomplishment of prophecies. In Revelation, xvii: 10 the seven +mountains are called seven kings, that is seven monarchial or dospotic +or antichristian governments, governments which originated from the +inspiration of the dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction. The +seven mountains are types of these seven governments. But five are +fallen, that is five kings or five monarchial governments are fallen at +the time which the Revelator saw, that is, at the time, when the woman +was sitting on the Beast having seven heads and ten horns. During those +five kings or during the Papal governments on the live mountains that +woman, which is the mother of harlots and abominations, was prepared and +fostered by all the anti-christian deeds which have been perpetrated by +the authority of the Papal Bulls which issued from the five mountains. +People who came out from the exterior fashion of Popery, did not return +to the christian truth and christian spirit, but progressed into +materialism and endeavoured to effect with weapons of war, what can only +be effected according to the plan given in the following treatise. The +French Revolution broke out A.D. 1789, and progressed in tremendous +destruction of life and property and in terrorism and distress of the +survivors, that at length A.D. 1798 Pope Pious VI was carried captive to +France, where he died; the Papal Monarchy or the Beast having seven +heads, disappeared, or the woman was sitting upon the Beast, that is, +took possession of the monarchy. That woman is called the harlot and the +mother of harlots, and the apostasy, or defection from truth and +righteousness. People polluted with this defection appear under the +image of a harlot. And those who professed to act in the name of the +Republic or the people, after having removed the Pope from his seat, +located their government on the Mountain Capitolinus, in contempt of the +saints or gods of the Pope, and supported their government with a more +terrible despotism, than their predecessors, the popes, did. This +government of the French Directory on the Mountain Capitolinus, is in +this calculation the sixth government, or the government introduced in +Rome after the fall of the governments on the five of the seven +mountains. When the government on those five mountains was translocated +from one mountain upon an other, the government was not destroyed but +only changed, as circumstances required. But when the sixth government, +(called in Revel. xvii: 10 "the one is" that is, the one which was in +existence after the fall of the preceding five), was introduced, the +former governments of the Papal monarchy were entirely abolished. When +this took place, "the other" in Revel, xvii: 10 "was not yet come," and +the government of the French Republic was in the greatest danger of +being overturned. In those circumstances, "the other," that is Napoleon +came. He returned from Egypt and saved the republic; but the republic +could not be sustained, and Napoleon advanced gradually so far that he +became at length Emperor; and of him is said: "he must continue a short +space." Revel. xvii: 10. His government is in this calculation the +seventh government. He thought, that the secular monarchy of the Pope +was injurious to his Empire, and he required that the Pope, Pious VII, +successor of Pius VI who died in France, should give up his secular +monarchy. And when the Pope refused to do so, he was taken captive and +brought at length to France. + +Napoleon is in our magnetic chain the same, who according to the vulgar +reading and translation is called "the man of sin, the son of +perdition." 2d Ep. Thessal. ii: 3. We give only as many hints as are +sufficient, to arouse governments and nations from their lethargy. +Theologians not knowing how the Bible originated, nor how to make the +right use of it, had made already of the first chapter of the Bible the +greatest abuse, and came in collision with developments of astronomy and +geology as well as with the true history of man, being in that chapter +nothing else but the vision or the image of the creation of the mosaic +Heaven and the mosaic Earth, or the mosaic ecclesiastical and political +institutions, which are abolished by virtue of our mission in which we +show the new Heaven and the new Earth. Interpreters and translators +commenced to dupe people with the first verse of the Bible, where the +Hebrew word "Elohim" is in the plural number. But they translated that +word, "God;" although those who know somewhat about the true +spiritualism, may easily comprehend, that those Elohim are the guardian +gods or the guardian angels, departed ancestors of the Jewish Nation. At +the administration of those guardians Moses produced the ecclesiastical +and political institutions of that nation. Of those institutions, and of +the books of that nation such a tremendous abuse was made, that from +that abuse at length "the man of sin, the son of perdition" was +produced. But this vulgar reading is taken in the first place from a +wrong Greek reading. The genuine reading gives in the first place the +translation "the man of lawlessness" that is, the man who came out from +a lawless state, from a state in which the ecclesiastical and political +laws have been overthrown. In the second place instead of "the son of +perdition" should be translated "the son of destruction," that is, the +man who came through that dreadful destruction of human life and +property which is preserved in history, upon the Imperial Throne of +France, that all in him has been fulfilled, what we read in the quoted +chapter, and is explained in our magnetic chain in which we have given +also the genuine reading and the genuine translation, where needed to +understand the prophecy, as far as it has been fulfilled[X] in Napoleon +I. But the explanation cannot be here repeated; but we had here to +mention as much as necessary, that the supplement of its fulfilment +might be understood by Napoleon III. and that the two fighting emperors +and their tremendous armies in Italy, as well as all other monarchs, +might learn their true position and be converted from the Dragon to +Christ and become with us messengers of Peace. For this purpose we must +give the following hints: + +"And the Beast that was and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the +seven, and goeth into perdition. Revel. xvii: 11. You must keep in mind, +that the Revelator saw the state in which the harlot was sitting on the +Beast, that is, occupying the place of the Papal monarchy. In that state +of things the Beast or Papal monarchy was not in existence. But when the +Revelator was contemplating that state with marvel, the angel who has +shown him this state of things, gives some prophecies of what would +follow after that state. + +"The Beast that thou sawest, was, and is not; and shall ascend out of +the bottomless pit, and go into perdition" Revel. xvii: 8. The Papal +monarchy, which disappeared for a certain time, had to re-appear, and +that re-appearance is its ascension from the abyss, from so deep a cave +that its bottom is not seen, from the realm of darkness in reference to +Revel. xiii: 2, when it came into existence first by the spirit of +delusion effecting great destruction, at the incursion of barbarian[Y] +nations into the Roman Empire in the 4th, 5th, and 6th centuries. At +that time the Bishop of Rome took advantage to commence to be +Superintendent of the kingdoms which originated from the Roman Empire, +and their number was successively ten, which are called the ten horns of +the Beast. Napoleon's Empire "which continued a short space," having +been the seventh government, the Papal monarchy which ascended out of +the abyss Revel. xvii: 8, was in this calculation the eighth king or +government, Revel. xvii: 11, and came out of the seven preceding +governments, and commenced, when A.D. 1814 Pope Pius VII took possession +of his territory after his triumphant return to Rome. Then the ten horns +of the Beast, who "are ten kings" Revel. xvii: 12, (to wit, in reference +to the origin of the kingdoms out of the Roman Empire in connexion with +the origin of the papal monarchy,) the monarchs or their Representatives +who after the overthrow of Napoleon's Empire assembled in the Congress +of Vienna, "These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength +unto the Beast." Revel. xvii: 13. The translation being not exact, we +give only the sense, that they agreed, that the representative of the +Beast or the Pope should be with them a partaker of his temporal power, +or of his monarchy, which he has lost entirely during the sixth +government, and died in captivity. His successor Pius VII, who commenced +to restore it, was then taken by Napoleon; but after Napoleon's fall the +old dynasties with the Papal monarchy were restored. And the people +continued in the great apostasy which is called the harlot, and the +monarchs were fulfilling and continue to fulfil at this time in the most +tremendous manner the 16th verse of the 17th chapter of the Revelation, +"making the harlot desolate and naked, eating her flesh and burning her +with fire." In this tremendous condition they continued since they took +again possession of their governments. Their proceedings and the whole +management of their affairs appear anti-christian. These governments +"make war with the lamb." Revel. xvii: 14. This they do continously, +till at length we read reports of such destructions as are now in Italy. +But to those who are with the lamb, called and chosen and faithful, the +victory against the antichristian governments is promised in the same +verse. Without having room for farther hints in this confinement to a +small book, that it might be studied by many who could not be moved or +would not have time to study a large work or would not have the means to +buy it, we must give here some hints, how our victory against those who +are in war with the lamb, has been secured by the most solemn promises +and fulfilment of the most sublime prophecies. Readers should keep in +mind all hints given on the preceding pages, and should know, that I was +called to America by a Heavenly messenger. Then followed continuous +signs, by which all things were prepared the right moment, that I was +directed to Boston, Mass., and arrived in that city on my birth day, +November, 29, 1837, when I was exactly 42 years old. I had no knowledge, +that my invisible guardians had prepared all that was required, that in +that city great works have been performed by my instrumentality. On +memorable events which happened in the Roman Catholic Church of that +city from December, 1837, until the 3d Sunday after Easter, 1838, by my +mediumship and assistance of 144 witnesses many hundred pages have been +written in my often mentioned five German volumes. + +Readers of this book are accustomed to hear unexpected events, and we +mention without explanations the following as preparatory to the light +which we shall give in this treatise upon the present meeting of Emperor +Napoleon and his army with Emperor Francis Joseph and his army in Italy, +and upon the present Pope in their vicinity. + +While I was preparing to start from Boston to other places, I was +instructed by unexpected wonders and signs that I must remain in Boston +and take care of the German Catholic congregation, and the priest who +had charge of it, was by invisible agents compelled to leave directly +Boston. For the use of our German Congregation the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church was granted at the time, during which it was not +occupied by the Irish and American Congregation. We had our service on +Sundays from 8 to 10 o'clock A.M. in that Church, and I explained +prophecies in reference to our time and the necessity of true +Reformation for those who would be partakers of the great promises for +the fulfilment of which the time was approaching. This I knew as well as +also, that I came to America to work in this country for their +fulfilment according to the direction of my leaders. But I did not know, +what, according to their plan was to be done. + +On the 6th day of January, 1838, which was Saturday and the feast of +Epiphany or Christ's manifestation, a great prophetical feast for our +mission, I received the order from my guardian, the martyr in Revel. +xiv: 14, who was crucified and burned by the Pope, and found by the +Heavenly Congress, Revel. xiv: 1, as best qualified to be my principal +director in what I had to perform in the cathedral Church in Boston. The +name of that martyr and why he was found to be my leader in that work, +is in other of my writings. By him I was instructed to prepare the +congregation on that feast, that those who would be willing to +co-operate with us for the great Reformation which was required for the +fulfilment of prophecies, should be ready to come on the next following +day after our Sunday service in my school room and sign their names and +what they would be willing to do for defraying expenses in our +enterprises. On sunday the 7th of January, 1838, I delivered again a +sermon suitable to inspire the congregation for the great enterprise, +and asked that those who were ready for co-operation, should come +directly after the service in our school room. That was a step against +all precedence. The catalogue of those who belonged to the congregation, +was given to me before, and trustees took great care to collect large +subscriptions for us. But all this should be rejected, and only those +who would be ready to work with me for the great reformation without +regard to the bishop, should come and sign their names and +contributions, to be regarded as my fellow labourers in the great +reformation. Although I have explained to them in my sermons as many +signs as they could bear, that I came against all my expectations to +America to prepare people for the reformation necessary for the +fulfilment of the greatest promises, I, according to human insight into +matters, did not expect that any would dare to sign his name. But I did, +as I was ordered by my leader. + +After our service on Sunday, January 7, 1859, there came so many that +our school room was crowded. Trustees and others came with them to warn +the others, not to do any step for such an enterprise, without asking +first the bishop, what should be done in this case. Others remarked, +that I knew well what I was doing. And I repeated what I have explained +at our meetings in the church, that I was doing nothing except what was +showed to me by the spirit, who had given also in their presence +sufficient testimonies, that he was a spirit of truth and righteousness. +Then all were so inspired, that those who resisted most signed first +their names. Having been agreed that they must sign their names before +me and witnesses in my catalogue the business required time, and those +who came from a distance, remained to sign their names amongst the +first, and the others went home, and returned afternoon. On the next +following Sunday we assembled again, that the names of the signers were +read solemnly and distinctly in the presence of the whole congregation +for other purposes, which to mention here is no room, as well as for the +purpose which must be mentioned, that the congregation were expressly +admonished, that at the reading of the names of the signers they should +pay pecular attention, that if any mistake should be found, it might be +corrected, and that all might be witnesses of what every one had signed +to contribute for our enterprise. Every one, called by the name, +answered. Most of them, if not all, were present. And if any one, for I +do not recollect any case, was absent, certainly those who knew him and +were present when he came to sign his name, testified, that they saw +him, when he signed his name and contribution, and that his name was +correctly written into my catalogue. In this manner that which was +signed January 7th 1838, before witnesses was on the 14th of the same +month testified by the whole congregation. + +Signs and wonders became more manifest. I was commanded by my leader to +write an Encyclic Latin Epistle, directed to the Bishops of the Austrian +Empire, showing the necessity of true Reformation that nations might +become partakers of the promises. I have shown in that Epistle of seven +closely written sheets, what was first and most necessary; and I +mentioned a number of signs which have been given in the Austrian Empire +before I started thence to America, and a number of signs in Boston +after my arrival there, by which our mission was testified. After having +finished writing that Epistle, I was directed by the same spirit, to +write to Benedict Fenwick Roman Catholic Bishop of Boston, a short +letter, as addition to the Encyclic Epistle to the Bishops of Austria, +showing to the bishops, that whereas some signs have been mentioned, +which took place in the Austrian Empire in the presence of witnesses who +have been named in the Epistle, and other signs happened in Boston, and +of those signs he was a witness, he was in duty bound to sign first the +circular Epistle and to promise his co-operation with us for the great +Reformation of the Church, which is necessary to stop judgments and to +make nations partakers of the greatest promises. I added, that if he +would refuse to sign, I could not go any more into his Church. The +bishop was a cunning Jesuite. He understood that by signing that Epistle +he could not satisfy his Pope, and he wrote to me a very enticing +letter, to stop me in my Reformation. But I assembled directly those of +the congregation, who could be assembled that evening, Friday, February +16th 1838, and explained what had happened, showing to them their duty, +to make known to the congregation to assemble on next Sunday in a +Protestant School-house in which I would explain, why I could not go any +more into the Church of the Bishop. I convinced them after sufficient +explanation of the matter, that they were satisfied, that I had to obey +rather the direction of the spirit, than the wishes of the bishop. + +On Saturday, Feb. 17, 1838, I was again awakened at 3 o'clock A.M. as at +my former commission, and commanded by my leader, to write again to the +bishop and explain my message given to the congregation to assemble on +the next day in a Protestant School house unless the bishop would +acknowledge his fault and do what was required. I assured him most +solemnly, that all those steps were done under strict direction of the +spirit who had confirmed my mission; therefore "nisi haec feceris, tecum +in sacris communicare non possum." It is to be understood, that I wrote +to him in Latin, and said: "If thou, Bishop, wilt not do this," that is, +if thou wilt not sign the Epistle and co-operate with us, "I can have no +ecclesiastical communion with thee." The Epistle was then carried and +handed to him at 8 o'clock A.M. of that day. + +Soon after that a deputation of our congregation came to me. They +reported that our message according to our agreement, was spread in the +congregation, but there was a means, to satisfy the spirit; because the +Catholic Cathedral Church does not belong to the bishop, but to the +nations. The deputation assured me that Roman Catholics and Protestants +of different nations have contributed freely to build that church, and I +could explain freely in the church what I had to communicate to the +congregation; since neither the bishop nor any of his priests understood +German. It was evident, that one of the three was under the influence of +a prudent spirit. But I replied, that in steps of such consequence I +must act strictly according to the order of the spirit. They should +therefore go to the bishop. Perhaps they might move him to sign the +Epistle. They went; but they returned with the message, that they found +the bishop not well, entreating me very much that although he could not +sign my encyclic Epistle, I should go in the church, and difficulties +would be then amicably settled. From that circumstance I understood, +that the bishop did not comprehend what it was, to receive a commission +by Heavenly messengers, which was sufficiently attested as sent from +Heaven. Therefore I said to the committee, that after the bishop had +remained in such a darkness, I must strictly act according to the +direction of the spirit who has sent me. Then the man who was under +influence was stronger moved to urge me to go in the church, without +regard to the bishop, and explain what I wished to communicate to the +congregation. When the other two belonging to the committee thought that +I could not be moved, they left my room. Then the third was stronger +moved by his leader than before, to urge me to go in the church. Then my +leader brought to me the distinct message that I should go into the +church and perform independently from all bishops, what would be shown +to me to be performed. At that unexpected message I said to the man, +that I have received the communication which I needed to tell to the +congregation, that they should assemble on the next day in the church. + +From the message I understood, that after having excommunicated the +bishop from my ecclesiastical communion, and in my last letter more +distinctly than in my first, I had to omit in my performances in the +church all that shows any communication with the bishop or with the +Pope, whose representative the bishop was. But I knew long before that, +that the Roman Catholic Church was a prophetical church, and I had to +perform the prophetical ceremonies which were in use at those days on +which I had to go in the church. The prophetical spirit has so provided +for what I had to perform from that moment in the church, that at every +performance also the passages which were taken from the Bible into the +Roman Catholic mass-book and ritual, corresponded exactly with what I +was doing. + +On the 18th February, 1838, which was Sunday Sexagesima, I came the +first time independently from all bishops, into the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church of Boston, Mass. to do what would be shown to me by +inspiration. The church has prepared for that Sunday from the 11th and +12th chapters of the 2d Epistle to Corinthians the sufferings of the +Apostle Paul and his report, that he was caught up to the third Heaven. +When I was reading at the Altar that section, and came to the quoted +passage, "I was caught up to Heaven." Paul the Prophet, as he appears in +our mission, did not know, whether it was in or out of his body. But I +know I was entranced, while my body was immoveable at the Altar, and +Heavenly power was communicated to me, and I was ordered to explain to +the audience the testimonies of my mission, commencing with the +initiation which I have received twelve years before that. To wit, A.D. +1825 after my having been six years secular Priest, testimonies were +given, that I was called to join with Priests of the Benedictine Order. +I felt that there were sufficient testimonies of my call from Heaven. +But after my having moved into the monastery, matters appeared so +contrary to my expectation, that I thought, that my surest way would be +to write to the next bishop and to continue to labor as secular Priest. +In that my determination to write on the next following day to the +Bishop of Lavant, I went to rest. But I came from my sleep into a trance +of unspeakable Heavenly light, during which I was surrounded by a +company of spirits and magnetized or initiated by them for the great +labor which I had to perform, and the temptations against which I had to +act. At that initiation I did not see my mother, but I heard so +distinctly her voice and with so powerful impression that it could not +be effaced from my mind, when she said that I should remain in the +monastery. Amongst all communications which I received in Europe from +Heavenly guides, this was the only one, which I have received from my +mother; and nobody else could impress a stronger conviction than she +did, in the most momentous instance in which I needed a Heavenly +comfort. And that initiation by Heavenly messengers strengthened me, +till I received on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18, 1838, the great +initiation at the Altar of the Cathedral Church of Boston for my public +appearance in my present charge and was commanded by the martyr Revel. +xiv: 14 to commence my address with the initiation which I had received +twelve years before that. The Roman Catholic Church has prepared for +that Sunday Luke viii 4-15, and I explained according to the 10th verse +the mystery of our mission. I had to mention some points at my public +initiation to my present mission in which I had to perform in the first +place in the Roman Catholic Church what was required according to +prophecies to give the Pope and his bishops the most solemn divine +testimony, that their prophetical administration is accomplished, and +that their highest duty is to become with us messengers of the +dispensation of the fulness of times Ephes. 1:10, in which all in Heaven +and on Earth should be united and pacified in Christ. For this purpose +the church or the people must be cleansed. To show them the necessity of +the cleansing of the sanctuary, after that my public appearance in the +glorious mission, demons were compelled to bring to daylight the secret +abominations, of which we have in the brief hints of this treatise to +mention one instance, which is in peculiar connexion with the three on +the title-page named witnesses and with other regents. One man was found +in our congregation, who was not in the catalogue of the 144, who have +signed their names into our catalogue on the 7th January, 1838; but he +was in the catalogue of those who have been given to me before that +signing as belonging to the congregation, and that man appeared in that +catalogue as being married, and when after our public appearance in the +present mission the abominations commenced to be detected, that man was +found, that he was not married with the woman with whom he lived as +being married. I sent to him word, that if he wished to know his duty, +he should come to me. But he would not come. This happened in the week +after my public appearance in my present charge. I asked, whether the +case was known in the congregation, and I was told, that it was known. +On the next following Sunday, which was Quinquagesima or the next Sunday +before Lent, I received the order from my leader to excommunicate that +man publicly. I delivered a sermon appropriate to the case, mentioned +that such a man was in the congregation, without naming him, and made +the declaration that such a man does not belong to the church of Christ +or to our congregation till he is converted from his illegal connection. + +After that many other performances of our mission took place, which +cannot be mentioned here, except the following: + +According to the agreement the signers of their names and contributions +for our support and to defray the necessary expenses, had to bring a +portion of their contribution before Palm Sunday 1838 which is the +Sunday before Easter, and if somebody should be hindered in doing what +he agreed to do, he should come and mention his reason, or if he could +not come himself, he should send word by some other. In the case, that +he would neglect to do the one or the other, we would send, to inquire +for the reason of his having neglected his duty. This was to be +mentioned for the right comprehension of the unexpected events which we +must in this connexion of things report as briefly as possible. + +In the night from Palm Sunday to Monday I was at one o'clock by a shock +suddenly awakened and I heard the voice: "Arise and take from the +catalogue those who had neither brought their contributions, nor the +excuse why they could not do so, and excommunicate them on the next +Sunday solemnly from Christ's Church." I arose directly, made light, +took them from my catalogue and put them on another paper. Then I became +suddenly very drowsy and returned to bed. When I arose at the usual +time, I reflected upon the unexpected communication, and I thought, that +my duty was to inquire for the men, and that only under the condition +that they would obstinately resist to submit to the rules of our order, +they would deserve a public declaration, that they do not belong to +Christ's Church. Also it appeared quite strange, that Easter Sunday was +appointed for that excommunication. I thought, that if I would send for +and converse with them, I would perhaps find out the reason of such an +unexpected order. Besides all other things I had also the most +convenient lodging for my performances in the new mission. But here we +select only those points which are preparatory to the development of +deep secrets by which the three extraordinary men mentioned on the +title-page become extraordinary witnesses of our mission. The merchant +with whom I boarded knew most persons of our congregation. Therefore I +took the paper on which I put the names according to the Heavenly +commission, and asked him whether he knew any of those persons who were +on the paper. After his negative answer I called our messenger to give +him the paper with the order to inquire at those who were acquainted +with most people of our congregation, to find out those persons and +invite them to come to me about important matters, without telling the +case which I myself did not understand. But at the moment, when I would +give him the paper, I was severly shaken and heard the voice, not to +inquire for any body but to perform that which I had been commanded to +do. The order having been given by the leader from whom other most +important orders came, I was satisfied, that with the order were deeper +things connected than I could expect. I asked the messenger whether he +heard any voice. He replied, in the negative. I understood that I was +taken by him into the inner state, when he shook me and said to me not +to inquire for anybody, but to perform the order. + +From Monday to Tuesday in the week before Easter I was again shaken and +awakened by my leader at 1 o'clock A.M. and heard his voice: "Arise and +write for the book the order given on the preceding night to be executed +on next Sunday." To understand this order I must remark, that soon after +my declaration made to Bishop Fenwick of Boston, that if he refuses to +sign the Epistle I can have no ecclesiastical communion with him, which +declaration was a polite manner in which I excommunicated the bishop, I +commenced to write a book, showing that my extraordinary steps were made +under higher direction testifying my extraordinary mission; because as +soon as I was ordered to separate from the bishop, and to perform +independently from all bishops in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church, +what would be shown me by the spirit, I understood my extraordinary +mission; although I did not know, what the Heavenly Congress intended to +perform by my mediumship. And when I was commanded by the spirit at 1 +o'clock from Monday to Tuesday before Easter 1838, to arise and to write +for the book, which is now called the first of my five German volumes, I +felt more than before the importance of the obligations of the 144 +witnesses who have signed their names in my catalogue; and from this +view I wrote that night what I inserted in the most suitable place of +the manuscript, that it was then published for a testimony to all +nations, that I did know nothing in regard to the deepest mystery which +was intended by the Heavenly Congress with that excommunication. + +One point more as preparation for the great celebration of the Easter +Sunday, April 15, 1838. On Wednesday before Easter the man who was +excommunicated on Sunday Quinquagesima from our congregation, came to +me after having separated from the woman with whom he was not married. I +understood that he was under influence of an invisible power brought to +me, and that I had to take him into our communion and make it publicly +known on Easter Sunday in the same general terms without mentioning his +name, in which he was separated. And I said to him, that I will mention +this in our next meeting on Easter Sunday. + +When all was prepared on that great Easter Sunday, in the midst of our +usual prophetical performances at the Mass I ascended the pulpit and +delivered under inspiration a sermon preparatory to the excommunication, +instructed the audience then regarding the excommunicated by a distinct +report, how I was three times ordered to perform that excommunication, +that therefore those who are comprehended under the names of the +excommunication, are as certainly excommunicated from Christ's Church, +as I am confirmed as his messenger for establishing his reign of Truth +and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe by all the signs and +wonders many of which they had already heard in my addresses, others +they will read in the book. The congregation knew, that I was printing a +book in Cambridge near Boston, showing that what I was doing I was doing +under the direction of Heavenly messengers for the fulfilment of the +greatest promises. Amongst all the signs and wonders many of which you +have also read in this book, one of the most remarkable signs was, that +after my having excommunicated Benedict Fenwick, Bishop of Boston, in +both letters, that of the 16th as well as that of the 17th February +1838, although more expressedly in the last than in the first, neither +the Bishop nor any other Priest did interfere with my using the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church of Boston, but I performed without the least +disturbance all that has been shown to me by the holy martyr Revel. +xiv:14 and his company. I assured the congregation at the same time that +the excommunication will not injure those who are comprehended in the +names of the excommunicated, except if they remain obstinate after the +excommunication is made known. + +After the necessary solemn preparation, the excommunication was +performed in the most vigorous manner, and the names of the +excommunicated were read so loud and distinctly, that they could be +heard in every corner of the church, for the peculiar purpose that no +name might be confounded with another name. + +After that act I continued the Mass and distributed the Eucharist to a +large number of the congregation whom I prepared on the previous days by +hearing their confessions; because, as I have mentioned before, in my +extraordinary mission in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church all that +which was practised was to be repeated for a testimony that it was +accomplished. Without there being room here to write about the +confession we mark only in general, that it had also its time in the old +Heaven, but we have better means of education in the new Heaven. But it +is to be remarked that also the man who had been excommunicated on +Sunday Quinquagesima, came to me to the confession before Easter and was +received into our congregation, and this was then on Easter Sunday +directly after my solemn sermon before I commenced to prepare the +audience for hearing the excommunication of those who were to be +excommunicated, distinctly announced to the congregation, and that same +man received then with the others the Eucharist from my hand. Then he, +after our service, accompanied me closely, without saying a word, to my +lodging, and said when I was entering the house, that he wished to talk +with me privately. When we were alone, he entreated me pitifully to +receive him in Christ's Church or in our congregation. I was surprised, +and asked him, whether he forgot, that I received him first privately, +and whether he did not hear that I made that known to the congregation +on that same day, and that he took also the Eucharist from my hand as +the confirmation of being in our congregation. He replied that all this +was true, but that he heard distinctly his name, when I read those who +were excommunicated, and that the Spirit said to him, that he should go +directly to me and tell me this. + +I saw that he was acting under the influence of a spirit, and to get +some more information, asked him, how he could hear his name, when I +pronounced loud and distinctly those who were on my paper for the +excommunication, when I read them from the paper as being +excommunicated, and that I could not be such a fool as to put the same +name amongst the excommunicated, whom I took before privately into our +Communion, and announced this also publicly, immediately before the +performance of the excommunication. He replied, that he did not only +hear distinctly his name, but saw it also on the paper from which I read +those who were excommunicated, and if I would show him the paper, on +which those are who were excommunicated, he would show me his name. +Neither he nor any other man could read the names from that paper, which +I had in the New Testament book, in my pocket, and from which I read to +the audience, what was to be read from that book on Easter Sunday; but +my pulpit was so arranged, that nobody besides me could see what I read. +When he demanded to see that paper, to show me his name, I took the +paper from that book, to satisfy him, that he was mistaken. As soon as I +had shown him the paper, he fixed his finger to a name and exclaimed: +"This is my name! this is my name!" The more I assured him, that he was +mistaken and that he should look better the letters of the name, to see +that it was not his but quite another name, the more he affirmed, that +it was his name; and the more he looked at the name, the more he +asserted, that it was his name. Then I named each letter of that name, +asking him, whether he saw that it was the named letter, and when he +answered in the affirmative to all letters, I urged him to spell the +whole name. And he spelt the whole name, and it was "Kaiser." This +German name means in English "Emperor." + +As soon as the man, or rather the departed spirit who urged him, that he +performed all this, spelt the name Kaiser, that is, Emperor, the spirit +seemed to be quite satisfied. After a short pause he again operated upon +the man powerfully, saying, that he had brought his name on the 7th Jan. +into my catalogue. I understood always, that he meant that man whose +name was Kaiser, and I said, that his name is not in the catalogue. But +when he continued to assert, that it is in the catalogue, and I repeated +that I perused oftentimes that catalogue and was quite certain, that +his name is not in the catalogue, and we both remained, each on his +point of certainty, I said at length, that I would convince him, that I +was correct, if he would tell me, who was the next before him, who put +his name in the catalogue. And when he named him and also others before +and after him, I opened the catalogue, and saw, that on the 100th place, +which was according to that direction his place, was the name "Kaiser," +that means "Emperor," instead of the name "Geyer" that means "hawk" or +"vulture." Geyer was the name of the man who had brought on the 7th +January, 1838, instead of his own, the name Kaiser. But by all our +precautions, that there might not be a mistake in any name and by all +our uses of that catalogue until that moment no body discovered this! + +That my business with that man required more time than could be spared, +because others were waiting till I dispatched him, and then all that +Easter Sunday there was other work so that I had no time to reflect upon +that case, nor, if there had been time, had I dared to think, what might +have been, behind the vail, without having received peculiar revelation. +Having been occupied on that Easter Sunday with other business as well +as with hearing confessions of those who came from far, I was then tired +and went to rest. During my rest I was awakened by an Angel of the Lord, +and heard the voice, that I should arise and write a communication. I +arose, kindled a light and saw by the watch, that it was one o'clock +after midnight, and felt that there was a company of Spirits present, +while I received from one the communication which was to be delivered on +that day to the congregation. That was the second day of Easter, a +festival in the Roman Catholic Church, and we had our service. That +communication not belonging into this epitome, was mentioned, because it +was a preparation to what follows. + +After having finished writing that communication between 1 and 2 +o'clock, A.M. on Easter Monday, April 16, 1838, I felt much stronger +than at the receipt of the first communication that I was surrounded by +a company of Spirits, amongst whom, at that moment, my mother +approached next to me, and with an unexpected power of her voice which +made such an impression upon my spirit and my whole system as may be +easier felt than expressed with words, delivered the message that, I +received in our ecclesiastical communion the man who directed my +attention to the Emperor who was excommunicated, and that that Emperor +was excommunicated who pretends to be Apostolic Majesty, and that I must +write down this and publish in the book which was at that time in +composition. + +I mentioned above, that I received by my departed mother one +communication twelve years before that; and this was the second and also +until this hour the last communication which I have received by the +instrumentality of my mother. Never in my life, at all my experience +from the Spirit world, I was so affected as at that communication. It +was delivered after having written the first communication, and thought +to extinguish the light and return to bed. At that moment I felt that, I +was surrounded by a company of Heavenly Messengers amongst whom one was +approaching nearest, and the powerful communication came. After that +there was no inclination to return to bed, nor is there room here to +repeat, what has been explained in the first and second of my five often +mentioned German volumes, for the correct understanding of said +communication, and the prophecies which have been fulfilled in said +excommunication and explained in my third volume. From those +explanations it is evident, that the Emperor of Austria who has besides +other anti-Christian titles also the title "Apostolic Majesty," is +representing in that excommunication the whole body of Monarchs and +Tyrants, who keep people in the anti-Christian servitude, from which +they are to be redeemed at the present manifestation of Christ by his +Messengers. + +Since the female sex has been much more injured and abused by monarchs +and other tyrants than the masculine sex, Beatrice Dante's departed wife +was found as most suitable Heavenly messenger by whom the great prophecy +in the 33d and last Song of Purgatory was communicated to the Poet and +most remarkable Prophet Dante, and my mother was found most suitable to +deliver the above mentioned communication and to make greater +impression than any other Heavenly messenger upon me, when the first +message was to be delivered to understand that great prophecy and +thousands of other prophecies which have been locked until that time. At +that moment a key was given to commence to unlock them. + +We give only some hints regarding the points which are the substance of +the contents of the five Germam volumes published from 1838 to 1842; and +many volumes would be required, if we would explain the memorable events +which happened afterwards for new illustrations and confirmations of the +preceding events. There is a concatenation of the most solemn warnings +to all the upholders and supporters of the old ruined Babylon, that they +should come out not to be partakers of her plagues. Besides the +mentioned mystery on the 100th place of our catalogue there is another +mystery on the 90th place. Besides those two, four or five others as you +may read the whole report in those volumes, have neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, and were excommunicated on Easter Sunday, 1838. But +those four or five came after that excommunication to me and were +received in our communion; but the 90th and the 100th have been brought +by their mediums for the fulfilment of prophecies and for the most +solemn divine assurance to political and ecclesiastical rulers, that +they are in such a tremendous condition, in which they would not remain +a moment, but would become directly with us messengers of Peace, if they +would comprehend but a little of what we know regarding their condition. + +After having received such an astonishing unexpected light regarding the +100th of the 144 witnesses of our catalogue, that only those can duly +appreciate it who have studied my volumes, others who have neglected +their duty and came in the number of the excommunicated only for an +illustration of those on the 90th and 100th places, as we have explained +in those volumes, came then without having been called, to me, and were +received in our communion. But the 90th did not come, and his place and +his names had a peculiar reference to all that which has been performed +in the Cathedral Church of Boston by our instrumentality; but I had +received no communication in regard to him. Therefore I thought proper +to send Messengers to inquire, whether anybody knew a man having the +name "Leo Hefner" and having been in Boston at the time in which the 144 +witnesses signed their names in my catalogue. But after the most careful +inquiry nobody brought any account of Leo Hefner. After that I received +the communication, that that name which is on the 90th place of our +catalogue, is a mystery which must be explained by me. + +Then I commenced to explain, that most suitable names have been selected +by Divine wisdom for the excommunication, of the Beast which has the +mouth of a Leo, that means in English a Lion, Revelation, xiii: 2, and +the Beast is the Papal Monarchy, for the foundation of which although +several predecessors of Pope Leo I. were preparing the way, that Leo or +Lion contributed most by his energy and principles which are expressed +in his writings, to that monarchy, which afterwards Pope Gregory VII. +endeavoured to establish with great power, and his successors triumphed +at length against their adversaries, and the mouth of these lions under +the Christian mask swallowed as much of human life and property as it +could reach, and the whole succession or family of the Popes produced a +"Hefner." In the explanation of the expressive names which have been +prepared by the Heavenly Congress, we take the most suitable +significations which appear obviously in the names. We took the name +"Hefner" as a composition of German Hef or Hefe, which means "dregs" or +"sediment," and the Hebrew "Ner," which means Lamp, so that Hefner means +"dregs of the Lamp" in our interpretation. The Pope used the Hebrew Lamp +and besides others especially German scholars gave him the greatest +assistance, that by his anti-christian management the Lamp of Truth and +Righteousness could not burn, because there was oil consumed and dregs +of the most dreadful materialism were destroying and ruining mankind. + +It is to be understood, that we give only some hints of what we +explained in the first volume as far as our leaders found proper to do, +showing gradually the great apostasy from the christian truth and +immersion into materialism and ceremonialism, produced by the +anti-christian management[Z] of the "Hefner or Dregs of the Lamp." In +the second volume we cotinued the explanation, that is, I under the +direction of invisible agents, was writing for the second volume. When I +thought that regarding the Beast with ten Horns was sufficient +explanation given for that volume, I heard on the 20th November, 1838 at +noon time a Heavenly voice: "Count the number of the name of the Beast." +Revelation, xiii: 17 and 18. I replied "Lord! I counted it long time +ago." Then the Heavenly voice was repeated. I asked, "Is'nt Lateinos" +the right name? I received the answer: No. Then I understood, that +neither that name which was delivered by the old Church Father Irenaeus +and written with Greek letters gives the number 666 and points to the +affairs of the Latin Man, nor any other name found for an illustration +of the prophecy and containing 666, expresses what is prophesied about +the beast; but that Hefner, contains the whole mystery; because each +pope as pope has the mouth of a leo or lion, and the whole family or +succession of the popes have produced the Hefner, or dregs in the lamp, +which cannot burn, because oil is consumed with the mouth of the Leo. +After my having explained for the second volume, that all circumstances +testified that by "Leo Hefner" the Papal Monarchy was excommunicated +from Christ's Church, and that in this name the whole history of Popery +is comprehended, showing what every pope as pope is, and what the whole +succession of the popes had poduced, the heavenly voice "Count the +number of the name of the beast," has given the most striking divine +confirmation or divine seal to our interpretation of the mystery. I +wrote the family name, after having received the heavenly order, with +Greek letters, and to my astonishment they gave exactly the number 666, +Revel. xiii: 18. Greek scholars should keep in mind, that the German H +is expressed by the Greek mark which is called by grammarians spiritus +asper, and that in both syllables of Hefner _e_ is long, and with this +remark they will find by writing Hefner with Greek letters, in the name +exactly the number 666. + +After having received the Heavenly order, that I counted the number of +the beast, while I was writing the manuscript and preparing the print of +the second volume in Philadelphia, I received soon a letter from Boston +containing the information, that Matthew Arnold who is on the 86th place +of the 144 witnesses and in the deputation who after my having +excommunicated Bishop Benedict Fenwick from my ecclesiastical communion, +came to move me to occupy the church for my performances, was inspired +and remained when the other left my room when I received the +communication to occupy the church for our work, that same man learned +who the man was who brought the name Leo Hefner into my catalogue. Since +there were usually besides the witnesses also a number of others in the +school room, in which names were signed in my catalogue, it seemed to be +an easy task to discover the man, who had brought the name, by asking +those who signed their names next the 90th. But there are thousands of +discoveries quite easy, but they could not be made, till the time for +their use arrived. Besides me, all the 144 were also under so strict a +control of invisible agents, that all happened in due time. After all +other things regarding the mystery have been disclosed and also the +number of the beast has been counted, I received the information, that +the man who has brought the name, was a single man, quite suitable that +he became a medium of Pope Leo xii. The first name of that medium was +not Leo, but he was known under the French name Louis, although his +German name was Ludwig; and his family name was Hefner. But Leo Hefner +was not his name. He was brought as a medium of the departed Pope Leo +XII. and he gave the name which we needed. His family name corresponded +with the whole mystery of the fruits of the family or succession of the +Popes, but he was only a medium, and instead of his proper name a name +was to be given which suited the mystery, and the Pope amongst the +departed who represented the succession of the Popes, had to give his +own name. Here is no room to repeat the explanation from my often +mentioned volumes, how tangibly it was shown by signs, that Pope Leo +XII. was the leader who had brought that medium for the most astonishing +excommunication of popery. The name Leo has given also the stopping +place, from which we count in different directions the epochs of the +duration of the Papal monarchy. We have done so in the third German +volume and in the work which exists in Latin, German and English for our +monthly theological course and for the Latin convention, if the Emperors +of France and Austria comprehend us and call their bishops together, to +learn the great things which are disclosed for the pacification of the +world. Bible Students may explain many things by the hints, given in +this book, for instance, how the three verses of the 18th chapter of the +Revelation have been fulfilled on Easter Sunday, April, 15, 1838, by the +excommunication of the Beast and its image or its ten Horns from +Christ's Church. We could name here the powerful Angel, Revelation, +xviii: 1. But here is no room to explain, why that martyr was found most +qualified for that office, that he delivered to me three times the +command to perform that excommunication[AA], in which the proclamation +is included: "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the +habitation of demons, and the hold of every foul beast, and a cage of +every unclean and hateful bird." Revelation, xviii: 2. Interpreters did +not know, how to read the text, because some manuscripts have the word +"beast" and others have instead of that word "spirit." But the powerful +Angel who had the superintendency in these affairs, has shown, that you +have to read the word "Beast," because he has given to Pope Leo XII. the +order to inspire his medium, to give for our use the name "Leo," or Lion +who is the king amongst the Beasts, for our use in the excommunication +of the Papal monarchy from Christ's Church, and the medium, although of +German parents, was secreted under the French name Louis, in reference +to the French Kings, who were for a great support, and at length for a +great fall of popery. + +But with the Imperial Family of Austria is an other phase. "Petra dedit +Petro et Petrus Diadema Rudolpho." This was the motto when the infernal +holiness inspired the Pope, to send the crown to the Count of Hapsburgh, +to have that count when he becomes Emperor of Germany, his obedient +servant. At length, after the support of all kinds of Papal Imperial +Royal abominations the departed Emperor Francis was allowed to take the +most suitable medium in possession. The proper name of the medium +should have been Eagle according to the delight of Emperors in that +Fowl. But our superintendent in those affairs took rather the Hawk or +Vulture as a more suitable rapacious fowl, who put the name Emperor +instead of his name into our catalogue. That the departed Emperor +Francis of Austria became the leader of that his medium, will be shown +below for a peculiar instruction of Emperor Francis Joseph, that he +might become with us messenger of the New Era. But before this we must +give here a very brief lesson to Pope Pius IX, although this whole book +and especialy this treatise contain extraordinary lessons for him, and +we could write a large volume of correspondences of wonders and signs in +Pope Pious IX actions with our apostolic actions. + +Bishops would have converted long time ago Pope Pius IX into a powerful +preacher of the New Era if they themselves had studied our message of +Peace, or rather the Papal monarchy would have been extinguished long +time before the appearance of Pope Pius IX. Gregory XVI was the last +Pope in the ordinary course of affairs. While I was reading his book: +"Il trionfo della Santa Sede e della Chiesa" (the triumph of the Holy +See and of the Church,) my Lord has opened my eyes, that he was near to +overthrow the See of his infernal holiness, supported by such an +abominable delusion as is contained in that pestilential book and other +similar impositions. But I did not know at that time, by what kind of +means it would be effected, till A.D. 1838 the wonderful works were +executed in the Cathedral Church of Boston, so that I expected, that +bishops would, after the publication of my explanation of those events, +comprehend them and instruct their Pope in what was his highest duty. +But they proved to be miserable servants of this their grandmaster of +abominations. + +Popes with their whole Hierarchy are continuously repeating prophecies +and at the same time refusing to do what is their highest duty for the +fulfilment of prophecies. I could not have expected, that Pope Gregory +XVI, that machine of darkness, would have paid attention, if I had +applied directly to him. But if bishops had studied our writings and +comprehended our mission and its credentials, they might have drawn also +their master Gregory XVI, to look into our matters. But he vegatated +and died in the fulness of his prophetical position, whereas he was not +ready to enter into the Dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: +10, which is to be introduced by messengers whom I represent, I +mentioned that the whole Papal Church is prophetical. In her is +concentrated the prophecy of Judaism and Heathenism. Popes who had a +peculiar charge, had also names and numbers correspondent to their +charge. When in Pope Leo XII the apostolic number was complete he +prophesied, as readers must recollect, according to his Leonine wisdom +about a Church Doctor or Apostle of the higher mission, and after his +departure he had to inspire and bring the man into our school-room, to +sign the most suitable-mysteries on the 90th place of our catalogue for +the excommunication of Popery from Christ's Church. And Pope Gregory XVI +had to write the above quoted book, while he was yet a monk. But by that +book the way was opened for him to the Papal Chair. He prophesied on the +title-page of that book in the first place the triumph of the Holy See +or the Papal Government. And it triumphed so, when he became Pope that +with his successor the whole miserable machinery is breaking and +breaking, till at length the Church, that is, the people will triumph by +receiving our message of Peace, by which all kinds of Popery will be +abolished from the Globe. He on the Papal Chair concentrated in his name +and number of the name the whole mystery of his position. He was +Gregory, that means a watchman, as prophets are called, and he stands as +prophet, in the full number XVI, which is as remarkable in the +developments of Popery as the number 666, so that the disciples of the +Revelator were debating, whether the spirit had given to their master +the number 666, or the number 16 in Revel. xiii: 18, till the spirit had +shown by our instrumentality, that the number 666 is the principal +number in counting the name and the periods of the duration of the +government of that Beast, but the number 16 comprehends many of its deep +mysteries. The 4th Beast in the 7th chapter of Daniel was formed +gradually into the shape of the Papal monarchy, and 4 times 4 is the +complete number in which the last ordinary Pope appeared in his glory; +he is the "infallible monarch of the church," as he himself has proved +while he was yet a monk, in the above quoted book, that the Pope is the +infallible monarch of the church. By the means of that book my Lord of +truth and righteousness has opened my eyes, that I commenced to +comprehend the infernal imposition of the dragon and his host, by which +nations were so duped that they believed the Papal infallibility, +holiness and all other abominations and blasphemies of the living God +and his Christ, and that I have performed and explained what is required +for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. The number of the Biblical +writing mediums or prophets, whose books are collected in one section of +the books of the Old Testament, is sixteen. They were as little +understood as to who they were and where they were, as the Popes. The +number of the Popes each of whom appears under the name Gregory or +watchman, is also sixteen, or two times eight. The last of them or the +sixteenth Gregory was the Pope under whose administration the mysteries +were performed by our instrumentality for the abolition of all kinds of +popery. But he continued to rule in all his glory and to keep disturbers +of his infallible monarchy in prison. He was the most glorious during +the time, in which the Beast or the Papal monarchy is in the number +eight, Revelation, xvii: 11. + +The often mentioned catalogue of the 144 witnesses which appears in the +English translation of my 4th German volume, entitled "The one thing +needful," from the 533d till 538th page, is a concentration of wonders +and signs, which were effected under the control of the 144,000 martyrs, +Revelation xiv: 1. In reference to this mystery as well as in reference +to the 144 cubits of the wall of the New Jerusalem, Revelation, xxi: 17, +their number is exactly 144. They were the stones used while we were +performing in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church what was required +according to prophecies for the removal of Babylon and bilding of the +New Jerusalem. "Behold I come as a thief." Revelation xvi: 15. He came +so secretly, that neither on the 7th Jan., 1838, while those 144 +witnesses were signing their names into my catalogue nor afterwards, +while they were performing each his task, we understood much of what was +behind the vail, till after the great excommunication on Easter Sunday, +1838, the great mystery commenced gradually to be developed, and I +received on the third Sunday after Easter, 1838, directly before the +service, from my guardian the direction to deliver the valedictory +sermon in order that all which, was to be executed in that church +according to prophecies, had been accomplished. The church had prepared +for our use on that Sunday the 16th chapter of John. And I selected the +text: "A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again a little while +and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father." John, xvi: 16. + +If you have comprehended this book to this page, you know, that I am +Jesus Christ's first-born son in the Dispensation of the Fullness of +Times. Ephes. 1: 10. But also after having been publicly initiated to +this ministry on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18th, 1838, at the altar of +the Cathedral Church of Boston, I progressed slowly in the development +of the mystery. + +All disclosures which I give are preparatory for an easier understanding +of the great testimony of the three witnesses named at the caption of +this treatise. I am partly going around and applying to all kinds of +mediums in the cities of New York and Brooklyn, and in all directions is +somewhat prepared for an illustration of the testimony of the three +extraordinary witnesses. On Sunday, 24th inst., when the message of "the +Treaty of Peace" between the Emperors of Austria and France arrived in +America but was not communicated to us on that day, I wrote some of the +last disclosures before this paragraph. After that I wrote two letters. +But before having finished the second, I was inspired to go and I +thought that I was going to a Conference meeting of Spiritualists; but +on my way I met with one who is holding his own meetings publicly to +draw the incautious into private "Free Love Meetings," and I went with +him to his public meeting. When I returned to my room I was tired, went +to bed, and then I arose yesterday, July 25th, and finished at fish-oil +light the second letter of July 24th, 1859. Then I wrote three other +letters before breakfast, at which I heard the first report of "the +Peace Treaty." After that I was occupied all day in the cities of New +York and Brooklyn. I thought proper, to write this episode this morning, +July 26th, before my starting to other business; because it is in such +a connexion with the "Peace Treaty," that it will be in the proper place +more particularly explained for a great illustration of the three +extra-ordinary witnesses. + +"Christ's first-born Son in the Dispensation of Universal Harmony and +Peace on the whole globe" is the third angel preaching powerfully in the +9th, 10th and 11th verses of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. There +have been a number of prophecies which have been referred to Christ who +has been crucified by the Jews more than eighteen hundred years ago, but +which cannot be understood except in regard to his first-born son and +the whole Body of Messengers whom he represents. Since our public +appearance some mediums have preached that now Christ's first-born son +appears, and were quoting a number of Biblical passages testifying this. +If there would be room, I would write some pages regarding my meetings +in Cincinnati of Ohio with the principal of those mediums. He after +having been an elder in the Mormon Church, separated from them and was +preaching "the Judgment Dispensation," and that Christ's first-born Son +Was coming now. Although my meetings with that prophet would be for a +peculiar illustration of the testimony of the three extraordinary +witnesses, I can mention here only the substance, that he was often +times possesed by some of the generals of Napoleon I. to give from his +position peculiar testimonies to our mission. Once, for instance, was he +so strongly inspired by his leader, that he wrote a decree by the +authority of that his god, in which he appointed me to be "Pope Andrew +I." It was A.D. 1846. He gave a copy of that decree to an editor of a +newspaper in Cincinnati,--to the same who publishes now in Washington +City the National Era, which will be used before the close of this +treatise in a peculiar connexion with the three witnesses, and he handed +to me a copy of the same decree. At the perusal of that decree I saw +that a dragon was the god by whom he was inspired, and I wrote directy a +protest, to accept any office from his God who was a spirit of delusion +and destruction, I handed my protest to the same editor with the remark +that if he publishes the appointment for me to be Pope Andrew I, he must +publish also my protest. He made known this to that medium who under +those circumstances withdrew the decree. He was a rich general, and +there is no doubt, that as Pope in a new shape I had found soon support +of other rich, persons to carry out the plan of the dragon for +destruction. + +While I was writing the 4th of the five often mentioned German volumes I +had to quote oftentimes the catalogue of the 144 witnesses, and was +continuously aware, that not only the 90th, and the 100th, who have +brought as Mediums not their own names but the names which were suitable +to the office of those, by whom they were inspired, obtained the places +which according to our language by numbers were most suitable to the +mystery which they contain, but that also those who have brought their +own names, brought them as mediums of invisible agents by whom they were +controlled in such a manner, that those who had peculiar charges, +obtained also the places with numbers corresponding to their charges. +After having observed many times this phenomenon I saw at length the +necessity of publishing that catalogue with the names in the same order, +in which they had been brought into the catalogue. But at that time I +was not aware, that the catalogue contains exactly 144 witnesses, the +complete mystical number of their represensation; because on the 538th +page of "the One Thing needful" that catalogue ends with "143 Anthony +Larger," and in my first three volumes as well as in "The One thing +Needful" or in the 4th volume these witnesses are named "the 143 +witnesses." On the 538th page the paragraph after the close of that +catalogue commences: "This is the foundation catalogue of the new reign +of Christ on earth," and in the same paragraph these witnesses are +called the 143 witnesses; because they occupy 143 places, and I was not +aware that there were 144 witnesses in that catalogue, till at length I +heard the voice: "Count exactly the number of the witnesses." I looked +then at every place, and found that on each place of the catalogue is +only one witness, except the 81st place in which are two sisters +together, and therefore the number of witnesses in that catalogue is 144 +in reference to the 144, 000 members of the Heavenly Congress Revelation +xiv: 1, by whose wisdom names for that catalogue were wonderfully +provided, and in reference to the 144 cubits of the measure of the +walls of the New Jerusalem, Revelation xxi: 17, the chief corner stone +of which being Jesus Christ, and the members of his peaceable kingdom +are named lively stones. 1 Peter ii: 5. And, those 144 were given to me +as assistants to show what is to be done for the establishment of +Christ's peaceable reign on earth, to wit, all the ecclesiastical and +political powers must co-operate with us to draw all nations into the +new era. Here we give only some hints, how wonderfully they are exhorted +and urged by all other events, as well as by the formation of that +catalogue in which is the concentration of wonders and signs. + +We quote the following places from the catalogue as peculiar instances +in reference to the three "extra-ordinary" witnesses: "80, Bischofberger +with two, 81 sisters." This man came under the strong control of his +guardian, and when the quoted words were signed, and on the place "81 +sisters" appeared, we required the names of his sisters. But he said, +the names will be made known to me another time. Each signer had to give +his name, but Bischofberger after having put the name "sisters" on the +81st place of the catalogue, refused to give their names, and assured me +that they will be made known in due time, and I received orders from my +leader to let it remain as it was written. When the unexpected wonders +which are concealed in that catalogue, commenced to be disclosed, it was +manifest, that on the 80th place was put the representative of the Beast +which itself is the eighth king, Revelation xvii: 11 and has ten horns. +To show, that it was in the complete age or in the fulness of its glory +in our age, it was put on the ten times the eighth place with suitable +names. To wit, Alexis means one who hinders. He hinders the redemption +of mankind from oppression and the development of truth and justice, +which is required for this redemption. And the family name shows who +this man is, to wit, "Bischofberger." The first part of this compound +name is the same word, as the English word "Bishop," and the German +"Berge" are "Mountains," so that this Bishop is Bishop of the Mountains, +or on the Mountains, having his seat on the mountains, in reference to +the seven mountains, on which Rome is located. In this his glory he has +two sisters, which represent the two powers of the Pope, to wit, the +ecclesiastical and political power. He himself in his glory and both his +powers have been typified on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue +showing to the Pope his highest duty, to become with us messenger of +Christ's peaceable reign. + +On the six places which precede immediately the 80th place, those are +represented who have raised the Pope so high as he stands. We remark, +that the German name Ochs is pronounced as the English name Ox and means +the same beast. Those representatives are in our catalogue in the +following order: 74 Joseph Ochs, 75 Conrad Ochs. 76 Aloysius Ochs. 77 +John Ochs. 78 Iidorus Ochs. 79 Joseph Januarius Ochs. The number six is +the fundamental number of the number of the name of the Beast 666, +Revelation xiii: 18, and to one or the other of the six classes of men +who appear here as oxen, all orders of monks may be reduced. The name +which stands before the name "Ochs," defines nearer the position of the +representative Ochs. Monks of all Papal orders appear in reference to +the Pope as Oxen, tame useful animals, working for the support of +Popery, without knowledge of their own and the true condition of the +Pope. But Revelation xiii: 11 we read: "I beheld another beast coming up +out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a +dragon." Here are the orders of monks under the image of a Therion, a +ferocious beast, which appears as a lamb to those whom it entraps for +the Pope, but it is ferocious, although it hides its ferocity, as a +dragon, till its delusion is made manifest, when it destroys the enemies +of the Pope. It is caught in all six shapes into our catalogue, the +explanation of the mysteries of which in our volumes shows to all monks +and priests the urgent necessity to become with us messengers of the new +era And the explanation from the 11th verse to the end of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and of other mysteries is in our volumes +showing the dreadful condition of monks and priests in their present +course. + +We have given some hints without explanations which are in my printed +volumes and in the manuscript, which N.B. On this great prophetical +Feast, August 15, 1859, of Mary's Assumption into Heaven and of Napoleon +I's Birthday, I mention that I was since the twenty-first day of June +last, on which day agreement was made with the printer and the +manuscript of the First Treatise was given him for printing this book, +confined to New York, wishing to have it printed as soon as possible. +But those Messengers from our sphere who have the commission to count +according to our spirit language by numbers, pages and lines in my +publications and days for their printing in agreement with the calendar, +for this purpose controlling the spirits of the compositors, did not +hinder them to annoy me in manifold ways. At length I wrote on the 1st +inst. my complaint and carried it to the same attorney who without +charge wrote the agreement; but not having found him in his office, I +myself carried it to the printer, expecting a good effect. But I was as +much disappointed, as when I commenced to write the Fourth Treatise and +thought that it would not become larger than the largest of the +preceding Treatises. But having become more than twice as large, we +stopped the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of the 168th +page, which according to the printer's calculation will be finished on +the 17th inst. The portion of the Fourth Treatise which appears in this +edition is a necessary preparation to comprehend the proper position of +Pope Pius IX. and of the Emperors of France and Austria, and to +understand the mysteries of the dates of the remarkable events in the +last war in Italy. Those dates testify that those events happened under +strict control of our leaders watching the infernal furies destroying +men, and in so exact a correspondence with events of our mission, that +if you comprehend this book and act accordingly, you will open soon the +door for the New Era in America and in Europe; but if you neglect this +the three extraordinary witnesses have such a position as to continue +judgments. + +Those who comprehend this book, will be anxious to read also the +continuation and the end of the Fourth Treatise, and will collect as +many subscribers as possible. As soon as they secure us to call a +printer to our Peace Union Centre and to publish a new edition of this +book, we will send gratis to them in an extra pamphlet the "Supplement +to the Fourth Treatise," which will appear in the next edition. +Therefore we request those who buy this book, to give their exact +direction either to those from whom they buy or to send it according to +the direction on the title-page. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + + + + +FIFTH TREATISE. + + + + The Plan for Redemption of Nations from monarchical and other + oppressive speculations and for the introduction of the promised + New Era of Harmony, Truth and Righteousness on the whole globe. + + +We write the following pages only for those who have studied all the +preceding pages of this book, and concentrate the subject of what would +require volumes, on few pages, to be gradually developed in our +Periodical. On the title-page of this book our Mission is expressed, and +the four preceding Treatises contain superabundance of credentials or +testimonials of our mission as well as the great truth, that the social, +political and ecclesiastical relations of mankind are rotten and +corrupt, the whole structure is a Babylon, confusion and delusion, which +is to be abolished and on its place truth and justice, harmony and peace +are to be established by virtue of our mission. + +Readers of this book know that I speak as medium of messengers from the +Heavenly Congress who have the commission to introduce the New Era, and +as representative of messengers by whom nations are to be moved for +action to escape from the plagues which continue in the ruins of Babylon +till people come out and establish the New Jerusalem, the new order of +things, in which persons of both sexes will receive such development of +their intellectual and moral faculties and of their physical skill and +strength as they will be qualified to receive, to enjoy themselves in +their mortal bodies as well as after their departure such happiness as +their persons will be capable of enjoying while they themselves will +contribute, each member his or her share to the common welfare of +mankind, that the whole society will progress as far as circumstances +will allow. + +This development demands time. It could not take place in a moment, but +means which have been in preparation and prepared through the course of +ages may be concentrated, and when thus concentrated they may be +usefully applied in accelerating the true and right education of +degraded humanity, and in a few years that may be effected, which past +centuries did not effect. But with all the knowledge which we have +acquired for promoting the true happiness of mankind, we can do nothing +for them, if they are not reached and aroused from their lethargy. If +they will be redeemed from their present miserable and wretched +condition, they must begin to comprehend where they are and to what +point of intellectual and moral perfection with corresponding happiness +and health and strength of body and mind they could arrive, if they +would apply their energy and the means which are prepared by nature as +well as by human skill, art and science to be used in bringing mankind +from their present Babylon or from the existing confusion and delusion +into the new Jerusalem, into the New Era, into the new order of things, +which is usually called the Millennium, about which there are many false +and wrong notions, but which will be the universal republic in which +truth and righteousness will reign and all nations will be united in the +great brotherhood in which they will enjoy perpetual peace. We have +received the commission and the credentials of the Mission to introduce +this state of things. + +To commence with power the grand work which is to be accomplished by +co-operation of men and women, who are associated amongst themselves and +united with Heavenly messengers who are commissioned to prepare for the +promised New Era, we unite and form an Association which we call +Peace-Union (Friedens-Verein), a union of co-operation for establishing +peace. Real, perpetual peace comprehends the restoration of human +rights. Our co-operation for this purpose needs a centre, a place on +which we concentrate the means to attain our object. Hence, we according +to our mission, invite all who are able to contribute their share, +either in money or property or any kind of mental and physical labor for +the realization of the object, that they might co-operate with us to +establish first a centre of our work, and according to the pattern of +the centre as many other settlements as may be required for +accommodation of all who would enter into the New Era. + +The first centre should be a provisional centre, that is, a place for +concentrating our co-operation so long as may be necessary, till for the +same purpose a more suitable place be furnished. But not all who are +invited to co-operate can have accommodation on the first central +station, nor would all be ready at once, who might so desire, if +buildings and other necessary conveniences were provided, which, +however, is primarely to be attended to. We need co-operators everywhere +to arouse as many as can be aroused for co-operation with us in these +days of Noah, at the approach of the flood of tribulations. In my former +publications as well as in this book and in my manuscripts a +superabundance of credentials are exhibited, that those men and women, +who are united with us in Christ's spirit, that is, in the spirit of +truth and righteousness, and are living in accordance with what is +required by that Spirit, and are spreading the glorious news made +manifest by our instrumentality for redemption of oppressed humanity, +are true messengers of Christ; but those clergymen who, instead of +co-operating with us, are keeping people in shackles of their sects and +despising our message of peace, are messengers of the deluding and +destroying spirit and supporting the Beast or monarchy which receives +its power from the dragon, the deluding and destroying serpent which is +the image of that spirit, Revelation xiii: 2. We expect they will +comprehend this book and commence to act with all their strength as our +fellow-laborers, and become with us partakers of the blessings which +will originate from our co-operation. + +After this preparation we ask, whether according to the common stock +association or according to a true community of goods the centre and +other settlements of our Peace-Union should be established. I wrote many +years ago a plan according to a common stock association, according to +which members of the Peace-Union should have prepared themselves and +others for a true community of goods, but within seven years an exact +accouut of labor furnished and of its worth as well as of other property +should have been kept, and at the expiration of that period the division +of profits according to the shares of labor furnished and other property +invested should have taken place, and during the period of seven years +all the members should have been prepared for the great community or +true republic, into which mankind will finally associate, that those who +would not be sufficiently prepared before the expiration of seven years +to commence a true community, might at least, in seven years be prepared +for it. At the end of that plan is the paragraph a portion of which we +copy here as preparatory to what follows: + +"I have mentioned only some of the many points which are to be mentioned +in more suitable times, or in the periodical; because that which has +been mentioned may suffice to move those who are culled and chosen to be +the first champions in starting the centre of our action. They may +easily comprehend, why we are compelled to commence on so low a station, +on which continuous accounts and calculations as well as many other +inconveniences will make much trouble. If we would expect good success +on a higher ground, we would commence on that ground. But this +generation is found in such a degradation and corruption, that also the +proposed plan to draw mankind from lower to higher stations, will +probably not find directly sufficient support of what we need to bring +mankind quickly and powerfully into the New Era, which in its splendor +and glory will be the great community of goods, based on true republican +principles, &c." + +This paragraph was to be copied, because we must give some explanation +of the matter, that mankind were to be prepared in manifold ways, to +become gragually ready to enter into the right order of things. Readers +of this book know, that from A.D. 1838 till 1842 my five German volumes +containing "Memorable Events" developing the dreadful social, +ecclesiastical and political state of mankind and testifying our mission +to introduce the promised New Era, have been published. During and after +the publication of those volumes it was evident, that our duty was to +make known to those who have read or heard somewhat regarding our +mission, that for a powerful co-operation we would need a centre of our +action. Adolph Etzler published that time a book entitled: "The New +World or Mechanical System to Perform Labour of Man and Beast by +Inanimate Powers." I have read it and found the principles correct, and +that although all that he proposed, would not be practicable, some of +his propositions could be put in practice. And when I saw that Germans +were so chained either by materialism or sectarianism, that instead of +studying those my five German volumes and of acting accordingly they +followed rather after their sectarian and materialistic leaders who have +published all kinds of delusion against my books, and spoke also in a +like manner publicly and privately against them, my directors moved me +to tell to those who took more or less interest in the contents of my +books and were skilful mechanics, that they should study Etzler's book, +and if they would find his propositions practicable, they should try to +awaken Germans with Etzler's machine to study my German volumes. The +best mechanic among them, after having studied Etzler's book, and having +seen the draughts of all parts of Etzler's machine and heard Etzler's +explanation of all its parts, has assured me in words and in writing +that he gave all his property as security, that he would put Etzler's +machine in operation. But a seeress who belonged to our association, and +gave amongst all women the strongest testimony to our mission, although +she did not see the pattern of the machine, received in a vision its +whole structure and described exactly the portions which she saw in the +vision, that they broke. She received that vision a considerable time +before those who were expecting certain success, commenced to build +Etzlers machine. I was certain that the prophetical vision would be +fulfilled, but I expected that afterwards would be shown how Etzler's +mistakes should be repaired, and that great lessons would be given to +nations by the trial of that machine, the inventor of which was a great +materialist, not knowing that he himself was a strong medium of spirits +of a similar character as spirits of Napoleon I. were, to subdue the +world by physical means, while I considered that machine as the means of +peculiar spirit manifestations to awaken nations from their materialism +to our message of peace containing the true spiritualism. The machine +was built under Etzler's direction in Warren County, Pa., the trial was +made, and the pieces broke which have been foreseen and foretold as +breaking. + +There was a great jubilee of those who have been deluded by priestcraft, +that they thought when Christ was killed, that he would arise no more, +When Etzler as well as the man who has given me in words and in writing +the pledge with his whole property that he would put the machine in +operation, have left the place I said to those who have remained on the +place, that in the next night would be revealed to one of them, how the +mistakes made by Etzler, should be corrected and the machine should be +put in operation. George Karle, a young lame shoemaker, a sincere seeker +after truth and firm believer in our mission, was the man to whom the +mystery was revealed, and he has explained at our meeting the matter in +such a manner, that also those who were most opposed, have at length +been convinced, after having heard his explanation how Etzler's mistakes +should be repaired, that he had received a true revelation, and agreed +that he should be the director in rebuilding Etzler's machine, to make a +new trial. But before this has been done, he was brought into the +Allegheny River and drowned by the instrumentality of the departed +Mormon Prophet Joe Smith, not directly but indirectly by the +instrumentality of a cow. But a week after that, on the 30th of July, +1844, the same destroying spirit Joe Smith was allowed to attack me +directly, to show how he would be able to kill a man in a minute, if he +would be permitted. But he was seized by my guardian and cast into a +combustible matter which was by his infernal electricity instantly +kindled. George Karle was permitted to be drowned, because the time for +establishing our centre had not yet arrived, and Karle had an important +mission in the spirit world, and in that great mission he continues to +be engaged. + +It is to be understood that the given hints regarding Joe Smith would +need a peculiar treatise. I did not know him personally in his mortal +body, but urged preachers of his sect to move him to meet me either in a +written correspondence or personally, to learn to know his dreadful +delusion. The same I published in "The one thing needful," and urged his +Elders, to send to him an English copy of that volume, which as readers +of this book know, has been translated from the German into English. But +in that year matters did not yet arrive to maturity for the conversion +of Mormon Apostles and Elders. Their infernal President had to show, how +his army had the power to prevent my starting the centre of our +operation. But that my meeting with the departed Joe Smith occasioned +my meeting with the mortal Brigham Young, while he was yet in Nauvoo, +but although I preached to him and his disciples the judgment +dipensation, they were not yet mature to be converted, and my +manuscripts in which dreadful mysteries of the Mormon Spiritualism are +developed, must wait to be published, when nations will be prepared to +read so important disclosures. + +I have given here some hints of my experience at and after the trial of +Etzler's machine, by the means of which so much regarding the inner life +of man and the spirit world and the dreadful condition of mankind has +been disclosed, that volumes would be needed to explain it. That +experience is testifying, that time did not yet arrive for establishing +the centre. People were ridiculing me and reproaching the machine, not +knowing that I have only occasioned its building, and that I warned +those who undertook to build it, that they should reflect upon the +point, that at its first trial the pieces foretold by the seeres would +break, although they would be repaired and the mistake of the inventor +corrected, if they would persevere in the work of the Lord. But the wife +of the man who undertook the work and gave the pledge, was instigated by +Jesuites and their agents and made him blind in the work in which he had +to persevere, that by our experience it became at length manifest, that +the trial of the machine was made for great instruction of nations. +People were deluded by the blind leaders of the blind and would not hear +us, when we invited them after the trial for co-operation to establish a +centre without trying any machine, but only using machines which have +been tried by others and found to be useful. But when we will be in all +directions secured with abundant means, we will support inventions for +the common welfare. + +Here is no room for further explanations, that wherever I endeavoured to +start a centre of our co-operation on the plan of the common stock +association, great spirit manifestations showing the dreadful condition +in the existing Babylon took place, and the inner life of man was more +and more developed and all our sufferings have been abundantly rewarded +with imperishable treasures. We give here some hints on one case the +full explanation of which would need as large a volume as this volume +is. During the building of Etzler's machine George Karle found John +Zeigler in a hermitage in which he employed one half of his time to +chopping wood and the other to studying the Bible and to prepare for a +happy home in the spirit world. Karle gave him some instructions +regarding our mission and some of my books. Zeigler discovered soon that +by studying my books he would receive light which he could not obtain in +other ways, and then he studied them deeper than any other mortal man, +and whenever his presence was required, he came to give us assistance, +and then he returned to his hermitage. In the latter part of 1849 and +the commencement of 1850 I was preparing in Indiana and Illinois and +especially near the line of both states people for our message and for +co-operation to establish on the grand prairie our centre. When I +thought to have found the best location for it, I found soon a man of +property who paid for the land according to our plan. Then I wrote to J. +G. Zeigler who was from his hermitage preparing people by letters for +our message, that he should come, and then we would write together to +such as we would invite to come as pioneers. He wrote, that he was ready +to start directly. He started, but he was pushed into the Ohio River in +the night of the 10th of April, 1850, between 11 and 12 o'clock by a +papist instigated by the power of darkness. The whole conspiracy was +then detected to us; but we committed the murderer to the Judgment of +the Heavenly Court, and Zeigler continues to work with us amongst the +departed. He was an American well versed in English and in German, and +his work is extensive. The spirit language by numbers should be known in +a certain measure to biblical students; although the most celebrated +amongst them know very little about it. But those who comprehend this +book, may easily find out, why I met with the departed Napoleon I. in +the 20th line of the 20th page, and why the spirit directed me to repeat +this important fact with additional circumstances on the 39th page, and +why I meet with Napoleon in the 39th line on the 39th page in this book. +Readers in looking into these mysteries should keep in mind, that the +battle of Solferino was fought on the same day in the year 1859, on +which day I met with Napoleon A.D. 1839. If you understand this book, +you will easily comprehend also, why the spirit was pleased to prepare +on the same 39th page before the departed Napoleon the departed +President Taylor and Buchanan in the Presidential administration, who +appears to live although he is yet dead. But his friends should awaken +him to study this book and to co-operate with us, that he might escape +the judgment in which President Taylor was executed, and John George +Zeigler was sent by the Heavenly Congress to give orders to destroying +spirits to carry Zach. Taylor into their infernal regions. "Zeigler was +the angel of the Lord," mentioned in the first line of the 37th page of +this book. He has shown to Zach. Taylor, when he entered from his mortal +body into his inner life, my handwriting testifying, that he had +neglected to fulfil his highest duty. And I have mentioned in this +connexion of things this incident, that you might do what your +predecessors have neglected to do. + +When by the departure of our martyr John George Zeigler was shown, that +the Grand Prairie was not the place for starting our centre, I wrote to +the man who has bought and paid for the land, that he was at liberty +either to keep that land for his use or to sell it, and then I was +preparing in other States people for our message, showing them also the +necessity for starting a centre of our co-operation. At lenght at the +end of February and at the commencement of March of this year, 1859, was +in peculiar manner made manifest, that we should start the "_Centre of +our Community_" or the Centre for establishing the True Republic, which, +as has been made manifest, will be a true Community of Goods, and a true +matrimony of one man with one woman, as has been prophesied by the first +Christians at Jerusalem, but could not be accomplished in practice till +the dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: 10. or the New +Jerusalem, will be introduced by messengers whom I represent. If we +should find before finishing the last of the 24 pages of the 8th sheet +some space, we will give hints on the wonders and signs by which it has +been shown, but explanation of these matters must be delayed, till we +establish a Printing office at the Centre of our Peace Union Community. + +"And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by +the Apostles. And all that believed were together, and had all things +common. And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all +men, as every man had need." Acts ii: 43, 44, & 45. "And the multitude +of them that believed were of one heart, and of one soul, neither said +any of them that aught of the things which he possessed was his own; but +they had all things common. Neither was there any among them that +lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and +brought the prices of all things that were sold, and laid them down at +the Apostles feet; and distribution was made unto every man according as +he had need." Acts iv: 32, 34, & 35. + +This was not the commencement of the Community in the Jewish Church, but +of the great conversion of those who have been attached to the sects of +the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Besides these two sects there was a +third sect, called the Esseni or Therapeutes. They understood that the +letter of the Jewish Bible kills and that there was in those prophetical +books a deeper, a spiritual sense of what was to come, and they retired +into the deserts of Egypt, and were acting from thence to convert the +world to their community principles. From that association the Christian +Religion originated. Jesus Christ was the descendant or offspring of the +Therapeutes or Healers, who were powerful in healing diseases of +demoniac influence. Their spirittual power came from their strictly +moral life, they did not abuse the procreative powers, but those who +were married, used them only for obtaining children in the right season, +and many of them lived in celibacy in the strictest continence all their +life time. Such was the life of the Therapeute Monk Eli or Heli, the +Father of Jesus Christ, Luke 1:23. He, while living in the strictest +celibacy arrived to an advanced age, and when the time arrived for the +procreation of the Messiah of the Jews, he became the medium of the +spirit who was selected by the Heavenly Congress to seize him and to +procreate by his instrumentality the Messiah. And when the departed +spirit called Gabriel or the power of God, was operating through Eli +that is "My God," Mary was seized by her guardian and submitted, that +the offspring was not the origin of a carnal co-operation, but the work +of a Holy Spirit, so that Jesus Christ was the concentration of the +spiritual power of the highest association amongst the Jews as well as +of the prophecy of the Jewish Nation. In one of my former writings I +have given more disclosure regarding this mystery, but when we will have +our own Printing office, I will give a more complete explanation of the +mystery, as well as of my generation, because if you comprehend this +book, you know that we have superabundance of signs according to +prophecies, by virtue of which I appear as the first born son of Jesus +Christ for the introduction of his peaceable reign on earth or the great +Community or Republic, for which we must prepare by establishing a +centre of our co-operatian. + +Here is to be mentioned that regarding the community great abuse was +made of the above quoted verses from the above quoted and other biblical +passages in monasteries and nunneries as well as in other associations. +Christ says to the Angel of the church of Ephesus: "But this thou hast, +that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitanes, which I also hate." +Revelation, ii: 6. And to the angel of the church in Pergamos he +reproaches: "So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the +Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate." Rev. ii: 15. Nicolaitanes in the +Revelation are the same who are in our days known as Free-lovers. Some +called them Dr. Nichol's people. But that Doctor was at length converted +to Romanism, lecturing for the Roman Catholic Church, and the day before +yesterday or on the 14th of August, I read the advertisement of his +lecturing here in New York. We expect, that he will get this book, +comprehend our spiritualism and draw many Roman Catholics into the true +Catholic Church, or what is the same, into our Peace Union. Man must be +restored to his true condition. A chaste, pure life in celibacy, and a +true matrimony in which carnal copulation is usued only for obtaining +children when sound reason or true christian spirit requires it, this +is the true condition of man for his true happiness in this and in the +future life. All excess in this respect is injurious to body and soul of +parents and children. As long as mankind are not reduced to the right +order in this respect, they remain in their degradation and misery. How +they will be brought lo the right order in the true community as the +only refuge for the restoration of the human race will be explained in +our Periodical for the common use and particularly to those who will +come to our Peace Union, here not being room except to give hints on +many points the full explanation of which requires large treatises. Here +we give the following hints. + +In the present Babylon dollars and cents as the means in this state of +affairs used for what man needs to support his mortal life and for +committing all kinds of sins and crimes against his fellow men, occupy +in so dreadful a manner the minds of men and women in general in their +present degraded condition, that the one thing needful, their spiritual +progress is so neglected, that probably if some few comprehend this book +so far as to apply all their energy to spread it, they will have a hard +task to move the public in general to study it so as it should be +studied and comprehended. Reader should recollect, that when I came the +first time in my present charge before the public, the passage Luke +viii: from the 4th to the 15th verse, was prepared for my use. Besides +dollars and cents there are especially the sexual disorders which ruin +mankind so, that they appear as dead to the truly spiritual things, for +which they will get the right taste, when in the community they +comprehend, that mankind belongs to two houses. Americans are quite +accustomed to two Houses in the Capitol of Washington; but in the true +community they will learn to be accustomed to the two Houses, or two +departments in one and the same house, to which mankind belong, when +they arrive to the higher perfect order, so that males belong to their +own House or department and females to their own, although each husband +has his own wife, and each wife her own husband; but they do not meet +together for carnal copulation, except in the right season for the only +object to get a child, with due preparation to transfuse a holy spirit +into the child. Nothing is more injurious to the parents and to the +child than the act of procreation without due preparation, which is in +this present Babylon generally neglected. Besides this in this present +abominable situation of mankind, the act of carnal copulation is +oftentimes repeated during the pregnancy and before the child is weaned. +All this has a very injurious effect upon the child and degrades and +ruins also the parents. Here is no room to explain the hints showing the +origin of the hereditary sins, which will be abolished, when the true +community will be flourishing, and the whole House of males as well as +the whole House of females will support every individual belonging to +the House, as well as the whole community in their common meetings will +support each other in the progression towards perfection. + +These hints may appear quite strange to many readers. But if they will +come out from the existing corruption, they may be assured, that they +will comprehend me, when I give in a long dissertation a complete +explanation of the given hints, in the supposition that those who have +comprehended this book know our mission, and that we have received the +knowledge which is required to our mission to bring nations out of their +present corruption which kills many when they arrive to manhood and +womanhood; and many more before that age, and not a small portion of +them before or soon after they are born. And all this originates from +the corrupt state introduced by the follies of men. When these follies +will be removed, mankind in general will commence, within few +generations, to become old and will enter into the spirit world with +great imperishable riches. + +We read: "Verily I say unto you, there is no man that has left house, or +brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or +lands, for my sake and the gospel's, but he shall receive a hundredfold +now in this time, houses and brethren and sisters and mothers and +children and lands, 'after persecution,' and in the world to come +eternal life." Mark x: 29, 30. According to our reading in the Greek +text we translate: "after persecution." When the persecution is +abolished, the promised great advantages will be made manifest in the +true community. There will not be plurality of wives, but each husband +will have his own wife. Now father, mother, wife or children might +resist to the determination of a person to join with the true community. +Those who comprehend, that this will be the true life in the true reign +of Christ, in his Peace-Union, will co-operate with us for its +introduction without regard to any opposition of their nearest +relatives. Every one who forsakes all and acts with us as much as he +can, for establishing the Peace-Union, will when persecution ceases and +the Peace-Union flourishes, consider those, who are old, as his fathers +and mothers, those of equal age as brothers and sisters, and those who +are younger as his children, and all the property belonging to the +Peace-Union as ours, and we will truly pray to God: "Our Father." + +Not being yet in this happy condition but endeavoring to arouse a +general turn towards it, we must make some provisions to support the +feeble in their turn, and those who turn towards our Peace-Union that +they might easier settle matters with those who belong to their family +and will not turn into our Peace-Union. + +Every individual who determines to enter into our community, brings all +his property into it, after having settled all his business in the +world. This property, according to our principles will be taken in +possession by the community; and if it is not money but other property, +it will be valued according to a very moderate price, and its value and +the amount of money if he brings any, will be put into the ledger of the +community, and a receipt will be given to him or her under the +provisions mentioned as follows: In the possible but not probable case, +that he or she should return to the former fashion, the value of the +property would be returned, although not directly, but when the +community would find easy to do so. In the mean time they would exchange +the receipt which he or she received at the delivery of their property, +with a note containing the amount of money and the time when the +community promise to pay according to the value or course of money at +the time received and at the time in which it would be paid to him. For +instance, if a dollar received would have at the time in which it would +be paid, only the value of ten cents, ten cents would be paid to him or +her instead of a dollar, without any interest; because the step should +be made after earnest reflection and determination, and with this +provision we must deter hypocrites from joining our Peace-Union; but to +those who would be feeble, all possible assistance would be given to +strenghten them in the work which they would commence. In the true +community when it will flourish, everybody will enjoy as much of its +riches as is required for his bodily strength and for such an +intellectual and moral improvement as to enrich as much his spirit as +his faculties will be prepared to receive, that after his departure he +or she enters into a happy abode of our Peace Union. + +I and other pioneers, who are preparing for the happy state which the +Peace-Union community when flourishing will enjoy, must suffer many +privations. But the spiritual treasures which during our great struggle +with the opposition we acquire, we carry with us at our departure, and +where our community will flourish, we will rejoice with them who will +partake of the fruits of our labor, so that I will not be less happy +than the happiest who will be born in our Peace-Union thousands of years +after my departure. With this consolation every reader should follow my +example and act with us for the introduction of the New Era. + +After these hints some rules must be mentioned regarding the economy and +management of affairs for the introduction and maintenance of the +Peace-Union to realize what in Christ's peaceable reign on earth is +expected. + +As soon as circumstances will admit, a printing-office will be +established on the place on which we commence our provisional +Peace-Union centre, and a Periodical based on and directed by the +principle of free discussion will be published, as the nature of the +case, reason and arguments for the restoration of human rights demand. +And previous steps, made before we are enabled to publish the +Periodical, are subject to be criticized in the Periodical, and we +undertake such enterprises or actions as we are ready to support before +the tribunal of truth and righteousness. + +This rule contains all that a sensible man or woman using his or her +intellectual and moral faculties may demand. If we had used our whole +book to develop our plan, we would not have finished our work, if the +volume had been much larger than it is. But the points belonging to our +plan, must be gradually developed in our Periodical, and those who +comprehend this book and our mission, superabundance of credentials of +which are contained here, will not tarry for a moment to co-operate with +all their strength with us, and to draw their mortal and their departed +friends into our Peace-Union. + +Members of the Peace-Union agree to support whatever may be shown by +free discussion through our Periodical to be suitable, practicable and +necessary to promote the common welfare of the Peace-Union, which is the +welfare of mankind. Those who would refuse to support it, had to show +the contrary in the same Periodical, that it might be discussed, +otherwise they would be disturbers, and if they could be by no means +corrected, they would deserve to be excluded, and the Peace-Union, after +having exhausted the means to bring them to the right order, would be +compelled to declare them to be separated, and to give them the note or +the certificate of their claim according to the rule above, and they +return the receipt which they have obtained when they have brought their +property into the Peace-Union. + +We illustrate the point with an example. I have given, for instance, +some hints regarding the two departments of males separately and females +separately, notwithstanding the true matrimony of one husband with one +wife. When there is the right time for them to procreate a child, they +will have a convenient place for the performance of the most responsible +duty. This my hint, when sufficiently explained, will satisfy every +friend of progression into truth, righteousness and happiness, and will +give to the human affairs quite a new turn, and deliver both sexes from +temptations, in which until now the whole human race succumbed and +descended much under the degree of the nobler classes of brutes, and +parents depraved and ruined themselves and children. From all the +strange and unexpected things disclosed in this book readers may expect +that I have also regarding the true matrimony and the restitution of +mankind in such a condition in which they will be truly happy, a +glorious message and such truths which when sufficiently explained, will +satisfy all lovers of progression into the true happiness. But there may +join with our Peace-Union some self-conceited person who would not give +up what would be shown by us as necessary to be removed for the +restoration of mankind to their true happiness, and what he would not be +able to refute, and notwithstanding this he would remain in his bad +habit. In this case he would compel us to remove him. At his removal he +receives the note or certificate, while he returns the receipt which he +had obtained for what he had put into the Peace-Union, as is explained +above. But we have to add here, that if those who would be separated, +had damaged the whole Peace-Union or some individual, the damage is to +be deducted from their claim. And it is to be repeated, that nobody who +joins with the Peace-Union, has any claim to any pay or reward for the +labor performed in the Peace-Union, into which all men and women are +invited to come and to remain in it in this mortal body and in all +eternity, and to partake for him or her and their families of all +riches, spiritual and physical in exchange for what they furnish. But +what they brought in at their joining, is returned to them, with +deduction of the damages, if they have caused any at their turn into +enemies of the Peace-Union, or which originated by their fault, although +it could not be proved, that they had a malicious intention in causing +damages. This point is here to be remarked, that children before they +acquire the legal age, if by whatever means they would be withdrawn from +the Peace-Union, while their parents are living there or did not depart, +should not receive the portion of the property brought for them into the +Peace-Union, till they arrive at the legal age in which they have the +right according to the laws of the country to depart from their parents; +because the Peace-Union have the parental duties towards children who +are received with their parents into the Peace-Union. Also this is to be +mentioned, that no others except who come with their parents or with +their children into the Peace-Union, have any claim to the property +which they bring into it. They settle their business with all others, +when they join with the Peace-Union, and in the same time they make +their will, how much they themselves if they would leave the Peace-Union +and some of their children would remain in it, and how much each of the +children when in full legal age, would receive, if he or she would leave +the Peace-Union. + +We thought proper to concede so much to the feebleness of those who are +desirous to join with the Peace Union, but imagine the possible case, +that they might be turned out and lose their property. For them their +property is secured, althought without interest, and their possible case +is rather imagination, and they would become gradually so strong as to +give good example to others. But we have mentioned a point which must +terrify hypocrites to join to our Peace Union; because their hypocrisy +would become in due time manifest, and then they could not stand and +would be turned out with demand to repair damages. Therefore they should +remain in Babylon till they have a sincere desire to join with us for +their true conversion to our principles and corresponding acting with +us. When they are determined to act for this purpose they should not be +afraid to join the Peace Union on account of the possibility of being +separated; because no person will be separated except such as deserves +in consequence of immoral acts or gross omissions of what is absolutely +necessary for obtaining the object of our association, after having been +sufficiently instructed and exhorted that their toleration would ruin +the Peace Union. A separate person, if he or she would think there was +not sufficient cause for separation, will be permitted to publish in our +Periodical the reason or reasons of his or her complaint. By doing so, +however, he gives occasion for members of the Peace Union to publish +their remarks on his reasons, that truth might be made manifest; because +the object of the Peace Union is the restoration of human rights, and +therefore her members engage and promise to correct any mistake, when it +is shown and it is proven. + +The nature and object of the Peace Union is, that science or knowledge +in every department and every branch of enterprise directs and governs +the work. Therefore the man or woman who is found to be most skilful in +any art, business or work, is to be elected as foreman, and continues to +act as such, till some one more skilful is found. And then to him the +place is to be given, however, not before it is shown, that by +exchanging the place sufficient advantage will accrue to the community. +The member who thinks he is able to show this, may assemble members +belonging to the branch of that business, or if the case is a general +case, members in general, the body of females having their votes as well +as the body of males in general affairs; in particular branches the body +decide who belong to that branch. Whoever calls members together, shows +them the case, and if the majority find his reasons to be sufficient, +the person proposed obtains the office. But before votes are taken, +those who are assembled, must also hear the objections. But if there is +any member who thinks, that the decision was not made according to +justice, he may announce the matter to the assembled, showing them their +mistake and his duty that if they will not correct their mistake, he +will make known the reasons of his complaint against the decision in the +Periodical of the Peace Union. And the assembled, if they see that he is +right, are bound to receive thankfully that which is right, but if they +see that he is wrong, they are bound to show him this. But if he, +notwithstanding this, publishes his reasons, those who do not agree with +him, are bound to show in their replies that he will riot act according +to sound reasons, but is disposed to make disturbance, deserving to be +expelled. In this case if he continues to be obstinate against evidence, +he should be expelled peaceably. + +In the first place we need a centre. And according to the pattern of the +centre as many settlements on other places will be established as will +be needed to accommodate all who will find best to move from their +present situation to a settlement of our Peace Union. But everywhere +persons of our principles will be needed to instruct and strengthen the +neighbours. The hints given here will be so modified to their situation +as their circumstances will require. + +In the centre is to be concentrated, what is to be spread everywhere, to +benefit in the first place members of the Peace Union and by their +instrumentality as many others as can be reached. Therefore co-operation +and support from all who comprehend this book and their application to +others is necessary to raise means, for establishing what is required in +the centre. Although all who contribute for the centre, will not have +chance to reside there, they will have a chance to send some of their +children or relations to the institutions of the University for the New +Era, which will be established there, according to our plan, according +to which a great change will take place in studies, that all +intellectual and moral faculties of students will be harmoniously +developed, and much time will be gained for learning every day for some +hours in the school and for some hours in the shops and elsewhere that +to learn which each will be most qualified and inclined. Wherefore those +who afford money and other property for the centre and what is needed +there, acquire the right to reside there, when needed as teachers, or +for mechanical branches, arts, sciences, for agriculture, horticulture, +&c. What mankind need for the New Era, should be shown there to students +theoretically and practically. Therefore all who have superabundant +means, if they comprehend this book, will send such an amount as they +can spare, as donations, which will become spiritual treasures to the +donors. When the institutions which according to our plan should be at +our centre, will be established, there will be such competition of +students, that there will not be room for accommodation of all. All that +is given as donation for raising our institutions, will be put in our +ledger for the benefit of the donors, so that, when all students could +not be accommodated at our centre, those recommended by the donors would +be prefered to others, the case excepted, that others be found more +useful in our mission, if they study the branches. + +Those who have no superabundance of means to give a donation, are +invited to invest for establishing the centre as much as their +cicumstances permit, to be invested for their benefit, as belonging to +them, although without any interest in money, but with the advantage, +that when all students could not be accommodated at our centre, their +sons and daughters would have the preference before such as have done +nothing towards the foundation of the centre. And if any have land, who +are desirous that on their land a settlement might be started according +to our plan for the New Era, by their furnishing means for starting the +centre they acquire the claim and right that their land shall be taken +for that purpose rather than the land of another who had done nothing +for the centre, when circumstances would not require the preference of +the land of other for a new settlement of our Peace Union. + +From what has been mentioned, the following general rule may be derived: +Without having a centre of our communities we cannot accomplish our +work. Therefore all who comprehend us, are solemnly entreated to +contribute without delay what their circumstances allow. If they cannot +send a donation, they are entreated to send what will be regarded as +theirs without bearing interests, but bearing to them all the advantages +to which according to the circumstances they are qualified, to come, +when all will be prepared, to the centre, if they can be employed there; +otherwise they may be useful to our community on the place which they +now occupy, or they may join with an other place of our community. In +this case the centre settles with that community in reference to what +they have advanced to the centre, to be sent, when the centre is able to +do so, to that community for them, if they should not prefer to leave it +in the centre to be consumed there by such students as they would send +to the University in the centre of our Peace Union, where all the +knowledge and wisdom which can be obtained, will be concentrated to +bring mankind into that situation which is promised and mankind are able +to attain by the right application of their intellectual and moral +faculties and their physical strength, and the proper use and right +application of all the knowledge which has been propagated through the +course of centuries and improved in our age. + +No money or other property can or will be taken into the Peace Union, +settlements to be put into their ledger for the benefit of the person +who invests it, to be returned in the case that the person or one of his +or her family should leave the Peace Union, except money that has been +acquired in an honest manner. By the term _honest_ we mean a manner +which is not only justifiable according to the laws of the country, but +also according to the moral laws attributable to the person who invests +it, at least so far, that no person or society is known to whom it +should be restored. We do not mean the severest scrutiny, but the usual +course of affairs; because according to our plan by those who will join +the Peace Union, the way will be opened for a final restoration of all +human affairs into the right order. To this point we must gradually +proceed. + +By what we have remarked in regard to money as the root of all evil, if +it is not managed for the commom welfere, it is a necessary evil as far +as business is done with those who do not belong to our Peace Union, and +we are compelled to make use of many evils which are yet in existence, +to bring nations out of the evil into the New Era. We must make such use +of money as to promote the welfere of the Peace Union which encloses the +welfere of all nations, which would not he promoted, if we would take +any amount of money from those who enter into our Peace Union under the +condition to return it in case, they would leave the Peace Union. Under +this condition we could take no more than one thousand dollars, so that, +if any man or woman would come with his or her family, and bring more +than one thousand dollars for each person belonging to his or her +family, after having settled all matters of business with others, we +could not take more than the mentioned sum under the mentioned +condition, to wit, if husband and wife with parents and children, would +join, for each of them one thousand dollars: the surplus they had to +give as donation, if they would not accept the advice which is given +below. + +Also this is to be mentioned, that if a family comes on the place of the +Peace Union and they invest for each member of the family a certain sum, +and some of the family would be taken into the spirit world, and the +others would leave the Peace Union, in this case only that has been +invested for them, would belong to them. What was given for the +departed, remains in the Peace Union. Also in the case, that a father +would come with a large or with a small family and give for each +individual a certain sum, and then the others would remain, but he +himself would become a backslider, his claim would be only to the money +which he had invested for his own person. The same priciple is to be +applied in every case, in which somebody invests a certain sum for +himself, and besides also sums for others. + +To those who have greater riches than one thousand dollars for each +individual of their family, is to be said, that they are only +administrators of that property to make the poor rich and the rich truly +happy. And whereas the Peace Union undertakes this great work, a rich +person should be instructed and enlightened, that this will not take +place in any other way than by a true community, for which we have given +this sketch, only in this point deviating from the course which we would +pursue if we would have to deal with perfect persons, that we found +proper to concede, that if any body should leave the Peace-Union +settlement, he should receive in due time the sum invested not exceeding +one thousand dollars. But those whose property reaches higher, will go +the safest way according to Christ's direction: "Go thy way, sell +whatever thou hast and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in +Heaven; and come and take up thy cross and follow me." Mark x: 21. This +man to whom Christ gave that advice "had great possessions." And we give +to those who have great riches the same advice, but with a different +application. Jesus Christ, the Father of the New Era which is to be +introduced by our mission, had not the chance in Palestine, which we +have in the United States. He advised as he could in his circumstances, +and we give in our circumstances to the rich who have great possessions +the following advice and the best for them to be saved: "Give as a +donation as much into our Peace-Union centre as you are able to do for +raising our institutions as the best means for the redemption of the +poor and degraded people from the existing misery and distress, and come +and learn how to administer your possessions for the poor, and we will +send with you to your possessions[AB] a man to commence there with you a +community for the poor only, and you may call poor people of your choice +together. And you should superintend, and our administrator should +assist you and labor with you to educate the poor so as to make them +truly rich and happy. And you, while you would have enriched our centre +as much as would be possible without selling your possessions, would be +the presiding elder at the community of the poor made rich by your +possessions, and when you would be pleased to stop with those in the +centre, you would be received as one of the founders, and you would have +treasure in Heaven." + +What I say to one I say to all rich men and women. If they receive our +advice they will become very rich and happy; but now they are "wretched +and miserable and poor and blind and naked," Revelation iii: 17. They +are the Heads in Laodicea, which means the judgment of the people, whom +they are preparing for destruction, and for themselves the hell. Luke +xvi: 23. From them is more required to be saved than from those who have +only a small property in comparison with the great possessions of the +rich, and their small property they have earned with hard labor. But it +would be too troublesome to reckon, how they had acquired their riches. +But instead of a long reckoning or a general confession of their sins +and crimes we show them the shortest and surest way to Heaven. + +We must say also to those who invest property not exceeding one thousand +dollars for each member of their family into our Peace-Union with the +reserve that if they leave the Peace-Union, that property should be +returned to them in equivalent without any interest, and at a time in +which the Peace-Union can easily do this without hurting their own +business, that this reserve will continue only until the time in which +they will be sufficiently strengthened in the principles of the true +community, and convinced that this is the only way for redemption of +oppressed humanity. When they will advance so far, they will sign the +covenant of the New Era, they themselves and those of their family who +are of age and with them united in the Spirit; and they will transfer +the property which is their portion to the community, which secures +their rights to the provisions for their body and their spirit to enjoy +such happiness as the Peace-Union will be able to afford to prepare them +for the society of blessed spirits. + +From these hints you see, that the true community consists of members +who give all their property, without any reserve, and receive all the +advantages which a mutual co-operation in the true brotherly spirit +affords. At the commencement they must be tried. On the title-page of +this book we have mentioned, that it is published at the "Peace-Union +Centre." We intended to give explanation of the matter in this plan. We +are starting there the Peace-Union Centre. About five hundred acres of +land, with farmhouse, barn, orchard &c. belong to that property, on a +beautiful very healthy hill, with excellent springs of soft water, +romantic locations for buildings, and all kinds of institutions for the +New Era. The soil as far as may be cleared, is good for raising all +kinds of fruits, and as much as we will need of vegetables. But our +centre will be for literary institutions, surrounded with all kinds of +the best mechanics and artists, from whom students will learn all kinds +of work. Therefore the largest portion of grain will be obtained from +other settlements to which productions at the centre will be sent in +exchange. About one hundred acres of the land are cleared and much more +can be cleared and used for different purposes, but the largest portion +of that land is Toscarora mountain, producing wood, timber, stone for +building, and is good for different other purposes, for instance, the +top of the mountain for our observatory, &c. + +Spring Hill in Racoon Valley belonged to Abraham, the oldest of the +twelve sons of my departed friend Christian Long. Christian was one of +the students of my German books, and strong witness of our mission; but +his son Abraham preaching water baptism was not prepared to receive his +testimony. But Christian and others in his company amongst the departed, +were operating and preparing this place, while we thought that we had +already succeeded in taking another place in possession, seventeen miles +from this place, and we have been in quite an unexpected manner +instructed that Springhill is the place in which we should start the +Peace-Union Centre, and we have received the place as cheap as the worth +of its improvements may be valued. This is according to our principles, +according to which the land belongs to the whole human family, and to +the improvements only each individual may claim as much right as he has +consumed labor to produce them. But it is evident also that labor never +can be exactly valued, and I had to write a very large volume to expose +the manifold forms of labor, in which time is wasted, to corrupt and +ruin human society. All the hints given in this book, may convince any +investigating mind, that there is no redemption of the degraded and +wretched condition of mankind except in the community in which men will +be brought gradually into the true happy state in this life and in the +spirit world, and will draw their departed friends into higher spheres. + +Being compelled by circumstances to take away manuscript containing the +spirit battle by which not only this, that we have to start our +Peace-Union as a community and in Springhill, but also many other +important points have been disclosed, which although they were known to +us long time before that, may arouse the attention of those who would +not hear us otherwise, except when they hear extraordinary spirit +manifestations, which in connexion with starting our Peace-Union Centre +on this place may be published another time. But here we must mention +that by quite an unexpected vision against the wishes of the medium and +his wife our doctrine has been illustrated, to wit, that those who make +a covenant with our Peace-Union community, separate so from those who +remain in Babylon, that if of those who are married, one partner would +make such a covenant, but the other would remain in Babylon, we would do +all in our power to draw also that partner into our community. But if he +or she would remain obstinate despiser of our Heavenly message, we +according to Divine law would consider the person who made the covenant +with our Peace-Union as perfectly free to marry a person belonging to +our community, and labor at the same time to convert the Government to +acknowledge our mission and the Divine law made manifest by our +mediumship. "What God hath joined together let no man put asunder." +Matth. xix: 6. "What the devil has joined together, God puts asunder." +If we have the mission expressed on the title-page, and confirmed by all +signs and wonders which have been mentioned in this book, and with which +hundreds of volumes could be filled, then it is evident that the devil +has joined those together or the devil will keep them together, when one +understands our mission and advances so far that he or she makes the +covenant with our community and the other resists and will keep him or +her in Babylon, when he or she starts to come out of her not to be +partaker of her sins. The partner, may be he or she, who remains +obstinate, remains in the great whore of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation, is an adulterer or adulteress in the spiritual sense, and +certainly with whoredom or other abominations he or she became so +endarkened, that when the partner progressed so far, as to comprehend +our Heavenly message, the destroying devil will detain him or her from +the truth made manifest in our message. Those who have comprehended this +book to this point, know that our case is just the contrary to the so +called Free Love, diametrically opposed to it. A chaste husband or wife +will comprehend us, but those who will continue in their fornication and +adultery, will cry against us and misrepresent truth for their +destruction. Here is no room for explanation of a point, on which I will +write an extraordinary treatise, in which I will report and explain also +the mentioned vision, when the diseased stomachs will be ready to digest +our most wholesome medicine. + +In this compression is also to be remembered, that the promise given on +the 45th page in regard to the four in Baltimore executed in connexion +with my visit to President Buchanan appears in a more dreadful shape in +the portion of the 4th treatise which will appear in the second edition +of this book if that edition shall be demanded, than I would have +expected, when I mentioned that case. When President Buchanan, Governor +Hicks and other Grandees of Washington and Maryland were not prepared to +afford money for buying Springhill for our Peace Union Centre and for +publishing this book, we read on the 42d page: "The same time a great +sign was given so that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western +Reserve of Ohio." A.D. 1854 we commenced to prepare Brother Robert D. +Eldrige in Baltimore for our mission. Then happened many wonders and +signs in connexion with him, till at length a sign was given in +Baltimore. But the principal of the four executed in Baltimore was +brought before me in the Western Reserve of Ohio, and you will hear of +strange spectacles in the next edition regarding that manifestation in +connexion with the four Presidents Taylor, Fillmore, Pierce and +Buchanan. After having performed the trials of spirits in the Western +Reserve of Ohio, Eldrige started with me, and after having tried spirits +in different places during our travelling, we arrived at length at +Abraham Long's, and I showed to Brother Eldrige some of the secret +treasures on the premises of Springhill, where Heavenly Wisdom[AC] +prepared a great variety of most beautiful sceneries, magnificent +fairviews on a number of sites very suitable for excellent buildings, +and to all those places excellent springs of soft water may be derived +by few rods of pipes, and excellent stone for buildings and +superabundance of wood is most handy. We took then the deeds in the name +of our Peace Union Community[AD], and we appear as Trustees, I by virtue +of my mission, in duty bound to communicate the spirit who has sent me +for the fulfilment of the most glorious promises to mankind, with those +who will receive this spirit and will be drawn from Babylon into the New +Jerusalem, and Robert D. Eldrige by virtue of his mission, who came with +money and paid for the place with the rights which are given in this +plan to those who invest money, and with the duty of superintendency for +a good success. In those our duties all are bound to support us, who +join with the Peace Union. + +On the 11th day of July, 1859, my Document, entitled: "Great News for +the Friends of Progression in Truth and Righteousness towards the +promised New Era of Harmony and Peace amongst all nations" was set in +type, the proof-sheet corrected by me, and a portion of copies struck +off on the same day. We were preparing readers for the first convention +which will be held in the New Hall on the Peace Union settlement in the +latter part of the next month, and requesting Editors to publish that +Document. But I think that the warlike spirit of destruction kept most +of them in the servitude of monarchs. But that document was to be set in +type and printed on the same day, on which Napoleon and Francis Joseph +made their treaty of peace at Villafranca for an important testimony, +that spirits from our sphere have controlled the affairs also there, so +that if you hurry to do what is required in this book, you will prevent +immense destruction of human life and property in this country, +otherwise you should know that I have done more than from a mortal man +could be expected, to move you for action. But when men become such +beasts that they have no sense for spiritual things, destruction is a +necessary consequence. At the commencement of the first treatise page 6 +you see that Mr. Belly gave occasion to that treatise. Last month he +came again to Paris and remains there according to newspapers until the +20th of the next month; and I proposed that on the same day our first +convention should commence in the New Hall. We quote from said document +in which the title of this book is copied, the close as follows: "The +book with the above copied title will be published by Robert D. Eldrige +in our Convention, and then copies will be sent by him to those who send +to him the money (50 cents fur one copy, twenty dollars for 50 copies, +35 dollars for 100 copies) either before or after or at the Convention. +He being a man of property and known as our trusty fellow labourer for +improving the condition of mankind, has charge of the business +department at our Peace Union, while, I the writer of this book and of +this article am bound to devote my precious time to spiritual objects +for Harmony and Peace of Nations, requesting to direct letters which do +not belong particularly to my sphere, to him under the direction: Robert +D. Eldrige, Donnally's Mill, Perry Co: Pa." This book appears small for +this price; but remember the contents of page 169, and collect +subscribers, and as soon as we print the second edition, we will send a +large pamphlet as supplement without additional charge. In the mean time +we assure you that also this small book contains so large an amount of +most important points for you, that the oftener you study it, the more +you will learn to appreciate its value; and the enormous labour for +obtaining all the parts contained in this book cannot be paid with +money, and my labour never was paid. + +On the 11th of this month, August, 1859, there came many people to +Springhill. An extraordinary medium who had been in England an Elder +amongst the Baptisers wrote on the 13th Instant to me: "I came on foot +to Springhill, Peace Union Centre, a long walk of about 17 miles in hot +weather. We raised the frame work of the Large Hall. The day (11th +inst.) was fine, and all things went on well, and the work that is done, +looks well and in good order. All kinds of rumors and talk: What the +house is for? What they will do? Why did they not build so as the Hall +could be seen? Some one thing, some, other things, &c." + + The Periodical, entitled: "Peace Union Message." Conventions at the + Peace Union Centre in Springhill Toscarora Township, Perry Co: Pa. + 6 miles west of Millerstown, the stopping place for the Cars. + +Our Periodical, spoken of in the plan, will be published as soon, as +there will be a sufficient number of subscribers. In the expectation +that those who are versed in English, will comprehend us first, we will +publish it first in English, in Quarto, to be preserved in books and +translated in as many other languages as needed; because it will contain +social, ecclesiastical and political matters and movements of nations +and daily news of importance, considered from our position, to draw +nations from the existing confusion and degradation into the new order +of things. All that will improve the condition of mankind, and what is +hurtful for them, as far as we will have opportunity[AE] to reach it, +will be examined from our position. But there not being room in this +book, we will publish in the first number which will issue, when we are +secured by subscriptions, what we will find proper to draw those amongst +all nations who have somewhat new for improving mankind, to send it for +publication in our Periodical. Every one who sends somewhat of this +kind, will add his full direction and occupation. If his or her +communication is found by those whom we find to be competent judges in +that branch, to be such as required, it will be published when room will +be for it in our Periodical. But if it is not found such as to be +published, the writer will be named and the reason given, why it cannot +be published. If the writer should think to have been injured, our +Periodical would be open to publish his complaint with the preliminary +requisites which will be made known in our first number as quite +reasonable to save time to him and us and to the readers as well as to +the printers and others. I quoted purposely some passages from the +letter of our friend Peter assuring that he is ours truly "in bonds for +truth waiting for deliverance." If the talkers of nonsense had asked +those to whom we told, why we selected that place for that building, +near the farm house and the springs, they had received information. The +basement of the new building is a large cellar, the first story a large +Hall, having in the midst a partition, which we remove when we use the +whole Hall, but the second story has a partition which cannot be removed +and each department has its own stairs. The farm house and the new +building are in a cove. The first story of the building will be +provisionally[AF] used for our Conventions, till the substantial edifice +within the most magnificent fairview will be established. With this +fairview we entreat most earnestly every reader to collect as many +subscribers for this book as well as for the Periodical, as he or she is +able to collect. The book is to be paid for at the delivery, and the +Periodical will cost $2 a year, money to be paid for half a year or a +year at the delivery of the first number. + +Whoever secures us five subscribers receives six copies. And those who +will act as agents, after having comprehended by studying this book our +plan and adopt it, are regarded as our fellow-laborers, when they show +practically that they belong to our Peace-Union. If the expected +exertions are made, we may be able to publish the first number of our +Periodical at the commencement of the year 1860. + +Our first Convention next month at the Peace Union Centre is announced +in our Circular. But readers of this book are requested to proclaim, +that on the first day of November 1859, the second Convention will +commence and continue for two weeks, and that only those persons of both +sexes are invited to attend, who after having comprehended our mission +are ready to act as missionaries or to support with their means our +enterprises to establish what is needed at the Centre. And for this +purpose we intend to hold successively a number of Conventions. The +second could be attended by those who belong to the Cabinet and the +Congress of Washington, or to any legislature. Each Convention will last +one or two weeks. Those who comprehend this book will tell or write to +those with whom they are acquainted, that although the contents of this +book are of importance for any body, those who belong to the Government +need most to understand them. This book will be taken as the text-book, +but also those who may have read it before many times, will receive in +the Convention new light to understand it better and to hear many things +which are not mentioned in the book. There may be so many aroused to +attend the Convention that all could not be accommodated. Therefore +whoever and whenever he determines to attend one of our Conventions, he +is requested to write directly, and to give an exact direction, and put +a letter stamp into his letter, and we will answer it, and tell, whether +he could be accommodated in that or in any of the following Conventions. +Boarding is to be had as moderately as we can afford it. The rule is to +be observed also afterwards in this and in the next year, that whoever +wishes to attend our Convention, is requested to write directly, and he +will receive an answer when he could be accommodated. Answer may come +sooner or later, because it may depend upon circumstances, when after +the receipt of his or her letter our next Convention would be held. +Probably there is in this last "form" no room, to say more than that our +Post-Office address is on the title-page and also three or four pages +before this. It has been said that the stopping place for the cars is +Millerstown, Perry Co.: Pa. I desire nothing more than to draw you into +the sphere of our Heavenly abode as your sincere brother. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + + + + +Remark. I perused 192 pages of this book while the last form was in +composition, and found a moderate number of errata as may be easily +corrected by the reader; for instance, he may connect himself in the 7th +line of the "Preliminary Remarks" the two particles IN TO in one word, +and he may separate where he finds two words close together and change C +and E, also N and U and some other letters when required, or add when a +letter is omitted, or cast it out when it is superabundant. Such trifles +will not trouble those who are anxious to learn to understand this book, +nor if they read sometimes CONNEXION and other times CONNECTION, I +always write CONNEXION; but I was assured, that according to the present +fashion CONNECTION is more used, although this use is irregular. + +The general rule is observed by our invisible messengers mentioned on +the 169th page, while they are controlling the spirits of the +compositors, that they let them commit such errata as disturb the sense +on such pages, on which the reader should stop and reflect upon the +connexion of matters. An astonishing lesson was given, when I received +the order to stop the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of +the 168th page. The manuscript for that Treatise contains 85 pages, and +the 168th page of this book ends in the middle of the 34th page of +manuscript. The spirit who made this provision exhorts powerfully +readers to digest the 168 pages and to prepare for what follows. I did +not know, what our invisible agents intended to put on the 168th page, +till I saw in the proof sheet the six oxen, the first of whom is Joseph +Ox, on the 74th place of our catalogue. These oxen are supporting the +mysteries on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue, and those two +mysteries are in the 4th line of the 168th page. This provision tells +that you should pay peculiar attention to the contents from the 74th to +the 81st page of this book, and you will find amongst the Americans +those who furnish as great assistance to the Beast with ten horns as the +six oxen on the 168th page. But on the 21st line of the 82d page, my +interpretation[AG] commences, and the omission in the midst of the 83d +page exhorts you that you should reflect upon the "Sect of Adventurists" +mentioned in the 9th line from the bottom of the 83d page. In my +manuscript were only Adventists. But I tell you that the young boy who +set in type the largest portion of this book, was a peculiar medium. +Noyse and Himes and all those whom they represent belong to the sect of +Adventurists who are the greatest supporters of Popery. + +All other marvellous things you will hear in our Convention commencing +November 1, 1859, on the Feast of All Saints. + +My address is page 124 of this book. + +Set in type June 27th, 1859. + + + + +Transcriber's Notes + + + +A. "DEVELOPMMENTS" changed to "DEVELOPMENTS". +B. "WOHLE" changed to "WHOLE". +C. "rightousness" changed to "righteousness". +D. "uderstanding" changed to "understanding". +E. "Febuary" changed to "February". +F. "perfetion" changed to "perfection". +G. "wickednes" changed to "wickedness". +H. "lenghth" changed to "length". +I. "axactly" changed to "exactly". +J. "remaks" changed to "remarks". +K. "Garrsion" changed to "Garrison". +L. "Gosple" changed to "Gospel". +M. "Jscariot" changed to "Iscariot". +N. "recived" changed to "received". +O. Opening quotation mark added. +P. "oppresion" changed to "oppression". +Q. "nead" changed to "need". +R. "thougt" changed to "thought". +S. "messsage" changed to "message". +T. Closing parenthesis added. +U. "obolition" changed to "abolition". +V. "languuages" changed to "languages". +W. Closing quotation mark added. +X. "fulfiilled" changed to "fulfilled". +Y. "babarian" changed to "barbarian". +Z. "mangement" changed to "management". +AA. "excommunicatiom" changed to "excommunication". +AB. "poseessions" changed to "possessions". +AC. "Wisdon" changed to "Wisdom". +AD. "Commnuity" changed to "Community". +AE. "oportunity" changed to "opportunity". +AF. "provisionaly" changed to "provisionally". +AG. "interpre-pretation" changed to "interpretation" (original word + spanned two lines at hypen). + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Secret Enemies of True Republicanism +by Andrew B. Smolnikar + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM *** + +***** This file should be named 14675-8.txt or 14675-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/6/7/14675/ + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders, from page scans provided by +the University of Michigan. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/14675-8.zip b/old/14675-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..200388a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/14675-8.zip diff --git a/old/14675-h.zip b/old/14675-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..230d010 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/14675-h.zip diff --git a/old/14675-h/14675-h.htm b/old/14675-h/14675-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..771b567 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/14675-h/14675-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7449 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> + +<html> + +<head> +<title>Secret Enemies of True Republicanism, by Andrew B. Smolnikar</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + <!-- + + body { + font-family: Verdana, Arial, sans-serif; + } + + h1,h2,h3,h4 { + text-align: center; + font-weight: bold; + font-variant: small-caps + } + + a { text-decoration: none; } + a:hover { background-color: #ffffcc } + + div.chapter { + margin-top: 4em; + } + + hr { + height: 1px; + } + + div.image { + text-align: center; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + width: 60%; + font-size: .8em; + } + + div.note { + border-style: dashed; + border-width: 1px; + border-color: #000000; + background-color: #ccffcc; + font-size: .8em; + margin: 10px; + } + + div.note p { + margin: 10px 10px 10px 10px; + } + + img { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + border: none; + max-width: 100%; + } + + div.image p.title { + text-align: center; + font-weight: bold; + } + + p.byline { + text-align: center; + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + .smallcaps { + font-variant: small-caps; + } + + #tp { + text-align: center; + } + +--> +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Secret Enemies of True Republicanism +by Andrew B. Smolnikar + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Secret Enemies of True Republicanism + +Author: Andrew B. Smolnikar + +Release Date: January 12, 2005 [EBook #14675] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM *** + + + + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders, from page scans provided by +the University of Michigan. + + + + + + +</pre> + + + + +<div class="note"> +<p>[<strong>Transcriber's note:</strong> The original print edition contain many obvious +typos that have been corrected in this electronic edition. I have taken +care to mark where changes were made within the text. I have left hyphen +irregularities as they were printed (so that both "anti-slavery" and +"antislavery" will be found within the text). For additional perspective +on errata within the text, see the <a href="#remarks">author's remarks</a> following the final +treatise.]</p> +</div> + + + +<div id="tp"> + +<h1>Secret Enemies of True Republicanism,</h1> + +<p>MOST IMPORTANT <span class="correction" title="DEVELOPMMENTS">DEVELOPMENTS</span> REGARDING THE INNER<br /> LIFE OF MAN AND THE +SPIRIT WORLD, IN ORDER TO<br /> ABOLISH REVOLUTIONS AND WARS AND TO ESTABLISH<br /> +PERMANENT PEACE ON EARTH,</p> + +<h3>ALSO:</h3> + +<p>THE PLAN FOR REDEMPTION OF NATIONS FROM MONARCHICAL<br /> AND OTHER OPPRESIVE +SPECULATIONS AND FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE<br /> PROMISED NEW ERA OF +HARMONY, TRUTH AND RIGHTEOUSNESS ON THE<br /> <span class="correction" title="WOHLE">WHOLE</span> GLOBE.</p> + + + +<p class="byline">WRITTEN BY</p> + +<h2 class="author">Andrew B. Smolnikar,</h2> + +<p>FORMERLY EIGHTEEN YEARS PRIEST BENEDICTINE MONK AND<br /> IMPERIAL ROYAL +PROFESSOR OF BIBICAL LITERATURE;<br /> AFTERWARDS SINCE A.D. 1838, BY SIGNS +ACCORDING TO<br /> PROPHECIES DECLARED AND CONFIRMED REPRESENTATIVE<br /> OF +MESSENGERS FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF<br /> THE UNIVERSAL REPUBLIC, COMMONLY<br /> +ALTHOUGH IMPROPERLY CALLED THE<br /> MILLENNIUM.</p> + +<h4> +PUBLISHED BY ROBERT D. ELDRIDGE<br /> +Springhill, Peace Union Centre.<br /> +POST OFFICE DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY CO.: PA.<br /> +1859.</h4> +</div> + + + +<div class="chapter" id="prelim_remarks"> +<h2>Preliminary Remarks</h2> + + + +<p>Attentive readers will find superabundance of signs or credentials +testifying the mission of every one who comprehends this book and acts +with us for the accomplishment of the great promise, if they peruse the +whole book as often as necessary for a full understanding of each event +mentioned herein in connexion with the whole. From this connection of +events it is evident, that in collisions in to which we have come with +our opposers during the performance of the duties of our mission, we +were under the direction of those invisible guardians who are labouring +to introduce the promised new era of Truth and Righteousness, while our +opposers were endeavouring to support the existing systems of delusion +and iniquity, and that spirits of all spheres, heavenly angels as well +as infernal demons, give testimony to our mission, spirits of each +sphere in such a manner as is most suitable to their sphere. By the +developments made in this book the secret enemies of true Republicanism +are made manifest, and it is made clear, how every party and sect, +notwithstanding their profession of republicanism, are supporting +Popery, or, what is the same Monarchy, if they disregard our disclosures +concerning the Roman Catholic and the Protestant churches in reference +to Christ's Peaceable Reign which will be the universal republic of +truth and <span class="correction" title="rightousness">righteousness</span>, and if they neglect to co-operate with us +for its introduction.</p> + +<p>When I say "us," I understand the whole body of messengers whom I +represent. I became Representative of this Body by having performed and +explained what has been shown to me by the Spirit of Truth for the +introduction of the promised New Era. No imaginations, but facts, +events, are testifying our Heavenly Mission for the true Freedom, +Harmony and Peace of Nations, as well as the infernal Mission of those +who either openly or secretly, are opposed to our mission. In this their +condition they are supporting the Papal Imperial Royal or Monarchial +powers. This will be evident to those who comprehend this book. Then +they will know that those are either wittingly deceivers, or are +deceived and repeat the lies and slanders of others, who say that I make +too great claims and am anxious to be a great man. I confess to be +nothing else but a true republican, a man for free discussion, +testifying what I know, and offering it to be duly examined and used for +the welfare of nations. I had to forsake all things of this world and to +devote all my time to deep investigations, till at length my studies had +arrived to maturity, that I could be used by Heavenly Powers as an +instrument or medium to disclose what is required for Christ's peaceable +Reign on Earth. But those who should have been our first labourers in +the great cause of Human Redemption, have deceived others in regard to +our mission; and I have been abused, slandered and persecuted, and have +suffered more than a man could willingly bear for his fellow men, +without being supported by Higher Powers. This support has brought me on +the ground where I stand, and on which they shall arrive who will study +this book with understanding[D], and then act accordingly.</p> + +<p>This book is divided into several treatises, which are so connected that +every reader in order to comprehend the unexpected developments for the +introduction of the promised New Era, must study them in the order in +which they appear. While studying in this manner, if the contents of +some passage appear to him not only unexpected, but also very +improbable, he will receive more light upon them in the continuation of +studying this book, till at length that which appeared at the first view +improbable, will be made manifest to him to be a great truth, and he +will become our zealous fellow labourer in the great mission for the +accomplishment of the greatest Promises to the Human race. I write in +the expectation, that my brethren and sisters, after having perused this +book, will comprehend their calling and act accordingly with their +sincere servant.</p> + +<p>ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR.</p> + +<p>Washington D.C. March 29th, 1859.</p> + + +<p>Remark:</p> + +<p>I wrote this preface in the expectation of soon finding in Washington +means for publishing this book. But I had to wait, till at length the +war in Italy commenced. Therefore readers are requested to study what +they must know to stop Revolutions and Wars and to commence the New Era +of Harmony and Peace.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch1"> +<h2>First Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p>Louis Napoleon, according to a severe divine judgment Emperor of France, +and James Buchanan, according to the merciful divine benignity President +of the United States.</p> +</blockquote> + +<p>On the 27th January, 1859, while I was ready to start from Philadelphia, +a messenger said, that on that day an article appeared in the German +Democrat of that city for my use, and handed to me the number containing +that article, from which we translate the following passages:</p> + +<p>"A pamphlet of the famous Mr. Belly, directed to Emperor Napoleon III, +was announced in Paris on all corners of the streets with very large +letters, under the inscription</p> + +<blockquote><p>NAPOLEON AND BUCHANAN.</p></blockquote> + +<p>"Whereas nothing can be published in Paris without the permission of the +Imperial censorship, it is supposed, that Mr. Belly acted according to a +superior order to arouse the public opinion against the United States. +The President's message gives the pretext for it. The United States are +represented as deadly enemies of the whole Latin Race and of the +monarchies of Europe, which must fall to their feet, if that race does +not commence a crusade against the heretics, and take the sword against +the pirates, thieves and bankrupts of the United States."</p> + +<p>Not having the original of the pamphlet and giving the following +passages in a free translation from the German translation which +appeared in the above quoted number of the Democrat, I may be excused by +those who have the French pamphlet at hand, if they should find any +deviation from it. Monsieur Belly writes besides other things also:</p> + +<p>"The longing of the United States for Cuba and Mexico has not only the +tendency to enlarge their territory and their interests, but they act +besides this, according to a principle, which is diametrically opposite +to that of France; they do not care about any civilization beyond their +frontier; they have made alliance with all who are filled with hatred +against the European politics. When the Democratic Republic obtains the +supremacy in the new world, all empires and kingdoms in the world will +become inimical to its interests and therefore it will be consequent and +necessary to destroy them either by art or by force.... Our commerce, +our industry will be compelled to obey instead of being the rulers, and +the discovery of the new world will lead to the remarkable result of +having occasioned the death of the old.</p> + +<p>"The Catholic sovereigns constituted by God and by their subjects, are +obliged to introduce such circumstances as to carry into execution their +legitimate claims. And those who have been elected by a band without +discipline, by bankrupts and thieves, dare to declare publicly, that the +hour has come for these thieves and bankrupts to attack the civilized +world! are we not as much devoted to the truth, as they are to the lie? +We should not delay to promote our system of salvation, while we are +discussing their system of perdition. And whereas they are elevating the +crime to their religion with more energy than we do our holy religion, +while we appear to surrender it, we will henceforth extol the cross and +draw the sword, and unite the Latin race to the alliance, without which +there is no salvation for civilization.</p> + +<p>"The president's message is in open opposition to the faith, the ideas, +the principles and the interests, the acknowledged defender of which +your Majesty is. That message strikes Europe on both cheeks; and I +affirm that those who like to make it laughable, become pale when they +reflect upon it in their closets.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Buchanan and the nation whom he represents, keep these things not +any longer in secret. From henceforth they demand Cuba, and the language +in the message shows, that they will not desist from any means to obtain +their object. This object is one portion of Mexico and then an other, +the whole Central America and West Indies," &c.</p> + +<p>If our profession which is expressed on the title page of this book, is +true, we have received the commission to move nations and their rulers +to establish the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and +peace. It will be the true reign of Christ, for which all political and +ecclesiastical memorable events of past centuries and of this time, are +preparations. Our commission, that is, the commission of messengers whom +I represent, is confirmed by so many signs according to prophecies, that +while I was writing the last of the five German volumes which have been +published from A.D. 1838 till 1842, I have oftentimes repeated, that the +key has been given in those volumes to unlock and explain so many +prophecies and signs testifying our mission, that five hundred volumes +could be filled, if there had not been superabundance of them already +published in the five above mentioned volumes, from which it is evident, +that neither monarchs amongst themselves in Europe, nor political and +ecclesiastical parties and sects in this country, can establish peace, +but will continue to quarrel and consume every year an enormous amount +of property for war preparations, and corrupt and ruin nations, and +destroy many men and women during those preparations, till at length +they are again and again so brutalized and enraged, that they kill each +other, till all parties are so exhausted, that they are compelled to +make peace, which is nothing else but an armistice; because when the +true peace or Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic of +Truth and Justice, shall be established on the whole globe, soldiers and +all preparations for war, will disappear, and those who are now learning +how to destroy each other, will learn how to prolong their lives and +improve their intellectual and moral faculties for their own temporal +and eternal welfare, as well as for the welfare of others. Wo! wo! wo! +to the Roman catholics as well as others in these United States and in +all other parts of America and in Europe and elsewhere, if the infernal +fire of revolution and war, which is glowing, breaks out with all force +in the United States of America. It would extend on the globe and +consume millions of men, and amongst them also Monarchs. But we write to +prevent their destruction, and to prepare them to become true +republicans and truly happy, and to contribute their share for the +happiness of all men.</p> + +<p>After the publication of the above mentioned five volumes I made urgent +applications to political and ecclesiastical rulers and their +counsellors in Europe by sending to some of them my books and letters, +and to others letters only, showing how to obtain my books, and +exhorting them to study them and act accordingly to prevent revolutions +and wars and to commence the new Era. After that, whenever a peculiar +crisis was approaching, we have issued some publication, warning the +American Nation as well as other nations and their governments, and +showing, that there was high time to study the contents of <i>our</i> +volumes. I am not alone, but there are invisible messengers giving +testimony by my instrumentality, as superabundance of proof is given +also in this volume. In this connection of matters I mention the +following instance:</p> + +<p>At the end of the year 1853 my pamphlet "Antichristian Conspiracy +against true Republicanism" issued from the press; and in the first part +of the year 1854 copies of that pamphlet as well as written disclosures +containing most solemn warnings to the American as well as to all other +nations, were sent to President Pierce and to a number of congressmen in +both houses. In said pamphlet and in the annexed written disclosures, +the Government was most solemnly exhorted to appoint a convention for +examining our system or the magnetic chain of events through the course +of the past centuries in connection with the events of this generation, +which have not been understood so as they are made manifest in our chain +for binding the Dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xx. 2. who has given his power, and his seat, and great authority <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xiii: 2, not only to the representative of the beast or the Pope of +Rome, but also to the ten horns of the beast, or kings, that is +monarchs, who hate the whore, that is the Apostatized Church, the people +who have apostatized from truth and justice, and whom monarchs make +desolate and naked, and eat their flesh and burn them with fire, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xvii: 16.</p> + +<p>"The Catholic Sovereigns" are according to the quoted passage of Mr. +Belly, "constituted by God and by their subjects." The number of the +Democrat, which occasioned this treatise, was providentially handed to +me. But here is no room to explain that which will be explained in our +"monthly theological course," which is appointed in this book, and in +which our system or the chain to bind the dragon, will be exhibited, and +in which will be made manifest, how far "the Catholic sovereigns" or +monarchs are constituted by their subjects, and how their subjects would +constitute them, if they were free and enlightened, as they should be +according to the will of God who has endowed them with intellectual and +moral faculties, to be duly developed. Here we mention only, that the +highest duty of monarchs is to do all in their power for that +development. If monarchs would fulfil their highest duty, their subjects +would become true republicans, and then monarchs would cease to be, what +they now are by the appointment of the dragon, the spirit of delusion +and destruction, by whose inspiration they are executioners of the +degraded people whose education has been neglected, and who would have +become true republicans, if monarchs had become fathers and teachers of +the ignorant. But obviously appears to be as absurd, as Mr. Belly's +assertion, that God has constituted the monarchs, although it is +manifest, that the dragon has constituted them, or they are constituted +"according to a severe divine judgment," according to his eternal laws, +when people are so degraded, that they are not prepared for a better +government, what is expressed in the following words of the Revelation; +"God has put in the hearts of the ten horns to fulfil his will, and +agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God +shall be fulfilled," <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> XVII.: 17.</p> + +<p>In those circumstances, after the destruction, of the first Napoleon's +power, it was best, when the rulers or fathers of nations have neglected +to fulfil their highest duty, that they have submitted their monarchies +under the protection of the Pope, the representative of the Beast with +ten horns and seven heads, till the prophecy has been fulfilled. From +neglecting that rule much greater evils, most dreadful revolutions and +wars originated. The history of the so called christian church, when +some portions rebelled against the Pope through the course of centuries +until this time, is the most horrible theatre under the dominion of the +dragon. Therefore, after the destruction of the first Napoleon we read +in <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xvii: 13, that the ten horns or monarchs agreed unanimously +(in the Congress of Vienna, A.D. 1815,) to give their power and strength +unto the beast, that is, to make the Pope, the representative of the +beast, a partaker of their own power and strength. This was the means +for the support of their own thrones, till the prophecy has been +fulfilled by what has been executed through our mediumships in the Roman +Catholic Church, and has been explained in the first three of my above +mentioned five German volumes. Those three volumes appeared between A.D. +1838 and 1840, and have been sent to three Roman Catholic Monarchs, to +wit, the Emperor of Austria, the King of Bavaria and the King of France, +with my hand writings, showing to the first two their highest duty to +enjoin their Theologians to examine those volumes and to send to me the +result of their examinations, to be published with my remarks, that +truth might be made manifest, and to the king of France, that he should +translate those volumes into French and spread them as much as possible +in his monarchy. All three have been most solemnly exhorted to do what +was required in those volumes to prevent the repetition of revolutions, +wars, and other plagues, which cannot be removed but must be repeated, +till the heavenly message of Peace made manifest by our instrumentality, +is received by governments and nations. When our applications to and +exhortations of political and ecclesiastical influential men in America +and in Europe were not regarded, and in these days of Noah the earth was +corrupt and filled with violence, and all flesh had corrupted his way, I +Mos. vi: 11 and 12, the flood of revolution broke out in Europe in the +year 1848, on the exact day in correspondence with prophecies given by +our instrumentality and published in my volumes, and emperors and kings, +and their machines of destruction, the bishops of America and in Europe, +and other political and ecclesiastical officers, who with all our +exhortations remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost, who has +disclosed by our instrumentality that which is required for the +introduction of the promised peaceable reign of Christ, which according +to our disclosures by a long chain of signs according to prophecies, +will be the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and peace +on the whole globe, are responsible for all destruction of human life +and property, which were consumed in that revolution and afterwards +until this hour, and would have been saved, if the means shown in our +message, had been used.</p> + +<p>Ferdinand, Emperor of Austria, was the first compelled to give a +constitution. I read it on the 18th, April, 1848, and was inspired to +write on the 19th, April, or, on his birth-day a letter to him and an +appeal to the inhabitants of the Austrian Empire, assuring them, that +the calamities came, because the contents of our publications had not +been regarded, although our mission had been superabundantly proven by +signs according to prophecies. I confessed also, that I was ready to go +instantly to Vienna, and to show practically, how to make the right use +of that constitution for the commencement of the new era of harmony and +peace, if the emperor would publish directly my appeal to the +inhabitants of his empire, and write to me, and give the security to +support the constitution, which was such as the inhabitants of the +empire had a right to demand, as well as the emperor had a right to +watch against the abuse and to apply the proper means for the right use +of the constitution.</p> + +<p>My former applications and my volumes have been sent by me directly +through Triest to Vienna, but that my last document to emperor Ferdinand +was sent to his minister in Washington city with an urgent exhortation +to the minister, to forward it to the emperor, and with the remark that +in the time in which an answer could be expected, I would send to the +minister my direction, to which post office he had to send the answer; +because I wrote to the emperor from the State of New-York on my journey +to other States. I wrote at length to the minister, that if he receives +an answer to my documents from the Emperor Ferdinand, he should send it +to the post office of Nashville, capital of the State of Tennessee. I +urged the Emperor to send an answer as soon as possible, and I assured +him, that it was impossible, to prevent new revolutions without the use +of the remedy contained in our message of peace. But knowing the +slowness of the business at the Austrian government, I now on the 14th +September 1848, at noon time to the post office of Nashville to ask for +letters. When I was approaching the post office, fire bells commenced to +arouse people who were asking where the fire was. Some answered, that it +was in the Presbyterian Church on Church street; but others remarked, +that they should not be mocked in this manner; because it appeared to be +quite improbable that fire should break out at that hour in that season +in a church without being struck by lightning; and that was a very clear +day.</p> + +<p>I asked in the post office for letters. But there was no letter for me +there. On my return from the post office, the whole presbyterian church +the largest in that city, on Church Street, was enveloped in awful +flames, by which it was entirely consumed.</p> + +<p>The next night after that solemn spectacle an angel of my Lord brought +to me the message, (and attentive readers of this book will be +convinced, that when my mission requires, I come in perceivable +communication with Heavenly messengers,) that on the next sunday I +should proclaim in that city, that that was a prophetical fire +testifying that revolutions would break out again in the Austrian +empire, because the bishops of that empire had neglected to fulfil their +highest duty to instruct the Emperor in what he should do for the +pacification of nations, and that the revolution should be a solemn +warning to the citizens of the United States: because judgments cannot +be removed from this country, but must increase till churches of the +great harlot and her daughters will be consumed, if these judgments +shall not be stopped by the application of our message of peace. Public +halls are generally not opened for our proclamations, because we have no +money to pay for their use. But at that time the masonic fraternity were +carrying their instruments into their building, from which they removed +them during the danger while the church opposite their building was +burning. I said to them, that I had to proclaim a message against the +Pope of Rome in correspondence with that fire, and requested them to +grant their hall for that purpose, They granted it, and my proclamation +was advertised in the daily newspapers of Nashville. It was delivered on +the next sunday after the fire in the German language before, and in +the English language after noon.</p> + +<p>In the next month after that proclamation the last dreadful European +revolution and war commenced in Hungary in correspondence with the fact, +that the bishops of Hungary were the last among the bishops of Europe, +who have been under the direction of my Heavenly leaders most solemnly +warned to prevent the revolution which commenced in Paris on the 24th +<span class="correction" title="Febuary">February</span> 1848. That was in the octave of the tenth anniversary after +my first public appearance in my present mission and my solemn +initiation by Heavenly messengers for this mission. Ten years in +commemoration of the ten horns of the beast were granted for repentance +to the blind leaders of the blind, for whom I published A.D. 1838 the +first volume of explanations of the mystery; and in that year I +commenced to exhort Emperor Ferdinand and his bishops, that they should +study that volume. But after the publication of the fifth volume A.D. +1842, the bishops of Hungary were the last amongst the grandees of +Europe, to whom I applied; to wit, when all my applications were +disregarded, I published a Latin circular and sent copies of it to a +number of bishops in Europe. While I was preparing those copies for the +mail, Samuel Ludvigh, a Hungarian scholar, came into my room. He never +before nor after that did come to me, although I met with him several +times in other places, and warned him always, that he should study my +writings to be converted from his materialism to the true spiritualism. +But at that my meeting with him in my room I said to him, that he came +at the right time, to give me directions to all bishops in Hungary. He +did so, and by this unexpected provision I was enabled, to send to all +Roman Catholic bishops in Hungary copies of my Latin circular, in which +direction to find copies of my volumes, was given and the duty of the +Austrian bishops was shown to study my volumes, and then to instruct the +Emperor and other grandees of the Austrian Empire and Hungarian Kingdom, +in what they should do, to prevent revolutions and wars, and to +establish the promised peace on earth.</p> + +<p>When all our endeavoring to move the blind leaders of the blind to take +the medicine which was prepared in our publications to open their eyes, +was disregarded, I met at length in Cincinnati with the same doctor +Samuel Ludvigh, a materialistic reformer, trusting in weapons of war, +and I was inspired that I said to him, that there was high time for him +to learn that he had an immortal soul and also, that he himself was a +strong medium of deluding and destroying spirits, and that I was ready +to give him a peculiar testimony of that truth most necessary for him to +become an apostle of peace. He asked, how I could show him this. He was +not ready to examine arguments and experience of others in this respect. +Therefore I, according to the direction of my Heavenly leader said, that +I would magnetize him. That was the same in that connection of things, +as to say, that I would initiate him into the mystery of our close +connection with departed spirits. There is the right use as well as the +abuse of human magnetism. Some eight years ago I published a pamphlet on +"the dreadful abuse of human magnetism in the mysteries of the Roman +Catholic Church and her daughters the protestant sects." Samuel Ludvigh +was willing that I should magnetize him directly. But I remarked, that +the tavern in which I met with him, was not the proper place for our +initiation or ordination. But he was inspired to ask me, that I should +make a trial there in his room in which some of his materialists were +with him. I was impressed to do so, and it was directly made manifest, +that the legion of demons by which he was surrounded, were compelled to +give way to our magnetism. And when he fell into the magnetic sleep, I +said to him, that to go so deep into our magnetism as to be convinced of +man's immortality and to become with us an apostle of the New Era, he +must visit me at my boarding house. And he promised to do so on the next +following evening. I said that I would come to take him with me. But +when I came I found not him, but a writing in which he imformed me, that +some friends came and moved him to start with them for other places. We +heard then, that he had started for Europe. At length we received his +German pamphlet, which was published in Hamburgh, a seaport in Europe, +and was entitled: "The sword of Revolution," in which this strange +prophet Samuel Ludvigh, reports, that he took a sword of the American +revolution and other insignia of war, and copies of his German +periodical, entitled "The Torch," and stopped in Europe first in Paris, +and three days after his departure from that city, revolution broke out +there. From thence he went to Berlin, and from that city to Vienna, and +in each of those cities soon after his departure revolution broke out. +At length he put his sword and other insignia of war into the National +Museum of Hungary, and returned to America.</p> + +<p>Those who will study this whole book so as to comprehend the whole +connection of matters, will learn gradually better than they see when +they arrive in reading it to this period, that my meeting with Samuel +Ludvigh in Cincinnati was providentially prepared for a testimony to all +governments, that when Samuel Ludvigh who had performed since A.D. 1838 +in his meetings with me manifold prophetical actions which have been +mentioned in some of my former publications, and was also at that my +meeting with him in Cincinnati not yet disposed to become an apostle of +peace, and the measure of crimes in Europe was filled, the Heavenly +congress with whom we are connected, gave permission to the infernal +demons to carry their medium with the war insignia to Europe, and to +announce to the infernal demons in Europe, that the time had arrived for +them to inspire their mediums to break out in their fury and spread +destruction, for the reason that those who kept people in bondage and +were the cause of their degredation, have rejected our message of peace +and continued to be obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who has +offered them in our publications the means for the pacification of +nations. But whereas the means for peace were not used, revolutions and +wars had to give a new turn to human affairs.</p> + +<p>When those who were deluding the good natured Emperor Ferdinand, kept +him in bondage and would not make use of my above mentioned last +application to him for a commencement of the millennial happiness first +in the Austrian Empire, I, according to the direction of my Heavenly +Leaders, made no more applications to Europe, but commenced to urge +Presidents and other influential men at the government of the United +States, to study our message and the credentials of our mission for the +pacification of nations. When after all my applications to several of +the predecessors of President Pierce at length also he remained in the +shackles of the infernal Papal Imperial Royal Magnetism, and members of +the Congress of all parties and sects followed his example, I was +impressed that I should apply to the Emperor Louis Napoleon and to +prepare him, that he might commence to look, where to find the great +refuge for his own and the true happiness of his family in their mortal +bodies as well as in all eternity after their departure from this short +life, every moment of which should be duly used as preparation for the +eternity. He was at that time, in the spring, 1854, engaged with great +preparations for the tremendous war with Russia; and I wrote a document +to his ambassador in Washington, showing that if Emperor Napoleon would +be truly great in this and in all future ages, and truly happy in all +eternity, he instead of preparations for war with Russia, should call +all bishops of his Empire to a Latin convention with me in Paris. In +that convention my manuscript which I wrote A.D. 1849, in Latin and in +which I concentrated the system or the magnetic chain to bind the +Dragon, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx. 2, who deludes Emperors and Kings to keep people in +bondage so that when they break their bonds they are as the wildest +beasts killing till they are killed, should be examined and bishops and +their theologians should make any objection, but all which they object +they must object in writing, to be then annexed to my manuscript and +published with my remarks in Latin and in translations, that nations and +their ecclesiastical and political representatives might judge, each for +himself, whether we have received or not received the commission and the +credentials of our mission for the introduction of the promised new era +of harmony and peace amongst all nations. A Latin convention for this +purpose was first appointed in the City of New-York A.D. 1849, and the +Archbishop of Baltimore was urged by our Latin manuscript Epistle and +English printed circular, to move the whole synod of bishops who met at +that time in Baltimore, to attend our Latin convention, and those who +could not attend it themselves to send the most qualified Theologians to +attend it. And John Hughes bishop of New-York, was particularly +exhorted, that he, as bishop of the place of the convention, was +principally bound to bring his Theologians to said convention. But when +all my endeavoring to move bishops as well as the government of the +United States to send able Latin scholars to attend said convention, did +not move them to do so, I translated at length that manuscript into +German and into English, and appointed conventions in those languages. +But I could not move such as have great influence at the government, to +attend those conventions, and then to commence with power the New Era. +Therefore I thought, that a trial should be made, whether the United +States or the representative of the government of France would +comprehend sooner, that nothing in the world could bring greater glory +in this life and in all eternity, than the work to examine or order that +our message of peace be examined by the best judges of this matter, and +be applied for the introduction of the new era. In the hope that Emperor +Napoleon would comprehend the great mission which was offered to him in +our message, I wrote to his ambassador at Washington, suggesting to the +Emperor, that I was ready to come as a citizen of the United States to +Paris, to exhibit the credentials which are signs according to +prophecies, testifying our mission to move the governments of this +world, to establish Christ's peaceable reign or the universal republic +of truth and justice, harmony and peace. I expected that the time for +the abolition of severe judgments, the principal executor of which is +Emperor Napoleon, was expiring.</p> + +<p>Not having room in this treatise for any explanation of points which I +mention, I show here one of the general tokens, by which the severity of +judgments may be measured, to wit, the armies of soldiers, to keep +nations in bondage and to defend them against inimical neighbours. The +greater in proportion to the number of people, the number of soldiers +is, the severer is the judgement. When soldiers shall not be needed, and +those who are soldiers, will take up occupations beneficial to mankind, +the perfect victory of Christ against the dragon will be celebrated. And +if all governments of a christian name would understand to-day our true +christian message of peace, they could give directly to those who are +soldiers, true christian occupations; and heathens could be soon +converted into true christians. While Emperor Napoleon was gathering +together warriors and provisions for the great war against Russia, we +offered him the best opportunity to be the first of those who should +commence the New Era. Whether he had received from his ambassador in +Washington D.C. our offer or not, he may tell for himself; because I +have received no answer, although I have offered to the ambassador +himself, that although I was ready to go to Paris and show there in our +Latin convention to all bishops of the French Empire my mission, which +is also the mission of my fellow laborers, and the credentials of our +mission, I would visit the ambassador himself and give him as many +evidences of this great truth as would be abundantly sufficent for him, +to recommend with all his energy our offer to the Emperor, if the +ambassador would write to me and call me to Washington. Instead of an +answer from the ambassador to my proposition for the true christian +triumph of France and for the pacification of the world we have received +at length the tremendous answer which has occasioned this my treatise. +Here is not the place for an investigation, whether people of "the Latin +Race" in Europe and America or others are the principal people who +commit the crimes with which citizens of the United States are charged. +To the article in the number of the Democrat from which I have quoted +some passages, a list of bankruptcies is annexed, which took place in +the United States in the years 1857 and 1858. A.D. 1857 the total number +of bankruptcies is 4932; and A.D. 1858, 4235. It would be of great +consequence, to investigate the deeply secret principal cause of their +bankuptcies, and also the native place, education and character of each +bankrupt. An impartial examination would bring new contributions to know +the secret conspiracy of the servants of his Holiness the apocalystical +dragon, to keep nations in bondage.</p> + +<p>Emperor Napoleon is not only a spiritualist of the last fashion, but a +strong medium of dreadful deluding and destroying demons, and I know +much more about his mediumship than he himself and his mediums know +about it, and this treatise is written to be prefixed to documents which +contain facts that should move all nations of "the Latin race" as well +as heretics, to come out from Babylon which is made manifest, in our +mission, as a habitation of demons, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> XX.: 2. When I am preparing +documents of great warning, servants of demons must send from all +quarters of the world testimonies, how the infernal hosts of demons are +preparing everywhere their mediums for destruction of human life and +property. This and the following treatises are written to deliver other +mediums as well as monarchs from the influence of deluding and +destroying demons. And Emperor Napoleon should consider this treatise as +the most precious Heavenly gift, to bring him and by his instrumentality +millions of others into the glorious resurrection. If he studies this +book in which this treatise occupies the first place, so as to +comprehend it: we have no doubt, that he will arrive on our ground and +invite us to visit Paris and celebrate there the glorious resurrection +of those who belong to "the Latin race" and are yet in their mortal +bodies as well as of their departed friends.</p> + +<p>In the third of my above mentioned five German volumes is the appearance +of Napoleon I. reported, when he was brought on the 24th June, 1839, +before me in his materialistic superficial imperial shape. But when I +was looking into his interior condition, the awful distress and +tremendous darkness blotted out all his imperial splendor. He and others +in a similar deceitful condition are influencing the Emperor. But I am +writing as his most sincere friend in his behalf and that of nations, +and promise to do all in my power according to my mission to assist him, +that he might become a blessing to nations and with our assistance +pacify the departed Emperor Napoleon and other congenial friends, and +draw them into the glorious New Era. The mediumship of Emperor Louis +Napoleon was manifest to us in correspondence with many cases of solemn +warnings for the imperial court and all other members of "the Latin +race" in close connexion with events which happened in our mission at +the same time, when those cases surprised the world. Here I mention the +solemn execution of the Archbishop of Paris in Saint Stephen's Church by +the mediumship of the priest who has been inspired and supported for +that work which required more than human strength, from the infernal +regions on the day and at the hour of the novena, which were most +suitable according to the prophetical Roman Catholic Calendar in +correspondence with what we were doing at the same time in our charge +under the Heavenly direction, and in correspondence with what Emperor +Napoleon was doing at the same time under the direction of deluding and +destroying spirits.</p> + +<p>In the first three of my above mentioned five German volumes it was +shown, that the doings of the Popes of Rome, who are under the +inspiration from the inferior regions, were so controlled through the +course of centuries by our Heavenly congress, that those amongst the +Popes, who had received peculiar rolls in the great drama of the +ecclessiastical and political history, had received also corresponding +names to their rolls, and numbers corresponding to their names. And we +will have also in this book opportunity to mention some instances of +that kind. But here we made this remark on account that at the receipt +of the report of the solemn murder of the archbishop, we (after having +received instruction in different spirit languages which we need in +disclosing the mysteries for the promised New Era, and amongst those +languages is also the language by numbers,) saw the great unexpected +truth, that the Heavenly congress who are with the Lamb, were so +controlling the inferior regions of the papal imperial royal demons, +that in Paris which is the principal seat of the intrigues connected +with the Papal machinations, also Bishops were so counted, that when the +number of their succession according to our spirit language was complete +in their Novena, amongst them also the number of the Popish Saints as +well as the number of Cardinals and the number of Archbishops of Paris +corresponded to the celebration of the mystery of the execution, and +that Archbishop has been solemnly executed in Saint Stephen's Church, +who was in every respect most qualified for the celebration of that +mystery, and the infernal executioners have received permission from the +Heavenly Congress to effect the execution by their Medium, a priest who +became most qualified to be their Medium; and this happened for a +peculiar warning to the Pope, his Cardinals, Archbishops, Bishops and +Priests, that they might not wait, till a general destruction of their +persons in connection with their Hierarchy would take place, but that +they might come out from Babylon and become with us messengers of the +New Era. I wrote an extraordinary treatise disclosing the deep mystery +of the Episcopal succession in Paris connected with the solemn execution +of the Archbishop in his complete numbers by the inspiration and +assistance of destroying demons, using their sacerdotal medium, +according to the permission of the Heavenly Congress, for a peculiar +warning to the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy and the whole "Latin +Race." There not being room in this book for publication of that +treatise which is preserved amongst others of my manuscripts to be +published in due time and in connection with other treatises which need +deeper studies to be fully understood than the memorable events which we +have selected for this book, we found proper to mention somewhat +regarding that execution in peculiar connexion with Emperor Napoleon and +the clergy of his empire, that they might open their eyes and stop the +infernal fury which has been made manifest in the preaching of the +crusade which gave occasion to this our extraordinary treatise.</p> + +<p>The position of Napoleon III. to Napoleon I. according to prophecies, +cannot be understood except in the magnetic chain of events shown in our +system which will be explained in our monthly theological course, which +is announced in this book for the introduction of the New Era. Although +the Pope of Rome and the Emperor Napoleon, both may be destroyed at the +abolition of systems which they, each in his sphere, represent, +notwithstanding this we labour most earnestly, that their lives may be +preserved and they come into our New Jerusalem and draw millions of +others into it. At the explosion of the percussion shells, in which +others have been killed at the entrance to the theatre, but Napoleon's +life was preserved, peculiar manifestations took place. The explanation +of that mystery will be annexed as an appendix to the above mentioned +treatise, in which the mystery of the succession of Bishops of Paris is +explained. The representative of bishops who have generated such fruits +as are manifest in Paris, has suffered death. But Emperor Napoleon's +life was preserved at other occasions of danger as well as at the +explosion of the percussion shells; and we are labouring in the +expectation that he will understand this book and become with us a great +apostle removing the severe judgments and the dreadful bondage, which +are connected with his present government, and assisting us in the +preparation for the great resurrection of those in their mortal bodies +as well as of their departed friends. All that is written in this book +is written for a peculiar instruction to all, and especially to those +who are strong Mediums of deluding and destroying spirits the great +Prince amongst whom is Emperor Napoleon. But we write this treatise, to +deliver him from those miserable tyrants, and to make him a preacher of +peace also to his departed friends. What we write for him, we write that +it might be used by all readers.</p> + +<p>As strange as the point in the inscription, that James Buchanan is +according to the merciful Divine Benignty President of the United +States, may appear not only to other governments, but also to many big +men in these United States, and to millions of others who are deceived +by big men, we write to undeceive all, and that also those might be +saved, who would have been already destroyed, if instead of James +Buchanan Col. Fremont had been elected President of the United States. +We are on quite another ground from which we consider human affairs, +than that from which they are generally considered: because I speak as +Medium of the Heavenly Powers by whom I am sent to draw nations on our +ground. For there is no salvation but destruction for them, if they will +not arise from their present degraded condition upon our ground from +which they will see matters as we see them. In the meantime we instruct +them by facts, that they might know, that we are correct and they are in +delusion. I am as independent from President Buchanan, as his enemies +are, and if he has received my writings which I have sent and directed +to him, he did not make use of them; although I suppose that my writings +directed to him since his Presedential administration, remain in the +hands of others. But in case, he had received and read those my +writings, and had despised the course which is shown in our message as +the course for redemption of nations from the Papal Imperial Royal and +other oppresive and speculating powers, the inscription in regard to him +remains true; and when I do not despair of Emperor Napoleon's conversion +from his dragon to our Christ, I expect with great confidence, that +President Buchanan will be sooner converted than Napoleon; although I do +not know, how the Heavenly Congress see this matter, because I am not in +their congress but only a medium of messengers sent from that congress. +But in every case the inscription to this treatise is true, as the +bitterest enemies of President Buchanan may learn from the following +items, and by studying this whole book they themselves may be brought +upon our ground and assist us in drawing the President upon the same +ground for the redemption of nations from all tyrannical powers.</p> + +<p>I was in Cincinnati, when honorable James Buchanan was nominated +Democratic Candidate for Presidency. That nomination took place on the +6th of June 1856. During the balloting of the Delegates I was inspired, +and said on the 4th June, to Doctor B. F. White, that I felt it to be my +duty to endeavor to make known to the Delegates our message of Peace and +the credentials of our mission, and that the place for that purpose was +providentially prepared a few days before that by a building having been +removed at the front of Burnet's Hotel, the largest hotel in which the +largest portion of the democratic delegates boarded, and I made the +proposition to Doctor B. F. White, that he should open the meeting for +my address. He promised to do so. He was a strong medium of spirits of +the so called Republican Party. But I belong to no party, supporting +Truth wherever I find it sufficiently proven, and working against +delusion and error, wherever I have enough evidence against them. B. F. +White knew somewhat in regard to our message, having heard some of my +speeches and having read my pamphlet which had been published in +Cincinnati a few days before that nomination. We agreed strictly to +observe two points; in the first place to say nothing which would have a +reference to any party, and to proclaim only, what all should hear +regarding our message of Peace. The second point was that we should +speak before sunset, and finish our speeches before night should +commence. I was certain about the point which I related to Dr. White, +that if we would speak in the night, some disaster would happen during +our speeches on that occasion. Dr. White accompanied me, while we were +going to the open lot, on which we had agreed to address the Democratic +Delegates; but on our way we met with somebody who commenced to talk +with Dr. White. I left them talking and went to the spot agreed upon to +deliver our address. But while I was waiting more than one hour there, +Dr. White did not come. I felt that I alone should not deliver my +message there. He came at length while there was already twilight. I +said to him, that it was too late and we should not speak. I assured him +again, that I was determined not to speak that night. But he replied +that he was determined to speak, and that he was sure, that nothing +would happen. But I repeated, that some disaster would happen. Then +another strong medium came. He belonged to the same Republican party +that Dr. White did, and lived with Dr. White. His spirit confirmed the +assertion of the spirit of Dr. White, that nothing would happen, if we +would address the Delegates. Then I would not interfere any longer, and +Dr. White commenced to address the assembled. While he spoke, the crowd +increased and some commenced to make disturbance. At that moment the +Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City interfered, and he +took the platform, addressing the audience and saying, that the speaker +should not be disturbed, and that he supposed the speaker belonged to +the Democratic party. I said once more to Dr. White, that it was high +time to leave that place. But he again asserted, that he was certain, +that nothing would happen. And the other medium of the Republican party +confirmed again Dr White's assertion.</p> + +<p>At that moment I left the spot and went to Dr. White's office. Fifteen +or twenty minutes after me Dr. White and the other strong medium of +deluding and destroying spirits, both came about 9 o'clock P.M. and they +were frightened and said, that there was so great a disturbance, that +policemen were not sufficient to check it. And they added as a very +remarkable instance, that a policeman in trying to check the +disturbance, lost his star. But they did not know the other particulars +which appeared on the next morning in the newspapers, to wit, that the +above mentioned Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City was +dangerously stabbed in his lungs. His wound proved not to be fatal, +although it was so large, that when it was sounded, the air which blew +out of the wound, extinguished the candlelight which was applied to see +the wound. The man who stabbed the Democratic Reviewer from Washington, +could not be detected, although the circumstances, from our position +considered, make it certain, that he was a medium of distroying spirits +belonging to the Republican party. Those spirits were allowed by our +leaders to give a prophetical sign. The stabbing took place about 9 +o'clock P.M. on the 4th day of June, 1856.</p> + +<p>I have circumstantially related the stabbing of the Democratic Reviewer; +because from these circumstances in connexion with what follows, it is +evident to anybody who understands the prophetic languages by numbers, +names and other circumstances, that by that stabbing prophecy has been +given under the control of our Heavenly Congress who determined to +interfere by our mediumship, that the Democratic party, although they +would come in great danger to lose the victory in their battle against +the Republican party, would finally conquer their opposition. I was +inspired, to give opportunity to that prophecy. Doctor Benjamin Franklin +White, a spiritualist and a strong medium of spirits of his party, was +the representative of the Republican party; and the Democratic Reviewer +from Washington City, was the representative of the Democratic party. +Benjamin Franklin White, doctor of medicine, has most suitable names +expressing his prophetical position, as we will have perhaps elsewhere +opportunity to explain the mystery. As the office of the Democratic +Reviewer in Washington was expressive to the mystery of his +representation, so were probably his names which I do not keep in +memory, and my notes of that time are not at hand, while I am writing +this. But the circumstances mentioned in connexion with what we will +report on the following pages of this treatise, are superabundantly +sufficient to testify that it was a great prophecy. The delegates then +continued their work, till at length on the 6th day of the 6th month +James Buchanan was nominated Candidate by Democrats for the Presidential +Chair. I looked into the next prophetical almanac which was at hand, and +the name of that day was "Benignus." There are Roman Catholic and +Protestant calendars which are used by our sphere of spirits in giving +prophecies. That was a Protestant almanac; <i>because</i> that was a +Protestant affair. At the events of great importance names of our +prophetical almanacs correspond to the events. <i>Benignus</i>, the Latin is +in English <i>Benign</i>, that is kind or <i>generous</i>. From thence we adopted +the word <i>Benignity</i>, that is <i>grace</i> or <i>graciousness, generosity, +kindness</i>, in the inscription of this treatise.</p> + +<p>If I would explain the prophetical language by numbers and names and +other circumstances, this would require more room than our economy could +here spare, and we could not consent to publish at this time a much +larger volume than manuscript is prepared for this volume, also in case +that somebody should be desirous to publish it; because this volume +contains more than most readers will be prepared to study and digest +thoroughly. Therefore we must delay other manuscripts for other +occasions, and we can explain only a little of what we know; because +otherwise we could never finish our explanations. But the substance +given in the prophecy on the 4th and 6th of June at the nomination of +Hon. James Buchanan, in which he became the Democratic Candidate for +Presidency, did announce, that</p> + +<p>James Buchanan will become President of the United States by the +interference of the Heavenly congress of spirits who are commissioned to +introduce the Peaceable Reign of Christ or the Universal Republic of +truth and justice, harmony and peace, by the instrumentality of +messengers whom I represent to move the governments and nations for +action to accomplish the great object to which prophecies of all ages +and of all nations have their tendency; but notwithstanding that his +administration will be for the increase of the 4th Beast in the 7th +chap, of Daniel, the number of the name of which is 666, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiii, +17 and 18, and its fundamental number is 6, and notwithstanding that +President Buchanan will continue the administration for the support of +that Beast, till he arrives either on our ground or is taken away, +notwithstanding this, he is given as President by the Heavenly Congress +in divine mercy, according to the Benignus, or according to the merciful +divine Benignity, that a great door for the commencement of the promised +peaceable reign of Christ will be opened, which would have been locked +for this time, if the opposition had succeeded and brought their +Candidate Col. Fremont upon the Presidential Chair.</p> + +<p>Nobody should say, that I interpret prophecy after its fulfilment. Any +body who has studied the first three of my German volumes, the 3d of +which appeared A.D. 1840, if he knew the above, mentioned circumstances +and had reflected upon them, would have been qualified to interpret the +prophecy in Cincinnati on the 6th day of the 6th month 1856, at noon +time, while the roaring of the cannon was announcing the nomination of +James Buchanan. But whether he will be the great hero, to commence the +Millennium in the White House at Washington and proclaim the Millennial +glory to other governments on the globe, or whether he will perish in +the Beast and its ten Horns, as his predecessors did, and another will +obtain and spread the Heavenly blessings offered to President Buchanan, +is not expressed in the prophecy. But we write in the expectation, that +at length he will comprehend this and act accordingly.</p> + +<p>After that great prophecy I thought that my duty was to behave perfectly +neutral during the great struggle of the two parties, to wit, the +Democratic and the Republican, at the presidential campaign. I delivered +then in several places of the State of Ohio public addresses; but I made +expressedly everywhere the remark, that I was perfectly independent from +all political parties and proclaiming according my mission the message +of Peace to all parties and sects, to prepare them for the promised New +Era. But after every address, notwithstanding all my protestation, +Republicans cried that I belonged to their party, and Democrats were +dissatisfied.</p> + +<p>At length I arrived in Pittsburgh Pa. and a medium of strong spirit +manifestations and public street preacher has offered to me for a +present a copy of Fremont's Life published by Horace Greeley & Co.: and +made the remark, that if I should read it, I would be moved to act for +Fremont's election. I remarked, that I would have in these circumstances +scarcely sufficient time to read so much regarding Fremont and also +regarding Buchanan, as would be necessary to know both as far as to +decide according to my knowledge of both for one or the other; and then +it would be against my usual course, if I should take any part in the +election of the one or the other. But I took the offered book, and then +I was inspired to study it with great attention, and I was astonished, +that in the falsely called Republican party the large number of those +who are for the Republican against the monarchial cause, could be so +duped and deceived by miserable speculators and monarchial agents as to +accept Col. Fremont as their Candidate for Presidency. Here is not the +place to show by the testimonies which are contained in the book +published by Horace Greeley for a recommendation of his Presidential +Candidate Fremont, what this man is. The testimonies were not understood +by the Republicans who are so obscured by the Papal Imperial Royal +magnetism, that although they have eyes, they do not see matters of this +kind. I make only the general remark, that the United States would have +been already burning in revolutions and wars not for the Republican but +for the monarchial cause, if Fremont had been elected President.</p> + +<p>After the perusal of that book I read also the book published by +Democrats for Buchanan's election. Then I understood that not only the +Heavenly congress who do not deprive men of their free will although +they control their actions for the final triumph of the true Republican +cause, but that also I was in duty bound to enlighten Citizens of +Pennsylvania, who had to decide the Presidential election, that they +might know Fremont and Buchanan, as they must be known for the welfare +of the country. I did it when I had an opportunity. A short time after +that I heard a speech of "Hon. Burlingame," which contained a heap of +"burlygames," and misrepresentations, deluding and instigating Citizens +of Pennsylvania against Buchanan, and soliciting them to vote for +Fremont. Then I wrote what I thought proper, that it was used by others, +and under the control of our Heavenly leaders good and bad people, those +who co-operated in truth with us, without any other interest except the +interest of nations, as well as those who co-operated for their private +interest, contributed their share for Buchanan's election according to +the merciful Divine Benignity, that we could peaceably prepare people +for the New Era until this hour under his administration, and warn the +inhabitants of the United States, that they should lose no time to avert +the impending judgments, which would have already effected a general +destruction without hope of escape, except by blind submission to +tyrants, if the falsely called Republicans who have been made blind +tools of the monarchial speculations, had succeeded with the intrusion +of their candidate upon the Presidential Chair. If President Buchanan +and the American Nation should continue in their course until the +impending general judgments would destroy the country, then also in this +most deplorable case, my inscription of this treatise would remain true, +and nobody else but the American Nation should be blamed, that they +neglected to make use of the divine mercy and the divine benignity, by +virtue of which they should have at least during Buchanan's +administration until now made use of the precious time, and spread our +message for the pacification of the world.</p> + +<p>The explanation of the given hints and what is connected with them, +would need a large and special volume; but we have mentioned here as +much as sufficient, and remark that if Mr. Horace Greeley and Readers of +the Tribune, are desirous to know their great hero Col. Fremont, as he +is exhibited in my above mentioned treatise, I will extract out of it +the passages which belong to him and to the slanderers and abusers of +President Buchanan, and send them to be published in the New-York +Tribune with such remarks of the Editors as they would think proper to +add, under the condition to publish then also my answers to their +remarks as I should think proper to make additions for a wholesome +instruction to the Editors and Readers of the Tribune, that they might +be delivered from the delusion by which the True Republican cause is +ruined.</p> + +<p>If they are anxious to know truth, they will understand this book and +determine to act with us for the redemption of nations from the +monarchial Powers. In this case they are requested to write to me under +the directions which are given in the proper place of this book, and +assure me in their writing, that they accept the proposition, and are +determined to co-operate with us for the introduction of the promised +New Era of Harmony and Peace, in which Publishers and Editors will have +nobler occupations than they have at present in the servitude laboring +hard for the support of the Beast and its ten Horns. This was to be +mentioned in this connection in regard to Hon. Horace Greeley and the +New-York Tribune. But the parties of the so-called Republicans and +Abolitionists will receive in an other treatise of this book +extraordinary lessons, that they might at length commence to co-operate +with us for the introduction of the Millennial glory. Many of them have +abused and misrepresented me in my mission. Therefore I do not marvel +that they have abused and misrepresented also President Buchanan not +only during the campaign, but also during his administration. We have +made urgent appeals to him, to make use of our message against the +enemies of this Republic; but he has neglected to do so, or perhaps my +documents did not reach himself, or the neglect must be attributed +rather to his enemies than to him. They would not hear me, and probably +they would not have heard him. Matters have to come so far as they are +made manifest in this book. After the Crusade of professed Monarchists +in Europe became as manifest, as there is the Crusade of Abolitionists +and false Republicans against him manifest in America, we expect that +President Buchanan will comprehend at length our mission, and endeavor +to arrive upon our ground to become the great Apostle of the New Era. If +he comprehends this book and makes use of our weapons of the spirit, he +will be a partaker of the great promise, and he will convert millions of +his enemies of all parties and sects into his true friends, and those +who will not be converted, will be destroyed. Moses and other Prophets +of the Old Testament, Christ and his Apostles and Prophets through the +course of centuries of the Christian Era as well as of this time, have +testified our mission, and signs are continuously repeated, announcing +the final victory of the cause entrusted to our mission, as those who +will study this book thoroughly, will be convinced of this unexpected +assertion. But here for the close of this treatise we remark for the +peculiar use to President Buchanan and others who are invited to become +our fellow laborers in the true Republican or true Christian against the +Monarchial or Antichristian cause, that in the second and third chapters +of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span> the seven churches are typical symbols of the seven +states of the church, and that to one or the other of these states each +church of the christian name can be reduced, from the time the +Revelation has been published, to the time in which Christ comes or is +made manifest by our mission, in which that is performed and disclosed, +which is needed for his peaceable reign on earth.</p> + +<p>In the second chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span>, verses 18 to 29 is Thyatira the +type of the Roman Catholic Church. In the 24th and 25th verses to those +Roman Catholics "who have not known the depths of Satan," who has +brought them so on the surface and perverted the truth of the doctrine, +that they keep the shadow for truth, it is said: "I will put upon you +none other burden. But that which ye have, hold fast till I come," +<span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> ii: 24 and 25. They have to keep the heavy burden of ceremonies, +feasts and fasts, and all kinds of other practices which are not +proficient to intellectual and moral perfection[F] of man, although they +are connected with enormous expenses for the support of Priests and many +others, and for all the buildings, vessels, and all kinds of +instruments, not knowing what is in their depth, till Christ comes. And +then it is said; "and he that overcometh and keeps my works unto the +end, to him will I give power over the nations: and he shall rule them +with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to +shivers: even as I received of my Father. And will I give him the +morning star," <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> ii: 26, 27 and 28.</p> + +<p>Here in the quoted verses at Christ's coming Christ's relation to him +who overcometh, is such as the relation of a father to his son, who +inherits from the father all things which the father possesses. Christ +has not been known in the churches of Babylon, as he is made known in +our mission to introduce the New Jerusalem. Christ in his appearance in +flesh was the Head, that is the representative of his body of followers; +but they could not establish his peaceable reign. It was necessary, that +through the course of centuries matters should be so developed, as +Prophets of the Bible as well as in the subsequent ages did prophesy; +and I, to be qualified for my present mission, had to go not only +through the usual studies of the Roman Catholic Church, but I had also +to study continuously, with all sincerity of my heart, the sources of +human knowledge and the investigations of different parties and sects, +to support the Roman Catholic Church against the assaults of her +adversaries, and was found qualified to be public Imperial Royal +Professor of Bibical Literature in that Church. In the charge of my +Professorship I considered myself peculiarly bound to defend with the +use of the Bible that church against all aggressions of the adversaries. +I did not know at that time, that the spirit of my Lord was preparing me +through all stages of my life for my present office. But while I was +investigating the depth of the "burden," of that church, comparing it +with the Jewish and Heathen antiquities and with the developement of the +mysteries of those antiquities through the centuries of the Christian +Era, when I was duly prepared and the time of the last development of +preparations for the Millennial glory arrived, I was called by +messengers of the Heavenly Congress to "the works," which were to be +performed and explained by my instrumentality, and, under the direction +of Heavenly leaders, who were most qualified to be my leaders in "those +works," I overcame all difficulties and I kept the "works of my +spiritual Father Jesus Christ unto the end," until all has been +performed and explained, that belongs to the commencement of the +Millennial glory, or what is the same, for the New Era or the New +Jerusalem.</p> + +<p>And we, that is, the whole body of messengers whom I represent, have +received "the iron rod and the morning star," the two symbols of our +mission. The first symbol testifies, that nations which reject our +message of Peace, will be broken to pieces. We do not break them, but we +announce to them judgments by which they will be broken. But we are +laboring to save nations, that they as god's people might come out from +Babylon, that they be not partakers of her sins and receive not of her +plagues, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xviii: 4. If people hear our voice, they will be +partakers of the Heavenly blessings prepared for them in the New Era or +in the New Jerusalem, and while they will be saved, their political and +ecclesiastical systems "as the vessels of a potter will be broken to +shivers." Systems that could not bring better fruits than those which +the political and ecclesiastical history and the experience of our days +shows, are founded in delusion and deception, which were generating +continuous destruction of human life and property and all the misery +which is founded in political and ecclesiastical follies. But +enlightened men and women of all ages and amongst all nations have seen +a new day, and to us has been entrusted "the Morning Star," the symbol +testifying that we have received all that is needed for the new day, the +New Era, which our morning star is announcing.</p> + +<p>All my published works and all my manuscripts are testifying, that it is +impossible to save this country from the yoke of monarchs and from the +most abject degradation and servitude, by any weapons except those which +have been entrusted to our charge by Christ's spirit. And those who +study this whole book from the commencement to the end, in the same +order in which the documents are placed in it, so that they understand +each portion separately and the connection of it with all that precedes, +to be prepared for the right understanding of what follows, to +comprehend at length the whole, will be as convinced as I am, that we, +that is I and all my visible and invisible fellow laborers, have truly +received the great commission to move nations for the introduction of +the promised New Era, which will be the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, Harmony and Peace amongst all nations, the Dispensation of the +Fulness of Times, in which all in Heaven and on Earth will be gathered +together in Christ, Ephes, 1: 10.</p> + +<p>Readers must keep in mind, that all that is written in this book is only +a preparation to the "monthly theological course" which is appointed at +the end. In the "monthly course" the system or the chain to bind the +Dragon <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx: 2 will be explained and that will be made manifest, +which is mentioned in this book but cannot be explained. And our +proceedings in that monthly course will be then published in different +languages for a testimony to all nations, to move them for co-operation, +that all in Heaven and on Earth might be brought to Harmony and Peace.</p> + +<p>President Buchanan! allow me to close this treatise with some important +words to you! For you we need no more testimonies than those partly +printed partly written documents which I have sent at different critical +occasions by the mail directly to you, if they had been handed to you, +and you had studied them with such attention, as they deserved to be +studied by the President of the United States. Those testimonies would +have been sufficient to convince you, that no other weapons can be used +for the victory against your enemies and the enemies of the true +Republican cause, by whom this country is overflowed, and who in Europe +are preaching crusades against you and the supporters of the cause +entrusted to your care, except the weapons of Christ's spirit entrusted +to our care. Those who are with the Lamb, called, chosen and faithful, +will overcome the Beast and its ten Horns. <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xvii: 14. This will +not take place with preparations for war and with armies of soldiers; +but we have the Heavenly armies upon white horses, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xix: 14, and +offer to all our enemies reconciliation with Heaven and temporal and +eternal most precious blessings. But if they reject the Heavenly gifts, +all infernal hosts are subject to our Heavenly armies, and by these +executioners of divine judgments as many of our enemies will be +destroyed as sufficient, to move the rest of them to repentance. +Although I could give thousands of instances of destruction of enemies +of our cause, who have been cast into the inferior regions, because they +have rejected the Heavenly gifts offered them by our instrumentality, I +will mention only one instance for a peculiar warning to you.</p> + +<p>A.D. 1849 at our appointment of a Latin convention in the City of +New-York for an examination of the magnetic chain shown by our +instrumentality to bind the Dragon, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> XX: 2, I sent to President +Zach. Taylor a copy of my printed English circular in which that +convention was appointed, and a copy of my large Latin letter, taken +from the copy which was directed and sent to the Archbishop of Baltimore +to be read to all Bishops of the United States, who were at that time +assembling their Synod in Baltimore. To those copies I added my English +letter in which I addressed President Taylor showing to him, that our +message is as important for all political as for all ecclesiastical +governments and especially for the government of the United States to +stop the Papal Imperal Royal or monarchial influence and to restore the +true Republican cause, and that therefore he, President Zach. Taylor, +was in duty bound to send to said convention qualified Latin scholars to +attend it. In my printed and written documents as many items have been +concentrated as would have been sufficient to move the President to do +what was required, if President Taylor had been qualifyed for his post. +We have warned him most solemnly, that he as the twelfth President, +should not be a traitor of the Republican cause, as Judas Jscariot was a +traitor of Christ's cause. But my warnings were not regarded by +President Taylor.</p> + +<p>After the destruction of the armies of those who were deceived in Europe +by their leaders that they were fighting with carnal weapons for the +Republican cause, I wrote again to President Taylor showing, that he was +responsible for all destruction of human life and property, which would +have been saved, if he had not neglected to fulfil his highest duty +which has been shown to him in my documents; but that, notwithstanding +this, according to divine mercy, to save him and by his instrumentality +many others, I was again authorized to apply to him and to show, what he +ought to do in those circumstances, to open the way for spreading our +message of Peace amongst all nations. But when all my efforts to move +the President for an energetic action for the support of the true +Republican cause remained without effect, I committed him to the +judgment of the Heavenly Congress.</p> + +<p>On the 9th day of July, 1850, at 5 o'clock A.M., shortly after my +arrival in Cleveland Ohio, an Angel of the Lord, a holy martyr, came to +me and said, that I should write directly to the Congress and show that +President Taylor had neglected to fulfil his highest duty and deserves +on this account the severest judgment. After having finished my writing +on that day, I was looking to find in Cleveland somebody acquainted with +a congressman to whom we could entrust my document. But on that day I +could not find such a man. On the 10th I went to a "free soil" minister +with the expectation, that he might know such a man. That minister was +not at home; but his wife said, that he had gone to the Post Office and +was soon expected to return. He returned with the message, that +President Taylor died at 10 o'clock P.M. of the preceding night. Then I +understood the mystery, that my writing was not prepared for the +Congress of the United States in Washington but for the Heavenly +Congress, and I have shown to that minister my writing directed to the +Congress of the United States. I did not hear before, that the President +had been taken sick, although I have heard afterwards, that his sickness +was very short, and that his last words were, that he was departing with +the consciousness, that he had fulfilled his duties. This is the +consolation which ministers of darkness impart to such destroyers as +General and President Zach. Taylor was. If he had had any regard for the +lives of his fellow beings and for their true happiness, he would have +understood my documents and have done what was his duty for the +destruction of the Beast, its image and the false prophet, which destroy +every year an enormous amount of human life and property. Although I +have mentioned in this treatise several strange facts, some of the +following will appear more strange; but they will be the more +comprehended, the more this whole book shall be understood. Not only the +order which I received in the morning of the day on which Zach. Taylor +departed, to write to the congress that he had neglected to fulfill his +highest duty, but also the day and hour, in which he daparted, were most +suitable for the celebration of the mystery of Zach. Taylor's death, and +the tremendous fire in Philadelphia at 4 o'clock P.M. or 6 hours before +Taylor's death, was a prophetical precursor of his death. In that fire a +number of persons were killed by a terrible powder explosion +commemorating the fact that the privileged murderer had been nominated +President in that city. All that happened by the dreadful influence of +infernal demons under the control of messengers from our congress, who +have given at the exact hours on the proper day signs of a great +warning. As soon as I heard of President Taylor's death, I understood, +that I was ordered to write to the Heavenly Congress of the United +States, that is, the congress of the holy prophets and martyrs who have +the commission to unite finally all states of all governments on the +globe in Christ's peaceable reign or the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, according to the prophecies which have been given by their +mediumship, while they were yet in their mortal bodies. My writing to +the congress was copied by one of our departed messengers, and when +President Taylor departed, my writing was shown to him. Such things +would not appear strange to Bible readers, if they would understand what +they read. Here is no room to explain the actions of the departed, +amongst which there is also writing and reading. When the departed +President was reading my document showing that he had neglected to +fulfil his highest duty, his animal passion of murder was aroused, to +kill the writer. That privilege was granted to him only under the +condition, if he succeeds by taking a toad in possession, and by its +instrumentality poisoning the water of the well at the house in which I +used to stop. The water was poisoned; the prophetess and her husband +with whom I boarded, when I was in that section of the country, were by +drinking the water, taken sick, and they recovered as soon as they +ceased to use the water, but they could not catch the toad. It happened +before my arrival with them. And when I arrived in their house and would +drink of that excellent water, they warned me. But I did not care about +their warning and drank, and was straightway taken sick and continued to +be sick, till a Heavenly messenger came at the right hour and took the +sickness away. At length the toad was caught and killed the right day +and hour by the husband of the prophetess, who was a zealous Democrat. +He was in many battles with Generals of Napoleon I. and killed men and +animals; but he assured us oftentimes, that he never had so much +trouble in killing any creature, as with that toad, and never heard so +pitiful lamentations as have been poured out by that toad when it was +dying. Zach. Taylor, when he was compelled to leave the toad and to +enter into the infernal regions of his inner life, into his torments, +resisted as long as he could; but when the right day and hour came, he +could not resist longer. If you study this whole book so, as you need to +study it, you will not be surprised at such unexpected events. You read +in the fifth chapter of Mark, that a whole legion of demons, that is a +whole regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle, have +been permitted to enter into a heard of hogs. But they could not remain +there, and were compelled to enter into the depth of the lake. And +General Taylor who had destroyed many people, after having despised +reconciliation and apostleship offered to him by virtue of our mission, +was at length not allowed to be with a toad, but was compelled to +descend into the abyss.</p> + +<p>I have given here only some hints of strange events which are in +connection with other events which could not be mentioned here, nor can +we explain what we have mentioned without enlarging this treatise. But +we have written a peculiar treatise in which President Taylor's spirit +manifestation by the instrumentality of a toad is circumstantially +explained in a manuscript which will be published when required. But +here we have mentioned as much as we could in this confined space, and +we hope, that not only you, President Buchanan, but also Emperor +Napoleon as well as your friends and enemies in general will reflect +upon such things with earnestness.</p> + +<p>On the 24th day of June 1839, I returned from Philadelphia to Boston +with many collections to write the third of my five German volumes, and +to show, that the memorable events which have been reported in my first +and second volumes, happened according to prophecies, as signs +testifying our mission. When, on that day, as is reported in my 3d +volume, I was praying in my room and preparing to write the 3d volume, +Emperor Napoleon, in his Imperial splendour stood before me with the +invitation, that I might become his medium. I looked into his inner +state, and the magnetic outward splendor disappeared, and his inner +wretchedness and distress were manifest, and he could not stand any +longer before me, and, with an explosion like a powerful thunderclap, he +left me and took the direction to Europe. The title of my third volume, +if we translate it from German into English, reads:</p> + +<p>"Memorable events in the life of Andrew Bernardus Smolnikar. Third +volume containing the Explanation of Prophecies, by which Christ the +Lord, has confirmed that he has appeared unto us for the fulfilling of +his promises, in order to restore his reign upon the whole earth and to +give his peace to all nations, and has at his appearance appointed the +author as an extraordinary messenger, and performed by him all the +mysteries for the foundation of that peace &c., New-York, 1840."</p> + +<p>We read, "Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand +against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and +blood, but against principalities, against the rulers of the darkness of +this world, against spiritual wickedness[G] in high places." EPHES. vi: +11 and 12. These are the secret enemies whom we must know, and we must +stand on a ground, on which they cannot come, and from which we will +conquer them. When Napoleon was allowed to approach me with the +invitation, that I should follow him, that is, that I should become his +medium, he was allowed in a like manner, as the tempter or devil in the +4th chapter of MATTHEW was allowed to tempt Jesus. Napoleon was one of +the dragons or devils, who was permitted to do so for a great +instruction to all rulers on the globe. There is not one, but there are +many dragons or devils, leading each his sphere of infernal demons or +degraded departed spirits. You will understand the more the mystery, the +farther you proceed in studying this book. Now is renewed and fulfilled, +what is written in the gospels, and what in the Bible was not +understood, receives light by our experience. Jesus could not descend +from his height, to become a medium of one of these rulers of darkness. +And likewise I could not do this. This dragon, this spirit of delusion +and destruction, when I commenced to look into his interiors was made +manifest, and he could not stand any longer. He was compelled to leave +me instantly and to be tormented seeking another medium. At length[H], +because our message of Peace has been rejected and people were so +degraded, that the European Revolution of 1848 opened the way to the +throne of Napoleon III, Napoleon I. could have this as a suitable medium +to delude and destroy nations. And to this dragon so much of human life +and property has been sacrificed, that for the celebration of the birth +of the Papal Imperial Royal Mary on the 8th September 1855, thirty +thousand soldiers have been murdered at the taking of Sebastopol. Nobody +who does not see human affairs from our position, can duly appreciate +the criminality of such a tremendous madness, from which to deliver +Napoleon III. and his armies, you, President Buchanan, are able to give +us a powerful assistance. I do not despair of the conversion of Napoleon +III himself. When people descend so deep into the society of infernal +spirits that there is no other remedy than destruction of many to save +the remnant, then according to divine judgment people receive such +rulers as are connected with one or the other of the infernal dragons, +to inspire them with the infernal furies to destroy each other. Great +warriors are great mediums of the princes of darkness. But if they are +reached by our instrumentality, they when they are studying our message +of Peace, are drawing their leading spirits from their depth of misery +into a better condition. Napoleon III. if he could be moved to study our +message of Peace and to act accordingly, could reach his uncle Napoleon, +and draw him into the pacification. What we mention here, is explained +in our system for the promised New Era.</p> + +<p>This is the joyful message, which is to be communicated by your +instrumentality, President Buchanan, to Emperor Napoleon and other +monarchs, that they might study our message of Peace and become our +fellow laborers to draw their living and departed friends into the New +Era, or the New Jerusalem, which is to be introduced by our +instrumentality. And you, President Buchanan, are powerfully exhorted, +to prepare for the Kingdom of our Lord and his Christ, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xi: 15. +Editors and translators of the New Testament were so ignorant of the +true Christian principles that they took instead of "the kingdom of our +Lord and his Christ" the wrong reading "the kingdoms" in plural number; +but there will be one kingdom, that is, one government of our Lord, and +his Christ. And this will be a true Republican government--to give +explanations about which there is no room here, but we remark, that this +great truth will become self-evident to those who comprehend this book. +And we expect, that you, respected President Buchanan, will comprehend +it and then you will take the spiritual weapons, which are comprehended +in our message, for the conversion of monarchs into true republicans, +which is the same, as true Christians. But in the first place bishops +and priests in America are to be moved, to attend our monthly +theological course and then assist us at the conversion of monarchs; And +we expect that by your good example and your assistance bishops and +priests will learn at length to comprehend their highest duty. Matters +come to maturity; but we will not expatiate, because we have already +extended this treatise so far: nothing but our duty to do all in our +power for the pacification of nations, moved us to write it according to +our mission for the redemption of oppressed humanity.</p> + +<p>Postscript to the first treatise. I arrived the last time in Washington +City at the end of March, this year, 1859, and remained there until the +8th of April. Then I walked to Baltimore and wrote to hon. Hicks, +Governor of Maryland, and invited him, to study the documents which I +had offered to President Buchanan, but he had no time to study them, +although they contain matters of great importance for all governments to +remove War and establish Peace on the whole globe. I mentioned many +items in my letter that I expected to move the Governor to accept my +offer; but, received no answer. The same time a great sign was given so +that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western Reserve of Ohio. +At my arrival there the Spring was changed in a severe Winter, and I +commenced to write during a great storm and snow on Easter Saturday, +April 23d 1859, a new treatise exhibiting wonders and signs in connexion +with Presidents and other high Officers of the Federal Government of the +United States and showing, how they are subjugated by the Beast with +seven Heads and are supporting the ten Horns of that Beast, and that +there will be a great destruction of human life and property in this +country, as there is in Europe, if it shall not be stopped by receiving +and spreading our Heavenly message of Peace, which is developed by our +mediumship. Since my public appearance in my present mission there was +continuous correspondence of memorable events connected with the +Government of the United States and memorable events connected with the +steps of my mission, containing most solemn warnings to this Government, +and many striking instances are concentrated in said treatise which was +intended to occupy the second place in this book. But we found that the +book would become too large, to be bought and studied by many who might +be attracted to study this and then to co-operate with us for the +fulfilment of the prophecy which was given by the disappearance of the +Steamboat President and all persons, who were in it at the same time in +which President Harrison died in such connexion with what was set in +type at the same time for my 4th volume, entitled: "The one thing +Needfull," and with the documents which were at the same time sent from +Europe for our use, and explained in said volume in such correspondence +with the disappearance of the Steamboat President and the death of +President Harrisson, that the prophecy contained in those events is +manifest, by which the spirit assures us, that he will sweep away the +antichristian government of the United States as well as other +governments. Knowing this, people of the United States and their +Officers may avoid all the dreadful destruction, which is in Europe +preparing the way, that at length governments and people will pay +attention to our message and learn how to establish perfect peace on the +whole globe.</p> + +<p>After the disappearance of President Harrison and of the prophetical +Steamboat President, solemn warnings were repeated under all following +Presidents in correspondence with what happened in our mission; and in +this respect President Buchanan is peculiarly remarkable, and in said +treatise memorable events of great warnings connected with his +administration have been explained. But we must delay their publication, +and every reader will find in the following treatises of this book +superabundance of solemn warnings, that all might become our zealous +fellow laborers for the accomplishment of the glorious promises, and +that especially President Buchanan might give to others good example and +come from patching the old house which must crumble to pieces, in our +peace union and give powerful assistance for the introduction of the +promised New Era. Great mercy was shown through him to the country while +he is yet in Babylon, but was quenching the fire which would have +consumed the country, if his antagonist had been elected President. +Therefore, notwithstanding his having neglected the one thing needful +until this hour we expect, that he will arrive at length on our ground +and co-operate with us in building the New Jerusalem.</p> + +<p>This treatise, to which I add this postscript June 22d 1859, was written +in February last, and the tremendous war and destruction in Italy broke +out two or three months afterwards, exactly[I] while I was explaining +the thrilling prophecy given by Daniel or Judgement of God performed by +Sickles under the control of our Leader in the 14th verse of the 14th +chap, of the <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>, "having in his hand a sharp sickle." He gave to the +destroying Spirit the permission to seize the medium and to show +prophetically what he will do in hundreds of thousands of cases, if the +right order shown in our Plan, will not be restored. There is a depth in +the mystery of the unexpected tragedy, in which all actors have most +suitable names and offices, each for the post he occupies; and the most +suitable spot as well as the most suitable day and hour were selected +for the performance, with all the preceding, accompanying and following +circumstances in correspondence with our doing on the same Sunday +Sexagesima on which this year the tragedy was perpetrated, as well as +what happened in the preceding years since my first public appearance in +my present mission on that Sunday A.D. 1838, and the initiation which +has been imparted to me on that Sunday for my present ministry, by the +martyr on the white cloud, who has in his hand a sharp sickle, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xiv. 14. I give here only some hints; but the explanation is given in +connexion with many other cases of a great warning to this government in +the treatise, the publication of which must be delayed; for we expect +that the contents of the following treatises of this book will be +strong enough to awaken the enemies of President Buchanan to give us +assistance to awaken him from his lethargy, if he should not be sooner +aroused to assist us to deliver them from their wrong course, by which +they injure the great cause of the true Freedom of nations.</p> + +<p>In the great ignorance in which people are regarding the inner life of +man and the spirit world, they are reading many signs of the times, +without understanding what they read.</p> + +<p>I mentioned above, that I started on the 8th April from Washington. It +is to be understood that so many signs and wonders took place and so +many secrets were disclosed, while I was trying spirits in Washington, +that a book of this size would be too small to comprehend them. On the +8th April 1859, I finished all work which I had to perform in +Washington, at the same hour, in which four men were, all at once in +Baltimore, hung by the neck, till dead, although the black struggled +some minutes longer with death than his white companions. As soon as my +work was finished in Washington, I started and walked to Baltimore, and +arrived in that city on the 9th April, when all newspapers were filled +with reports of the execution, and with biographies of the executed. I +had to read the reports of that execution which belongs to the links of +the chain to bind the dragon <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx., 2. That reading occasioned my +above mentioned letter to governor Hicks. I thought, that perhaps after +the execution of some champions of his party, he and other leaders of +that party might be more prepared to receive lessons from us, than they +were prepared in former times, while I was applying to them in +Baltimore, Annapolis, and in hundreds of other cities and villages, +exhorting and warning them, to study our message of Peace, and +co-operate with us for the true American, or, what is the same, the true +Republican cause. But they have despised our warnings. At length matters +arrived so far that, if all other warnings of this book should not be +sufficient, we expect that the spirit manifestations which are connected +with that execution and are mentioned in the fourth treatise of this +book, will move them to become our worthy fellow labourers for the +fulfilment of the grandest promises. But we repeat, that every reader +should study this book in the same order in which it is written, +weighing with great attention and earnestness every sentence, till he +understands it and retains in his mind all that preceded. If you have +studied in this manner this treatise, you are prepared for studying the +second treatise.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch2"> +<h2>Second Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + Memorable events, by which the parties of Abolitionists and + Republicans as well as subjects of Monarchs should be aroused for + co-operation with us, to draw not only the President and the + Congress of the United States but also monarchs on our ground for + the introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and + Peace on earth. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>As strange as our disclosures made in the first treatise may appear to +those who have neglected to observe the signs of the times, they should +not be surprised who know that the time for the fulfilment of the great +promises in regard to mankind had arrived, although all things seem to +run in quite another course than they expected.</p> + +<p>In the 6th verse of the 14th chap. of the <span class="smallcaps">Revels.</span> the first of the three +Angels spoken of in that and the following verses, commences to deliver +his message. At the commencement of the last century it was known +amongst German theologians, that those three angels or messengers are +the three men, each of whom is representing a body of messengers by whom +the contents of the prophecy given to each of those angels are to be +fulfilled. The first is preaching the everlasting Gospel, the contents +of which are given in the 7th verse. Gospel is Greek evangelion and +means glad tidings. The contents of the glad tiding of his preaching is +that nations should be converted from their idols to God the creator of +the universe, and he announces that the time of judgment had arrived. +The commencement of this preaching took place with Martin Luther, so +that he is to be considered as the representative of those, who are +comprehended in the prophecy of the first of those three angels. But +Luther and other preachers who came at that time and afterwards against +the Pope of Rome, and continue yet in the same spirit their work, did +not know in Luther's time nor afterwards, nor do they know in our time +their position, except as they learn it by what is disclosed by the +third angel or messenger, who commences his prophecy in the 9th verse of +the 14th chap. of the <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> In the third of my five German volumes, +published from A.D. 1838 to 1842 it has been shown that Luther had a +prophetical position, that is, he was according to the term adopted by +modern spiritualists, a very strong medium, inspired and supported by +his leaders, who were deluding and destroying spirits, who did not know +the true God and his Christ, but were prophesying judgments which took +place and continue till people shall be converted from their idols to +the living God. The three hundred years from Luther's appearance to our +appearance, were years of manifold developments preparatory to our +mission. Although Luther was born in Eisleben, that means "the life in +ice," because the fire of Christian charity has been extinguished, and +the spirit of persecution was nourished amongst all parties and sects, +notwithstanding this great preparations have taken place since his +public appearance till our public appearance, and there is an admirable +correspondence between his actions in the sixteenth century and my +actions which took place in the same years of the nineteenth century, +till Luther died on the 18th day of February 1546, which year in our +century, I mean 1846, was the great tropical year for dreadful +renovations of judgments, for the reason that the leaders of parties and +sects and their followers have rejected our message, which I commenced +to proclaim after having been publicly initiated to my present mission +on the 18th day of February 1838. We shall speak further on in this book +regarding the great event. But we have mentioned Doctor Martin Luther as +representing the champions of Protestantism against Popery. Their +mission is only prophetical. On their position they are supporting +Popery or Monarchy in general and they are particularly supporting a +number of Popish tenets regarding the Bible, regarding Christ and his +mission and manifold other doctrines, in which when they endeavored to +improve, they generally apostatized farther from truth towards +materialism, than the papal Hierarchy themselves; but they were +continuously repeating the substance of their prophecy, that people +should be converted from their idols to the living God. But by all that +repetition parties and sects multiplied, and there has been since Martin +Luther's appearance until this hour so dreadful a Babylon, or confusion +and delusion in social, political and ecclesiastical affairs, as there +never was before. And while pious men were looking into the prophecies, +to see the end of this dreadful Babylon, Doctor Bengel of Wurtemberg in +Germany was awakened in the first part of the last century, to compare +for many years the prophetical dates of the Revelation with events of +the ecclesiastical history, and has shown in his book, entitled: +"Erklaerte Offenbarung," which means "Revelation explained," that +Christ's manifestation for overcoming his enemies and establishing his +peaceable reign on earth, would take place about the year 1836. John +Wesley was not the author but only the copy holder of what Doctor Bengel +has explained in the Revelation.</p> + +<p>That Doctor Bengel was the 2nd angel representing the body of messengers +spoken of in <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span> xiv. 8, has been shown in my above mentioned 3d +volume, in which it is made manifest, that the mission of the 2nd angel +is as well prophetical, as the mission of the first angel, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv. +6. But in this treatise we had only to mention matters, which have been +explained in my quoted volume. Doctor Bengel and the whole body of +messengers who came from his school proclaiming the coming of Christ +about the year 1836, and Wm. Miller and the army of preachers with him +who were proclaiming Christ's coming about the year 1843, and others +proclaiming it in some other period, were ignorant about the manner of +his coming or of his manifestation for establishing his peaceable reign. +All these and many other things have been reserved to the 3d angel or +messenger, spoken of in <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv. 9. This is our mission. The martyr +on the white cloud in the 14th verse, having "in his hand a sharp +Sickle," was my leader in what I had to perform in the Roman Catholic +Church in the year 1838 as the 3d angel <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>: xiv. 9, representing the +body of messengers, by whom the proclamation of the contents of <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>: +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be made everywhere. And those great events and the +prophecies in which they have been predicted, have been explained in the +first three of my above mentioned German volumes; and we have so many +credentials or signs according to prophecies testifying our mission, +that while we were writing the fifth of my above mentioned five volumes, +we were repeating, that sensible readers of those volumes were aware, +that five hundred volumes could be written, testifying our mission. And +when they study this whole volume and comprehend it, they will be +convinced of the same truth.</p> + +<p>The third angel or the messenger representing the body of messengers, by +whose efficacy the beast and its image and the false prophet supporting +them, will disappear from the globe, gives in the last treatise of this +book the plan according to which the beast and its image and the false +prophet will disappear and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole globe. Peace would have been already established amongst +nations of the Christian name and they would have labored at this time +powerfully in the conversion of Heathens not to one or the other sect +but into the peaceable reign of Christ, which will be the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice, if those who have been exhorted first, to +study our message of peace had fulfilled their highest duty. The first +who have been powerfully urged to study our message of peace and the +credentials of our mission, were bishops, doctors of divinity and other +clergymen of all parties and sects where I had opportunity to reach +them. But when they refused to fulfill their highest duty, I was +particularly engaged to move abolitionists to study what has been +providentially prepared by our instrumentality to move slaveholders +themselves for co-operation with us to introduce the millennium or the +universel Republic of Truth and Justice and Peace amongst all nations: +because I was certain, that if the abolitionists would study it, +slaveholders themselves would do the same. But alas! when Jesus was +explaining the dreadful condition of Jerusalem, the Jews did not see it. +Likewise also citizens of the United States do not see theirs as we see +it from the position of our mission. The principal elements of the +vulcano the eruption of which is yet latent, are in leaders of +abolitionists, who are obstinate materialists refusing to make use of +the means which are offered them in our message to extinguish the +burning vulcano. They have lost discernment and judgment, when it is +most necessary to make the right use of it, to liberate the country from +the yoke of tyrants. Although I could write volumes to illustrate my +assertion, at this occasion I mention only a little of my experience in +the Convention to overcome evil with good, and which was in the +newspapers announced under the specious title: Philanthropic Convention +to overcome evil with good, and which was held on the 10th, 11th and +12th days of September, 1858, in Utica of the State of New-York. The +most influential persons in that Convention were Abolitionists of the +Garrisonian and Gerrit Smith's parties and Spiritulists belonging to +those and to the Republican party. I attended that Convention to offer +the remedy against the pernicious effects, which are produced by the +wrong course which leaders of those parties pursue for destruction of +this Republic, and to show the course which all true reformers have to +pursue for Harmony and Peace of all nations.</p> + +<p>That those who are concerned and their followers might be converted to +the true Republican cause, and all true Republicans might be +strengthened not to be deceived by secret and open servants of tyrants +and by deluding and destroying spirits and sectarian ministers of +darkness, I find proper to insert here the article which I wrote shortly +after the Convention, but I did not find a chance to publish; because we +are not popular, when we dare to express so great truths as are +comprehended in said lengthy article which reads as follows:</p> + +<p>Preparations for the resolutions "to overcome evil with good;" also: +introductory remarks to expose the league by which the Utica +"Philantrophic Convention" was governed.</p> + +<p>There are many such pretenders as the Garrisonian Liberator of Boston, +who, under the specious pretext to liberate slaves, are the greatest +supporters of slavery, by rejecting the means providentially prepared +for deliverance of all men and women from the yoke of tyrants, and by +instigating people to Revolutions and other sacrilegious enterprises to +ruin this country and bring it under the yoke of monarchs. While I was +endeavoring in many places, to move people to study our disclosures +regarding the divine plan for a peaceful abolition of all kinds of +slavery by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, and for the +introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and Peace, +which is usually although improperly called the millennium, I found them +everywhere so deluded by the infernal league, that they have neglected +to study "the one thing needfull" for the true freedom of all nations.</p> + +<p>During my travelling in more than twenty of the United States I stopped +several times in the Western Reserve of Ohio. I found more worshippers +of the Garrisonian Liberator there than in other sections of the country +of the same population, those places excepted, which are inhabited by +that sect of Quakers who are called "Progressive Friends," who are +progressing very fast in the arts of the infernal league for the ruin of +the true Republican cause. I arrived A.D. 1847 at the Quaker settlement, +called Green Plane, near Xenia in Ohio, and appointed there in a +Wesleyan meeting-house a Convention, in which I proposed to explain the +signs of our mission and the plan according to which, when it will be +understood and spread on the globe, all kinds of slavery will be +abolished. I expected that Quakers and other Abolitionists of that +section of the country would take great interest in our movement. But I +experienced afterwards, that the small Popes of that section were +against it, although they themselves did not disturb our Convention; but +a Quaker and a Wesleyan minister, both from a distance, were so great +disturbers of it, that whenever an important point was to be examined, +they directed the attention of the audience to other subjects; although +that Convention has been called for an examination of the points +concentrated in my manuscript. When I saw, that they were in conspiracy +with others in the Convention, I myself dissolved it. I asked then the +Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale, whose residence was next to the +meeting-house of the Convention, why he did not attend it. He answered, +that he received from the spirit what he needed. I started from thence +for the Western Reserve of Ohio, and appointed in Trumbol County a +Convention, and sent an article to the Garrisonian Liberator. In that +article I assured the Abolitionists, that from my documents which should +be examined in the Convention, it would be evident, that we have +received the mission, and that we have as credentials of our mission a +long chain of signs according to prophecies, by which we are assured, +that we will abolish all kinds of slavery and monarchy by the power of +the spirit, with the assistance of slaveholders themselves, when +abolitionists shall comprehend our message and spread it on the globe.</p> + +<p>Lloyd Garrison, the head medium of the infernal league, has published my +article, but with such editorial remarks, as were quite agreeable to his +master, the infernal Holiness. I forgot to inquire, whether my article +appeared or not in the Liberator, till on the first day of our +Convention a man remarked that our Convention was small on account of +Garrison's editorial remarks to my article and his grand tent meeting in +the neighborhood at the same time with our Convention. I came from a +distance, and was ignorant of the great provisions made by the infernal +holiness to retain his slaves in bondage at the appointment of our +Convention for their deliverance. The same man had a copy of the +Liberator containing my article with Garrison's remarks. They were read +to the Convention. Then I made my remarks[J] and the proposition, to +finish our Convention so as to reach on the last day Garrison's[K] grand +tent meeting in Lima, Ohio, and proclaim there our resolutions.</p> + +<p>We did so. A committee from our convention went with me, and we arrived +in Lima at the Garrisonian tent meeting on the last day. Several +thousand persons were assembled, and the first business after our +arrival was the reading of a resolution, in which Garrison and his +fellow laborers were declared as the true ministers of the Gospel, in +connexsion with a fatal blow to the ministers of other sects. A general +reception of the resolution was testified with "yes" from a thousand +voices; but when the contrary vote was required, there was only my "no" +heard; but it was so strong, that it surprised the whole audience. I +added that I came to show, who the true ministers of the Gospel[L] were.</p> + +<p>We agreed with the committee consisting of three public speakers, that +they should make use of the first opportunity to proclaim the +resolutions which have been unanimously adopted in our Convention. Soon +after my tremendous "no" one of our committee arose and told the +assembled thousands, that a committee sent from an anti-slavery +Convention had arrived with most important resolutions, to be publicly +read in the grand tent meeting. The chairman replied, that next after +the address of the man who occupied the floor, they should deliver their +resolutions. They went directly on the platform. But the pharisees on +the platform were anxious to find out, who the man was, that gave the +strong negative vote to their resolution. Some amongst them knew me +personally. Therefore as soon as our committee came upon the platform, +the above mentioned Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale came to me inquiring, +whether that committee belonged to my association or not. I said, that +he should not ask me, but the committee, to which association they +belonged.</p> + +<p>One of the deepest English investigators into the Jewish and Christian +antiquities wrote in one of his publications, that there is no society +more like the society of the Old Pharisees, than the Society of Quakers +is. He knew them in England, and I know them in America, and confess +that it is true in regard to the Quaker speculators, who have enslaved +the whole Quaker society, to be in their servitude and to prepare in +their ignorance of matters the subjugation of the whole country under +the yoke of monarchs. Joseph Dugdale is the principal medium who was +carried soon after that spectacle to Pennsylvania, and demons were +powerfully operating through him in starting the sect of the +"Progressive Friends." But at that tent meeting he inspired the heads to +be cautious in admitting our committee to speak. Therefore after the +address of the man after whom our committee according to the promise of +the chairman were to address the tent meeting, another was announced by +name, to speak, and then a second, a third, and so on, although our +committee were waiting on the platform from 9 o'clock A.M. till 2 or 3 +P.M. At length the chairman announced, that teams had arrived, to carry +the tent from that to another place. Provisions had been made, that if +there should be danger for the infernal league, things might be +prepared, to break of the tent. Therefore when the chairman announced +the advent of the teams, another pharisee mentioned, that the waiting +committee had not yet spoken and the chairman said, that they should +speak.</p> + +<p>The speaker, instead of reading directly the resolutions of our +Convention, undertook to prepare the audience by telling them, that he +knew how to value the great zeal of Mr. Garrison for the deliverance of +slaves. And as far Mr. Garrison and others on the platform seemed to be +pleased. But as soon as he mentioned, that "Garrison is not infallible," +those who were ready for action, commenced to break off the tent, and +there arose such a tumult amongst the assembled people, that nobody +could distinguish the voice of the speaker from the noise of the crowd.</p> + +<p>These items may suffice, to make known the infallible Pope, the +Garrisonian Liberator, although I could write many volumes of +extroardinary spirit manifestations in public and private meetings with +members of that party, while I was endeavoring to deliver them from the +shackles of the infernal Holiness and his armies. But they remained so +fastened, as in their "Philanthropic Convention" in Utica, which I +attended because we had been informed, that the Poughkeepsie seer, +Andrew Jackson Davis, was the principal author of said Convention, or, +the principal medium of speculators calculating to extend the government +of the infernal liberator by using said Convention. Andrew Jackson Davis +is the prince of mediums of spirits, who appear as angels of light, but +when they are tried by us, they are made manifest as dreadful deluding +and destroying demons. After they had been made manifest to me by his +deceiving publications, I tried several times to reach him personally, +and to show him his dreadful situation and how he could arrive on our +ground. But his cunning demons carried him away from my presence. At +length I met with him on the tenth of this month September, 1858, in +the "Philanthropic Convention" of Utica. Ira Hitchcock was appointed +chairman. His first name means in Latin "wrath" or "vengence," and the +second name is in the English language appropriate to the important +office which our duped and deceived friend did receive in said +Convention. Mr. Davis offered some rules, to be observed in the +Convention They were adopted. One of those rules was, that no speaker +should occupy more than twenty minutes, except the audience should +desire, that after the expiration of twenty minutes he should continue +to speak.</p> + +<p>Mr. Davis was called, to open the Convention with his speech. It was +read from a manuscript and contained a very imposing and deceiving view +of the past and the present in the history of mankind. Since his reading +lasted more than one hour, I asked after its close, that it should be +decided, whether those who open the meeting, should be bound by the +adopted rule of twenty minutes, or be permitted to speak or read as long +as they would be pleased also when they misrepresent the history in such +an absurd manner as the speaker did. No regard was taken of what I said, +and they proceeded in singing and speaking.</p> + +<p>The afternoon session was opened with as long a reading as the forenoon +session. After the reading they debated, whether it should be directly +printed in a newspaper of the place and in extra copies, or not. It was +unanimously decided that it should be printed, except that I disturbed +the unanimous vote with a powerful "no." But when I desired to give my +reasons, that its publication would not serve "to overcome evil with +good," but to increase the evil, I was stopped, as being not in order in +opposition to a resolution which had been unanimously carried out.</p> + +<p>For a better understanding of the spectacles which will be mentioned +afterwards, we must remark the following incident, which happened on +that day, to wit, somebody mentioned, that there came many female +mediums from a great distance in the expectation to be moved in the +Convention by spirits to speak, that therefore all these mediums should +come on the platform, and speak, whenever any of them should be moved by +a spirit to do so. I think that others felt the absurdity of that +proposition, which if it had been, accepted, would have created great +confusion and hindrance to the realization of their speculations; +therefore they did not respond to his suggestion. Readers should know, +that if not all, certainly most of the heads and the agents of that +Convention were spiritualists of the latest fashion.</p> + +<p>On the afternoon of that day, after singing, I suddenly took the stand, +to make use of the twenty minutes time, conceded by the rule of the +Convention to every speaker. I wished to show, that nobody in the +Convention touched the root of the evil; and that when others have +neglected to study our message of Peace, which shows that root and how +to extirpate it, at length spiritualists have been urged to do so. But +they, instead of progressing and learning by our message, how to +overcome evil with good, were attached to evil spirits, and they deluded +people regarding our message of Peace, when we endeavored to move them +to study it and act accordingly. Instead of many instances of our +experience testifying this, I would mention only my experience at the +last public meeting of spiritualists which I attended in the City of New +York. A female medium whose lying spirits were exposed by me in a public +meeting of spiritualists in Philadelphia on the first day of the last +month (August 1858) came on the 22d of the same month to a meeting of +spiritualists in New-York, in which meeting I spoke. During my speech +the demon by whom she was possessed, propelled her three times to stop +my speech. But when he was rebuked so terribly, that her friends could +not bear any longer, they awakened her from her sleep and carried her +out of the hall. But as soon as I ceased to speak, she returned; and the +demon shut instantly her eyes, and said through her, that I am a Judas +Jscariot, a Jesuit, an emissary of the Pope, &c. The chairman was +induced, to ask the name of the spirit; but he refused to tell his name. +Then he said through his medium, that he is "Donquixote Thomas Paine." +The first name he pronounced so that I knew by the pronunciation, who +amongst my departed friends was the controller of the lying spirit, by +whom the medium was possessed. My departed friend compelled him in the +first place to tell, that he was Don Quixote, known as the hero in the +celebrated Spanish romance or fable called Don Quixote. A similar +fiction was also the speech of the demon by whom that medium was +possessed, only that those who do not know me, might take the calumny of +the devil for truth. After the confession that he was Don Quixote, to +make which he was compelled by a higher power, he added according to his +lying propensity, that he was Thomas Paine, although he was not Thomas +Paine.</p> + +<p>When I desired to explain, from which sphere of spirits that liar came, +I was stopped by a man crying behind me to the chairman, asking him +whether I should be permitted or not to occupy an hour, while nobody +could understand me. At such interruptions I strike sometimes the +impudent demons, as they deserve to be stricken. I think, that I did not +speak ten minutes, when that interruption took place. To draw my +attention from the disturbing demon, Henry C. Wright jumped to me, +saying that I should not speak, because I am not understood, and he told +the audience that he knew me to be a good man, but that I could not be +understood by Americans. I interrupted him saying with indignation, that +he did not know me and that those do not understand me, who have ears +and will not hear and eyes and will not see. I felt that the audience +were not prepared for further explanations; but the truth is, that while +I have been speaking English on more than one thousand places in +America, those who have acquired some education and paid attention to my +discourses, understood me; but enemies of truth complained, that they +could not understand me, or they made disturbance. Not to give to demons +any opportunity to enrage their mediums against me at the night session +of that day, I would not attend that session.</p> + +<p>On the 11th inst. at the first opportunity at the forenoon session I +offered the resolutions to be read, for a better understanding of which +these remarks are a preparation. But the chairman remarked, that that +was not the proper time for reading my resolutions. Then I kept silence +at that session. But during the afternoon session I offered several +times my resolutions to be read. But Ira Hitchcock always interfered, +pointing to some other, that he was in order to speak, although I did +not see, that he arose before me for this purpose.</p> + +<p>I found proper not to attend any of the following sessions of said +Convention, in which I have offered the means, "to overcome evil with +good;" but the infernal league hindered their communication to the +people, and when the mediums of the infernal league thought, that they +were removing evil and promoting good, they were doing just the +contrary. If we have the mission which is proved in many of my volumes +and expressed at the end of the resolutions for which we are preparing +readers by these remarks, then all those who are hindering the +circulation of our message of Peace, are the most dreadful slaveholders +and destroyers of human life and property. They keep people in shackles +of delusion and ignorance of what they should know, to prevent +destruction of many and subjugation of the remnant by cruel tyrants.</p> + +<p>I saw the report of the proceedings on the first day of the Convention +in two Utica daily papers. I quote from the Utica Morning Herald, +September 11th, 1858, the following passage regarding my first +interference, as follows: "at the conclusion of Mr. Davis' lengthy +harangue, a German arose and said, he hopes that those who opens the +meetings, speaks no more as twenty minutes, or not! I have prepared a +speech on the root of all evil that will not dake so mooch dime as the +friends who have speak!" The devil, that means calumniator, by whom this +reporter was so possessed, that he knew neither orthography nor grammar, +was not so bad as the devil, by whom the evening 'Telegraph' was +possessed. He, in the service of the heads of the Convention, calls me +"the member from Germany," also "the teutonic individual," and what he +reports, he so reports for the benefit of the infernal league according +to the wishes of mediums of lying spirits, that I had to write much if I +would explain the cunning malice, which is comprehended in the +misrepresentations and lies in regard to the exertions which I made to +move the "Philanthropic Convention" to an investigation of my written +documents showing that which is first necessary to overcome evil with +good. But here not being room, I quote only the following passage, which +the Telegraph has published as my saying: "I knew Don Ke Shott; some +call him Don Quixote, but I call him Don Ke Shott. I can tell you all +about him."</p> + +<p>Mediums of lying and destroying spirits have been brought to that +Convention from the Cities of New-York, Boston and many other places of +several States. To deliver those slaves from their tyrants, I mentioned, +that at my last attendance of a public meeting of spiritualists in +New-York a female medium was seized by a terrible devil who declared, +that I was "Judas Iscariot[M], an emissary from the Pope, a Jesuit," +although after my having been from A.D. 1819, till 1838 a Roman Catholic +Priest, I was working since the year 1838, according to my mission, with +great zeal for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. On this account I +am abused and persecuted not only by the agents of the grand Pope of +Rome, but also by such small Popes, as have been assembled in said +"Philanthropic Convention" as well as by their reporters. I mentioned in +my address, that the lying spirit who said through the female medium, +that I am a "Judas Iscariot[M], a Jesuit, an emissary from the Pope," +did confess then, that he is "Don Quixote Thomas Paine." But that my +remark was then so terribly abused, as the above quoted passage +testifies. Lying spirits are supported by speakers and by editors of +newspapers.</p> + +<p>The reader should recollect what I said above regarding Henry C. +Wright's assisting his colleague interrupting my speech. The Herald +reports it, as follows: "Mr. Wright finally said he had known Smollnikar +for some time, he was a very worthy man, but the Convention could not +understand him when he tried to speak English." Smollnikar--"They have +ears and will not hear, they have eyes and will not see."</p> + +<p>The Herald has given here the substance and also the name of Mr. Wright. +But this did not agree with the position of the heads of the +Convention, who have promised free speech, and then one of the principal +heads of Abolitionists came as Judas Jscariot to me, and assisted the +murderer of my message, with a hypocritical address to the audience, as +if he was my best friend. Therefore instead of his name Henry C. Wright +there appeared in the Telegraph "a lagerbeer," as if I had spoken so in +the Convention, that intoxicated Germans themselves had found it +necessary to stop me in my speech.</p> + +<p>I did not see any German in the Convention; but it would be too mild to +call Henry C. Wright a "lagerbeer." He is a "Wright" or a workman, an +emissary of the infernal "Ira Hitchcock," The Latin word "Ira" means the +wrath or vengence, which appeared in the chairman Ira Hitchcock, or +hitch, that means catch the cock, that he might not cry and awaken +people from their lethargy, to save the country from the infernal wrath +and vengeance, which is kindled by such emissaries of His Infernal +Holiness, as Henry C. Wright is, a blasphemer of the Living God and His +Christ, and a rebel against Divine Decrees made manifest in our mission, +but which have been despised by Henry C. Wright, Ira Hitchcock and other +heads of said Convention. Those rebels against God and His Christ had +many years ago opportunity to learn the Divine Decrees for redemption of +oppressed humanity; but they have conspired also in their last +Convention, to check their proclamation and to open the infernal crater +of a volcano to destroy the country by rebellion and other crimes, which +have been openly defended by Henry C. Wright and others in that +Convention, in which by our mission the means were offered to abolish +all kinds of slavery in a peaceable manner.</p> + +<p>In my signature at the end of the resolutions as well as in my +publications, you find my name correctly written. But the mentioned +reporters were mediums of deluding and destroying spirits by whom they +were magnetized and were made deaf and blind, so that they thought, I +was a German; although they should have so much sense of discernment, +and judgment, as to know from my pronunciation, that I am not a German. +If I had been a German, I could not have received[N] the mission with +which I am charged--because the messenger in the mission with which I +am charged, must come, according to prophecies, from the Slavonian +nation, from the country called Illyria or Illyricum, from the town, +named in my mother tongue Kamnik, in Greek and Latin Lithopolis, in +German Stein, in English Stone.</p> + +<p>Against the impudence with which also my language was so terribly +misrepresented there is no room to make more than this remark:</p> + +<p>A.D. 1835, I wrote a Latin treatise "On the congeniality of languages," +showing how by the comparative study of languages many deep truths for +the introduction of Christ's peaceable Reign or of the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice would be unravelled. Before I was +qualified to write such a treatise, I had to study many ancient and +modern languages, some more thoroughly, and some only by looking over +the grammar and dictionary. Here is no room to explain the reasons, why +I devoted, before writing said treatise, only some few hours and learned +more than the Herald and the Telegraph and other scoffers of our mission +have learned all their life time regarding the etymology of their own +English mother tongue. If they cannot comprehend this our assertion +without our explanation, I am ready to explain it in an article, if they +promise to publish it in their newspapers: because it may awaken many +scholars for co-operation with us to introduce the new Era of Union and +Peace of nations, who have in their ignorance of matters worked until +now for disunion of nations and for destruction of human life and +property.</p> + +<p>We hope, that editors and publishers of newspapers, who have by their +reports misrepresented our mission, will not remain mediums of lying and +destroying spirits, but will, as their duty requires, publish this +article, and comprehend the importance of the preceding remarks as well +as of the "Resolutions" which follow and what is annexed to the +resolutions, to move the American nation and by their mediumship all +nations for action, to redeem oppressed humanity from the yoke of +tyrants, and that those for whom it would be impossible, to publish the +whole in one number, will publish it in two or three numbers. Our +resolutions have been offered to the Convention in the following words:</p> + +<blockquote><p> + Resolutions for the "Philanthropic Convention to overcome evil with + good," held in Utica on the 10th, 11th, and 12th September 1858.</p> + +<p> Whereas the writer of the following resolutions did hear nothing in + this Convention of "the general fundamental cause of the existing + evils in the social, religious and political relations of mankind," + and according to his knowledge in no Convention of the so called + reformers has this general fundamental cause been found out, and + will not be comprehended by them, till they come on the ground + which the writer occupies, according to his mission, which is made + manifest in the documents which have been offered to be read in + this Convention. When those documents will be read and + comprehended, the following resolutions will be adopted:</p> + +<p> Resolved 1st, that the general fundamental cause of the evils which + are to be removed from the social, political and religious + relations of mankind, is founded in the Old Heavens and in the Old + Earth, that means the old institutions, which will be removed when + they shall be comprehended by true reformers, since the so called + reformers who are warring against those institutions from their + materialistic position, are supporting those institutions, because + they are mediums of those spirits who are subject to and controlled + by the Papal Imperial Royal Spirits, so that materialism and the + modern spiritualism are the last outbreaks of Popery, and + materialists and modern spiritualists are the means of the outbreak + of the worst evils, which remain latent, till the materialistic + spirits come in collision with the rules given by their + controllers, the Popish spirits. From this collision of spirits + originate riots, wars and other evils, which will be removed, when + the pretended reformers and mediums of deluding and destroying + spirits will receive the light which has been kindled by the + mediumship of the writer.</p> + +<p> Resolved 2d, That the particular and in the exterior life of people + manifest evils, which are easily observed by those materialists who + are falsely called reformers, cannot be removed from the society, + till true reformers understand the real position of the existing + churches and the spiritualism in the churches as well as the modern + spiritualism out of the churches; because without this + understanding there is neither knowledge nor strength in the so + called reformers, to effect the true reformation, and to establish + the promised Peace amongst all nations, for which the means are + developed in the publications and manuscripts of the writer of + these resolutions.</p> + +<p> It is expected, that those who have called this Convention, and + those who attend it are not so blind that they having called "a + Convention to overcome evil with good,"[O] and granted freedom of + speech in this Convention, this freedom being accepted by the + assembly, would reject the good which is offered by the writer to + overcome evil; since the writer affirms that those who are anxious + to speak in this Convention, have nothing to say, which has not + been already many times repeated in Conventions, if it is for any + use at all to remove evil, but that the writer has to communicate + matters to remove evil, which are not known to those who attend + this Convention, as will be evident, if the two documents which are + offered to be read in this Convention, and which have been written, + one the last month, and the other during the travelling of the + writer from New-York to this Convention, will be read publicly to + this assembly. The writer remarks especially in regard to the + mediums of spirits by whom they have been brought, to speak with + closed eyes in this Convention, that from the documents offered to + be read, it will be made manifest, that their spirits are deluding + spirits, from whom the mediums will be delivered, and enlightened + by spirits of Truth, if they study with attention the writings + which have been produced by the mediumship of the writer who signs + his name and the charges which he has received for the introduction + of the New Heaven.</p> + +<p> ANDREW B. SMOLNIKER, &c. see title page. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>Neither this lengthy nor other shorter articles which have been offered +since that time to editors of newspepers did suit their taste in the +general corruption of the press. I saw since that time, to wit in +December, 1858, again personally Mr. Garrisson in his office in Boston, +but he was as stubborn in his pernicious course as in former times. I +called very seldom, when I was in Philadelphia, in the "Garrisonian" +antislavery office. But it happened, I think, towards the end of the +winter season, A.D. 1858, while I was passing that office, that I was +impressed to enter it. I found there a rich Mulatto with whom I had been +acquainted for years, but who was so chained by the Garrisonian +imposition, that although I walked several times some miles from +Philadelphia to teach him in his house, how our master had decreed to +deliver slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, the rich +Mulatto had never time to study our message of Peace, although he seemed +to burn with great zeal for redeeming slaves, and he and his wife had +superabundance of time to attend antislavery meetings and conventions +and to perform all prescriptions of "the Garrisonian Liberator." At that +my meeting with him in the "Anti-slavery Office" I understood from his +conversation with others, that they had appointed a meeting at +candle-light of that day, and that that Mulatto was by virtue of his +office president of that meeting. I did not inquire, for what +antislavery purpose that meeting was appointed, and without asking this +I said to the Mulatto, that I was also inclined to attend that meeting, +if he would tell after their meeting to the audience, that I had a +message which would need no more than three minutes time, and that my +message would not interfere with their meeting. The rich Mulatto +accepted my offer.</p> + +<p>That meeting was held in a large church of the colored people and the +church was crowded. But I was quite surprised, when I understood from +their proceedings and harangues, that it was an "underground railroad" +meeting, in which they disclosed so much of their secret proceedings of +the transportation of slaves to Canada, and endeavored by their +revolutionary speeches to kindle the animal passions of the audience to +rebellion that if such a meeting would have been held in France or +Austria or several other monarchies, all speakers would have been +imprisoned in the State's Prison and if not all, certainly several of +them would have remained perpetually in prison. After their meeting the +rich Mulatto chairman announced, that I had to deliver a short message +independent from their meeting. I mentioned briefly, that I am a +messenger of Peace, having superabundance of credentials for delivering +slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if abolitionists +would learn our message and give good example to slaveholders; and that, +since there was no time for an explanation of the matter, they should +appoint a committee to whom a manuscript of mine should be read, +containing that which those should know, who are working for redemption +of slaves. A committee of five colored men was appointed; but at our +first meeting all members of the committee were not present, and those +who came to the first meeting were so distracted with other business, +that they did not pay attention to what has been read the first time, +and the others had their excuses to come again, except a Mulatto from +West India who would have persevered, if others had done the same. But +he alone could do nothing, because he was not a long time in +Philadelphia and had not much influence there.</p> + +<p>I have given here one case of my experience, instead of hundreds of +cases, how dreadfully the colored people are duped and deceived by the +heads of antislavery armies, while these heads or popes appear to have +great zeal for deliverance of slaves, although they are the cause, that +some of them are killed, and those who are brought to Canada, become +more miserable slaves than they have been before, because they are +drilled in weapons to kill and be killed, while our master offers by our +instrumentality to the anti-slavery champions the means to deliver white +and black slaves from all forms of oppression[P] and slavery. But there +are many, under the specious name of the antislavery cause, agents of +monarchs and traitors of the true Republican or true anti-slavery cause. +And those who are not directly bribed by monarchial agents for the +conversion of this country into monarchies, are mediums or instruments +of deluding and destroying spirits, by whom they are so blinded that +they, really believe, that they are working "for deliverance of the poor +slave," while they are assisting monarchs, to enslave the whole country.</p> + +<p>I think that our friend Grerrit Smith is such a medium. We have tried to +convert him many years ago from his delusion, and after previous +preparations which we have made in his house, it was, I think, on the +18th of February, 1845, (which is the anniversary of great events in +our mission,) that I met with him in a convention of antislavery +ministers and other abolitionists, which was held in Syracuse, N.Y. He +was chairman. A number of resolutions for operations in the antislavery +movements had been read and adopted. Then I arose and assured the +audience, that if my document which I had prepared for that occasion, +would be read, they could comprehend that those resolutions would be for +no use, and that better means have been providentially prepared for the +redemption of slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if +anti-slavery champions would study to know those means and make use of +them. The chairman Gerrit Smith asked the audience, whether my document +should be read. The majority answered "Yes." He asked the votes of those +who would be against its reading. Some voices were heard, that it should +not be read. And the chairman Smith said: "Smolnikar, you have lost the +floor." He was right, if the Convention was ruled by those who had made +the resolutions and by their colleagues. And I said, that if they would +not receive light, they should continue in darkness, and I left +directly. At length rapping spirits broke out and had great influence in +his house, because he shut his eyes, when light has been offered to him +from the spirit of truth by our mediumships. I tried in different times +to move our friend Gerrit Smith to study our message and the credentials +of our mission. But deluding and destroying spirits drew him in other +directions. At length A.D. 1854 I tried particularly to move the +Congress of the United States to appoint a Convention in which I +promised to exhibit the means to deliver this country from monarchial +influence and to establish the promised universal Republic of Truth, +Justice and Peace on earth, and the credentials of our mission, and I +applied to a number of congressmen in both Houses to bring the subject +before their respective bodies. At length, when all others had neglected +to fulfil this their highest duty, I applied to Hon. Gerrit Smith, who +was at that time in the House of Representatives.</p> + +<p>I mention strange things; but they will not appear strange, if readers +keep in mind, that I represent the body of messengers, who are +collectively called the third angel in <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv: 9. In this book I +give on many subjects only hints; otherwise I should have to write also +a large volume of wonders and signs which happened, while I was trying +in that year President Pierce and members of the cabinet and the +congress. But if editors of the Tribune wish besides what I offered in +the first treatise to show regarding their pet Fremont, that they might +commence to be sober in forwarding candidates for high offices, I would +like to write also an other article comparing Hon. Gerrit Smith with +Senator Seward and to publish what happened while I was trying both in +Washington City; because at that our trial it was in an extraordinary +mariner made manifest, that although Gerrit Smith was badly chained by +the spirit of delusion, Senator Seward was found much more chained than +Gerrit Smith. On this account our leaders moved me at the last campaign +of candidates for governor of the State of New York, A.D. 1858, and I +was acting in my mission in that State, while Gerrit Smith was +proclaimed candidate by his party so that I wrote to him, what he had to +do, to be favored by our leaders in his course for a high office; +because the time has at length arrived in which our leaders will +commence to show publicly, how they have the power to interfere in the +election business of officers. And then candidates for offices and +officers will commence to see the necessity of studying our message and +the credentials for our mission, to become with us messengers of Peace, +and people will commence to abhor electing such as are so degraded, that +they are not prepared to study the Heavenly message made manifest for +the redemption of oppressed humanity and the establishment of the +promised universal Republic. But how until now those who have been +solemnly warned by us, to do what they as professing to be Republicans +and occupying high offices, were particularly bound to do, have +neglected to fulfil their highest duty, we will show with few instances, +that those who will be named, might arise from death to life, and all +readers might be inspired for co-operation with us, since Providence is +instructing mankind by so remarkable cases, as are the following:</p> + +<p>At the commencement of the year 1856 I arrived in Columbus, Ohio, and +endeavored to move the Republican anti-slavery Governor Chase and the +Republican Party which was the strongest in the legislature of Ohio, to +co-operation with us to establish the universal Republic of Peace on +earth. For this purpose I wrote "an address to the legislature and the +citizens of Ohio" and sent the manuscript with an urgent recommendation +to Governor Chase, that he after having perused the manuscript might +forward it with his recommendation to the legislature of Ohio. In my +manuscript or my written address to the legislature as many testimonies +of our mission were mentioned as would have been sufficient to move a +man who has discernment in spiritual things, for co-operation with us. +But the Governor, after having perused my manuscript in which I urged +the legislature by virtue of the memorable events which have been +mentioned in it, to appoint a monthly theological course, to which +qualified persons would be invited to hear the explanation of my +manuscript which contains the system for the foundation of the universal +Republic, and for the commencement of the New Era called the millennium, +said when he returned it to me, that he was not the proper person to +forward the manuscript to the legislature. I do not know, whether he +would have entered into a discussion of the matter, if I had offered him +to show, that he was not only the proper person, but that it was his +most urgent duty to forward my address to the legislature. I thought +that he in his new highest office of that State was too much distracted +and was not prepared for our extraordinary business. Wherefore I sent +that same address which was directed to the legislature of Ohio, to the +speaker in the House, and instructed him in an extra letter of his duty, +to forward my address to the House. But he belonged to the Republican +Party and had no capacity for what was needed to establish the true +Republic of Harmony and Peace on earth, and could not be moved to do, +what was shown to him to be most necessary in his circumstances. He +returned my address. From him I went to the Lieutenant Governor or +speaker in the Senate. He belonged to the American. Party and by his +application the Senate appointed a committee for examining my document. +In that committee was a member of the Republican Party, who assured his +colleagues, that he knew me, that I was a madman, having come from +Geauga County in which I held a Convention in the year 1851. +Notwithstanding the most malicious conspiracy of the Sectarian +neighborhood we succeeded so far, that a number of resolutions in which +I have concentrated what has been explained in the Convention for the +commencement of the millennium, have been unanimously adopted, and then +published with other documents for an easier understanding of the +resolutions. But materialists, papists and other sectarians, instead of +having reflected upon the unexpected glorious news made manifest in that +pamphlet and put them into circulation, did all in their power that the +largest portion of copies of that pamphlet and the man to whom they have +been given in care, disappeared, and the calumny was put into +circulation, that I became mad. And when that same calumny was renewed +in the Senate chamber of Ohio, I wrote a resolution, to be offered to +that body. But members of the Senate became so scared, that I could find +nobody, to undertake to offer it to the Senate. I wished by that +resolution to move the Senate to give me their chamber for a lecture, in +which I wished to explain the madness of those who instead of studying +our disclosures for Harmony and Peace of nations, are slandering and +calumniating me, and ruining this country and preparing it more and more +to become a spoil to enrich monarchs and their agents.</p> + +<p>Then I published that address and other documents which I supposed, +would be strong enough to move the legislature and other citizens of +Ohio to send qualified persons to the monthly theological course, which +was appointed in that pamphlet.</p> + +<p>Here we must extract passages from the last page for a great lesson to +Republicans and others that they might not be duped any longer by the +blind leaders of the blind. That page contains "a great appeal to the +Governor, the Senate and House of Representatives of the State of Ohio." +It was written, mark well, on the 2d day of February, as is mentioned on +that 32d page as well, as on the pages 31 and 29; because on the 29th +page I commenced to write a paragraph as follows: "I had to wait till +the composition of this epistle advanced so far, that I must finish it +on this 2d day of February" &c. On that day I wrote what follows from +that passage to the end of the pamphlet. And the "great appeal" reads: +"Fellow laborers in the great cause of human redemption! If you have +studied this pamphlet with such attention as it deserves to be studied +you will accept this title with gratitude to the Most High, that he has +chosen us in his mercy for the accomplishment of the most glorious +promises".... "The first most urgent work" (which the legislature of +Ohio in those circumstances could do) "is to kindle with this pamphlet a +light in the Cabinet and the Congress of the United States. 'And Babylon +is become a habitation of demons.' <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xviii: 2. The fall of Babylon +has been proclaimed by my instrumentality for the fulfilment of the +first three verses of the 18th chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span>, on Easter +Sunday, 1838, under the direction of the powerful angel, who was sent +from the Heavenly Congress. And since that proclamation, the habitation +of demons on every place of Babylon, on which my message is rejected, is +made manifest ... and the numbers of votes which members of the House of +Representatives were casting since my first publication of the +'testimony for the superabundance of miracles,' which is reprinted on +the 9th and 10th pages of this pamphlet, are testifying, from which +quarters of pitfalls and deep holes the demons came who took possesion +of the Capitol at the present session.... On this 2nd day of February in +my Country Roman Catholic men and women bring each his own candle into +the church and burn them" &c.</p> + +<p>I quoted these passages, written on the 2d day of Feb., which was +Saturday, and given on the same day to the printer; because I had an +engagement on the next following day in the country and left Columbus on +that Saturday, Feb, 2d 1856. When I returned on the next following week +from the country, I heard that on that same day February 2d, 1856, the +House of Representatives finished at length their voting for speaker and +that Nathanael Banks was elected Speaker in the House. There is a spirit +language by numbers. Representatives in the House were casting votes +from the time in which my article "Testimony for the superabundance of +miracles" appeared in two newspapers of Cleveland and was then copied in +my pamphlet for the legislature of Ohio, to make use of it for the +conversion of the Congress in Washington; because I saw, whenever I +looked the numbers of votes cast to elect the speaker, that members of +the parties casting votes were under a strong Papal Imperial Royal +delusion. When I wrote the above quoted passages on the 2nd day of +February, 1856, I did not know, that at that same time they finished +their voting with Nathanael Banks as speaker in the House. Nathanael +means a "gift of God." And the name Banks was prophetical for what +followed then in regard to the Banks; because this generation could +receive no more suitable gift than Banks are. There is not only in +numbers but also in names and in manifold other correspondences a spirit +language which we understand; and in this our mission events connected +with our steps testify the condition in which those are, who neglect to +make use of our message of Peace. The Governor and the legislature of +Ohio did not care about our urgent appeal made to them in writing and in +print, and the same time in Washington the name of Banks announced the +terrible condition of this same country founding their trust in banks +and paper-money, which will be eventually made manifest with a terrible +crash.</p> + +<p>After that experience made at the Republican Legislature of Ohio, in +which we could not find assistance for the circulation of our message of +Peace, and for holding our monthly theological course, I remained in +Ohio, till I heard Governor Chase in a campaign for candidate Fremont +assert with great boldness, that he knew Fremont. I did not know Fremont +at that time. But after having studied as much as was required to know +him, I pitied Governor Chase and other Republicans very much, that they +either by ignorance of matters or by preferring private interest to the +common welfare, should have ruined the country and destroyed an enormous +amount of human life and property, so that the Kansas affairs alone cost +more than fifty millions of dollars. All the evils would have been +avoided, if Hon. Giddings and his co-operators who have been most +urgently invited to attend the above mentioned Convention which was held +in their vicinity in the year 1851, had not despised our invitation. +But at that time matters had not arrived to that maturity in which they +are now. And we write and mention some champions and leaders of parties, +that they themselves and by their instrumentality many others might be +awakened from their lethargy and attend at length our monthly +theological course the appointment of which they will find at the end of +this book, and learn that which is most needed for the support of the +true Republican, or what is the same, true Christian against the +monarchial cause.</p> + +<p>I have sent to speaker Banks a copy of the pamphlet, from the last page +of which I have quoted above some passages, on which page there is the +admirable correspondence of the governor and the legislature of Ohio +with his election for speaker. But I think, that other trifling business +did hinder Mr. Banks' comprehending wonders and signs contained in that +pamphlet, and that he did not study it so deep as to comprehend the +correspondence of the contents of the last page of said pamphlet with +his election for speaker on the same day on which I wrote that page. In +this book is no room to explain the language by numbers; but we may +generally observe, that the election took place under the spell of the +Papel Imperial Royal spirits; and it was said, that it did not happen, +till a Roman catholic priest came into the House of Representatives and +performed his prayer. Whether that report was true or not, is is not my +business to investigate; but it is true, that the spell was taken away, +when I in my application to the governor and the legislature of Ohio +wrote on the last page of the above quoted pamphlet: "You are requested +to cast so many copies of this pamphlet in the Cabinet and Congress of +Washington, and also into the legislature of each State, as are required +to kindle a great light everywhere." Reference is made to the +"Candle-mass," as the feast of the 2d February is called. It is Mary's +purification and Christ's presentation in the temple; and that our +reference to the casting of votes for the speaker in the House of the +United States destroyed the spell and they agreed at length in the +prophetical name Banks, with which there was already great trouble, and +the greater troubles will follow the longer nations delay to apply our +remedies against the manifold enormous evils with which nations are +harrassed and ruined. I made some acquaintance with Governor Banks after +my last arrival in Boston in Nov. 1858. I found proper to write to him a +lengthy letter in which I assured him, that if he would become a great +supporter of the true Republican cause, he would need[Q] some private +lessons to know what happened in our age for the introduction of the +universal Republic of Harmony and Peace; because without that knowledge +he in the present course of the Republican Party would contribute his +share not for Peace, but for revolutions and war. I offered in that +letter to give him some private lessons in his house, if he would wish +to receive them regarding our message of Peace and the credentials of +our mission, and I added, that in that season of short days and long +nights there would be at candle-light good opportunity for our lessons. +I went then to his house in Waltham, several miles from Boston. But on +that evening he had not yet returned from his office, and I was +informed, that on the next morning would be the best chance to speak +with him. I then went there but he had not much time to speak, because +he had to go to his office, and he invited me to see him in his office. +From that circumstance I concluded, that he did not keep in mind the +contents of my letter in which I assured him, that his office would not +be the proper place for our lessons, but that the night hours in his +house would suit best for our lessons; but then there was no time to +expostulate with him on this point. I started then for New Hampshire, +and at my return to Boston I wrote to him again, that I intended to see +him again, but not in his office which would not be the proper place for +our lessons, but in his house, that if he would be desirous to receive +lessons I would remain for some days in his village and give to him +lessons at candle-light. I came then to his village, and prepared one of +his acquaintances, a zealous spiritualist who appeared to comprehend +easier than other spiritualists! that Presidents, Governors and other +officers cannot save this Republic from the grasp of monarchs except by +the use of the spiritual weapons which are concentrated in my writings +for the commencement of the promised New Era and that Governor Banks to +use his influence for Harmony and Peace of all nations, had to take +lessons from me. When I thought, that the spiritualist partly by hearing +me partly by reading one of my pamphlets had understood the matter so +far as necessary to move the Governor to accept my proposition, he went +to see Governor Banks. But he returned with the message, that the +Governor had started for Hartford.</p> + +<p>I could not stay longer in Waltham and understood from this circumstance +that Governor Banks was not the officer, who would commence to open the +door at the government for commencing the New Era. I thought that if he +would comprehend our message, by his instrumentality the Legislature of +Massachusetts and by their instrumentality the Congress of the United +States might be moved for using our spiritual weapons against the +anti-Republican powers, I heard in November 1858, in the night before +the election of the Governor and the congress members Governor Banks +deliver his speech in Chelsea City. He affirmed that he did not speak +for himself but for his friend Burlingame, that he might be re-elected +for Congress. I heard this same Burlingame haranguing against Buchanan +and for Fremont during the last Presidential campaign, and understood +that his speech was nothing else but a heap of "burly games." Mark well, +that in our meetings with remarkable persons, names are expressive, but +sometimes their signification is so hidden, that some letter is to be +changed, to be understood. The great heap of burly games spread in +newspapers and in public speeches against Buchanan instead of studying +our message of Peace and communicating it to President Buchanan to save +the country, prove nothing else except that this degraded generation are +preparing the way to such a tyranny as will destroy the largest part and +chain the remnant of the people in such a manner that no word will be +heard against the cruelty and tyranny which will keep them in slavery, +if they do not sooner open their eyes and make use of our message of +Peace. I thought[R], that if Governor Banks would be converted, he would +convert also his friend Burlingame and act through him in the congress. +I came after that in Boston, to the office of Governor Banks to see him +there; but I was told, that he was expected to be in half an hour in +the office. But instead of waiting at, or returning to the office, I was +told by my leader, that I had accomplished my mission in the State of +Massachusetts and was carried directly to other States.</p> + +<p>Wonders and signs which have been given in Boston and Chelsea City near +Boston at that my visit there, are spoken of in the following treatise. +But before we finish this treatise, we should mention somewhat regarding +the Governor of New York in connexion with the Governors of Ohio and +Massachussetts. We do not take any interest in the campaign for +officers, except when we are directed by our leaders to give in this way +a great lesson to nations: as it was the case in the first treatise of +this book.</p> + +<p>While I intended in Summer, 1858, to start from Philadelphia for the +West, I was directed by my leaders to New York. I arrived the same hour +in the City of New York, in which the laying of the Atlantic Cable had +been accomplished, and while spiritualists were rejoicing in a public +meeting at the success, in the supposition that the success was certain +and that it was a great blessing for the United States, I explained in +that meeting, that the success would be a great scourge for this +country, if people would not receive our message of Peace and convert +monarchs into true Republicans. My explanation was then confirmed by +signs. After the exchange of President Buchanan's message with the +message of Queen Victoria the use of the Atlantic Telegraph has been +suspended by invisible agency, and while the City of New York, the great +Babylon of the United States, was celebrating the first time the success +of the Atlantic Telegraph, the tower, the cupola and so much of the +interior of the building of the City Hall was destroyed, as could be +reached by fire. And at the second solemn celebration of the success of +the Atlantic Telegraph the whole Quarantine with numerous buildings was +destroyed by fire. The materialistic spectators who looked only on the +surface, were not aware of the interior agency. But in connexion with +these warning fires other signs were given testifying also in this +connexsion of matters the subjugation of this country by Papal Imperial +Royal or Monarchial spirits, while citizens of the United States are not +yet aware of. I wrote a peculiar treatise on those signs, which will be +published in due time. There was a coalescence of strange +correspondences, While the Queen of England was celebrating with Emperor +Napoleon the tremendous naval exhibition at Cobourgh, for the +subjugation of the world by monarchs, the laying of the Atlantic +Telegraph was accomplished and the President of the United States +exchanged the message with the Queen; and the destroying fires +accompanied the celebration of its success, till at length also the +Crystal Palace was consumed by fire; and the spirits who are subject to +Popish prelates and monks, announced the "Philanthropic Convention in +Utica," and the Archbishop of New-York laid the corner stone to his new +cathedral by the assistance of six suffragan bishops. All these in +connexion with other memorable events happened according to the spirit +language of the prophetical calendar, and I was directed to perform +corresponding memorable actions which are explained in this treatise, +and amongst those actions here I mention the trial of the three +candidates for the Governor's office of the State of New-York. I have +already remarked, that I wrote to Hon. Gerrit Smith after he had been +proclaimed candidate by his party. But when he was not ready to become +messenger of the New Era, I wrote then two lengthy articles, one to be +used by Judge Parker, the Democratic candidate, if he would receive our +message, and another to be used by the merchant Morgan, the candidate of +the Republican Party. I do not belong to any party, and I had only to +try spirits of the candidates for Governor in the State in which is the +concentration of all monarchial speculations, against which and for the +true Republican cause only that Governor could act with power, who would +have so much understanding in spiritual things as to comprehend the +substance of our message and of the credentials of our mission. Such a +man would be a blessing not only for his State, but for the whole +country. Both my articles have been written in a manner, that only that +Candidate could make use of the article prepared for his use, who would +be convinced of our mission, which I intended to explain to him +privately, if he would take an interest in my article.</p> + +<p>Here follows only a synopsis of our trials of spirits at the two +candidates, to wit, the Democratic and the Republican for the office of +Governor in the State of New York.</p> + +<p>According to the direction of our leaders I paid first my personal visit +to Judge Parker of Albany, Democratic Candidate. He appointed a certain +time for an interview in which he would be ready to read my writing and +hear what I had to say. But when I would return at the appointed time, +my leader interfered and said, that I had to try the spirits of merchant +Morgan of the City of New York, Candidate of the Republican Party. +Morgan appeared to be shrewd as I supposed him to be; because otherwise, +having commenced in poverty he would not have become a rich merchant. +When I mentioned my business with him, he replied that he had a +business, which he must attend in the city, and that his clerk who was +in that room, would settle my business with him; and he left the room. +Then I talked with his young clerk and mentioned my former charges and +my present charge, as far as he may have been able to bear, and that I +had with me a document which I had prepared for that campaign. I added, +that whereas I belong to no party, that candidate would be most +qualified for the Governor's office, who would comprehend my document +and make use of it. The clerk insisted, that I should go with my +document to the editors of the Tribune. But I replied, that my document +was not prepared for the Tribune, but to be studied and used by the +candidate himself. But the clerk remarked, that Mr. Morgan would not +have time to study it. And I said, that if Mr. Morgan would not have +time, I would go to Judge Parker; and I assured the Clerk, that if Judge +Parker would have time to study my document and to make use of it, he +would certainly become Governor. Then the clerk was moved, that he +appointed the hour of the next following day, in which I could speak +with Mr. Morgan. I came at the appointed hour; but Mr. Morgan spoke with +another man, and when he saw me, he went with his man in an other room. +In the mean time the clerk insisted, that I should go with my document +to the editors of the Tribune. I did not leave directly the room but was +waiting till Mr. Morgan dispatched his man. Then without speaking with +me a word he went to other business.</p> + +<p>After that my experience I thought that in our dealings with material +men we must be provided with very tangeable arguments. I made shortly +before that trial acquaintance with a stubborn materialist in the City +of New York. He had great influence upon people of certan classes, and +had all his trust in weapons of iron to put down monarchs. I found him +accessible at the point of human magnetism and convinced him by degrees +so far, that he confessed that the weapons of the spirit were the right +weapons to overcome the monarchial powers. He was, when I made +acquaintance with him, running against Judge Parker. But I came after my +trial of Mr. Morgan to him, showing that Judge Parker was amongst the +three candidates the man who if he would comprehend our message of +Peace, would work powerfully for the true Republican cause. During my +explanation he was inspired to do all in his power for Judge Parker's +election, if the Judge should settle matters with me and pay the +expenses for what was to be published in German and in English circulars +from each position separately, to be put in circulation in all +directions of the State of New-York. That man gave me then in writing +the promise to excercise all his influence for Judge Parker's election, +if the Judge settles with me the matter.</p> + +<p>It is to be repeated, that I according to my mission, am working not for +any pay or reward, but only for the great cause of my mission, satisfied +with simple food and raiment, which I get when needed, from those who +understand that I am working without pay for the great community of +mankind. The man who gave me the above mentioned written promise gave me +also money to pay my fare from New-York to Albany. I arrived there on a +Sunday morning, which was the best time for trying Judge Parker's +spirit. I explained to him briefly the reasons why I could not come at +the appointed time, without mentioning the invisible direction; because +I supposed that the Judge was not yet prepared to comprehend spiritual +things. But I insisted, that he, to secure his election, had to spend +that Sunday in studying my writings instead of going to church; for he +mentioned that I did not come the proper time to him, because he was +preparing to go in the church. I showed to him the title page of my +pamphlet; "Redemption of oppressed humanity! Christ's manifestation by +his messengers for the Abolition of all kinds of Popery." On that page +not only my former offices in Babylon are expressed, but also my present +office is mentioned, by virtue of, which I represent the messengers by +whom the promised New Era will be introduced. If he had read the title +page on which the substance of our message is concentrated and our +mission is expressed, with such attention as to comprehend it and to +reflect upon it, he could have understood, that to spend that Sunday +with me was exceedingly more important than to attend his sectarian +church. I repeated that to study my documents on that Sunday was most +important for him.</p> + +<p>Two things seemed to deter him from receiving my advice. In the first +place he saw on the title page, that I, after having been eighteen years +Roman Catholic Priest, appeared in public for the abolition of all kinds +of Popery. He may have been afraid to scare Roman Catholics from voting +for him, if he would be in any connexion with me. I found not proper to +explain, that what I intended to publish in behalf of his election, +would not scare but strengthen Roman Catholics to vote for him, but +would scare many Republicans and Abolitionists to vote for their +candidates and would draw them to him. In the second place he seemed to +have been in the same opinion in which I found Democratic editors of +newspapers, who told me expressly that they were certain, that their +candidate would be Governor. When I found him not ready to study my +document on Sunday instead of going into his sectarian church, I did not +show him the writing of the champion who was determined to act under the +above mentioned condition for Judge Parker's election, but I reported +directly to that champion that which happened at my trial of Judge +Parker's spirits and I started straightways for the States of New +England.</p> + +<p>Attentive readers of this treatise do comprehend, why in the cloud of +witnesses of our mission amongst the men and women of the so called +Republican Party I selected the three acting Governors, Hon. Chase of +Ohio, Banks of Mass, and Hon. Morgan of New York. They appear, because +they are Headmen of the three most dangerous States to the true +Republican cause. Those are the principal States from which there is +spread also into other States much zeal for freedom of nations without +knowledge of the means for the true freedom. This their zeal instead of +promoting the true Republican cause is promoting the cause of monarchs +and ruining this country. I could write much in connexion with these +three Governors for a warning example to all Governors and all other +officers; but these few hints may suffice, that all might know the +necessity to study our message of Peace, to promote in their offices the +true Democratic or true Republican cause and establish Peace on the +whole globe. There is a general hue raised by Republicans, that there is +great corruption at the Federal Government. There is in all parties and +sects a general and exceedingly great corruption; and we must repeat, +that those political and ecclesiastical heads who belong to the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans, are the principal cause of the +horrible degradation and corruption, by which this country is ruined; +because since the time in which I commenced to urge the American nation +by English addresses and publications, my principal applications were +especially to those who profess to belong to the parties of Republicans +and Abolitionists. If they had studied our message of Peace and had +applied the remedy which is comprehended in it against all kinds of +degradation and corruption, we would have seen several years ago the +fruits of our work. But when they in their degradation and corruption, +instead of having received our message of Peace, did all in their power +to stop it, as I have shown, instead of hundreds of instances of our +experience only by the remarkable specimen of the Utica Philanthropic +Convention, they are to be regarded as the principal cause of such awful +warnings, as a specimen was given on Sunday Sexagesima, February 27th +1859, on the President's Square of Washington by the executive power of +our leader who has <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv:14 a sickle in his hand, and will make use +of "sickles" to sweep away the scoundrels and corruptors of females. +Their abominations will come to day-light in this "Judgment +Dispensation," when the criminals will least expect. The farther you +proceed in reading and understanding this book, the more light you will +receive in regard to the inner life of man and to the world of spirits, +to know the secret enemies of true Republicanism, and how to stop the +degradation and corruption, by which Republic is destroyed and monarchy +or tyranny is established.</p> + +<p>We have selected in the first treatise such facts as should inspire +every reader and especially Democrats for co-operation with us, and the +facts made public in this treatise, should move especially the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans. We will see, whether President +Buchanan's friends or the heads of his opposition will hear sooner the +voice of our master made manifest by our mediumship for Harmony and +Peace of all nations, and awaken not only the Government of the United +States but also other governments from their lethargy.</p> + +<p>Human degradation and corruption having been sheltered under the cloak +of virtue, and under the specious name of "Free Love" careless males and +female having been ruined in body and soul, peculiar opportunity was +given us to close this treatise with a brief report on "a treatise on +the second coming of Christ. By John H. Noyes, Putney, Vt. 1840," +because that treatise was handed to me on this 19th day of March, while +I am travelling through Cumberland County, Pa. and by what happened at +the reception of that treatise I was aware, that a brief report would +suit best for closing this our treatise. On the 29th page of that +treatise we read; "Now Swedenborg preached that the second coming of +Christ took place in 1757, and that he was himself an eye witness of the +transaction. Ann Lee, the mother of the Shakers, preached that the +second coming took place in 1770, and that Christ made his appearance +in her person. Many similar proclamations have been made from time to +time, along the whole period of Christian history, and especially since +the Reformation. The latest of this fashion that has come to our notice, +is Professor Andreas Bernardus Smolnikar, who teaches that Christ +appeared in 1836, and appointed him 'Ambassador Extraordinary'" (Mr. +Noyes quotes as his authority "Signs of the times," No. 12. p. 95. Then +he continues his tale as follows:) "of all these we may say fearlessly, +as Paul says, 'though they be Angels from Heaven, let them be accursed' +they have denied the word of God--together with these, another class of +visionaries and impostors, less presumptuous, but equally foolish, may +be noticed. We refer to those who either by pretended revelation, or by +interpretation, have undertaken, from time to time within the last few +centuries, to prophesy of the near approach of the second advent. The +latest and most notable specimen of this class, is William Miller, who +at this time, is confidently proclaiming, 1843 is the appointed year of +the second coming."</p> + +<p>I would not have noticed "Noyes's treaties," if it had not been +unexpectedly handed to me, when I came, while I thought I was going into +the house of a man with whom I was acquainted, to his brother whom I did +not know until yesterday, when I came against my expectation to him. He +commenced to tell that he had a pamphlet in which Mr. Noyes speaks about +me. Then he has shown the above quoted passage in Noyes's pamphlet. But +I did not yet think to take notice of it, till at length he has brought +this morning the pamphlet to his brother-in-law, with whom I stopped +last night, and I found proper to quote the passage and to write this +edition for the conclusion of this treatise. But the quoted passage is +in such connexions and correspondences, that in a new large treatise I +could not explain them. Here we can report only the following items.</p> + +<p>In the year 1840, on Easter Saturday, my third German volume of +"memorable events" issued from the press. Those three volumes exhibit +the "magnetic chain" of events to bind the dragon or serpant, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction, who inspires such +"extraordinary ambassadors", as John H. Noyse is. That he belongs to +those deceivers who have deluded those who belong to the Anti-slavery +and Republican Parties, and are opposed to our message of Peace, is +evident by the circumstance, that I commenced this treatise with the +three angels or ambassadors or messengers of the 14th chapter of the +<span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span>, the 3d amongst whom commences his message in the 9th verse of +that chapter. I mentioned that each of those angels or messengers +represents a body or society of messengers, and that Dr. Bengel has +pointed out in the first part of the last century, that Christ will be +made manifest about the year 1836; but that neither Dr. Bengel nor any +other man did know the manner in which he was to be made manifest, till +it was disclosed by the 3d Angel <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xiv: 9, or the representative of +angels or ambassadors or messengers by whom the contents of the prophecy +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be fulfilled. Interpreters did not understand many +other things nor those verses till they may read their explanation in my +above quoted three German volumes. I do not recollect, how I did entitle +that my address; but it did not contain 95 pages nor was it published in +several numbers, so that I did not know what those "signs of the times" +were, to which Noyse has reference, except that Joshuah Himes, the head +of the Millerite imposition was publishing at that time a paper, +entitled "Signs of the Times," and since he announced, that he would +publish also such views regarding Christ's coming, which were not in +accordance with the views of his sect, I expected to open the door to +the circulation of our message of Peace through that paper. I wrote +therefore a preparatory article, in which I touched only such matters as +that sect of adventurists could bear. And that my article was published +in that paper. But when I offered the second article which touched +nearer the Millerites' absurdities and follies, expecting Christ on the +clouds and other paraphernalia, he refused to publish it, and is yet +deceiving his disciples, although in the year 1840 opportunity was given +to Millerites, to come out from their dreadful delusion. Whether Joshuah +Himes was the first who misrepresented in so dreadful a manner our +message[S], or Noyse perverted what the other deceiver published, they +may decide; because the other is also a dreadful deceiver, who had +opportunity to communicate to his readers our disclosures concerning +Christ's Coming, but he refused to publish our article. But to the +conclusion of this treatise Noyse belongs.</p> + +<p>On the 5th of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock P.M. I received from a +Heavenly messenger the order to prepare for starting to America. But at +that time I did not know more than that in this country preparations +were to be made for establishing the promised peaceable reign of Christ +on earth. But my extraordinary mission commenced to be made manifest +after the events which happened A.D. 1838 in connexion with my mission +and which are explained in my above mentioned three German volumes. +Instead of having studied those volumes and then reported accordingly, +there came such ambassadors of darkness as we have here a specimen of +John H. Noyse. Greater impudence could not be expected than to write +about me without having studied my books in which I have published what +should have been translated from the German also In other languages. In +the third volume it is shown, where Swedenborg, Wm. Miller and others +stand, who wrote before me on the second Coming of Christ. But before I +undertook to write about their standing, I read their books; then I have +shown, how parties and sects, each in their own way have given testimony +to our mission. The principal of those parties have been mentioned in my +third volume, which was published A.D. 1840. But John H. Noyse and his +sect were not at that time so famous as to having been brought to my +notice. At length a "noise" of his existence came to me in the following +manner:</p> + +<p>About the year 1844, while I had business in New York. Theophilus Gates +came to me after having read an address of mine in which I urged readers +to co-operate for establishing a centre of our work. T. Gates spoke +about a certain point persuading me to adopt it for a sure success in +establishing our centre. I said, that I did not know, whether I +understood him correctly or not. Therefore I would read if he had +published anything on that subject and then I would talk with him about +it. Then he brought to me his pamphlet, entitled: "the Battle Axe," in +which he endeavored to prove "the free love doctrine" by the Bible as +well as by authorities of this time. His greatest authority was a letter +of this same John H. Noyse.</p> + +<p>I gave a great lesson to Th. Gates who was ruining people by his +infernal doctrine; but he did not digest my lesson. Then I made +acquaintance with some John H. Noyse's disciples and asked them, how +their leader became so blind as to support the damnable doctrine which +opens the door to all kinds of lasciviousness, adultery and fornication, +which ruins people and is diametrically opposed to the spirit of the New +Testament. His disciples said, that he wrote that letter in a haste, and +that it was published against his intention, and that he retracted his +view expressed in that letter. Then I attended a meeting of +Perfectionists in Newark, N.J. Some of them were with Noyse, others were +against his supporting the Free Love doctrine. I addressed the audience. +Then I was invited to dinner by a Perfectionist who did not belong to +Noyse's Party. I was asked by my host, whether I did read or not, what +appeared shortly before that in Noyse's "Perfectionist" against me. +After my negative answer he gave me the number containing Noyse's +article against me. I took it to the meeting which was appointed on the +same Sunday afternoon and read that article at the meeting and explained +Noyse's misrepresentations of the contents of my article to which +reference was made in Noyse's article, and remarked that it was +possible, that Mr. Noyse did not make purposely but only in haste those +misrepresentations, and that in the case that he is a friend of Truth, +he would retract what he had published misrepresenting my statements. I +added, that in this case I would like to see him and converse personally +with him about the matter. One of his disciples said that Noyse was a +man ready to receive truth, and that he wished to go with me to Mr. +Noyse and to bear travelling expenses. We started and took also another +friend of Mr. Noyse with us. At our arrival we were cordially received, +till Mr. Noyse heard my name. At that moment he was entirely changed, +took his friends into his room, while I remained on the porch. He spoke +with them so loud, that I heard every word, while he reproached to them, +that they took me with them. It was nearly dinner time, and I found +proper not to speak about our case, till we would be together in his +Printing Office. It happened soon after dinner. I said that those who +were present, were Mr. Noyse's friends, but that I expected, that they +were for truth, and that also Noyse will correct the errors and +misrepresentations which he has published regarding my mission and +regarding my statements in my article, to which he had reference in his +article. But Mr. Noyse pertinaciously denied to have misrepresented my +statements. I had in my pocket the number of the paper containing my +article and that number of the Perfectionist in which my publication has +been misrepresented. I read corresponding passages from both, and asked +the witnesses, whether Noyse's report contained the same sense as my +report. All his friends remained silent; but he continued to be +obdurate, and repeated in the most impudent manner, that he did not +misrepresent my statements. I did know nothing until yesterday about his +having misrepresented as early as 1840 my doctrine regarding Christ's +coming and slandered and calumniated me already in that year. And when I +met four or five years after that personally with him in his Printing +Office about our business, he appeared as the most stubborn infallible +Pope, affirming with the most impudent affront, that what he published +against me, was true. But some bystanders commenced to cry: "Snake! +snake! snake!" pointing out of the door of the Printing Office in a +distance from the door to see what it was. There was a very large snake +marching from a distance directly towards us and towards the door of the +Printing Office, and went, in spite of the men gazing it, under the +threshold, and sheltered its self under the floor of the Printing +Office. It was most singular, that the devil, that means calumniator, by +whom the snake was possessed, magnetized so the witnesses, that none of +them took an instrument to kill the snake, although he could have easily +reached one for this purpose in the Printing Office. After having been +all so baffled, I said to Mr. Noyse, that the snake or the dragon is the +Holy Ghost who comes from the depth of his Printing Office and inspires +his readers with such infernal delusion, as appeared in his +"Perfectionist" against my mission, and I left directly his place.</p> + +<p>The man who has brought me to Mr. Noyse, left soon after that spectacle +his own wife, a good natured woman, and went with another "Lady" to +unknown regions. And Noyse left, not long after that that place, and +founded in the State of New York, the Oneida community, in which his +followers professed publicly and published their Free Love doctrine, and +put it in practice in that community and elsewhere, when they had +opportunity to deceive and ruin the incautious, abusing the Bible in the +most horrible manner and anathematizing the true messengers of God. Such +imposters must also give testimony to our mission in a manner convenient +to their position, as I have given at the close of this treatise some +hints, although I could write a volume of memorable events connected +with John H. Noyse's "Perfectionist" and confirming the given hints. But +this treatise being already weighty, we do not need to add an +explanation, why our leaders were pleased to furnish Noyse's pamphlet to +give occasion to these solemn warnings with which we close this +treatise, which should be thankfully received from our directors by all +parties and especially by Abolitionists and Republicans and by all kinds +of Perfectionists and Spiritualists of the last fashion, who are by the +abomination, called Free Love, so stupified, that they cannot comprehend +our message, although they pretend to be Reformers. But those who will +become true Reformers, must come on our ground according to the plan +made public in the last treatise of this book by your sincere brother +Andrew B. Smolnikar, "extraordinary Ambassador" for the introduction of +the New Era of Harmony and Peace.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch3"> +<h2>Third Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + "The War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" in connexion with + our Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria, to be communicated to the + Emperors of Austria and France for the resurrection of the mortals + as well as their departed friends from their misery and distress + into the state of true happiness. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>Instead of the treatise which was prepared to occupy this place in this +book, we write on the 4th day of July, 1859, a New Treatise, while +others are keeping the shadow for reality, rejoicing in companies and +filling my ears with explosions of crackers and thunders of guns and my +nostrils with the most disagreeable smell of gun powder, while I am +mourning in my solitude in the midst of hundreds of thousands of people +of the City of New York and neighbourhood, because they would not +receive our message of peace and learn how to bring forth fruits of the +true liberty of nations. This treatise was occasioned by the book "The +War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" written by J. H. Duganne, +and published a few days ago by R. M. DeWitt, Nassau St., No. 60, New +York. I mention it here, because it contains a collection of facts and +events, by the perusal of which any body, if he reflects upon what he +reads, may be aware of what we continuously repeat, that people and +their political and ecclesiastical governments have apostatized from +Truth and Justice, and cannot establish the promised peace, except +according to the plan which is given in the fifth or last treatise of +this book. The causes of Revolutions and Wars and manifold other plagues +are contained in the apostasy of men from Truth and Righteousness. This +apostasy brings mortal men into the association with departed deluding +and destroying spirits, as you know, if you have comprehended the +preceding treatises, and you will receive the more proof of this +important truth, the farther you will proceed in studying this book. +Mortal men are in close connexion with congenial departed spirits. The +life of man in his mortal body is a manifestation of influence from the +sphere of spirits, for whose society he is prepared. By them he is moved +and supported for action; they influence those who are congenial with +them. But men, if they are not versed in the inner life, are not aware +of this influence; although this is the first and most necessary +knowledge for the abolition of revolutions and wars and manifold other +plagues, which originate from the influence of destroying spirits, who +themselves may be so ignorant, that the magnetic fluid which they +communicate to men is pestilential, as a man who is infected with one or +the other kind of plague, may be ignorant of his dreadful condition, and +of the fact that he infects also others who, in their ignorance of +matters, are united with his deleterious condition. If, for instance, +the Emperors of Austria and France, and their Generals and other +Officers, and all who sympathize with one or the other, and contribute +their share for the destruction of the enemy, would know the proper +condition of spirits with whom they are associated and by whom they are +inspired in their destructive work, they would be exceedingly +frightened, and would cry: "What shall we do to be saved?"</p> + +<p>Many years before I knew anything about my present mission, I was aware +by comparing the reports of the Bible with the reports of other ancient +and modern works and with our own experience in regard to the spirit +world, that angels and demons in the Bible are departed men and women of +different high and low spheres, made manifest to men in mortal bodies, +when there was suitable to give to men tangible testimonies, that +mortals are in close connexion with departed congenial spirits. The +legion, for instance, in the fifth chapter of Mark, is a legion or +regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle. The captain +and his legion had the grave or the cave in which dead bodies were +located, for a suitable location to their degraded condition; and the +magnetic fluid, which they inhaled into their inner or magnetic bodies +which are used by spirits, came from the decomposed and rotten cadavers, +and was the most delicious influence which they could communicate to +their worshipers, and their captain has shewn his terrible madness by +the attacks upon his medium, while he was compelled to make manifest, +what he really was. But when he was not compelled to show his real +condition, he was deceiving in like manner, as now departed Emperors, +Kings, Generals and other warlike spirits are deceiving, till they +bring their worshippers on the battlefield, where they effect such +carnages, as we read now many reports in newspapers. In this madness the +victors and their bishops and priests are feasting and singing "Te +Deum," while the defeated are praying for the reverse, and neither party +are prepared to reflect upon the crimes which they have committed by +having killed their fellow men, who should have been educated and should +have progressed in knowledge of truth and practice of virtue as long as +their constitutions by applying the right means for the support of their +physical strength and health, would have admitted. But alas! they have +been wantonly killed, when they were least prepared for Heaven and best +disposed for the infernal regions! And others have been mangled and +wounded, so that they are crippled for all their lifetime and also +hindered in the right use of their intellectual and moral faculties. And +all who were drilled for war, were instead of progressing in virtue, +retrogressing into corruption. Volumes could be written on this point of +the deepest humiliation of the human race. Which are "the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe?" The book which occasioned this +treatise, contains a series of most detestable facts and proceedings as +forerunners of the eruption of the volcanoes of the infernal furies +which are destroying now in the wholesale human life and property; +because governments and nations are not in truth, but in delusion and +confusion, the necessary consequence of which is destruction. Truth will +make you free. This is the teaching of the master whose religion the +belligerent parties profess with words, while their actions are +instigated by the infernal furies. Also this book contains +superabundance of testimonies of our mission, which is expressed on the +title page. In my five German volumes published within the years 1838 +and 1842, the mystery of iniquity of all governments which profess to be +christian governments, has been disclosed, and their highest duty has +been made evident to abolish those abominations and to unite with us for +the introduction of Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic +of Truth and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole globe. In those +volumes as well as in all my following publications it is made evident +that Peace can never be established on the globe in the present course +of political and ecclesiastical affairs, and that, what they call peace, +is only an armistice, during which the dragon and his host are inspiring +the governments to amass means for new eruptions of revolutions and +wars. The book which occasioned this treatise, contains a collection of +testimonies confirming and illustrating our teaching, that true peace +cannot be established, till governments and nations arrive on our +ground. If the Emperor of Austria would evacuate this moment all places +which he occupies in Italy, and if the Emperor of France and his allies +would have in sincerity no other object in view, but the only one to +make Italy perfectly free, I mean to make Italy a true Republic, and +would sacrifice all their strength and influence to this only object, +they could not realize their object, till they would learn and receive +our message of Peace and adopt the plan given in this book for the +introduction of the promised New Era. As long as they neglect to do +this, they remain under the influence of deluding and destroying +spirits. But these their masters are so controlled by our leaders, that +when the measure of crimes of governments and nations is again and again +filled, new eruptions of destructive revolutions and wars take place on +such days and under such circumstances, that by our explanations of +correspondences they become peculiar warnings; as we have already given +specimens of this kind also in this book; and many more will be given on +suitable places of the following pages. Readers should not forget that +we are preparing them for the Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria.</p> + +<p>Before we commence to translate that epistle, we must give a brief +epitome of the contents of the treatise, which was to be printed in lieu +of this treatise, and to which reference has been made in the preceding +treatise, and we must write on this 4th of July, 1859 in the midst of +great noise and continuous cracking and thunder of guns and so much +smell of powder, that it becomes very tedious. This morning it appeared +in newspapers, that Samuel Jackson's pyrotechnical establishment on 10th +and Reed Streets in Philadelphia was yesterday afternoon destroyed by +the explosion of fireworks, which were prepared for the exhibition on +this day; but they yesterday burned Mr. Beck to death. We mention this +case, because we saw it besides many other cases amongst the news of +this day, and this Jackson is one of the many strong mediums of +destroying spirits whom we endeavored many years ago to deliver from +those spirits; but they continue to prepare tremendous fireworks. In the +octava of the outbreak of the infernal furies in the French Revolution +of February, 1848, spirits commenced to awaken materialists by raps +through the Fox Girls in the vicinity of Rochester of this State of +New-York. They became at length generally known as Rochester Rapping +Spirits; because in the City of Rochester people first commenced to +assemble in large numbers and hear those rappings, or also carefully to +investigate, whether those raps came, as they purported, from spirits or +from some other cause. As soon as I read in newspapers the reports of +those manifestations, I understood the correspondences and also, why our +leaders let the infernal powers exhibit their craft in this manner. +Deluding and destroying spirits from the same spheres from which they +have inspired their fighting mediums in Europe, commenced to give +testimony in this country that there is truly such a relation between +the living in the mortal bodies and the departed as has been disclosed +in our publications, and at the same time also to show how they were +duping and deluding such as would not hear our explanations regarding +the true condition of spirits, but were quite pleasing with the answers +which they received through the daughters of Mr. Fox and other mediums +who commenced then to be developed in large numbers, that is, deluding +and destroying spirits or infernal demons shewed by manifold perceivable +possessions, that they were closely attached to congenial men and women. +I made use of that opportunity and assured citizens of the United +States, that rapping spirits would be dreadful destroying spirits also +in this country, if their operations will not be stopped by the +application of the means which are comprehended in our message of Peace. +But I did not try those spirits in circles of spiritualists, till I +received order from my leaders to do so. Opportunity was given in +Pittsburgh, Pa. by the reports published in some English and German +newspapers regarding the mediumship of Christina Beil, (as the name of +that medium of German parents is correctly written, but English +reporters wrote it Beail, although it is the German Beil, that means a +hatchet or axe)[T]. Her mediumship aroused a general attention, and +while crowds of attendants were convinced that raps by which questions +were answered, were produced by spirits, sceptics denied it, and Mrs. +Swisshelm published in her "Saturday Visitor" the results of her +investigations of spirit rappers at Christina Beil's mediumship. She +thought, that raps must have been produced by some trick of one or the +other mortal, although she was not able to discover the trick. The same +confession was made in German newspapers by a German Lutheran Pastor. +The excitement moved a skilful German chemist who was also a strong +materialist, to investigate the matter in the expectation that he might +find out the trick. But he was sincere and confessed, that raps +purporting to come from spirits, were produced by beings who understood +the questions. But under the circumstances of his investigations they +could not be produced by mortal men, and must have been produced by +invisible agents.</p> + +<p>A few days before my reading of those reports, a rapping spirit had been +shown to me in an extraordinary manner, to relate which in this epitome +there is no room. But by that manifestation I was instructed, that I +should try the rapping spirits of Christiana Beil in the presence of +sufficient witnesses. The same German learned chemist, and a German +Pastor of the Reformed Church and other witnesses were present, when I +tried the spirits of Christina Beil. Also that pastor belonged to that +school of theologians who send their departed into such an eternity, +from whence there is no return to mortal men. Such folly is according to +our knowledge of the condition of the departed most pitiful materialism +in disguise. But at our meeting with that medium in the house of her +mother, soon a number of rappers commenced to show by raps in a number +of places of the room, that they were ready to give answers to our +questions. The medium commenced to ask, and instantly all others became +silent, and the strongest amongst them gave answers with raps. To the +question with whom he wished to converse, the pastor was shown by strong +raps as the person with whom the spirit wished to converse, and he +signified by raps also that he was ready to give his name by pointing +out the letters of his name with raps. The pastor repeated the alphabet, +and was quite astonished, that the letters spelled the name of his +peculiar friend, a medical doctor and open materialist, who was +expressedly denying man's immortality while he was in his mortal body, +from which he departed a few months before that meeting. The pastor gave +a number of questions, and expected to get some answer, with which he +would be able to show, that such an answer could not come from that +doctor. But at length the pastor confessed, that by nobody else except +by that departed doctor he would expect all those answers which he had +received.</p> + +<p>When all was done which would convince the greatest sceptic, if he was +prepared to reflect upon the facts, I interfered and remarked, that +after having received sufficient testimony from that spirit, we wished +to converse with some other, if any is present. Soon raps were heard of +so different a sound from the former, that any observer could perceive +the exchange of spirits. The first gave answers to German questions; +therefore also the second was asked, whether he wished to converse in +German. He answered in the negative, and the medium was pointed out by +raps as the person with whom he wished to converse. Then English +questions were given and he consented to give his name. The alphabet was +repeated, till all the letters of his name were pointed out by raps. And +his name alarmed the medium exceedingly, that she commenced to cry, and +also all her acquaintances were very much excited. I asked the reason, +and was told, that that spirit was expected amongst the first when that +girl became a medium, but they had never any test that he was present, +and that they gave up all their hopes of getting any answer from him. +Therefore his manifestation was so unexpected, that it produced such an +effect upon the medium. I understood the whole matter. That spirit was +the principal guardian of that medium or she was principally possessed +by him, and he had rapped generally in the name of others, when the +inquirers were so congenial with the medium, that he could look into +their wishes. But he did not give his name, that he might not be +discovered as the deceiver who rapped in the name of others. At length I +came in the charge of my mission in March, 1851. I was acquainted +several years before that with that pastor and exhorted him to study my +books and then to proclaim our message of Peace. But my message was not +popular and it teaches, that the belief of the close connexion of men in +mortal bodies with congenial departed spirits is the A B C, to arrive +gradually to a deep knowledge of true religion and to the true freedom +and deliverance from lying destroying spirits. But pastors who became +materialists, were scared when they perceived, that my message +presupposes the close connexion with congenial departed. At length +mediums or possessed by departed spirits alarmed the materialistic +pastors. The mother of the medium belonged to the congregation of that +pastor and she invited that pastor to come and be a witness. My leaders +were controlling the legion of spirits, who came from different quarters +with their witnesses, and in those circumstances the medical doctor +Reitz, a peculiar friend of that pastor, was the strong rapper and the +next was the lying spirit who, when there was no stronger than he, +rapped in the name of others, till he was at length in our presence +compelled to give his name. After that remarkable trial of spirits, I +said to the pastor, that he should instruct the trustees of his church, +to give me permission to deliver some lectures in that church and to +explain that of which he was a witness, but which he could not +understand in the connexion of things, in which it must be understood +for the commencement of the New Era, which according to the testimonies +given in his congregation, should be powerfully proclaimed from his +church. But the pastor thought that his congregation were not prepared +for so deep things. Although I insisted, that I would make them very +popular in the German language, which was the language of his +congregation, and that it was his highest duty to make use of the +opportunity to learn what is most necessary for Harmony and Peace of +nations, he remained as obstinate as other Roman Catholic and Protestant +Pastors.</p> + +<p>Then I wrote an article for newspapers, in which I have shown what +should be generally known regarding the spirit manifestations which +commenced with raps by the mediumship of the Fox Girls to delude, as +cunning foxes are accustomed to delude, such as would not receive truth +which was disclosed in our message, and were discovered, when they were +tried according to our mission at the medium Christina Beil's, which, +means the Christian hatchet or the Christian axe, an instrument for +destruction, that they were deluding and destroying spirits, by whose +influence destruction of life and property will continue until it will +be stopped by receiving and spreading our message of Peace. That article +was prepared in English and in German; but editors who have spread +deceiving reports regarding spiritualism, refused to publish my article. +I sent it then to Boston, to be published there in a paper of +spiritualists. But it was not popular and could not be published. +Matters were to arrive so far as those will find them, who study and +comprehend this whole book.</p> + +<p>After that trial of spirits I returned several times to Pittsburgh and +paid always my visit to that learned chemist, who was converted from a +materialist into an enthusiastic spiritualist. He, like many others, was +expecting through his mediums to receive truth regarding the spirit +world. But he was offended, when I endeavored to make him comprehend, +that those spirits with whom he came in communication by his mediums, +were materialistic spirits who did not speak through his mediums from +the miserable condition of their inner life but from the surface of +their outward condition as they while in their mortal bodies were +accustomed to boast, and to cheat and delude their fellow men. In the +treatise which would have occupied this place, if I had net been moved +to prepare this for the celebration of the 4th of July, 1859, and its +octava, that people might commence to learn, how they could become +independent from the invisible and visible tyrants by whom they are now +enslaved, and inspired for revolutions, wars and other crimes, I have +explained some very important spirit manifestations at my meetings with +the learned chemist in Pittsburgh as preparations to the spirit +manifestations which took place at my last visit to the City of Boston +and neighborhood, and which constitute the principal part of that +treatise, the publication of the whole of which must be delayed, and we +give here in a synopsis as preparation to our Epistle to the Bishops of +Illyria, the following items:</p> + +<p>Boston is the City, in the cathedral Church of which by our mediumship +A.D. 1838, such, spirit manifestations took place, by which we have +received the key to open the door for the promised New Era of Harmony +and Peace on earth. We will give in the next following treatise of this +book some light on those manifestations. But when our disclosures on +those manifestations had not been received, at length spiritualism of +the last fashion gained a peculiar stronghold in Boston, although +materialism made great exertions to check also the modern fashion of +spiritualism. Since A.D. 1838 I returned several times to Boston, and +was trying to move some influential men or congregations for an +examination of our message and of the credentials of our mission. When I +arrived at the end of October, 1858, again in Boston I attended on the +next Sunday the conference of spiritualists, which was at that time on +Sundays usually held in Boston. As soon as they finished their +ceremonies by which their conference was opened, I found proper to speak +a little in my Illyrian mother tongue, to arouse the attention to what I +spoke then in English, and in the English language I rebuked +materialists and testified our mission to restore true spiritualism. +After my speech a medium arose, whom I did not know, but found out +afterwards, that he was Agent of the Fountain House, where spiritualists +had their resort and their speculations. He was rebuking a lecturer who +was opposed to spiritualism, and, as I understood from the rebuke, +misrepresenting facts, and came to that conference to expose +spiritualism from his materialistic position, denying any manifestation +from the departed. During that rebuke, for a proof, that spirits +manifest themselves, he invited that lecturer and other materialists to +a meeting, in which he offered to give an exact description of my mother +whom he affirmed to have seen standing on my side, while I was speaking +in the conference, and that although I was a perfect stranger to him, he +was certain that she was my mother, and that he would give an exact +description of her, so that he was confident, that I would confirm his +description. There were spiritualists in the Conference who knew me, +that I troubled them in the Utica Convention and elsewhere, and they +seemed not to be favorable to that proposition.</p> + +<p>On the next following Sunday I made again an attempt in said Conference +to find out, whether there was any influential person amongst them ready +to take an active interest in examining our message and the credentials +of our mission. I commenced to speak from the point which was mentioned +in the last conference by the medium testifying, that he saw my departed +mother standing in her glory on my side while I was speaking. But I made +the remark that I had two mothers in the spirit world, to wit, my first +mother by whom I was born, She had great care during her life for my +welfare, and having been a great medium of spirit manifestations before +her departure, always anxious to know truth and act accordingly, she +progressed with me also after her departure and became one of those my +guardians, who take care for my provisions and protection against +danger. In this her care she found a strong medium of spirit +manifestations, an aged lady who was looking for the third angel, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> +xiv:9, because according to the testimonies which she had received, she +was certain, that since A.D. 1836 he was preparing somewhat, and while +she was looking for him since that year in Europe, she was directed by +her guardian to America with the assurance that she would find him in +this country. At length she heard one of my German lectures and +comprehended, that I had the mission of the third angel. When she +commenced to testify this, my mother appeared to her and entrusted her +the care, which she herself had for me before her departure. My mother +was an Illyrian, but this new mother was a German. Whenever I had +opportunity to stop and write in her house, great spirit manifestations +occurred. At length also she departed and is acting amongst the women +who have amongst the departed peculiar offices for the introduction of +the New Era. When I mentioned in said Conference somewhat about these +matters and understood from the speeches of others that their spirits +were drawing the audience in other directions, I turned also to other +places, and tried besides others those professors at Cambridge, Mass. +who were appointed A.D. 1857 as a committee to investigate the physical +phenomena which were believed by some to have been caused by spirits, +while others attributed them to other causes, and those professors, +after having performed their investigations, published their opinion +that spirits had nothing to do with the phenomena which they had +investigated.</p> + +<p>When I read that publication, I saw that readers, by the authority of +those professors, were strengthened in materialism. Therefore, at my +return to Boston I felt it to be my duty to try to move those professors +of Cambridge from their materialism, I saw personally those three, who +belonged to the committee who have published their opinion regarding the +phenomena, called spirit manifestations, and also the fourth who did not +belong to the committee, but was the strongest operator to explode the +truth, that departed spirits are in close connexion with congenial +mortals, and that they, when circumstances are favorable and it agrees +with the Plan of Divine Government, give also to exterior senses of men +perceivable proofs of this connexion. I said to them, that A.D. 1838 +were greater spirit manifestations in the Roman Catholic Cathedral +Church of Boston by my mediumship and the mediumship of 144 witnesses, +than mortal men could expect. Whereas that catalogue of witnesses as +well as the events which happened in connexion with our proceedings, +have been published in my books, I could by the means of that catalogue +in a short time convince the professors of the great Truth of close +connexion and mutual influence between mortals and their congenial +departed, and by the public testimony of the professors the pernicious +influence of their report regarding the spiritual phenomena would be +abolished, and the way for the circulation of our message of Peace would +be opened. They should therefore appoint time and place to meet with me +for this most important investigation of what departed spirits are able +to effect through mortal men. With all my exertions to move the +professors they remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who +gave them opportunity to learn what is most important to correct the +pernicious effect of their report and to cease to brutalize their +students with their materialism. I started from Massachussets to New +Hampshire, because in that State besides other spirit manifestations in +Concord a Convention of those adventists was held, who besides other +blasphemies of the living God and his Christ teach also, that man dies +as a beast, but that when Christ comes on the clouds, he will awaken the +righteous from death, but the wicked will be eternally annihilated. As +all other pestilence which is spread in the Papal and in the Protestant +sects is supported by the use and abuse of the Bible, likewise also +these "annihilators" made their discoveries of the annihilation of the +wicked by the means of the Bible. They are spread through the country +and especially through the States of New England, and are only a branch +of the dreadful materialism which has brought the human beings so on the +surface of the matter, that they stifled the most needful knowledge +regarding the spirit world. I warned all sects of Adventists as well as +others, everywhere. At length I met in October, 1858, with a portion of +the Adventist annihilators in a Conference in Providence of Rhode +Island, and tried to convert them from their folly. But they were not +ready to hear facts and then reflect upon them with a sound reason, to +know man in his interior life.</p> + +<p>There are different sects of the Adventist annihilators; but that same +sect, with whom I met in Providence, have appointed for November, 1858, +a Convention in Concord N.H. The appointment contained a general +invitation, without confinement to their sect, and I thought that there +might be an opportunity for me to find some investigating minds who +would listen to our message of Peace. But when I commenced to speak in +their Convention, and their Popes saw that there was danger for their +spirit annihilation, they applied to the audience with their complaint, +that they found in Providence, that I did not believe in Christ's coming +on the clouds and annihilation of the wicked and am rather a kind of a +spiritualist. Therefore if I would remain I had to be silent, or I had +to leave the Hall. I replied, that in their circular was no confinement +to their sect, but their invitation contained exactly the opportunity +for the proclamation of our message. But the possessed Popes by spirits +of delusion and destruction became fierce and enraged, and I found best +to leave them in their hall. My leader showed me that I should return +towards Boston. At my return I was trying spirits on several places. It +is to be understood that volumes could be written, if I would explain +what I mention in this synopsis preparatory to my Epistle which I have +sent in my hand-writing to the Bishops in Illyria to be communicated to +the Emperors of Austria and France, and which is to be printed in this +treatise, that it might reach monarchs and their agents in this book, if +it should not have reached them in hand-writing. But the events which +occupy the largest portion of the treatise which would have appeared +here, if the celebration of the 4th of July had not moved me to write +and publish this in lieu of the other, may be expressed in this epitome +in the following sentences:</p> + +<p>During my travelling I am most time walking on foot. While I was walking +on foot from Linn, Mass. to Chelsea City, I found the tollgate keeper +standing without occupation on the turnpike, and asked him for a +direction to the strongest spiritualist in Chelsea City. He directed me +to a merchant. He was not at home, and I asked his clerk, to give me +directions to some other spiritualist. He put several on a paper, the +first of whom was Mr. Mansfield, and I was impressed to go to him. I was +quite a stranger and without asking about the occupation of this +Mansfield, I asked only for a direction to his house. When I found it, I +was told that Mansfield was at his office No. 3. Winter Street in +Boston. Without asking, what his occupation was, I came at length on the +3d of December, 1858, into his office. When I was in his office, the +portraits of the dead drawn by some entranced medium with whom I was +personally acquainted, and other paraphernalia reminded me, that that +must be the celebrated medium J. V. Mansfield, of whom I read in +newspapers, that many sealed letters not only from different quarters of +America but also from other parts of the Globe, were directed to +departed acquaintances of the writers, and answers were asked from the +departed which he could not give also in the case, if he would read the +letters. But answers were to be given without opening the letters, by +him as writing medium of spirits. He had to return the letters without +opening the seal, and to add the answers as written by his mediumship. +While reading the reports regarding that medium, I thought to see him, +when I would come again to Boston. But while I was in the first part of +November, 1858, in Boston I did not remember this, and came at my return +from New Hampshire in the briefly related manner on the third December, +1858, against all my expectation to him. I think that he was present at +the two above mentioned Conferences in Boston, in which I spoke before +starting for New Hampshire. When I conversed on the 3d of December with +him in his office, he invited me to come on Saturday, December 4th 1858, +to his office and from thence to ride with him to his house in Chelsea +City and spend Sunday, December 5th, with him. I was impressed to do so. +That Sunday was the second Sunday in Advent. On the 4th, after the +arrival in his house we both were tired and went to bed at 10 o'clock +P.M. I rested well, till I was awakened by a female departed spirit who +was in great distress and entreated me to give her assistance to kill +her husband. I understood it in a spiritual sense to stop the pernicious +course of her husband, and promised her my assistance. As soon as I +promised her my assistance my leaders took her in protection and they +expelled at the same time the whole company of her task masters out of +the room, and then from two places on the outside of the house, from +which they were compelled to remove. After that spectacle, the detail of +which here is not the place to explain, the clock struck four. From this +circumstance I understood, that the scene commenced at three o'clock.</p> + +<p>There are certain hours, according to our spirit language by numbers +most convenient for certain communications. As the communication +requires, also the hour is selelected by my leaders in which they draw +me into the inner state in which they show me, what is congruous to my +mission. They put me, in that instance, from my sleep into the inner +state of knowledge of what was going on. In this state I not see the +female, although I was conscious, that she was surrounded by enemies of +her happiness. The whole scene and explanation belonging to the treatise +which will be published in an other time, these hints may suffice, to +understand the following items. As soon as I saw after that scene Mr. +Mansfield and his wife at breakfast, I told them that I had a great +spirit manifestation, which Mr. Mansfield could not understand, except +if he would study some of my writings to know somewhat about my mission +He read and I explained the substance of some points in my writings to +make him known somewhat about my mission. Afternoon, while reading one +of my pamphlets, he started suddenly and went very fast into another +room, and brought directly some paper, put it on the table and said, +that while he was reading my pamphlet, a spirit was impressing him to +ask me to write questions which he would answer. I knew not who the +woman was, who asked at three o'clock in the morning of that day my +assistance to kill her husband, but I understood, that if I would follow +the direction of my leader, he would reveal it in due time, I knew, that +at that spirit battle, at which that female was taken under the +protection of our leaders, the principal champion was the martyr John +George Zeigler, an American of German descent, who in his mortal body +studied deeper than any other man, my five German volumes, and forsook +then all for our holy mission. While he was travelling in a steamboat he +was pushed into the Ohio River by an enemy of our holy mission, and +departed into the spirit world, in which he received such offices as he +was most qualified for them. He having been the principal amongst those +who took the woman in protection, while she asked my assistance, I +thought, that if I would write to him questions, I would receive the +information, who that woman was. It is to be understood, that Mr. +Mansfield wished, that I should write so, that he could not see what I +wrote, and then to wrap my writing, to which the spirit had to give +answers. But I thought I could write in German, because I was certain +that Mr. Mansfield could not read German. Therefore I said to Mr. +Mansfield, that I determined to write in the German language to the +spirit whom I had in my mind, to whom while he was a mortal, I wrote +sometimes in German, sometimes in English, but he answered always my +letters in English, and he, if he is present, will answer also through +you in English. But Mr. Mansfield remarked, that I should write my +questions in English, that he had lately great troubles with questions +which have been sent by Otto Kunz from Pittsburgh in the German language +to his departed, and that the last number of the Spirit Age contained an +article of Otto Kunz in this respect. I remarked, that I was acquainted +with Otto Kunz, (he is the learned chemist, by whom I was preparing my +way in this treatise, for what follows) but that I did not hear anything +about him for a long time, (to wit, since the summer of 1856, when I saw +him the last time before my meeting with Mr. Mansfield). I added that I +should like to see, what Otto Kunz had published. He brought then from +an other room the number of the Spiritual Age, which has the date +December 4th 1859. It must be added, that I had not before looked into +that number, nor heard anything about Otto Kunz's article. But when Mr. +Mansfield handed me that number, I read Mr. Kunz's article laid the +paper on the table and said to Mr. Mansfield: I will write in English to +the spirit whom I have in my mind. I had yet John George Zeigler in my +mind; but when I took the pencil, I was impressed to write to Charlotte +Kunz (the departed wife of Otto Kunz) in English, in the supposition, +that she could not write English, while she was a mortal, and that also +in the spirit world she did not learn to write English, that therefore +to my English address we must receive some unexpected disclosures. I +wrote therefore while the medium Mr. Mansfield turned in the opposite +direction, that he could not see, what I wrote: "Charlotte Kunz, if you +are present, please to write what you find proper." I folded my writing, +that Mansfield could not see it. He was soon entranced, and gave the +signs, from which I understood, that she was the person who asked at 3 +o'clock A.M. my assistance, and then the communication was written by +Mr. Mansfield in a correct English style and correct orthography and +signed "Charlotte Kunz." The communication contains characteristic +marks, that the controlling spirit was intimately connected with deep +mysteries explained in my German books, but that he was not the writer, +but one of the company belonging to J. V. Mansfield's guardians, wrote +through him according to the wishes of Charlotte Kunz, but wrote so, as +if she herself had written. After the communication directed to me has +been written, and Mr. Mansfield reduced into his normal state, I +requested him, to copy the communication, and to give the original and +the copy to me; because I was asked in the communication by Charlotte +Kunz, professing that she was the writer, that I might write to her +husband. The handwriting of the copy was different from the original. I +preserved the copy and sent the original to Otto Kunz, with my +handwriting, remarking, that that communication has been produced by his +wife under the assistance of our leaders, that he, Otto Kunz, might +contribute his share for starting the centre of our Peace Union. I have +quoted in my writings to Otto Kunz one of the characteristic notes +testifying that the communication had certainly been produced under the +assistance or control of my leaders. And that characteristic note had +reference to Dante's Prophecy in the 33d Song of Purgatory. I speak of +that prophecy in the Epistle to which we are preparing the way. I have +explained also to Mr. Kunz several years before my meeting with his +departed wife the substance of that prophecy. I thought, if he at the +receipt of that unexpected communication would remember my explanation +of that prophecy and other testimonies of my mission, he would not be +too hasty in judging about what he could not understand in the +communication but would expect my farther explanation regarding my +communication; because the explanation could not be given in a letter, +and he was also not prepared in those circumstances to study the +treatise in which that communication is copied verbatim, and the +preparation for its understanding and its explanation is given, and that +treatise would have been published instead of this treatise, if we would +not have prefered this in the expectation, that this might be more +congruous to the present European War, which gives me opportunity to +exhort nations and governments. And for this purpose, to communicate +other important things in this treatise, we give only an epitome of the +treatise which will be published in another convenient time. But Mr. +Mansfield who has astonished many people in all quarters of the Globe by +having given more than forty thousand answers to sealed letters directed +to departed persons, became so remarkable, that he in connexion with the +well known spiritualist Otto Kunz deserved a peculiar treatise, and +appears also in this connexion of matters as a peculiar witness; because +that which has been made evident in many cases in which we tried +remarkable mediums, was in a peculiar manner confirmed, while we tried +the spirits of J. V. Mansfield, to wit, that he has certain guardians by +whom many are deluded, because those guardians give through him answers +which are found correct, when they reach and control the writers of the +sealed letters directed to their departed. But when this is not the +case, answers are not correct. Mr. Mansfield told me, that the largest +portion of his answers is correct. Such points in regard to the +relations in which the departed have been with the inquirers are +revealed in the answers, as Mr. Mansfield could not know them. From this +circumstance is also explicable, how people could be so moved, that he +had received many thousands of letters, although each applicant had to +send one dollar fee to the medium, and three dollars in case of a +guarantee that either an answer, if received would be sent, or the money +returned. When we speak of correct statements in many cases, we add that +in those communications was much of delusion regarding the spirit world. +At length when the measure of abominations was filled, I had to try his +spirits in the manner, the substance of which is given in this epitome, +the treatise being prepared to be published, whenever a publisher is +ready to publish a new book, which would contain that and other +treatises. From that treatise it is evident, that when Otto Kunz wrote +his letter to his departed wife and sent it to Mr. Mansfield to be +answered by his mediumship, the tyrants by whom Mr. Mansfield is +guarded, took her under their subjection. But to give in a new manner a +most solemn warning to all spiritualists who will not progress on our +ground, I was sent to Mansfield, and our guardians took under their +control Charlotte Kunz and the spirits who are writing through Mr. +Mansfield. The enemies of the truth, that departed spirits may use men +as their writingrnediums must explain the answers by assertions which in +most cases appear most ridiculous, for instance, I heard the assertion, +that Mansfield opens the letters. But he returns sealed letters as he +receives them; although we would not deny the possibility of temptation +to open one or the other letter of persons, with whom his guardians were +not congenial, and therefore could not give an answer. But if I had +shown to him my line directed to the departed Charlotte Kunz, although +he has been before that in correspondence with her husband, Mr. +Mansfield with all his guardians would not have been able to give the +characteristic notes which are in the communication testifying, that +some of our leaders was the superior, while J. V. Mansfield's guardian +was writing that communication with Charlotte Kunz's signature, although +there are the strongest marks in the communication, that she could not +write it, but that a deluding and destroying guardian of J. V. Mansfield +wrote it, partly according to her wishes, partly according to his own +impulse, partly according to the dictation of our leader who controlled +him, that he inserted the characteristic notes given by our leader. This +is the epitome of that treatise, which was to be given in this treatise +as a peculiar preparation to my epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. But +before we commence to translate it, we must add also the following +remarks. When our leaders compel in one place "the Secret Enemies of +True Republicanism" to bring to daylight their abominations for our +peculiar use to enlighten this degraded generation, they send us +corresponding testimonies also from other places, and we have collected +in said treatise some extraordinary testimonies for an illustration of +the answers of the sealed letters by J. V. Mansfield's mediumship. A +peculiar witness in this repect was Doctor Randolph, whose spirits I +tried several years before my meeting with Mansfield; but he was not +ready to be converted from darkness to the light which is kindled by our +disclosures. At length when I tried Mansfield's spirits, newspapers +commenced to publish Dr. Randolph's confessions. He tells: "I was a +medium about eight years, during which time I made three thousand +speeches," &c. "And to day I had rather seen the Cholera in my house +than be a spiritual medium! for years I have lived alone for +spiritualism and its cognates. Henceforth I live to combat many of the +identical doctrines that I once accepted as Heavenly truths." "I enter +the arena," says he "as the champion of common sense, against what in my +soul I believe to be the most tremendous enemy of God, morals and +religion, that ever found foothold on the earth--the most seductive, +hence most dangerous form of sensualism that ever cursed a nation, age +or people." If Dr. Randolph had been brought from spirits of delusion on +our ground, he would have assisted us to open the door for the New Era. +But he returned to the sects, from which spirits commenced to manifest +themselves in their materialistic deluding manner, till we commenced to +show, what they were, and then they commenced to be caught in their +lies, and many spiritualists commenced to be scared; but they would not +progress on our ground, and returned to professed materialism and +sectarianism. But the concentration of all abominations of the perverted +spiritualism is in the Papal Imperial Royal Courts. Many spirits delude +monarchs and their supporters either openly by peculiar manifestations, +or without such manifestations deceiving secretly monarchs and +supporters, that they prepare at length for war and commence to fight in +horrible battles, which is the highest manifestation of the infernal +furies. That they might stop this abominable work in which they are now +engaged, I wrote the following epistle, which I give in a free +translation, and then I will add some remarks for a conclusion of this +treatise. You will find in this epistle some repetitions of what has +been mentioned in the first treatise of this book, because when they +were setting that in type I did not think about writing this treatise in +which what is repeated, should be repeated so often till it is +comprehended.</p> + +<p>The Epistle is entitled:</p> + +<blockquote><p> + "Most important events for rulers of nations."</p> + +<p> To P. T. Anthony Slomshek, Prince Bishop of Laibach. Long Island, + State of New-York, June 13th 1859. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>Reverend Bishop! Being in occupations of my office on this anniversary +of momentous events on this Island, I am impressed by the spirit who has +brought me to America, to write again after a long interruption, to my +native country, and to direct my Epistle to you, to communicate copies +of it also to the bishops of Triest and Goricia. I asseverate before +you, three witnesses, that I am not guilty of the blood which is shed in +the present terrible war; although I would be most guilty, if I had not +faithfully fulfilled the duties of my charge. If those to whom I have +written at Vienna, in our native country, and also in other countries of +Europe, had discharged as conscientiously the duties of their office, as +I did those of my office, the promised universal peace would have been +established not only in the whole of Europe, but also in other parts of +the globe. But whereas there was deficiency in respect to the +intellectual and moral preparations of those who were in the office, the +terrible consequences therof are more and more visible. To bishops I +write usually in Latin. But this epistle should be delivered by you to +the government of Austria, and published to the nations not only in +German, but also in as many other languages as possible.</p> + +<p>Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek! Having had more opportunity than others +who are at present bishops under the Austrian government, to obtain +knowledge about me during my residence in Europe and by wise providence +having become a bishop of the diocese, in which I was born, educated and +ordained a priest, I expect that you will receive light from the spirit, +to comprehend correctly the hints which may be concentrated into the +space of an ordinary epistle. You know that I had from my youth an +extraordinary desire to search not only the Jewish and Christian but +also the antiquities of other nations, and to compare the results of my +investigations with what others have brought to light in former times +and recently, to find out, how the promised universal peace will be +established. After my having been six years secular priest of the +diocese of Laibach, I entered the Benedictine Order of the Monastery of +Saint Paul in Carinthia, for the purpose of obtaining more time and +opportunity in that order which furnishes learned professors, than in my +native country for a continuation of my investigations for the peace of +nations. After my having searched two years in the library of the +monastery, I became Professor of Biblical Literature in Clagenfurt, and +in that city I became acquainted with you, you having been there +Spiritual Adviser of Students of Divinity.</p> + +<p>During the ten years of my Professorship I had opportunity to examine +many points, which I would never have had opportunity to examine in the +Diocese of Laibach. But I did not know that the spirit who was my guide +from my youth, was preparing me for the office which has been entrusted +to me in America. Moreover, notwithstanding I had from my youth peculiar +inclination to study the Bible and to read not only the writings of the +Church Fathers but also the writings of the old Heathen and Jews for the +purpose of getting more light on the Bible, during the last ten years of +my Professorship I did not yet know that the office with which I am +commissioned in America, had been manifoldly prophesied in the Bible, +and the prophecy repeated by prophets of the christian centuries as well +as in our time by images suitable to the seasons. Neither had I any +thought to make a voyage to America, till the spirit of truth showed by +evident testimonials, that he called me to this country. Then he opened +also the way for me hither so wonderfully, that although the Prelate of +the monastery of Saint Paul resisted with all his power, and the monks +who were my friends, united with him to hinder my voyage, Emperor +Ferdinand was enlightened to let me have my passport to America.</p> + +<p>Signs and wonders preceded and accompanied my voyage to America, and I +reached this continent first in Boston of the State of Massachusetts on +my birth-day, November 29, 1837. In that city all that was required for +the continuation of our work, has been so prepared by invisible agents, +that although I had not the least foreboding to remain in that city, I +became convinced by the signs which happened there, that in the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church in Boston important ocupations had been +prepared for me. I did not yet know the particular occupations: but I +followed faithfully the directions of the spirit and performed in that +church all, that had been shown to be performed by me. On the 7th of +January, 1838, one hundred and forty-four witnesses signed their names +in my catalogue. Also those witnesses were guided by invisible agents in +such a manner, that they, too, performed in that church, what was +required of them, so that on Easter Sunday, April 15, 1838, in the +Cathedral Church in Boston, in the presence of these 144 and many other +witnesses by my instrumentality the solemn excommunication of the Beast +with seven heads and ten horns from the Church of Christ has been +performed, that is, solemn declaration has been made, that the mysteries +which are contained in those figuritive expressions, do not belong to +the Church of Christ and must be therefore abolished from the earth. A +long chain of signs, according to the prophecies, preceded that +excommunication, and signs succeeded and are continually repeated. By +these signs our mission, that is, my mission and the mission of my +fellow labourers has been confirmed, and the dreadful condition of those +who are opposed to our action has been most evidently developed. In the +years 1838 and 1839 the first two volumes of Memorable Events appeared +in print. Those events took place in my experience for a testimony, that +Christ appears by His messengers for the foundation of the promised +peace on earth. A box of those volumes was sent to the Emperor of +Austria, and my written explanation was given, that in my books the will +of the most High Majesty has been made manifest, to whom Emperors and +Kings are bound to submit and to learn to know the events which have +been explained in my books and to become with us messengers of peace to +the nations, and for this purpose to give my books to the best +theologians for the strictest examination, that the result of their +examination might be sent to me, to be published with my remarks, that +nations might learn what is required for the foundation of the peace of +the world. I assured the Emperor, that dreadful revolutions and wars +will be the consequence if my advice will be rejected.</p> + +<p>After having received no answer to my writings to the Emperor, to the +parson of his court, to a number of bishops and other influential men of +the Empire, and A.D. 1840, my third volume appeared, in which was shown, +that the unexpected events which have been explained in the first and +second volumes, happened according to prophecies, and would not have +been unexpected to bishops, if they had studied prophecies and observed +the signs of the times, and reflected upon the disclosures given by our +forerunners upon these matters, I did not send that volume straightway +to Austria, but I sent a box of all three volumes to the King of +Bavaria, with a similar written warning to the King, as in the preceding +year to the Emperor of Austria, and with the most urgent demand, that +after the Emperor of Austria and his bishops had neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, he should become the messenger of peace to all other +monarchs and open the way to the circulation of our message. At the same +time a copy of all three volumes was sent to the King of France with the +most urgent written petition that he should order without delay a French +translation of the three volumes to be spread everywhere in France, and +our solemn assurence was added, that, if he neglects to fulfil this +highest duty, Revolutions and Wars will be the necessary consequence of +this neglect.</p> + +<p>In an ordinary epistle farther hints cannot be given in regard to what +was done on our side, to move the one or the other government to order +the strictest examination of our message, which contains the means for +abolition[U] of all Revolutions and for the foundation of the universal +peace on the whole globe; but I remark, that when they would not hear +our warning voice, Revolution broke out in February, 1848, under such +preparatory, concomitant signs, and under such corresponding events, +that after having studied those events in my writings which have been +after that partly published in the English language partly preserved for +publication, you will see, that, after our warnings given under Heavenly +inspiration had been contemptuously rejected, the infernal furies had +received the power, to commence to spread the flood of Revolution +exactly on the same day, which gives the most evident testimony, that +Revolution broke out according to a higher calculation on account of the +contempt of our message of peace.</p> + +<p>Emperor Ferdinand having been compelled by that Revolution to issue a +constitution, I read that constitution in a newspaper on the 18th of +April, 1848, and was moved on the 19th April, which was the birth-day of +the Emperor, to give him in consequence of my charge a written assurance +that by that constitution the government and people will be saved from +ruin, if the Emperor accepts my offer; because in this case I was ready, +to start directly for Vienna, and show how the Free Press which was +guarantied by the constitution, would be properly used for developing +and spreading truth, as people have a right to demand, and its abuse +impeded, as the government is bound to impede it. I have given the +Emperor the assurance, that this, our offer, was made under higher +direction for the true happiness of the Imperial Family and the people. +I have sent in the same writing our proclamation to the nations of the +empire, and exhorted the emperor, that if he would write to me, that I +should come to Vienna, he should at the same time publish our +proclamation in all languages of the empire; because, if he accomplishes +this, by our use of the free press the door will be opened for the +introduction of the promised peace of the world, but on the contrary +revolutions and wars would be repeated and governments and nations +ruined. Those highly momentous documents were sent to the minister of +the Austrian government in Washington to be forwarded to the emperor. +Informatian was given to the minister in my next letter, to which post +office he should send the answer, if he should receive any for me from +the Austrian government. After having thus notified him I have received +no answer; but very important signs were given of the approaching war in +which the emperor resigned the throne and Hungary was wasted.</p> + +<p>The three monarchs to whom my books have been sent, but who have +neglected to make use of the means contained therein for the peace of +nations, have been compelled to give up their thrones, but nations could +not become partakers of the promise of the universal peace; because it +will not be established by the sword but by the means contained in our +message of peace, and we have received so many signs according to +prophecies as evidences of our mission, that whereas since the year 1838 +to 1842 five volumes have been written in this respect, I repeated while +I was writing the fifth volume, that five hundred volumes could be +written, if we would continue to explain prophecies of past ages and +their development in the preparations for our mission and during our +mission, and the signs by which our mission is confirmed. But we have +explained superabundance of them, because by our explanation the +dreadful condition of governments and nations has been disclosed. Signs +continue steadily, although the blind leaders of the blind, while the +Lord appears as a thief, comprehend them as little, as the Pharisees +did, when Christ appeared and prophesied the destruction of the city and +the temple.</p> + +<p>Confined to a common letter, I can give only some hints. While the +terrible war was raging principally in Hungary, I laboured industriously +at the commencement of the year 1849 to move the American bishops, to +appear either personally or to send their Theologians to a convention in +the city of New York, to whom I offered to read in the Latin language my +system for the abolition of revolutions and Wars and introduction of the +world's peace.</p> + +<p>I did all I could to move the bishops to attend our Latin convention, +and to make as many objections and remarks as they would find suitable, +although all must have been made in writing and handed to me, to be +annexed with my remarks to my system and published in Latin and in +translations, that men everywhere, could learn our message of peace and +all nations might become partakers of the greatest promises and the +world's peace could be established.</p> + +<p>After bishops had neglected their highest duty, I translated the Latin +system into English and German, and made most urgent applications to +several Presidents and to congressmen of the United States, to move the +American government, to assemble a convention for the same object, for +which I endeavoured to move bishops. In the meantime Lewis Kossuth +arrived in America, and I considered it to be my peculiar duty, to make +use of what was in my power, to direct him from the spirit of +destruction to peace and to explain to him my system in which is shown, +how without soldiers the rights of men will be restored and the peace of +the world established. After several letters of preparation, at length I +met personally with him in Cincinnati. But he was cunning and let me +come to him in company with others, and when I required to speak +privately with him, he excused himself with not having time to speak +with me privately, and directed me to Count Pulski, who was his +associate. I paid to this man several visits, and shewed to him that it +was necessary for Kossuth and his assistants, to study my system and to +retire with me for this purpose. But the result of all my labour was, +that at length Kossuth had sent to me the message that it was impossible +for him to give up his plan. He is a strong "Medium," as those are +called here who are possessed, and those who are possessed by destroying +spirits, have their work, to torment rulers or also to destroy them, if +they will not find salvation in our message of peace.</p> + +<p>Having here only opportunity to give hints on points, on which I could +write volumes, I remark, that when the American government could not be +moved to call a convention for an examination of our message of peace, I +wrote, when Emperor Napoleon III. was preparing for war against Russia, +to his ambassador in Washington, that the emperor would gather together +the highest merits for himself and mankind, if he, instead of the war +preparations against Russia, would call bishops of his empire to Paris, +to examine with me my Latin system for the foundation of the world's +peace. By doing this he would make himself and his friends and at the +same time all nations happy; but in the opposite course he would prepare +misfortune for himself and France. I assured the ambassador of the +French government in Washington, that if he before he would write to the +emperor, himself wished to be convinced of my assertion, I was ready if +he would call me, to come myself to Washington and to explain to him my +system as long as would be necessary to convince him, that we have truly +received from Heaven the commission and credentials for the foundation +of the worlds peace, and that those regents will be in this and in the +future life most unhappy, who refuse to accept our invitation. I have +received no answer from the ambassador of the French government.</p> + +<p>Although I am writing very closely in my advanced age without +spectacles, which I never used in my life, I have very little space in +a common letter, to mention also the following items: The nearer we were +approaching to the present Revolutionary Wars in Europe the stronger +were also the signs of warning, and they are building just now on the +land which has been bought for our Peace-Union, a hall for our +conventions, in which our system for the foundation of the world's peace +will be explained and messengers of peace will be educated to be sent in +all quarters of the world. But whereas, before their labors will +establish the world's peace everywhere on the globe, all monarchs and +their families might be exterminated, if they would not make use of the +means for the foundation of the world's peace, I write this letter on +this Feast of Pentecost and anniversary of momentous events. Your +predecessor, Anthony Aloysy Wolf, Prince-Bishop of Laibach, was one of +those Prince Wolves, who have received my first two volumes, but were +not prepared to study them, and to proclaim to Emperor Ferdinand and to +the nations, the great things which the Lord has done. Those wolves have +deceived in regard to our mission the Emperor, the priests and the +people, and by this deception they became the originators of all those +murders, which have been perpetrated in revolutions and wars and +manifold other manners, which would have been prevented by receiving and +spreading our message of peace. These are the fruits, when wolves are +made pastors of nations! By murders which are perpetrated in +revolutions, wars and other ways, those who are murdered, are turned +into infernal furies, instead of having been converted by suitable +education, into Heavenly Angels. By these furies which have been +murdered in revolutions and wars, nations which are now living, are +instigated to murders in revolutions and wars and in manifold other +manners and also to all kinds of other criminal deeds, the atmosphere is +disturbed and men are tormented with all kinds of plagues, and if they +are not murdered cruelly by force, their lives are shortened manifoldly, +so that also those who live longest, would have lived much longer, if it +would have been introduced amongst nations and duly used, what we know, +but cannot use till governments introduce that which we demand.</p> + +<p>I was Professor of Divinity in Babylon which is spoken of in the +Revelation; but whereas I was sincerely searching after truth for my own +and the welfare of my fellow-men, matters have been disclosed to me, +which I had never expected, while I was prepared without my knowledge by +invisible agents for my present charge. According to this charge I am +now Professor of Divinity or Church-Doctor for the promised peaceable +Reign of God on Earth. As Church-doctor I will teach bishops and priests +as well as monarchs and other grandees of the kingdoms of this world, +when they will be ready to hear the Heavenly voice which is made +manifest through so feeble an instrument as I am, how to pacify the +furies into which men are converted by murders and how to draw them into +the resurrection, that is, from their low to a higher condition. My +apostolic name which I have obtained on the feast of the apostle Andrew, +November 30, 1795, is Andrew. But when on the 30th November, 1826, at +the solemn profession of the Benedictine order I adopted by higher +impulse the name Bernardus, then also Pope Leo XII. was inspired, that +he promulgated Bernardus a Church-doctor. He in his shortsightedness, +had in his mind the celebrated monk of the twelth century. But neither +that monk who was preaching crusades, nor Pope Leo XII. knew, that +Turks, heretics and other nations will be converted in true Christians +without blood shedding and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole earth. But the Pope spoke as prophet of our mission who was +at that time High Priest and prophesied, that, whereas I adopted in the +prophetical profession of the Benedictine Order the name Bernardus, I +had to pass as monk through the last epoch of my studies of preparations +for my present charge, till I became Doctor Ecclesiæ, Church-Doctor, +teaching what bishops and doctors of Divinity do not understand, +although it is highly necessary for the peace of nations. From my first +arrival in the Benedictine Order, when I determined to live there, till +I started for America, exactly twelve years passed.</p> + +<p>By the memorable events which happened in the Cathedral Church in +Boston, a key was given us to unlock prophecies, which have been before +either entirely locked, or only in some measure unlocked. Some +interpreters have known, that the seven churches in the second and +third chapters of the Revelation were prophetical churches, typifying +the seven states, to which all churches of the Christian name since the +edition of the Revelation until the foundation of the universal peace on +earth may be reduced, so that every portion of the Christian name +belongs to the one or the other of the seven churches. In the third of +the above mentioned volumes, we, that is, I under the direction of +invisible assistants, have disclosed so much regarding the fulfilment of +the prophecies in our time, as is abundantly sufficient for testimony of +our mission. In our disclosure Thyatira in the 18th verse of the second +chapter of the Revelation is the type of the Roman Catholic Church. What +is said concerning that church until the end of that chapter, you +Bishops should at length consider and digest well. You kept fast what +you did not understand, till at length the Lord comes by our mission, +and unlocks by our mediumship the Divinity for His Reign of peace. We +have overcome and to us was given "the Rod of Iron and the Morning +Star." I speak in the name of all those who are co-operating with me +according to the Plan of the Most High for the universal peace of all +nations. We have "the iron rod," but not the iron sword. The iron rod is +only a symbol of our office to announce judgments to the disobedient +nations and to their rulers. They are bruised enough and broken. Those +who remain, should at length hear our voice, then their wrong systems +will be broken to pieces, but men will be saved. For we have received +not only the iron rod, but also the morning star. In the great +temptations through which we had to pass, we remembered the morning star +which appeared several times during the sun shine in close connexion +with our steps, and once in a peculiar connection with you, Prince +Bishop Anthony Slomshek! as well as in connection with the Emperor of +Austria! You remember that I wrote at a certain occasion my opinion in +regard to your sermons which appeared in print in our Slavonian mother +tongue, and in that my article I made also some extracts from my Latin +manuscript, "On the congeniality of languages[V]," to publish them with +that article in the "Carinthia"[W]. I finished writing that article on +the 6th February, 1835. When I was on the 7th February well nigh ready +to go to my students in the college, I was moved by the spirit to write +instantly a prophetical conclusion to that article. When I finished that +conclusion, I hurried to be in the college. After that there was much +talking among the Professors and others about the morning star which +appeared on that forenoon during sunshine. I explored exactly the time, +and found that the star appeared, when I commenced writing that +prophetical conclusion, and disappeared, when I finished writing. I +handed then that article to you, to deliver it to the editor of the +Carinthia. But there occured an accident, that the article appeared +later than I expected, so in the Carinthia, that the last part with the +great prophecy regarding the peace of nations was published on Easter +Saturday April 18, 1835, or on the Eve of the birth-day of the Emperor +Ferdinand the first year of his government. His birth day was celebrated +that year on Easter Sunday. An exact calculation was made by our +invisible agents. The poems of two panegyrists of the birthday of the +Emperor appeared in the same number immediately before our prophecy. +Those two adulators were types of the two adulators, Joseph Pletz Parson +of the Imperial Court, and Anthony Alosy Wolf, Prince Bishop of Laibach. +These two prelates have deluded the Emperor in regard to our mission, +and as a consequence terrible judgments came upon governments and +nations. But this writing is connected with the Morning Star, which +should be delivered by you to the young Emperor Francis Joseph and to +many nations as well as the ancestors of the Emperor, who are waiting in +the Empire of death for their redemption by our Message. It should be +delivered by you in the midst of terrible judgments. If you have the +spirit which I expect in you, you yourself will carry this letter +without delay to the Emperor, and explain personally, what is necessary +for his resurrection and strength. Now he belongs in the 16th verse of +the 17th chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span>. Kossuth, Mazzini and other heroes of +the Revolution are preparing the Harlot for Emperors and Kings, who are +fulfilling the judgments which are announced in that verse. But we to +whom this victory is promised, belong to those, who are united with the +lamb in the 14th verse of the 17th chapter of the <span class="smallcaps">Revelation</span> and will +overcome the Beast and its ten horns. To wit, we have the chain, with +which the Dragon, the seducing and destroying Serpent, will be bound and +cast into the abyss, <span class="smallcaps">Revel.</span> xx: 2, That is the magnetic chain of events +of past times in connexion with events of this time. In this chain the +genuine condition of the existing political and ecclesiastical +governments appears in its true light, so that, when this chain will be +duly spread and made known to Nations, they will be carried from the +existing Babylon into the New Jerusalem. Who ever amongst the rulers +comprehends this and carries the people into the New Jerusalem, into the +promised Reign of Peace, he himself and his family, as well as his +departed or yet in mortal bodies living congenial relations will be +brought into the true happiness; but on the contrary those rulers and +who are attached to them, who despise our apostolic voice, will be +exterminated. Judgement will not cease, till at length it destroys +themselves also. I have given in this Epistle as many hints as are +sufficient for such Bishops who are not entirely dead, to believe, when +I assure them, that, in our writings it has been made clear and evident, +that our chain or our system, which, for Peace of Nations, should be +made known to all political and ecclesiastical Governments, is +astronomically and historically correct. Therefore that of the three +named bishops, who receives first this Epistle, should inform the other +two of the matter and summon them to go directly with him to the +Emperor. Who comprehends this, and is inspired by the Holy Ghost who is +our director, for the accomplishment of Divine Decrees, is with us a +messenger of God. He should as such appear before the Emperor with this +Epistle, read to him the Epistle, and explain it, and summon the Emperor +to become with us a messenger of God, and may he be seemingly in profit +or seemingly in loss in regard to the Emperor Napoleon, to send this +Epistle to Emperor Napoleon, and require instantly an armistic under the +condition, that he is desirous to make immediately, with condescension, +a treaty of Peace, to hear the "Messo di dio," the messenger of God, +spoken of by the prophets of the Old and New Testament as well as by the +prophets of the succeeding ages of the Christian Era, and to fulfil the +will of the Most High for the welfare of nations. Amongst those +prophecies is one of the most remarkable in the 33rd Song of Purgatory +in the Divine Comedy of the great Italian Poet Dante, in which the +spirit Beatrice, Dante's departed wife, speaks of the "five hundred, ten +and five messenger of God," that is, of "Smolnker messenger of God."</p> + +<p>The number 500, 10 and 5, that is the number 515, is opposed to the +number 666 in the Revelation, xiii: 18. The name which comprehends the +mysteries which are contained in the 17th and 18th verses of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and also the number 666, has been delivered +into our hands, and all that belongs to the name, has been explained in +my books, in which to obtain the number 666, we had to write the name +with Greek letters, because the Revelation appeared in the Greek +language. And likewise also my name SMOLNKER, as it was originally +exactly pronounced, to wit, with short <i>o</i> and short <i>e</i> must be written +with Greek letters. This was the exact pronunciation of my name, as I +heard it pronounced by my grandparents and my parents. And the Greek +letters with short <i>o</i> and short <i>e</i> exactly pronounced in my name +SMOLNKER, give exactly the number 515, which is the number of the +messenger of God in Dante's prophecy. If you add this number to the year +1321, in which Dante died, you obtain the year 1836. "The messenger of +God" is in the quoted prophecy the same as the 3d Angel in Revel, xiv. +9. That the third Angel regarding whom the prophecy commences in the 9th +verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation, had to appear before the +public about the year 1836, and also that that Angel or messenger would +not be a departed but a man living in his mortal body, has been shown in +the last century by Doctor Bengel and his disciples using admirable +astronomical calculations by the means of the prophetical numbers in the +Revelation. My first German teacher, a Franciscan Monk from Bavaria, +inserted the letter <i>i</i> into my name, and taught me to write my name +SMOLNIKER, till at length Professor Valentine Vodnik wrote my name as I +write it now. The numbers of my name, after having received those +changes, if you calculate the years, commencing with Dante's death, +give also highly important stopping points in the development of the +mysteries of the Theology for Christ's peaceable reign. I can give in an +epistle only some hints.</p> + +<p>By many of our forerunners many points have received partial +disclosures, or there have been prepared several links for the chain, +with which we will strangle the Harlot and the Giant who sins with the +Harlot, without hurting the flock and the fields, according to Dante's +prophecy. This prophecy mentions also the stars by which our advent is +announced, and in my books several apparitions of unexpected stars are +remembered in close connection with our office. In Dante's prophecy is +the messenger of God a collective name as well as the third Angel or +messenger in the 9th verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. One +man is representing the whole society by whom is accomplished what is +comprehended in the prophecy. The representative had to execute and +explain the mystery. At the expiration of the year 1836, which year has +been so mysteriously announced by the prophets, that I knew nothing +about it, I was called on the 5th day of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock +p.m. to this office. The call was delivered to me by an Angel of the +Lord, that I should make the resolution to prepare for my voyage to +America. And when I said: "O Lord! Thy will be done!" the same moment a +great light appeared over the City of Klagenfurt, where I was Professor +of Biblical Literature and you were Spiritual Adviser in the Theological +Seminary. You yourself have perhaps seen the light-ball, or certainly +heard much and read in newspapers about it. I myself have not seen it, +because I was in a deep trance and received at the same moment the order +by a Heavenly messenger.</p> + +<p>Here is no space to say more about Dante's prophecy. In my third volume +of Memorable Events more than one hundred pages have been used for +disclosing Dante's strange prophecy regarding the Messenger of God in +the 33d or the last Song of Purgatory, in connection with other +prophecies with which it is parallel and in connection with the +prophecies which have been given A.D. 1814 at the first distribution of +premiums after the fall of Emperor Napoleon I, when our city of Laibach +returned under the Austrian government, and I received Dante's Divine +Comedy for the first premium out of the Italian language. And whereas I +am labouring since my arrival in America with the greatest zeal to save +men and to bring them from Purgatory into Heaven, warlike spirits are +murdering and casting them into hell. Yet I have great confidence that +by your intermediation not only the Emperor of Austria but also the +Emperor of France will hear the Heavenly voice, which is sounding in +this letter. I have written several months before the outbreak of this +war a book in the English language ("this same book from which we take +away other manuscript and publish this epistle,") to publish it as soon +as circumstances will be favourable. I have shown in that book by +peculiar events which occurred with Emperor Louis Napoleon, but which +are not comprehended by him and his mediums till they study to know our +chain to bind the dragon, Revelation, xx: 2. that Emperor Napoleon is a +very strong medium of destroying spirits, but that I foster the hope, +that he will comprehend our message of peace and draw also his Uncle +Nepoleon I. into our reign of peace and become a great apostle of peace +to the nations.</p> + +<p>Both Emperors, the Emperor of Austria as well as the Emperor of France, +will become truly great if they accept our message of Peace, which +contains the substance, that they should directly conclude Peace, with +all mutual condescension and with our assurance, that soldiers who will +not be needed in God's Keign of Peace on Earth, will obtain according to +the plan which is to be published in the above mentioned book "(in this +book)" and which after the English edition may be translated also in +other languages, occupations most suitable to their strength and the +best spiritual education, to be truly happy in their mortal bodies as +well as after their departure.</p> + +<p>But whereas no treaty of Peace can be of duration in our time, unless +the governments enter into Christ's Peaceable Reign, which to establish +we have obtained the mission, you, Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek, and +also the other two witnesses who are bound to give you all possible +assistance, are particularly summoned to recommend most urgently to +both emperors, as soon as they conclude an armistice and prepare the way +to the treaty of Peace, to appoint also a healthy place, where according +to the geographical situation and other circumstances bishops of both +empires can easiest meet, for our Convention in which my Latin +manuscript which should have been examined A.D. 1849 by the American +Bishops in the Convention which was appointed in the City of New-York, +is to be examined according to the same rules mentioned above, and to +give me as well as the bishops information of this affair; because I am +ready to do all in my power for the Peace of Nations. You, Bishop +Anthony Slomshek are requested, to send me directly the result, after +having received and read this letter in your Consistory, and direct your +letter to</p> + +<blockquote><p> +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, +DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY COUNTY, +Pennsylvania, in North America. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>We cannot enter into explanations of the paints mentioned in this +Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek. The substance of the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe and of the causes of all revolutions +and wars is, that men are living on the surface, in materialism, +according to their animal lusts and passions, using their reason to +accomplish their animal desires, and neglecting the one thing needful to +grow in the knowledge of their true inner condition and the true +condition of the departed, and in corresponding virtue for high spheres +of spirits to promote the true welfare of the whole human race while +they are promoting their own welfare. The treasures which I collected +from my early youth to this advanced age for the promotion of the common +welfare, I carry with me into the spirit world. But those who, instead +of having cultivated their inner man, came on the surface into the +materialistic life, and lived according to their animal passions and +carnal lusts and according to the custom of their party and sect, and +supported blindly the performances contained in the traditions and +systems which have been delivered to them by their predecessors, were +preparing in their way for revolutions and wars, instead of having +learned our disclosures that the time had arrived for the abolition of +the Old Heavens and the Old Earth, that is, of the old ecclesiastical +and political institutions, and how they are to be abolished in the most +peaceable manner.</p> + +<p>In this ignorance of things which have been disclosed in our +publications, those who keep up those Institutions, come in collision +with those who endeavour to destroy them without knowledge of their +prophetical meaning and of the truth which is behind the vail of the +outward form, and without preparation for a better state of human +affairs. This collision is continuously preparing revolutions and wars. +Men on the surface, not knowing the right means for true liberty, use +the means which destroy not only liberty, but also human life and +property, and life is wantonly destroyed, because men in their dreadful +degraded condition do not know how to appreciate it. In this condition, +if the old systems would succeed so far as to crush down with absolute +despotism all movements for deliverance, they could not keep for a long +time people in bondage of absolutism. Crevices would be always found, +from which the movements of the secret aspirations for liberty would +commence to be made manifest, till the eruption of the flood of +revolution and war would effect great destruction of life and property. +But also in the case, that the enemies of the old institutions would +succeed so far as to sweep away every vestige of them on the surface of +the Globe, they would be as little able as the supporters of the old +systems to preserve Peace; because there is no pacification in the +spirit world, except by receiving and spreading the means shown us from +the spheres of spirits by whom we are commissioned to introduce the New +Era of Harmony and Peace amongst mortals as well as amongst their +congenial departed. But the more materialism subdues the Globe, the more +the inner causes for new out-breaks of revolutions and wars are +operating to find crevices for the outbreak, so that there is absolutism +and despotism as necessary for those who without the use of the old +forms promise to make people free, as for those who promise the same in +the support of the new systems. Emperor Louis Napoleon and Emperor +Francis Joseph are quite remarkable representatives of the two systems, +while Napoleon makes such a use of the old form as to satisfy many of +the open opposers to it, and the Emperor of Austria endeavours to +sustain with hundreds of thousands of soldiers the inheritance of the +old abominations which should have been abolished by the application of +our message without murder of any man and for the greatest benefit of +the departed and the mortals of the family of Hapsburgh, while the whole +empire and all nations would have been benefited.</p> + +<p>From the scattered hints in this book you may collect, that since +Francis Joseph's Government I was rather endeavouring to effect in one +or the other manner a movement in this country, by which at length also +the Bishops and the Government of Austria might be awakened from their +fatal lethargy; because I saw that my direct applications to the young +Emperor would have been for no use. I am in no direct correspondence +with my native country, and I receive news either in newspapers or from +occasional reports, and shortly before I wrote the weighty Epistle to +Anthony Slomshek I met with a countryman who was professor in Vienna, +during the revolution of 1848, and on account that he inspired students +for fighting, he had to leave the country, and he told me besides other +news, that he heard that Anthony Slomshek was Prince Bishop in Laibach. +Several years before that I received the news that he was Prince Bishop +at Saint Andrew in Lavant Valley of Carinthia, only five miles from the +monastery of Saint Paul, where I became a monk of the Benedictine order. +I wrote to him, when I received that report; but I received no answer. +At length the Epistle which appears in this treatise, has been sent to +him as to Prince Bishop of Laibach, on the above mentioned authority. +The Epistle would retain in this book the same value also in the case, +that the report should not be correct that he is Bishop of Laibach; +because the facts which I relate in the Epistle as facts known to him +are facts of my own experience and such as occurred in close connection +with my experience, and have been attested by many witnesses directly +after they happened.</p> + +<p>Although I made few applications directly to Austria during the +Government of Emperor Francis Joseph, my fellow student Frederick +Baraga, Bishop at the Falls of Saint Mary at Lake Superior, extending +his diocese widely amongst Indians of North America, a peculiar favorite +at the Austrian Court, after having neglected the former opportunities +to study our message of Peace and to spread it in the Austrian +Government, was brought on the great Popish Feast of Christ's Body +(Festum Corporis Christi) May 22, 1856, to me in quite an unexpected +manner for both but in such a connexion with the present war in Europe, +that if this man, at least at that time had fulfilled his highest duty, +instead of the tremendous war, Christ's Peace would have already been +established in Europe. Therefore, not having room to write much, I must +mention at least somewhat about that our meeting showing the secret +causes of the present war and of all revolutions and wars since our +first proclamation of the great message entrusted to our care.</p> + +<p>On that feast, which was celebrated A.D. 1856 on the 22d day of May, my +pamphlet: "Redemption of oppressed Humanity! Christ's manifestation for +the abolition of all kinds of Popery!" issued from the press in the same +Printing Establishment of Cincinnati, into which Bishop Baraga came on +that feast to see the proof-sheet of the title page of his Latin Book +for his missionaries. Our meeting on that feast in a Protestant Printing +Office was so unexpected, that we did not know each other, when we met +at the compositors' room which he left while I was entering into it. I +was then instructed by the compositors, that that gentleman was the same +Bishop Baraga about whom I spoke in the pamphlet showing that while +bishops were consecrating him or made him a bishop, they were crucifying +Christ in his members; to wit, that bishop after having become so great +an apostle of the Indians, that he was very renowned in our native +country and at the Austrian Government, was made a medium by my +leaders, that he opened the way for my voyage to America. But after +having discovered, that our mission was not for, but against the Pope, +he instead of having studied my books and examined our message of Peace +and the credentials of our mission, became enraged. I expected that at a +personal meeting with him I would make him comprehend our mission. But +there was no opportunity until that feast on the 22d May, 1856, which +was selected for the commencement of the spirit manifestations at my +personal meetings with that medium of spirits of delusion and +destruction.</p> + +<p>After having written a considerable portion of the next following +treatise, I am aware that I cannot encompass within so few pages as I am +desirous to do, what is to be communicated there to nations, and I take +from this treatise some sheets away, in which I have given disclosures, +why we have mentioned in our Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek also the +Bishops of Triest and Goricia, whose predecessors should have at the +same time opened the way to the circulation of our message of Peace in +which time Bishop Anthony Aloysy Wolf should have been their co-operator +for Peace. But Matthew Raunicher, who was at that time Bishop of Triest, +should have been the leader of this work; because amongst those who +belonged to the Austrian Government he was the first who received the +first two volumes of my works. But he was formerly Professor of +Dogmatics and as such also my professor, and was so fixed in the Dogmas +of his infallible Church, that he could not study my books, to learn +what all dogmatists of the so called christian denominations require, to +with signs according to prophecies by which an "extraordinary +ambassador" to the churches should prove his mission. I hope, that +Raunicher's disciples, Bishop Baraga and Bishops and Priests in Illyria +and elsewhere will learn at length that we have superabundance of signs +according to prophecies testifying our mission against the infallibility +of the Church, and for the great truth, that many of the Dogmas of the +church are the most shocking absurdities, of they are taken as they have +been delivered by the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy, but that we show +a deeper sense, in which sound reason and science are reconciled with +religion. But we close this treatise to get more room for the next +following treatise, to assist the Pope and his bishops to prepare for +their own and the ressurrection of their departed predecessors.</p> +</div> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch4"> +<h2>Fourth Treatise</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + Pious IX Bishop of Rome, Louis Napoleon Emperor of France, Francis + Joseph Emperor of Austria, the three extraordinary witnesses of our + on the title-page of this book expressed mission and powerful + preachers to all governments and in the first place to the + Government of the United States of North America, that they should + submit to the Government of our Lord and his Christ and become with + us messengers to introduce the promised universal Republic of Truth + and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>In the first three of my five German volumes the magnetic chain of +memorable events to bind the dragon. Revel xx: 2, is so developed, that +the proper position of the existing governments of the so called +Christians is made manifest. They belong to the Beast with seven heads +and to its ten horns either in the old or in a new fashion. Those three +volumes having been published from A.D. 1838 to 1840, Pope Pius IX and +the two named Emperors to whom the world's attention is now directed, +have not been mentioned in those volumes nor known to mortal men, that +they will occupy the position, on which they appear according to +prophecies, nor they themselves nor other men know at this time that +position, if they have not studied the magnetic chain exhibited in those +volumes to bind the dragon, Revel, xx.:2, the large serpent, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction by whom rulers and their +supporters have been inspired with such a madness as to apply their +studies how to kill men in the most cunning manner and to strip the +remnant of their property and keep them in bondage. Each of those +volumes is of a considerable size; the third is the largest containing +864 pages. But the substance of their contents is concentrated in the +Latin manuscript, written at the commencement of 1849.</p> + +<p>If Theologians had studied my German volumes or attended the Latin +Convention to which they have been most earnestly invited, they had +known without my explanation the position of these three great +representatives, or rather they had converted them long ago into the +messengers of Peace. But after matters had arrived so far as they are +now manifest, we must do what we can for the benefit of these three +witnesses and of those who are attached to one or the other as well as +for the benefit of all governments and their subjects; because all are +preparing instruments for destruction of human life and property and +drilling men to destroy or wound their fellow men in the most artful and +cunning manner, and to reward with the highest premiums those who +perform best this most criminal work.</p> + +<p>If you ask, by whose authority they are doing this, the answer is given: +"and the Dragon gave him his power, and his seat and great authority," +Revel. xiii: 2. to wit, to the representative of the Beast with seven +heads and ten horns. Under the Christian mask he became such a terrible +monster, that no other epithet was more suitable for him than that of a +Therion, of a ferocious beast having seven heads and ten horns. Having +been inspired and directed by the Dragon and his host, he could not +teach his sons and daughters, emperors and empresses, kings and queens, +a better doctrine than that which was infixed in his heads by the Dragon +and his host. "The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman +sitteth; and they are seven kings; five are fallen, and one is, and the +other is not yet come; and when he comes, he must continue a short +space," Revel. xvii: 9 and 10.</p> + +<p>It is to be understood, that in a brief treatise we can give only some +hints in regard to certain links of the long chain of events, which is +exhibited in the first three from A.D. 1838 to 1840 published volumes. +The three at the head of this treatise mentioned witnesses are so +extraordinary links added to that chain, that while I was writing those +three volumes I thought that the chain was long and strong enought to +bind the Dragon and to establish Peace on the whole Globe. But when +people would not spread that chain, it was after that much protracted. +In the years 1841 and 1842 the 4th and 5th German volumes and then a +number of English pamphlets were added; but the last links of the chain +cannot be understood without some knowledge of the preceding links.</p> + +<p>In every age men were awakened, whose intellectual and moral improvement +was above the general course of the age, and who were endeavoring to +warn and elevate the fallen generation. They were preparing the way for +our advent, and disclosing what belonged to their sphere, that it might +receive more light in "the dispensation of the fulness of times" Ephes. +1: 10, to introduce which we are commissioned. One of those forerunners, +was Doctor Bengel, disclosing what belonged to his mission in the first +half of the last century, so that in the same years of the 18th century +remarkable disclosures have been made by his instrumentality, in which +years in the 19th century Heavenly messengers have given great +disclosures by my instrumentality regarding Christ's peaceable reign on +earth. A.D. 1740 his German work "Erklaerte Offenbarung" (Revelation +explained) was published; and exactly one hundred years after that, on +Easter Saturday, 1840, my third German volume, by which the chain to +bind the Dragon was complete, issued from the press. To wit, in the +first and second volumes the "memorable events" are reported, which took +place at our experience for the abolition of Popery, or what is the +same, for the abolition of monarchy; and in the third volume is shown, +that memorable events which are explained in my first two volumes, +happened according to prophecies which are in the Bible and also in +other works of ancient times and have been repeated through the course +of centuries of the Christian Era, and that the memorable events which +happened at our experience, would not have scared priests and preachers, +but would have been expected by them, if they had not been ignoramuses +of what our forerunners had disclosed before us, or stubborn +materialistic hypocrites, not beleaving what they preach and profess by +their performance.</p> + +<p>The principal of those forerunners have been mentioned in that volume, +and how far each in his situation saw the objects, which have received +in our mission a light which could not be obtained in former ages. +Doctor Bengel occupies amongst those forerunners a peculiar place; +because he is the second angel or messenger, spoken of in Revel. xiv: 8, +that is, the representative of messengers by whom the contents of that +verse are fulfilled, because he was the first amongst those, who have +proclaimed prophetically Christ's coming or Christ's manifestation to +effect the fall of Babylon while they were showing the time in which it +had to take place, and disclosing many other deep things which were not +known before, and have warned people powerfully, to prepare for Christ's +coming. This was done by Doctor Bengel and his disciples prophetically, +I mean, that they saw Christ's coming only in the image of the Biblical +prophets, and did not know the manner of his coming, and pointed out the +year 1836, as the tropical year for his coming. But when that year +expired, those who had before great confidence in Dr. Bengel's +disclosures, said, that he was mistaken in the calculation of the times. +But we have shown according to our mission in the 3rd. of the mentioned +volumes, that Doctor Bengel was not mistaken in what belonged to the +sphere of his mission, and his wonderful calculation was correct +regarding the time, but that what he wrote regarding the manner of +Christ's coming and other things were not correct, which not he but the +third angel, Revel. xiv. 8, had to disclose; because the year 1836 was +the tropical year, at the expiration of which the 3d angel had to +appear, and then to perform his task and explain the prophetical images +and other things which have not been understood before that explanation; +because the Lord came at that time as a thief, Revel. xvi: 15. The thief +is not seen, when he takes away what he finds suitable for his use. And +the same have we done in our mission in which was gradually disclosed, +that Christ comes by us, his messengers, and discloses what is needed, +by the direction of his invisible agents who are operating through our +mediumship.</p> + +<p>If you keep all that has been said in this book, you will comprehend +the hints which we have given as preparations at our approach to the +development of what we have promised in the inscription of this +treatise. Others have tried to show from their position, and Doctor +Bengel with application of historical and astronomical erudition +endeavoured to make it most evident, that the Beast with seven heads and +ten horns in the 13th chapter of the Revelation, is the papal monarchy. +At length came the 3rd angel or messenger, Revel. xiv: 9, by whose +mediumship the whole chain was developed, which testifies the same. And +Heavenly Congress of the 144,000 martyrs, Revel. xiv: 1, who +superintend, that prophecy given under their direction, is exactly +fulfilled, (as there is the case with the prophecies of the Revelation,) +have given also such testimonies of this truth, that the most stubborn +materialist if he studies to learn truth, finds superabundance of most +striking evidences, that hosts of spirits were co-operating, that +prophecy was fulfilling, till at length by unexpected events the Divine +seal was attached to its fulfilment by our mediumship. We will give +later in this treatise striking testimonies of this truth. But here was +the preparation, that you may understand the following hints on the 9th +and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the Revelation in connection with +the inscription of this treatise.</p> + +<p>Doctor Bengel was the first who has discovered, after an investigation +for many years in the Bullarium Romanum, in which the dates of the papal +letters which are known under the name of the Papal Bulls, bear besides +the time, the place from which they issued, that is, the place of the +Papal See or Chair, or of the papal government. In the 17th chapter is +the same Beast with the seven heads and ten horns which appears in the +first verse of the 13th chapter, only that in the 17th chapter it +appears in another state, to wit, the seer says in Revelation, xvii: 3d, +"I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of +blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns." This woman is called in +the 5th verse: "Babylon the great, the mother of harlots and +abominations." The same woman is called in the 3d verse of the second +chapter in the second epistle to the Thessalonians "the apostasia or +apostasy," what your translators expressed with "a falling away." In +the preceding treatise we quoted a prophecy in the 33d song of Purgatory +in Dante's Divine comedy, in which the five hundred ten and five +messenger of God strangles the harlot and the giant who sins with the +harlot. That harlot is the same old woman, which is called in the 17th +chapter of the Revelation, "the mother of harlots and abominations," and +the giant is the representative of the Beast, at this time Pius ix, +carrying on his shoulders the whole burden of abominations and +blasphemies of the whole succession of the apostles whose master is the +apocalyptical dragon, who has given him "power, seat and great +authority," Revel. xiii: 2. The word which is in your translation seat, +is in Greek "throne," which you understand. But by the worshipers of the +Beast it is usually called "the Holy See," and you know if you have +comprehended this book until this page, that the Pope had received his +holy see from "his infernal holiness, the dragon." And we will +concentrate and kindle an admireable light upon this subject in this +treatise.</p> + +<p>In the the 7th chapter of Daniel is the 4th Beast, having ten horns, the +Roman Monarchy. This same monarchy became at length the papal monarchy, +when the Bishop of Rome became monarch of the church and extended his +monarchy or superintendency over the other monarchs and nations as far +as he could, with the same view, as the heathen Roman Emperors had, to +make Rome the mistress of the globe; only that the Roman bishop did this +under a christian title, although his government was an antichristian +government under a christian pretext. There was inspiration; but the +inspiration was from the dragon and his host. The foundation of that +Empire is expressed in Revel. xiii: 2. Any body who has a christian +spirit and compares that which happened in Italy from Easter Sunday of +this year until this day, July, 21st, 1859, is convinced of this truth. +These are the fruits of the Papal monarchy! I have superabundance of +other business, and am writing occasionally since the 4th of this month +the preceding and this treatise, and the reader should keep continuously +in his mind, that I give only some links in this time of great delusion +preparing great destruction also in this country, that there not being +opportunity to study the whole chain of our disclosures people might +receive as much as necessary to know the "secret ememies of true +Republicanism," and the inner life of man and the spirit world, that +they might be saved, instead of being ruined and destroyed. "The seven +heads are seven mountains. Also seven kings, five of whom are fallen, +and one is and the other is not yet come." This is the state of things +at the time, in the 9th and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation. Rome is located on a number of hills, the seven principal of +which are called by the ancient writers the seven mountains. Doctor +Bengel has shown from the Ballarium Romanum and other documents +regarding the Papal government, that since the Roman Emperor Constantine +I. the Pope had the seat of his administration until the time in which +Doctor Bengel wrote, on five of the seven mountains, to wit, 1. on the +mountain Coelius, 2. mountain Aventinus, 3. Vaticanus, 4. Qurinalis, 5. +Esquilinus. Farther is to be remarked that although Popes had some times +their seats in other places, for instance in Avignon of France, others +in opposition to them had at the same time their seat in Rome, or when +in some Revolution they were driven from Rome, they returned as soon as +they could. Doctor Bengel when he found, that in his time the seat of +the Papal government was the fifth of the seven mountains, assured most +solemnly, that that government would not be translocated from that upon +another mountain until it crumbled to pieces, and he, by his admirable +calculation, showed, that it would take place before the expiration of +his century. It took place A.D. 1798, when Pope Pius VI. was taken +captive and carried to France, and the French Directory located the seat +of their government in Rome, not upon one of the five mountains which +were successively occupied as the seat of the Papal government, but upon +the mountain Capitolinus. On that mountain was the temple which was +dedicated during the heathen Rome to all heathen Gods, and during the +Papal Rome to all Saints or all Gods whom the Pope professed to worship. +But then it was taken by the French Directory for the seat of the +government.</p> + +<p>All these things were axactly performed, by the influence of spirits of +different spheres. Every actor in the great drama was influenced by +spirits for whose inspiration he was best prepared. But all that took +place under the vigilance of the highest order of spirits for the +accomplishment of prophecies. In Revelation, xvii: 10 the seven +mountains are called seven kings, that is seven monarchial or dospotic +or antichristian governments, governments which originated from the +inspiration of the dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction. The +seven mountains are types of these seven governments. But five are +fallen, that is five kings or five monarchial governments are fallen at +the time which the Revelator saw, that is, at the time, when the woman +was sitting on the Beast having seven heads and ten horns. During those +five kings or during the Papal governments on the live mountains that +woman, which is the mother of harlots and abominations, was prepared and +fostered by all the anti-christian deeds which have been perpetrated by +the authority of the Papal Bulls which issued from the five mountains. +People who came out from the exterior fashion of Popery, did not return +to the christian truth and christian spirit, but progressed into +materialism and endeavoured to effect with weapons of war, what can only +be effected according to the plan given in the following treatise. The +French Revolution broke out A.D. 1789, and progressed in tremendous +destruction of life and property and in terrorism and distress of the +survivors, that at length A.D. 1798 Pope Pious VI was carried captive to +France, where he died; the Papal Monarchy or the Beast having seven +heads, disappeared, or the woman was sitting upon the Beast, that is, +took possession of the monarchy. That woman is called the harlot and the +mother of harlots, and the apostasy, or defection from truth and +righteousness. People polluted with this defection appear under the +image of a harlot. And those who professed to act in the name of the +Republic or the people, after having removed the Pope from his seat, +located their government on the Mountain Capitolinus, in contempt of the +saints or gods of the Pope, and supported their government with a more +terrible despotism, than their predecessors, the popes, did. This +government of the French Directory on the Mountain Capitolinus, is in +this calculation the sixth government, or the government introduced in +Rome after the fall of the governments on the five of the seven +mountains. When the government on those five mountains was translocated +from one mountain upon an other, the government was not destroyed but +only changed, as circumstances required. But when the sixth government, +(called in Revel. xvii: 10 "the one is" that is, the one which was in +existence after the fall of the preceding five), was introduced, the +former governments of the Papal monarchy were entirely abolished. When +this took place, "the other" in Revel, xvii: 10 "was not yet come," and +the government of the French Republic was in the greatest danger of +being overturned. In those circumstances, "the other," that is Napoleon +came. He returned from Egypt and saved the republic; but the republic +could not be sustained, and Napoleon advanced gradually so far that he +became at length Emperor; and of him is said: "he must continue a short +space." Revel. xvii: 10. His government is in this calculation the +seventh government. He thought, that the secular monarchy of the Pope +was injurious to his Empire, and he required that the Pope, Pious VII, +successor of Pius VI who died in France, should give up his secular +monarchy. And when the Pope refused to do so, he was taken captive and +brought at length to France.</p> + +<p>Napoleon is in our magnetic chain the same, who according to the vulgar +reading and translation is called "the man of sin, the son of +perdition." 2d Ep. Thessal. ii: 3. We give only as many hints as are +sufficient, to arouse governments and nations from their lethargy. +Theologians not knowing how the Bible originated, nor how to make the +right use of it, had made already of the first chapter of the Bible the +greatest abuse, and came in collision with developments of astronomy and +geology as well as with the true history of man, being in that chapter +nothing else but the vision or the image of the creation of the mosaic +Heaven and the mosaic Earth, or the mosaic ecclesiastical and political +institutions, which are abolished by virtue of our mission in which we +show the new Heaven and the new Earth. Interpreters and translators +commenced to dupe people with the first verse of the Bible, where the +Hebrew word "Elohim" is in the plural number. But they translated that +word, "God;" although those who know somewhat about the true +spiritualism, may easily comprehend, that those Elohim are the guardian +gods or the guardian angels, departed ancestors of the Jewish Nation. At +the administration of those guardians Moses produced the ecclesiastical +and political institutions of that nation. Of those institutions, and of +the books of that nation such a tremendous abuse was made, that from +that abuse at length "the man of sin, the son of perdition" was +produced. But this vulgar reading is taken in the first place from a +wrong Greek reading. The genuine reading gives in the first place the +translation "the man of lawlessness" that is, the man who came out from +a lawless state, from a state in which the ecclesiastical and political +laws have been overthrown. In the second place instead of "the son of +perdition" should be translated "the son of destruction," that is, the +man who came through that dreadful destruction of human life and +property which is preserved in history, upon the Imperial Throne of +France, that all in him has been fulfilled, what we read in the quoted +chapter, and is explained in our magnetic chain in which we have given +also the genuine reading and the genuine translation, where needed to +understand the prophecy, as far as it has been fulfilled[X] in Napoleon +I. But the explanation cannot be here repeated; but we had here to +mention as much as necessary, that the supplement of its fulfilment +might be understood by Napoleon III. and that the two fighting emperors +and their tremendous armies in Italy, as well as all other monarchs, +might learn their true position and be converted from the Dragon to +Christ and become with us messengers of Peace. For this purpose we must +give the following hints:</p> + +<p>"And the Beast that was and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the +seven, and goeth into perdition. Revel. xvii: 11. You must keep in mind, +that the Revelator saw the state in which the harlot was sitting on the +Beast, that is, occupying the place of the Papal monarchy. In that state +of things the Beast or Papal monarchy was not in existence. But when the +Revelator was contemplating that state with marvel, the angel who has +shown him this state of things, gives some prophecies of what would +follow after that state.</p> + +<p>"The Beast that thou sawest, was, and is not; and shall ascend out of +the bottomless pit, and go into perdition" Revel. xvii: 8. The Papal +monarchy, which disappeared for a certain time, had to re-appear, and +that re-appearance is its ascension from the abyss, from so deep a cave +that its bottom is not seen, from the realm of darkness in reference to +Revel. xiii: 2, when it came into existence first by the spirit of +delusion effecting great destruction, at the incursion of barbarian[Y] +nations into the Roman Empire in the 4th, 5th, and 6th centuries. At +that time the Bishop of Rome took advantage to commence to be +Superintendent of the kingdoms which originated from the Roman Empire, +and their number was successively ten, which are called the ten horns of +the Beast. Napoleon's Empire "which continued a short space," having +been the seventh government, the Papal monarchy which ascended out of +the abyss Revel. xvii: 8, was in this calculation the eighth king or +government, Revel. xvii: 11, and came out of the seven preceding +governments, and commenced, when A.D. 1814 Pope Pius VII took possession +of his territory after his triumphant return to Rome. Then the ten horns +of the Beast, who "are ten kings" Revel. xvii: 12, (to wit, in reference +to the origin of the kingdoms out of the Roman Empire in connexion with +the origin of the papal monarchy,) the monarchs or their Representatives +who after the overthrow of Napoleon's Empire assembled in the Congress +of Vienna, "These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength +unto the Beast." Revel. xvii: 13. The translation being not exact, we +give only the sense, that they agreed, that the representative of the +Beast or the Pope should be with them a partaker of his temporal power, +or of his monarchy, which he has lost entirely during the sixth +government, and died in captivity. His successor Pius VII, who commenced +to restore it, was then taken by Napoleon; but after Napoleon's fall the +old dynasties with the Papal monarchy were restored. And the people +continued in the great apostasy which is called the harlot, and the +monarchs were fulfilling and continue to fulfil at this time in the most +tremendous manner the 16th verse of the 17th chapter of the Revelation, +"making the harlot desolate and naked, eating her flesh and burning her +with fire." In this tremendous condition they continued since they took +again possession of their governments. Their proceedings and the whole +management of their affairs appear anti-christian. These governments +"make war with the lamb." Revel. xvii: 14. This they do continously, +till at length we read reports of such destructions as are now in Italy. +But to those who are with the lamb, called and chosen and faithful, the +victory against the antichristian governments is promised in the same +verse. Without having room for farther hints in this confinement to a +small book, that it might be studied by many who could not be moved or +would not have time to study a large work or would not have the means to +buy it, we must give here some hints, how our victory against those who +are in war with the lamb, has been secured by the most solemn promises +and fulfilment of the most sublime prophecies. Readers should keep in +mind all hints given on the preceding pages, and should know, that I was +called to America by a Heavenly messenger. Then followed continuous +signs, by which all things were prepared the right moment, that I was +directed to Boston, Mass., and arrived in that city on my birth day, +November, 29, 1837, when I was exactly 42 years old. I had no knowledge, +that my invisible guardians had prepared all that was required, that in +that city great works have been performed by my instrumentality. On +memorable events which happened in the Roman Catholic Church of that +city from December, 1837, until the 3d Sunday after Easter, 1838, by my +mediumship and assistance of 144 witnesses many hundred pages have been +written in my often mentioned five German volumes.</p> + +<p>Readers of this book are accustomed to hear unexpected events, and we +mention without explanations the following as preparatory to the light +which we shall give in this treatise upon the present meeting of Emperor +Napoleon and his army with Emperor Francis Joseph and his army in Italy, +and upon the present Pope in their vicinity.</p> + +<p>While I was preparing to start from Boston to other places, I was +instructed by unexpected wonders and signs that I must remain in Boston +and take care of the German Catholic congregation, and the priest who +had charge of it, was by invisible agents compelled to leave directly +Boston. For the use of our German Congregation the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church was granted at the time, during which it was not +occupied by the Irish and American Congregation. We had our service on +Sundays from 8 to 10 o'clock A.M. in that Church, and I explained +prophecies in reference to our time and the necessity of true +Reformation for those who would be partakers of the great promises for +the fulfilment of which the time was approaching. This I knew as well as +also, that I came to America to work in this country for their +fulfilment according to the direction of my leaders. But I did not know, +what, according to their plan was to be done.</p> + +<p>On the 6th day of January, 1838, which was Saturday and the feast of +Epiphany or Christ's manifestation, a great prophetical feast for our +mission, I received the order from my guardian, the martyr in Revel. +xiv: 14, who was crucified and burned by the Pope, and found by the +Heavenly Congress, Revel. xiv: 1, as best qualified to be my principal +director in what I had to perform in the cathedral Church in Boston. The +name of that martyr and why he was found to be my leader in that work, +is in other of my writings. By him I was instructed to prepare the +congregation on that feast, that those who would be willing to +co-operate with us for the great Reformation which was required for the +fulfilment of prophecies, should be ready to come on the next following +day after our Sunday service in my school room and sign their names and +what they would be willing to do for defraying expenses in our +enterprises. On sunday the 7th of January, 1838, I delivered again a +sermon suitable to inspire the congregation for the great enterprise, +and asked that those who were ready for co-operation, should come +directly after the service in our school room. That was a step against +all precedence. The catalogue of those who belonged to the congregation, +was given to me before, and trustees took great care to collect large +subscriptions for us. But all this should be rejected, and only those +who would be ready to work with me for the great reformation without +regard to the bishop, should come and sign their names and +contributions, to be regarded as my fellow labourers in the great +reformation. Although I have explained to them in my sermons as many +signs as they could bear, that I came against all my expectations to +America to prepare people for the reformation necessary for the +fulfilment of the greatest promises, I, according to human insight into +matters, did not expect that any would dare to sign his name. But I did, +as I was ordered by my leader.</p> + +<p>After our service on Sunday, January 7, 1859, there came so many that +our school room was crowded. Trustees and others came with them to warn +the others, not to do any step for such an enterprise, without asking +first the bishop, what should be done in this case. Others remarked, +that I knew well what I was doing. And I repeated what I have explained +at our meetings in the church, that I was doing nothing except what was +showed to me by the spirit, who had given also in their presence +sufficient testimonies, that he was a spirit of truth and righteousness. +Then all were so inspired, that those who resisted most signed first +their names. Having been agreed that they must sign their names before +me and witnesses in my catalogue the business required time, and those +who came from a distance, remained to sign their names amongst the +first, and the others went home, and returned afternoon. On the next +following Sunday we assembled again, that the names of the signers were +read solemnly and distinctly in the presence of the whole congregation +for other purposes, which to mention here is no room, as well as for the +purpose which must be mentioned, that the congregation were expressly +admonished, that at the reading of the names of the signers they should +pay pecular attention, that if any mistake should be found, it might be +corrected, and that all might be witnesses of what every one had signed +to contribute for our enterprise. Every one, called by the name, +answered. Most of them, if not all, were present. And if any one, for I +do not recollect any case, was absent, certainly those who knew him and +were present when he came to sign his name, testified, that they saw +him, when he signed his name and contribution, and that his name was +correctly written into my catalogue. In this manner that which was +signed January 7th 1838, before witnesses was on the 14th of the same +month testified by the whole congregation.</p> + +<p>Signs and wonders became more manifest. I was commanded by my leader to +write an Encyclic Latin Epistle, directed to the Bishops of the Austrian +Empire, showing the necessity of true Reformation that nations might +become partakers of the promises. I have shown in that Epistle of seven +closely written sheets, what was first and most necessary; and I +mentioned a number of signs which have been given in the Austrian Empire +before I started thence to America, and a number of signs in Boston +after my arrival there, by which our mission was testified. After having +finished writing that Epistle, I was directed by the same spirit, to +write to Benedict Fenwick Roman Catholic Bishop of Boston, a short +letter, as addition to the Encyclic Epistle to the Bishops of Austria, +showing to the bishops, that whereas some signs have been mentioned, +which took place in the Austrian Empire in the presence of witnesses who +have been named in the Epistle, and other signs happened in Boston, and +of those signs he was a witness, he was in duty bound to sign first the +circular Epistle and to promise his co-operation with us for the great +Reformation of the Church, which is necessary to stop judgments and to +make nations partakers of the greatest promises. I added, that if he +would refuse to sign, I could not go any more into his Church. The +bishop was a cunning Jesuite. He understood that by signing that Epistle +he could not satisfy his Pope, and he wrote to me a very enticing +letter, to stop me in my Reformation. But I assembled directly those of +the congregation, who could be assembled that evening, Friday, February +16th 1838, and explained what had happened, showing to them their duty, +to make known to the congregation to assemble on next Sunday in a +Protestant School-house in which I would explain, why I could not go any +more into the Church of the Bishop. I convinced them after sufficient +explanation of the matter, that they were satisfied, that I had to obey +rather the direction of the spirit, than the wishes of the bishop.</p> + +<p>On Saturday, Feb. 17, 1838, I was again awakened at 3 o'clock A.M. as at +my former commission, and commanded by my leader, to write again to the +bishop and explain my message given to the congregation to assemble on +the next day in a Protestant School house unless the bishop would +acknowledge his fault and do what was required. I assured him most +solemnly, that all those steps were done under strict direction of the +spirit who had confirmed my mission; therefore "nisi haec feceris, tecum +in sacris communicare non possum." It is to be understood, that I wrote +to him in Latin, and said: "If thou, Bishop, wilt not do this," that is, +if thou wilt not sign the Epistle and co-operate with us, "I can have no +ecclesiastical communion with thee." The Epistle was then carried and +handed to him at 8 o'clock A.M. of that day.</p> + +<p>Soon after that a deputation of our congregation came to me. They +reported that our message according to our agreement, was spread in the +congregation, but there was a means, to satisfy the spirit; because the +Catholic Cathedral Church does not belong to the bishop, but to the +nations. The deputation assured me that Roman Catholics and Protestants +of different nations have contributed freely to build that church, and I +could explain freely in the church what I had to communicate to the +congregation; since neither the bishop nor any of his priests understood +German. It was evident, that one of the three was under the influence of +a prudent spirit. But I replied, that in steps of such consequence I +must act strictly according to the order of the spirit. They should +therefore go to the bishop. Perhaps they might move him to sign the +Epistle. They went; but they returned with the message, that they found +the bishop not well, entreating me very much that although he could not +sign my encyclic Epistle, I should go in the church, and difficulties +would be then amicably settled. From that circumstance I understood, +that the bishop did not comprehend what it was, to receive a commission +by Heavenly messengers, which was sufficiently attested as sent from +Heaven. Therefore I said to the committee, that after the bishop had +remained in such a darkness, I must strictly act according to the +direction of the spirit who has sent me. Then the man who was under +influence was stronger moved to urge me to go in the church, without +regard to the bishop, and explain what I wished to communicate to the +congregation. When the other two belonging to the committee thought that +I could not be moved, they left my room. Then the third was stronger +moved by his leader than before, to urge me to go in the church. Then my +leader brought to me the distinct message that I should go into the +church and perform independently from all bishops, what would be shown +to me to be performed. At that unexpected message I said to the man, +that I have received the communication which I needed to tell to the +congregation, that they should assemble on the next day in the church.</p> + +<p>From the message I understood, that after having excommunicated the +bishop from my ecclesiastical communion, and in my last letter more +distinctly than in my first, I had to omit in my performances in the +church all that shows any communication with the bishop or with the +Pope, whose representative the bishop was. But I knew long before that, +that the Roman Catholic Church was a prophetical church, and I had to +perform the prophetical ceremonies which were in use at those days on +which I had to go in the church. The prophetical spirit has so provided +for what I had to perform from that moment in the church, that at every +performance also the passages which were taken from the Bible into the +Roman Catholic mass-book and ritual, corresponded exactly with what I +was doing.</p> + +<p>On the 18th February, 1838, which was Sunday Sexagesima, I came the +first time independently from all bishops, into the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church of Boston, Mass. to do what would be shown to me by +inspiration. The church has prepared for that Sunday from the 11th and +12th chapters of the 2d Epistle to Corinthians the sufferings of the +Apostle Paul and his report, that he was caught up to the third Heaven. +When I was reading at the Altar that section, and came to the quoted +passage, "I was caught up to Heaven." Paul the Prophet, as he appears in +our mission, did not know, whether it was in or out of his body. But I +know I was entranced, while my body was immoveable at the Altar, and +Heavenly power was communicated to me, and I was ordered to explain to +the audience the testimonies of my mission, commencing with the +initiation which I have received twelve years before that. To wit, A.D. +1825 after my having been six years secular Priest, testimonies were +given, that I was called to join with Priests of the Benedictine Order. +I felt that there were sufficient testimonies of my call from Heaven. +But after my having moved into the monastery, matters appeared so +contrary to my expectation, that I thought, that my surest way would be +to write to the next bishop and to continue to labor as secular Priest. +In that my determination to write on the next following day to the +Bishop of Lavant, I went to rest. But I came from my sleep into a trance +of unspeakable Heavenly light, during which I was surrounded by a +company of spirits and magnetized or initiated by them for the great +labor which I had to perform, and the temptations against which I had to +act. At that initiation I did not see my mother, but I heard so +distinctly her voice and with so powerful impression that it could not +be effaced from my mind, when she said that I should remain in the +monastery. Amongst all communications which I received in Europe from +Heavenly guides, this was the only one, which I have received from my +mother; and nobody else could impress a stronger conviction than she +did, in the most momentous instance in which I needed a Heavenly +comfort. And that initiation by Heavenly messengers strengthened me, +till I received on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18, 1838, the great +initiation at the Altar of the Cathedral Church of Boston for my public +appearance in my present charge and was commanded by the martyr Revel. +xiv: 14 to commence my address with the initiation which I had received +twelve years before that. The Roman Catholic Church has prepared for +that Sunday Luke viii 4-15, and I explained according to the 10th verse +the mystery of our mission. I had to mention some points at my public +initiation to my present mission in which I had to perform in the first +place in the Roman Catholic Church what was required according to +prophecies to give the Pope and his bishops the most solemn divine +testimony, that their prophetical administration is accomplished, and +that their highest duty is to become with us messengers of the +dispensation of the fulness of times Ephes. 1:10, in which all in Heaven +and on Earth should be united and pacified in Christ. For this purpose +the church or the people must be cleansed. To show them the necessity of +the cleansing of the sanctuary, after that my public appearance in the +glorious mission, demons were compelled to bring to daylight the secret +abominations, of which we have in the brief hints of this treatise to +mention one instance, which is in peculiar connexion with the three on +the title-page named witnesses and with other regents. One man was found +in our congregation, who was not in the catalogue of the 144, who have +signed their names into our catalogue on the 7th January, 1838; but he +was in the catalogue of those who have been given to me before that +signing as belonging to the congregation, and that man appeared in that +catalogue as being married, and when after our public appearance in the +present mission the abominations commenced to be detected, that man was +found, that he was not married with the woman with whom he lived as +being married. I sent to him word, that if he wished to know his duty, +he should come to me. But he would not come. This happened in the week +after my public appearance in my present charge. I asked, whether the +case was known in the congregation, and I was told, that it was known. +On the next following Sunday, which was Quinquagesima or the next Sunday +before Lent, I received the order from my leader to excommunicate that +man publicly. I delivered a sermon appropriate to the case, mentioned +that such a man was in the congregation, without naming him, and made +the declaration that such a man does not belong to the church of Christ +or to our congregation till he is converted from his illegal connection.</p> + +<p>After that many other performances of our mission took place, which +cannot be mentioned here, except the following:</p> + +<p>According to the agreement the signers of their names and contributions +for our support and to defray the necessary expenses, had to bring a +portion of their contribution before Palm Sunday 1838 which is the +Sunday before Easter, and if somebody should be hindered in doing what +he agreed to do, he should come and mention his reason, or if he could +not come himself, he should send word by some other. In the case, that +he would neglect to do the one or the other, we would send, to inquire +for the reason of his having neglected his duty. This was to be +mentioned for the right comprehension of the unexpected events which we +must in this connexion of things report as briefly as possible.</p> + +<p>In the night from Palm Sunday to Monday I was at one o'clock by a shock +suddenly awakened and I heard the voice: "Arise and take from the +catalogue those who had neither brought their contributions, nor the +excuse why they could not do so, and excommunicate them on the next +Sunday solemnly from Christ's Church." I arose directly, made light, +took them from my catalogue and put them on another paper. Then I became +suddenly very drowsy and returned to bed. When I arose at the usual +time, I reflected upon the unexpected communication, and I thought, that +my duty was to inquire for the men, and that only under the condition +that they would obstinately resist to submit to the rules of our order, +they would deserve a public declaration, that they do not belong to +Christ's Church. Also it appeared quite strange, that Easter Sunday was +appointed for that excommunication. I thought, that if I would send for +and converse with them, I would perhaps find out the reason of such an +unexpected order. Besides all other things I had also the most +convenient lodging for my performances in the new mission. But here we +select only those points which are preparatory to the development of +deep secrets by which the three extraordinary men mentioned on the +title-page become extraordinary witnesses of our mission. The merchant +with whom I boarded knew most persons of our congregation. Therefore I +took the paper on which I put the names according to the Heavenly +commission, and asked him whether he knew any of those persons who were +on the paper. After his negative answer I called our messenger to give +him the paper with the order to inquire at those who were acquainted +with most people of our congregation, to find out those persons and +invite them to come to me about important matters, without telling the +case which I myself did not understand. But at the moment, when I would +give him the paper, I was severly shaken and heard the voice, not to +inquire for any body but to perform that which I had been commanded to +do. The order having been given by the leader from whom other most +important orders came, I was satisfied, that with the order were deeper +things connected than I could expect. I asked the messenger whether he +heard any voice. He replied, in the negative. I understood that I was +taken by him into the inner state, when he shook me and said to me not +to inquire for anybody, but to perform the order.</p> + +<p>From Monday to Tuesday in the week before Easter I was again shaken and +awakened by my leader at 1 o'clock A.M. and heard his voice: "Arise and +write for the book the order given on the preceding night to be executed +on next Sunday." To understand this order I must remark, that soon after +my declaration made to Bishop Fenwick of Boston, that if he refuses to +sign the Epistle I can have no ecclesiastical communion with him, which +declaration was a polite manner in which I excommunicated the bishop, I +commenced to write a book, showing that my extraordinary steps were made +under higher direction testifying my extraordinary mission; because as +soon as I was ordered to separate from the bishop, and to perform +independently from all bishops in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church, +what would be shown me by the spirit, I understood my extraordinary +mission; although I did not know, what the Heavenly Congress intended to +perform by my mediumship. And when I was commanded by the spirit at 1 +o'clock from Monday to Tuesday before Easter 1838, to arise and to write +for the book, which is now called the first of my five German volumes, I +felt more than before the importance of the obligations of the 144 +witnesses who have signed their names in my catalogue; and from this +view I wrote that night what I inserted in the most suitable place of +the manuscript, that it was then published for a testimony to all +nations, that I did know nothing in regard to the deepest mystery which +was intended by the Heavenly Congress with that excommunication.</p> + +<p>One point more as preparation for the great celebration of the Easter +Sunday, April 15, 1838. On Wednesday before Easter the man who was +excommunicated on Sunday Quinquagesima from our congregation, came to +me after having separated from the woman with whom he was not married. I +understood that he was under influence of an invisible power brought to +me, and that I had to take him into our communion and make it publicly +known on Easter Sunday in the same general terms without mentioning his +name, in which he was separated. And I said to him, that I will mention +this in our next meeting on Easter Sunday.</p> + +<p>When all was prepared on that great Easter Sunday, in the midst of our +usual prophetical performances at the Mass I ascended the pulpit and +delivered under inspiration a sermon preparatory to the excommunication, +instructed the audience then regarding the excommunicated by a distinct +report, how I was three times ordered to perform that excommunication, +that therefore those who are comprehended under the names of the +excommunication, are as certainly excommunicated from Christ's Church, +as I am confirmed as his messenger for establishing his reign of Truth +and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe by all the signs and +wonders many of which they had already heard in my addresses, others +they will read in the book. The congregation knew, that I was printing a +book in Cambridge near Boston, showing that what I was doing I was doing +under the direction of Heavenly messengers for the fulfilment of the +greatest promises. Amongst all the signs and wonders many of which you +have also read in this book, one of the most remarkable signs was, that +after my having excommunicated Benedict Fenwick, Bishop of Boston, in +both letters, that of the 16th as well as that of the 17th February +1838, although more expressedly in the last than in the first, neither +the Bishop nor any other Priest did interfere with my using the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church of Boston, but I performed without the least +disturbance all that has been shown to me by the holy martyr Revel. +xiv:14 and his company. I assured the congregation at the same time that +the excommunication will not injure those who are comprehended in the +names of the excommunicated, except if they remain obstinate after the +excommunication is made known.</p> + +<p>After the necessary solemn preparation, the excommunication was +performed in the most vigorous manner, and the names of the +excommunicated were read so loud and distinctly, that they could be +heard in every corner of the church, for the peculiar purpose that no +name might be confounded with another name.</p> + +<p>After that act I continued the Mass and distributed the Eucharist to a +large number of the congregation whom I prepared on the previous days by +hearing their confessions; because, as I have mentioned before, in my +extraordinary mission in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church all that +which was practised was to be repeated for a testimony that it was +accomplished. Without there being room here to write about the +confession we mark only in general, that it had also its time in the old +Heaven, but we have better means of education in the new Heaven. But it +is to be remarked that also the man who had been excommunicated on +Sunday Quinquagesima, came to me to the confession before Easter and was +received into our congregation, and this was then on Easter Sunday +directly after my solemn sermon before I commenced to prepare the +audience for hearing the excommunication of those who were to be +excommunicated, distinctly announced to the congregation, and that same +man received then with the others the Eucharist from my hand. Then he, +after our service, accompanied me closely, without saying a word, to my +lodging, and said when I was entering the house, that he wished to talk +with me privately. When we were alone, he entreated me pitifully to +receive him in Christ's Church or in our congregation. I was surprised, +and asked him, whether he forgot, that I received him first privately, +and whether he did not hear that I made that known to the congregation +on that same day, and that he took also the Eucharist from my hand as +the confirmation of being in our congregation. He replied that all this +was true, but that he heard distinctly his name, when I read those who +were excommunicated, and that the Spirit said to him, that he should go +directly to me and tell me this.</p> + +<p>I saw that he was acting under the influence of a spirit, and to get +some more information, asked him, how he could hear his name, when I +pronounced loud and distinctly those who were on my paper for the +excommunication, when I read them from the paper as being +excommunicated, and that I could not be such a fool as to put the same +name amongst the excommunicated, whom I took before privately into our +Communion, and announced this also publicly, immediately before the +performance of the excommunication. He replied, that he did not only +hear distinctly his name, but saw it also on the paper from which I read +those who were excommunicated, and if I would show him the paper, on +which those are who were excommunicated, he would show me his name. +Neither he nor any other man could read the names from that paper, which +I had in the New Testament book, in my pocket, and from which I read to +the audience, what was to be read from that book on Easter Sunday; but +my pulpit was so arranged, that nobody besides me could see what I read. +When he demanded to see that paper, to show me his name, I took the +paper from that book, to satisfy him, that he was mistaken. As soon as I +had shown him the paper, he fixed his finger to a name and exclaimed: +"This is my name! this is my name!" The more I assured him, that he was +mistaken and that he should look better the letters of the name, to see +that it was not his but quite another name, the more he affirmed, that +it was his name; and the more he looked at the name, the more he +asserted, that it was his name. Then I named each letter of that name, +asking him, whether he saw that it was the named letter, and when he +answered in the affirmative to all letters, I urged him to spell the +whole name. And he spelt the whole name, and it was "Kaiser." This +German name means in English "Emperor."</p> + +<p>As soon as the man, or rather the departed spirit who urged him, that he +performed all this, spelt the name Kaiser, that is, Emperor, the spirit +seemed to be quite satisfied. After a short pause he again operated upon +the man powerfully, saying, that he had brought his name on the 7th Jan. +into my catalogue. I understood always, that he meant that man whose +name was Kaiser, and I said, that his name is not in the catalogue. But +when he continued to assert, that it is in the catalogue, and I repeated +that I perused oftentimes that catalogue and was quite certain, that +his name is not in the catalogue, and we both remained, each on his +point of certainty, I said at length, that I would convince him, that I +was correct, if he would tell me, who was the next before him, who put +his name in the catalogue. And when he named him and also others before +and after him, I opened the catalogue, and saw, that on the 100th place, +which was according to that direction his place, was the name "Kaiser," +that means "Emperor," instead of the name "Geyer" that means "hawk" or +"vulture." Geyer was the name of the man who had brought on the 7th +January, 1838, instead of his own, the name Kaiser. But by all our +precautions, that there might not be a mistake in any name and by all +our uses of that catalogue until that moment no body discovered this!</p> + +<p>That my business with that man required more time than could be spared, +because others were waiting till I dispatched him, and then all that +Easter Sunday there was other work so that I had no time to reflect upon +that case, nor, if there had been time, had I dared to think, what might +have been, behind the vail, without having received peculiar revelation. +Having been occupied on that Easter Sunday with other business as well +as with hearing confessions of those who came from far, I was then tired +and went to rest. During my rest I was awakened by an Angel of the Lord, +and heard the voice, that I should arise and write a communication. I +arose, kindled a light and saw by the watch, that it was one o'clock +after midnight, and felt that there was a company of Spirits present, +while I received from one the communication which was to be delivered on +that day to the congregation. That was the second day of Easter, a +festival in the Roman Catholic Church, and we had our service. That +communication not belonging into this epitome, was mentioned, because it +was a preparation to what follows.</p> + +<p>After having finished writing that communication between 1 and 2 +o'clock, A.M. on Easter Monday, April 16, 1838, I felt much stronger +than at the receipt of the first communication that I was surrounded by +a company of Spirits, amongst whom, at that moment, my mother +approached next to me, and with an unexpected power of her voice which +made such an impression upon my spirit and my whole system as may be +easier felt than expressed with words, delivered the message that, I +received in our ecclesiastical communion the man who directed my +attention to the Emperor who was excommunicated, and that that Emperor +was excommunicated who pretends to be Apostolic Majesty, and that I must +write down this and publish in the book which was at that time in +composition.</p> + +<p>I mentioned above, that I received by my departed mother one +communication twelve years before that; and this was the second and also +until this hour the last communication which I have received by the +instrumentality of my mother. Never in my life, at all my experience +from the Spirit world, I was so affected as at that communication. It +was delivered after having written the first communication, and thought +to extinguish the light and return to bed. At that moment I felt that, I +was surrounded by a company of Heavenly Messengers amongst whom one was +approaching nearest, and the powerful communication came. After that +there was no inclination to return to bed, nor is there room here to +repeat, what has been explained in the first and second of my five often +mentioned German volumes, for the correct understanding of said +communication, and the prophecies which have been fulfilled in said +excommunication and explained in my third volume. From those +explanations it is evident, that the Emperor of Austria who has besides +other anti-Christian titles also the title "Apostolic Majesty," is +representing in that excommunication the whole body of Monarchs and +Tyrants, who keep people in the anti-Christian servitude, from which +they are to be redeemed at the present manifestation of Christ by his +Messengers.</p> + +<p>Since the female sex has been much more injured and abused by monarchs +and other tyrants than the masculine sex, Beatrice Dante's departed wife +was found as most suitable Heavenly messenger by whom the great prophecy +in the 33d and last Song of Purgatory was communicated to the Poet and +most remarkable Prophet Dante, and my mother was found most suitable to +deliver the above mentioned communication and to make greater +impression than any other Heavenly messenger upon me, when the first +message was to be delivered to understand that great prophecy and +thousands of other prophecies which have been locked until that time. At +that moment a key was given to commence to unlock them.</p> + +<p>We give only some hints regarding the points which are the substance of +the contents of the five Germam volumes published from 1838 to 1842; and +many volumes would be required, if we would explain the memorable events +which happened afterwards for new illustrations and confirmations of the +preceding events. There is a concatenation of the most solemn warnings +to all the upholders and supporters of the old ruined Babylon, that they +should come out not to be partakers of her plagues. Besides the +mentioned mystery on the 100th place of our catalogue there is another +mystery on the 90th place. Besides those two, four or five others as you +may read the whole report in those volumes, have neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, and were excommunicated on Easter Sunday, 1838. But +those four or five came after that excommunication to me and were +received in our communion; but the 90th and the 100th have been brought +by their mediums for the fulfilment of prophecies and for the most +solemn divine assurance to political and ecclesiastical rulers, that +they are in such a tremendous condition, in which they would not remain +a moment, but would become directly with us messengers of Peace, if they +would comprehend but a little of what we know regarding their condition.</p> + +<p>After having received such an astonishing unexpected light regarding the +100th of the 144 witnesses of our catalogue, that only those can duly +appreciate it who have studied my volumes, others who have neglected +their duty and came in the number of the excommunicated only for an +illustration of those on the 90th and 100th places, as we have explained +in those volumes, came then without having been called, to me, and were +received in our communion. But the 90th did not come, and his place and +his names had a peculiar reference to all that which has been performed +in the Cathedral Church of Boston by our instrumentality; but I had +received no communication in regard to him. Therefore I thought proper +to send Messengers to inquire, whether anybody knew a man having the +name "Leo Hefner" and having been in Boston at the time in which the 144 +witnesses signed their names in my catalogue. But after the most careful +inquiry nobody brought any account of Leo Hefner. After that I received +the communication, that that name which is on the 90th place of our +catalogue, is a mystery which must be explained by me.</p> + +<p>Then I commenced to explain, that most suitable names have been selected +by Divine wisdom for the excommunication, of the Beast which has the +mouth of a Leo, that means in English a Lion, Revelation, xiii: 2, and +the Beast is the Papal Monarchy, for the foundation of which although +several predecessors of Pope Leo I. were preparing the way, that Leo or +Lion contributed most by his energy and principles which are expressed +in his writings, to that monarchy, which afterwards Pope Gregory VII. +endeavoured to establish with great power, and his successors triumphed +at length against their adversaries, and the mouth of these lions under +the Christian mask swallowed as much of human life and property as it +could reach, and the whole succession or family of the Popes produced a +"Hefner." In the explanation of the expressive names which have been +prepared by the Heavenly Congress, we take the most suitable +significations which appear obviously in the names. We took the name +"Hefner" as a composition of German Hef or Hefe, which means "dregs" or +"sediment," and the Hebrew "Ner," which means Lamp, so that Hefner means +"dregs of the Lamp" in our interpretation. The Pope used the Hebrew Lamp +and besides others especially German scholars gave him the greatest +assistance, that by his anti-christian management the Lamp of Truth and +Righteousness could not burn, because there was oil consumed and dregs +of the most dreadful materialism were destroying and ruining mankind.</p> + +<p>It is to be understood, that we give only some hints of what we +explained in the first volume as far as our leaders found proper to do, +showing gradually the great apostasy from the christian truth and +immersion into materialism and ceremonialism, produced by the +anti-christian management[Z] of the "Hefner or Dregs of the Lamp." In +the second volume we cotinued the explanation, that is, I under the +direction of invisible agents, was writing for the second volume. When I +thought that regarding the Beast with ten Horns was sufficient +explanation given for that volume, I heard on the 20th November, 1838 at +noon time a Heavenly voice: "Count the number of the name of the Beast." +Revelation, xiii: 17 and 18. I replied "Lord! I counted it long time +ago." Then the Heavenly voice was repeated. I asked, "Is'nt Lateinos" +the right name? I received the answer: No. Then I understood, that +neither that name which was delivered by the old Church Father Irenaeus +and written with Greek letters gives the number 666 and points to the +affairs of the Latin Man, nor any other name found for an illustration +of the prophecy and containing 666, expresses what is prophesied about +the beast; but that Hefner, contains the whole mystery; because each +pope as pope has the mouth of a leo or lion, and the whole family or +succession of the popes have produced the Hefner, or dregs in the lamp, +which cannot burn, because oil is consumed with the mouth of the Leo. +After my having explained for the second volume, that all circumstances +testified that by "Leo Hefner" the Papal Monarchy was excommunicated +from Christ's Church, and that in this name the whole history of Popery +is comprehended, showing what every pope as pope is, and what the whole +succession of the popes had poduced, the heavenly voice "Count the +number of the name of the beast," has given the most striking divine +confirmation or divine seal to our interpretation of the mystery. I +wrote the family name, after having received the heavenly order, with +Greek letters, and to my astonishment they gave exactly the number 666, +Revel. xiii: 18. Greek scholars should keep in mind, that the German H +is expressed by the Greek mark which is called by grammarians spiritus +asper, and that in both syllables of Hefner <i>e</i> is long, and with this +remark they will find by writing Hefner with Greek letters, in the name +exactly the number 666.</p> + +<p>After having received the Heavenly order, that I counted the number of +the beast, while I was writing the manuscript and preparing the print of +the second volume in Philadelphia, I received soon a letter from Boston +containing the information, that Matthew Arnold who is on the 86th place +of the 144 witnesses and in the deputation who after my having +excommunicated Bishop Benedict Fenwick from my ecclesiastical communion, +came to move me to occupy the church for my performances, was inspired +and remained when the other left my room when I received the +communication to occupy the church for our work, that same man learned +who the man was who brought the name Leo Hefner into my catalogue. Since +there were usually besides the witnesses also a number of others in the +school room, in which names were signed in my catalogue, it seemed to be +an easy task to discover the man, who had brought the name, by asking +those who signed their names next the 90th. But there are thousands of +discoveries quite easy, but they could not be made, till the time for +their use arrived. Besides me, all the 144 were also under so strict a +control of invisible agents, that all happened in due time. After all +other things regarding the mystery have been disclosed and also the +number of the beast has been counted, I received the information, that +the man who has brought the name, was a single man, quite suitable that +he became a medium of Pope Leo xii. The first name of that medium was +not Leo, but he was known under the French name Louis, although his +German name was Ludwig; and his family name was Hefner. But Leo Hefner +was not his name. He was brought as a medium of the departed Pope Leo +XII. and he gave the name which we needed. His family name corresponded +with the whole mystery of the fruits of the family or succession of the +Popes, but he was only a medium, and instead of his proper name a name +was to be given which suited the mystery, and the Pope amongst the +departed who represented the succession of the Popes, had to give his +own name. Here is no room to repeat the explanation from my often +mentioned volumes, how tangibly it was shown by signs, that Pope Leo +XII. was the leader who had brought that medium for the most astonishing +excommunication of popery. The name Leo has given also the stopping +place, from which we count in different directions the epochs of the +duration of the Papal monarchy. We have done so in the third German +volume and in the work which exists in Latin, German and English for our +monthly theological course and for the Latin convention, if the Emperors +of France and Austria comprehend us and call their bishops together, to +learn the great things which are disclosed for the pacification of the +world. Bible Students may explain many things by the hints, given in +this book, for instance, how the three verses of the 18th chapter of the +Revelation have been fulfilled on Easter Sunday, April, 15, 1838, by the +excommunication of the Beast and its image or its ten Horns from +Christ's Church. We could name here the powerful Angel, Revelation, +xviii: 1. But here is no room to explain, why that martyr was found most +qualified for that office, that he delivered to me three times the +command to perform that excommunication[AA], in which the proclamation +is included: "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the +habitation of demons, and the hold of every foul beast, and a cage of +every unclean and hateful bird." Revelation, xviii: 2. Interpreters did +not know, how to read the text, because some manuscripts have the word +"beast" and others have instead of that word "spirit." But the powerful +Angel who had the superintendency in these affairs, has shown, that you +have to read the word "Beast," because he has given to Pope Leo XII. the +order to inspire his medium, to give for our use the name "Leo," or Lion +who is the king amongst the Beasts, for our use in the excommunication +of the Papal monarchy from Christ's Church, and the medium, although of +German parents, was secreted under the French name Louis, in reference +to the French Kings, who were for a great support, and at length for a +great fall of popery.</p> + +<p>But with the Imperial Family of Austria is an other phase. "Petra dedit +Petro et Petrus Diadema Rudolpho." This was the motto when the infernal +holiness inspired the Pope, to send the crown to the Count of Hapsburgh, +to have that count when he becomes Emperor of Germany, his obedient +servant. At length, after the support of all kinds of Papal Imperial +Royal abominations the departed Emperor Francis was allowed to take the +most suitable medium in possession. The proper name of the medium +should have been Eagle according to the delight of Emperors in that +Fowl. But our superintendent in those affairs took rather the Hawk or +Vulture as a more suitable rapacious fowl, who put the name Emperor +instead of his name into our catalogue. That the departed Emperor +Francis of Austria became the leader of that his medium, will be shown +below for a peculiar instruction of Emperor Francis Joseph, that he +might become with us messenger of the New Era. But before this we must +give here a very brief lesson to Pope Pius IX, although this whole book +and especialy this treatise contain extraordinary lessons for him, and +we could write a large volume of correspondences of wonders and signs in +Pope Pious IX actions with our apostolic actions.</p> + +<p>Bishops would have converted long time ago Pope Pius IX into a powerful +preacher of the New Era if they themselves had studied our message of +Peace, or rather the Papal monarchy would have been extinguished long +time before the appearance of Pope Pius IX. Gregory XVI was the last +Pope in the ordinary course of affairs. While I was reading his book: +"Il trionfo della Santa Sede e della Chiesa" (the triumph of the Holy +See and of the Church,) my Lord has opened my eyes, that he was near to +overthrow the See of his infernal holiness, supported by such an +abominable delusion as is contained in that pestilential book and other +similar impositions. But I did not know at that time, by what kind of +means it would be effected, till A.D. 1838 the wonderful works were +executed in the Cathedral Church of Boston, so that I expected, that +bishops would, after the publication of my explanation of those events, +comprehend them and instruct their Pope in what was his highest duty. +But they proved to be miserable servants of this their grandmaster of +abominations.</p> + +<p>Popes with their whole Hierarchy are continuously repeating prophecies +and at the same time refusing to do what is their highest duty for the +fulfilment of prophecies. I could not have expected, that Pope Gregory +XVI, that machine of darkness, would have paid attention, if I had +applied directly to him. But if bishops had studied our writings and +comprehended our mission and its credentials, they might have drawn also +their master Gregory XVI, to look into our matters. But he vegatated +and died in the fulness of his prophetical position, whereas he was not +ready to enter into the Dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: +10, which is to be introduced by messengers whom I represent, I +mentioned that the whole Papal Church is prophetical. In her is +concentrated the prophecy of Judaism and Heathenism. Popes who had a +peculiar charge, had also names and numbers correspondent to their +charge. When in Pope Leo XII the apostolic number was complete he +prophesied, as readers must recollect, according to his Leonine wisdom +about a Church Doctor or Apostle of the higher mission, and after his +departure he had to inspire and bring the man into our school-room, to +sign the most suitable-mysteries on the 90th place of our catalogue for +the excommunication of Popery from Christ's Church. And Pope Gregory XVI +had to write the above quoted book, while he was yet a monk. But by that +book the way was opened for him to the Papal Chair. He prophesied on the +title-page of that book in the first place the triumph of the Holy See +or the Papal Government. And it triumphed so, when he became Pope that +with his successor the whole miserable machinery is breaking and +breaking, till at length the Church, that is, the people will triumph by +receiving our message of Peace, by which all kinds of Popery will be +abolished from the Globe. He on the Papal Chair concentrated in his name +and number of the name the whole mystery of his position. He was +Gregory, that means a watchman, as prophets are called, and he stands as +prophet, in the full number XVI, which is as remarkable in the +developments of Popery as the number 666, so that the disciples of the +Revelator were debating, whether the spirit had given to their master +the number 666, or the number 16 in Revel. xiii: 18, till the spirit had +shown by our instrumentality, that the number 666 is the principal +number in counting the name and the periods of the duration of the +government of that Beast, but the number 16 comprehends many of its deep +mysteries. The 4th Beast in the 7th chapter of Daniel was formed +gradually into the shape of the Papal monarchy, and 4 times 4 is the +complete number in which the last ordinary Pope appeared in his glory; +he is the "infallible monarch of the church," as he himself has proved +while he was yet a monk, in the above quoted book, that the Pope is the +infallible monarch of the church. By the means of that book my Lord of +truth and righteousness has opened my eyes, that I commenced to +comprehend the infernal imposition of the dragon and his host, by which +nations were so duped that they believed the Papal infallibility, +holiness and all other abominations and blasphemies of the living God +and his Christ, and that I have performed and explained what is required +for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. The number of the Biblical +writing mediums or prophets, whose books are collected in one section of +the books of the Old Testament, is sixteen. They were as little +understood as to who they were and where they were, as the Popes. The +number of the Popes each of whom appears under the name Gregory or +watchman, is also sixteen, or two times eight. The last of them or the +sixteenth Gregory was the Pope under whose administration the mysteries +were performed by our instrumentality for the abolition of all kinds of +popery. But he continued to rule in all his glory and to keep disturbers +of his infallible monarchy in prison. He was the most glorious during +the time, in which the Beast or the Papal monarchy is in the number +eight, Revelation, xvii: 11.</p> + +<p>The often mentioned catalogue of the 144 witnesses which appears in the +English translation of my 4th German volume, entitled "The one thing +needful," from the 533d till 538th page, is a concentration of wonders +and signs, which were effected under the control of the 144,000 martyrs, +Revelation xiv: 1. In reference to this mystery as well as in reference +to the 144 cubits of the wall of the New Jerusalem, Revelation, xxi: 17, +their number is exactly 144. They were the stones used while we were +performing in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church what was required +according to prophecies for the removal of Babylon and bilding of the +New Jerusalem. "Behold I come as a thief." Revelation xvi: 15. He came +so secretly, that neither on the 7th Jan., 1838, while those 144 +witnesses were signing their names into my catalogue nor afterwards, +while they were performing each his task, we understood much of what was +behind the vail, till after the great excommunication on Easter Sunday, +1838, the great mystery commenced gradually to be developed, and I +received on the third Sunday after Easter, 1838, directly before the +service, from my guardian the direction to deliver the valedictory +sermon in order that all which, was to be executed in that church +according to prophecies, had been accomplished. The church had prepared +for our use on that Sunday the 16th chapter of John. And I selected the +text: "A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again a little while +and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father." John, xvi: 16.</p> + +<p>If you have comprehended this book to this page, you know, that I am +Jesus Christ's first-born son in the Dispensation of the Fullness of +Times. Ephes. 1: 10. But also after having been publicly initiated to +this ministry on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18th, 1838, at the altar of +the Cathedral Church of Boston, I progressed slowly in the development +of the mystery.</p> + +<p>All disclosures which I give are preparatory for an easier understanding +of the great testimony of the three witnesses named at the caption of +this treatise. I am partly going around and applying to all kinds of +mediums in the cities of New York and Brooklyn, and in all directions is +somewhat prepared for an illustration of the testimony of the three +extraordinary witnesses. On Sunday, 24th inst., when the message of "the +Treaty of Peace" between the Emperors of Austria and France arrived in +America but was not communicated to us on that day, I wrote some of the +last disclosures before this paragraph. After that I wrote two letters. +But before having finished the second, I was inspired to go and I +thought that I was going to a Conference meeting of Spiritualists; but +on my way I met with one who is holding his own meetings publicly to +draw the incautious into private "Free Love Meetings," and I went with +him to his public meeting. When I returned to my room I was tired, went +to bed, and then I arose yesterday, July 25th, and finished at fish-oil +light the second letter of July 24th, 1859. Then I wrote three other +letters before breakfast, at which I heard the first report of "the +Peace Treaty." After that I was occupied all day in the cities of New +York and Brooklyn. I thought proper, to write this episode this morning, +July 26th, before my starting to other business; because it is in such +a connexion with the "Peace Treaty," that it will be in the proper place +more particularly explained for a great illustration of the three +extra-ordinary witnesses.</p> + +<p>"Christ's first-born Son in the Dispensation of Universal Harmony and +Peace on the whole globe" is the third angel preaching powerfully in the +9th, 10th and 11th verses of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. There +have been a number of prophecies which have been referred to Christ who +has been crucified by the Jews more than eighteen hundred years ago, but +which cannot be understood except in regard to his first-born son and +the whole Body of Messengers whom he represents. Since our public +appearance some mediums have preached that now Christ's first-born son +appears, and were quoting a number of Biblical passages testifying this. +If there would be room, I would write some pages regarding my meetings +in Cincinnati of Ohio with the principal of those mediums. He after +having been an elder in the Mormon Church, separated from them and was +preaching "the Judgment Dispensation," and that Christ's first-born Son +Was coming now. Although my meetings with that prophet would be for a +peculiar illustration of the testimony of the three extraordinary +witnesses, I can mention here only the substance, that he was often +times possesed by some of the generals of Napoleon I. to give from his +position peculiar testimonies to our mission. Once, for instance, was he +so strongly inspired by his leader, that he wrote a decree by the +authority of that his god, in which he appointed me to be "Pope Andrew +I." It was A.D. 1846. He gave a copy of that decree to an editor of a +newspaper in Cincinnati,--to the same who publishes now in Washington +City the National Era, which will be used before the close of this +treatise in a peculiar connexion with the three witnesses, and he handed +to me a copy of the same decree. At the perusal of that decree I saw +that a dragon was the god by whom he was inspired, and I wrote directy a +protest, to accept any office from his God who was a spirit of delusion +and destruction, I handed my protest to the same editor with the remark +that if he publishes the appointment for me to be Pope Andrew I, he must +publish also my protest. He made known this to that medium who under +those circumstances withdrew the decree. He was a rich general, and +there is no doubt, that as Pope in a new shape I had found soon support +of other rich, persons to carry out the plan of the dragon for +destruction.</p> + +<p>While I was writing the 4th of the five often mentioned German volumes I +had to quote oftentimes the catalogue of the 144 witnesses, and was +continuously aware, that not only the 90th, and the 100th, who have +brought as Mediums not their own names but the names which were suitable +to the office of those, by whom they were inspired, obtained the places +which according to our language by numbers were most suitable to the +mystery which they contain, but that also those who have brought their +own names, brought them as mediums of invisible agents by whom they were +controlled in such a manner, that those who had peculiar charges, +obtained also the places with numbers corresponding to their charges. +After having observed many times this phenomenon I saw at length the +necessity of publishing that catalogue with the names in the same order, +in which they had been brought into the catalogue. But at that time I +was not aware, that the catalogue contains exactly 144 witnesses, the +complete mystical number of their represensation; because on the 538th +page of "the One Thing needful" that catalogue ends with "143 Anthony +Larger," and in my first three volumes as well as in "The One thing +Needful" or in the 4th volume these witnesses are named "the 143 +witnesses." On the 538th page the paragraph after the close of that +catalogue commences: "This is the foundation catalogue of the new reign +of Christ on earth," and in the same paragraph these witnesses are +called the 143 witnesses; because they occupy 143 places, and I was not +aware that there were 144 witnesses in that catalogue, till at length I +heard the voice: "Count exactly the number of the witnesses." I looked +then at every place, and found that on each place of the catalogue is +only one witness, except the 81st place in which are two sisters +together, and therefore the number of witnesses in that catalogue is 144 +in reference to the 144, 000 members of the Heavenly Congress Revelation +xiv: 1, by whose wisdom names for that catalogue were wonderfully +provided, and in reference to the 144 cubits of the measure of the +walls of the New Jerusalem, Revelation xxi: 17, the chief corner stone +of which being Jesus Christ, and the members of his peaceable kingdom +are named lively stones. 1 Peter ii: 5. And, those 144 were given to me +as assistants to show what is to be done for the establishment of +Christ's peaceable reign on earth, to wit, all the ecclesiastical and +political powers must co-operate with us to draw all nations into the +new era. Here we give only some hints, how wonderfully they are exhorted +and urged by all other events, as well as by the formation of that +catalogue in which is the concentration of wonders and signs.</p> + +<p>We quote the following places from the catalogue as peculiar instances +in reference to the three "extra-ordinary" witnesses: "80, Bischofberger +with two, 81 sisters." This man came under the strong control of his +guardian, and when the quoted words were signed, and on the place "81 +sisters" appeared, we required the names of his sisters. But he said, +the names will be made known to me another time. Each signer had to give +his name, but Bischofberger after having put the name "sisters" on the +81st place of the catalogue, refused to give their names, and assured me +that they will be made known in due time, and I received orders from my +leader to let it remain as it was written. When the unexpected wonders +which are concealed in that catalogue, commenced to be disclosed, it was +manifest, that on the 80th place was put the representative of the Beast +which itself is the eighth king, Revelation xvii: 11 and has ten horns. +To show, that it was in the complete age or in the fulness of its glory +in our age, it was put on the ten times the eighth place with suitable +names. To wit, Alexis means one who hinders. He hinders the redemption +of mankind from oppression and the development of truth and justice, +which is required for this redemption. And the family name shows who +this man is, to wit, "Bischofberger." The first part of this compound +name is the same word, as the English word "Bishop," and the German +"Berge" are "Mountains," so that this Bishop is Bishop of the Mountains, +or on the Mountains, having his seat on the mountains, in reference to +the seven mountains, on which Rome is located. In this his glory he has +two sisters, which represent the two powers of the Pope, to wit, the +ecclesiastical and political power. He himself in his glory and both his +powers have been typified on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue +showing to the Pope his highest duty, to become with us messenger of +Christ's peaceable reign.</p> + +<p>On the six places which precede immediately the 80th place, those are +represented who have raised the Pope so high as he stands. We remark, +that the German name Ochs is pronounced as the English name Ox and means +the same beast. Those representatives are in our catalogue in the +following order: 74 Joseph Ochs, 75 Conrad Ochs. 76 Aloysius Ochs. 77 +John Ochs. 78 Iidorus Ochs. 79 Joseph Januarius Ochs. The number six is +the fundamental number of the number of the name of the Beast 666, +Revelation xiii: 18, and to one or the other of the six classes of men +who appear here as oxen, all orders of monks may be reduced. The name +which stands before the name "Ochs," defines nearer the position of the +representative Ochs. Monks of all Papal orders appear in reference to +the Pope as Oxen, tame useful animals, working for the support of +Popery, without knowledge of their own and the true condition of the +Pope. But Revelation xiii: 11 we read: "I beheld another beast coming up +out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a +dragon." Here are the orders of monks under the image of a Therion, a +ferocious beast, which appears as a lamb to those whom it entraps for +the Pope, but it is ferocious, although it hides its ferocity, as a +dragon, till its delusion is made manifest, when it destroys the enemies +of the Pope. It is caught in all six shapes into our catalogue, the +explanation of the mysteries of which in our volumes shows to all monks +and priests the urgent necessity to become with us messengers of the new +era And the explanation from the 11th verse to the end of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and of other mysteries is in our volumes +showing the dreadful condition of monks and priests in their present +course.</p> + +<p>We have given some hints without explanations which are in my printed +volumes and in the manuscript, which N.B. On this great prophetical +Feast, August 15, 1859, of Mary's Assumption into Heaven and of Napoleon +I's Birthday, I mention that I was since the twenty-first day of June +last, on which day agreement was made with the printer and the +manuscript of the First Treatise was given him for printing this book, +confined to New York, wishing to have it printed as soon as possible. +But those Messengers from our sphere who have the commission to count +according to our spirit language by numbers, pages and lines in my +publications and days for their printing in agreement with the calendar, +for this purpose controlling the spirits of the compositors, did not +hinder them to annoy me in manifold ways. At length I wrote on the 1st +inst. my complaint and carried it to the same attorney who without +charge wrote the agreement; but not having found him in his office, I +myself carried it to the printer, expecting a good effect. But I was as +much disappointed, as when I commenced to write the Fourth Treatise and +thought that it would not become larger than the largest of the +preceding Treatises. But having become more than twice as large, we +stopped the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of the 168th +page, which according to the printer's calculation will be finished on +the 17th inst. The portion of the Fourth Treatise which appears in this +edition is a necessary preparation to comprehend the proper position of +Pope Pius IX. and of the Emperors of France and Austria, and to +understand the mysteries of the dates of the remarkable events in the +last war in Italy. Those dates testify that those events happened under +strict control of our leaders watching the infernal furies destroying +men, and in so exact a correspondence with events of our mission, that +if you comprehend this book and act accordingly, you will open soon the +door for the New Era in America and in Europe; but if you neglect this +the three extraordinary witnesses have such a position as to continue +judgments.</p> + +<p>Those who comprehend this book, will be anxious to read also the +continuation and the end of the Fourth Treatise, and will collect as +many subscribers as possible. As soon as they secure us to call a +printer to our Peace Union Centre and to publish a new edition of this +book, we will send gratis to them in an extra pamphlet the "Supplement +to the Fourth Treatise," which will appear in the next edition. +Therefore we request those who buy this book, to give their exact +direction either to those from whom they buy or to send it according to +the direction on the title-page.</p> + +<p>ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="ch5"> +<h2>Fifth Treatise.</h2> + + +<blockquote> +<p> + The Plan for Redemption of Nations from monarchical and other + oppressive speculations and for the introduction of the promised + New Era of Harmony, Truth and Righteousness on the whole globe. +</p></blockquote> + + +<p>We write the following pages only for those who have studied all the +preceding pages of this book, and concentrate the subject of what would +require volumes, on few pages, to be gradually developed in our +Periodical. On the title-page of this book our Mission is expressed, and +the four preceding Treatises contain superabundance of credentials or +testimonials of our mission as well as the great truth, that the social, +political and ecclesiastical relations of mankind are rotten and +corrupt, the whole structure is a Babylon, confusion and delusion, which +is to be abolished and on its place truth and justice, harmony and peace +are to be established by virtue of our mission.</p> + +<p>Readers of this book know that I speak as medium of messengers from the +Heavenly Congress who have the commission to introduce the New Era, and +as representative of messengers by whom nations are to be moved for +action to escape from the plagues which continue in the ruins of Babylon +till people come out and establish the New Jerusalem, the new order of +things, in which persons of both sexes will receive such development of +their intellectual and moral faculties and of their physical skill and +strength as they will be qualified to receive, to enjoy themselves in +their mortal bodies as well as after their departure such happiness as +their persons will be capable of enjoying while they themselves will +contribute, each member his or her share to the common welfare of +mankind, that the whole society will progress as far as circumstances +will allow.</p> + +<p>This development demands time. It could not take place in a moment, but +means which have been in preparation and prepared through the course of +ages may be concentrated, and when thus concentrated they may be +usefully applied in accelerating the true and right education of +degraded humanity, and in a few years that may be effected, which past +centuries did not effect. But with all the knowledge which we have +acquired for promoting the true happiness of mankind, we can do nothing +for them, if they are not reached and aroused from their lethargy. If +they will be redeemed from their present miserable and wretched +condition, they must begin to comprehend where they are and to what +point of intellectual and moral perfection with corresponding happiness +and health and strength of body and mind they could arrive, if they +would apply their energy and the means which are prepared by nature as +well as by human skill, art and science to be used in bringing mankind +from their present Babylon or from the existing confusion and delusion +into the new Jerusalem, into the New Era, into the new order of things, +which is usually called the Millennium, about which there are many false +and wrong notions, but which will be the universal republic in which +truth and righteousness will reign and all nations will be united in the +great brotherhood in which they will enjoy perpetual peace. We have +received the commission and the credentials of the Mission to introduce +this state of things.</p> + +<p>To commence with power the grand work which is to be accomplished by +co-operation of men and women, who are associated amongst themselves and +united with Heavenly messengers who are commissioned to prepare for the +promised New Era, we unite and form an Association which we call +Peace-Union (Friedens-Verein), a union of co-operation for establishing +peace. Real, perpetual peace comprehends the restoration of human +rights. Our co-operation for this purpose needs a centre, a place on +which we concentrate the means to attain our object. Hence, we according +to our mission, invite all who are able to contribute their share, +either in money or property or any kind of mental and physical labor for +the realization of the object, that they might co-operate with us to +establish first a centre of our work, and according to the pattern of +the centre as many other settlements as may be required for +accommodation of all who would enter into the New Era.</p> + +<p>The first centre should be a provisional centre, that is, a place for +concentrating our co-operation so long as may be necessary, till for the +same purpose a more suitable place be furnished. But not all who are +invited to co-operate can have accommodation on the first central +station, nor would all be ready at once, who might so desire, if +buildings and other necessary conveniences were provided, which, +however, is primarely to be attended to. We need co-operators everywhere +to arouse as many as can be aroused for co-operation with us in these +days of Noah, at the approach of the flood of tribulations. In my former +publications as well as in this book and in my manuscripts a +superabundance of credentials are exhibited, that those men and women, +who are united with us in Christ's spirit, that is, in the spirit of +truth and righteousness, and are living in accordance with what is +required by that Spirit, and are spreading the glorious news made +manifest by our instrumentality for redemption of oppressed humanity, +are true messengers of Christ; but those clergymen who, instead of +co-operating with us, are keeping people in shackles of their sects and +despising our message of peace, are messengers of the deluding and +destroying spirit and supporting the Beast or monarchy which receives +its power from the dragon, the deluding and destroying serpent which is +the image of that spirit, Revelation xiii: 2. We expect they will +comprehend this book and commence to act with all their strength as our +fellow-laborers, and become with us partakers of the blessings which +will originate from our co-operation.</p> + +<p>After this preparation we ask, whether according to the common stock +association or according to a true community of goods the centre and +other settlements of our Peace-Union should be established. I wrote many +years ago a plan according to a common stock association, according to +which members of the Peace-Union should have prepared themselves and +others for a true community of goods, but within seven years an exact +accouut of labor furnished and of its worth as well as of other property +should have been kept, and at the expiration of that period the division +of profits according to the shares of labor furnished and other property +invested should have taken place, and during the period of seven years +all the members should have been prepared for the great community or +true republic, into which mankind will finally associate, that those who +would not be sufficiently prepared before the expiration of seven years +to commence a true community, might at least, in seven years be prepared +for it. At the end of that plan is the paragraph a portion of which we +copy here as preparatory to what follows:</p> + +<p>"I have mentioned only some of the many points which are to be mentioned +in more suitable times, or in the periodical; because that which has +been mentioned may suffice to move those who are culled and chosen to be +the first champions in starting the centre of our action. They may +easily comprehend, why we are compelled to commence on so low a station, +on which continuous accounts and calculations as well as many other +inconveniences will make much trouble. If we would expect good success +on a higher ground, we would commence on that ground. But this +generation is found in such a degradation and corruption, that also the +proposed plan to draw mankind from lower to higher stations, will +probably not find directly sufficient support of what we need to bring +mankind quickly and powerfully into the New Era, which in its splendor +and glory will be the great community of goods, based on true republican +principles, &c."</p> + +<p>This paragraph was to be copied, because we must give some explanation +of the matter, that mankind were to be prepared in manifold ways, to +become gragually ready to enter into the right order of things. Readers +of this book know, that from A.D. 1838 till 1842 my five German volumes +containing "Memorable Events" developing the dreadful social, +ecclesiastical and political state of mankind and testifying our mission +to introduce the promised New Era, have been published. During and after +the publication of those volumes it was evident, that our duty was to +make known to those who have read or heard somewhat regarding our +mission, that for a powerful co-operation we would need a centre of our +action. Adolph Etzler published that time a book entitled: "The New +World or Mechanical System to Perform Labour of Man and Beast by +Inanimate Powers." I have read it and found the principles correct, and +that although all that he proposed, would not be practicable, some of +his propositions could be put in practice. And when I saw that Germans +were so chained either by materialism or sectarianism, that instead of +studying those my five German volumes and of acting accordingly they +followed rather after their sectarian and materialistic leaders who have +published all kinds of delusion against my books, and spoke also in a +like manner publicly and privately against them, my directors moved me +to tell to those who took more or less interest in the contents of my +books and were skilful mechanics, that they should study Etzler's book, +and if they would find his propositions practicable, they should try to +awaken Germans with Etzler's machine to study my German volumes. The +best mechanic among them, after having studied Etzler's book, and having +seen the draughts of all parts of Etzler's machine and heard Etzler's +explanation of all its parts, has assured me in words and in writing +that he gave all his property as security, that he would put Etzler's +machine in operation. But a seeress who belonged to our association, and +gave amongst all women the strongest testimony to our mission, although +she did not see the pattern of the machine, received in a vision its +whole structure and described exactly the portions which she saw in the +vision, that they broke. She received that vision a considerable time +before those who were expecting certain success, commenced to build +Etzlers machine. I was certain that the prophetical vision would be +fulfilled, but I expected that afterwards would be shown how Etzler's +mistakes should be repaired, and that great lessons would be given to +nations by the trial of that machine, the inventor of which was a great +materialist, not knowing that he himself was a strong medium of spirits +of a similar character as spirits of Napoleon I. were, to subdue the +world by physical means, while I considered that machine as the means of +peculiar spirit manifestations to awaken nations from their materialism +to our message of peace containing the true spiritualism. The machine +was built under Etzler's direction in Warren County, Pa., the trial was +made, and the pieces broke which have been foreseen and foretold as +breaking.</p> + +<p>There was a great jubilee of those who have been deluded by priestcraft, +that they thought when Christ was killed, that he would arise no more, +When Etzler as well as the man who has given me in words and in writing +the pledge with his whole property that he would put the machine in +operation, have left the place I said to those who have remained on the +place, that in the next night would be revealed to one of them, how the +mistakes made by Etzler, should be corrected and the machine should be +put in operation. George Karle, a young lame shoemaker, a sincere seeker +after truth and firm believer in our mission, was the man to whom the +mystery was revealed, and he has explained at our meeting the matter in +such a manner, that also those who were most opposed, have at length +been convinced, after having heard his explanation how Etzler's mistakes +should be repaired, that he had received a true revelation, and agreed +that he should be the director in rebuilding Etzler's machine, to make a +new trial. But before this has been done, he was brought into the +Allegheny River and drowned by the instrumentality of the departed +Mormon Prophet Joe Smith, not directly but indirectly by the +instrumentality of a cow. But a week after that, on the 30th of July, +1844, the same destroying spirit Joe Smith was allowed to attack me +directly, to show how he would be able to kill a man in a minute, if he +would be permitted. But he was seized by my guardian and cast into a +combustible matter which was by his infernal electricity instantly +kindled. George Karle was permitted to be drowned, because the time for +establishing our centre had not yet arrived, and Karle had an important +mission in the spirit world, and in that great mission he continues to +be engaged.</p> + +<p>It is to be understood that the given hints regarding Joe Smith would +need a peculiar treatise. I did not know him personally in his mortal +body, but urged preachers of his sect to move him to meet me either in a +written correspondence or personally, to learn to know his dreadful +delusion. The same I published in "The one thing needful," and urged his +Elders, to send to him an English copy of that volume, which as readers +of this book know, has been translated from the German into English. But +in that year matters did not yet arrive to maturity for the conversion +of Mormon Apostles and Elders. Their infernal President had to show, how +his army had the power to prevent my starting the centre of our +operation. But that my meeting with the departed Joe Smith occasioned +my meeting with the mortal Brigham Young, while he was yet in Nauvoo, +but although I preached to him and his disciples the judgment +dipensation, they were not yet mature to be converted, and my +manuscripts in which dreadful mysteries of the Mormon Spiritualism are +developed, must wait to be published, when nations will be prepared to +read so important disclosures.</p> + +<p>I have given here some hints of my experience at and after the trial of +Etzler's machine, by the means of which so much regarding the inner life +of man and the spirit world and the dreadful condition of mankind has +been disclosed, that volumes would be needed to explain it. That +experience is testifying, that time did not yet arrive for establishing +the centre. People were ridiculing me and reproaching the machine, not +knowing that I have only occasioned its building, and that I warned +those who undertook to build it, that they should reflect upon the +point, that at its first trial the pieces foretold by the seeres would +break, although they would be repaired and the mistake of the inventor +corrected, if they would persevere in the work of the Lord. But the wife +of the man who undertook the work and gave the pledge, was instigated by +Jesuites and their agents and made him blind in the work in which he had +to persevere, that by our experience it became at length manifest, that +the trial of the machine was made for great instruction of nations. +People were deluded by the blind leaders of the blind and would not hear +us, when we invited them after the trial for co-operation to establish a +centre without trying any machine, but only using machines which have +been tried by others and found to be useful. But when we will be in all +directions secured with abundant means, we will support inventions for +the common welfare.</p> + +<p>Here is no room for further explanations, that wherever I endeavoured to +start a centre of our co-operation on the plan of the common stock +association, great spirit manifestations showing the dreadful condition +in the existing Babylon took place, and the inner life of man was more +and more developed and all our sufferings have been abundantly rewarded +with imperishable treasures. We give here some hints on one case the +full explanation of which would need as large a volume as this volume +is. During the building of Etzler's machine George Karle found John +Zeigler in a hermitage in which he employed one half of his time to +chopping wood and the other to studying the Bible and to prepare for a +happy home in the spirit world. Karle gave him some instructions +regarding our mission and some of my books. Zeigler discovered soon that +by studying my books he would receive light which he could not obtain in +other ways, and then he studied them deeper than any other mortal man, +and whenever his presence was required, he came to give us assistance, +and then he returned to his hermitage. In the latter part of 1849 and +the commencement of 1850 I was preparing in Indiana and Illinois and +especially near the line of both states people for our message and for +co-operation to establish on the grand prairie our centre. When I +thought to have found the best location for it, I found soon a man of +property who paid for the land according to our plan. Then I wrote to J. +G. Zeigler who was from his hermitage preparing people by letters for +our message, that he should come, and then we would write together to +such as we would invite to come as pioneers. He wrote, that he was ready +to start directly. He started, but he was pushed into the Ohio River in +the night of the 10th of April, 1850, between 11 and 12 o'clock by a +papist instigated by the power of darkness. The whole conspiracy was +then detected to us; but we committed the murderer to the Judgment of +the Heavenly Court, and Zeigler continues to work with us amongst the +departed. He was an American well versed in English and in German, and +his work is extensive. The spirit language by numbers should be known in +a certain measure to biblical students; although the most celebrated +amongst them know very little about it. But those who comprehend this +book, may easily find out, why I met with the departed Napoleon I. in +the 20th line of the 20th page, and why the spirit directed me to repeat +this important fact with additional circumstances on the 39th page, and +why I meet with Napoleon in the 39th line on the 39th page in this book. +Readers in looking into these mysteries should keep in mind, that the +battle of Solferino was fought on the same day in the year 1859, on +which day I met with Napoleon A.D. 1839. If you understand this book, +you will easily comprehend also, why the spirit was pleased to prepare +on the same 39th page before the departed Napoleon the departed +President Taylor and Buchanan in the Presidential administration, who +appears to live although he is yet dead. But his friends should awaken +him to study this book and to co-operate with us, that he might escape +the judgment in which President Taylor was executed, and John George +Zeigler was sent by the Heavenly Congress to give orders to destroying +spirits to carry Zach. Taylor into their infernal regions. "Zeigler was +the angel of the Lord," mentioned in the first line of the 37th page of +this book. He has shown to Zach. Taylor, when he entered from his mortal +body into his inner life, my handwriting testifying, that he had +neglected to fulfil his highest duty. And I have mentioned in this +connexion of things this incident, that you might do what your +predecessors have neglected to do.</p> + +<p>When by the departure of our martyr John George Zeigler was shown, that +the Grand Prairie was not the place for starting our centre, I wrote to +the man who has bought and paid for the land, that he was at liberty +either to keep that land for his use or to sell it, and then I was +preparing in other States people for our message, showing them also the +necessity for starting a centre of our co-operation. At lenght at the +end of February and at the commencement of March of this year, 1859, was +in peculiar manner made manifest, that we should start the "<i>Centre of +our Community</i>" or the Centre for establishing the True Republic, which, +as has been made manifest, will be a true Community of Goods, and a true +matrimony of one man with one woman, as has been prophesied by the first +Christians at Jerusalem, but could not be accomplished in practice till +the dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: 10. or the New +Jerusalem, will be introduced by messengers whom I represent. If we +should find before finishing the last of the 24 pages of the 8th sheet +some space, we will give hints on the wonders and signs by which it has +been shown, but explanation of these matters must be delayed, till we +establish a Printing office at the Centre of our Peace Union Community.</p> + +<p>"And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by +the Apostles. And all that believed were together, and had all things +common. And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all +men, as every man had need." Acts ii: 43, 44, & 45. "And the multitude +of them that believed were of one heart, and of one soul, neither said +any of them that aught of the things which he possessed was his own; but +they had all things common. Neither was there any among them that +lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and +brought the prices of all things that were sold, and laid them down at +the Apostles feet; and distribution was made unto every man according as +he had need." Acts iv: 32, 34, & 35.</p> + +<p>This was not the commencement of the Community in the Jewish Church, but +of the great conversion of those who have been attached to the sects of +the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Besides these two sects there was a +third sect, called the Esseni or Therapeutes. They understood that the +letter of the Jewish Bible kills and that there was in those prophetical +books a deeper, a spiritual sense of what was to come, and they retired +into the deserts of Egypt, and were acting from thence to convert the +world to their community principles. From that association the Christian +Religion originated. Jesus Christ was the descendant or offspring of the +Therapeutes or Healers, who were powerful in healing diseases of +demoniac influence. Their spirittual power came from their strictly +moral life, they did not abuse the procreative powers, but those who +were married, used them only for obtaining children in the right season, +and many of them lived in celibacy in the strictest continence all their +life time. Such was the life of the Therapeute Monk Eli or Heli, the +Father of Jesus Christ, Luke 1:23. He, while living in the strictest +celibacy arrived to an advanced age, and when the time arrived for the +procreation of the Messiah of the Jews, he became the medium of the +spirit who was selected by the Heavenly Congress to seize him and to +procreate by his instrumentality the Messiah. And when the departed +spirit called Gabriel or the power of God, was operating through Eli +that is "My God," Mary was seized by her guardian and submitted, that +the offspring was not the origin of a carnal co-operation, but the work +of a Holy Spirit, so that Jesus Christ was the concentration of the +spiritual power of the highest association amongst the Jews as well as +of the prophecy of the Jewish Nation. In one of my former writings I +have given more disclosure regarding this mystery, but when we will have +our own Printing office, I will give a more complete explanation of the +mystery, as well as of my generation, because if you comprehend this +book, you know that we have superabundance of signs according to +prophecies, by virtue of which I appear as the first born son of Jesus +Christ for the introduction of his peaceable reign on earth or the great +Community or Republic, for which we must prepare by establishing a +centre of our co-operatian.</p> + +<p>Here is to be mentioned that regarding the community great abuse was +made of the above quoted verses from the above quoted and other biblical +passages in monasteries and nunneries as well as in other associations. +Christ says to the Angel of the church of Ephesus: "But this thou hast, +that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitanes, which I also hate." +Revelation, ii: 6. And to the angel of the church in Pergamos he +reproaches: "So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the +Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate." Rev. ii: 15. Nicolaitanes in the +Revelation are the same who are in our days known as Free-lovers. Some +called them Dr. Nichol's people. But that Doctor was at length converted +to Romanism, lecturing for the Roman Catholic Church, and the day before +yesterday or on the 14th of August, I read the advertisement of his +lecturing here in New York. We expect, that he will get this book, +comprehend our spiritualism and draw many Roman Catholics into the true +Catholic Church, or what is the same, into our Peace Union. Man must be +restored to his true condition. A chaste, pure life in celibacy, and a +true matrimony in which carnal copulation is usued only for obtaining +children when sound reason or true christian spirit requires it, this +is the true condition of man for his true happiness in this and in the +future life. All excess in this respect is injurious to body and soul of +parents and children. As long as mankind are not reduced to the right +order in this respect, they remain in their degradation and misery. How +they will be brought lo the right order in the true community as the +only refuge for the restoration of the human race will be explained in +our Periodical for the common use and particularly to those who will +come to our Peace Union, here not being room except to give hints on +many points the full explanation of which requires large treatises. Here +we give the following hints.</p> + +<p>In the present Babylon dollars and cents as the means in this state of +affairs used for what man needs to support his mortal life and for +committing all kinds of sins and crimes against his fellow men, occupy +in so dreadful a manner the minds of men and women in general in their +present degraded condition, that the one thing needful, their spiritual +progress is so neglected, that probably if some few comprehend this book +so far as to apply all their energy to spread it, they will have a hard +task to move the public in general to study it so as it should be +studied and comprehended. Reader should recollect, that when I came the +first time in my present charge before the public, the passage Luke +viii: from the 4th to the 15th verse, was prepared for my use. Besides +dollars and cents there are especially the sexual disorders which ruin +mankind so, that they appear as dead to the truly spiritual things, for +which they will get the right taste, when in the community they +comprehend, that mankind belongs to two houses. Americans are quite +accustomed to two Houses in the Capitol of Washington; but in the true +community they will learn to be accustomed to the two Houses, or two +departments in one and the same house, to which mankind belong, when +they arrive to the higher perfect order, so that males belong to their +own House or department and females to their own, although each husband +has his own wife, and each wife her own husband; but they do not meet +together for carnal copulation, except in the right season for the only +object to get a child, with due preparation to transfuse a holy spirit +into the child. Nothing is more injurious to the parents and to the +child than the act of procreation without due preparation, which is in +this present Babylon generally neglected. Besides this in this present +abominable situation of mankind, the act of carnal copulation is +oftentimes repeated during the pregnancy and before the child is weaned. +All this has a very injurious effect upon the child and degrades and +ruins also the parents. Here is no room to explain the hints showing the +origin of the hereditary sins, which will be abolished, when the true +community will be flourishing, and the whole House of males as well as +the whole House of females will support every individual belonging to +the House, as well as the whole community in their common meetings will +support each other in the progression towards perfection.</p> + +<p>These hints may appear quite strange to many readers. But if they will +come out from the existing corruption, they may be assured, that they +will comprehend me, when I give in a long dissertation a complete +explanation of the given hints, in the supposition that those who have +comprehended this book know our mission, and that we have received the +knowledge which is required to our mission to bring nations out of their +present corruption which kills many when they arrive to manhood and +womanhood; and many more before that age, and not a small portion of +them before or soon after they are born. And all this originates from +the corrupt state introduced by the follies of men. When these follies +will be removed, mankind in general will commence, within few +generations, to become old and will enter into the spirit world with +great imperishable riches.</p> + +<p>We read: "Verily I say unto you, there is no man that has left house, or +brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or +lands, for my sake and the gospel's, but he shall receive a hundredfold +now in this time, houses and brethren and sisters and mothers and +children and lands, 'after persecution,' and in the world to come +eternal life." Mark x: 29, 30. According to our reading in the Greek +text we translate: "after persecution." When the persecution is +abolished, the promised great advantages will be made manifest in the +true community. There will not be plurality of wives, but each husband +will have his own wife. Now father, mother, wife or children might +resist to the determination of a person to join with the true community. +Those who comprehend, that this will be the true life in the true reign +of Christ, in his Peace-Union, will co-operate with us for its +introduction without regard to any opposition of their nearest +relatives. Every one who forsakes all and acts with us as much as he +can, for establishing the Peace-Union, will when persecution ceases and +the Peace-Union flourishes, consider those, who are old, as his fathers +and mothers, those of equal age as brothers and sisters, and those who +are younger as his children, and all the property belonging to the +Peace-Union as ours, and we will truly pray to God: "Our Father."</p> + +<p>Not being yet in this happy condition but endeavoring to arouse a +general turn towards it, we must make some provisions to support the +feeble in their turn, and those who turn towards our Peace-Union that +they might easier settle matters with those who belong to their family +and will not turn into our Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>Every individual who determines to enter into our community, brings all +his property into it, after having settled all his business in the +world. This property, according to our principles will be taken in +possession by the community; and if it is not money but other property, +it will be valued according to a very moderate price, and its value and +the amount of money if he brings any, will be put into the ledger of the +community, and a receipt will be given to him or her under the +provisions mentioned as follows: In the possible but not probable case, +that he or she should return to the former fashion, the value of the +property would be returned, although not directly, but when the +community would find easy to do so. In the mean time they would exchange +the receipt which he or she received at the delivery of their property, +with a note containing the amount of money and the time when the +community promise to pay according to the value or course of money at +the time received and at the time in which it would be paid to him. For +instance, if a dollar received would have at the time in which it would +be paid, only the value of ten cents, ten cents would be paid to him or +her instead of a dollar, without any interest; because the step should +be made after earnest reflection and determination, and with this +provision we must deter hypocrites from joining our Peace-Union; but to +those who would be feeble, all possible assistance would be given to +strenghten them in the work which they would commence. In the true +community when it will flourish, everybody will enjoy as much of its +riches as is required for his bodily strength and for such an +intellectual and moral improvement as to enrich as much his spirit as +his faculties will be prepared to receive, that after his departure he +or she enters into a happy abode of our Peace Union.</p> + +<p>I and other pioneers, who are preparing for the happy state which the +Peace-Union community when flourishing will enjoy, must suffer many +privations. But the spiritual treasures which during our great struggle +with the opposition we acquire, we carry with us at our departure, and +where our community will flourish, we will rejoice with them who will +partake of the fruits of our labor, so that I will not be less happy +than the happiest who will be born in our Peace-Union thousands of years +after my departure. With this consolation every reader should follow my +example and act with us for the introduction of the New Era.</p> + +<p>After these hints some rules must be mentioned regarding the economy and +management of affairs for the introduction and maintenance of the +Peace-Union to realize what in Christ's peaceable reign on earth is +expected.</p> + +<p>As soon as circumstances will admit, a printing-office will be +established on the place on which we commence our provisional +Peace-Union centre, and a Periodical based on and directed by the +principle of free discussion will be published, as the nature of the +case, reason and arguments for the restoration of human rights demand. +And previous steps, made before we are enabled to publish the +Periodical, are subject to be criticized in the Periodical, and we +undertake such enterprises or actions as we are ready to support before +the tribunal of truth and righteousness.</p> + +<p>This rule contains all that a sensible man or woman using his or her +intellectual and moral faculties may demand. If we had used our whole +book to develop our plan, we would not have finished our work, if the +volume had been much larger than it is. But the points belonging to our +plan, must be gradually developed in our Periodical, and those who +comprehend this book and our mission, superabundance of credentials of +which are contained here, will not tarry for a moment to co-operate with +all their strength with us, and to draw their mortal and their departed +friends into our Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>Members of the Peace-Union agree to support whatever may be shown by +free discussion through our Periodical to be suitable, practicable and +necessary to promote the common welfare of the Peace-Union, which is the +welfare of mankind. Those who would refuse to support it, had to show +the contrary in the same Periodical, that it might be discussed, +otherwise they would be disturbers, and if they could be by no means +corrected, they would deserve to be excluded, and the Peace-Union, after +having exhausted the means to bring them to the right order, would be +compelled to declare them to be separated, and to give them the note or +the certificate of their claim according to the rule above, and they +return the receipt which they have obtained when they have brought their +property into the Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>We illustrate the point with an example. I have given, for instance, +some hints regarding the two departments of males separately and females +separately, notwithstanding the true matrimony of one husband with one +wife. When there is the right time for them to procreate a child, they +will have a convenient place for the performance of the most responsible +duty. This my hint, when sufficiently explained, will satisfy every +friend of progression into truth, righteousness and happiness, and will +give to the human affairs quite a new turn, and deliver both sexes from +temptations, in which until now the whole human race succumbed and +descended much under the degree of the nobler classes of brutes, and +parents depraved and ruined themselves and children. From all the +strange and unexpected things disclosed in this book readers may expect +that I have also regarding the true matrimony and the restitution of +mankind in such a condition in which they will be truly happy, a +glorious message and such truths which when sufficiently explained, will +satisfy all lovers of progression into the true happiness. But there may +join with our Peace-Union some self-conceited person who would not give +up what would be shown by us as necessary to be removed for the +restoration of mankind to their true happiness, and what he would not be +able to refute, and notwithstanding this he would remain in his bad +habit. In this case he would compel us to remove him. At his removal he +receives the note or certificate, while he returns the receipt which he +had obtained for what he had put into the Peace-Union, as is explained +above. But we have to add here, that if those who would be separated, +had damaged the whole Peace-Union or some individual, the damage is to +be deducted from their claim. And it is to be repeated, that nobody who +joins with the Peace-Union, has any claim to any pay or reward for the +labor performed in the Peace-Union, into which all men and women are +invited to come and to remain in it in this mortal body and in all +eternity, and to partake for him or her and their families of all +riches, spiritual and physical in exchange for what they furnish. But +what they brought in at their joining, is returned to them, with +deduction of the damages, if they have caused any at their turn into +enemies of the Peace-Union, or which originated by their fault, although +it could not be proved, that they had a malicious intention in causing +damages. This point is here to be remarked, that children before they +acquire the legal age, if by whatever means they would be withdrawn from +the Peace-Union, while their parents are living there or did not depart, +should not receive the portion of the property brought for them into the +Peace-Union, till they arrive at the legal age in which they have the +right according to the laws of the country to depart from their parents; +because the Peace-Union have the parental duties towards children who +are received with their parents into the Peace-Union. Also this is to be +mentioned, that no others except who come with their parents or with +their children into the Peace-Union, have any claim to the property +which they bring into it. They settle their business with all others, +when they join with the Peace-Union, and in the same time they make +their will, how much they themselves if they would leave the Peace-Union +and some of their children would remain in it, and how much each of the +children when in full legal age, would receive, if he or she would leave +the Peace-Union.</p> + +<p>We thought proper to concede so much to the feebleness of those who are +desirous to join with the Peace Union, but imagine the possible case, +that they might be turned out and lose their property. For them their +property is secured, althought without interest, and their possible case +is rather imagination, and they would become gradually so strong as to +give good example to others. But we have mentioned a point which must +terrify hypocrites to join to our Peace Union; because their hypocrisy +would become in due time manifest, and then they could not stand and +would be turned out with demand to repair damages. Therefore they should +remain in Babylon till they have a sincere desire to join with us for +their true conversion to our principles and corresponding acting with +us. When they are determined to act for this purpose they should not be +afraid to join the Peace Union on account of the possibility of being +separated; because no person will be separated except such as deserves +in consequence of immoral acts or gross omissions of what is absolutely +necessary for obtaining the object of our association, after having been +sufficiently instructed and exhorted that their toleration would ruin +the Peace Union. A separate person, if he or she would think there was +not sufficient cause for separation, will be permitted to publish in our +Periodical the reason or reasons of his or her complaint. By doing so, +however, he gives occasion for members of the Peace Union to publish +their remarks on his reasons, that truth might be made manifest; because +the object of the Peace Union is the restoration of human rights, and +therefore her members engage and promise to correct any mistake, when it +is shown and it is proven.</p> + +<p>The nature and object of the Peace Union is, that science or knowledge +in every department and every branch of enterprise directs and governs +the work. Therefore the man or woman who is found to be most skilful in +any art, business or work, is to be elected as foreman, and continues to +act as such, till some one more skilful is found. And then to him the +place is to be given, however, not before it is shown, that by +exchanging the place sufficient advantage will accrue to the community. +The member who thinks he is able to show this, may assemble members +belonging to the branch of that business, or if the case is a general +case, members in general, the body of females having their votes as well +as the body of males in general affairs; in particular branches the body +decide who belong to that branch. Whoever calls members together, shows +them the case, and if the majority find his reasons to be sufficient, +the person proposed obtains the office. But before votes are taken, +those who are assembled, must also hear the objections. But if there is +any member who thinks, that the decision was not made according to +justice, he may announce the matter to the assembled, showing them their +mistake and his duty that if they will not correct their mistake, he +will make known the reasons of his complaint against the decision in the +Periodical of the Peace Union. And the assembled, if they see that he is +right, are bound to receive thankfully that which is right, but if they +see that he is wrong, they are bound to show him this. But if he, +notwithstanding this, publishes his reasons, those who do not agree with +him, are bound to show in their replies that he will riot act according +to sound reasons, but is disposed to make disturbance, deserving to be +expelled. In this case if he continues to be obstinate against evidence, +he should be expelled peaceably.</p> + +<p>In the first place we need a centre. And according to the pattern of the +centre as many settlements on other places will be established as will +be needed to accommodate all who will find best to move from their +present situation to a settlement of our Peace Union. But everywhere +persons of our principles will be needed to instruct and strengthen the +neighbours. The hints given here will be so modified to their situation +as their circumstances will require.</p> + +<p>In the centre is to be concentrated, what is to be spread everywhere, to +benefit in the first place members of the Peace Union and by their +instrumentality as many others as can be reached. Therefore co-operation +and support from all who comprehend this book and their application to +others is necessary to raise means, for establishing what is required in +the centre. Although all who contribute for the centre, will not have +chance to reside there, they will have a chance to send some of their +children or relations to the institutions of the University for the New +Era, which will be established there, according to our plan, according +to which a great change will take place in studies, that all +intellectual and moral faculties of students will be harmoniously +developed, and much time will be gained for learning every day for some +hours in the school and for some hours in the shops and elsewhere that +to learn which each will be most qualified and inclined. Wherefore those +who afford money and other property for the centre and what is needed +there, acquire the right to reside there, when needed as teachers, or +for mechanical branches, arts, sciences, for agriculture, horticulture, +&c. What mankind need for the New Era, should be shown there to students +theoretically and practically. Therefore all who have superabundant +means, if they comprehend this book, will send such an amount as they +can spare, as donations, which will become spiritual treasures to the +donors. When the institutions which according to our plan should be at +our centre, will be established, there will be such competition of +students, that there will not be room for accommodation of all. All that +is given as donation for raising our institutions, will be put in our +ledger for the benefit of the donors, so that, when all students could +not be accommodated at our centre, those recommended by the donors would +be prefered to others, the case excepted, that others be found more +useful in our mission, if they study the branches.</p> + +<p>Those who have no superabundance of means to give a donation, are +invited to invest for establishing the centre as much as their +cicumstances permit, to be invested for their benefit, as belonging to +them, although without any interest in money, but with the advantage, +that when all students could not be accommodated at our centre, their +sons and daughters would have the preference before such as have done +nothing towards the foundation of the centre. And if any have land, who +are desirous that on their land a settlement might be started according +to our plan for the New Era, by their furnishing means for starting the +centre they acquire the claim and right that their land shall be taken +for that purpose rather than the land of another who had done nothing +for the centre, when circumstances would not require the preference of +the land of other for a new settlement of our Peace Union.</p> + +<p>From what has been mentioned, the following general rule may be derived: +Without having a centre of our communities we cannot accomplish our +work. Therefore all who comprehend us, are solemnly entreated to +contribute without delay what their circumstances allow. If they cannot +send a donation, they are entreated to send what will be regarded as +theirs without bearing interests, but bearing to them all the advantages +to which according to the circumstances they are qualified, to come, +when all will be prepared, to the centre, if they can be employed there; +otherwise they may be useful to our community on the place which they +now occupy, or they may join with an other place of our community. In +this case the centre settles with that community in reference to what +they have advanced to the centre, to be sent, when the centre is able to +do so, to that community for them, if they should not prefer to leave it +in the centre to be consumed there by such students as they would send +to the University in the centre of our Peace Union, where all the +knowledge and wisdom which can be obtained, will be concentrated to +bring mankind into that situation which is promised and mankind are able +to attain by the right application of their intellectual and moral +faculties and their physical strength, and the proper use and right +application of all the knowledge which has been propagated through the +course of centuries and improved in our age.</p> + +<p>No money or other property can or will be taken into the Peace Union, +settlements to be put into their ledger for the benefit of the person +who invests it, to be returned in the case that the person or one of his +or her family should leave the Peace Union, except money that has been +acquired in an honest manner. By the term <i>honest</i> we mean a manner +which is not only justifiable according to the laws of the country, but +also according to the moral laws attributable to the person who invests +it, at least so far, that no person or society is known to whom it +should be restored. We do not mean the severest scrutiny, but the usual +course of affairs; because according to our plan by those who will join +the Peace Union, the way will be opened for a final restoration of all +human affairs into the right order. To this point we must gradually +proceed.</p> + +<p>By what we have remarked in regard to money as the root of all evil, if +it is not managed for the commom welfere, it is a necessary evil as far +as business is done with those who do not belong to our Peace Union, and +we are compelled to make use of many evils which are yet in existence, +to bring nations out of the evil into the New Era. We must make such use +of money as to promote the welfere of the Peace Union which encloses the +welfere of all nations, which would not he promoted, if we would take +any amount of money from those who enter into our Peace Union under the +condition to return it in case, they would leave the Peace Union. Under +this condition we could take no more than one thousand dollars, so that, +if any man or woman would come with his or her family, and bring more +than one thousand dollars for each person belonging to his or her +family, after having settled all matters of business with others, we +could not take more than the mentioned sum under the mentioned +condition, to wit, if husband and wife with parents and children, would +join, for each of them one thousand dollars: the surplus they had to +give as donation, if they would not accept the advice which is given +below.</p> + +<p>Also this is to be mentioned, that if a family comes on the place of the +Peace Union and they invest for each member of the family a certain sum, +and some of the family would be taken into the spirit world, and the +others would leave the Peace Union, in this case only that has been +invested for them, would belong to them. What was given for the +departed, remains in the Peace Union. Also in the case, that a father +would come with a large or with a small family and give for each +individual a certain sum, and then the others would remain, but he +himself would become a backslider, his claim would be only to the money +which he had invested for his own person. The same priciple is to be +applied in every case, in which somebody invests a certain sum for +himself, and besides also sums for others.</p> + +<p>To those who have greater riches than one thousand dollars for each +individual of their family, is to be said, that they are only +administrators of that property to make the poor rich and the rich truly +happy. And whereas the Peace Union undertakes this great work, a rich +person should be instructed and enlightened, that this will not take +place in any other way than by a true community, for which we have given +this sketch, only in this point deviating from the course which we would +pursue if we would have to deal with perfect persons, that we found +proper to concede, that if any body should leave the Peace-Union +settlement, he should receive in due time the sum invested not exceeding +one thousand dollars. But those whose property reaches higher, will go +the safest way according to Christ's direction: "Go thy way, sell +whatever thou hast and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in +Heaven; and come and take up thy cross and follow me." Mark x: 21. This +man to whom Christ gave that advice "had great possessions." And we give +to those who have great riches the same advice, but with a different +application. Jesus Christ, the Father of the New Era which is to be +introduced by our mission, had not the chance in Palestine, which we +have in the United States. He advised as he could in his circumstances, +and we give in our circumstances to the rich who have great possessions +the following advice and the best for them to be saved: "Give as a +donation as much into our Peace-Union centre as you are able to do for +raising our institutions as the best means for the redemption of the +poor and degraded people from the existing misery and distress, and come +and learn how to administer your possessions for the poor, and we will +send with you to your possessions[AB] a man to commence there with you a +community for the poor only, and you may call poor people of your choice +together. And you should superintend, and our administrator should +assist you and labor with you to educate the poor so as to make them +truly rich and happy. And you, while you would have enriched our centre +as much as would be possible without selling your possessions, would be +the presiding elder at the community of the poor made rich by your +possessions, and when you would be pleased to stop with those in the +centre, you would be received as one of the founders, and you would have +treasure in Heaven."</p> + +<p>What I say to one I say to all rich men and women. If they receive our +advice they will become very rich and happy; but now they are "wretched +and miserable and poor and blind and naked," Revelation iii: 17. They +are the Heads in Laodicea, which means the judgment of the people, whom +they are preparing for destruction, and for themselves the hell. Luke +xvi: 23. From them is more required to be saved than from those who have +only a small property in comparison with the great possessions of the +rich, and their small property they have earned with hard labor. But it +would be too troublesome to reckon, how they had acquired their riches. +But instead of a long reckoning or a general confession of their sins +and crimes we show them the shortest and surest way to Heaven.</p> + +<p>We must say also to those who invest property not exceeding one thousand +dollars for each member of their family into our Peace-Union with the +reserve that if they leave the Peace-Union, that property should be +returned to them in equivalent without any interest, and at a time in +which the Peace-Union can easily do this without hurting their own +business, that this reserve will continue only until the time in which +they will be sufficiently strengthened in the principles of the true +community, and convinced that this is the only way for redemption of +oppressed humanity. When they will advance so far, they will sign the +covenant of the New Era, they themselves and those of their family who +are of age and with them united in the Spirit; and they will transfer +the property which is their portion to the community, which secures +their rights to the provisions for their body and their spirit to enjoy +such happiness as the Peace-Union will be able to afford to prepare them +for the society of blessed spirits.</p> + +<p>From these hints you see, that the true community consists of members +who give all their property, without any reserve, and receive all the +advantages which a mutual co-operation in the true brotherly spirit +affords. At the commencement they must be tried. On the title-page of +this book we have mentioned, that it is published at the "Peace-Union +Centre." We intended to give explanation of the matter in this plan. We +are starting there the Peace-Union Centre. About five hundred acres of +land, with farmhouse, barn, orchard &c. belong to that property, on a +beautiful very healthy hill, with excellent springs of soft water, +romantic locations for buildings, and all kinds of institutions for the +New Era. The soil as far as may be cleared, is good for raising all +kinds of fruits, and as much as we will need of vegetables. But our +centre will be for literary institutions, surrounded with all kinds of +the best mechanics and artists, from whom students will learn all kinds +of work. Therefore the largest portion of grain will be obtained from +other settlements to which productions at the centre will be sent in +exchange. About one hundred acres of the land are cleared and much more +can be cleared and used for different purposes, but the largest portion +of that land is Toscarora mountain, producing wood, timber, stone for +building, and is good for different other purposes, for instance, the +top of the mountain for our observatory, &c.</p> + +<p>Spring Hill in Racoon Valley belonged to Abraham, the oldest of the +twelve sons of my departed friend Christian Long. Christian was one of +the students of my German books, and strong witness of our mission; but +his son Abraham preaching water baptism was not prepared to receive his +testimony. But Christian and others in his company amongst the departed, +were operating and preparing this place, while we thought that we had +already succeeded in taking another place in possession, seventeen miles +from this place, and we have been in quite an unexpected manner +instructed that Springhill is the place in which we should start the +Peace-Union Centre, and we have received the place as cheap as the worth +of its improvements may be valued. This is according to our principles, +according to which the land belongs to the whole human family, and to +the improvements only each individual may claim as much right as he has +consumed labor to produce them. But it is evident also that labor never +can be exactly valued, and I had to write a very large volume to expose +the manifold forms of labor, in which time is wasted, to corrupt and +ruin human society. All the hints given in this book, may convince any +investigating mind, that there is no redemption of the degraded and +wretched condition of mankind except in the community in which men will +be brought gradually into the true happy state in this life and in the +spirit world, and will draw their departed friends into higher spheres.</p> + +<p>Being compelled by circumstances to take away manuscript containing the +spirit battle by which not only this, that we have to start our +Peace-Union as a community and in Springhill, but also many other +important points have been disclosed, which although they were known to +us long time before that, may arouse the attention of those who would +not hear us otherwise, except when they hear extraordinary spirit +manifestations, which in connexion with starting our Peace-Union Centre +on this place may be published another time. But here we must mention +that by quite an unexpected vision against the wishes of the medium and +his wife our doctrine has been illustrated, to wit, that those who make +a covenant with our Peace-Union community, separate so from those who +remain in Babylon, that if of those who are married, one partner would +make such a covenant, but the other would remain in Babylon, we would do +all in our power to draw also that partner into our community. But if he +or she would remain obstinate despiser of our Heavenly message, we +according to Divine law would consider the person who made the covenant +with our Peace-Union as perfectly free to marry a person belonging to +our community, and labor at the same time to convert the Government to +acknowledge our mission and the Divine law made manifest by our +mediumship. "What God hath joined together let no man put asunder." +Matth. xix: 6. "What the devil has joined together, God puts asunder." +If we have the mission expressed on the title-page, and confirmed by all +signs and wonders which have been mentioned in this book, and with which +hundreds of volumes could be filled, then it is evident that the devil +has joined those together or the devil will keep them together, when one +understands our mission and advances so far that he or she makes the +covenant with our community and the other resists and will keep him or +her in Babylon, when he or she starts to come out of her not to be +partaker of her sins. The partner, may be he or she, who remains +obstinate, remains in the great whore of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation, is an adulterer or adulteress in the spiritual sense, and +certainly with whoredom or other abominations he or she became so +endarkened, that when the partner progressed so far, as to comprehend +our Heavenly message, the destroying devil will detain him or her from +the truth made manifest in our message. Those who have comprehended this +book to this point, know that our case is just the contrary to the so +called Free Love, diametrically opposed to it. A chaste husband or wife +will comprehend us, but those who will continue in their fornication and +adultery, will cry against us and misrepresent truth for their +destruction. Here is no room for explanation of a point, on which I will +write an extraordinary treatise, in which I will report and explain also +the mentioned vision, when the diseased stomachs will be ready to digest +our most wholesome medicine.</p> + +<p>In this compression is also to be remembered, that the promise given on +the 45th page in regard to the four in Baltimore executed in connexion +with my visit to President Buchanan appears in a more dreadful shape in +the portion of the 4th treatise which will appear in the second edition +of this book if that edition shall be demanded, than I would have +expected, when I mentioned that case. When President Buchanan, Governor +Hicks and other Grandees of Washington and Maryland were not prepared to +afford money for buying Springhill for our Peace Union Centre and for +publishing this book, we read on the 42d page: "The same time a great +sign was given so that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western +Reserve of Ohio." A.D. 1854 we commenced to prepare Brother Robert D. +Eldrige in Baltimore for our mission. Then happened many wonders and +signs in connexion with him, till at length a sign was given in +Baltimore. But the principal of the four executed in Baltimore was +brought before me in the Western Reserve of Ohio, and you will hear of +strange spectacles in the next edition regarding that manifestation in +connexion with the four Presidents Taylor, Fillmore, Pierce and +Buchanan. After having performed the trials of spirits in the Western +Reserve of Ohio, Eldrige started with me, and after having tried spirits +in different places during our travelling, we arrived at length at +Abraham Long's, and I showed to Brother Eldrige some of the secret +treasures on the premises of Springhill, where Heavenly Wisdom[AC] +prepared a great variety of most beautiful sceneries, magnificent +fairviews on a number of sites very suitable for excellent buildings, +and to all those places excellent springs of soft water may be derived +by few rods of pipes, and excellent stone for buildings and +superabundance of wood is most handy. We took then the deeds in the name +of our Peace Union Community[AD], and we appear as Trustees, I by virtue +of my mission, in duty bound to communicate the spirit who has sent me +for the fulfilment of the most glorious promises to mankind, with those +who will receive this spirit and will be drawn from Babylon into the New +Jerusalem, and Robert D. Eldrige by virtue of his mission, who came with +money and paid for the place with the rights which are given in this +plan to those who invest money, and with the duty of superintendency for +a good success. In those our duties all are bound to support us, who +join with the Peace Union.</p> + +<p>On the 11th day of July, 1859, my Document, entitled: "Great News for +the Friends of Progression in Truth and Righteousness towards the +promised New Era of Harmony and Peace amongst all nations" was set in +type, the proof-sheet corrected by me, and a portion of copies struck +off on the same day. We were preparing readers for the first convention +which will be held in the New Hall on the Peace Union settlement in the +latter part of the next month, and requesting Editors to publish that +Document. But I think that the warlike spirit of destruction kept most +of them in the servitude of monarchs. But that document was to be set in +type and printed on the same day, on which Napoleon and Francis Joseph +made their treaty of peace at Villafranca for an important testimony, +that spirits from our sphere have controlled the affairs also there, so +that if you hurry to do what is required in this book, you will prevent +immense destruction of human life and property in this country, +otherwise you should know that I have done more than from a mortal man +could be expected, to move you for action. But when men become such +beasts that they have no sense for spiritual things, destruction is a +necessary consequence. At the commencement of the first treatise page 6 +you see that Mr. Belly gave occasion to that treatise. Last month he +came again to Paris and remains there according to newspapers until the +20th of the next month; and I proposed that on the same day our first +convention should commence in the New Hall. We quote from said document +in which the title of this book is copied, the close as follows: "The +book with the above copied title will be published by Robert D. Eldrige +in our Convention, and then copies will be sent by him to those who send +to him the money (50 cents fur one copy, twenty dollars for 50 copies, +35 dollars for 100 copies) either before or after or at the Convention. +He being a man of property and known as our trusty fellow labourer for +improving the condition of mankind, has charge of the business +department at our Peace Union, while, I the writer of this book and of +this article am bound to devote my precious time to spiritual objects +for Harmony and Peace of Nations, requesting to direct letters which do +not belong particularly to my sphere, to him under the direction: Robert +D. Eldrige, Donnally's Mill, Perry Co: Pa." This book appears small for +this price; but remember the contents of page 169, and collect +subscribers, and as soon as we print the second edition, we will send a +large pamphlet as supplement without additional charge. In the mean time +we assure you that also this small book contains so large an amount of +most important points for you, that the oftener you study it, the more +you will learn to appreciate its value; and the enormous labour for +obtaining all the parts contained in this book cannot be paid with +money, and my labour never was paid.</p> + +<p>On the 11th of this month, August, 1859, there came many people to +Springhill. An extraordinary medium who had been in England an Elder +amongst the Baptisers wrote on the 13th Instant to me: "I came on foot +to Springhill, Peace Union Centre, a long walk of about 17 miles in hot +weather. We raised the frame work of the Large Hall. The day (11th +inst.) was fine, and all things went on well, and the work that is done, +looks well and in good order. All kinds of rumors and talk: What the +house is for? What they will do? Why did they not build so as the Hall +could be seen? Some one thing, some, other things, &c."</p> + +<blockquote><p> + The Periodical, entitled: "Peace Union Message." Conventions at the + Peace Union Centre in Springhill Toscarora Township, Perry Co: Pa. + 6 miles west of Millerstown, the stopping place for the Cars. +</p></blockquote> + +<p>Our Periodical, spoken of in the plan, will be published as soon, as +there will be a sufficient number of subscribers. In the expectation +that those who are versed in English, will comprehend us first, we will +publish it first in English, in Quarto, to be preserved in books and +translated in as many other languages as needed; because it will contain +social, ecclesiastical and political matters and movements of nations +and daily news of importance, considered from our position, to draw +nations from the existing confusion and degradation into the new order +of things. All that will improve the condition of mankind, and what is +hurtful for them, as far as we will have opportunity[AE] to reach it, +will be examined from our position. But there not being room in this +book, we will publish in the first number which will issue, when we are +secured by subscriptions, what we will find proper to draw those amongst +all nations who have somewhat new for improving mankind, to send it for +publication in our Periodical. Every one who sends somewhat of this +kind, will add his full direction and occupation. If his or her +communication is found by those whom we find to be competent judges in +that branch, to be such as required, it will be published when room will +be for it in our Periodical. But if it is not found such as to be +published, the writer will be named and the reason given, why it cannot +be published. If the writer should think to have been injured, our +Periodical would be open to publish his complaint with the preliminary +requisites which will be made known in our first number as quite +reasonable to save time to him and us and to the readers as well as to +the printers and others. I quoted purposely some passages from the +letter of our friend Peter assuring that he is ours truly "in bonds for +truth waiting for deliverance." If the talkers of nonsense had asked +those to whom we told, why we selected that place for that building, +near the farm house and the springs, they had received information. The +basement of the new building is a large cellar, the first story a large +Hall, having in the midst a partition, which we remove when we use the +whole Hall, but the second story has a partition which cannot be removed +and each department has its own stairs. The farm house and the new +building are in a cove. The first story of the building will be +provisionally[AF] used for our Conventions, till the substantial edifice +within the most magnificent fairview will be established. With this +fairview we entreat most earnestly every reader to collect as many +subscribers for this book as well as for the Periodical, as he or she is +able to collect. The book is to be paid for at the delivery, and the +Periodical will cost $2 a year, money to be paid for half a year or a +year at the delivery of the first number.</p> + +<p>Whoever secures us five subscribers receives six copies. And those who +will act as agents, after having comprehended by studying this book our +plan and adopt it, are regarded as our fellow-laborers, when they show +practically that they belong to our Peace-Union. If the expected +exertions are made, we may be able to publish the first number of our +Periodical at the commencement of the year 1860.</p> + +<p>Our first Convention next month at the Peace Union Centre is announced +in our Circular. But readers of this book are requested to proclaim, +that on the first day of November 1859, the second Convention will +commence and continue for two weeks, and that only those persons of both +sexes are invited to attend, who after having comprehended our mission +are ready to act as missionaries or to support with their means our +enterprises to establish what is needed at the Centre. And for this +purpose we intend to hold successively a number of Conventions. The +second could be attended by those who belong to the Cabinet and the +Congress of Washington, or to any legislature. Each Convention will last +one or two weeks. Those who comprehend this book will tell or write to +those with whom they are acquainted, that although the contents of this +book are of importance for any body, those who belong to the Government +need most to understand them. This book will be taken as the text-book, +but also those who may have read it before many times, will receive in +the Convention new light to understand it better and to hear many things +which are not mentioned in the book. There may be so many aroused to +attend the Convention that all could not be accommodated. Therefore +whoever and whenever he determines to attend one of our Conventions, he +is requested to write directly, and to give an exact direction, and put +a letter stamp into his letter, and we will answer it, and tell, whether +he could be accommodated in that or in any of the following Conventions. +Boarding is to be had as moderately as we can afford it. The rule is to +be observed also afterwards in this and in the next year, that whoever +wishes to attend our Convention, is requested to write directly, and he +will receive an answer when he could be accommodated. Answer may come +sooner or later, because it may depend upon circumstances, when after +the receipt of his or her letter our next Convention would be held. +Probably there is in this last "form" no room, to say more than that our +Post-Office address is on the title-page and also three or four pages +before this. It has been said that the stopping place for the cars is +Millerstown, Perry Co.: Pa. I desire nothing more than to draw you into +the sphere of our Heavenly abode as your sincere brother.</p> + +<p>ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR.</p> +</div> + + +<div class="chapter" id="remarks"> +<p>Remark. I perused 192 pages of this book while the last form was in +composition, and found a moderate number of errata as may be easily +corrected by the reader; for instance, he may connect himself in the 7th +line of the "Preliminary Remarks" the two particles IN TO in one word, +and he may separate where he finds two words close together and change C +and E, also N and U and some other letters when required, or add when a +letter is omitted, or cast it out when it is superabundant. Such trifles +will not trouble those who are anxious to learn to understand this book, +nor if they read sometimes CONNEXION and other times CONNECTION, I +always write CONNEXION; but I was assured, that according to the present +fashion CONNECTION is more used, although this use is irregular.</p> + +<p>The general rule is observed by our invisible messengers mentioned on +the 169th page, while they are controlling the spirits of the +compositors, that they let them commit such errata as disturb the sense +on such pages, on which the reader should stop and reflect upon the +connexion of matters. An astonishing lesson was given, when I received +the order to stop the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of +the 168th page. The manuscript for that Treatise contains 85 pages, and +the 168th page of this book ends in the middle of the 34th page of +manuscript. The spirit who made this provision exhorts powerfully +readers to digest the 168 pages and to prepare for what follows. I did +not know, what our invisible agents intended to put on the 168th page, +till I saw in the proof sheet the six oxen, the first of whom is Joseph +Ox, on the 74th place of our catalogue. These oxen are supporting the +mysteries on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue, and those two +mysteries are in the 4th line of the 168th page. This provision tells +that you should pay peculiar attention to the contents from the 74th to +the 81st page of this book, and you will find amongst the Americans +those who furnish as great assistance to the Beast with ten horns as the +six oxen on the 168th page. But on the 21st line of the 82d page, my +interpretation[AG] commences, and the omission in the midst of the 83d +page exhorts you that you should reflect upon the "Sect of Adventurists" +mentioned in the 9th line from the bottom of the 83d page. In my +manuscript were only Adventists. But I tell you that the young boy who +set in type the largest portion of this book, was a peculiar medium. +Noyse and Himes and all those whom they represent belong to the sect of +Adventurists who are the greatest supporters of Popery.</p> + +<p>All other marvellous things you will hear in our Convention commencing +November 1, 1859, on the Feast of All Saints.</p> + +<p>My address is page 124 of this book.</p> + +<p>Set in type June 27th, 1859.</p> +</div> + + + +<div class="chapter" id="t_notes"> +<h2>Transcriber's Notes</h2> + + +<p> +A. "DEVELOPMMENTS" changed to "DEVELOPMENTS".<br /> +B. "WOHLE" changed to "WHOLE".<br /> +C. "rightousness" changed to "righteousness".<br /> +D. "uderstanding" changed to "understanding".<br /> +E. "Febuary" changed to "February".<br /> +F. "perfetion" changed to "perfection".<br /> +G. "wickednes" changed to "wickedness".<br /> +H. "lenghth" changed to "length".<br /> +I. "axactly" changed to "exactly".<br /> +J. "remaks" changed to "remarks".<br /> +K. "Garrsion" changed to "Garrison".<br /> +L. "Gosple" changed to "Gospel".<br /> +M. "Jscariot" changed to "Iscariot".<br /> +N. "recived" changed to "received".<br /> +O. Opening quotation mark added.<br /> +P. "oppresion" changed to "oppression".<br /> +Q. "nead" changed to "need".<br /> +R. "thougt" changed to "thought".<br /> +S. "messsage" changed to "message".<br /> +T. Closing parenthesis added.<br /> +U. "obolition" changed to "abolition".<br /> +V. "languuages" changed to "languages".<br /> +W. Closing quotation mark added.<br /> +X. "fulfiilled" changed to "fulfilled".<br /> +Y. "babarian" changed to "barbarian".<br /> +Z. "mangement" changed to "management".<br /> +AA. "excommunicatiom" changed to "excommunication".<br /> +AB. "poseessions" changed to "possessions".<br /> +AC. "Wisdon" changed to "Wisdom".<br /> +AD. "Commnuity" changed to "Community".<br /> +AE. "oportunity" changed to "opportunity".<br /> +AF. "provisionaly" changed to "provisionally".<br /> +AG. "interpre-pretation" changed to "interpretation" (original word + spanned two lines at hypen).</p> +</div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Secret Enemies of True Republicanism +by Andrew B. Smolnikar + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM *** + +***** This file should be named 14675-h.htm or 14675-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/6/7/14675/ + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders, from page scans provided by +the University of Michigan. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/14675.txt b/old/14675.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..693d97d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/14675.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7320 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Secret Enemies of True Republicanism +by Andrew B. Smolnikar + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Secret Enemies of True Republicanism + +Author: Andrew B. Smolnikar + +Release Date: January 12, 2005 [EBook #14675] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM *** + + + + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders, from page scans provided by +the University of Michigan. + + + + + +[Transcriber's note: The original print edition contain many obvious +typos that have been corrected in this electronic edition. I have taken +care to mark where changes were made within the text, and notes about +the changes can be found at the end of this text. I have left hyphen +irregularities as they were printed (so that both "anti-slavery" and +"antislavery" will be found within the text). For additional perspective +on errata within the text, see the author's remarks following the final +treatise.] + + + + + +SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM, + +MOST IMPORTANT DEVELOPMENTS[A] REGARDING THE INNER LIFE OF MAN AND THE +SPIRIT WORLD, IN ORDER TO ABOLISH REVOLUTIONS AND WARS AND TO ESTABLISH +PERMANENT PEACE ON EARTH, + +ALSO: + +THE PLAN FOR REDEMPTION OF NATIONS FROM MONARCHICAL AND OTHER OPPRESIVE +SPECULATIONS AND FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE PROMISED NEW ERA OF +HARMONY, TRUTH AND RIGHTEOUSNESS ON THE WHOLE[B] GLOBE. + + + +WRITTEN BY + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, + +FORMERLY EIGHTEEN YEARS PRIEST BENEDICTINE MONK AND IMPERIAL ROYAL +PROFESSOR OF BIBICAL LITERATURE; AFTERWARDS SINCE A.D. 1838, BY SIGNS +ACCORDING TO PROPHECIES DECLARED AND CONFIRMED REPRESENTATIVE OF +MESSENGERS FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE UNIVERSAL REPUBLIC, COMMONLY +ALTHOUGH IMPROPERLY CALLED THE MILLENNIUM. + +PUBLISHED BY ROBERT D. ELDRIDGE +Springhill, Peace Union Centre. +POST OFFICE DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY CO.: PA. +1859. + + + + +Preliminary Remarks + + + +Attentive readers will find superabundance of signs or credentials +testifying the mission of every one who comprehends this book and acts +with us for the accomplishment of the great promise, if they peruse the +whole book as often as necessary for a full understanding of each event +mentioned herein in connexion with the whole. From this connection of +events it is evident, that in collisions in to which we have come with +our opposers during the performance of the duties of our mission, we +were under the direction of those invisible guardians who are labouring +to introduce the promised new era of Truth and Righteousness, while our +opposers were endeavouring to support the existing systems of delusion +and iniquity, and that spirits of all spheres, heavenly angels as well +as infernal demons, give testimony to our mission, spirits of each +sphere in such a manner as is most suitable to their sphere. By the +developments made in this book the secret enemies of true Republicanism +are made manifest, and it is made clear, how every party and sect, +notwithstanding their profession of republicanism, are supporting +Popery, or, what is the same Monarchy, if they disregard our disclosures +concerning the Roman Catholic and the Protestant churches in reference +to Christ's Peaceable Reign which will be the universal republic of +truth and righteousness[C], and if they neglect to co-operate with us +for its introduction. + +When I say "us," I understand the whole body of messengers whom I +represent. I became Representative of this Body by having performed and +explained what has been shown to me by the Spirit of Truth for the +introduction of the promised New Era. No imaginations, but facts, +events, are testifying our Heavenly Mission for the true Freedom, +Harmony and Peace of Nations, as well as the infernal Mission of those +who either openly or secretly, are opposed to our mission. In this their +condition they are supporting the Papal Imperial Royal or Monarchial +powers. This will be evident to those who comprehend this book. Then +they will know that those are either wittingly deceivers, or are +deceived and repeat the lies and slanders of others, who say that I make +too great claims and am anxious to be a great man. I confess to be +nothing else but a true republican, a man for free discussion, +testifying what I know, and offering it to be duly examined and used for +the welfare of nations. I had to forsake all things of this world and to +devote all my time to deep investigations, till at length my studies had +arrived to maturity, that I could be used by Heavenly Powers as an +instrument or medium to disclose what is required for Christ's peaceable +Reign on Earth. But those who should have been our first labourers in +the great cause of Human Redemption, have deceived others in regard to +our mission; and I have been abused, slandered and persecuted, and have +suffered more than a man could willingly bear for his fellow men, +without being supported by Higher Powers. This support has brought me on +the ground where I stand, and on which they shall arrive who will study +this book with understanding[D], and then act accordingly. + +This book is divided into several treatises, which are so connected that +every reader in order to comprehend the unexpected developments for the +introduction of the promised New Era, must study them in the order in +which they appear. While studying in this manner, if the contents of +some passage appear to him not only unexpected, but also very +improbable, he will receive more light upon them in the continuation of +studying this book, till at length that which appeared at the first view +improbable, will be made manifest to him to be a great truth, and he +will become our zealous fellow labourer in the great mission for the +accomplishment of the greatest Promises to the Human race. I write in +the expectation, that my brethren and sisters, after having perused this +book, will comprehend their calling and act accordingly with their +sincere servant. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + +Washington D.C. March 29th, 1859. + + +Remark: + +I wrote this preface in the expectation of soon finding in Washington +means for publishing this book. But I had to wait, till at length the +war in Italy commenced. Therefore readers are requested to study what +they must know to stop Revolutions and Wars and to commence the New Era +of Harmony and Peace. + + + + +FIRST TREATISE. + + + + Louis Napoleon, according to a severe divine judgment Emperor of + France, and James Buchanan, according to the merciful divine + benignity President of the United States. + + +On the 27th January, 1859, while I was ready to start from Philadelphia, +a messenger said, that on that day an article appeared in the German +Democrat of that city for my use, and handed to me the number containing +that article, from which we translate the following passages: + +"A pamphlet of the famous Mr. Belly, directed to Emperor Napoleon III, +was announced in Paris on all corners of the streets with very large +letters, under the inscription + +NAPOLEON AND BUCHANAN. + +"Whereas nothing can be published in Paris without the permission of the +Imperial censorship, it is supposed, that Mr. Belly acted according to a +superior order to arouse the public opinion against the United States. +The President's message gives the pretext for it. The United States are +represented as deadly enemies of the whole Latin Race and of the +monarchies of Europe, which must fall to their feet, if that race does +not commence a crusade against the heretics, and take the sword against +the pirates, thieves and bankrupts of the United States." + +Not having the original of the pamphlet and giving the following +passages in a free translation from the German translation which +appeared in the above quoted number of the Democrat, I may be excused by +those who have the French pamphlet at hand, if they should find any +deviation from it. Monsieur Belly writes besides other things also: + +"The longing of the United States for Cuba and Mexico has not only the +tendency to enlarge their territory and their interests, but they act +besides this, according to a principle, which is diametrically opposite +to that of France; they do not care about any civilization beyond their +frontier; they have made alliance with all who are filled with hatred +against the European politics. When the Democratic Republic obtains the +supremacy in the new world, all empires and kingdoms in the world will +become inimical to its interests and therefore it will be consequent and +necessary to destroy them either by art or by force.... Our commerce, +our industry will be compelled to obey instead of being the rulers, and +the discovery of the new world will lead to the remarkable result of +having occasioned the death of the old. + +"The Catholic sovereigns constituted by God and by their subjects, are +obliged to introduce such circumstances as to carry into execution their +legitimate claims. And those who have been elected by a band without +discipline, by bankrupts and thieves, dare to declare publicly, that the +hour has come for these thieves and bankrupts to attack the civilized +world! are we not as much devoted to the truth, as they are to the lie? +We should not delay to promote our system of salvation, while we are +discussing their system of perdition. And whereas they are elevating the +crime to their religion with more energy than we do our holy religion, +while we appear to surrender it, we will henceforth extol the cross and +draw the sword, and unite the Latin race to the alliance, without which +there is no salvation for civilization. + +"The president's message is in open opposition to the faith, the ideas, +the principles and the interests, the acknowledged defender of which +your Majesty is. That message strikes Europe on both cheeks; and I +affirm that those who like to make it laughable, become pale when they +reflect upon it in their closets. + +"Mr. Buchanan and the nation whom he represents, keep these things not +any longer in secret. From henceforth they demand Cuba, and the language +in the message shows, that they will not desist from any means to obtain +their object. This object is one portion of Mexico and then an other, +the whole Central America and West Indies," &c. + +If our profession which is expressed on the title page of this book, is +true, we have received the commission to move nations and their rulers +to establish the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and +peace. It will be the true reign of Christ, for which all political and +ecclesiastical memorable events of past centuries and of this time, are +preparations. Our commission, that is, the commission of messengers whom +I represent, is confirmed by so many signs according to prophecies, that +while I was writing the last of the five German volumes which have been +published from A.D. 1838 till 1842, I have oftentimes repeated, that the +key has been given in those volumes to unlock and explain so many +prophecies and signs testifying our mission, that five hundred volumes +could be filled, if there had not been superabundance of them already +published in the five above mentioned volumes, from which it is evident, +that neither monarchs amongst themselves in Europe, nor political and +ecclesiastical parties and sects in this country, can establish peace, +but will continue to quarrel and consume every year an enormous amount +of property for war preparations, and corrupt and ruin nations, and +destroy many men and women during those preparations, till at length +they are again and again so brutalized and enraged, that they kill each +other, till all parties are so exhausted, that they are compelled to +make peace, which is nothing else but an armistice; because when the +true peace or Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic of +Truth and Justice, shall be established on the whole globe, soldiers and +all preparations for war, will disappear, and those who are now learning +how to destroy each other, will learn how to prolong their lives and +improve their intellectual and moral faculties for their own temporal +and eternal welfare, as well as for the welfare of others. Wo! wo! wo! +to the Roman catholics as well as others in these United States and in +all other parts of America and in Europe and elsewhere, if the infernal +fire of revolution and war, which is glowing, breaks out with all force +in the United States of America. It would extend on the globe and +consume millions of men, and amongst them also Monarchs. But we write to +prevent their destruction, and to prepare them to become true +republicans and truly happy, and to contribute their share for the +happiness of all men. + +After the publication of the above mentioned five volumes I made urgent +applications to political and ecclesiastical rulers and their +counsellors in Europe by sending to some of them my books and letters, +and to others letters only, showing how to obtain my books, and +exhorting them to study them and act accordingly to prevent revolutions +and wars and to commence the new Era. After that, whenever a peculiar +crisis was approaching, we have issued some publication, warning the +American Nation as well as other nations and their governments, and +showing, that there was high time to study the contents of _our_ +volumes. I am not alone, but there are invisible messengers giving +testimony by my instrumentality, as superabundance of proof is given +also in this volume. In this connection of matters I mention the +following instance: + +At the end of the year 1853 my pamphlet "Antichristian Conspiracy +against true Republicanism" issued from the press; and in the first part +of the year 1854 copies of that pamphlet as well as written disclosures +containing most solemn warnings to the American as well as to all other +nations, were sent to President Pierce and to a number of congressmen in +both houses. In said pamphlet and in the annexed written disclosures, +the Government was most solemnly exhorted to appoint a convention for +examining our system or the magnetic chain of events through the course +of the past centuries in connection with the events of this generation, +which have not been understood so as they are made manifest in our chain +for binding the Dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction, REVEL. +xx. 2. who has given his power, and his seat, and great authority REVEL. +xiii: 2, not only to the representative of the beast or the Pope of +Rome, but also to the ten horns of the beast, or kings, that is +monarchs, who hate the whore, that is the Apostatized Church, the people +who have apostatized from truth and justice, and whom monarchs make +desolate and naked, and eat their flesh and burn them with fire, REVEL. +xvii: 16. + +"The Catholic Sovereigns" are according to the quoted passage of Mr. +Belly, "constituted by God and by their subjects." The number of the +Democrat, which occasioned this treatise, was providentially handed to +me. But here is no room to explain that which will be explained in our +"monthly theological course," which is appointed in this book, and in +which our system or the chain to bind the dragon, will be exhibited, and +in which will be made manifest, how far "the Catholic sovereigns" or +monarchs are constituted by their subjects, and how their subjects would +constitute them, if they were free and enlightened, as they should be +according to the will of God who has endowed them with intellectual and +moral faculties, to be duly developed. Here we mention only, that the +highest duty of monarchs is to do all in their power for that +development. If monarchs would fulfil their highest duty, their subjects +would become true republicans, and then monarchs would cease to be, what +they now are by the appointment of the dragon, the spirit of delusion +and destruction, by whose inspiration they are executioners of the +degraded people whose education has been neglected, and who would have +become true republicans, if monarchs had become fathers and teachers of +the ignorant. But obviously appears to be as absurd, as Mr. Belly's +assertion, that God has constituted the monarchs, although it is +manifest, that the dragon has constituted them, or they are constituted +"according to a severe divine judgment," according to his eternal laws, +when people are so degraded, that they are not prepared for a better +government, what is expressed in the following words of the Revelation; +"God has put in the hearts of the ten horns to fulfil his will, and +agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God +shall be fulfilled," REVEL. XVII.: 17. + +In those circumstances, after the destruction, of the first Napoleon's +power, it was best, when the rulers or fathers of nations have neglected +to fulfil their highest duty, that they have submitted their monarchies +under the protection of the Pope, the representative of the Beast with +ten horns and seven heads, till the prophecy has been fulfilled. From +neglecting that rule much greater evils, most dreadful revolutions and +wars originated. The history of the so called christian church, when +some portions rebelled against the Pope through the course of centuries +until this time, is the most horrible theatre under the dominion of the +dragon. Therefore, after the destruction of the first Napoleon we read +in REVEL. xvii: 13, that the ten horns or monarchs agreed unanimously +(in the Congress of Vienna, A.D. 1815,) to give their power and strength +unto the beast, that is, to make the Pope, the representative of the +beast, a partaker of their own power and strength. This was the means +for the support of their own thrones, till the prophecy has been +fulfilled by what has been executed through our mediumships in the Roman +Catholic Church, and has been explained in the first three of my above +mentioned five German volumes. Those three volumes appeared between A.D. +1838 and 1840, and have been sent to three Roman Catholic Monarchs, to +wit, the Emperor of Austria, the King of Bavaria and the King of France, +with my hand writings, showing to the first two their highest duty to +enjoin their Theologians to examine those volumes and to send to me the +result of their examinations, to be published with my remarks, that +truth might be made manifest, and to the king of France, that he should +translate those volumes into French and spread them as much as possible +in his monarchy. All three have been most solemnly exhorted to do what +was required in those volumes to prevent the repetition of revolutions, +wars, and other plagues, which cannot be removed but must be repeated, +till the heavenly message of Peace made manifest by our instrumentality, +is received by governments and nations. When our applications to and +exhortations of political and ecclesiastical influential men in America +and in Europe were not regarded, and in these days of Noah the earth was +corrupt and filled with violence, and all flesh had corrupted his way, I +Mos. vi: 11 and 12, the flood of revolution broke out in Europe in the +year 1848, on the exact day in correspondence with prophecies given by +our instrumentality and published in my volumes, and emperors and kings, +and their machines of destruction, the bishops of America and in Europe, +and other political and ecclesiastical officers, who with all our +exhortations remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost, who has +disclosed by our instrumentality that which is required for the +introduction of the promised peaceable reign of Christ, which according +to our disclosures by a long chain of signs according to prophecies, +will be the universal republic of truth and justice, harmony and peace +on the whole globe, are responsible for all destruction of human life +and property, which were consumed in that revolution and afterwards +until this hour, and would have been saved, if the means shown in our +message, had been used. + +Ferdinand, Emperor of Austria, was the first compelled to give a +constitution. I read it on the 18th, April, 1848, and was inspired to +write on the 19th, April, or, on his birth-day a letter to him and an +appeal to the inhabitants of the Austrian Empire, assuring them, that +the calamities came, because the contents of our publications had not +been regarded, although our mission had been superabundantly proven by +signs according to prophecies. I confessed also, that I was ready to go +instantly to Vienna, and to show practically, how to make the right use +of that constitution for the commencement of the new era of harmony and +peace, if the emperor would publish directly my appeal to the +inhabitants of his empire, and write to me, and give the security to +support the constitution, which was such as the inhabitants of the +empire had a right to demand, as well as the emperor had a right to +watch against the abuse and to apply the proper means for the right use +of the constitution. + +My former applications and my volumes have been sent by me directly +through Triest to Vienna, but that my last document to emperor Ferdinand +was sent to his minister in Washington city with an urgent exhortation +to the minister, to forward it to the emperor, and with the remark that +in the time in which an answer could be expected, I would send to the +minister my direction, to which post office he had to send the answer; +because I wrote to the emperor from the State of New-York on my journey +to other States. I wrote at length to the minister, that if he receives +an answer to my documents from the Emperor Ferdinand, he should send it +to the post office of Nashville, capital of the State of Tennessee. I +urged the Emperor to send an answer as soon as possible, and I assured +him, that it was impossible, to prevent new revolutions without the use +of the remedy contained in our message of peace. But knowing the +slowness of the business at the Austrian government, I now on the 14th +September 1848, at noon time to the post office of Nashville to ask for +letters. When I was approaching the post office, fire bells commenced to +arouse people who were asking where the fire was. Some answered, that it +was in the Presbyterian Church on Church street; but others remarked, +that they should not be mocked in this manner; because it appeared to be +quite improbable that fire should break out at that hour in that season +in a church without being struck by lightning; and that was a very clear +day. + +I asked in the post office for letters. But there was no letter for me +there. On my return from the post office, the whole presbyterian church +the largest in that city, on Church Street, was enveloped in awful +flames, by which it was entirely consumed. + +The next night after that solemn spectacle an angel of my Lord brought +to me the message, (and attentive readers of this book will be +convinced, that when my mission requires, I come in perceivable +communication with Heavenly messengers,) that on the next sunday I +should proclaim in that city, that that was a prophetical fire +testifying that revolutions would break out again in the Austrian +empire, because the bishops of that empire had neglected to fulfil their +highest duty to instruct the Emperor in what he should do for the +pacification of nations, and that the revolution should be a solemn +warning to the citizens of the United States: because judgments cannot +be removed from this country, but must increase till churches of the +great harlot and her daughters will be consumed, if these judgments +shall not be stopped by the application of our message of peace. Public +halls are generally not opened for our proclamations, because we have no +money to pay for their use. But at that time the masonic fraternity were +carrying their instruments into their building, from which they removed +them during the danger while the church opposite their building was +burning. I said to them, that I had to proclaim a message against the +Pope of Rome in correspondence with that fire, and requested them to +grant their hall for that purpose, They granted it, and my proclamation +was advertised in the daily newspapers of Nashville. It was delivered on +the next sunday after the fire in the German language before, and in +the English language after noon. + +In the next month after that proclamation the last dreadful European +revolution and war commenced in Hungary in correspondence with the fact, +that the bishops of Hungary were the last among the bishops of Europe, +who have been under the direction of my Heavenly leaders most solemnly +warned to prevent the revolution which commenced in Paris on the 24th +February[E] 1848. That was in the octave of the tenth anniversary after +my first public appearance in my present mission and my solemn +initiation by Heavenly messengers for this mission. Ten years in +commemoration of the ten horns of the beast were granted for repentance +to the blind leaders of the blind, for whom I published A.D. 1838 the +first volume of explanations of the mystery; and in that year I +commenced to exhort Emperor Ferdinand and his bishops, that they should +study that volume. But after the publication of the fifth volume A.D. +1842, the bishops of Hungary were the last amongst the grandees of +Europe, to whom I applied; to wit, when all my applications were +disregarded, I published a Latin circular and sent copies of it to a +number of bishops in Europe. While I was preparing those copies for the +mail, Samuel Ludvigh, a Hungarian scholar, came into my room. He never +before nor after that did come to me, although I met with him several +times in other places, and warned him always, that he should study my +writings to be converted from his materialism to the true spiritualism. +But at that my meeting with him in my room I said to him, that he came +at the right time, to give me directions to all bishops in Hungary. He +did so, and by this unexpected provision I was enabled, to send to all +Roman Catholic bishops in Hungary copies of my Latin circular, in which +direction to find copies of my volumes, was given and the duty of the +Austrian bishops was shown to study my volumes, and then to instruct the +Emperor and other grandees of the Austrian Empire and Hungarian Kingdom, +in what they should do, to prevent revolutions and wars, and to +establish the promised peace on earth. + +When all our endeavoring to move the blind leaders of the blind to take +the medicine which was prepared in our publications to open their eyes, +was disregarded, I met at length in Cincinnati with the same doctor +Samuel Ludvigh, a materialistic reformer, trusting in weapons of war, +and I was inspired that I said to him, that there was high time for him +to learn that he had an immortal soul and also, that he himself was a +strong medium of deluding and destroying spirits, and that I was ready +to give him a peculiar testimony of that truth most necessary for him to +become an apostle of peace. He asked, how I could show him this. He was +not ready to examine arguments and experience of others in this respect. +Therefore I, according to the direction of my Heavenly leader said, that +I would magnetize him. That was the same in that connection of things, +as to say, that I would initiate him into the mystery of our close +connection with departed spirits. There is the right use as well as the +abuse of human magnetism. Some eight years ago I published a pamphlet on +"the dreadful abuse of human magnetism in the mysteries of the Roman +Catholic Church and her daughters the protestant sects." Samuel Ludvigh +was willing that I should magnetize him directly. But I remarked, that +the tavern in which I met with him, was not the proper place for our +initiation or ordination. But he was inspired to ask me, that I should +make a trial there in his room in which some of his materialists were +with him. I was impressed to do so, and it was directly made manifest, +that the legion of demons by which he was surrounded, were compelled to +give way to our magnetism. And when he fell into the magnetic sleep, I +said to him, that to go so deep into our magnetism as to be convinced of +man's immortality and to become with us an apostle of the New Era, he +must visit me at my boarding house. And he promised to do so on the next +following evening. I said that I would come to take him with me. But +when I came I found not him, but a writing in which he imformed me, that +some friends came and moved him to start with them for other places. We +heard then, that he had started for Europe. At length we received his +German pamphlet, which was published in Hamburgh, a seaport in Europe, +and was entitled: "The sword of Revolution," in which this strange +prophet Samuel Ludvigh, reports, that he took a sword of the American +revolution and other insignia of war, and copies of his German +periodical, entitled "The Torch," and stopped in Europe first in Paris, +and three days after his departure from that city, revolution broke out +there. From thence he went to Berlin, and from that city to Vienna, and +in each of those cities soon after his departure revolution broke out. +At length he put his sword and other insignia of war into the National +Museum of Hungary, and returned to America. + +Those who will study this whole book so as to comprehend the whole +connection of matters, will learn gradually better than they see when +they arrive in reading it to this period, that my meeting with Samuel +Ludvigh in Cincinnati was providentially prepared for a testimony to all +governments, that when Samuel Ludvigh who had performed since A.D. 1838 +in his meetings with me manifold prophetical actions which have been +mentioned in some of my former publications, and was also at that my +meeting with him in Cincinnati not yet disposed to become an apostle of +peace, and the measure of crimes in Europe was filled, the Heavenly +congress with whom we are connected, gave permission to the infernal +demons to carry their medium with the war insignia to Europe, and to +announce to the infernal demons in Europe, that the time had arrived for +them to inspire their mediums to break out in their fury and spread +destruction, for the reason that those who kept people in bondage and +were the cause of their degredation, have rejected our message of peace +and continued to be obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who has +offered them in our publications the means for the pacification of +nations. But whereas the means for peace were not used, revolutions and +wars had to give a new turn to human affairs. + +When those who were deluding the good natured Emperor Ferdinand, kept +him in bondage and would not make use of my above mentioned last +application to him for a commencement of the millennial happiness first +in the Austrian Empire, I, according to the direction of my Heavenly +Leaders, made no more applications to Europe, but commenced to urge +Presidents and other influential men at the government of the United +States, to study our message and the credentials of our mission for the +pacification of nations. When after all my applications to several of +the predecessors of President Pierce at length also he remained in the +shackles of the infernal Papal Imperial Royal Magnetism, and members of +the Congress of all parties and sects followed his example, I was +impressed that I should apply to the Emperor Louis Napoleon and to +prepare him, that he might commence to look, where to find the great +refuge for his own and the true happiness of his family in their mortal +bodies as well as in all eternity after their departure from this short +life, every moment of which should be duly used as preparation for the +eternity. He was at that time, in the spring, 1854, engaged with great +preparations for the tremendous war with Russia; and I wrote a document +to his ambassador in Washington, showing that if Emperor Napoleon would +be truly great in this and in all future ages, and truly happy in all +eternity, he instead of preparations for war with Russia, should call +all bishops of his Empire to a Latin convention with me in Paris. In +that convention my manuscript which I wrote A.D. 1849, in Latin and in +which I concentrated the system or the magnetic chain to bind the +Dragon, REVEL. xx. 2, who deludes Emperors and Kings to keep people in +bondage so that when they break their bonds they are as the wildest +beasts killing till they are killed, should be examined and bishops and +their theologians should make any objection, but all which they object +they must object in writing, to be then annexed to my manuscript and +published with my remarks in Latin and in translations, that nations and +their ecclesiastical and political representatives might judge, each for +himself, whether we have received or not received the commission and the +credentials of our mission for the introduction of the promised new era +of harmony and peace amongst all nations. A Latin convention for this +purpose was first appointed in the City of New-York A.D. 1849, and the +Archbishop of Baltimore was urged by our Latin manuscript Epistle and +English printed circular, to move the whole synod of bishops who met at +that time in Baltimore, to attend our Latin convention, and those who +could not attend it themselves to send the most qualified Theologians to +attend it. And John Hughes bishop of New-York, was particularly +exhorted, that he, as bishop of the place of the convention, was +principally bound to bring his Theologians to said convention. But when +all my endeavoring to move bishops as well as the government of the +United States to send able Latin scholars to attend said convention, did +not move them to do so, I translated at length that manuscript into +German and into English, and appointed conventions in those languages. +But I could not move such as have great influence at the government, to +attend those conventions, and then to commence with power the New Era. +Therefore I thought, that a trial should be made, whether the United +States or the representative of the government of France would +comprehend sooner, that nothing in the world could bring greater glory +in this life and in all eternity, than the work to examine or order that +our message of peace be examined by the best judges of this matter, and +be applied for the introduction of the new era. In the hope that Emperor +Napoleon would comprehend the great mission which was offered to him in +our message, I wrote to his ambassador at Washington, suggesting to the +Emperor, that I was ready to come as a citizen of the United States to +Paris, to exhibit the credentials which are signs according to +prophecies, testifying our mission to move the governments of this +world, to establish Christ's peaceable reign or the universal republic +of truth and justice, harmony and peace. I expected that the time for +the abolition of severe judgments, the principal executor of which is +Emperor Napoleon, was expiring. + +Not having room in this treatise for any explanation of points which I +mention, I show here one of the general tokens, by which the severity of +judgments may be measured, to wit, the armies of soldiers, to keep +nations in bondage and to defend them against inimical neighbours. The +greater in proportion to the number of people, the number of soldiers +is, the severer is the judgement. When soldiers shall not be needed, and +those who are soldiers, will take up occupations beneficial to mankind, +the perfect victory of Christ against the dragon will be celebrated. And +if all governments of a christian name would understand to-day our true +christian message of peace, they could give directly to those who are +soldiers, true christian occupations; and heathens could be soon +converted into true christians. While Emperor Napoleon was gathering +together warriors and provisions for the great war against Russia, we +offered him the best opportunity to be the first of those who should +commence the New Era. Whether he had received from his ambassador in +Washington D.C. our offer or not, he may tell for himself; because I +have received no answer, although I have offered to the ambassador +himself, that although I was ready to go to Paris and show there in our +Latin convention to all bishops of the French Empire my mission, which +is also the mission of my fellow laborers, and the credentials of our +mission, I would visit the ambassador himself and give him as many +evidences of this great truth as would be abundantly sufficent for him, +to recommend with all his energy our offer to the Emperor, if the +ambassador would write to me and call me to Washington. Instead of an +answer from the ambassador to my proposition for the true christian +triumph of France and for the pacification of the world we have received +at length the tremendous answer which has occasioned this my treatise. +Here is not the place for an investigation, whether people of "the Latin +Race" in Europe and America or others are the principal people who +commit the crimes with which citizens of the United States are charged. +To the article in the number of the Democrat from which I have quoted +some passages, a list of bankruptcies is annexed, which took place in +the United States in the years 1857 and 1858. A.D. 1857 the total number +of bankruptcies is 4932; and A.D. 1858, 4235. It would be of great +consequence, to investigate the deeply secret principal cause of their +bankuptcies, and also the native place, education and character of each +bankrupt. An impartial examination would bring new contributions to know +the secret conspiracy of the servants of his Holiness the apocalystical +dragon, to keep nations in bondage. + +Emperor Napoleon is not only a spiritualist of the last fashion, but a +strong medium of dreadful deluding and destroying demons, and I know +much more about his mediumship than he himself and his mediums know +about it, and this treatise is written to be prefixed to documents which +contain facts that should move all nations of "the Latin race" as well +as heretics, to come out from Babylon which is made manifest, in our +mission, as a habitation of demons, REVEL. XX.: 2. When I am preparing +documents of great warning, servants of demons must send from all +quarters of the world testimonies, how the infernal hosts of demons are +preparing everywhere their mediums for destruction of human life and +property. This and the following treatises are written to deliver other +mediums as well as monarchs from the influence of deluding and +destroying demons. And Emperor Napoleon should consider this treatise as +the most precious Heavenly gift, to bring him and by his instrumentality +millions of others into the glorious resurrection. If he studies this +book in which this treatise occupies the first place, so as to +comprehend it: we have no doubt, that he will arrive on our ground and +invite us to visit Paris and celebrate there the glorious resurrection +of those who belong to "the Latin race" and are yet in their mortal +bodies as well as of their departed friends. + +In the third of my above mentioned five German volumes is the appearance +of Napoleon I. reported, when he was brought on the 24th June, 1839, +before me in his materialistic superficial imperial shape. But when I +was looking into his interior condition, the awful distress and +tremendous darkness blotted out all his imperial splendor. He and others +in a similar deceitful condition are influencing the Emperor. But I am +writing as his most sincere friend in his behalf and that of nations, +and promise to do all in my power according to my mission to assist him, +that he might become a blessing to nations and with our assistance +pacify the departed Emperor Napoleon and other congenial friends, and +draw them into the glorious New Era. The mediumship of Emperor Louis +Napoleon was manifest to us in correspondence with many cases of solemn +warnings for the imperial court and all other members of "the Latin +race" in close connexion with events which happened in our mission at +the same time, when those cases surprised the world. Here I mention the +solemn execution of the Archbishop of Paris in Saint Stephen's Church by +the mediumship of the priest who has been inspired and supported for +that work which required more than human strength, from the infernal +regions on the day and at the hour of the novena, which were most +suitable according to the prophetical Roman Catholic Calendar in +correspondence with what we were doing at the same time in our charge +under the Heavenly direction, and in correspondence with what Emperor +Napoleon was doing at the same time under the direction of deluding and +destroying spirits. + +In the first three of my above mentioned five German volumes it was +shown, that the doings of the Popes of Rome, who are under the +inspiration from the inferior regions, were so controlled through the +course of centuries by our Heavenly congress, that those amongst the +Popes, who had received peculiar rolls in the great drama of the +ecclessiastical and political history, had received also corresponding +names to their rolls, and numbers corresponding to their names. And we +will have also in this book opportunity to mention some instances of +that kind. But here we made this remark on account that at the receipt +of the report of the solemn murder of the archbishop, we (after having +received instruction in different spirit languages which we need in +disclosing the mysteries for the promised New Era, and amongst those +languages is also the language by numbers,) saw the great unexpected +truth, that the Heavenly congress who are with the Lamb, were so +controlling the inferior regions of the papal imperial royal demons, +that in Paris which is the principal seat of the intrigues connected +with the Papal machinations, also Bishops were so counted, that when the +number of their succession according to our spirit language was complete +in their Novena, amongst them also the number of the Popish Saints as +well as the number of Cardinals and the number of Archbishops of Paris +corresponded to the celebration of the mystery of the execution, and +that Archbishop has been solemnly executed in Saint Stephen's Church, +who was in every respect most qualified for the celebration of that +mystery, and the infernal executioners have received permission from the +Heavenly Congress to effect the execution by their Medium, a priest who +became most qualified to be their Medium; and this happened for a +peculiar warning to the Pope, his Cardinals, Archbishops, Bishops and +Priests, that they might not wait, till a general destruction of their +persons in connection with their Hierarchy would take place, but that +they might come out from Babylon and become with us messengers of the +New Era. I wrote an extraordinary treatise disclosing the deep mystery +of the Episcopal succession in Paris connected with the solemn execution +of the Archbishop in his complete numbers by the inspiration and +assistance of destroying demons, using their sacerdotal medium, +according to the permission of the Heavenly Congress, for a peculiar +warning to the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy and the whole "Latin +Race." There not being room in this book for publication of that +treatise which is preserved amongst others of my manuscripts to be +published in due time and in connection with other treatises which need +deeper studies to be fully understood than the memorable events which we +have selected for this book, we found proper to mention somewhat +regarding that execution in peculiar connexion with Emperor Napoleon and +the clergy of his empire, that they might open their eyes and stop the +infernal fury which has been made manifest in the preaching of the +crusade which gave occasion to this our extraordinary treatise. + +The position of Napoleon III. to Napoleon I. according to prophecies, +cannot be understood except in the magnetic chain of events shown in our +system which will be explained in our monthly theological course, which +is announced in this book for the introduction of the New Era. Although +the Pope of Rome and the Emperor Napoleon, both may be destroyed at the +abolition of systems which they, each in his sphere, represent, +notwithstanding this we labour most earnestly, that their lives may be +preserved and they come into our New Jerusalem and draw millions of +others into it. At the explosion of the percussion shells, in which +others have been killed at the entrance to the theatre, but Napoleon's +life was preserved, peculiar manifestations took place. The explanation +of that mystery will be annexed as an appendix to the above mentioned +treatise, in which the mystery of the succession of Bishops of Paris is +explained. The representative of bishops who have generated such fruits +as are manifest in Paris, has suffered death. But Emperor Napoleon's +life was preserved at other occasions of danger as well as at the +explosion of the percussion shells; and we are labouring in the +expectation that he will understand this book and become with us a great +apostle removing the severe judgments and the dreadful bondage, which +are connected with his present government, and assisting us in the +preparation for the great resurrection of those in their mortal bodies +as well as of their departed friends. All that is written in this book +is written for a peculiar instruction to all, and especially to those +who are strong Mediums of deluding and destroying spirits the great +Prince amongst whom is Emperor Napoleon. But we write this treatise, to +deliver him from those miserable tyrants, and to make him a preacher of +peace also to his departed friends. What we write for him, we write that +it might be used by all readers. + +As strange as the point in the inscription, that James Buchanan is +according to the merciful Divine Benignty President of the United +States, may appear not only to other governments, but also to many big +men in these United States, and to millions of others who are deceived +by big men, we write to undeceive all, and that also those might be +saved, who would have been already destroyed, if instead of James +Buchanan Col. Fremont had been elected President of the United States. +We are on quite another ground from which we consider human affairs, +than that from which they are generally considered: because I speak as +Medium of the Heavenly Powers by whom I am sent to draw nations on our +ground. For there is no salvation but destruction for them, if they will +not arise from their present degraded condition upon our ground from +which they will see matters as we see them. In the meantime we instruct +them by facts, that they might know, that we are correct and they are in +delusion. I am as independent from President Buchanan, as his enemies +are, and if he has received my writings which I have sent and directed +to him, he did not make use of them; although I suppose that my writings +directed to him since his Presedential administration, remain in the +hands of others. But in case, he had received and read those my +writings, and had despised the course which is shown in our message as +the course for redemption of nations from the Papal Imperial Royal and +other oppresive and speculating powers, the inscription in regard to him +remains true; and when I do not despair of Emperor Napoleon's conversion +from his dragon to our Christ, I expect with great confidence, that +President Buchanan will be sooner converted than Napoleon; although I do +not know, how the Heavenly Congress see this matter, because I am not in +their congress but only a medium of messengers sent from that congress. +But in every case the inscription to this treatise is true, as the +bitterest enemies of President Buchanan may learn from the following +items, and by studying this whole book they themselves may be brought +upon our ground and assist us in drawing the President upon the same +ground for the redemption of nations from all tyrannical powers. + +I was in Cincinnati, when honorable James Buchanan was nominated +Democratic Candidate for Presidency. That nomination took place on the +6th of June 1856. During the balloting of the Delegates I was inspired, +and said on the 4th June, to Doctor B. F. White, that I felt it to be my +duty to endeavor to make known to the Delegates our message of Peace and +the credentials of our mission, and that the place for that purpose was +providentially prepared a few days before that by a building having been +removed at the front of Burnet's Hotel, the largest hotel in which the +largest portion of the democratic delegates boarded, and I made the +proposition to Doctor B. F. White, that he should open the meeting for +my address. He promised to do so. He was a strong medium of spirits of +the so called Republican Party. But I belong to no party, supporting +Truth wherever I find it sufficiently proven, and working against +delusion and error, wherever I have enough evidence against them. B. F. +White knew somewhat in regard to our message, having heard some of my +speeches and having read my pamphlet which had been published in +Cincinnati a few days before that nomination. We agreed strictly to +observe two points; in the first place to say nothing which would have a +reference to any party, and to proclaim only, what all should hear +regarding our message of Peace. The second point was that we should +speak before sunset, and finish our speeches before night should +commence. I was certain about the point which I related to Dr. White, +that if we would speak in the night, some disaster would happen during +our speeches on that occasion. Dr. White accompanied me, while we were +going to the open lot, on which we had agreed to address the Democratic +Delegates; but on our way we met with somebody who commenced to talk +with Dr. White. I left them talking and went to the spot agreed upon to +deliver our address. But while I was waiting more than one hour there, +Dr. White did not come. I felt that I alone should not deliver my +message there. He came at length while there was already twilight. I +said to him, that it was too late and we should not speak. I assured him +again, that I was determined not to speak that night. But he replied +that he was determined to speak, and that he was sure, that nothing +would happen. But I repeated, that some disaster would happen. Then +another strong medium came. He belonged to the same Republican party +that Dr. White did, and lived with Dr. White. His spirit confirmed the +assertion of the spirit of Dr. White, that nothing would happen, if we +would address the Delegates. Then I would not interfere any longer, and +Dr. White commenced to address the assembled. While he spoke, the crowd +increased and some commenced to make disturbance. At that moment the +Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City interfered, and he +took the platform, addressing the audience and saying, that the speaker +should not be disturbed, and that he supposed the speaker belonged to +the Democratic party. I said once more to Dr. White, that it was high +time to leave that place. But he again asserted, that he was certain, +that nothing would happen. And the other medium of the Republican party +confirmed again Dr White's assertion. + +At that moment I left the spot and went to Dr. White's office. Fifteen +or twenty minutes after me Dr. White and the other strong medium of +deluding and destroying spirits, both came about 9 o'clock P.M. and they +were frightened and said, that there was so great a disturbance, that +policemen were not sufficient to check it. And they added as a very +remarkable instance, that a policeman in trying to check the +disturbance, lost his star. But they did not know the other particulars +which appeared on the next morning in the newspapers, to wit, that the +above mentioned Editor of the Democratic Review in Washington City was +dangerously stabbed in his lungs. His wound proved not to be fatal, +although it was so large, that when it was sounded, the air which blew +out of the wound, extinguished the candlelight which was applied to see +the wound. The man who stabbed the Democratic Reviewer from Washington, +could not be detected, although the circumstances, from our position +considered, make it certain, that he was a medium of distroying spirits +belonging to the Republican party. Those spirits were allowed by our +leaders to give a prophetical sign. The stabbing took place about 9 +o'clock P.M. on the 4th day of June, 1856. + +I have circumstantially related the stabbing of the Democratic Reviewer; +because from these circumstances in connexion with what follows, it is +evident to anybody who understands the prophetic languages by numbers, +names and other circumstances, that by that stabbing prophecy has been +given under the control of our Heavenly Congress who determined to +interfere by our mediumship, that the Democratic party, although they +would come in great danger to lose the victory in their battle against +the Republican party, would finally conquer their opposition. I was +inspired, to give opportunity to that prophecy. Doctor Benjamin Franklin +White, a spiritualist and a strong medium of spirits of his party, was +the representative of the Republican party; and the Democratic Reviewer +from Washington City, was the representative of the Democratic party. +Benjamin Franklin White, doctor of medicine, has most suitable names +expressing his prophetical position, as we will have perhaps elsewhere +opportunity to explain the mystery. As the office of the Democratic +Reviewer in Washington was expressive to the mystery of his +representation, so were probably his names which I do not keep in +memory, and my notes of that time are not at hand, while I am writing +this. But the circumstances mentioned in connexion with what we will +report on the following pages of this treatise, are superabundantly +sufficient to testify that it was a great prophecy. The delegates then +continued their work, till at length on the 6th day of the 6th month +James Buchanan was nominated Candidate by Democrats for the Presidential +Chair. I looked into the next prophetical almanac which was at hand, and +the name of that day was "Benignus." There are Roman Catholic and +Protestant calendars which are used by our sphere of spirits in giving +prophecies. That was a Protestant almanac; _because_ that was a +Protestant affair. At the events of great importance names of our +prophetical almanacs correspond to the events. _Benignus_, the Latin is +in English _Benign_, that is kind or _generous_. From thence we adopted +the word _Benignity_, that is _grace_ or _graciousness, generosity, +kindness_, in the inscription of this treatise. + +If I would explain the prophetical language by numbers and names and +other circumstances, this would require more room than our economy could +here spare, and we could not consent to publish at this time a much +larger volume than manuscript is prepared for this volume, also in case +that somebody should be desirous to publish it; because this volume +contains more than most readers will be prepared to study and digest +thoroughly. Therefore we must delay other manuscripts for other +occasions, and we can explain only a little of what we know; because +otherwise we could never finish our explanations. But the substance +given in the prophecy on the 4th and 6th of June at the nomination of +Hon. James Buchanan, in which he became the Democratic Candidate for +Presidency, did announce, that + +James Buchanan will become President of the United States by the +interference of the Heavenly congress of spirits who are commissioned to +introduce the Peaceable Reign of Christ or the Universal Republic of +truth and justice, harmony and peace, by the instrumentality of +messengers whom I represent to move the governments and nations for +action to accomplish the great object to which prophecies of all ages +and of all nations have their tendency; but notwithstanding that his +administration will be for the increase of the 4th Beast in the 7th +chap, of Daniel, the number of the name of which is 666, REVEL. xiii, +17 and 18, and its fundamental number is 6, and notwithstanding that +President Buchanan will continue the administration for the support of +that Beast, till he arrives either on our ground or is taken away, +notwithstanding this, he is given as President by the Heavenly Congress +in divine mercy, according to the Benignus, or according to the merciful +divine Benignity, that a great door for the commencement of the promised +peaceable reign of Christ will be opened, which would have been locked +for this time, if the opposition had succeeded and brought their +Candidate Col. Fremont upon the Presidential Chair. + +Nobody should say, that I interpret prophecy after its fulfilment. Any +body who has studied the first three of my German volumes, the 3d of +which appeared A.D. 1840, if he knew the above, mentioned circumstances +and had reflected upon them, would have been qualified to interpret the +prophecy in Cincinnati on the 6th day of the 6th month 1856, at noon +time, while the roaring of the cannon was announcing the nomination of +James Buchanan. But whether he will be the great hero, to commence the +Millennium in the White House at Washington and proclaim the Millennial +glory to other governments on the globe, or whether he will perish in +the Beast and its ten Horns, as his predecessors did, and another will +obtain and spread the Heavenly blessings offered to President Buchanan, +is not expressed in the prophecy. But we write in the expectation, that +at length he will comprehend this and act accordingly. + +After that great prophecy I thought that my duty was to behave perfectly +neutral during the great struggle of the two parties, to wit, the +Democratic and the Republican, at the presidential campaign. I delivered +then in several places of the State of Ohio public addresses; but I made +expressedly everywhere the remark, that I was perfectly independent from +all political parties and proclaiming according my mission the message +of Peace to all parties and sects, to prepare them for the promised New +Era. But after every address, notwithstanding all my protestation, +Republicans cried that I belonged to their party, and Democrats were +dissatisfied. + +At length I arrived in Pittsburgh Pa. and a medium of strong spirit +manifestations and public street preacher has offered to me for a +present a copy of Fremont's Life published by Horace Greeley & Co.: and +made the remark, that if I should read it, I would be moved to act for +Fremont's election. I remarked, that I would have in these circumstances +scarcely sufficient time to read so much regarding Fremont and also +regarding Buchanan, as would be necessary to know both as far as to +decide according to my knowledge of both for one or the other; and then +it would be against my usual course, if I should take any part in the +election of the one or the other. But I took the offered book, and then +I was inspired to study it with great attention, and I was astonished, +that in the falsely called Republican party the large number of those +who are for the Republican against the monarchial cause, could be so +duped and deceived by miserable speculators and monarchial agents as to +accept Col. Fremont as their Candidate for Presidency. Here is not the +place to show by the testimonies which are contained in the book +published by Horace Greeley for a recommendation of his Presidential +Candidate Fremont, what this man is. The testimonies were not understood +by the Republicans who are so obscured by the Papal Imperial Royal +magnetism, that although they have eyes, they do not see matters of this +kind. I make only the general remark, that the United States would have +been already burning in revolutions and wars not for the Republican but +for the monarchial cause, if Fremont had been elected President. + +After the perusal of that book I read also the book published by +Democrats for Buchanan's election. Then I understood that not only the +Heavenly congress who do not deprive men of their free will although +they control their actions for the final triumph of the true Republican +cause, but that also I was in duty bound to enlighten Citizens of +Pennsylvania, who had to decide the Presidential election, that they +might know Fremont and Buchanan, as they must be known for the welfare +of the country. I did it when I had an opportunity. A short time after +that I heard a speech of "Hon. Burlingame," which contained a heap of +"burlygames," and misrepresentations, deluding and instigating Citizens +of Pennsylvania against Buchanan, and soliciting them to vote for +Fremont. Then I wrote what I thought proper, that it was used by others, +and under the control of our Heavenly leaders good and bad people, those +who co-operated in truth with us, without any other interest except the +interest of nations, as well as those who co-operated for their private +interest, contributed their share for Buchanan's election according to +the merciful Divine Benignity, that we could peaceably prepare people +for the New Era until this hour under his administration, and warn the +inhabitants of the United States, that they should lose no time to avert +the impending judgments, which would have already effected a general +destruction without hope of escape, except by blind submission to +tyrants, if the falsely called Republicans who have been made blind +tools of the monarchial speculations, had succeeded with the intrusion +of their candidate upon the Presidential Chair. If President Buchanan +and the American Nation should continue in their course until the +impending general judgments would destroy the country, then also in this +most deplorable case, my inscription of this treatise would remain true, +and nobody else but the American Nation should be blamed, that they +neglected to make use of the divine mercy and the divine benignity, by +virtue of which they should have at least during Buchanan's +administration until now made use of the precious time, and spread our +message for the pacification of the world. + +The explanation of the given hints and what is connected with them, +would need a large and special volume; but we have mentioned here as +much as sufficient, and remark that if Mr. Horace Greeley and Readers of +the Tribune, are desirous to know their great hero Col. Fremont, as he +is exhibited in my above mentioned treatise, I will extract out of it +the passages which belong to him and to the slanderers and abusers of +President Buchanan, and send them to be published in the New-York +Tribune with such remarks of the Editors as they would think proper to +add, under the condition to publish then also my answers to their +remarks as I should think proper to make additions for a wholesome +instruction to the Editors and Readers of the Tribune, that they might +be delivered from the delusion by which the True Republican cause is +ruined. + +If they are anxious to know truth, they will understand this book and +determine to act with us for the redemption of nations from the +monarchial Powers. In this case they are requested to write to me under +the directions which are given in the proper place of this book, and +assure me in their writing, that they accept the proposition, and are +determined to co-operate with us for the introduction of the promised +New Era of Harmony and Peace, in which Publishers and Editors will have +nobler occupations than they have at present in the servitude laboring +hard for the support of the Beast and its ten Horns. This was to be +mentioned in this connection in regard to Hon. Horace Greeley and the +New-York Tribune. But the parties of the so-called Republicans and +Abolitionists will receive in an other treatise of this book +extraordinary lessons, that they might at length commence to co-operate +with us for the introduction of the Millennial glory. Many of them have +abused and misrepresented me in my mission. Therefore I do not marvel +that they have abused and misrepresented also President Buchanan not +only during the campaign, but also during his administration. We have +made urgent appeals to him, to make use of our message against the +enemies of this Republic; but he has neglected to do so, or perhaps my +documents did not reach himself, or the neglect must be attributed +rather to his enemies than to him. They would not hear me, and probably +they would not have heard him. Matters have to come so far as they are +made manifest in this book. After the Crusade of professed Monarchists +in Europe became as manifest, as there is the Crusade of Abolitionists +and false Republicans against him manifest in America, we expect that +President Buchanan will comprehend at length our mission, and endeavor +to arrive upon our ground to become the great Apostle of the New Era. If +he comprehends this book and makes use of our weapons of the spirit, he +will be a partaker of the great promise, and he will convert millions of +his enemies of all parties and sects into his true friends, and those +who will not be converted, will be destroyed. Moses and other Prophets +of the Old Testament, Christ and his Apostles and Prophets through the +course of centuries of the Christian Era as well as of this time, have +testified our mission, and signs are continuously repeated, announcing +the final victory of the cause entrusted to our mission, as those who +will study this book thoroughly, will be convinced of this unexpected +assertion. But here for the close of this treatise we remark for the +peculiar use to President Buchanan and others who are invited to become +our fellow laborers in the true Republican or true Christian against the +Monarchial or Antichristian cause, that in the second and third chapters +of the REVELATION the seven churches are typical symbols of the seven +states of the church, and that to one or the other of these states each +church of the christian name can be reduced, from the time the +Revelation has been published, to the time in which Christ comes or is +made manifest by our mission, in which that is performed and disclosed, +which is needed for his peaceable reign on earth. + +In the second chapter of the REVELATION, verses 18 to 29 is Thyatira the +type of the Roman Catholic Church. In the 24th and 25th verses to those +Roman Catholics "who have not known the depths of Satan," who has +brought them so on the surface and perverted the truth of the doctrine, +that they keep the shadow for truth, it is said: "I will put upon you +none other burden. But that which ye have, hold fast till I come," +REVEL. ii: 24 and 25. They have to keep the heavy burden of ceremonies, +feasts and fasts, and all kinds of other practices which are not +proficient to intellectual and moral perfection[F] of man, although they +are connected with enormous expenses for the support of Priests and many +others, and for all the buildings, vessels, and all kinds of +instruments, not knowing what is in their depth, till Christ comes. And +then it is said; "and he that overcometh and keeps my works unto the +end, to him will I give power over the nations: and he shall rule them +with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to +shivers: even as I received of my Father. And will I give him the +morning star," REVEL. ii: 26, 27 and 28. + +Here in the quoted verses at Christ's coming Christ's relation to him +who overcometh, is such as the relation of a father to his son, who +inherits from the father all things which the father possesses. Christ +has not been known in the churches of Babylon, as he is made known in +our mission to introduce the New Jerusalem. Christ in his appearance in +flesh was the Head, that is the representative of his body of followers; +but they could not establish his peaceable reign. It was necessary, that +through the course of centuries matters should be so developed, as +Prophets of the Bible as well as in the subsequent ages did prophesy; +and I, to be qualified for my present mission, had to go not only +through the usual studies of the Roman Catholic Church, but I had also +to study continuously, with all sincerity of my heart, the sources of +human knowledge and the investigations of different parties and sects, +to support the Roman Catholic Church against the assaults of her +adversaries, and was found qualified to be public Imperial Royal +Professor of Bibical Literature in that Church. In the charge of my +Professorship I considered myself peculiarly bound to defend with the +use of the Bible that church against all aggressions of the adversaries. +I did not know at that time, that the spirit of my Lord was preparing me +through all stages of my life for my present office. But while I was +investigating the depth of the "burden," of that church, comparing it +with the Jewish and Heathen antiquities and with the developement of the +mysteries of those antiquities through the centuries of the Christian +Era, when I was duly prepared and the time of the last development of +preparations for the Millennial glory arrived, I was called by +messengers of the Heavenly Congress to "the works," which were to be +performed and explained by my instrumentality, and, under the direction +of Heavenly leaders, who were most qualified to be my leaders in "those +works," I overcame all difficulties and I kept the "works of my +spiritual Father Jesus Christ unto the end," until all has been +performed and explained, that belongs to the commencement of the +Millennial glory, or what is the same, for the New Era or the New +Jerusalem. + +And we, that is, the whole body of messengers whom I represent, have +received "the iron rod and the morning star," the two symbols of our +mission. The first symbol testifies, that nations which reject our +message of Peace, will be broken to pieces. We do not break them, but we +announce to them judgments by which they will be broken. But we are +laboring to save nations, that they as god's people might come out from +Babylon, that they be not partakers of her sins and receive not of her +plagues, REVEL. xviii: 4. If people hear our voice, they will be +partakers of the Heavenly blessings prepared for them in the New Era or +in the New Jerusalem, and while they will be saved, their political and +ecclesiastical systems "as the vessels of a potter will be broken to +shivers." Systems that could not bring better fruits than those which +the political and ecclesiastical history and the experience of our days +shows, are founded in delusion and deception, which were generating +continuous destruction of human life and property and all the misery +which is founded in political and ecclesiastical follies. But +enlightened men and women of all ages and amongst all nations have seen +a new day, and to us has been entrusted "the Morning Star," the symbol +testifying that we have received all that is needed for the new day, the +New Era, which our morning star is announcing. + +All my published works and all my manuscripts are testifying, that it is +impossible to save this country from the yoke of monarchs and from the +most abject degradation and servitude, by any weapons except those which +have been entrusted to our charge by Christ's spirit. And those who +study this whole book from the commencement to the end, in the same +order in which the documents are placed in it, so that they understand +each portion separately and the connection of it with all that precedes, +to be prepared for the right understanding of what follows, to +comprehend at length the whole, will be as convinced as I am, that we, +that is I and all my visible and invisible fellow laborers, have truly +received the great commission to move nations for the introduction of +the promised New Era, which will be the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, Harmony and Peace amongst all nations, the Dispensation of the +Fulness of Times, in which all in Heaven and on Earth will be gathered +together in Christ, Ephes, 1: 10. + +Readers must keep in mind, that all that is written in this book is only +a preparation to the "monthly theological course" which is appointed at +the end. In the "monthly course" the system or the chain to bind the +Dragon REVEL. xx: 2 will be explained and that will be made manifest, +which is mentioned in this book but cannot be explained. And our +proceedings in that monthly course will be then published in different +languages for a testimony to all nations, to move them for co-operation, +that all in Heaven and on Earth might be brought to Harmony and Peace. + +President Buchanan! allow me to close this treatise with some important +words to you! For you we need no more testimonies than those partly +printed partly written documents which I have sent at different critical +occasions by the mail directly to you, if they had been handed to you, +and you had studied them with such attention, as they deserved to be +studied by the President of the United States. Those testimonies would +have been sufficient to convince you, that no other weapons can be used +for the victory against your enemies and the enemies of the true +Republican cause, by whom this country is overflowed, and who in Europe +are preaching crusades against you and the supporters of the cause +entrusted to your care, except the weapons of Christ's spirit entrusted +to our care. Those who are with the Lamb, called, chosen and faithful, +will overcome the Beast and its ten Horns. REVEL. xvii: 14. This will +not take place with preparations for war and with armies of soldiers; +but we have the Heavenly armies upon white horses, REVEL. xix: 14, and +offer to all our enemies reconciliation with Heaven and temporal and +eternal most precious blessings. But if they reject the Heavenly gifts, +all infernal hosts are subject to our Heavenly armies, and by these +executioners of divine judgments as many of our enemies will be +destroyed as sufficient, to move the rest of them to repentance. +Although I could give thousands of instances of destruction of enemies +of our cause, who have been cast into the inferior regions, because they +have rejected the Heavenly gifts offered them by our instrumentality, I +will mention only one instance for a peculiar warning to you. + +A.D. 1849 at our appointment of a Latin convention in the City of +New-York for an examination of the magnetic chain shown by our +instrumentality to bind the Dragon, REVEL. XX: 2, I sent to President +Zach. Taylor a copy of my printed English circular in which that +convention was appointed, and a copy of my large Latin letter, taken +from the copy which was directed and sent to the Archbishop of Baltimore +to be read to all Bishops of the United States, who were at that time +assembling their Synod in Baltimore. To those copies I added my English +letter in which I addressed President Taylor showing to him, that our +message is as important for all political as for all ecclesiastical +governments and especially for the government of the United States to +stop the Papal Imperal Royal or monarchial influence and to restore the +true Republican cause, and that therefore he, President Zach. Taylor, +was in duty bound to send to said convention qualified Latin scholars to +attend it. In my printed and written documents as many items have been +concentrated as would have been sufficient to move the President to do +what was required, if President Taylor had been qualifyed for his post. +We have warned him most solemnly, that he as the twelfth President, +should not be a traitor of the Republican cause, as Judas Jscariot was a +traitor of Christ's cause. But my warnings were not regarded by +President Taylor. + +After the destruction of the armies of those who were deceived in Europe +by their leaders that they were fighting with carnal weapons for the +Republican cause, I wrote again to President Taylor showing, that he was +responsible for all destruction of human life and property, which would +have been saved, if he had not neglected to fulfil his highest duty +which has been shown to him in my documents; but that, notwithstanding +this, according to divine mercy, to save him and by his instrumentality +many others, I was again authorized to apply to him and to show, what he +ought to do in those circumstances, to open the way for spreading our +message of Peace amongst all nations. But when all my efforts to move +the President for an energetic action for the support of the true +Republican cause remained without effect, I committed him to the +judgment of the Heavenly Congress. + +On the 9th day of July, 1850, at 5 o'clock A.M., shortly after my +arrival in Cleveland Ohio, an Angel of the Lord, a holy martyr, came to +me and said, that I should write directly to the Congress and show that +President Taylor had neglected to fulfil his highest duty and deserves +on this account the severest judgment. After having finished my writing +on that day, I was looking to find in Cleveland somebody acquainted with +a congressman to whom we could entrust my document. But on that day I +could not find such a man. On the 10th I went to a "free soil" minister +with the expectation, that he might know such a man. That minister was +not at home; but his wife said, that he had gone to the Post Office and +was soon expected to return. He returned with the message, that +President Taylor died at 10 o'clock P.M. of the preceding night. Then I +understood the mystery, that my writing was not prepared for the +Congress of the United States in Washington but for the Heavenly +Congress, and I have shown to that minister my writing directed to the +Congress of the United States. I did not hear before, that the President +had been taken sick, although I have heard afterwards, that his sickness +was very short, and that his last words were, that he was departing with +the consciousness, that he had fulfilled his duties. This is the +consolation which ministers of darkness impart to such destroyers as +General and President Zach. Taylor was. If he had had any regard for the +lives of his fellow beings and for their true happiness, he would have +understood my documents and have done what was his duty for the +destruction of the Beast, its image and the false prophet, which destroy +every year an enormous amount of human life and property. Although I +have mentioned in this treatise several strange facts, some of the +following will appear more strange; but they will be the more +comprehended, the more this whole book shall be understood. Not only the +order which I received in the morning of the day on which Zach. Taylor +departed, to write to the congress that he had neglected to fulfill his +highest duty, but also the day and hour, in which he daparted, were most +suitable for the celebration of the mystery of Zach. Taylor's death, and +the tremendous fire in Philadelphia at 4 o'clock P.M. or 6 hours before +Taylor's death, was a prophetical precursor of his death. In that fire a +number of persons were killed by a terrible powder explosion +commemorating the fact that the privileged murderer had been nominated +President in that city. All that happened by the dreadful influence of +infernal demons under the control of messengers from our congress, who +have given at the exact hours on the proper day signs of a great +warning. As soon as I heard of President Taylor's death, I understood, +that I was ordered to write to the Heavenly Congress of the United +States, that is, the congress of the holy prophets and martyrs who have +the commission to unite finally all states of all governments on the +globe in Christ's peaceable reign or the universal Republic of Truth and +Justice, according to the prophecies which have been given by their +mediumship, while they were yet in their mortal bodies. My writing to +the congress was copied by one of our departed messengers, and when +President Taylor departed, my writing was shown to him. Such things +would not appear strange to Bible readers, if they would understand what +they read. Here is no room to explain the actions of the departed, +amongst which there is also writing and reading. When the departed +President was reading my document showing that he had neglected to +fulfil his highest duty, his animal passion of murder was aroused, to +kill the writer. That privilege was granted to him only under the +condition, if he succeeds by taking a toad in possession, and by its +instrumentality poisoning the water of the well at the house in which I +used to stop. The water was poisoned; the prophetess and her husband +with whom I boarded, when I was in that section of the country, were by +drinking the water, taken sick, and they recovered as soon as they +ceased to use the water, but they could not catch the toad. It happened +before my arrival with them. And when I arrived in their house and would +drink of that excellent water, they warned me. But I did not care about +their warning and drank, and was straightway taken sick and continued to +be sick, till a Heavenly messenger came at the right hour and took the +sickness away. At length the toad was caught and killed the right day +and hour by the husband of the prophetess, who was a zealous Democrat. +He was in many battles with Generals of Napoleon I. and killed men and +animals; but he assured us oftentimes, that he never had so much +trouble in killing any creature, as with that toad, and never heard so +pitiful lamentations as have been poured out by that toad when it was +dying. Zach. Taylor, when he was compelled to leave the toad and to +enter into the infernal regions of his inner life, into his torments, +resisted as long as he could; but when the right day and hour came, he +could not resist longer. If you study this whole book so, as you need to +study it, you will not be surprised at such unexpected events. You read +in the fifth chapter of Mark, that a whole legion of demons, that is a +whole regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle, have +been permitted to enter into a heard of hogs. But they could not remain +there, and were compelled to enter into the depth of the lake. And +General Taylor who had destroyed many people, after having despised +reconciliation and apostleship offered to him by virtue of our mission, +was at length not allowed to be with a toad, but was compelled to +descend into the abyss. + +I have given here only some hints of strange events which are in +connection with other events which could not be mentioned here, nor can +we explain what we have mentioned without enlarging this treatise. But +we have written a peculiar treatise in which President Taylor's spirit +manifestation by the instrumentality of a toad is circumstantially +explained in a manuscript which will be published when required. But +here we have mentioned as much as we could in this confined space, and +we hope, that not only you, President Buchanan, but also Emperor +Napoleon as well as your friends and enemies in general will reflect +upon such things with earnestness. + +On the 24th day of June 1839, I returned from Philadelphia to Boston +with many collections to write the third of my five German volumes, and +to show, that the memorable events which have been reported in my first +and second volumes, happened according to prophecies, as signs +testifying our mission. When, on that day, as is reported in my 3d +volume, I was praying in my room and preparing to write the 3d volume, +Emperor Napoleon, in his Imperial splendour stood before me with the +invitation, that I might become his medium. I looked into his inner +state, and the magnetic outward splendor disappeared, and his inner +wretchedness and distress were manifest, and he could not stand any +longer before me, and, with an explosion like a powerful thunderclap, he +left me and took the direction to Europe. The title of my third volume, +if we translate it from German into English, reads: + +"Memorable events in the life of Andrew Bernardus Smolnikar. Third +volume containing the Explanation of Prophecies, by which Christ the +Lord, has confirmed that he has appeared unto us for the fulfilling of +his promises, in order to restore his reign upon the whole earth and to +give his peace to all nations, and has at his appearance appointed the +author as an extraordinary messenger, and performed by him all the +mysteries for the foundation of that peace &c., New-York, 1840." + +We read, "Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand +against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and +blood, but against principalities, against the rulers of the darkness of +this world, against spiritual wickedness[G] in high places." EPHES. vi: +11 and 12. These are the secret enemies whom we must know, and we must +stand on a ground, on which they cannot come, and from which we will +conquer them. When Napoleon was allowed to approach me with the +invitation, that I should follow him, that is, that I should become his +medium, he was allowed in a like manner, as the tempter or devil in the +4th chapter of MATTHEW was allowed to tempt Jesus. Napoleon was one of +the dragons or devils, who was permitted to do so for a great +instruction to all rulers on the globe. There is not one, but there are +many dragons or devils, leading each his sphere of infernal demons or +degraded departed spirits. You will understand the more the mystery, the +farther you proceed in studying this book. Now is renewed and fulfilled, +what is written in the gospels, and what in the Bible was not +understood, receives light by our experience. Jesus could not descend +from his height, to become a medium of one of these rulers of darkness. +And likewise I could not do this. This dragon, this spirit of delusion +and destruction, when I commenced to look into his interiors was made +manifest, and he could not stand any longer. He was compelled to leave +me instantly and to be tormented seeking another medium. At length[H], +because our message of Peace has been rejected and people were so +degraded, that the European Revolution of 1848 opened the way to the +throne of Napoleon III, Napoleon I. could have this as a suitable medium +to delude and destroy nations. And to this dragon so much of human life +and property has been sacrificed, that for the celebration of the birth +of the Papal Imperial Royal Mary on the 8th September 1855, thirty +thousand soldiers have been murdered at the taking of Sebastopol. Nobody +who does not see human affairs from our position, can duly appreciate +the criminality of such a tremendous madness, from which to deliver +Napoleon III. and his armies, you, President Buchanan, are able to give +us a powerful assistance. I do not despair of the conversion of Napoleon +III himself. When people descend so deep into the society of infernal +spirits that there is no other remedy than destruction of many to save +the remnant, then according to divine judgment people receive such +rulers as are connected with one or the other of the infernal dragons, +to inspire them with the infernal furies to destroy each other. Great +warriors are great mediums of the princes of darkness. But if they are +reached by our instrumentality, they when they are studying our message +of Peace, are drawing their leading spirits from their depth of misery +into a better condition. Napoleon III. if he could be moved to study our +message of Peace and to act accordingly, could reach his uncle Napoleon, +and draw him into the pacification. What we mention here, is explained +in our system for the promised New Era. + +This is the joyful message, which is to be communicated by your +instrumentality, President Buchanan, to Emperor Napoleon and other +monarchs, that they might study our message of Peace and become our +fellow laborers to draw their living and departed friends into the New +Era, or the New Jerusalem, which is to be introduced by our +instrumentality. And you, President Buchanan, are powerfully exhorted, +to prepare for the Kingdom of our Lord and his Christ, REVEL. xi: 15. +Editors and translators of the New Testament were so ignorant of the +true Christian principles that they took instead of "the kingdom of our +Lord and his Christ" the wrong reading "the kingdoms" in plural number; +but there will be one kingdom, that is, one government of our Lord, and +his Christ. And this will be a true Republican government--to give +explanations about which there is no room here, but we remark, that this +great truth will become self-evident to those who comprehend this book. +And we expect, that you, respected President Buchanan, will comprehend +it and then you will take the spiritual weapons, which are comprehended +in our message, for the conversion of monarchs into true republicans, +which is the same, as true Christians. But in the first place bishops +and priests in America are to be moved, to attend our monthly +theological course and then assist us at the conversion of monarchs; And +we expect that by your good example and your assistance bishops and +priests will learn at length to comprehend their highest duty. Matters +come to maturity; but we will not expatiate, because we have already +extended this treatise so far: nothing but our duty to do all in our +power for the pacification of nations, moved us to write it according to +our mission for the redemption of oppressed humanity. + +Postscript to the first treatise. I arrived the last time in Washington +City at the end of March, this year, 1859, and remained there until the +8th of April. Then I walked to Baltimore and wrote to hon. Hicks, +Governor of Maryland, and invited him, to study the documents which I +had offered to President Buchanan, but he had no time to study them, +although they contain matters of great importance for all governments to +remove War and establish Peace on the whole globe. I mentioned many +items in my letter that I expected to move the Governor to accept my +offer; but, received no answer. The same time a great sign was given so +that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western Reserve of Ohio. +At my arrival there the Spring was changed in a severe Winter, and I +commenced to write during a great storm and snow on Easter Saturday, +April 23d 1859, a new treatise exhibiting wonders and signs in connexion +with Presidents and other high Officers of the Federal Government of the +United States and showing, how they are subjugated by the Beast with +seven Heads and are supporting the ten Horns of that Beast, and that +there will be a great destruction of human life and property in this +country, as there is in Europe, if it shall not be stopped by receiving +and spreading our Heavenly message of Peace, which is developed by our +mediumship. Since my public appearance in my present mission there was +continuous correspondence of memorable events connected with the +Government of the United States and memorable events connected with the +steps of my mission, containing most solemn warnings to this Government, +and many striking instances are concentrated in said treatise which was +intended to occupy the second place in this book. But we found that the +book would become too large, to be bought and studied by many who might +be attracted to study this and then to co-operate with us for the +fulfilment of the prophecy which was given by the disappearance of the +Steamboat President and all persons, who were in it at the same time in +which President Harrison died in such connexion with what was set in +type at the same time for my 4th volume, entitled: "The one thing +Needfull," and with the documents which were at the same time sent from +Europe for our use, and explained in said volume in such correspondence +with the disappearance of the Steamboat President and the death of +President Harrisson, that the prophecy contained in those events is +manifest, by which the spirit assures us, that he will sweep away the +antichristian government of the United States as well as other +governments. Knowing this, people of the United States and their +Officers may avoid all the dreadful destruction, which is in Europe +preparing the way, that at length governments and people will pay +attention to our message and learn how to establish perfect peace on the +whole globe. + +After the disappearance of President Harrison and of the prophetical +Steamboat President, solemn warnings were repeated under all following +Presidents in correspondence with what happened in our mission; and in +this respect President Buchanan is peculiarly remarkable, and in said +treatise memorable events of great warnings connected with his +administration have been explained. But we must delay their publication, +and every reader will find in the following treatises of this book +superabundance of solemn warnings, that all might become our zealous +fellow laborers for the accomplishment of the glorious promises, and +that especially President Buchanan might give to others good example and +come from patching the old house which must crumble to pieces, in our +peace union and give powerful assistance for the introduction of the +promised New Era. Great mercy was shown through him to the country while +he is yet in Babylon, but was quenching the fire which would have +consumed the country, if his antagonist had been elected President. +Therefore, notwithstanding his having neglected the one thing needful +until this hour we expect, that he will arrive at length on our ground +and co-operate with us in building the New Jerusalem. + +This treatise, to which I add this postscript June 22d 1859, was written +in February last, and the tremendous war and destruction in Italy broke +out two or three months afterwards, exactly[I] while I was explaining +the thrilling prophecy given by Daniel or Judgement of God performed by +Sickles under the control of our Leader in the 14th verse of the 14th +chap, of the REVEL., "having in his hand a sharp sickle." He gave to the +destroying Spirit the permission to seize the medium and to show +prophetically what he will do in hundreds of thousands of cases, if the +right order shown in our Plan, will not be restored. There is a depth in +the mystery of the unexpected tragedy, in which all actors have most +suitable names and offices, each for the post he occupies; and the most +suitable spot as well as the most suitable day and hour were selected +for the performance, with all the preceding, accompanying and following +circumstances in correspondence with our doing on the same Sunday +Sexagesima on which this year the tragedy was perpetrated, as well as +what happened in the preceding years since my first public appearance in +my present mission on that Sunday A.D. 1838, and the initiation which +has been imparted to me on that Sunday for my present ministry, by the +martyr on the white cloud, who has in his hand a sharp sickle, REVEL. +xiv. 14. I give here only some hints; but the explanation is given in +connexion with many other cases of a great warning to this government in +the treatise, the publication of which must be delayed; for we expect +that the contents of the following treatises of this book will be +strong enough to awaken the enemies of President Buchanan to give us +assistance to awaken him from his lethargy, if he should not be sooner +aroused to assist us to deliver them from their wrong course, by which +they injure the great cause of the true Freedom of nations. + +In the great ignorance in which people are regarding the inner life of +man and the spirit world, they are reading many signs of the times, +without understanding what they read. + +I mentioned above, that I started on the 8th April from Washington. It +is to be understood that so many signs and wonders took place and so +many secrets were disclosed, while I was trying spirits in Washington, +that a book of this size would be too small to comprehend them. On the +8th April 1859, I finished all work which I had to perform in +Washington, at the same hour, in which four men were, all at once in +Baltimore, hung by the neck, till dead, although the black struggled +some minutes longer with death than his white companions. As soon as my +work was finished in Washington, I started and walked to Baltimore, and +arrived in that city on the 9th April, when all newspapers were filled +with reports of the execution, and with biographies of the executed. I +had to read the reports of that execution which belongs to the links of +the chain to bind the dragon REVEL. xx., 2. That reading occasioned my +above mentioned letter to governor Hicks. I thought, that perhaps after +the execution of some champions of his party, he and other leaders of +that party might be more prepared to receive lessons from us, than they +were prepared in former times, while I was applying to them in +Baltimore, Annapolis, and in hundreds of other cities and villages, +exhorting and warning them, to study our message of Peace, and +co-operate with us for the true American, or, what is the same, the true +Republican cause. But they have despised our warnings. At length matters +arrived so far that, if all other warnings of this book should not be +sufficient, we expect that the spirit manifestations which are connected +with that execution and are mentioned in the fourth treatise of this +book, will move them to become our worthy fellow labourers for the +fulfilment of the grandest promises. But we repeat, that every reader +should study this book in the same order in which it is written, +weighing with great attention and earnestness every sentence, till he +understands it and retains in his mind all that preceded. If you have +studied in this manner this treatise, you are prepared for studying the +second treatise. + + + + +SECOND TREATISE. + + + + Memorable events, by which the parties of Abolitionists and + Republicans as well as subjects of Monarchs should be aroused for + co-operation with us, to draw not only the President and the + Congress of the United States but also monarchs on our ground for + the introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and + Peace on earth. + + +As strange as our disclosures made in the first treatise may appear to +those who have neglected to observe the signs of the times, they should +not be surprised who know that the time for the fulfilment of the great +promises in regard to mankind had arrived, although all things seem to +run in quite another course than they expected. + +In the 6th verse of the 14th chap. of the REVELS. the first of the three +Angels spoken of in that and the following verses, commences to deliver +his message. At the commencement of the last century it was known +amongst German theologians, that those three angels or messengers are +the three men, each of whom is representing a body of messengers by whom +the contents of the prophecy given to each of those angels are to be +fulfilled. The first is preaching the everlasting Gospel, the contents +of which are given in the 7th verse. Gospel is Greek evangelion and +means glad tidings. The contents of the glad tiding of his preaching is +that nations should be converted from their idols to God the creator of +the universe, and he announces that the time of judgment had arrived. +The commencement of this preaching took place with Martin Luther, so +that he is to be considered as the representative of those, who are +comprehended in the prophecy of the first of those three angels. But +Luther and other preachers who came at that time and afterwards against +the Pope of Rome, and continue yet in the same spirit their work, did +not know in Luther's time nor afterwards, nor do they know in our time +their position, except as they learn it by what is disclosed by the +third angel or messenger, who commences his prophecy in the 9th verse of +the 14th chap. of the REVEL. In the third of my five German volumes, +published from A.D. 1838 to 1842 it has been shown that Luther had a +prophetical position, that is, he was according to the term adopted by +modern spiritualists, a very strong medium, inspired and supported by +his leaders, who were deluding and destroying spirits, who did not know +the true God and his Christ, but were prophesying judgments which took +place and continue till people shall be converted from their idols to +the living God. The three hundred years from Luther's appearance to our +appearance, were years of manifold developments preparatory to our +mission. Although Luther was born in Eisleben, that means "the life in +ice," because the fire of Christian charity has been extinguished, and +the spirit of persecution was nourished amongst all parties and sects, +notwithstanding this great preparations have taken place since his +public appearance till our public appearance, and there is an admirable +correspondence between his actions in the sixteenth century and my +actions which took place in the same years of the nineteenth century, +till Luther died on the 18th day of February 1546, which year in our +century, I mean 1846, was the great tropical year for dreadful +renovations of judgments, for the reason that the leaders of parties and +sects and their followers have rejected our message, which I commenced +to proclaim after having been publicly initiated to my present mission +on the 18th day of February 1838. We shall speak further on in this book +regarding the great event. But we have mentioned Doctor Martin Luther as +representing the champions of Protestantism against Popery. Their +mission is only prophetical. On their position they are supporting +Popery or Monarchy in general and they are particularly supporting a +number of Popish tenets regarding the Bible, regarding Christ and his +mission and manifold other doctrines, in which when they endeavored to +improve, they generally apostatized farther from truth towards +materialism, than the papal Hierarchy themselves; but they were +continuously repeating the substance of their prophecy, that people +should be converted from their idols to the living God. But by all that +repetition parties and sects multiplied, and there has been since Martin +Luther's appearance until this hour so dreadful a Babylon, or confusion +and delusion in social, political and ecclesiastical affairs, as there +never was before. And while pious men were looking into the prophecies, +to see the end of this dreadful Babylon, Doctor Bengel of Wurtemberg in +Germany was awakened in the first part of the last century, to compare +for many years the prophetical dates of the Revelation with events of +the ecclesiastical history, and has shown in his book, entitled: +"Erklaerte Offenbarung," which means "Revelation explained," that +Christ's manifestation for overcoming his enemies and establishing his +peaceable reign on earth, would take place about the year 1836. John +Wesley was not the author but only the copy holder of what Doctor Bengel +has explained in the Revelation. + +That Doctor Bengel was the 2nd angel representing the body of messengers +spoken of in REVELATION xiv. 8, has been shown in my above mentioned 3d +volume, in which it is made manifest, that the mission of the 2nd angel +is as well prophetical, as the mission of the first angel, REVEL. xiv. +6. But in this treatise we had only to mention matters, which have been +explained in my quoted volume. Doctor Bengel and the whole body of +messengers who came from his school proclaiming the coming of Christ +about the year 1836, and Wm. Miller and the army of preachers with him +who were proclaiming Christ's coming about the year 1843, and others +proclaiming it in some other period, were ignorant about the manner of +his coming or of his manifestation for establishing his peaceable reign. +All these and many other things have been reserved to the 3d angel or +messenger, spoken of in REVEL. xiv. 9. This is our mission. The martyr +on the white cloud in the 14th verse, having "in his hand a sharp +Sickle," was my leader in what I had to perform in the Roman Catholic +Church in the year 1838 as the 3d angel REVEL.: xiv. 9, representing the +body of messengers, by whom the proclamation of the contents of REVEL.: +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be made everywhere. And those great events and the +prophecies in which they have been predicted, have been explained in the +first three of my above mentioned German volumes; and we have so many +credentials or signs according to prophecies testifying our mission, +that while we were writing the fifth of my above mentioned five volumes, +we were repeating, that sensible readers of those volumes were aware, +that five hundred volumes could be written, testifying our mission. And +when they study this whole volume and comprehend it, they will be +convinced of the same truth. + +The third angel or the messenger representing the body of messengers, by +whose efficacy the beast and its image and the false prophet supporting +them, will disappear from the globe, gives in the last treatise of this +book the plan according to which the beast and its image and the false +prophet will disappear and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole globe. Peace would have been already established amongst +nations of the Christian name and they would have labored at this time +powerfully in the conversion of Heathens not to one or the other sect +but into the peaceable reign of Christ, which will be the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice, if those who have been exhorted first, to +study our message of peace had fulfilled their highest duty. The first +who have been powerfully urged to study our message of peace and the +credentials of our mission, were bishops, doctors of divinity and other +clergymen of all parties and sects where I had opportunity to reach +them. But when they refused to fulfill their highest duty, I was +particularly engaged to move abolitionists to study what has been +providentially prepared by our instrumentality to move slaveholders +themselves for co-operation with us to introduce the millennium or the +universel Republic of Truth and Justice and Peace amongst all nations: +because I was certain, that if the abolitionists would study it, +slaveholders themselves would do the same. But alas! when Jesus was +explaining the dreadful condition of Jerusalem, the Jews did not see it. +Likewise also citizens of the United States do not see theirs as we see +it from the position of our mission. The principal elements of the +vulcano the eruption of which is yet latent, are in leaders of +abolitionists, who are obstinate materialists refusing to make use of +the means which are offered them in our message to extinguish the +burning vulcano. They have lost discernment and judgment, when it is +most necessary to make the right use of it, to liberate the country from +the yoke of tyrants. Although I could write volumes to illustrate my +assertion, at this occasion I mention only a little of my experience in +the Convention to overcome evil with good, and which was in the +newspapers announced under the specious title: Philanthropic Convention +to overcome evil with good, and which was held on the 10th, 11th and +12th days of September, 1858, in Utica of the State of New-York. The +most influential persons in that Convention were Abolitionists of the +Garrisonian and Gerrit Smith's parties and Spiritulists belonging to +those and to the Republican party. I attended that Convention to offer +the remedy against the pernicious effects, which are produced by the +wrong course which leaders of those parties pursue for destruction of +this Republic, and to show the course which all true reformers have to +pursue for Harmony and Peace of all nations. + +That those who are concerned and their followers might be converted to +the true Republican cause, and all true Republicans might be +strengthened not to be deceived by secret and open servants of tyrants +and by deluding and destroying spirits and sectarian ministers of +darkness, I find proper to insert here the article which I wrote shortly +after the Convention, but I did not find a chance to publish; because we +are not popular, when we dare to express so great truths as are +comprehended in said lengthy article which reads as follows: + +Preparations for the resolutions "to overcome evil with good;" also: +introductory remarks to expose the league by which the Utica +"Philantrophic Convention" was governed. + +There are many such pretenders as the Garrisonian Liberator of Boston, +who, under the specious pretext to liberate slaves, are the greatest +supporters of slavery, by rejecting the means providentially prepared +for deliverance of all men and women from the yoke of tyrants, and by +instigating people to Revolutions and other sacrilegious enterprises to +ruin this country and bring it under the yoke of monarchs. While I was +endeavoring in many places, to move people to study our disclosures +regarding the divine plan for a peaceful abolition of all kinds of +slavery by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, and for the +introduction of the promised universal Republic of Harmony and Peace, +which is usually although improperly called the millennium, I found them +everywhere so deluded by the infernal league, that they have neglected +to study "the one thing needfull" for the true freedom of all nations. + +During my travelling in more than twenty of the United States I stopped +several times in the Western Reserve of Ohio. I found more worshippers +of the Garrisonian Liberator there than in other sections of the country +of the same population, those places excepted, which are inhabited by +that sect of Quakers who are called "Progressive Friends," who are +progressing very fast in the arts of the infernal league for the ruin of +the true Republican cause. I arrived A.D. 1847 at the Quaker settlement, +called Green Plane, near Xenia in Ohio, and appointed there in a +Wesleyan meeting-house a Convention, in which I proposed to explain the +signs of our mission and the plan according to which, when it will be +understood and spread on the globe, all kinds of slavery will be +abolished. I expected that Quakers and other Abolitionists of that +section of the country would take great interest in our movement. But I +experienced afterwards, that the small Popes of that section were +against it, although they themselves did not disturb our Convention; but +a Quaker and a Wesleyan minister, both from a distance, were so great +disturbers of it, that whenever an important point was to be examined, +they directed the attention of the audience to other subjects; although +that Convention has been called for an examination of the points +concentrated in my manuscript. When I saw, that they were in conspiracy +with others in the Convention, I myself dissolved it. I asked then the +Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale, whose residence was next to the +meeting-house of the Convention, why he did not attend it. He answered, +that he received from the spirit what he needed. I started from thence +for the Western Reserve of Ohio, and appointed in Trumbol County a +Convention, and sent an article to the Garrisonian Liberator. In that +article I assured the Abolitionists, that from my documents which should +be examined in the Convention, it would be evident, that we have +received the mission, and that we have as credentials of our mission a +long chain of signs according to prophecies, by which we are assured, +that we will abolish all kinds of slavery and monarchy by the power of +the spirit, with the assistance of slaveholders themselves, when +abolitionists shall comprehend our message and spread it on the globe. + +Lloyd Garrison, the head medium of the infernal league, has published my +article, but with such editorial remarks, as were quite agreeable to his +master, the infernal Holiness. I forgot to inquire, whether my article +appeared or not in the Liberator, till on the first day of our +Convention a man remarked that our Convention was small on account of +Garrison's editorial remarks to my article and his grand tent meeting in +the neighborhood at the same time with our Convention. I came from a +distance, and was ignorant of the great provisions made by the infernal +holiness to retain his slaves in bondage at the appointment of our +Convention for their deliverance. The same man had a copy of the +Liberator containing my article with Garrison's remarks. They were read +to the Convention. Then I made my remarks[J] and the proposition, to +finish our Convention so as to reach on the last day Garrison's[K] grand +tent meeting in Lima, Ohio, and proclaim there our resolutions. + +We did so. A committee from our convention went with me, and we arrived +in Lima at the Garrisonian tent meeting on the last day. Several +thousand persons were assembled, and the first business after our +arrival was the reading of a resolution, in which Garrison and his +fellow laborers were declared as the true ministers of the Gospel, in +connexsion with a fatal blow to the ministers of other sects. A general +reception of the resolution was testified with "yes" from a thousand +voices; but when the contrary vote was required, there was only my "no" +heard; but it was so strong, that it surprised the whole audience. I +added that I came to show, who the true ministers of the Gospel[L] were. + +We agreed with the committee consisting of three public speakers, that +they should make use of the first opportunity to proclaim the +resolutions which have been unanimously adopted in our Convention. Soon +after my tremendous "no" one of our committee arose and told the +assembled thousands, that a committee sent from an anti-slavery +Convention had arrived with most important resolutions, to be publicly +read in the grand tent meeting. The chairman replied, that next after +the address of the man who occupied the floor, they should deliver their +resolutions. They went directly on the platform. But the pharisees on +the platform were anxious to find out, who the man was, that gave the +strong negative vote to their resolution. Some amongst them knew me +personally. Therefore as soon as our committee came upon the platform, +the above mentioned Quaker preacher Joseph Dugdale came to me inquiring, +whether that committee belonged to my association or not. I said, that +he should not ask me, but the committee, to which association they +belonged. + +One of the deepest English investigators into the Jewish and Christian +antiquities wrote in one of his publications, that there is no society +more like the society of the Old Pharisees, than the Society of Quakers +is. He knew them in England, and I know them in America, and confess +that it is true in regard to the Quaker speculators, who have enslaved +the whole Quaker society, to be in their servitude and to prepare in +their ignorance of matters the subjugation of the whole country under +the yoke of monarchs. Joseph Dugdale is the principal medium who was +carried soon after that spectacle to Pennsylvania, and demons were +powerfully operating through him in starting the sect of the +"Progressive Friends." But at that tent meeting he inspired the heads to +be cautious in admitting our committee to speak. Therefore after the +address of the man after whom our committee according to the promise of +the chairman were to address the tent meeting, another was announced by +name, to speak, and then a second, a third, and so on, although our +committee were waiting on the platform from 9 o'clock A.M. till 2 or 3 +P.M. At length the chairman announced, that teams had arrived, to carry +the tent from that to another place. Provisions had been made, that if +there should be danger for the infernal league, things might be +prepared, to break of the tent. Therefore when the chairman announced +the advent of the teams, another pharisee mentioned, that the waiting +committee had not yet spoken and the chairman said, that they should +speak. + +The speaker, instead of reading directly the resolutions of our +Convention, undertook to prepare the audience by telling them, that he +knew how to value the great zeal of Mr. Garrison for the deliverance of +slaves. And as far Mr. Garrison and others on the platform seemed to be +pleased. But as soon as he mentioned, that "Garrison is not infallible," +those who were ready for action, commenced to break off the tent, and +there arose such a tumult amongst the assembled people, that nobody +could distinguish the voice of the speaker from the noise of the crowd. + +These items may suffice, to make known the infallible Pope, the +Garrisonian Liberator, although I could write many volumes of +extroardinary spirit manifestations in public and private meetings with +members of that party, while I was endeavoring to deliver them from the +shackles of the infernal Holiness and his armies. But they remained so +fastened, as in their "Philanthropic Convention" in Utica, which I +attended because we had been informed, that the Poughkeepsie seer, +Andrew Jackson Davis, was the principal author of said Convention, or, +the principal medium of speculators calculating to extend the government +of the infernal liberator by using said Convention. Andrew Jackson Davis +is the prince of mediums of spirits, who appear as angels of light, but +when they are tried by us, they are made manifest as dreadful deluding +and destroying demons. After they had been made manifest to me by his +deceiving publications, I tried several times to reach him personally, +and to show him his dreadful situation and how he could arrive on our +ground. But his cunning demons carried him away from my presence. At +length I met with him on the tenth of this month September, 1858, in +the "Philanthropic Convention" of Utica. Ira Hitchcock was appointed +chairman. His first name means in Latin "wrath" or "vengence," and the +second name is in the English language appropriate to the important +office which our duped and deceived friend did receive in said +Convention. Mr. Davis offered some rules, to be observed in the +Convention They were adopted. One of those rules was, that no speaker +should occupy more than twenty minutes, except the audience should +desire, that after the expiration of twenty minutes he should continue +to speak. + +Mr. Davis was called, to open the Convention with his speech. It was +read from a manuscript and contained a very imposing and deceiving view +of the past and the present in the history of mankind. Since his reading +lasted more than one hour, I asked after its close, that it should be +decided, whether those who open the meeting, should be bound by the +adopted rule of twenty minutes, or be permitted to speak or read as long +as they would be pleased also when they misrepresent the history in such +an absurd manner as the speaker did. No regard was taken of what I said, +and they proceeded in singing and speaking. + +The afternoon session was opened with as long a reading as the forenoon +session. After the reading they debated, whether it should be directly +printed in a newspaper of the place and in extra copies, or not. It was +unanimously decided that it should be printed, except that I disturbed +the unanimous vote with a powerful "no." But when I desired to give my +reasons, that its publication would not serve "to overcome evil with +good," but to increase the evil, I was stopped, as being not in order in +opposition to a resolution which had been unanimously carried out. + +For a better understanding of the spectacles which will be mentioned +afterwards, we must remark the following incident, which happened on +that day, to wit, somebody mentioned, that there came many female +mediums from a great distance in the expectation to be moved in the +Convention by spirits to speak, that therefore all these mediums should +come on the platform, and speak, whenever any of them should be moved by +a spirit to do so. I think that others felt the absurdity of that +proposition, which if it had been, accepted, would have created great +confusion and hindrance to the realization of their speculations; +therefore they did not respond to his suggestion. Readers should know, +that if not all, certainly most of the heads and the agents of that +Convention were spiritualists of the latest fashion. + +On the afternoon of that day, after singing, I suddenly took the stand, +to make use of the twenty minutes time, conceded by the rule of the +Convention to every speaker. I wished to show, that nobody in the +Convention touched the root of the evil; and that when others have +neglected to study our message of Peace, which shows that root and how +to extirpate it, at length spiritualists have been urged to do so. But +they, instead of progressing and learning by our message, how to +overcome evil with good, were attached to evil spirits, and they deluded +people regarding our message of Peace, when we endeavored to move them +to study it and act accordingly. Instead of many instances of our +experience testifying this, I would mention only my experience at the +last public meeting of spiritualists which I attended in the City of New +York. A female medium whose lying spirits were exposed by me in a public +meeting of spiritualists in Philadelphia on the first day of the last +month (August 1858) came on the 22d of the same month to a meeting of +spiritualists in New-York, in which meeting I spoke. During my speech +the demon by whom she was possessed, propelled her three times to stop +my speech. But when he was rebuked so terribly, that her friends could +not bear any longer, they awakened her from her sleep and carried her +out of the hall. But as soon as I ceased to speak, she returned; and the +demon shut instantly her eyes, and said through her, that I am a Judas +Jscariot, a Jesuit, an emissary of the Pope, &c. The chairman was +induced, to ask the name of the spirit; but he refused to tell his name. +Then he said through his medium, that he is "Donquixote Thomas Paine." +The first name he pronounced so that I knew by the pronunciation, who +amongst my departed friends was the controller of the lying spirit, by +whom the medium was possessed. My departed friend compelled him in the +first place to tell, that he was Don Quixote, known as the hero in the +celebrated Spanish romance or fable called Don Quixote. A similar +fiction was also the speech of the demon by whom that medium was +possessed, only that those who do not know me, might take the calumny of +the devil for truth. After the confession that he was Don Quixote, to +make which he was compelled by a higher power, he added according to his +lying propensity, that he was Thomas Paine, although he was not Thomas +Paine. + +When I desired to explain, from which sphere of spirits that liar came, +I was stopped by a man crying behind me to the chairman, asking him +whether I should be permitted or not to occupy an hour, while nobody +could understand me. At such interruptions I strike sometimes the +impudent demons, as they deserve to be stricken. I think, that I did not +speak ten minutes, when that interruption took place. To draw my +attention from the disturbing demon, Henry C. Wright jumped to me, +saying that I should not speak, because I am not understood, and he told +the audience that he knew me to be a good man, but that I could not be +understood by Americans. I interrupted him saying with indignation, that +he did not know me and that those do not understand me, who have ears +and will not hear and eyes and will not see. I felt that the audience +were not prepared for further explanations; but the truth is, that while +I have been speaking English on more than one thousand places in +America, those who have acquired some education and paid attention to my +discourses, understood me; but enemies of truth complained, that they +could not understand me, or they made disturbance. Not to give to demons +any opportunity to enrage their mediums against me at the night session +of that day, I would not attend that session. + +On the 11th inst. at the first opportunity at the forenoon session I +offered the resolutions to be read, for a better understanding of which +these remarks are a preparation. But the chairman remarked, that that +was not the proper time for reading my resolutions. Then I kept silence +at that session. But during the afternoon session I offered several +times my resolutions to be read. But Ira Hitchcock always interfered, +pointing to some other, that he was in order to speak, although I did +not see, that he arose before me for this purpose. + +I found proper not to attend any of the following sessions of said +Convention, in which I have offered the means, "to overcome evil with +good;" but the infernal league hindered their communication to the +people, and when the mediums of the infernal league thought, that they +were removing evil and promoting good, they were doing just the +contrary. If we have the mission which is proved in many of my volumes +and expressed at the end of the resolutions for which we are preparing +readers by these remarks, then all those who are hindering the +circulation of our message of Peace, are the most dreadful slaveholders +and destroyers of human life and property. They keep people in shackles +of delusion and ignorance of what they should know, to prevent +destruction of many and subjugation of the remnant by cruel tyrants. + +I saw the report of the proceedings on the first day of the Convention +in two Utica daily papers. I quote from the Utica Morning Herald, +September 11th, 1858, the following passage regarding my first +interference, as follows: "at the conclusion of Mr. Davis' lengthy +harangue, a German arose and said, he hopes that those who opens the +meetings, speaks no more as twenty minutes, or not! I have prepared a +speech on the root of all evil that will not dake so mooch dime as the +friends who have speak!" The devil, that means calumniator, by whom this +reporter was so possessed, that he knew neither orthography nor grammar, +was not so bad as the devil, by whom the evening 'Telegraph' was +possessed. He, in the service of the heads of the Convention, calls me +"the member from Germany," also "the teutonic individual," and what he +reports, he so reports for the benefit of the infernal league according +to the wishes of mediums of lying spirits, that I had to write much if I +would explain the cunning malice, which is comprehended in the +misrepresentations and lies in regard to the exertions which I made to +move the "Philanthropic Convention" to an investigation of my written +documents showing that which is first necessary to overcome evil with +good. But here not being room, I quote only the following passage, which +the Telegraph has published as my saying: "I knew Don Ke Shott; some +call him Don Quixote, but I call him Don Ke Shott. I can tell you all +about him." + +Mediums of lying and destroying spirits have been brought to that +Convention from the Cities of New-York, Boston and many other places of +several States. To deliver those slaves from their tyrants, I mentioned, +that at my last attendance of a public meeting of spiritualists in +New-York a female medium was seized by a terrible devil who declared, +that I was "Judas Iscariot[M], an emissary from the Pope, a Jesuit," +although after my having been from A.D. 1819, till 1838 a Roman Catholic +Priest, I was working since the year 1838, according to my mission, with +great zeal for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. On this account I +am abused and persecuted not only by the agents of the grand Pope of +Rome, but also by such small Popes, as have been assembled in said +"Philanthropic Convention" as well as by their reporters. I mentioned in +my address, that the lying spirit who said through the female medium, +that I am a "Judas Iscariot[M], a Jesuit, an emissary from the Pope," +did confess then, that he is "Don Quixote Thomas Paine." But that my +remark was then so terribly abused, as the above quoted passage +testifies. Lying spirits are supported by speakers and by editors of +newspapers. + +The reader should recollect what I said above regarding Henry C. +Wright's assisting his colleague interrupting my speech. The Herald +reports it, as follows: "Mr. Wright finally said he had known Smollnikar +for some time, he was a very worthy man, but the Convention could not +understand him when he tried to speak English." Smollnikar--"They have +ears and will not hear, they have eyes and will not see." + +The Herald has given here the substance and also the name of Mr. Wright. +But this did not agree with the position of the heads of the +Convention, who have promised free speech, and then one of the principal +heads of Abolitionists came as Judas Jscariot to me, and assisted the +murderer of my message, with a hypocritical address to the audience, as +if he was my best friend. Therefore instead of his name Henry C. Wright +there appeared in the Telegraph "a lagerbeer," as if I had spoken so in +the Convention, that intoxicated Germans themselves had found it +necessary to stop me in my speech. + +I did not see any German in the Convention; but it would be too mild to +call Henry C. Wright a "lagerbeer." He is a "Wright" or a workman, an +emissary of the infernal "Ira Hitchcock," The Latin word "Ira" means the +wrath or vengence, which appeared in the chairman Ira Hitchcock, or +hitch, that means catch the cock, that he might not cry and awaken +people from their lethargy, to save the country from the infernal wrath +and vengeance, which is kindled by such emissaries of His Infernal +Holiness, as Henry C. Wright is, a blasphemer of the Living God and His +Christ, and a rebel against Divine Decrees made manifest in our mission, +but which have been despised by Henry C. Wright, Ira Hitchcock and other +heads of said Convention. Those rebels against God and His Christ had +many years ago opportunity to learn the Divine Decrees for redemption of +oppressed humanity; but they have conspired also in their last +Convention, to check their proclamation and to open the infernal crater +of a volcano to destroy the country by rebellion and other crimes, which +have been openly defended by Henry C. Wright and others in that +Convention, in which by our mission the means were offered to abolish +all kinds of slavery in a peaceable manner. + +In my signature at the end of the resolutions as well as in my +publications, you find my name correctly written. But the mentioned +reporters were mediums of deluding and destroying spirits by whom they +were magnetized and were made deaf and blind, so that they thought, I +was a German; although they should have so much sense of discernment, +and judgment, as to know from my pronunciation, that I am not a German. +If I had been a German, I could not have received[N] the mission with +which I am charged--because the messenger in the mission with which I +am charged, must come, according to prophecies, from the Slavonian +nation, from the country called Illyria or Illyricum, from the town, +named in my mother tongue Kamnik, in Greek and Latin Lithopolis, in +German Stein, in English Stone. + +Against the impudence with which also my language was so terribly +misrepresented there is no room to make more than this remark: + +A.D. 1835, I wrote a Latin treatise "On the congeniality of languages," +showing how by the comparative study of languages many deep truths for +the introduction of Christ's peaceable Reign or of the universal +Republic of Truth and Justice would be unravelled. Before I was +qualified to write such a treatise, I had to study many ancient and +modern languages, some more thoroughly, and some only by looking over +the grammar and dictionary. Here is no room to explain the reasons, why +I devoted, before writing said treatise, only some few hours and learned +more than the Herald and the Telegraph and other scoffers of our mission +have learned all their life time regarding the etymology of their own +English mother tongue. If they cannot comprehend this our assertion +without our explanation, I am ready to explain it in an article, if they +promise to publish it in their newspapers: because it may awaken many +scholars for co-operation with us to introduce the new Era of Union and +Peace of nations, who have in their ignorance of matters worked until +now for disunion of nations and for destruction of human life and +property. + +We hope, that editors and publishers of newspapers, who have by their +reports misrepresented our mission, will not remain mediums of lying and +destroying spirits, but will, as their duty requires, publish this +article, and comprehend the importance of the preceding remarks as well +as of the "Resolutions" which follow and what is annexed to the +resolutions, to move the American nation and by their mediumship all +nations for action, to redeem oppressed humanity from the yoke of +tyrants, and that those for whom it would be impossible, to publish the +whole in one number, will publish it in two or three numbers. Our +resolutions have been offered to the Convention in the following words: + + Resolutions for the "Philanthropic Convention to overcome evil with + good," held in Utica on the 10th, 11th, and 12th September 1858. + + Whereas the writer of the following resolutions did hear nothing in + this Convention of "the general fundamental cause of the existing + evils in the social, religious and political relations of mankind," + and according to his knowledge in no Convention of the so called + reformers has this general fundamental cause been found out, and + will not be comprehended by them, till they come on the ground + which the writer occupies, according to his mission, which is made + manifest in the documents which have been offered to be read in + this Convention. When those documents will be read and + comprehended, the following resolutions will be adopted: + + Resolved 1st, that the general fundamental cause of the evils which + are to be removed from the social, political and religious + relations of mankind, is founded in the Old Heavens and in the Old + Earth, that means the old institutions, which will be removed when + they shall be comprehended by true reformers, since the so called + reformers who are warring against those institutions from their + materialistic position, are supporting those institutions, because + they are mediums of those spirits who are subject to and controlled + by the Papal Imperial Royal Spirits, so that materialism and the + modern spiritualism are the last outbreaks of Popery, and + materialists and modern spiritualists are the means of the outbreak + of the worst evils, which remain latent, till the materialistic + spirits come in collision with the rules given by their + controllers, the Popish spirits. From this collision of spirits + originate riots, wars and other evils, which will be removed, when + the pretended reformers and mediums of deluding and destroying + spirits will receive the light which has been kindled by the + mediumship of the writer. + + Resolved 2d, That the particular and in the exterior life of people + manifest evils, which are easily observed by those materialists who + are falsely called reformers, cannot be removed from the society, + till true reformers understand the real position of the existing + churches and the spiritualism in the churches as well as the modern + spiritualism out of the churches; because without this + understanding there is neither knowledge nor strength in the so + called reformers, to effect the true reformation, and to establish + the promised Peace amongst all nations, for which the means are + developed in the publications and manuscripts of the writer of + these resolutions. + + It is expected, that those who have called this Convention, and + those who attend it are not so blind that they having called "a + Convention to overcome evil with good,"[O] and granted freedom of + speech in this Convention, this freedom being accepted by the + assembly, would reject the good which is offered by the writer to + overcome evil; since the writer affirms that those who are anxious + to speak in this Convention, have nothing to say, which has not + been already many times repeated in Conventions, if it is for any + use at all to remove evil, but that the writer has to communicate + matters to remove evil, which are not known to those who attend + this Convention, as will be evident, if the two documents which are + offered to be read in this Convention, and which have been written, + one the last month, and the other during the travelling of the + writer from New-York to this Convention, will be read publicly to + this assembly. The writer remarks especially in regard to the + mediums of spirits by whom they have been brought, to speak with + closed eyes in this Convention, that from the documents offered to + be read, it will be made manifest, that their spirits are deluding + spirits, from whom the mediums will be delivered, and enlightened + by spirits of Truth, if they study with attention the writings + which have been produced by the mediumship of the writer who signs + his name and the charges which he has received for the introduction + of the New Heaven. + + ANDREW B. SMOLNIKER, &c. see title page. + +Neither this lengthy nor other shorter articles which have been offered +since that time to editors of newspepers did suit their taste in the +general corruption of the press. I saw since that time, to wit in +December, 1858, again personally Mr. Garrisson in his office in Boston, +but he was as stubborn in his pernicious course as in former times. I +called very seldom, when I was in Philadelphia, in the "Garrisonian" +antislavery office. But it happened, I think, towards the end of the +winter season, A.D. 1858, while I was passing that office, that I was +impressed to enter it. I found there a rich Mulatto with whom I had been +acquainted for years, but who was so chained by the Garrisonian +imposition, that although I walked several times some miles from +Philadelphia to teach him in his house, how our master had decreed to +deliver slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, the rich +Mulatto had never time to study our message of Peace, although he seemed +to burn with great zeal for redeeming slaves, and he and his wife had +superabundance of time to attend antislavery meetings and conventions +and to perform all prescriptions of "the Garrisonian Liberator." At that +my meeting with him in the "Anti-slavery Office" I understood from his +conversation with others, that they had appointed a meeting at +candle-light of that day, and that that Mulatto was by virtue of his +office president of that meeting. I did not inquire, for what +antislavery purpose that meeting was appointed, and without asking this +I said to the Mulatto, that I was also inclined to attend that meeting, +if he would tell after their meeting to the audience, that I had a +message which would need no more than three minutes time, and that my +message would not interfere with their meeting. The rich Mulatto +accepted my offer. + +That meeting was held in a large church of the colored people and the +church was crowded. But I was quite surprised, when I understood from +their proceedings and harangues, that it was an "underground railroad" +meeting, in which they disclosed so much of their secret proceedings of +the transportation of slaves to Canada, and endeavored by their +revolutionary speeches to kindle the animal passions of the audience to +rebellion that if such a meeting would have been held in France or +Austria or several other monarchies, all speakers would have been +imprisoned in the State's Prison and if not all, certainly several of +them would have remained perpetually in prison. After their meeting the +rich Mulatto chairman announced, that I had to deliver a short message +independent from their meeting. I mentioned briefly, that I am a +messenger of Peace, having superabundance of credentials for delivering +slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if abolitionists +would learn our message and give good example to slaveholders; and that, +since there was no time for an explanation of the matter, they should +appoint a committee to whom a manuscript of mine should be read, +containing that which those should know, who are working for redemption +of slaves. A committee of five colored men was appointed; but at our +first meeting all members of the committee were not present, and those +who came to the first meeting were so distracted with other business, +that they did not pay attention to what has been read the first time, +and the others had their excuses to come again, except a Mulatto from +West India who would have persevered, if others had done the same. But +he alone could do nothing, because he was not a long time in +Philadelphia and had not much influence there. + +I have given here one case of my experience, instead of hundreds of +cases, how dreadfully the colored people are duped and deceived by the +heads of antislavery armies, while these heads or popes appear to have +great zeal for deliverance of slaves, although they are the cause, that +some of them are killed, and those who are brought to Canada, become +more miserable slaves than they have been before, because they are +drilled in weapons to kill and be killed, while our master offers by our +instrumentality to the anti-slavery champions the means to deliver white +and black slaves from all forms of oppression[P] and slavery. But there +are many, under the specious name of the antislavery cause, agents of +monarchs and traitors of the true Republican or true anti-slavery cause. +And those who are not directly bribed by monarchial agents for the +conversion of this country into monarchies, are mediums or instruments +of deluding and destroying spirits, by whom they are so blinded that +they, really believe, that they are working "for deliverance of the poor +slave," while they are assisting monarchs, to enslave the whole country. + +I think that our friend Grerrit Smith is such a medium. We have tried to +convert him many years ago from his delusion, and after previous +preparations which we have made in his house, it was, I think, on the +18th of February, 1845, (which is the anniversary of great events in +our mission,) that I met with him in a convention of antislavery +ministers and other abolitionists, which was held in Syracuse, N.Y. He +was chairman. A number of resolutions for operations in the antislavery +movements had been read and adopted. Then I arose and assured the +audience, that if my document which I had prepared for that occasion, +would be read, they could comprehend that those resolutions would be for +no use, and that better means have been providentially prepared for the +redemption of slaves by co-operation of slaveholders themselves, if +anti-slavery champions would study to know those means and make use of +them. The chairman Gerrit Smith asked the audience, whether my document +should be read. The majority answered "Yes." He asked the votes of those +who would be against its reading. Some voices were heard, that it should +not be read. And the chairman Smith said: "Smolnikar, you have lost the +floor." He was right, if the Convention was ruled by those who had made +the resolutions and by their colleagues. And I said, that if they would +not receive light, they should continue in darkness, and I left +directly. At length rapping spirits broke out and had great influence in +his house, because he shut his eyes, when light has been offered to him +from the spirit of truth by our mediumships. I tried in different times +to move our friend Gerrit Smith to study our message and the credentials +of our mission. But deluding and destroying spirits drew him in other +directions. At length A.D. 1854 I tried particularly to move the +Congress of the United States to appoint a Convention in which I +promised to exhibit the means to deliver this country from monarchial +influence and to establish the promised universal Republic of Truth, +Justice and Peace on earth, and the credentials of our mission, and I +applied to a number of congressmen in both Houses to bring the subject +before their respective bodies. At length, when all others had neglected +to fulfil this their highest duty, I applied to Hon. Gerrit Smith, who +was at that time in the House of Representatives. + +I mention strange things; but they will not appear strange, if readers +keep in mind, that I represent the body of messengers, who are +collectively called the third angel in REVEL. xiv: 9. In this book I +give on many subjects only hints; otherwise I should have to write also +a large volume of wonders and signs which happened, while I was trying +in that year President Pierce and members of the cabinet and the +congress. But if editors of the Tribune wish besides what I offered in +the first treatise to show regarding their pet Fremont, that they might +commence to be sober in forwarding candidates for high offices, I would +like to write also an other article comparing Hon. Gerrit Smith with +Senator Seward and to publish what happened while I was trying both in +Washington City; because at that our trial it was in an extraordinary +mariner made manifest, that although Gerrit Smith was badly chained by +the spirit of delusion, Senator Seward was found much more chained than +Gerrit Smith. On this account our leaders moved me at the last campaign +of candidates for governor of the State of New York, A.D. 1858, and I +was acting in my mission in that State, while Gerrit Smith was +proclaimed candidate by his party so that I wrote to him, what he had to +do, to be favored by our leaders in his course for a high office; +because the time has at length arrived in which our leaders will +commence to show publicly, how they have the power to interfere in the +election business of officers. And then candidates for offices and +officers will commence to see the necessity of studying our message and +the credentials for our mission, to become with us messengers of Peace, +and people will commence to abhor electing such as are so degraded, that +they are not prepared to study the Heavenly message made manifest for +the redemption of oppressed humanity and the establishment of the +promised universal Republic. But how until now those who have been +solemnly warned by us, to do what they as professing to be Republicans +and occupying high offices, were particularly bound to do, have +neglected to fulfil their highest duty, we will show with few instances, +that those who will be named, might arise from death to life, and all +readers might be inspired for co-operation with us, since Providence is +instructing mankind by so remarkable cases, as are the following: + +At the commencement of the year 1856 I arrived in Columbus, Ohio, and +endeavored to move the Republican anti-slavery Governor Chase and the +Republican Party which was the strongest in the legislature of Ohio, to +co-operation with us to establish the universal Republic of Peace on +earth. For this purpose I wrote "an address to the legislature and the +citizens of Ohio" and sent the manuscript with an urgent recommendation +to Governor Chase, that he after having perused the manuscript might +forward it with his recommendation to the legislature of Ohio. In my +manuscript or my written address to the legislature as many testimonies +of our mission were mentioned as would have been sufficient to move a +man who has discernment in spiritual things, for co-operation with us. +But the Governor, after having perused my manuscript in which I urged +the legislature by virtue of the memorable events which have been +mentioned in it, to appoint a monthly theological course, to which +qualified persons would be invited to hear the explanation of my +manuscript which contains the system for the foundation of the universal +Republic, and for the commencement of the New Era called the millennium, +said when he returned it to me, that he was not the proper person to +forward the manuscript to the legislature. I do not know, whether he +would have entered into a discussion of the matter, if I had offered him +to show, that he was not only the proper person, but that it was his +most urgent duty to forward my address to the legislature. I thought +that he in his new highest office of that State was too much distracted +and was not prepared for our extraordinary business. Wherefore I sent +that same address which was directed to the legislature of Ohio, to the +speaker in the House, and instructed him in an extra letter of his duty, +to forward my address to the House. But he belonged to the Republican +Party and had no capacity for what was needed to establish the true +Republic of Harmony and Peace on earth, and could not be moved to do, +what was shown to him to be most necessary in his circumstances. He +returned my address. From him I went to the Lieutenant Governor or +speaker in the Senate. He belonged to the American. Party and by his +application the Senate appointed a committee for examining my document. +In that committee was a member of the Republican Party, who assured his +colleagues, that he knew me, that I was a madman, having come from +Geauga County in which I held a Convention in the year 1851. +Notwithstanding the most malicious conspiracy of the Sectarian +neighborhood we succeeded so far, that a number of resolutions in which +I have concentrated what has been explained in the Convention for the +commencement of the millennium, have been unanimously adopted, and then +published with other documents for an easier understanding of the +resolutions. But materialists, papists and other sectarians, instead of +having reflected upon the unexpected glorious news made manifest in that +pamphlet and put them into circulation, did all in their power that the +largest portion of copies of that pamphlet and the man to whom they have +been given in care, disappeared, and the calumny was put into +circulation, that I became mad. And when that same calumny was renewed +in the Senate chamber of Ohio, I wrote a resolution, to be offered to +that body. But members of the Senate became so scared, that I could find +nobody, to undertake to offer it to the Senate. I wished by that +resolution to move the Senate to give me their chamber for a lecture, in +which I wished to explain the madness of those who instead of studying +our disclosures for Harmony and Peace of nations, are slandering and +calumniating me, and ruining this country and preparing it more and more +to become a spoil to enrich monarchs and their agents. + +Then I published that address and other documents which I supposed, +would be strong enough to move the legislature and other citizens of +Ohio to send qualified persons to the monthly theological course, which +was appointed in that pamphlet. + +Here we must extract passages from the last page for a great lesson to +Republicans and others that they might not be duped any longer by the +blind leaders of the blind. That page contains "a great appeal to the +Governor, the Senate and House of Representatives of the State of Ohio." +It was written, mark well, on the 2d day of February, as is mentioned on +that 32d page as well, as on the pages 31 and 29; because on the 29th +page I commenced to write a paragraph as follows: "I had to wait till +the composition of this epistle advanced so far, that I must finish it +on this 2d day of February" &c. On that day I wrote what follows from +that passage to the end of the pamphlet. And the "great appeal" reads: +"Fellow laborers in the great cause of human redemption! If you have +studied this pamphlet with such attention as it deserves to be studied +you will accept this title with gratitude to the Most High, that he has +chosen us in his mercy for the accomplishment of the most glorious +promises".... "The first most urgent work" (which the legislature of +Ohio in those circumstances could do) "is to kindle with this pamphlet a +light in the Cabinet and the Congress of the United States. 'And Babylon +is become a habitation of demons.' REVEL. xviii: 2. The fall of Babylon +has been proclaimed by my instrumentality for the fulfilment of the +first three verses of the 18th chapter of the REVELATION, on Easter +Sunday, 1838, under the direction of the powerful angel, who was sent +from the Heavenly Congress. And since that proclamation, the habitation +of demons on every place of Babylon, on which my message is rejected, is +made manifest ... and the numbers of votes which members of the House of +Representatives were casting since my first publication of the +'testimony for the superabundance of miracles,' which is reprinted on +the 9th and 10th pages of this pamphlet, are testifying, from which +quarters of pitfalls and deep holes the demons came who took possesion +of the Capitol at the present session.... On this 2nd day of February in +my Country Roman Catholic men and women bring each his own candle into +the church and burn them" &c. + +I quoted these passages, written on the 2d day of Feb., which was +Saturday, and given on the same day to the printer; because I had an +engagement on the next following day in the country and left Columbus on +that Saturday, Feb, 2d 1856. When I returned on the next following week +from the country, I heard that on that same day February 2d, 1856, the +House of Representatives finished at length their voting for speaker and +that Nathanael Banks was elected Speaker in the House. There is a spirit +language by numbers. Representatives in the House were casting votes +from the time in which my article "Testimony for the superabundance of +miracles" appeared in two newspapers of Cleveland and was then copied in +my pamphlet for the legislature of Ohio, to make use of it for the +conversion of the Congress in Washington; because I saw, whenever I +looked the numbers of votes cast to elect the speaker, that members of +the parties casting votes were under a strong Papal Imperial Royal +delusion. When I wrote the above quoted passages on the 2nd day of +February, 1856, I did not know, that at that same time they finished +their voting with Nathanael Banks as speaker in the House. Nathanael +means a "gift of God." And the name Banks was prophetical for what +followed then in regard to the Banks; because this generation could +receive no more suitable gift than Banks are. There is not only in +numbers but also in names and in manifold other correspondences a spirit +language which we understand; and in this our mission events connected +with our steps testify the condition in which those are, who neglect to +make use of our message of Peace. The Governor and the legislature of +Ohio did not care about our urgent appeal made to them in writing and in +print, and the same time in Washington the name of Banks announced the +terrible condition of this same country founding their trust in banks +and paper-money, which will be eventually made manifest with a terrible +crash. + +After that experience made at the Republican Legislature of Ohio, in +which we could not find assistance for the circulation of our message of +Peace, and for holding our monthly theological course, I remained in +Ohio, till I heard Governor Chase in a campaign for candidate Fremont +assert with great boldness, that he knew Fremont. I did not know Fremont +at that time. But after having studied as much as was required to know +him, I pitied Governor Chase and other Republicans very much, that they +either by ignorance of matters or by preferring private interest to the +common welfare, should have ruined the country and destroyed an enormous +amount of human life and property, so that the Kansas affairs alone cost +more than fifty millions of dollars. All the evils would have been +avoided, if Hon. Giddings and his co-operators who have been most +urgently invited to attend the above mentioned Convention which was held +in their vicinity in the year 1851, had not despised our invitation. +But at that time matters had not arrived to that maturity in which they +are now. And we write and mention some champions and leaders of parties, +that they themselves and by their instrumentality many others might be +awakened from their lethargy and attend at length our monthly +theological course the appointment of which they will find at the end of +this book, and learn that which is most needed for the support of the +true Republican, or what is the same, true Christian against the +monarchial cause. + +I have sent to speaker Banks a copy of the pamphlet, from the last page +of which I have quoted above some passages, on which page there is the +admirable correspondence of the governor and the legislature of Ohio +with his election for speaker. But I think, that other trifling business +did hinder Mr. Banks' comprehending wonders and signs contained in that +pamphlet, and that he did not study it so deep as to comprehend the +correspondence of the contents of the last page of said pamphlet with +his election for speaker on the same day on which I wrote that page. In +this book is no room to explain the language by numbers; but we may +generally observe, that the election took place under the spell of the +Papel Imperial Royal spirits; and it was said, that it did not happen, +till a Roman catholic priest came into the House of Representatives and +performed his prayer. Whether that report was true or not, is is not my +business to investigate; but it is true, that the spell was taken away, +when I in my application to the governor and the legislature of Ohio +wrote on the last page of the above quoted pamphlet: "You are requested +to cast so many copies of this pamphlet in the Cabinet and Congress of +Washington, and also into the legislature of each State, as are required +to kindle a great light everywhere." Reference is made to the +"Candle-mass," as the feast of the 2d February is called. It is Mary's +purification and Christ's presentation in the temple; and that our +reference to the casting of votes for the speaker in the House of the +United States destroyed the spell and they agreed at length in the +prophetical name Banks, with which there was already great trouble, and +the greater troubles will follow the longer nations delay to apply our +remedies against the manifold enormous evils with which nations are +harrassed and ruined. I made some acquaintance with Governor Banks after +my last arrival in Boston in Nov. 1858. I found proper to write to him a +lengthy letter in which I assured him, that if he would become a great +supporter of the true Republican cause, he would need[Q] some private +lessons to know what happened in our age for the introduction of the +universal Republic of Harmony and Peace; because without that knowledge +he in the present course of the Republican Party would contribute his +share not for Peace, but for revolutions and war. I offered in that +letter to give him some private lessons in his house, if he would wish +to receive them regarding our message of Peace and the credentials of +our mission, and I added, that in that season of short days and long +nights there would be at candle-light good opportunity for our lessons. +I went then to his house in Waltham, several miles from Boston. But on +that evening he had not yet returned from his office, and I was +informed, that on the next morning would be the best chance to speak +with him. I then went there but he had not much time to speak, because +he had to go to his office, and he invited me to see him in his office. +From that circumstance I concluded, that he did not keep in mind the +contents of my letter in which I assured him, that his office would not +be the proper place for our lessons, but that the night hours in his +house would suit best for our lessons; but then there was no time to +expostulate with him on this point. I started then for New Hampshire, +and at my return to Boston I wrote to him again, that I intended to see +him again, but not in his office which would not be the proper place for +our lessons, but in his house, that if he would be desirous to receive +lessons I would remain for some days in his village and give to him +lessons at candle-light. I came then to his village, and prepared one of +his acquaintances, a zealous spiritualist who appeared to comprehend +easier than other spiritualists! that Presidents, Governors and other +officers cannot save this Republic from the grasp of monarchs except by +the use of the spiritual weapons which are concentrated in my writings +for the commencement of the promised New Era and that Governor Banks to +use his influence for Harmony and Peace of all nations, had to take +lessons from me. When I thought, that the spiritualist partly by hearing +me partly by reading one of my pamphlets had understood the matter so +far as necessary to move the Governor to accept my proposition, he went +to see Governor Banks. But he returned with the message, that the +Governor had started for Hartford. + +I could not stay longer in Waltham and understood from this circumstance +that Governor Banks was not the officer, who would commence to open the +door at the government for commencing the New Era. I thought that if he +would comprehend our message, by his instrumentality the Legislature of +Massachusetts and by their instrumentality the Congress of the United +States might be moved for using our spiritual weapons against the +anti-Republican powers, I heard in November 1858, in the night before +the election of the Governor and the congress members Governor Banks +deliver his speech in Chelsea City. He affirmed that he did not speak +for himself but for his friend Burlingame, that he might be re-elected +for Congress. I heard this same Burlingame haranguing against Buchanan +and for Fremont during the last Presidential campaign, and understood +that his speech was nothing else but a heap of "burly games." Mark well, +that in our meetings with remarkable persons, names are expressive, but +sometimes their signification is so hidden, that some letter is to be +changed, to be understood. The great heap of burly games spread in +newspapers and in public speeches against Buchanan instead of studying +our message of Peace and communicating it to President Buchanan to save +the country, prove nothing else except that this degraded generation are +preparing the way to such a tyranny as will destroy the largest part and +chain the remnant of the people in such a manner that no word will be +heard against the cruelty and tyranny which will keep them in slavery, +if they do not sooner open their eyes and make use of our message of +Peace. I thought[R], that if Governor Banks would be converted, he would +convert also his friend Burlingame and act through him in the congress. +I came after that in Boston, to the office of Governor Banks to see him +there; but I was told, that he was expected to be in half an hour in +the office. But instead of waiting at, or returning to the office, I was +told by my leader, that I had accomplished my mission in the State of +Massachusetts and was carried directly to other States. + +Wonders and signs which have been given in Boston and Chelsea City near +Boston at that my visit there, are spoken of in the following treatise. +But before we finish this treatise, we should mention somewhat regarding +the Governor of New York in connexion with the Governors of Ohio and +Massachussetts. We do not take any interest in the campaign for +officers, except when we are directed by our leaders to give in this way +a great lesson to nations: as it was the case in the first treatise of +this book. + +While I intended in Summer, 1858, to start from Philadelphia for the +West, I was directed by my leaders to New York. I arrived the same hour +in the City of New York, in which the laying of the Atlantic Cable had +been accomplished, and while spiritualists were rejoicing in a public +meeting at the success, in the supposition that the success was certain +and that it was a great blessing for the United States, I explained in +that meeting, that the success would be a great scourge for this +country, if people would not receive our message of Peace and convert +monarchs into true Republicans. My explanation was then confirmed by +signs. After the exchange of President Buchanan's message with the +message of Queen Victoria the use of the Atlantic Telegraph has been +suspended by invisible agency, and while the City of New York, the great +Babylon of the United States, was celebrating the first time the success +of the Atlantic Telegraph, the tower, the cupola and so much of the +interior of the building of the City Hall was destroyed, as could be +reached by fire. And at the second solemn celebration of the success of +the Atlantic Telegraph the whole Quarantine with numerous buildings was +destroyed by fire. The materialistic spectators who looked only on the +surface, were not aware of the interior agency. But in connexion with +these warning fires other signs were given testifying also in this +connexsion of matters the subjugation of this country by Papal Imperial +Royal or Monarchial spirits, while citizens of the United States are not +yet aware of. I wrote a peculiar treatise on those signs, which will be +published in due time. There was a coalescence of strange +correspondences, While the Queen of England was celebrating with Emperor +Napoleon the tremendous naval exhibition at Cobourgh, for the +subjugation of the world by monarchs, the laying of the Atlantic +Telegraph was accomplished and the President of the United States +exchanged the message with the Queen; and the destroying fires +accompanied the celebration of its success, till at length also the +Crystal Palace was consumed by fire; and the spirits who are subject to +Popish prelates and monks, announced the "Philanthropic Convention in +Utica," and the Archbishop of New-York laid the corner stone to his new +cathedral by the assistance of six suffragan bishops. All these in +connexion with other memorable events happened according to the spirit +language of the prophetical calendar, and I was directed to perform +corresponding memorable actions which are explained in this treatise, +and amongst those actions here I mention the trial of the three +candidates for the Governor's office of the State of New-York. I have +already remarked, that I wrote to Hon. Gerrit Smith after he had been +proclaimed candidate by his party. But when he was not ready to become +messenger of the New Era, I wrote then two lengthy articles, one to be +used by Judge Parker, the Democratic candidate, if he would receive our +message, and another to be used by the merchant Morgan, the candidate of +the Republican Party. I do not belong to any party, and I had only to +try spirits of the candidates for Governor in the State in which is the +concentration of all monarchial speculations, against which and for the +true Republican cause only that Governor could act with power, who would +have so much understanding in spiritual things as to comprehend the +substance of our message and of the credentials of our mission. Such a +man would be a blessing not only for his State, but for the whole +country. Both my articles have been written in a manner, that only that +Candidate could make use of the article prepared for his use, who would +be convinced of our mission, which I intended to explain to him +privately, if he would take an interest in my article. + +Here follows only a synopsis of our trials of spirits at the two +candidates, to wit, the Democratic and the Republican for the office of +Governor in the State of New York. + +According to the direction of our leaders I paid first my personal visit +to Judge Parker of Albany, Democratic Candidate. He appointed a certain +time for an interview in which he would be ready to read my writing and +hear what I had to say. But when I would return at the appointed time, +my leader interfered and said, that I had to try the spirits of merchant +Morgan of the City of New York, Candidate of the Republican Party. +Morgan appeared to be shrewd as I supposed him to be; because otherwise, +having commenced in poverty he would not have become a rich merchant. +When I mentioned my business with him, he replied that he had a +business, which he must attend in the city, and that his clerk who was +in that room, would settle my business with him; and he left the room. +Then I talked with his young clerk and mentioned my former charges and +my present charge, as far as he may have been able to bear, and that I +had with me a document which I had prepared for that campaign. I added, +that whereas I belong to no party, that candidate would be most +qualified for the Governor's office, who would comprehend my document +and make use of it. The clerk insisted, that I should go with my +document to the editors of the Tribune. But I replied, that my document +was not prepared for the Tribune, but to be studied and used by the +candidate himself. But the clerk remarked, that Mr. Morgan would not +have time to study it. And I said, that if Mr. Morgan would not have +time, I would go to Judge Parker; and I assured the Clerk, that if Judge +Parker would have time to study my document and to make use of it, he +would certainly become Governor. Then the clerk was moved, that he +appointed the hour of the next following day, in which I could speak +with Mr. Morgan. I came at the appointed hour; but Mr. Morgan spoke with +another man, and when he saw me, he went with his man in an other room. +In the mean time the clerk insisted, that I should go with my document +to the editors of the Tribune. I did not leave directly the room but was +waiting till Mr. Morgan dispatched his man. Then without speaking with +me a word he went to other business. + +After that my experience I thought that in our dealings with material +men we must be provided with very tangeable arguments. I made shortly +before that trial acquaintance with a stubborn materialist in the City +of New York. He had great influence upon people of certan classes, and +had all his trust in weapons of iron to put down monarchs. I found him +accessible at the point of human magnetism and convinced him by degrees +so far, that he confessed that the weapons of the spirit were the right +weapons to overcome the monarchial powers. He was, when I made +acquaintance with him, running against Judge Parker. But I came after my +trial of Mr. Morgan to him, showing that Judge Parker was amongst the +three candidates the man who if he would comprehend our message of +Peace, would work powerfully for the true Republican cause. During my +explanation he was inspired to do all in his power for Judge Parker's +election, if the Judge should settle matters with me and pay the +expenses for what was to be published in German and in English circulars +from each position separately, to be put in circulation in all +directions of the State of New-York. That man gave me then in writing +the promise to excercise all his influence for Judge Parker's election, +if the Judge settles with me the matter. + +It is to be repeated, that I according to my mission, am working not for +any pay or reward, but only for the great cause of my mission, satisfied +with simple food and raiment, which I get when needed, from those who +understand that I am working without pay for the great community of +mankind. The man who gave me the above mentioned written promise gave me +also money to pay my fare from New-York to Albany. I arrived there on a +Sunday morning, which was the best time for trying Judge Parker's +spirit. I explained to him briefly the reasons why I could not come at +the appointed time, without mentioning the invisible direction; because +I supposed that the Judge was not yet prepared to comprehend spiritual +things. But I insisted, that he, to secure his election, had to spend +that Sunday in studying my writings instead of going to church; for he +mentioned that I did not come the proper time to him, because he was +preparing to go in the church. I showed to him the title page of my +pamphlet; "Redemption of oppressed humanity! Christ's manifestation by +his messengers for the Abolition of all kinds of Popery." On that page +not only my former offices in Babylon are expressed, but also my present +office is mentioned, by virtue of, which I represent the messengers by +whom the promised New Era will be introduced. If he had read the title +page on which the substance of our message is concentrated and our +mission is expressed, with such attention as to comprehend it and to +reflect upon it, he could have understood, that to spend that Sunday +with me was exceedingly more important than to attend his sectarian +church. I repeated that to study my documents on that Sunday was most +important for him. + +Two things seemed to deter him from receiving my advice. In the first +place he saw on the title page, that I, after having been eighteen years +Roman Catholic Priest, appeared in public for the abolition of all kinds +of Popery. He may have been afraid to scare Roman Catholics from voting +for him, if he would be in any connexion with me. I found not proper to +explain, that what I intended to publish in behalf of his election, +would not scare but strengthen Roman Catholics to vote for him, but +would scare many Republicans and Abolitionists to vote for their +candidates and would draw them to him. In the second place he seemed to +have been in the same opinion in which I found Democratic editors of +newspapers, who told me expressly that they were certain, that their +candidate would be Governor. When I found him not ready to study my +document on Sunday instead of going into his sectarian church, I did not +show him the writing of the champion who was determined to act under the +above mentioned condition for Judge Parker's election, but I reported +directly to that champion that which happened at my trial of Judge +Parker's spirits and I started straightways for the States of New +England. + +Attentive readers of this treatise do comprehend, why in the cloud of +witnesses of our mission amongst the men and women of the so called +Republican Party I selected the three acting Governors, Hon. Chase of +Ohio, Banks of Mass, and Hon. Morgan of New York. They appear, because +they are Headmen of the three most dangerous States to the true +Republican cause. Those are the principal States from which there is +spread also into other States much zeal for freedom of nations without +knowledge of the means for the true freedom. This their zeal instead of +promoting the true Republican cause is promoting the cause of monarchs +and ruining this country. I could write much in connexion with these +three Governors for a warning example to all Governors and all other +officers; but these few hints may suffice, that all might know the +necessity to study our message of Peace, to promote in their offices the +true Democratic or true Republican cause and establish Peace on the +whole globe. There is a general hue raised by Republicans, that there is +great corruption at the Federal Government. There is in all parties and +sects a general and exceedingly great corruption; and we must repeat, +that those political and ecclesiastical heads who belong to the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans, are the principal cause of the +horrible degradation and corruption, by which this country is ruined; +because since the time in which I commenced to urge the American nation +by English addresses and publications, my principal applications were +especially to those who profess to belong to the parties of Republicans +and Abolitionists. If they had studied our message of Peace and had +applied the remedy which is comprehended in it against all kinds of +degradation and corruption, we would have seen several years ago the +fruits of our work. But when they in their degradation and corruption, +instead of having received our message of Peace, did all in their power +to stop it, as I have shown, instead of hundreds of instances of our +experience only by the remarkable specimen of the Utica Philanthropic +Convention, they are to be regarded as the principal cause of such awful +warnings, as a specimen was given on Sunday Sexagesima, February 27th +1859, on the President's Square of Washington by the executive power of +our leader who has REVEL. xiv:14 a sickle in his hand, and will make use +of "sickles" to sweep away the scoundrels and corruptors of females. +Their abominations will come to day-light in this "Judgment +Dispensation," when the criminals will least expect. The farther you +proceed in reading and understanding this book, the more light you will +receive in regard to the inner life of man and to the world of spirits, +to know the secret enemies of true Republicanism, and how to stop the +degradation and corruption, by which Republic is destroyed and monarchy +or tyranny is established. + +We have selected in the first treatise such facts as should inspire +every reader and especially Democrats for co-operation with us, and the +facts made public in this treatise, should move especially the parties +of Abolitionists and Republicans. We will see, whether President +Buchanan's friends or the heads of his opposition will hear sooner the +voice of our master made manifest by our mediumship for Harmony and +Peace of all nations, and awaken not only the Government of the United +States but also other governments from their lethargy. + +Human degradation and corruption having been sheltered under the cloak +of virtue, and under the specious name of "Free Love" careless males and +female having been ruined in body and soul, peculiar opportunity was +given us to close this treatise with a brief report on "a treatise on +the second coming of Christ. By John H. Noyes, Putney, Vt. 1840," +because that treatise was handed to me on this 19th day of March, while +I am travelling through Cumberland County, Pa. and by what happened at +the reception of that treatise I was aware, that a brief report would +suit best for closing this our treatise. On the 29th page of that +treatise we read; "Now Swedenborg preached that the second coming of +Christ took place in 1757, and that he was himself an eye witness of the +transaction. Ann Lee, the mother of the Shakers, preached that the +second coming took place in 1770, and that Christ made his appearance +in her person. Many similar proclamations have been made from time to +time, along the whole period of Christian history, and especially since +the Reformation. The latest of this fashion that has come to our notice, +is Professor Andreas Bernardus Smolnikar, who teaches that Christ +appeared in 1836, and appointed him 'Ambassador Extraordinary'" (Mr. +Noyes quotes as his authority "Signs of the times," No. 12. p. 95. Then +he continues his tale as follows:) "of all these we may say fearlessly, +as Paul says, 'though they be Angels from Heaven, let them be accursed' +they have denied the word of God--together with these, another class of +visionaries and impostors, less presumptuous, but equally foolish, may +be noticed. We refer to those who either by pretended revelation, or by +interpretation, have undertaken, from time to time within the last few +centuries, to prophesy of the near approach of the second advent. The +latest and most notable specimen of this class, is William Miller, who +at this time, is confidently proclaiming, 1843 is the appointed year of +the second coming." + +I would not have noticed "Noyes's treaties," if it had not been +unexpectedly handed to me, when I came, while I thought I was going into +the house of a man with whom I was acquainted, to his brother whom I did +not know until yesterday, when I came against my expectation to him. He +commenced to tell that he had a pamphlet in which Mr. Noyes speaks about +me. Then he has shown the above quoted passage in Noyes's pamphlet. But +I did not yet think to take notice of it, till at length he has brought +this morning the pamphlet to his brother-in-law, with whom I stopped +last night, and I found proper to quote the passage and to write this +edition for the conclusion of this treatise. But the quoted passage is +in such connexions and correspondences, that in a new large treatise I +could not explain them. Here we can report only the following items. + +In the year 1840, on Easter Saturday, my third German volume of +"memorable events" issued from the press. Those three volumes exhibit +the "magnetic chain" of events to bind the dragon or serpant, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction, who inspires such +"extraordinary ambassadors", as John H. Noyse is. That he belongs to +those deceivers who have deluded those who belong to the Anti-slavery +and Republican Parties, and are opposed to our message of Peace, is +evident by the circumstance, that I commenced this treatise with the +three angels or ambassadors or messengers of the 14th chapter of the +REVEL., the 3d amongst whom commences his message in the 9th verse of +that chapter. I mentioned that each of those angels or messengers +represents a body or society of messengers, and that Dr. Bengel has +pointed out in the first part of the last century, that Christ will be +made manifest about the year 1836; but that neither Dr. Bengel nor any +other man did know the manner in which he was to be made manifest, till +it was disclosed by the 3d Angel REVEL. xiv: 9, or the representative of +angels or ambassadors or messengers by whom the contents of the prophecy +xiv. 9, 10, 11, must be fulfilled. Interpreters did not understand many +other things nor those verses till they may read their explanation in my +above quoted three German volumes. I do not recollect, how I did entitle +that my address; but it did not contain 95 pages nor was it published in +several numbers, so that I did not know what those "signs of the times" +were, to which Noyse has reference, except that Joshuah Himes, the head +of the Millerite imposition was publishing at that time a paper, +entitled "Signs of the Times," and since he announced, that he would +publish also such views regarding Christ's coming, which were not in +accordance with the views of his sect, I expected to open the door to +the circulation of our message of Peace through that paper. I wrote +therefore a preparatory article, in which I touched only such matters as +that sect of adventurists could bear. And that my article was published +in that paper. But when I offered the second article which touched +nearer the Millerites' absurdities and follies, expecting Christ on the +clouds and other paraphernalia, he refused to publish it, and is yet +deceiving his disciples, although in the year 1840 opportunity was given +to Millerites, to come out from their dreadful delusion. Whether Joshuah +Himes was the first who misrepresented in so dreadful a manner our +message[S], or Noyse perverted what the other deceiver published, they +may decide; because the other is also a dreadful deceiver, who had +opportunity to communicate to his readers our disclosures concerning +Christ's Coming, but he refused to publish our article. But to the +conclusion of this treatise Noyse belongs. + +On the 5th of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock P.M. I received from a +Heavenly messenger the order to prepare for starting to America. But at +that time I did not know more than that in this country preparations +were to be made for establishing the promised peaceable reign of Christ +on earth. But my extraordinary mission commenced to be made manifest +after the events which happened A.D. 1838 in connexion with my mission +and which are explained in my above mentioned three German volumes. +Instead of having studied those volumes and then reported accordingly, +there came such ambassadors of darkness as we have here a specimen of +John H. Noyse. Greater impudence could not be expected than to write +about me without having studied my books in which I have published what +should have been translated from the German also In other languages. In +the third volume it is shown, where Swedenborg, Wm. Miller and others +stand, who wrote before me on the second Coming of Christ. But before I +undertook to write about their standing, I read their books; then I have +shown, how parties and sects, each in their own way have given testimony +to our mission. The principal of those parties have been mentioned in my +third volume, which was published A.D. 1840. But John H. Noyse and his +sect were not at that time so famous as to having been brought to my +notice. At length a "noise" of his existence came to me in the following +manner: + +About the year 1844, while I had business in New York. Theophilus Gates +came to me after having read an address of mine in which I urged readers +to co-operate for establishing a centre of our work. T. Gates spoke +about a certain point persuading me to adopt it for a sure success in +establishing our centre. I said, that I did not know, whether I +understood him correctly or not. Therefore I would read if he had +published anything on that subject and then I would talk with him about +it. Then he brought to me his pamphlet, entitled: "the Battle Axe," in +which he endeavored to prove "the free love doctrine" by the Bible as +well as by authorities of this time. His greatest authority was a letter +of this same John H. Noyse. + +I gave a great lesson to Th. Gates who was ruining people by his +infernal doctrine; but he did not digest my lesson. Then I made +acquaintance with some John H. Noyse's disciples and asked them, how +their leader became so blind as to support the damnable doctrine which +opens the door to all kinds of lasciviousness, adultery and fornication, +which ruins people and is diametrically opposed to the spirit of the New +Testament. His disciples said, that he wrote that letter in a haste, and +that it was published against his intention, and that he retracted his +view expressed in that letter. Then I attended a meeting of +Perfectionists in Newark, N.J. Some of them were with Noyse, others were +against his supporting the Free Love doctrine. I addressed the audience. +Then I was invited to dinner by a Perfectionist who did not belong to +Noyse's Party. I was asked by my host, whether I did read or not, what +appeared shortly before that in Noyse's "Perfectionist" against me. +After my negative answer he gave me the number containing Noyse's +article against me. I took it to the meeting which was appointed on the +same Sunday afternoon and read that article at the meeting and explained +Noyse's misrepresentations of the contents of my article to which +reference was made in Noyse's article, and remarked that it was +possible, that Mr. Noyse did not make purposely but only in haste those +misrepresentations, and that in the case that he is a friend of Truth, +he would retract what he had published misrepresenting my statements. I +added, that in this case I would like to see him and converse personally +with him about the matter. One of his disciples said that Noyse was a +man ready to receive truth, and that he wished to go with me to Mr. +Noyse and to bear travelling expenses. We started and took also another +friend of Mr. Noyse with us. At our arrival we were cordially received, +till Mr. Noyse heard my name. At that moment he was entirely changed, +took his friends into his room, while I remained on the porch. He spoke +with them so loud, that I heard every word, while he reproached to them, +that they took me with them. It was nearly dinner time, and I found +proper not to speak about our case, till we would be together in his +Printing Office. It happened soon after dinner. I said that those who +were present, were Mr. Noyse's friends, but that I expected, that they +were for truth, and that also Noyse will correct the errors and +misrepresentations which he has published regarding my mission and +regarding my statements in my article, to which he had reference in his +article. But Mr. Noyse pertinaciously denied to have misrepresented my +statements. I had in my pocket the number of the paper containing my +article and that number of the Perfectionist in which my publication has +been misrepresented. I read corresponding passages from both, and asked +the witnesses, whether Noyse's report contained the same sense as my +report. All his friends remained silent; but he continued to be +obdurate, and repeated in the most impudent manner, that he did not +misrepresent my statements. I did know nothing until yesterday about his +having misrepresented as early as 1840 my doctrine regarding Christ's +coming and slandered and calumniated me already in that year. And when I +met four or five years after that personally with him in his Printing +Office about our business, he appeared as the most stubborn infallible +Pope, affirming with the most impudent affront, that what he published +against me, was true. But some bystanders commenced to cry: "Snake! +snake! snake!" pointing out of the door of the Printing Office in a +distance from the door to see what it was. There was a very large snake +marching from a distance directly towards us and towards the door of the +Printing Office, and went, in spite of the men gazing it, under the +threshold, and sheltered its self under the floor of the Printing +Office. It was most singular, that the devil, that means calumniator, by +whom the snake was possessed, magnetized so the witnesses, that none of +them took an instrument to kill the snake, although he could have easily +reached one for this purpose in the Printing Office. After having been +all so baffled, I said to Mr. Noyse, that the snake or the dragon is the +Holy Ghost who comes from the depth of his Printing Office and inspires +his readers with such infernal delusion, as appeared in his +"Perfectionist" against my mission, and I left directly his place. + +The man who has brought me to Mr. Noyse, left soon after that spectacle +his own wife, a good natured woman, and went with another "Lady" to +unknown regions. And Noyse left, not long after that that place, and +founded in the State of New York, the Oneida community, in which his +followers professed publicly and published their Free Love doctrine, and +put it in practice in that community and elsewhere, when they had +opportunity to deceive and ruin the incautious, abusing the Bible in the +most horrible manner and anathematizing the true messengers of God. Such +imposters must also give testimony to our mission in a manner convenient +to their position, as I have given at the close of this treatise some +hints, although I could write a volume of memorable events connected +with John H. Noyse's "Perfectionist" and confirming the given hints. But +this treatise being already weighty, we do not need to add an +explanation, why our leaders were pleased to furnish Noyse's pamphlet to +give occasion to these solemn warnings with which we close this +treatise, which should be thankfully received from our directors by all +parties and especially by Abolitionists and Republicans and by all kinds +of Perfectionists and Spiritualists of the last fashion, who are by the +abomination, called Free Love, so stupified, that they cannot comprehend +our message, although they pretend to be Reformers. But those who will +become true Reformers, must come on our ground according to the plan +made public in the last treatise of this book by your sincere brother +Andrew B. Smolnikar, "extraordinary Ambassador" for the introduction of +the New Era of Harmony and Peace. + + + + +THIRD TREATISE. + + + + "The War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" in connexion with + our Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria, to be communicated to the + Emperors of Austria and France for the resurrection of the mortals + as well as their departed friends from their misery and distress + into the state of true happiness. + + +Instead of the treatise which was prepared to occupy this place in this +book, we write on the 4th day of July, 1859, a New Treatise, while +others are keeping the shadow for reality, rejoicing in companies and +filling my ears with explosions of crackers and thunders of guns and my +nostrils with the most disagreeable smell of gun powder, while I am +mourning in my solitude in the midst of hundreds of thousands of people +of the City of New York and neighbourhood, because they would not +receive our message of peace and learn how to bring forth fruits of the +true liberty of nations. This treatise was occasioned by the book "The +War in Europe, its remote and recent causes" written by J. H. Duganne, +and published a few days ago by R. M. DeWitt, Nassau St., No. 60, New +York. I mention it here, because it contains a collection of facts and +events, by the perusal of which any body, if he reflects upon what he +reads, may be aware of what we continuously repeat, that people and +their political and ecclesiastical governments have apostatized from +Truth and Justice, and cannot establish the promised peace, except +according to the plan which is given in the fifth or last treatise of +this book. The causes of Revolutions and Wars and manifold other plagues +are contained in the apostasy of men from Truth and Righteousness. This +apostasy brings mortal men into the association with departed deluding +and destroying spirits, as you know, if you have comprehended the +preceding treatises, and you will receive the more proof of this +important truth, the farther you will proceed in studying this book. +Mortal men are in close connexion with congenial departed spirits. The +life of man in his mortal body is a manifestation of influence from the +sphere of spirits, for whose society he is prepared. By them he is moved +and supported for action; they influence those who are congenial with +them. But men, if they are not versed in the inner life, are not aware +of this influence; although this is the first and most necessary +knowledge for the abolition of revolutions and wars and manifold other +plagues, which originate from the influence of destroying spirits, who +themselves may be so ignorant, that the magnetic fluid which they +communicate to men is pestilential, as a man who is infected with one or +the other kind of plague, may be ignorant of his dreadful condition, and +of the fact that he infects also others who, in their ignorance of +matters, are united with his deleterious condition. If, for instance, +the Emperors of Austria and France, and their Generals and other +Officers, and all who sympathize with one or the other, and contribute +their share for the destruction of the enemy, would know the proper +condition of spirits with whom they are associated and by whom they are +inspired in their destructive work, they would be exceedingly +frightened, and would cry: "What shall we do to be saved?" + +Many years before I knew anything about my present mission, I was aware +by comparing the reports of the Bible with the reports of other ancient +and modern works and with our own experience in regard to the spirit +world, that angels and demons in the Bible are departed men and women of +different high and low spheres, made manifest to men in mortal bodies, +when there was suitable to give to men tangible testimonies, that +mortals are in close connexion with departed congenial spirits. The +legion, for instance, in the fifth chapter of Mark, is a legion or +regiment of soldiers who have been destroyed in a battle. The captain +and his legion had the grave or the cave in which dead bodies were +located, for a suitable location to their degraded condition; and the +magnetic fluid, which they inhaled into their inner or magnetic bodies +which are used by spirits, came from the decomposed and rotten cadavers, +and was the most delicious influence which they could communicate to +their worshipers, and their captain has shewn his terrible madness by +the attacks upon his medium, while he was compelled to make manifest, +what he really was. But when he was not compelled to show his real +condition, he was deceiving in like manner, as now departed Emperors, +Kings, Generals and other warlike spirits are deceiving, till they +bring their worshippers on the battlefield, where they effect such +carnages, as we read now many reports in newspapers. In this madness the +victors and their bishops and priests are feasting and singing "Te +Deum," while the defeated are praying for the reverse, and neither party +are prepared to reflect upon the crimes which they have committed by +having killed their fellow men, who should have been educated and should +have progressed in knowledge of truth and practice of virtue as long as +their constitutions by applying the right means for the support of their +physical strength and health, would have admitted. But alas! they have +been wantonly killed, when they were least prepared for Heaven and best +disposed for the infernal regions! And others have been mangled and +wounded, so that they are crippled for all their lifetime and also +hindered in the right use of their intellectual and moral faculties. And +all who were drilled for war, were instead of progressing in virtue, +retrogressing into corruption. Volumes could be written on this point of +the deepest humiliation of the human race. Which are "the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe?" The book which occasioned this +treatise, contains a series of most detestable facts and proceedings as +forerunners of the eruption of the volcanoes of the infernal furies +which are destroying now in the wholesale human life and property; +because governments and nations are not in truth, but in delusion and +confusion, the necessary consequence of which is destruction. Truth will +make you free. This is the teaching of the master whose religion the +belligerent parties profess with words, while their actions are +instigated by the infernal furies. Also this book contains +superabundance of testimonies of our mission, which is expressed on the +title page. In my five German volumes published within the years 1838 +and 1842, the mystery of iniquity of all governments which profess to be +christian governments, has been disclosed, and their highest duty has +been made evident to abolish those abominations and to unite with us for +the introduction of Christ's reign, which will be the universal Republic +of Truth and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole globe. In those +volumes as well as in all my following publications it is made evident +that Peace can never be established on the globe in the present course +of political and ecclesiastical affairs, and that, what they call peace, +is only an armistice, during which the dragon and his host are inspiring +the governments to amass means for new eruptions of revolutions and +wars. The book which occasioned this treatise, contains a collection of +testimonies confirming and illustrating our teaching, that true peace +cannot be established, till governments and nations arrive on our +ground. If the Emperor of Austria would evacuate this moment all places +which he occupies in Italy, and if the Emperor of France and his allies +would have in sincerity no other object in view, but the only one to +make Italy perfectly free, I mean to make Italy a true Republic, and +would sacrifice all their strength and influence to this only object, +they could not realize their object, till they would learn and receive +our message of Peace and adopt the plan given in this book for the +introduction of the promised New Era. As long as they neglect to do +this, they remain under the influence of deluding and destroying +spirits. But these their masters are so controlled by our leaders, that +when the measure of crimes of governments and nations is again and again +filled, new eruptions of destructive revolutions and wars take place on +such days and under such circumstances, that by our explanations of +correspondences they become peculiar warnings; as we have already given +specimens of this kind also in this book; and many more will be given on +suitable places of the following pages. Readers should not forget that +we are preparing them for the Epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. + +Before we commence to translate that epistle, we must give a brief +epitome of the contents of the treatise, which was to be printed in lieu +of this treatise, and to which reference has been made in the preceding +treatise, and we must write on this 4th of July, 1859 in the midst of +great noise and continuous cracking and thunder of guns and so much +smell of powder, that it becomes very tedious. This morning it appeared +in newspapers, that Samuel Jackson's pyrotechnical establishment on 10th +and Reed Streets in Philadelphia was yesterday afternoon destroyed by +the explosion of fireworks, which were prepared for the exhibition on +this day; but they yesterday burned Mr. Beck to death. We mention this +case, because we saw it besides many other cases amongst the news of +this day, and this Jackson is one of the many strong mediums of +destroying spirits whom we endeavored many years ago to deliver from +those spirits; but they continue to prepare tremendous fireworks. In the +octava of the outbreak of the infernal furies in the French Revolution +of February, 1848, spirits commenced to awaken materialists by raps +through the Fox Girls in the vicinity of Rochester of this State of +New-York. They became at length generally known as Rochester Rapping +Spirits; because in the City of Rochester people first commenced to +assemble in large numbers and hear those rappings, or also carefully to +investigate, whether those raps came, as they purported, from spirits or +from some other cause. As soon as I read in newspapers the reports of +those manifestations, I understood the correspondences and also, why our +leaders let the infernal powers exhibit their craft in this manner. +Deluding and destroying spirits from the same spheres from which they +have inspired their fighting mediums in Europe, commenced to give +testimony in this country that there is truly such a relation between +the living in the mortal bodies and the departed as has been disclosed +in our publications, and at the same time also to show how they were +duping and deluding such as would not hear our explanations regarding +the true condition of spirits, but were quite pleasing with the answers +which they received through the daughters of Mr. Fox and other mediums +who commenced then to be developed in large numbers, that is, deluding +and destroying spirits or infernal demons shewed by manifold perceivable +possessions, that they were closely attached to congenial men and women. +I made use of that opportunity and assured citizens of the United +States, that rapping spirits would be dreadful destroying spirits also +in this country, if their operations will not be stopped by the +application of the means which are comprehended in our message of Peace. +But I did not try those spirits in circles of spiritualists, till I +received order from my leaders to do so. Opportunity was given in +Pittsburgh, Pa. by the reports published in some English and German +newspapers regarding the mediumship of Christina Beil, (as the name of +that medium of German parents is correctly written, but English +reporters wrote it Beail, although it is the German Beil, that means a +hatchet or axe)[T]. Her mediumship aroused a general attention, and +while crowds of attendants were convinced that raps by which questions +were answered, were produced by spirits, sceptics denied it, and Mrs. +Swisshelm published in her "Saturday Visitor" the results of her +investigations of spirit rappers at Christina Beil's mediumship. She +thought, that raps must have been produced by some trick of one or the +other mortal, although she was not able to discover the trick. The same +confession was made in German newspapers by a German Lutheran Pastor. +The excitement moved a skilful German chemist who was also a strong +materialist, to investigate the matter in the expectation that he might +find out the trick. But he was sincere and confessed, that raps +purporting to come from spirits, were produced by beings who understood +the questions. But under the circumstances of his investigations they +could not be produced by mortal men, and must have been produced by +invisible agents. + +A few days before my reading of those reports, a rapping spirit had been +shown to me in an extraordinary manner, to relate which in this epitome +there is no room. But by that manifestation I was instructed, that I +should try the rapping spirits of Christiana Beil in the presence of +sufficient witnesses. The same German learned chemist, and a German +Pastor of the Reformed Church and other witnesses were present, when I +tried the spirits of Christina Beil. Also that pastor belonged to that +school of theologians who send their departed into such an eternity, +from whence there is no return to mortal men. Such folly is according to +our knowledge of the condition of the departed most pitiful materialism +in disguise. But at our meeting with that medium in the house of her +mother, soon a number of rappers commenced to show by raps in a number +of places of the room, that they were ready to give answers to our +questions. The medium commenced to ask, and instantly all others became +silent, and the strongest amongst them gave answers with raps. To the +question with whom he wished to converse, the pastor was shown by strong +raps as the person with whom the spirit wished to converse, and he +signified by raps also that he was ready to give his name by pointing +out the letters of his name with raps. The pastor repeated the alphabet, +and was quite astonished, that the letters spelled the name of his +peculiar friend, a medical doctor and open materialist, who was +expressedly denying man's immortality while he was in his mortal body, +from which he departed a few months before that meeting. The pastor gave +a number of questions, and expected to get some answer, with which he +would be able to show, that such an answer could not come from that +doctor. But at length the pastor confessed, that by nobody else except +by that departed doctor he would expect all those answers which he had +received. + +When all was done which would convince the greatest sceptic, if he was +prepared to reflect upon the facts, I interfered and remarked, that +after having received sufficient testimony from that spirit, we wished +to converse with some other, if any is present. Soon raps were heard of +so different a sound from the former, that any observer could perceive +the exchange of spirits. The first gave answers to German questions; +therefore also the second was asked, whether he wished to converse in +German. He answered in the negative, and the medium was pointed out by +raps as the person with whom he wished to converse. Then English +questions were given and he consented to give his name. The alphabet was +repeated, till all the letters of his name were pointed out by raps. And +his name alarmed the medium exceedingly, that she commenced to cry, and +also all her acquaintances were very much excited. I asked the reason, +and was told, that that spirit was expected amongst the first when that +girl became a medium, but they had never any test that he was present, +and that they gave up all their hopes of getting any answer from him. +Therefore his manifestation was so unexpected, that it produced such an +effect upon the medium. I understood the whole matter. That spirit was +the principal guardian of that medium or she was principally possessed +by him, and he had rapped generally in the name of others, when the +inquirers were so congenial with the medium, that he could look into +their wishes. But he did not give his name, that he might not be +discovered as the deceiver who rapped in the name of others. At length I +came in the charge of my mission in March, 1851. I was acquainted +several years before that with that pastor and exhorted him to study my +books and then to proclaim our message of Peace. But my message was not +popular and it teaches, that the belief of the close connexion of men in +mortal bodies with congenial departed spirits is the A B C, to arrive +gradually to a deep knowledge of true religion and to the true freedom +and deliverance from lying destroying spirits. But pastors who became +materialists, were scared when they perceived, that my message +presupposes the close connexion with congenial departed. At length +mediums or possessed by departed spirits alarmed the materialistic +pastors. The mother of the medium belonged to the congregation of that +pastor and she invited that pastor to come and be a witness. My leaders +were controlling the legion of spirits, who came from different quarters +with their witnesses, and in those circumstances the medical doctor +Reitz, a peculiar friend of that pastor, was the strong rapper and the +next was the lying spirit who, when there was no stronger than he, +rapped in the name of others, till he was at length in our presence +compelled to give his name. After that remarkable trial of spirits, I +said to the pastor, that he should instruct the trustees of his church, +to give me permission to deliver some lectures in that church and to +explain that of which he was a witness, but which he could not +understand in the connexion of things, in which it must be understood +for the commencement of the New Era, which according to the testimonies +given in his congregation, should be powerfully proclaimed from his +church. But the pastor thought that his congregation were not prepared +for so deep things. Although I insisted, that I would make them very +popular in the German language, which was the language of his +congregation, and that it was his highest duty to make use of the +opportunity to learn what is most necessary for Harmony and Peace of +nations, he remained as obstinate as other Roman Catholic and Protestant +Pastors. + +Then I wrote an article for newspapers, in which I have shown what +should be generally known regarding the spirit manifestations which +commenced with raps by the mediumship of the Fox Girls to delude, as +cunning foxes are accustomed to delude, such as would not receive truth +which was disclosed in our message, and were discovered, when they were +tried according to our mission at the medium Christina Beil's, which, +means the Christian hatchet or the Christian axe, an instrument for +destruction, that they were deluding and destroying spirits, by whose +influence destruction of life and property will continue until it will +be stopped by receiving and spreading our message of Peace. That article +was prepared in English and in German; but editors who have spread +deceiving reports regarding spiritualism, refused to publish my article. +I sent it then to Boston, to be published there in a paper of +spiritualists. But it was not popular and could not be published. +Matters were to arrive so far as those will find them, who study and +comprehend this whole book. + +After that trial of spirits I returned several times to Pittsburgh and +paid always my visit to that learned chemist, who was converted from a +materialist into an enthusiastic spiritualist. He, like many others, was +expecting through his mediums to receive truth regarding the spirit +world. But he was offended, when I endeavored to make him comprehend, +that those spirits with whom he came in communication by his mediums, +were materialistic spirits who did not speak through his mediums from +the miserable condition of their inner life but from the surface of +their outward condition as they while in their mortal bodies were +accustomed to boast, and to cheat and delude their fellow men. In the +treatise which would have occupied this place, if I had net been moved +to prepare this for the celebration of the 4th of July, 1859, and its +octava, that people might commence to learn, how they could become +independent from the invisible and visible tyrants by whom they are now +enslaved, and inspired for revolutions, wars and other crimes, I have +explained some very important spirit manifestations at my meetings with +the learned chemist in Pittsburgh as preparations to the spirit +manifestations which took place at my last visit to the City of Boston +and neighborhood, and which constitute the principal part of that +treatise, the publication of the whole of which must be delayed, and we +give here in a synopsis as preparation to our Epistle to the Bishops of +Illyria, the following items: + +Boston is the City, in the cathedral Church of which by our mediumship +A.D. 1838, such, spirit manifestations took place, by which we have +received the key to open the door for the promised New Era of Harmony +and Peace on earth. We will give in the next following treatise of this +book some light on those manifestations. But when our disclosures on +those manifestations had not been received, at length spiritualism of +the last fashion gained a peculiar stronghold in Boston, although +materialism made great exertions to check also the modern fashion of +spiritualism. Since A.D. 1838 I returned several times to Boston, and +was trying to move some influential men or congregations for an +examination of our message and of the credentials of our mission. When I +arrived at the end of October, 1858, again in Boston I attended on the +next Sunday the conference of spiritualists, which was at that time on +Sundays usually held in Boston. As soon as they finished their +ceremonies by which their conference was opened, I found proper to speak +a little in my Illyrian mother tongue, to arouse the attention to what I +spoke then in English, and in the English language I rebuked +materialists and testified our mission to restore true spiritualism. +After my speech a medium arose, whom I did not know, but found out +afterwards, that he was Agent of the Fountain House, where spiritualists +had their resort and their speculations. He was rebuking a lecturer who +was opposed to spiritualism, and, as I understood from the rebuke, +misrepresenting facts, and came to that conference to expose +spiritualism from his materialistic position, denying any manifestation +from the departed. During that rebuke, for a proof, that spirits +manifest themselves, he invited that lecturer and other materialists to +a meeting, in which he offered to give an exact description of my mother +whom he affirmed to have seen standing on my side, while I was speaking +in the conference, and that although I was a perfect stranger to him, he +was certain that she was my mother, and that he would give an exact +description of her, so that he was confident, that I would confirm his +description. There were spiritualists in the Conference who knew me, +that I troubled them in the Utica Convention and elsewhere, and they +seemed not to be favorable to that proposition. + +On the next following Sunday I made again an attempt in said Conference +to find out, whether there was any influential person amongst them ready +to take an active interest in examining our message and the credentials +of our mission. I commenced to speak from the point which was mentioned +in the last conference by the medium testifying, that he saw my departed +mother standing in her glory on my side while I was speaking. But I made +the remark that I had two mothers in the spirit world, to wit, my first +mother by whom I was born, She had great care during her life for my +welfare, and having been a great medium of spirit manifestations before +her departure, always anxious to know truth and act accordingly, she +progressed with me also after her departure and became one of those my +guardians, who take care for my provisions and protection against +danger. In this her care she found a strong medium of spirit +manifestations, an aged lady who was looking for the third angel, REVEL. +xiv:9, because according to the testimonies which she had received, she +was certain, that since A.D. 1836 he was preparing somewhat, and while +she was looking for him since that year in Europe, she was directed by +her guardian to America with the assurance that she would find him in +this country. At length she heard one of my German lectures and +comprehended, that I had the mission of the third angel. When she +commenced to testify this, my mother appeared to her and entrusted her +the care, which she herself had for me before her departure. My mother +was an Illyrian, but this new mother was a German. Whenever I had +opportunity to stop and write in her house, great spirit manifestations +occurred. At length also she departed and is acting amongst the women +who have amongst the departed peculiar offices for the introduction of +the New Era. When I mentioned in said Conference somewhat about these +matters and understood from the speeches of others that their spirits +were drawing the audience in other directions, I turned also to other +places, and tried besides others those professors at Cambridge, Mass. +who were appointed A.D. 1857 as a committee to investigate the physical +phenomena which were believed by some to have been caused by spirits, +while others attributed them to other causes, and those professors, +after having performed their investigations, published their opinion +that spirits had nothing to do with the phenomena which they had +investigated. + +When I read that publication, I saw that readers, by the authority of +those professors, were strengthened in materialism. Therefore, at my +return to Boston I felt it to be my duty to try to move those professors +of Cambridge from their materialism, I saw personally those three, who +belonged to the committee who have published their opinion regarding the +phenomena, called spirit manifestations, and also the fourth who did not +belong to the committee, but was the strongest operator to explode the +truth, that departed spirits are in close connexion with congenial +mortals, and that they, when circumstances are favorable and it agrees +with the Plan of Divine Government, give also to exterior senses of men +perceivable proofs of this connexion. I said to them, that A.D. 1838 +were greater spirit manifestations in the Roman Catholic Cathedral +Church of Boston by my mediumship and the mediumship of 144 witnesses, +than mortal men could expect. Whereas that catalogue of witnesses as +well as the events which happened in connexion with our proceedings, +have been published in my books, I could by the means of that catalogue +in a short time convince the professors of the great Truth of close +connexion and mutual influence between mortals and their congenial +departed, and by the public testimony of the professors the pernicious +influence of their report regarding the spiritual phenomena would be +abolished, and the way for the circulation of our message of Peace would +be opened. They should therefore appoint time and place to meet with me +for this most important investigation of what departed spirits are able +to effect through mortal men. With all my exertions to move the +professors they remained obstinate sinners against the Holy Ghost who +gave them opportunity to learn what is most important to correct the +pernicious effect of their report and to cease to brutalize their +students with their materialism. I started from Massachussets to New +Hampshire, because in that State besides other spirit manifestations in +Concord a Convention of those adventists was held, who besides other +blasphemies of the living God and his Christ teach also, that man dies +as a beast, but that when Christ comes on the clouds, he will awaken the +righteous from death, but the wicked will be eternally annihilated. As +all other pestilence which is spread in the Papal and in the Protestant +sects is supported by the use and abuse of the Bible, likewise also +these "annihilators" made their discoveries of the annihilation of the +wicked by the means of the Bible. They are spread through the country +and especially through the States of New England, and are only a branch +of the dreadful materialism which has brought the human beings so on the +surface of the matter, that they stifled the most needful knowledge +regarding the spirit world. I warned all sects of Adventists as well as +others, everywhere. At length I met in October, 1858, with a portion of +the Adventist annihilators in a Conference in Providence of Rhode +Island, and tried to convert them from their folly. But they were not +ready to hear facts and then reflect upon them with a sound reason, to +know man in his interior life. + +There are different sects of the Adventist annihilators; but that same +sect, with whom I met in Providence, have appointed for November, 1858, +a Convention in Concord N.H. The appointment contained a general +invitation, without confinement to their sect, and I thought that there +might be an opportunity for me to find some investigating minds who +would listen to our message of Peace. But when I commenced to speak in +their Convention, and their Popes saw that there was danger for their +spirit annihilation, they applied to the audience with their complaint, +that they found in Providence, that I did not believe in Christ's coming +on the clouds and annihilation of the wicked and am rather a kind of a +spiritualist. Therefore if I would remain I had to be silent, or I had +to leave the Hall. I replied, that in their circular was no confinement +to their sect, but their invitation contained exactly the opportunity +for the proclamation of our message. But the possessed Popes by spirits +of delusion and destruction became fierce and enraged, and I found best +to leave them in their hall. My leader showed me that I should return +towards Boston. At my return I was trying spirits on several places. It +is to be understood that volumes could be written, if I would explain +what I mention in this synopsis preparatory to my Epistle which I have +sent in my hand-writing to the Bishops in Illyria to be communicated to +the Emperors of Austria and France, and which is to be printed in this +treatise, that it might reach monarchs and their agents in this book, if +it should not have reached them in hand-writing. But the events which +occupy the largest portion of the treatise which would have appeared +here, if the celebration of the 4th of July had not moved me to write +and publish this in lieu of the other, may be expressed in this epitome +in the following sentences: + +During my travelling I am most time walking on foot. While I was walking +on foot from Linn, Mass. to Chelsea City, I found the tollgate keeper +standing without occupation on the turnpike, and asked him for a +direction to the strongest spiritualist in Chelsea City. He directed me +to a merchant. He was not at home, and I asked his clerk, to give me +directions to some other spiritualist. He put several on a paper, the +first of whom was Mr. Mansfield, and I was impressed to go to him. I was +quite a stranger and without asking about the occupation of this +Mansfield, I asked only for a direction to his house. When I found it, I +was told that Mansfield was at his office No. 3. Winter Street in +Boston. Without asking, what his occupation was, I came at length on the +3d of December, 1858, into his office. When I was in his office, the +portraits of the dead drawn by some entranced medium with whom I was +personally acquainted, and other paraphernalia reminded me, that that +must be the celebrated medium J. V. Mansfield, of whom I read in +newspapers, that many sealed letters not only from different quarters of +America but also from other parts of the Globe, were directed to +departed acquaintances of the writers, and answers were asked from the +departed which he could not give also in the case, if he would read the +letters. But answers were to be given without opening the letters, by +him as writing medium of spirits. He had to return the letters without +opening the seal, and to add the answers as written by his mediumship. +While reading the reports regarding that medium, I thought to see him, +when I would come again to Boston. But while I was in the first part of +November, 1858, in Boston I did not remember this, and came at my return +from New Hampshire in the briefly related manner on the third December, +1858, against all my expectation to him. I think that he was present at +the two above mentioned Conferences in Boston, in which I spoke before +starting for New Hampshire. When I conversed on the 3d of December with +him in his office, he invited me to come on Saturday, December 4th 1858, +to his office and from thence to ride with him to his house in Chelsea +City and spend Sunday, December 5th, with him. I was impressed to do so. +That Sunday was the second Sunday in Advent. On the 4th, after the +arrival in his house we both were tired and went to bed at 10 o'clock +P.M. I rested well, till I was awakened by a female departed spirit who +was in great distress and entreated me to give her assistance to kill +her husband. I understood it in a spiritual sense to stop the pernicious +course of her husband, and promised her my assistance. As soon as I +promised her my assistance my leaders took her in protection and they +expelled at the same time the whole company of her task masters out of +the room, and then from two places on the outside of the house, from +which they were compelled to remove. After that spectacle, the detail of +which here is not the place to explain, the clock struck four. From this +circumstance I understood, that the scene commenced at three o'clock. + +There are certain hours, according to our spirit language by numbers +most convenient for certain communications. As the communication +requires, also the hour is selelected by my leaders in which they draw +me into the inner state in which they show me, what is congruous to my +mission. They put me, in that instance, from my sleep into the inner +state of knowledge of what was going on. In this state I not see the +female, although I was conscious, that she was surrounded by enemies of +her happiness. The whole scene and explanation belonging to the treatise +which will be published in an other time, these hints may suffice, to +understand the following items. As soon as I saw after that scene Mr. +Mansfield and his wife at breakfast, I told them that I had a great +spirit manifestation, which Mr. Mansfield could not understand, except +if he would study some of my writings to know somewhat about my mission +He read and I explained the substance of some points in my writings to +make him known somewhat about my mission. Afternoon, while reading one +of my pamphlets, he started suddenly and went very fast into another +room, and brought directly some paper, put it on the table and said, +that while he was reading my pamphlet, a spirit was impressing him to +ask me to write questions which he would answer. I knew not who the +woman was, who asked at three o'clock in the morning of that day my +assistance to kill her husband, but I understood, that if I would follow +the direction of my leader, he would reveal it in due time, I knew, that +at that spirit battle, at which that female was taken under the +protection of our leaders, the principal champion was the martyr John +George Zeigler, an American of German descent, who in his mortal body +studied deeper than any other man, my five German volumes, and forsook +then all for our holy mission. While he was travelling in a steamboat he +was pushed into the Ohio River by an enemy of our holy mission, and +departed into the spirit world, in which he received such offices as he +was most qualified for them. He having been the principal amongst those +who took the woman in protection, while she asked my assistance, I +thought, that if I would write to him questions, I would receive the +information, who that woman was. It is to be understood, that Mr. +Mansfield wished, that I should write so, that he could not see what I +wrote, and then to wrap my writing, to which the spirit had to give +answers. But I thought I could write in German, because I was certain +that Mr. Mansfield could not read German. Therefore I said to Mr. +Mansfield, that I determined to write in the German language to the +spirit whom I had in my mind, to whom while he was a mortal, I wrote +sometimes in German, sometimes in English, but he answered always my +letters in English, and he, if he is present, will answer also through +you in English. But Mr. Mansfield remarked, that I should write my +questions in English, that he had lately great troubles with questions +which have been sent by Otto Kunz from Pittsburgh in the German language +to his departed, and that the last number of the Spirit Age contained an +article of Otto Kunz in this respect. I remarked, that I was acquainted +with Otto Kunz, (he is the learned chemist, by whom I was preparing my +way in this treatise, for what follows) but that I did not hear anything +about him for a long time, (to wit, since the summer of 1856, when I saw +him the last time before my meeting with Mr. Mansfield). I added that I +should like to see, what Otto Kunz had published. He brought then from +an other room the number of the Spiritual Age, which has the date +December 4th 1859. It must be added, that I had not before looked into +that number, nor heard anything about Otto Kunz's article. But when Mr. +Mansfield handed me that number, I read Mr. Kunz's article laid the +paper on the table and said to Mr. Mansfield: I will write in English to +the spirit whom I have in my mind. I had yet John George Zeigler in my +mind; but when I took the pencil, I was impressed to write to Charlotte +Kunz (the departed wife of Otto Kunz) in English, in the supposition, +that she could not write English, while she was a mortal, and that also +in the spirit world she did not learn to write English, that therefore +to my English address we must receive some unexpected disclosures. I +wrote therefore while the medium Mr. Mansfield turned in the opposite +direction, that he could not see, what I wrote: "Charlotte Kunz, if you +are present, please to write what you find proper." I folded my writing, +that Mansfield could not see it. He was soon entranced, and gave the +signs, from which I understood, that she was the person who asked at 3 +o'clock A.M. my assistance, and then the communication was written by +Mr. Mansfield in a correct English style and correct orthography and +signed "Charlotte Kunz." The communication contains characteristic +marks, that the controlling spirit was intimately connected with deep +mysteries explained in my German books, but that he was not the writer, +but one of the company belonging to J. V. Mansfield's guardians, wrote +through him according to the wishes of Charlotte Kunz, but wrote so, as +if she herself had written. After the communication directed to me has +been written, and Mr. Mansfield reduced into his normal state, I +requested him, to copy the communication, and to give the original and +the copy to me; because I was asked in the communication by Charlotte +Kunz, professing that she was the writer, that I might write to her +husband. The handwriting of the copy was different from the original. I +preserved the copy and sent the original to Otto Kunz, with my +handwriting, remarking, that that communication has been produced by his +wife under the assistance of our leaders, that he, Otto Kunz, might +contribute his share for starting the centre of our Peace Union. I have +quoted in my writings to Otto Kunz one of the characteristic notes +testifying that the communication had certainly been produced under the +assistance or control of my leaders. And that characteristic note had +reference to Dante's Prophecy in the 33d Song of Purgatory. I speak of +that prophecy in the Epistle to which we are preparing the way. I have +explained also to Mr. Kunz several years before my meeting with his +departed wife the substance of that prophecy. I thought, if he at the +receipt of that unexpected communication would remember my explanation +of that prophecy and other testimonies of my mission, he would not be +too hasty in judging about what he could not understand in the +communication but would expect my farther explanation regarding my +communication; because the explanation could not be given in a letter, +and he was also not prepared in those circumstances to study the +treatise in which that communication is copied verbatim, and the +preparation for its understanding and its explanation is given, and that +treatise would have been published instead of this treatise, if we would +not have prefered this in the expectation, that this might be more +congruous to the present European War, which gives me opportunity to +exhort nations and governments. And for this purpose, to communicate +other important things in this treatise, we give only an epitome of the +treatise which will be published in another convenient time. But Mr. +Mansfield who has astonished many people in all quarters of the Globe by +having given more than forty thousand answers to sealed letters directed +to departed persons, became so remarkable, that he in connexion with the +well known spiritualist Otto Kunz deserved a peculiar treatise, and +appears also in this connexion of matters as a peculiar witness; because +that which has been made evident in many cases in which we tried +remarkable mediums, was in a peculiar manner confirmed, while we tried +the spirits of J. V. Mansfield, to wit, that he has certain guardians by +whom many are deluded, because those guardians give through him answers +which are found correct, when they reach and control the writers of the +sealed letters directed to their departed. But when this is not the +case, answers are not correct. Mr. Mansfield told me, that the largest +portion of his answers is correct. Such points in regard to the +relations in which the departed have been with the inquirers are +revealed in the answers, as Mr. Mansfield could not know them. From this +circumstance is also explicable, how people could be so moved, that he +had received many thousands of letters, although each applicant had to +send one dollar fee to the medium, and three dollars in case of a +guarantee that either an answer, if received would be sent, or the money +returned. When we speak of correct statements in many cases, we add that +in those communications was much of delusion regarding the spirit world. +At length when the measure of abominations was filled, I had to try his +spirits in the manner, the substance of which is given in this epitome, +the treatise being prepared to be published, whenever a publisher is +ready to publish a new book, which would contain that and other +treatises. From that treatise it is evident, that when Otto Kunz wrote +his letter to his departed wife and sent it to Mr. Mansfield to be +answered by his mediumship, the tyrants by whom Mr. Mansfield is +guarded, took her under their subjection. But to give in a new manner a +most solemn warning to all spiritualists who will not progress on our +ground, I was sent to Mansfield, and our guardians took under their +control Charlotte Kunz and the spirits who are writing through Mr. +Mansfield. The enemies of the truth, that departed spirits may use men +as their writingrnediums must explain the answers by assertions which in +most cases appear most ridiculous, for instance, I heard the assertion, +that Mansfield opens the letters. But he returns sealed letters as he +receives them; although we would not deny the possibility of temptation +to open one or the other letter of persons, with whom his guardians were +not congenial, and therefore could not give an answer. But if I had +shown to him my line directed to the departed Charlotte Kunz, although +he has been before that in correspondence with her husband, Mr. +Mansfield with all his guardians would not have been able to give the +characteristic notes which are in the communication testifying, that +some of our leaders was the superior, while J. V. Mansfield's guardian +was writing that communication with Charlotte Kunz's signature, although +there are the strongest marks in the communication, that she could not +write it, but that a deluding and destroying guardian of J. V. Mansfield +wrote it, partly according to her wishes, partly according to his own +impulse, partly according to the dictation of our leader who controlled +him, that he inserted the characteristic notes given by our leader. This +is the epitome of that treatise, which was to be given in this treatise +as a peculiar preparation to my epistle to the Bishops of Illyria. But +before we commence to translate it, we must add also the following +remarks. When our leaders compel in one place "the Secret Enemies of +True Republicanism" to bring to daylight their abominations for our +peculiar use to enlighten this degraded generation, they send us +corresponding testimonies also from other places, and we have collected +in said treatise some extraordinary testimonies for an illustration of +the answers of the sealed letters by J. V. Mansfield's mediumship. A +peculiar witness in this repect was Doctor Randolph, whose spirits I +tried several years before my meeting with Mansfield; but he was not +ready to be converted from darkness to the light which is kindled by our +disclosures. At length when I tried Mansfield's spirits, newspapers +commenced to publish Dr. Randolph's confessions. He tells: "I was a +medium about eight years, during which time I made three thousand +speeches," &c. "And to day I had rather seen the Cholera in my house +than be a spiritual medium! for years I have lived alone for +spiritualism and its cognates. Henceforth I live to combat many of the +identical doctrines that I once accepted as Heavenly truths." "I enter +the arena," says he "as the champion of common sense, against what in my +soul I believe to be the most tremendous enemy of God, morals and +religion, that ever found foothold on the earth--the most seductive, +hence most dangerous form of sensualism that ever cursed a nation, age +or people." If Dr. Randolph had been brought from spirits of delusion on +our ground, he would have assisted us to open the door for the New Era. +But he returned to the sects, from which spirits commenced to manifest +themselves in their materialistic deluding manner, till we commenced to +show, what they were, and then they commenced to be caught in their +lies, and many spiritualists commenced to be scared; but they would not +progress on our ground, and returned to professed materialism and +sectarianism. But the concentration of all abominations of the perverted +spiritualism is in the Papal Imperial Royal Courts. Many spirits delude +monarchs and their supporters either openly by peculiar manifestations, +or without such manifestations deceiving secretly monarchs and +supporters, that they prepare at length for war and commence to fight in +horrible battles, which is the highest manifestation of the infernal +furies. That they might stop this abominable work in which they are now +engaged, I wrote the following epistle, which I give in a free +translation, and then I will add some remarks for a conclusion of this +treatise. You will find in this epistle some repetitions of what has +been mentioned in the first treatise of this book, because when they +were setting that in type I did not think about writing this treatise in +which what is repeated, should be repeated so often till it is +comprehended. + +The Epistle is entitled: + + "Most important events for rulers of nations." + + To P. T. Anthony Slomshek, Prince Bishop of Laibach. Long Island, + State of New-York, June 13th 1859. + +Reverend Bishop! Being in occupations of my office on this anniversary +of momentous events on this Island, I am impressed by the spirit who has +brought me to America, to write again after a long interruption, to my +native country, and to direct my Epistle to you, to communicate copies +of it also to the bishops of Triest and Goricia. I asseverate before +you, three witnesses, that I am not guilty of the blood which is shed in +the present terrible war; although I would be most guilty, if I had not +faithfully fulfilled the duties of my charge. If those to whom I have +written at Vienna, in our native country, and also in other countries of +Europe, had discharged as conscientiously the duties of their office, as +I did those of my office, the promised universal peace would have been +established not only in the whole of Europe, but also in other parts of +the globe. But whereas there was deficiency in respect to the +intellectual and moral preparations of those who were in the office, the +terrible consequences therof are more and more visible. To bishops I +write usually in Latin. But this epistle should be delivered by you to +the government of Austria, and published to the nations not only in +German, but also in as many other languages as possible. + +Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek! Having had more opportunity than others +who are at present bishops under the Austrian government, to obtain +knowledge about me during my residence in Europe and by wise providence +having become a bishop of the diocese, in which I was born, educated and +ordained a priest, I expect that you will receive light from the spirit, +to comprehend correctly the hints which may be concentrated into the +space of an ordinary epistle. You know that I had from my youth an +extraordinary desire to search not only the Jewish and Christian but +also the antiquities of other nations, and to compare the results of my +investigations with what others have brought to light in former times +and recently, to find out, how the promised universal peace will be +established. After my having been six years secular priest of the +diocese of Laibach, I entered the Benedictine Order of the Monastery of +Saint Paul in Carinthia, for the purpose of obtaining more time and +opportunity in that order which furnishes learned professors, than in my +native country for a continuation of my investigations for the peace of +nations. After my having searched two years in the library of the +monastery, I became Professor of Biblical Literature in Clagenfurt, and +in that city I became acquainted with you, you having been there +Spiritual Adviser of Students of Divinity. + +During the ten years of my Professorship I had opportunity to examine +many points, which I would never have had opportunity to examine in the +Diocese of Laibach. But I did not know that the spirit who was my guide +from my youth, was preparing me for the office which has been entrusted +to me in America. Moreover, notwithstanding I had from my youth peculiar +inclination to study the Bible and to read not only the writings of the +Church Fathers but also the writings of the old Heathen and Jews for the +purpose of getting more light on the Bible, during the last ten years of +my Professorship I did not yet know that the office with which I am +commissioned in America, had been manifoldly prophesied in the Bible, +and the prophecy repeated by prophets of the christian centuries as well +as in our time by images suitable to the seasons. Neither had I any +thought to make a voyage to America, till the spirit of truth showed by +evident testimonials, that he called me to this country. Then he opened +also the way for me hither so wonderfully, that although the Prelate of +the monastery of Saint Paul resisted with all his power, and the monks +who were my friends, united with him to hinder my voyage, Emperor +Ferdinand was enlightened to let me have my passport to America. + +Signs and wonders preceded and accompanied my voyage to America, and I +reached this continent first in Boston of the State of Massachusetts on +my birth-day, November 29, 1837. In that city all that was required for +the continuation of our work, has been so prepared by invisible agents, +that although I had not the least foreboding to remain in that city, I +became convinced by the signs which happened there, that in the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church in Boston important ocupations had been +prepared for me. I did not yet know the particular occupations: but I +followed faithfully the directions of the spirit and performed in that +church all, that had been shown to be performed by me. On the 7th of +January, 1838, one hundred and forty-four witnesses signed their names +in my catalogue. Also those witnesses were guided by invisible agents in +such a manner, that they, too, performed in that church, what was +required of them, so that on Easter Sunday, April 15, 1838, in the +Cathedral Church in Boston, in the presence of these 144 and many other +witnesses by my instrumentality the solemn excommunication of the Beast +with seven heads and ten horns from the Church of Christ has been +performed, that is, solemn declaration has been made, that the mysteries +which are contained in those figuritive expressions, do not belong to +the Church of Christ and must be therefore abolished from the earth. A +long chain of signs, according to the prophecies, preceded that +excommunication, and signs succeeded and are continually repeated. By +these signs our mission, that is, my mission and the mission of my +fellow labourers has been confirmed, and the dreadful condition of those +who are opposed to our action has been most evidently developed. In the +years 1838 and 1839 the first two volumes of Memorable Events appeared +in print. Those events took place in my experience for a testimony, that +Christ appears by His messengers for the foundation of the promised +peace on earth. A box of those volumes was sent to the Emperor of +Austria, and my written explanation was given, that in my books the will +of the most High Majesty has been made manifest, to whom Emperors and +Kings are bound to submit and to learn to know the events which have +been explained in my books and to become with us messengers of peace to +the nations, and for this purpose to give my books to the best +theologians for the strictest examination, that the result of their +examination might be sent to me, to be published with my remarks, that +nations might learn what is required for the foundation of the peace of +the world. I assured the Emperor, that dreadful revolutions and wars +will be the consequence if my advice will be rejected. + +After having received no answer to my writings to the Emperor, to the +parson of his court, to a number of bishops and other influential men of +the Empire, and A.D. 1840, my third volume appeared, in which was shown, +that the unexpected events which have been explained in the first and +second volumes, happened according to prophecies, and would not have +been unexpected to bishops, if they had studied prophecies and observed +the signs of the times, and reflected upon the disclosures given by our +forerunners upon these matters, I did not send that volume straightway +to Austria, but I sent a box of all three volumes to the King of +Bavaria, with a similar written warning to the King, as in the preceding +year to the Emperor of Austria, and with the most urgent demand, that +after the Emperor of Austria and his bishops had neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, he should become the messenger of peace to all other +monarchs and open the way to the circulation of our message. At the same +time a copy of all three volumes was sent to the King of France with the +most urgent written petition that he should order without delay a French +translation of the three volumes to be spread everywhere in France, and +our solemn assurence was added, that, if he neglects to fulfil this +highest duty, Revolutions and Wars will be the necessary consequence of +this neglect. + +In an ordinary epistle farther hints cannot be given in regard to what +was done on our side, to move the one or the other government to order +the strictest examination of our message, which contains the means for +abolition[U] of all Revolutions and for the foundation of the universal +peace on the whole globe; but I remark, that when they would not hear +our warning voice, Revolution broke out in February, 1848, under such +preparatory, concomitant signs, and under such corresponding events, +that after having studied those events in my writings which have been +after that partly published in the English language partly preserved for +publication, you will see, that, after our warnings given under Heavenly +inspiration had been contemptuously rejected, the infernal furies had +received the power, to commence to spread the flood of Revolution +exactly on the same day, which gives the most evident testimony, that +Revolution broke out according to a higher calculation on account of the +contempt of our message of peace. + +Emperor Ferdinand having been compelled by that Revolution to issue a +constitution, I read that constitution in a newspaper on the 18th of +April, 1848, and was moved on the 19th April, which was the birth-day of +the Emperor, to give him in consequence of my charge a written assurance +that by that constitution the government and people will be saved from +ruin, if the Emperor accepts my offer; because in this case I was ready, +to start directly for Vienna, and show how the Free Press which was +guarantied by the constitution, would be properly used for developing +and spreading truth, as people have a right to demand, and its abuse +impeded, as the government is bound to impede it. I have given the +Emperor the assurance, that this, our offer, was made under higher +direction for the true happiness of the Imperial Family and the people. +I have sent in the same writing our proclamation to the nations of the +empire, and exhorted the emperor, that if he would write to me, that I +should come to Vienna, he should at the same time publish our +proclamation in all languages of the empire; because, if he accomplishes +this, by our use of the free press the door will be opened for the +introduction of the promised peace of the world, but on the contrary +revolutions and wars would be repeated and governments and nations +ruined. Those highly momentous documents were sent to the minister of +the Austrian government in Washington to be forwarded to the emperor. +Informatian was given to the minister in my next letter, to which post +office he should send the answer, if he should receive any for me from +the Austrian government. After having thus notified him I have received +no answer; but very important signs were given of the approaching war in +which the emperor resigned the throne and Hungary was wasted. + +The three monarchs to whom my books have been sent, but who have +neglected to make use of the means contained therein for the peace of +nations, have been compelled to give up their thrones, but nations could +not become partakers of the promise of the universal peace; because it +will not be established by the sword but by the means contained in our +message of peace, and we have received so many signs according to +prophecies as evidences of our mission, that whereas since the year 1838 +to 1842 five volumes have been written in this respect, I repeated while +I was writing the fifth volume, that five hundred volumes could be +written, if we would continue to explain prophecies of past ages and +their development in the preparations for our mission and during our +mission, and the signs by which our mission is confirmed. But we have +explained superabundance of them, because by our explanation the +dreadful condition of governments and nations has been disclosed. Signs +continue steadily, although the blind leaders of the blind, while the +Lord appears as a thief, comprehend them as little, as the Pharisees +did, when Christ appeared and prophesied the destruction of the city and +the temple. + +Confined to a common letter, I can give only some hints. While the +terrible war was raging principally in Hungary, I laboured industriously +at the commencement of the year 1849 to move the American bishops, to +appear either personally or to send their Theologians to a convention in +the city of New York, to whom I offered to read in the Latin language my +system for the abolition of revolutions and Wars and introduction of the +world's peace. + +I did all I could to move the bishops to attend our Latin convention, +and to make as many objections and remarks as they would find suitable, +although all must have been made in writing and handed to me, to be +annexed with my remarks to my system and published in Latin and in +translations, that men everywhere, could learn our message of peace and +all nations might become partakers of the greatest promises and the +world's peace could be established. + +After bishops had neglected their highest duty, I translated the Latin +system into English and German, and made most urgent applications to +several Presidents and to congressmen of the United States, to move the +American government, to assemble a convention for the same object, for +which I endeavoured to move bishops. In the meantime Lewis Kossuth +arrived in America, and I considered it to be my peculiar duty, to make +use of what was in my power, to direct him from the spirit of +destruction to peace and to explain to him my system in which is shown, +how without soldiers the rights of men will be restored and the peace of +the world established. After several letters of preparation, at length I +met personally with him in Cincinnati. But he was cunning and let me +come to him in company with others, and when I required to speak +privately with him, he excused himself with not having time to speak +with me privately, and directed me to Count Pulski, who was his +associate. I paid to this man several visits, and shewed to him that it +was necessary for Kossuth and his assistants, to study my system and to +retire with me for this purpose. But the result of all my labour was, +that at length Kossuth had sent to me the message that it was impossible +for him to give up his plan. He is a strong "Medium," as those are +called here who are possessed, and those who are possessed by destroying +spirits, have their work, to torment rulers or also to destroy them, if +they will not find salvation in our message of peace. + +Having here only opportunity to give hints on points, on which I could +write volumes, I remark, that when the American government could not be +moved to call a convention for an examination of our message of peace, I +wrote, when Emperor Napoleon III. was preparing for war against Russia, +to his ambassador in Washington, that the emperor would gather together +the highest merits for himself and mankind, if he, instead of the war +preparations against Russia, would call bishops of his empire to Paris, +to examine with me my Latin system for the foundation of the world's +peace. By doing this he would make himself and his friends and at the +same time all nations happy; but in the opposite course he would prepare +misfortune for himself and France. I assured the ambassador of the +French government in Washington, that if he before he would write to the +emperor, himself wished to be convinced of my assertion, I was ready if +he would call me, to come myself to Washington and to explain to him my +system as long as would be necessary to convince him, that we have truly +received from Heaven the commission and credentials for the foundation +of the worlds peace, and that those regents will be in this and in the +future life most unhappy, who refuse to accept our invitation. I have +received no answer from the ambassador of the French government. + +Although I am writing very closely in my advanced age without +spectacles, which I never used in my life, I have very little space in +a common letter, to mention also the following items: The nearer we were +approaching to the present Revolutionary Wars in Europe the stronger +were also the signs of warning, and they are building just now on the +land which has been bought for our Peace-Union, a hall for our +conventions, in which our system for the foundation of the world's peace +will be explained and messengers of peace will be educated to be sent in +all quarters of the world. But whereas, before their labors will +establish the world's peace everywhere on the globe, all monarchs and +their families might be exterminated, if they would not make use of the +means for the foundation of the world's peace, I write this letter on +this Feast of Pentecost and anniversary of momentous events. Your +predecessor, Anthony Aloysy Wolf, Prince-Bishop of Laibach, was one of +those Prince Wolves, who have received my first two volumes, but were +not prepared to study them, and to proclaim to Emperor Ferdinand and to +the nations, the great things which the Lord has done. Those wolves have +deceived in regard to our mission the Emperor, the priests and the +people, and by this deception they became the originators of all those +murders, which have been perpetrated in revolutions and wars and +manifold other manners, which would have been prevented by receiving and +spreading our message of peace. These are the fruits, when wolves are +made pastors of nations! By murders which are perpetrated in +revolutions, wars and other ways, those who are murdered, are turned +into infernal furies, instead of having been converted by suitable +education, into Heavenly Angels. By these furies which have been +murdered in revolutions and wars, nations which are now living, are +instigated to murders in revolutions and wars and in manifold other +manners and also to all kinds of other criminal deeds, the atmosphere is +disturbed and men are tormented with all kinds of plagues, and if they +are not murdered cruelly by force, their lives are shortened manifoldly, +so that also those who live longest, would have lived much longer, if it +would have been introduced amongst nations and duly used, what we know, +but cannot use till governments introduce that which we demand. + +I was Professor of Divinity in Babylon which is spoken of in the +Revelation; but whereas I was sincerely searching after truth for my own +and the welfare of my fellow-men, matters have been disclosed to me, +which I had never expected, while I was prepared without my knowledge by +invisible agents for my present charge. According to this charge I am +now Professor of Divinity or Church-Doctor for the promised peaceable +Reign of God on Earth. As Church-doctor I will teach bishops and priests +as well as monarchs and other grandees of the kingdoms of this world, +when they will be ready to hear the Heavenly voice which is made +manifest through so feeble an instrument as I am, how to pacify the +furies into which men are converted by murders and how to draw them into +the resurrection, that is, from their low to a higher condition. My +apostolic name which I have obtained on the feast of the apostle Andrew, +November 30, 1795, is Andrew. But when on the 30th November, 1826, at +the solemn profession of the Benedictine order I adopted by higher +impulse the name Bernardus, then also Pope Leo XII. was inspired, that +he promulgated Bernardus a Church-doctor. He in his shortsightedness, +had in his mind the celebrated monk of the twelth century. But neither +that monk who was preaching crusades, nor Pope Leo XII. knew, that +Turks, heretics and other nations will be converted in true Christians +without blood shedding and Christ's peaceable reign will be established +on the whole earth. But the Pope spoke as prophet of our mission who was +at that time High Priest and prophesied, that, whereas I adopted in the +prophetical profession of the Benedictine Order the name Bernardus, I +had to pass as monk through the last epoch of my studies of preparations +for my present charge, till I became Doctor Ecclesiae, Church-Doctor, +teaching what bishops and doctors of Divinity do not understand, +although it is highly necessary for the peace of nations. From my first +arrival in the Benedictine Order, when I determined to live there, till +I started for America, exactly twelve years passed. + +By the memorable events which happened in the Cathedral Church in +Boston, a key was given us to unlock prophecies, which have been before +either entirely locked, or only in some measure unlocked. Some +interpreters have known, that the seven churches in the second and +third chapters of the Revelation were prophetical churches, typifying +the seven states, to which all churches of the Christian name since the +edition of the Revelation until the foundation of the universal peace on +earth may be reduced, so that every portion of the Christian name +belongs to the one or the other of the seven churches. In the third of +the above mentioned volumes, we, that is, I under the direction of +invisible assistants, have disclosed so much regarding the fulfilment of +the prophecies in our time, as is abundantly sufficient for testimony of +our mission. In our disclosure Thyatira in the 18th verse of the second +chapter of the Revelation is the type of the Roman Catholic Church. What +is said concerning that church until the end of that chapter, you +Bishops should at length consider and digest well. You kept fast what +you did not understand, till at length the Lord comes by our mission, +and unlocks by our mediumship the Divinity for His Reign of peace. We +have overcome and to us was given "the Rod of Iron and the Morning +Star." I speak in the name of all those who are co-operating with me +according to the Plan of the Most High for the universal peace of all +nations. We have "the iron rod," but not the iron sword. The iron rod is +only a symbol of our office to announce judgments to the disobedient +nations and to their rulers. They are bruised enough and broken. Those +who remain, should at length hear our voice, then their wrong systems +will be broken to pieces, but men will be saved. For we have received +not only the iron rod, but also the morning star. In the great +temptations through which we had to pass, we remembered the morning star +which appeared several times during the sun shine in close connexion +with our steps, and once in a peculiar connection with you, Prince +Bishop Anthony Slomshek! as well as in connection with the Emperor of +Austria! You remember that I wrote at a certain occasion my opinion in +regard to your sermons which appeared in print in our Slavonian mother +tongue, and in that my article I made also some extracts from my Latin +manuscript, "On the congeniality of languages[V]," to publish them with +that article in the "Carinthia"[W]. I finished writing that article on +the 6th February, 1835. When I was on the 7th February well nigh ready +to go to my students in the college, I was moved by the spirit to write +instantly a prophetical conclusion to that article. When I finished that +conclusion, I hurried to be in the college. After that there was much +talking among the Professors and others about the morning star which +appeared on that forenoon during sunshine. I explored exactly the time, +and found that the star appeared, when I commenced writing that +prophetical conclusion, and disappeared, when I finished writing. I +handed then that article to you, to deliver it to the editor of the +Carinthia. But there occured an accident, that the article appeared +later than I expected, so in the Carinthia, that the last part with the +great prophecy regarding the peace of nations was published on Easter +Saturday April 18, 1835, or on the Eve of the birth-day of the Emperor +Ferdinand the first year of his government. His birth day was celebrated +that year on Easter Sunday. An exact calculation was made by our +invisible agents. The poems of two panegyrists of the birthday of the +Emperor appeared in the same number immediately before our prophecy. +Those two adulators were types of the two adulators, Joseph Pletz Parson +of the Imperial Court, and Anthony Alosy Wolf, Prince Bishop of Laibach. +These two prelates have deluded the Emperor in regard to our mission, +and as a consequence terrible judgments came upon governments and +nations. But this writing is connected with the Morning Star, which +should be delivered by you to the young Emperor Francis Joseph and to +many nations as well as the ancestors of the Emperor, who are waiting in +the Empire of death for their redemption by our Message. It should be +delivered by you in the midst of terrible judgments. If you have the +spirit which I expect in you, you yourself will carry this letter +without delay to the Emperor, and explain personally, what is necessary +for his resurrection and strength. Now he belongs in the 16th verse of +the 17th chapter of the REVELATION. Kossuth, Mazzini and other heroes of +the Revolution are preparing the Harlot for Emperors and Kings, who are +fulfilling the judgments which are announced in that verse. But we to +whom this victory is promised, belong to those, who are united with the +lamb in the 14th verse of the 17th chapter of the REVELATION and will +overcome the Beast and its ten horns. To wit, we have the chain, with +which the Dragon, the seducing and destroying Serpent, will be bound and +cast into the abyss, REVEL. xx: 2, That is the magnetic chain of events +of past times in connexion with events of this time. In this chain the +genuine condition of the existing political and ecclesiastical +governments appears in its true light, so that, when this chain will be +duly spread and made known to Nations, they will be carried from the +existing Babylon into the New Jerusalem. Who ever amongst the rulers +comprehends this and carries the people into the New Jerusalem, into the +promised Reign of Peace, he himself and his family, as well as his +departed or yet in mortal bodies living congenial relations will be +brought into the true happiness; but on the contrary those rulers and +who are attached to them, who despise our apostolic voice, will be +exterminated. Judgement will not cease, till at length it destroys +themselves also. I have given in this Epistle as many hints as are +sufficient for such Bishops who are not entirely dead, to believe, when +I assure them, that, in our writings it has been made clear and evident, +that our chain or our system, which, for Peace of Nations, should be +made known to all political and ecclesiastical Governments, is +astronomically and historically correct. Therefore that of the three +named bishops, who receives first this Epistle, should inform the other +two of the matter and summon them to go directly with him to the +Emperor. Who comprehends this, and is inspired by the Holy Ghost who is +our director, for the accomplishment of Divine Decrees, is with us a +messenger of God. He should as such appear before the Emperor with this +Epistle, read to him the Epistle, and explain it, and summon the Emperor +to become with us a messenger of God, and may he be seemingly in profit +or seemingly in loss in regard to the Emperor Napoleon, to send this +Epistle to Emperor Napoleon, and require instantly an armistic under the +condition, that he is desirous to make immediately, with condescension, +a treaty of Peace, to hear the "Messo di dio," the messenger of God, +spoken of by the prophets of the Old and New Testament as well as by the +prophets of the succeeding ages of the Christian Era, and to fulfil the +will of the Most High for the welfare of nations. Amongst those +prophecies is one of the most remarkable in the 33rd Song of Purgatory +in the Divine Comedy of the great Italian Poet Dante, in which the +spirit Beatrice, Dante's departed wife, speaks of the "five hundred, ten +and five messenger of God," that is, of "Smolnker messenger of God." + +The number 500, 10 and 5, that is the number 515, is opposed to the +number 666 in the Revelation, xiii: 18. The name which comprehends the +mysteries which are contained in the 17th and 18th verses of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and also the number 666, has been delivered +into our hands, and all that belongs to the name, has been explained in +my books, in which to obtain the number 666, we had to write the name +with Greek letters, because the Revelation appeared in the Greek +language. And likewise also my name SMOLNKER, as it was originally +exactly pronounced, to wit, with short _o_ and short _e_ must be written +with Greek letters. This was the exact pronunciation of my name, as I +heard it pronounced by my grandparents and my parents. And the Greek +letters with short _o_ and short _e_ exactly pronounced in my name +SMOLNKER, give exactly the number 515, which is the number of the +messenger of God in Dante's prophecy. If you add this number to the year +1321, in which Dante died, you obtain the year 1836. "The messenger of +God" is in the quoted prophecy the same as the 3d Angel in Revel, xiv. +9. That the third Angel regarding whom the prophecy commences in the 9th +verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation, had to appear before the +public about the year 1836, and also that that Angel or messenger would +not be a departed but a man living in his mortal body, has been shown in +the last century by Doctor Bengel and his disciples using admirable +astronomical calculations by the means of the prophetical numbers in the +Revelation. My first German teacher, a Franciscan Monk from Bavaria, +inserted the letter _i_ into my name, and taught me to write my name +SMOLNIKER, till at length Professor Valentine Vodnik wrote my name as I +write it now. The numbers of my name, after having received those +changes, if you calculate the years, commencing with Dante's death, +give also highly important stopping points in the development of the +mysteries of the Theology for Christ's peaceable reign. I can give in an +epistle only some hints. + +By many of our forerunners many points have received partial +disclosures, or there have been prepared several links for the chain, +with which we will strangle the Harlot and the Giant who sins with the +Harlot, without hurting the flock and the fields, according to Dante's +prophecy. This prophecy mentions also the stars by which our advent is +announced, and in my books several apparitions of unexpected stars are +remembered in close connection with our office. In Dante's prophecy is +the messenger of God a collective name as well as the third Angel or +messenger in the 9th verse of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. One +man is representing the whole society by whom is accomplished what is +comprehended in the prophecy. The representative had to execute and +explain the mystery. At the expiration of the year 1836, which year has +been so mysteriously announced by the prophets, that I knew nothing +about it, I was called on the 5th day of January, 1837, at 5 o'clock +p.m. to this office. The call was delivered to me by an Angel of the +Lord, that I should make the resolution to prepare for my voyage to +America. And when I said: "O Lord! Thy will be done!" the same moment a +great light appeared over the City of Klagenfurt, where I was Professor +of Biblical Literature and you were Spiritual Adviser in the Theological +Seminary. You yourself have perhaps seen the light-ball, or certainly +heard much and read in newspapers about it. I myself have not seen it, +because I was in a deep trance and received at the same moment the order +by a Heavenly messenger. + +Here is no space to say more about Dante's prophecy. In my third volume +of Memorable Events more than one hundred pages have been used for +disclosing Dante's strange prophecy regarding the Messenger of God in +the 33d or the last Song of Purgatory, in connection with other +prophecies with which it is parallel and in connection with the +prophecies which have been given A.D. 1814 at the first distribution of +premiums after the fall of Emperor Napoleon I, when our city of Laibach +returned under the Austrian government, and I received Dante's Divine +Comedy for the first premium out of the Italian language. And whereas I +am labouring since my arrival in America with the greatest zeal to save +men and to bring them from Purgatory into Heaven, warlike spirits are +murdering and casting them into hell. Yet I have great confidence that +by your intermediation not only the Emperor of Austria but also the +Emperor of France will hear the Heavenly voice, which is sounding in +this letter. I have written several months before the outbreak of this +war a book in the English language ("this same book from which we take +away other manuscript and publish this epistle,") to publish it as soon +as circumstances will be favourable. I have shown in that book by +peculiar events which occurred with Emperor Louis Napoleon, but which +are not comprehended by him and his mediums till they study to know our +chain to bind the dragon, Revelation, xx: 2. that Emperor Napoleon is a +very strong medium of destroying spirits, but that I foster the hope, +that he will comprehend our message of peace and draw also his Uncle +Nepoleon I. into our reign of peace and become a great apostle of peace +to the nations. + +Both Emperors, the Emperor of Austria as well as the Emperor of France, +will become truly great if they accept our message of Peace, which +contains the substance, that they should directly conclude Peace, with +all mutual condescension and with our assurance, that soldiers who will +not be needed in God's Keign of Peace on Earth, will obtain according to +the plan which is to be published in the above mentioned book "(in this +book)" and which after the English edition may be translated also in +other languages, occupations most suitable to their strength and the +best spiritual education, to be truly happy in their mortal bodies as +well as after their departure. + +But whereas no treaty of Peace can be of duration in our time, unless +the governments enter into Christ's Peaceable Reign, which to establish +we have obtained the mission, you, Prince Bishop Anthony Slomshek, and +also the other two witnesses who are bound to give you all possible +assistance, are particularly summoned to recommend most urgently to +both emperors, as soon as they conclude an armistice and prepare the way +to the treaty of Peace, to appoint also a healthy place, where according +to the geographical situation and other circumstances bishops of both +empires can easiest meet, for our Convention in which my Latin +manuscript which should have been examined A.D. 1849 by the American +Bishops in the Convention which was appointed in the City of New-York, +is to be examined according to the same rules mentioned above, and to +give me as well as the bishops information of this affair; because I am +ready to do all in my power for the Peace of Nations. You, Bishop +Anthony Slomshek are requested, to send me directly the result, after +having received and read this letter in your Consistory, and direct your +letter to + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR, +DONNALLY'S MILL, PERRY COUNTY, +Pennsylvania, in North America. + +We cannot enter into explanations of the paints mentioned in this +Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek. The substance of the remote and +recent causes of the war in Europe and of the causes of all revolutions +and wars is, that men are living on the surface, in materialism, +according to their animal lusts and passions, using their reason to +accomplish their animal desires, and neglecting the one thing needful to +grow in the knowledge of their true inner condition and the true +condition of the departed, and in corresponding virtue for high spheres +of spirits to promote the true welfare of the whole human race while +they are promoting their own welfare. The treasures which I collected +from my early youth to this advanced age for the promotion of the common +welfare, I carry with me into the spirit world. But those who, instead +of having cultivated their inner man, came on the surface into the +materialistic life, and lived according to their animal passions and +carnal lusts and according to the custom of their party and sect, and +supported blindly the performances contained in the traditions and +systems which have been delivered to them by their predecessors, were +preparing in their way for revolutions and wars, instead of having +learned our disclosures that the time had arrived for the abolition of +the Old Heavens and the Old Earth, that is, of the old ecclesiastical +and political institutions, and how they are to be abolished in the most +peaceable manner. + +In this ignorance of things which have been disclosed in our +publications, those who keep up those Institutions, come in collision +with those who endeavour to destroy them without knowledge of their +prophetical meaning and of the truth which is behind the vail of the +outward form, and without preparation for a better state of human +affairs. This collision is continuously preparing revolutions and wars. +Men on the surface, not knowing the right means for true liberty, use +the means which destroy not only liberty, but also human life and +property, and life is wantonly destroyed, because men in their dreadful +degraded condition do not know how to appreciate it. In this condition, +if the old systems would succeed so far as to crush down with absolute +despotism all movements for deliverance, they could not keep for a long +time people in bondage of absolutism. Crevices would be always found, +from which the movements of the secret aspirations for liberty would +commence to be made manifest, till the eruption of the flood of +revolution and war would effect great destruction of life and property. +But also in the case, that the enemies of the old institutions would +succeed so far as to sweep away every vestige of them on the surface of +the Globe, they would be as little able as the supporters of the old +systems to preserve Peace; because there is no pacification in the +spirit world, except by receiving and spreading the means shown us from +the spheres of spirits by whom we are commissioned to introduce the New +Era of Harmony and Peace amongst mortals as well as amongst their +congenial departed. But the more materialism subdues the Globe, the more +the inner causes for new out-breaks of revolutions and wars are +operating to find crevices for the outbreak, so that there is absolutism +and despotism as necessary for those who without the use of the old +forms promise to make people free, as for those who promise the same in +the support of the new systems. Emperor Louis Napoleon and Emperor +Francis Joseph are quite remarkable representatives of the two systems, +while Napoleon makes such a use of the old form as to satisfy many of +the open opposers to it, and the Emperor of Austria endeavours to +sustain with hundreds of thousands of soldiers the inheritance of the +old abominations which should have been abolished by the application of +our message without murder of any man and for the greatest benefit of +the departed and the mortals of the family of Hapsburgh, while the whole +empire and all nations would have been benefited. + +From the scattered hints in this book you may collect, that since +Francis Joseph's Government I was rather endeavouring to effect in one +or the other manner a movement in this country, by which at length also +the Bishops and the Government of Austria might be awakened from their +fatal lethargy; because I saw that my direct applications to the young +Emperor would have been for no use. I am in no direct correspondence +with my native country, and I receive news either in newspapers or from +occasional reports, and shortly before I wrote the weighty Epistle to +Anthony Slomshek I met with a countryman who was professor in Vienna, +during the revolution of 1848, and on account that he inspired students +for fighting, he had to leave the country, and he told me besides other +news, that he heard that Anthony Slomshek was Prince Bishop in Laibach. +Several years before that I received the news that he was Prince Bishop +at Saint Andrew in Lavant Valley of Carinthia, only five miles from the +monastery of Saint Paul, where I became a monk of the Benedictine order. +I wrote to him, when I received that report; but I received no answer. +At length the Epistle which appears in this treatise, has been sent to +him as to Prince Bishop of Laibach, on the above mentioned authority. +The Epistle would retain in this book the same value also in the case, +that the report should not be correct that he is Bishop of Laibach; +because the facts which I relate in the Epistle as facts known to him +are facts of my own experience and such as occurred in close connection +with my experience, and have been attested by many witnesses directly +after they happened. + +Although I made few applications directly to Austria during the +Government of Emperor Francis Joseph, my fellow student Frederick +Baraga, Bishop at the Falls of Saint Mary at Lake Superior, extending +his diocese widely amongst Indians of North America, a peculiar favorite +at the Austrian Court, after having neglected the former opportunities +to study our message of Peace and to spread it in the Austrian +Government, was brought on the great Popish Feast of Christ's Body +(Festum Corporis Christi) May 22, 1856, to me in quite an unexpected +manner for both but in such a connexion with the present war in Europe, +that if this man, at least at that time had fulfilled his highest duty, +instead of the tremendous war, Christ's Peace would have already been +established in Europe. Therefore, not having room to write much, I must +mention at least somewhat about that our meeting showing the secret +causes of the present war and of all revolutions and wars since our +first proclamation of the great message entrusted to our care. + +On that feast, which was celebrated A.D. 1856 on the 22d day of May, my +pamphlet: "Redemption of oppressed Humanity! Christ's manifestation for +the abolition of all kinds of Popery!" issued from the press in the same +Printing Establishment of Cincinnati, into which Bishop Baraga came on +that feast to see the proof-sheet of the title page of his Latin Book +for his missionaries. Our meeting on that feast in a Protestant Printing +Office was so unexpected, that we did not know each other, when we met +at the compositors' room which he left while I was entering into it. I +was then instructed by the compositors, that that gentleman was the same +Bishop Baraga about whom I spoke in the pamphlet showing that while +bishops were consecrating him or made him a bishop, they were crucifying +Christ in his members; to wit, that bishop after having become so great +an apostle of the Indians, that he was very renowned in our native +country and at the Austrian Government, was made a medium by my +leaders, that he opened the way for my voyage to America. But after +having discovered, that our mission was not for, but against the Pope, +he instead of having studied my books and examined our message of Peace +and the credentials of our mission, became enraged. I expected that at a +personal meeting with him I would make him comprehend our mission. But +there was no opportunity until that feast on the 22d May, 1856, which +was selected for the commencement of the spirit manifestations at my +personal meetings with that medium of spirits of delusion and +destruction. + +After having written a considerable portion of the next following +treatise, I am aware that I cannot encompass within so few pages as I am +desirous to do, what is to be communicated there to nations, and I take +from this treatise some sheets away, in which I have given disclosures, +why we have mentioned in our Epistle to Bishop Anthony Slomshek also the +Bishops of Triest and Goricia, whose predecessors should have at the +same time opened the way to the circulation of our message of Peace in +which time Bishop Anthony Aloysy Wolf should have been their co-operator +for Peace. But Matthew Raunicher, who was at that time Bishop of Triest, +should have been the leader of this work; because amongst those who +belonged to the Austrian Government he was the first who received the +first two volumes of my works. But he was formerly Professor of +Dogmatics and as such also my professor, and was so fixed in the Dogmas +of his infallible Church, that he could not study my books, to learn +what all dogmatists of the so called christian denominations require, to +with signs according to prophecies by which an "extraordinary +ambassador" to the churches should prove his mission. I hope, that +Raunicher's disciples, Bishop Baraga and Bishops and Priests in Illyria +and elsewhere will learn at length that we have superabundance of signs +according to prophecies testifying our mission against the infallibility +of the Church, and for the great truth, that many of the Dogmas of the +church are the most shocking absurdities, of they are taken as they have +been delivered by the Papal Imperial Royal Hierarchy, but that we show +a deeper sense, in which sound reason and science are reconciled with +religion. But we close this treatise to get more room for the next +following treatise, to assist the Pope and his bishops to prepare for +their own and the ressurrection of their departed predecessors. + + + + +FOURTH TREATISE + + + + Pious IX Bishop of Rome, Louis Napoleon Emperor of France, Francis + Joseph Emperor of Austria, the three extraordinary witnesses of our + on the title-page of this book expressed mission and powerful + preachers to all governments and in the first place to the + Government of the United States of North America, that they should + submit to the Government of our Lord and his Christ and become with + us messengers to introduce the promised universal Republic of Truth + and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe. + + +In the first three of my five German volumes the magnetic chain of +memorable events to bind the dragon. Revel xx: 2, is so developed, that +the proper position of the existing governments of the so called +Christians is made manifest. They belong to the Beast with seven heads +and to its ten horns either in the old or in a new fashion. Those three +volumes having been published from A.D. 1838 to 1840, Pope Pius IX and +the two named Emperors to whom the world's attention is now directed, +have not been mentioned in those volumes nor known to mortal men, that +they will occupy the position, on which they appear according to +prophecies, nor they themselves nor other men know at this time that +position, if they have not studied the magnetic chain exhibited in those +volumes to bind the dragon, Revel, xx.:2, the large serpent, the image +of the spirit of delusion and destruction by whom rulers and their +supporters have been inspired with such a madness as to apply their +studies how to kill men in the most cunning manner and to strip the +remnant of their property and keep them in bondage. Each of those +volumes is of a considerable size; the third is the largest containing +864 pages. But the substance of their contents is concentrated in the +Latin manuscript, written at the commencement of 1849. + +If Theologians had studied my German volumes or attended the Latin +Convention to which they have been most earnestly invited, they had +known without my explanation the position of these three great +representatives, or rather they had converted them long ago into the +messengers of Peace. But after matters had arrived so far as they are +now manifest, we must do what we can for the benefit of these three +witnesses and of those who are attached to one or the other as well as +for the benefit of all governments and their subjects; because all are +preparing instruments for destruction of human life and property and +drilling men to destroy or wound their fellow men in the most artful and +cunning manner, and to reward with the highest premiums those who +perform best this most criminal work. + +If you ask, by whose authority they are doing this, the answer is given: +"and the Dragon gave him his power, and his seat and great authority," +Revel. xiii: 2. to wit, to the representative of the Beast with seven +heads and ten horns. Under the Christian mask he became such a terrible +monster, that no other epithet was more suitable for him than that of a +Therion, of a ferocious beast having seven heads and ten horns. Having +been inspired and directed by the Dragon and his host, he could not +teach his sons and daughters, emperors and empresses, kings and queens, +a better doctrine than that which was infixed in his heads by the Dragon +and his host. "The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman +sitteth; and they are seven kings; five are fallen, and one is, and the +other is not yet come; and when he comes, he must continue a short +space," Revel. xvii: 9 and 10. + +It is to be understood, that in a brief treatise we can give only some +hints in regard to certain links of the long chain of events, which is +exhibited in the first three from A.D. 1838 to 1840 published volumes. +The three at the head of this treatise mentioned witnesses are so +extraordinary links added to that chain, that while I was writing those +three volumes I thought that the chain was long and strong enought to +bind the Dragon and to establish Peace on the whole Globe. But when +people would not spread that chain, it was after that much protracted. +In the years 1841 and 1842 the 4th and 5th German volumes and then a +number of English pamphlets were added; but the last links of the chain +cannot be understood without some knowledge of the preceding links. + +In every age men were awakened, whose intellectual and moral improvement +was above the general course of the age, and who were endeavoring to +warn and elevate the fallen generation. They were preparing the way for +our advent, and disclosing what belonged to their sphere, that it might +receive more light in "the dispensation of the fulness of times" Ephes. +1: 10, to introduce which we are commissioned. One of those forerunners, +was Doctor Bengel, disclosing what belonged to his mission in the first +half of the last century, so that in the same years of the 18th century +remarkable disclosures have been made by his instrumentality, in which +years in the 19th century Heavenly messengers have given great +disclosures by my instrumentality regarding Christ's peaceable reign on +earth. A.D. 1740 his German work "Erklaerte Offenbarung" (Revelation +explained) was published; and exactly one hundred years after that, on +Easter Saturday, 1840, my third German volume, by which the chain to +bind the Dragon was complete, issued from the press. To wit, in the +first and second volumes the "memorable events" are reported, which took +place at our experience for the abolition of Popery, or what is the +same, for the abolition of monarchy; and in the third volume is shown, +that memorable events which are explained in my first two volumes, +happened according to prophecies which are in the Bible and also in +other works of ancient times and have been repeated through the course +of centuries of the Christian Era, and that the memorable events which +happened at our experience, would not have scared priests and preachers, +but would have been expected by them, if they had not been ignoramuses +of what our forerunners had disclosed before us, or stubborn +materialistic hypocrites, not beleaving what they preach and profess by +their performance. + +The principal of those forerunners have been mentioned in that volume, +and how far each in his situation saw the objects, which have received +in our mission a light which could not be obtained in former ages. +Doctor Bengel occupies amongst those forerunners a peculiar place; +because he is the second angel or messenger, spoken of in Revel. xiv: 8, +that is, the representative of messengers by whom the contents of that +verse are fulfilled, because he was the first amongst those, who have +proclaimed prophetically Christ's coming or Christ's manifestation to +effect the fall of Babylon while they were showing the time in which it +had to take place, and disclosing many other deep things which were not +known before, and have warned people powerfully, to prepare for Christ's +coming. This was done by Doctor Bengel and his disciples prophetically, +I mean, that they saw Christ's coming only in the image of the Biblical +prophets, and did not know the manner of his coming, and pointed out the +year 1836, as the tropical year for his coming. But when that year +expired, those who had before great confidence in Dr. Bengel's +disclosures, said, that he was mistaken in the calculation of the times. +But we have shown according to our mission in the 3rd. of the mentioned +volumes, that Doctor Bengel was not mistaken in what belonged to the +sphere of his mission, and his wonderful calculation was correct +regarding the time, but that what he wrote regarding the manner of +Christ's coming and other things were not correct, which not he but the +third angel, Revel. xiv. 8, had to disclose; because the year 1836 was +the tropical year, at the expiration of which the 3d angel had to +appear, and then to perform his task and explain the prophetical images +and other things which have not been understood before that explanation; +because the Lord came at that time as a thief, Revel. xvi: 15. The thief +is not seen, when he takes away what he finds suitable for his use. And +the same have we done in our mission in which was gradually disclosed, +that Christ comes by us, his messengers, and discloses what is needed, +by the direction of his invisible agents who are operating through our +mediumship. + +If you keep all that has been said in this book, you will comprehend +the hints which we have given as preparations at our approach to the +development of what we have promised in the inscription of this +treatise. Others have tried to show from their position, and Doctor +Bengel with application of historical and astronomical erudition +endeavoured to make it most evident, that the Beast with seven heads and +ten horns in the 13th chapter of the Revelation, is the papal monarchy. +At length came the 3rd angel or messenger, Revel. xiv: 9, by whose +mediumship the whole chain was developed, which testifies the same. And +Heavenly Congress of the 144,000 martyrs, Revel. xiv: 1, who +superintend, that prophecy given under their direction, is exactly +fulfilled, (as there is the case with the prophecies of the Revelation,) +have given also such testimonies of this truth, that the most stubborn +materialist if he studies to learn truth, finds superabundance of most +striking evidences, that hosts of spirits were co-operating, that +prophecy was fulfilling, till at length by unexpected events the Divine +seal was attached to its fulfilment by our mediumship. We will give +later in this treatise striking testimonies of this truth. But here was +the preparation, that you may understand the following hints on the 9th +and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the Revelation in connection with +the inscription of this treatise. + +Doctor Bengel was the first who has discovered, after an investigation +for many years in the Bullarium Romanum, in which the dates of the papal +letters which are known under the name of the Papal Bulls, bear besides +the time, the place from which they issued, that is, the place of the +Papal See or Chair, or of the papal government. In the 17th chapter is +the same Beast with the seven heads and ten horns which appears in the +first verse of the 13th chapter, only that in the 17th chapter it +appears in another state, to wit, the seer says in Revelation, xvii: 3d, +"I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of +blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns." This woman is called in +the 5th verse: "Babylon the great, the mother of harlots and +abominations." The same woman is called in the 3d verse of the second +chapter in the second epistle to the Thessalonians "the apostasia or +apostasy," what your translators expressed with "a falling away." In +the preceding treatise we quoted a prophecy in the 33d song of Purgatory +in Dante's Divine comedy, in which the five hundred ten and five +messenger of God strangles the harlot and the giant who sins with the +harlot. That harlot is the same old woman, which is called in the 17th +chapter of the Revelation, "the mother of harlots and abominations," and +the giant is the representative of the Beast, at this time Pius ix, +carrying on his shoulders the whole burden of abominations and +blasphemies of the whole succession of the apostles whose master is the +apocalyptical dragon, who has given him "power, seat and great +authority," Revel. xiii: 2. The word which is in your translation seat, +is in Greek "throne," which you understand. But by the worshipers of the +Beast it is usually called "the Holy See," and you know if you have +comprehended this book until this page, that the Pope had received his +holy see from "his infernal holiness, the dragon." And we will +concentrate and kindle an admireable light upon this subject in this +treatise. + +In the the 7th chapter of Daniel is the 4th Beast, having ten horns, the +Roman Monarchy. This same monarchy became at length the papal monarchy, +when the Bishop of Rome became monarch of the church and extended his +monarchy or superintendency over the other monarchs and nations as far +as he could, with the same view, as the heathen Roman Emperors had, to +make Rome the mistress of the globe; only that the Roman bishop did this +under a christian title, although his government was an antichristian +government under a christian pretext. There was inspiration; but the +inspiration was from the dragon and his host. The foundation of that +Empire is expressed in Revel. xiii: 2. Any body who has a christian +spirit and compares that which happened in Italy from Easter Sunday of +this year until this day, July, 21st, 1859, is convinced of this truth. +These are the fruits of the Papal monarchy! I have superabundance of +other business, and am writing occasionally since the 4th of this month +the preceding and this treatise, and the reader should keep continuously +in his mind, that I give only some links in this time of great delusion +preparing great destruction also in this country, that there not being +opportunity to study the whole chain of our disclosures people might +receive as much as necessary to know the "secret ememies of true +Republicanism," and the inner life of man and the spirit world, that +they might be saved, instead of being ruined and destroyed. "The seven +heads are seven mountains. Also seven kings, five of whom are fallen, +and one is and the other is not yet come." This is the state of things +at the time, in the 9th and 10th verses of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation. Rome is located on a number of hills, the seven principal of +which are called by the ancient writers the seven mountains. Doctor +Bengel has shown from the Ballarium Romanum and other documents +regarding the Papal government, that since the Roman Emperor Constantine +I. the Pope had the seat of his administration until the time in which +Doctor Bengel wrote, on five of the seven mountains, to wit, 1. on the +mountain Coelius, 2. mountain Aventinus, 3. Vaticanus, 4. Qurinalis, 5. +Esquilinus. Farther is to be remarked that although Popes had some times +their seats in other places, for instance in Avignon of France, others +in opposition to them had at the same time their seat in Rome, or when +in some Revolution they were driven from Rome, they returned as soon as +they could. Doctor Bengel when he found, that in his time the seat of +the Papal government was the fifth of the seven mountains, assured most +solemnly, that that government would not be translocated from that upon +another mountain until it crumbled to pieces, and he, by his admirable +calculation, showed, that it would take place before the expiration of +his century. It took place A.D. 1798, when Pope Pius VI. was taken +captive and carried to France, and the French Directory located the seat +of their government in Rome, not upon one of the five mountains which +were successively occupied as the seat of the Papal government, but upon +the mountain Capitolinus. On that mountain was the temple which was +dedicated during the heathen Rome to all heathen Gods, and during the +Papal Rome to all Saints or all Gods whom the Pope professed to worship. +But then it was taken by the French Directory for the seat of the +government. + +All these things were axactly performed, by the influence of spirits of +different spheres. Every actor in the great drama was influenced by +spirits for whose inspiration he was best prepared. But all that took +place under the vigilance of the highest order of spirits for the +accomplishment of prophecies. In Revelation, xvii: 10 the seven +mountains are called seven kings, that is seven monarchial or dospotic +or antichristian governments, governments which originated from the +inspiration of the dragon, the spirit of delusion and destruction. The +seven mountains are types of these seven governments. But five are +fallen, that is five kings or five monarchial governments are fallen at +the time which the Revelator saw, that is, at the time, when the woman +was sitting on the Beast having seven heads and ten horns. During those +five kings or during the Papal governments on the live mountains that +woman, which is the mother of harlots and abominations, was prepared and +fostered by all the anti-christian deeds which have been perpetrated by +the authority of the Papal Bulls which issued from the five mountains. +People who came out from the exterior fashion of Popery, did not return +to the christian truth and christian spirit, but progressed into +materialism and endeavoured to effect with weapons of war, what can only +be effected according to the plan given in the following treatise. The +French Revolution broke out A.D. 1789, and progressed in tremendous +destruction of life and property and in terrorism and distress of the +survivors, that at length A.D. 1798 Pope Pious VI was carried captive to +France, where he died; the Papal Monarchy or the Beast having seven +heads, disappeared, or the woman was sitting upon the Beast, that is, +took possession of the monarchy. That woman is called the harlot and the +mother of harlots, and the apostasy, or defection from truth and +righteousness. People polluted with this defection appear under the +image of a harlot. And those who professed to act in the name of the +Republic or the people, after having removed the Pope from his seat, +located their government on the Mountain Capitolinus, in contempt of the +saints or gods of the Pope, and supported their government with a more +terrible despotism, than their predecessors, the popes, did. This +government of the French Directory on the Mountain Capitolinus, is in +this calculation the sixth government, or the government introduced in +Rome after the fall of the governments on the five of the seven +mountains. When the government on those five mountains was translocated +from one mountain upon an other, the government was not destroyed but +only changed, as circumstances required. But when the sixth government, +(called in Revel. xvii: 10 "the one is" that is, the one which was in +existence after the fall of the preceding five), was introduced, the +former governments of the Papal monarchy were entirely abolished. When +this took place, "the other" in Revel, xvii: 10 "was not yet come," and +the government of the French Republic was in the greatest danger of +being overturned. In those circumstances, "the other," that is Napoleon +came. He returned from Egypt and saved the republic; but the republic +could not be sustained, and Napoleon advanced gradually so far that he +became at length Emperor; and of him is said: "he must continue a short +space." Revel. xvii: 10. His government is in this calculation the +seventh government. He thought, that the secular monarchy of the Pope +was injurious to his Empire, and he required that the Pope, Pious VII, +successor of Pius VI who died in France, should give up his secular +monarchy. And when the Pope refused to do so, he was taken captive and +brought at length to France. + +Napoleon is in our magnetic chain the same, who according to the vulgar +reading and translation is called "the man of sin, the son of +perdition." 2d Ep. Thessal. ii: 3. We give only as many hints as are +sufficient, to arouse governments and nations from their lethargy. +Theologians not knowing how the Bible originated, nor how to make the +right use of it, had made already of the first chapter of the Bible the +greatest abuse, and came in collision with developments of astronomy and +geology as well as with the true history of man, being in that chapter +nothing else but the vision or the image of the creation of the mosaic +Heaven and the mosaic Earth, or the mosaic ecclesiastical and political +institutions, which are abolished by virtue of our mission in which we +show the new Heaven and the new Earth. Interpreters and translators +commenced to dupe people with the first verse of the Bible, where the +Hebrew word "Elohim" is in the plural number. But they translated that +word, "God;" although those who know somewhat about the true +spiritualism, may easily comprehend, that those Elohim are the guardian +gods or the guardian angels, departed ancestors of the Jewish Nation. At +the administration of those guardians Moses produced the ecclesiastical +and political institutions of that nation. Of those institutions, and of +the books of that nation such a tremendous abuse was made, that from +that abuse at length "the man of sin, the son of perdition" was +produced. But this vulgar reading is taken in the first place from a +wrong Greek reading. The genuine reading gives in the first place the +translation "the man of lawlessness" that is, the man who came out from +a lawless state, from a state in which the ecclesiastical and political +laws have been overthrown. In the second place instead of "the son of +perdition" should be translated "the son of destruction," that is, the +man who came through that dreadful destruction of human life and +property which is preserved in history, upon the Imperial Throne of +France, that all in him has been fulfilled, what we read in the quoted +chapter, and is explained in our magnetic chain in which we have given +also the genuine reading and the genuine translation, where needed to +understand the prophecy, as far as it has been fulfilled[X] in Napoleon +I. But the explanation cannot be here repeated; but we had here to +mention as much as necessary, that the supplement of its fulfilment +might be understood by Napoleon III. and that the two fighting emperors +and their tremendous armies in Italy, as well as all other monarchs, +might learn their true position and be converted from the Dragon to +Christ and become with us messengers of Peace. For this purpose we must +give the following hints: + +"And the Beast that was and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the +seven, and goeth into perdition. Revel. xvii: 11. You must keep in mind, +that the Revelator saw the state in which the harlot was sitting on the +Beast, that is, occupying the place of the Papal monarchy. In that state +of things the Beast or Papal monarchy was not in existence. But when the +Revelator was contemplating that state with marvel, the angel who has +shown him this state of things, gives some prophecies of what would +follow after that state. + +"The Beast that thou sawest, was, and is not; and shall ascend out of +the bottomless pit, and go into perdition" Revel. xvii: 8. The Papal +monarchy, which disappeared for a certain time, had to re-appear, and +that re-appearance is its ascension from the abyss, from so deep a cave +that its bottom is not seen, from the realm of darkness in reference to +Revel. xiii: 2, when it came into existence first by the spirit of +delusion effecting great destruction, at the incursion of barbarian[Y] +nations into the Roman Empire in the 4th, 5th, and 6th centuries. At +that time the Bishop of Rome took advantage to commence to be +Superintendent of the kingdoms which originated from the Roman Empire, +and their number was successively ten, which are called the ten horns of +the Beast. Napoleon's Empire "which continued a short space," having +been the seventh government, the Papal monarchy which ascended out of +the abyss Revel. xvii: 8, was in this calculation the eighth king or +government, Revel. xvii: 11, and came out of the seven preceding +governments, and commenced, when A.D. 1814 Pope Pius VII took possession +of his territory after his triumphant return to Rome. Then the ten horns +of the Beast, who "are ten kings" Revel. xvii: 12, (to wit, in reference +to the origin of the kingdoms out of the Roman Empire in connexion with +the origin of the papal monarchy,) the monarchs or their Representatives +who after the overthrow of Napoleon's Empire assembled in the Congress +of Vienna, "These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength +unto the Beast." Revel. xvii: 13. The translation being not exact, we +give only the sense, that they agreed, that the representative of the +Beast or the Pope should be with them a partaker of his temporal power, +or of his monarchy, which he has lost entirely during the sixth +government, and died in captivity. His successor Pius VII, who commenced +to restore it, was then taken by Napoleon; but after Napoleon's fall the +old dynasties with the Papal monarchy were restored. And the people +continued in the great apostasy which is called the harlot, and the +monarchs were fulfilling and continue to fulfil at this time in the most +tremendous manner the 16th verse of the 17th chapter of the Revelation, +"making the harlot desolate and naked, eating her flesh and burning her +with fire." In this tremendous condition they continued since they took +again possession of their governments. Their proceedings and the whole +management of their affairs appear anti-christian. These governments +"make war with the lamb." Revel. xvii: 14. This they do continously, +till at length we read reports of such destructions as are now in Italy. +But to those who are with the lamb, called and chosen and faithful, the +victory against the antichristian governments is promised in the same +verse. Without having room for farther hints in this confinement to a +small book, that it might be studied by many who could not be moved or +would not have time to study a large work or would not have the means to +buy it, we must give here some hints, how our victory against those who +are in war with the lamb, has been secured by the most solemn promises +and fulfilment of the most sublime prophecies. Readers should keep in +mind all hints given on the preceding pages, and should know, that I was +called to America by a Heavenly messenger. Then followed continuous +signs, by which all things were prepared the right moment, that I was +directed to Boston, Mass., and arrived in that city on my birth day, +November, 29, 1837, when I was exactly 42 years old. I had no knowledge, +that my invisible guardians had prepared all that was required, that in +that city great works have been performed by my instrumentality. On +memorable events which happened in the Roman Catholic Church of that +city from December, 1837, until the 3d Sunday after Easter, 1838, by my +mediumship and assistance of 144 witnesses many hundred pages have been +written in my often mentioned five German volumes. + +Readers of this book are accustomed to hear unexpected events, and we +mention without explanations the following as preparatory to the light +which we shall give in this treatise upon the present meeting of Emperor +Napoleon and his army with Emperor Francis Joseph and his army in Italy, +and upon the present Pope in their vicinity. + +While I was preparing to start from Boston to other places, I was +instructed by unexpected wonders and signs that I must remain in Boston +and take care of the German Catholic congregation, and the priest who +had charge of it, was by invisible agents compelled to leave directly +Boston. For the use of our German Congregation the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church was granted at the time, during which it was not +occupied by the Irish and American Congregation. We had our service on +Sundays from 8 to 10 o'clock A.M. in that Church, and I explained +prophecies in reference to our time and the necessity of true +Reformation for those who would be partakers of the great promises for +the fulfilment of which the time was approaching. This I knew as well as +also, that I came to America to work in this country for their +fulfilment according to the direction of my leaders. But I did not know, +what, according to their plan was to be done. + +On the 6th day of January, 1838, which was Saturday and the feast of +Epiphany or Christ's manifestation, a great prophetical feast for our +mission, I received the order from my guardian, the martyr in Revel. +xiv: 14, who was crucified and burned by the Pope, and found by the +Heavenly Congress, Revel. xiv: 1, as best qualified to be my principal +director in what I had to perform in the cathedral Church in Boston. The +name of that martyr and why he was found to be my leader in that work, +is in other of my writings. By him I was instructed to prepare the +congregation on that feast, that those who would be willing to +co-operate with us for the great Reformation which was required for the +fulfilment of prophecies, should be ready to come on the next following +day after our Sunday service in my school room and sign their names and +what they would be willing to do for defraying expenses in our +enterprises. On sunday the 7th of January, 1838, I delivered again a +sermon suitable to inspire the congregation for the great enterprise, +and asked that those who were ready for co-operation, should come +directly after the service in our school room. That was a step against +all precedence. The catalogue of those who belonged to the congregation, +was given to me before, and trustees took great care to collect large +subscriptions for us. But all this should be rejected, and only those +who would be ready to work with me for the great reformation without +regard to the bishop, should come and sign their names and +contributions, to be regarded as my fellow labourers in the great +reformation. Although I have explained to them in my sermons as many +signs as they could bear, that I came against all my expectations to +America to prepare people for the reformation necessary for the +fulfilment of the greatest promises, I, according to human insight into +matters, did not expect that any would dare to sign his name. But I did, +as I was ordered by my leader. + +After our service on Sunday, January 7, 1859, there came so many that +our school room was crowded. Trustees and others came with them to warn +the others, not to do any step for such an enterprise, without asking +first the bishop, what should be done in this case. Others remarked, +that I knew well what I was doing. And I repeated what I have explained +at our meetings in the church, that I was doing nothing except what was +showed to me by the spirit, who had given also in their presence +sufficient testimonies, that he was a spirit of truth and righteousness. +Then all were so inspired, that those who resisted most signed first +their names. Having been agreed that they must sign their names before +me and witnesses in my catalogue the business required time, and those +who came from a distance, remained to sign their names amongst the +first, and the others went home, and returned afternoon. On the next +following Sunday we assembled again, that the names of the signers were +read solemnly and distinctly in the presence of the whole congregation +for other purposes, which to mention here is no room, as well as for the +purpose which must be mentioned, that the congregation were expressly +admonished, that at the reading of the names of the signers they should +pay pecular attention, that if any mistake should be found, it might be +corrected, and that all might be witnesses of what every one had signed +to contribute for our enterprise. Every one, called by the name, +answered. Most of them, if not all, were present. And if any one, for I +do not recollect any case, was absent, certainly those who knew him and +were present when he came to sign his name, testified, that they saw +him, when he signed his name and contribution, and that his name was +correctly written into my catalogue. In this manner that which was +signed January 7th 1838, before witnesses was on the 14th of the same +month testified by the whole congregation. + +Signs and wonders became more manifest. I was commanded by my leader to +write an Encyclic Latin Epistle, directed to the Bishops of the Austrian +Empire, showing the necessity of true Reformation that nations might +become partakers of the promises. I have shown in that Epistle of seven +closely written sheets, what was first and most necessary; and I +mentioned a number of signs which have been given in the Austrian Empire +before I started thence to America, and a number of signs in Boston +after my arrival there, by which our mission was testified. After having +finished writing that Epistle, I was directed by the same spirit, to +write to Benedict Fenwick Roman Catholic Bishop of Boston, a short +letter, as addition to the Encyclic Epistle to the Bishops of Austria, +showing to the bishops, that whereas some signs have been mentioned, +which took place in the Austrian Empire in the presence of witnesses who +have been named in the Epistle, and other signs happened in Boston, and +of those signs he was a witness, he was in duty bound to sign first the +circular Epistle and to promise his co-operation with us for the great +Reformation of the Church, which is necessary to stop judgments and to +make nations partakers of the greatest promises. I added, that if he +would refuse to sign, I could not go any more into his Church. The +bishop was a cunning Jesuite. He understood that by signing that Epistle +he could not satisfy his Pope, and he wrote to me a very enticing +letter, to stop me in my Reformation. But I assembled directly those of +the congregation, who could be assembled that evening, Friday, February +16th 1838, and explained what had happened, showing to them their duty, +to make known to the congregation to assemble on next Sunday in a +Protestant School-house in which I would explain, why I could not go any +more into the Church of the Bishop. I convinced them after sufficient +explanation of the matter, that they were satisfied, that I had to obey +rather the direction of the spirit, than the wishes of the bishop. + +On Saturday, Feb. 17, 1838, I was again awakened at 3 o'clock A.M. as at +my former commission, and commanded by my leader, to write again to the +bishop and explain my message given to the congregation to assemble on +the next day in a Protestant School house unless the bishop would +acknowledge his fault and do what was required. I assured him most +solemnly, that all those steps were done under strict direction of the +spirit who had confirmed my mission; therefore "nisi haec feceris, tecum +in sacris communicare non possum." It is to be understood, that I wrote +to him in Latin, and said: "If thou, Bishop, wilt not do this," that is, +if thou wilt not sign the Epistle and co-operate with us, "I can have no +ecclesiastical communion with thee." The Epistle was then carried and +handed to him at 8 o'clock A.M. of that day. + +Soon after that a deputation of our congregation came to me. They +reported that our message according to our agreement, was spread in the +congregation, but there was a means, to satisfy the spirit; because the +Catholic Cathedral Church does not belong to the bishop, but to the +nations. The deputation assured me that Roman Catholics and Protestants +of different nations have contributed freely to build that church, and I +could explain freely in the church what I had to communicate to the +congregation; since neither the bishop nor any of his priests understood +German. It was evident, that one of the three was under the influence of +a prudent spirit. But I replied, that in steps of such consequence I +must act strictly according to the order of the spirit. They should +therefore go to the bishop. Perhaps they might move him to sign the +Epistle. They went; but they returned with the message, that they found +the bishop not well, entreating me very much that although he could not +sign my encyclic Epistle, I should go in the church, and difficulties +would be then amicably settled. From that circumstance I understood, +that the bishop did not comprehend what it was, to receive a commission +by Heavenly messengers, which was sufficiently attested as sent from +Heaven. Therefore I said to the committee, that after the bishop had +remained in such a darkness, I must strictly act according to the +direction of the spirit who has sent me. Then the man who was under +influence was stronger moved to urge me to go in the church, without +regard to the bishop, and explain what I wished to communicate to the +congregation. When the other two belonging to the committee thought that +I could not be moved, they left my room. Then the third was stronger +moved by his leader than before, to urge me to go in the church. Then my +leader brought to me the distinct message that I should go into the +church and perform independently from all bishops, what would be shown +to me to be performed. At that unexpected message I said to the man, +that I have received the communication which I needed to tell to the +congregation, that they should assemble on the next day in the church. + +From the message I understood, that after having excommunicated the +bishop from my ecclesiastical communion, and in my last letter more +distinctly than in my first, I had to omit in my performances in the +church all that shows any communication with the bishop or with the +Pope, whose representative the bishop was. But I knew long before that, +that the Roman Catholic Church was a prophetical church, and I had to +perform the prophetical ceremonies which were in use at those days on +which I had to go in the church. The prophetical spirit has so provided +for what I had to perform from that moment in the church, that at every +performance also the passages which were taken from the Bible into the +Roman Catholic mass-book and ritual, corresponded exactly with what I +was doing. + +On the 18th February, 1838, which was Sunday Sexagesima, I came the +first time independently from all bishops, into the Roman Catholic +Cathedral Church of Boston, Mass. to do what would be shown to me by +inspiration. The church has prepared for that Sunday from the 11th and +12th chapters of the 2d Epistle to Corinthians the sufferings of the +Apostle Paul and his report, that he was caught up to the third Heaven. +When I was reading at the Altar that section, and came to the quoted +passage, "I was caught up to Heaven." Paul the Prophet, as he appears in +our mission, did not know, whether it was in or out of his body. But I +know I was entranced, while my body was immoveable at the Altar, and +Heavenly power was communicated to me, and I was ordered to explain to +the audience the testimonies of my mission, commencing with the +initiation which I have received twelve years before that. To wit, A.D. +1825 after my having been six years secular Priest, testimonies were +given, that I was called to join with Priests of the Benedictine Order. +I felt that there were sufficient testimonies of my call from Heaven. +But after my having moved into the monastery, matters appeared so +contrary to my expectation, that I thought, that my surest way would be +to write to the next bishop and to continue to labor as secular Priest. +In that my determination to write on the next following day to the +Bishop of Lavant, I went to rest. But I came from my sleep into a trance +of unspeakable Heavenly light, during which I was surrounded by a +company of spirits and magnetized or initiated by them for the great +labor which I had to perform, and the temptations against which I had to +act. At that initiation I did not see my mother, but I heard so +distinctly her voice and with so powerful impression that it could not +be effaced from my mind, when she said that I should remain in the +monastery. Amongst all communications which I received in Europe from +Heavenly guides, this was the only one, which I have received from my +mother; and nobody else could impress a stronger conviction than she +did, in the most momentous instance in which I needed a Heavenly +comfort. And that initiation by Heavenly messengers strengthened me, +till I received on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18, 1838, the great +initiation at the Altar of the Cathedral Church of Boston for my public +appearance in my present charge and was commanded by the martyr Revel. +xiv: 14 to commence my address with the initiation which I had received +twelve years before that. The Roman Catholic Church has prepared for +that Sunday Luke viii 4-15, and I explained according to the 10th verse +the mystery of our mission. I had to mention some points at my public +initiation to my present mission in which I had to perform in the first +place in the Roman Catholic Church what was required according to +prophecies to give the Pope and his bishops the most solemn divine +testimony, that their prophetical administration is accomplished, and +that their highest duty is to become with us messengers of the +dispensation of the fulness of times Ephes. 1:10, in which all in Heaven +and on Earth should be united and pacified in Christ. For this purpose +the church or the people must be cleansed. To show them the necessity of +the cleansing of the sanctuary, after that my public appearance in the +glorious mission, demons were compelled to bring to daylight the secret +abominations, of which we have in the brief hints of this treatise to +mention one instance, which is in peculiar connexion with the three on +the title-page named witnesses and with other regents. One man was found +in our congregation, who was not in the catalogue of the 144, who have +signed their names into our catalogue on the 7th January, 1838; but he +was in the catalogue of those who have been given to me before that +signing as belonging to the congregation, and that man appeared in that +catalogue as being married, and when after our public appearance in the +present mission the abominations commenced to be detected, that man was +found, that he was not married with the woman with whom he lived as +being married. I sent to him word, that if he wished to know his duty, +he should come to me. But he would not come. This happened in the week +after my public appearance in my present charge. I asked, whether the +case was known in the congregation, and I was told, that it was known. +On the next following Sunday, which was Quinquagesima or the next Sunday +before Lent, I received the order from my leader to excommunicate that +man publicly. I delivered a sermon appropriate to the case, mentioned +that such a man was in the congregation, without naming him, and made +the declaration that such a man does not belong to the church of Christ +or to our congregation till he is converted from his illegal connection. + +After that many other performances of our mission took place, which +cannot be mentioned here, except the following: + +According to the agreement the signers of their names and contributions +for our support and to defray the necessary expenses, had to bring a +portion of their contribution before Palm Sunday 1838 which is the +Sunday before Easter, and if somebody should be hindered in doing what +he agreed to do, he should come and mention his reason, or if he could +not come himself, he should send word by some other. In the case, that +he would neglect to do the one or the other, we would send, to inquire +for the reason of his having neglected his duty. This was to be +mentioned for the right comprehension of the unexpected events which we +must in this connexion of things report as briefly as possible. + +In the night from Palm Sunday to Monday I was at one o'clock by a shock +suddenly awakened and I heard the voice: "Arise and take from the +catalogue those who had neither brought their contributions, nor the +excuse why they could not do so, and excommunicate them on the next +Sunday solemnly from Christ's Church." I arose directly, made light, +took them from my catalogue and put them on another paper. Then I became +suddenly very drowsy and returned to bed. When I arose at the usual +time, I reflected upon the unexpected communication, and I thought, that +my duty was to inquire for the men, and that only under the condition +that they would obstinately resist to submit to the rules of our order, +they would deserve a public declaration, that they do not belong to +Christ's Church. Also it appeared quite strange, that Easter Sunday was +appointed for that excommunication. I thought, that if I would send for +and converse with them, I would perhaps find out the reason of such an +unexpected order. Besides all other things I had also the most +convenient lodging for my performances in the new mission. But here we +select only those points which are preparatory to the development of +deep secrets by which the three extraordinary men mentioned on the +title-page become extraordinary witnesses of our mission. The merchant +with whom I boarded knew most persons of our congregation. Therefore I +took the paper on which I put the names according to the Heavenly +commission, and asked him whether he knew any of those persons who were +on the paper. After his negative answer I called our messenger to give +him the paper with the order to inquire at those who were acquainted +with most people of our congregation, to find out those persons and +invite them to come to me about important matters, without telling the +case which I myself did not understand. But at the moment, when I would +give him the paper, I was severly shaken and heard the voice, not to +inquire for any body but to perform that which I had been commanded to +do. The order having been given by the leader from whom other most +important orders came, I was satisfied, that with the order were deeper +things connected than I could expect. I asked the messenger whether he +heard any voice. He replied, in the negative. I understood that I was +taken by him into the inner state, when he shook me and said to me not +to inquire for anybody, but to perform the order. + +From Monday to Tuesday in the week before Easter I was again shaken and +awakened by my leader at 1 o'clock A.M. and heard his voice: "Arise and +write for the book the order given on the preceding night to be executed +on next Sunday." To understand this order I must remark, that soon after +my declaration made to Bishop Fenwick of Boston, that if he refuses to +sign the Epistle I can have no ecclesiastical communion with him, which +declaration was a polite manner in which I excommunicated the bishop, I +commenced to write a book, showing that my extraordinary steps were made +under higher direction testifying my extraordinary mission; because as +soon as I was ordered to separate from the bishop, and to perform +independently from all bishops in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church, +what would be shown me by the spirit, I understood my extraordinary +mission; although I did not know, what the Heavenly Congress intended to +perform by my mediumship. And when I was commanded by the spirit at 1 +o'clock from Monday to Tuesday before Easter 1838, to arise and to write +for the book, which is now called the first of my five German volumes, I +felt more than before the importance of the obligations of the 144 +witnesses who have signed their names in my catalogue; and from this +view I wrote that night what I inserted in the most suitable place of +the manuscript, that it was then published for a testimony to all +nations, that I did know nothing in regard to the deepest mystery which +was intended by the Heavenly Congress with that excommunication. + +One point more as preparation for the great celebration of the Easter +Sunday, April 15, 1838. On Wednesday before Easter the man who was +excommunicated on Sunday Quinquagesima from our congregation, came to +me after having separated from the woman with whom he was not married. I +understood that he was under influence of an invisible power brought to +me, and that I had to take him into our communion and make it publicly +known on Easter Sunday in the same general terms without mentioning his +name, in which he was separated. And I said to him, that I will mention +this in our next meeting on Easter Sunday. + +When all was prepared on that great Easter Sunday, in the midst of our +usual prophetical performances at the Mass I ascended the pulpit and +delivered under inspiration a sermon preparatory to the excommunication, +instructed the audience then regarding the excommunicated by a distinct +report, how I was three times ordered to perform that excommunication, +that therefore those who are comprehended under the names of the +excommunication, are as certainly excommunicated from Christ's Church, +as I am confirmed as his messenger for establishing his reign of Truth +and Justice, Harmony and Peace on the whole Globe by all the signs and +wonders many of which they had already heard in my addresses, others +they will read in the book. The congregation knew, that I was printing a +book in Cambridge near Boston, showing that what I was doing I was doing +under the direction of Heavenly messengers for the fulfilment of the +greatest promises. Amongst all the signs and wonders many of which you +have also read in this book, one of the most remarkable signs was, that +after my having excommunicated Benedict Fenwick, Bishop of Boston, in +both letters, that of the 16th as well as that of the 17th February +1838, although more expressedly in the last than in the first, neither +the Bishop nor any other Priest did interfere with my using the Roman +Catholic Cathedral Church of Boston, but I performed without the least +disturbance all that has been shown to me by the holy martyr Revel. +xiv:14 and his company. I assured the congregation at the same time that +the excommunication will not injure those who are comprehended in the +names of the excommunicated, except if they remain obstinate after the +excommunication is made known. + +After the necessary solemn preparation, the excommunication was +performed in the most vigorous manner, and the names of the +excommunicated were read so loud and distinctly, that they could be +heard in every corner of the church, for the peculiar purpose that no +name might be confounded with another name. + +After that act I continued the Mass and distributed the Eucharist to a +large number of the congregation whom I prepared on the previous days by +hearing their confessions; because, as I have mentioned before, in my +extraordinary mission in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church all that +which was practised was to be repeated for a testimony that it was +accomplished. Without there being room here to write about the +confession we mark only in general, that it had also its time in the old +Heaven, but we have better means of education in the new Heaven. But it +is to be remarked that also the man who had been excommunicated on +Sunday Quinquagesima, came to me to the confession before Easter and was +received into our congregation, and this was then on Easter Sunday +directly after my solemn sermon before I commenced to prepare the +audience for hearing the excommunication of those who were to be +excommunicated, distinctly announced to the congregation, and that same +man received then with the others the Eucharist from my hand. Then he, +after our service, accompanied me closely, without saying a word, to my +lodging, and said when I was entering the house, that he wished to talk +with me privately. When we were alone, he entreated me pitifully to +receive him in Christ's Church or in our congregation. I was surprised, +and asked him, whether he forgot, that I received him first privately, +and whether he did not hear that I made that known to the congregation +on that same day, and that he took also the Eucharist from my hand as +the confirmation of being in our congregation. He replied that all this +was true, but that he heard distinctly his name, when I read those who +were excommunicated, and that the Spirit said to him, that he should go +directly to me and tell me this. + +I saw that he was acting under the influence of a spirit, and to get +some more information, asked him, how he could hear his name, when I +pronounced loud and distinctly those who were on my paper for the +excommunication, when I read them from the paper as being +excommunicated, and that I could not be such a fool as to put the same +name amongst the excommunicated, whom I took before privately into our +Communion, and announced this also publicly, immediately before the +performance of the excommunication. He replied, that he did not only +hear distinctly his name, but saw it also on the paper from which I read +those who were excommunicated, and if I would show him the paper, on +which those are who were excommunicated, he would show me his name. +Neither he nor any other man could read the names from that paper, which +I had in the New Testament book, in my pocket, and from which I read to +the audience, what was to be read from that book on Easter Sunday; but +my pulpit was so arranged, that nobody besides me could see what I read. +When he demanded to see that paper, to show me his name, I took the +paper from that book, to satisfy him, that he was mistaken. As soon as I +had shown him the paper, he fixed his finger to a name and exclaimed: +"This is my name! this is my name!" The more I assured him, that he was +mistaken and that he should look better the letters of the name, to see +that it was not his but quite another name, the more he affirmed, that +it was his name; and the more he looked at the name, the more he +asserted, that it was his name. Then I named each letter of that name, +asking him, whether he saw that it was the named letter, and when he +answered in the affirmative to all letters, I urged him to spell the +whole name. And he spelt the whole name, and it was "Kaiser." This +German name means in English "Emperor." + +As soon as the man, or rather the departed spirit who urged him, that he +performed all this, spelt the name Kaiser, that is, Emperor, the spirit +seemed to be quite satisfied. After a short pause he again operated upon +the man powerfully, saying, that he had brought his name on the 7th Jan. +into my catalogue. I understood always, that he meant that man whose +name was Kaiser, and I said, that his name is not in the catalogue. But +when he continued to assert, that it is in the catalogue, and I repeated +that I perused oftentimes that catalogue and was quite certain, that +his name is not in the catalogue, and we both remained, each on his +point of certainty, I said at length, that I would convince him, that I +was correct, if he would tell me, who was the next before him, who put +his name in the catalogue. And when he named him and also others before +and after him, I opened the catalogue, and saw, that on the 100th place, +which was according to that direction his place, was the name "Kaiser," +that means "Emperor," instead of the name "Geyer" that means "hawk" or +"vulture." Geyer was the name of the man who had brought on the 7th +January, 1838, instead of his own, the name Kaiser. But by all our +precautions, that there might not be a mistake in any name and by all +our uses of that catalogue until that moment no body discovered this! + +That my business with that man required more time than could be spared, +because others were waiting till I dispatched him, and then all that +Easter Sunday there was other work so that I had no time to reflect upon +that case, nor, if there had been time, had I dared to think, what might +have been, behind the vail, without having received peculiar revelation. +Having been occupied on that Easter Sunday with other business as well +as with hearing confessions of those who came from far, I was then tired +and went to rest. During my rest I was awakened by an Angel of the Lord, +and heard the voice, that I should arise and write a communication. I +arose, kindled a light and saw by the watch, that it was one o'clock +after midnight, and felt that there was a company of Spirits present, +while I received from one the communication which was to be delivered on +that day to the congregation. That was the second day of Easter, a +festival in the Roman Catholic Church, and we had our service. That +communication not belonging into this epitome, was mentioned, because it +was a preparation to what follows. + +After having finished writing that communication between 1 and 2 +o'clock, A.M. on Easter Monday, April 16, 1838, I felt much stronger +than at the receipt of the first communication that I was surrounded by +a company of Spirits, amongst whom, at that moment, my mother +approached next to me, and with an unexpected power of her voice which +made such an impression upon my spirit and my whole system as may be +easier felt than expressed with words, delivered the message that, I +received in our ecclesiastical communion the man who directed my +attention to the Emperor who was excommunicated, and that that Emperor +was excommunicated who pretends to be Apostolic Majesty, and that I must +write down this and publish in the book which was at that time in +composition. + +I mentioned above, that I received by my departed mother one +communication twelve years before that; and this was the second and also +until this hour the last communication which I have received by the +instrumentality of my mother. Never in my life, at all my experience +from the Spirit world, I was so affected as at that communication. It +was delivered after having written the first communication, and thought +to extinguish the light and return to bed. At that moment I felt that, I +was surrounded by a company of Heavenly Messengers amongst whom one was +approaching nearest, and the powerful communication came. After that +there was no inclination to return to bed, nor is there room here to +repeat, what has been explained in the first and second of my five often +mentioned German volumes, for the correct understanding of said +communication, and the prophecies which have been fulfilled in said +excommunication and explained in my third volume. From those +explanations it is evident, that the Emperor of Austria who has besides +other anti-Christian titles also the title "Apostolic Majesty," is +representing in that excommunication the whole body of Monarchs and +Tyrants, who keep people in the anti-Christian servitude, from which +they are to be redeemed at the present manifestation of Christ by his +Messengers. + +Since the female sex has been much more injured and abused by monarchs +and other tyrants than the masculine sex, Beatrice Dante's departed wife +was found as most suitable Heavenly messenger by whom the great prophecy +in the 33d and last Song of Purgatory was communicated to the Poet and +most remarkable Prophet Dante, and my mother was found most suitable to +deliver the above mentioned communication and to make greater +impression than any other Heavenly messenger upon me, when the first +message was to be delivered to understand that great prophecy and +thousands of other prophecies which have been locked until that time. At +that moment a key was given to commence to unlock them. + +We give only some hints regarding the points which are the substance of +the contents of the five Germam volumes published from 1838 to 1842; and +many volumes would be required, if we would explain the memorable events +which happened afterwards for new illustrations and confirmations of the +preceding events. There is a concatenation of the most solemn warnings +to all the upholders and supporters of the old ruined Babylon, that they +should come out not to be partakers of her plagues. Besides the +mentioned mystery on the 100th place of our catalogue there is another +mystery on the 90th place. Besides those two, four or five others as you +may read the whole report in those volumes, have neglected to fulfil +their highest duty, and were excommunicated on Easter Sunday, 1838. But +those four or five came after that excommunication to me and were +received in our communion; but the 90th and the 100th have been brought +by their mediums for the fulfilment of prophecies and for the most +solemn divine assurance to political and ecclesiastical rulers, that +they are in such a tremendous condition, in which they would not remain +a moment, but would become directly with us messengers of Peace, if they +would comprehend but a little of what we know regarding their condition. + +After having received such an astonishing unexpected light regarding the +100th of the 144 witnesses of our catalogue, that only those can duly +appreciate it who have studied my volumes, others who have neglected +their duty and came in the number of the excommunicated only for an +illustration of those on the 90th and 100th places, as we have explained +in those volumes, came then without having been called, to me, and were +received in our communion. But the 90th did not come, and his place and +his names had a peculiar reference to all that which has been performed +in the Cathedral Church of Boston by our instrumentality; but I had +received no communication in regard to him. Therefore I thought proper +to send Messengers to inquire, whether anybody knew a man having the +name "Leo Hefner" and having been in Boston at the time in which the 144 +witnesses signed their names in my catalogue. But after the most careful +inquiry nobody brought any account of Leo Hefner. After that I received +the communication, that that name which is on the 90th place of our +catalogue, is a mystery which must be explained by me. + +Then I commenced to explain, that most suitable names have been selected +by Divine wisdom for the excommunication, of the Beast which has the +mouth of a Leo, that means in English a Lion, Revelation, xiii: 2, and +the Beast is the Papal Monarchy, for the foundation of which although +several predecessors of Pope Leo I. were preparing the way, that Leo or +Lion contributed most by his energy and principles which are expressed +in his writings, to that monarchy, which afterwards Pope Gregory VII. +endeavoured to establish with great power, and his successors triumphed +at length against their adversaries, and the mouth of these lions under +the Christian mask swallowed as much of human life and property as it +could reach, and the whole succession or family of the Popes produced a +"Hefner." In the explanation of the expressive names which have been +prepared by the Heavenly Congress, we take the most suitable +significations which appear obviously in the names. We took the name +"Hefner" as a composition of German Hef or Hefe, which means "dregs" or +"sediment," and the Hebrew "Ner," which means Lamp, so that Hefner means +"dregs of the Lamp" in our interpretation. The Pope used the Hebrew Lamp +and besides others especially German scholars gave him the greatest +assistance, that by his anti-christian management the Lamp of Truth and +Righteousness could not burn, because there was oil consumed and dregs +of the most dreadful materialism were destroying and ruining mankind. + +It is to be understood, that we give only some hints of what we +explained in the first volume as far as our leaders found proper to do, +showing gradually the great apostasy from the christian truth and +immersion into materialism and ceremonialism, produced by the +anti-christian management[Z] of the "Hefner or Dregs of the Lamp." In +the second volume we cotinued the explanation, that is, I under the +direction of invisible agents, was writing for the second volume. When I +thought that regarding the Beast with ten Horns was sufficient +explanation given for that volume, I heard on the 20th November, 1838 at +noon time a Heavenly voice: "Count the number of the name of the Beast." +Revelation, xiii: 17 and 18. I replied "Lord! I counted it long time +ago." Then the Heavenly voice was repeated. I asked, "Is'nt Lateinos" +the right name? I received the answer: No. Then I understood, that +neither that name which was delivered by the old Church Father Irenaeus +and written with Greek letters gives the number 666 and points to the +affairs of the Latin Man, nor any other name found for an illustration +of the prophecy and containing 666, expresses what is prophesied about +the beast; but that Hefner, contains the whole mystery; because each +pope as pope has the mouth of a leo or lion, and the whole family or +succession of the popes have produced the Hefner, or dregs in the lamp, +which cannot burn, because oil is consumed with the mouth of the Leo. +After my having explained for the second volume, that all circumstances +testified that by "Leo Hefner" the Papal Monarchy was excommunicated +from Christ's Church, and that in this name the whole history of Popery +is comprehended, showing what every pope as pope is, and what the whole +succession of the popes had poduced, the heavenly voice "Count the +number of the name of the beast," has given the most striking divine +confirmation or divine seal to our interpretation of the mystery. I +wrote the family name, after having received the heavenly order, with +Greek letters, and to my astonishment they gave exactly the number 666, +Revel. xiii: 18. Greek scholars should keep in mind, that the German H +is expressed by the Greek mark which is called by grammarians spiritus +asper, and that in both syllables of Hefner _e_ is long, and with this +remark they will find by writing Hefner with Greek letters, in the name +exactly the number 666. + +After having received the Heavenly order, that I counted the number of +the beast, while I was writing the manuscript and preparing the print of +the second volume in Philadelphia, I received soon a letter from Boston +containing the information, that Matthew Arnold who is on the 86th place +of the 144 witnesses and in the deputation who after my having +excommunicated Bishop Benedict Fenwick from my ecclesiastical communion, +came to move me to occupy the church for my performances, was inspired +and remained when the other left my room when I received the +communication to occupy the church for our work, that same man learned +who the man was who brought the name Leo Hefner into my catalogue. Since +there were usually besides the witnesses also a number of others in the +school room, in which names were signed in my catalogue, it seemed to be +an easy task to discover the man, who had brought the name, by asking +those who signed their names next the 90th. But there are thousands of +discoveries quite easy, but they could not be made, till the time for +their use arrived. Besides me, all the 144 were also under so strict a +control of invisible agents, that all happened in due time. After all +other things regarding the mystery have been disclosed and also the +number of the beast has been counted, I received the information, that +the man who has brought the name, was a single man, quite suitable that +he became a medium of Pope Leo xii. The first name of that medium was +not Leo, but he was known under the French name Louis, although his +German name was Ludwig; and his family name was Hefner. But Leo Hefner +was not his name. He was brought as a medium of the departed Pope Leo +XII. and he gave the name which we needed. His family name corresponded +with the whole mystery of the fruits of the family or succession of the +Popes, but he was only a medium, and instead of his proper name a name +was to be given which suited the mystery, and the Pope amongst the +departed who represented the succession of the Popes, had to give his +own name. Here is no room to repeat the explanation from my often +mentioned volumes, how tangibly it was shown by signs, that Pope Leo +XII. was the leader who had brought that medium for the most astonishing +excommunication of popery. The name Leo has given also the stopping +place, from which we count in different directions the epochs of the +duration of the Papal monarchy. We have done so in the third German +volume and in the work which exists in Latin, German and English for our +monthly theological course and for the Latin convention, if the Emperors +of France and Austria comprehend us and call their bishops together, to +learn the great things which are disclosed for the pacification of the +world. Bible Students may explain many things by the hints, given in +this book, for instance, how the three verses of the 18th chapter of the +Revelation have been fulfilled on Easter Sunday, April, 15, 1838, by the +excommunication of the Beast and its image or its ten Horns from +Christ's Church. We could name here the powerful Angel, Revelation, +xviii: 1. But here is no room to explain, why that martyr was found most +qualified for that office, that he delivered to me three times the +command to perform that excommunication[AA], in which the proclamation +is included: "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the +habitation of demons, and the hold of every foul beast, and a cage of +every unclean and hateful bird." Revelation, xviii: 2. Interpreters did +not know, how to read the text, because some manuscripts have the word +"beast" and others have instead of that word "spirit." But the powerful +Angel who had the superintendency in these affairs, has shown, that you +have to read the word "Beast," because he has given to Pope Leo XII. the +order to inspire his medium, to give for our use the name "Leo," or Lion +who is the king amongst the Beasts, for our use in the excommunication +of the Papal monarchy from Christ's Church, and the medium, although of +German parents, was secreted under the French name Louis, in reference +to the French Kings, who were for a great support, and at length for a +great fall of popery. + +But with the Imperial Family of Austria is an other phase. "Petra dedit +Petro et Petrus Diadema Rudolpho." This was the motto when the infernal +holiness inspired the Pope, to send the crown to the Count of Hapsburgh, +to have that count when he becomes Emperor of Germany, his obedient +servant. At length, after the support of all kinds of Papal Imperial +Royal abominations the departed Emperor Francis was allowed to take the +most suitable medium in possession. The proper name of the medium +should have been Eagle according to the delight of Emperors in that +Fowl. But our superintendent in those affairs took rather the Hawk or +Vulture as a more suitable rapacious fowl, who put the name Emperor +instead of his name into our catalogue. That the departed Emperor +Francis of Austria became the leader of that his medium, will be shown +below for a peculiar instruction of Emperor Francis Joseph, that he +might become with us messenger of the New Era. But before this we must +give here a very brief lesson to Pope Pius IX, although this whole book +and especialy this treatise contain extraordinary lessons for him, and +we could write a large volume of correspondences of wonders and signs in +Pope Pious IX actions with our apostolic actions. + +Bishops would have converted long time ago Pope Pius IX into a powerful +preacher of the New Era if they themselves had studied our message of +Peace, or rather the Papal monarchy would have been extinguished long +time before the appearance of Pope Pius IX. Gregory XVI was the last +Pope in the ordinary course of affairs. While I was reading his book: +"Il trionfo della Santa Sede e della Chiesa" (the triumph of the Holy +See and of the Church,) my Lord has opened my eyes, that he was near to +overthrow the See of his infernal holiness, supported by such an +abominable delusion as is contained in that pestilential book and other +similar impositions. But I did not know at that time, by what kind of +means it would be effected, till A.D. 1838 the wonderful works were +executed in the Cathedral Church of Boston, so that I expected, that +bishops would, after the publication of my explanation of those events, +comprehend them and instruct their Pope in what was his highest duty. +But they proved to be miserable servants of this their grandmaster of +abominations. + +Popes with their whole Hierarchy are continuously repeating prophecies +and at the same time refusing to do what is their highest duty for the +fulfilment of prophecies. I could not have expected, that Pope Gregory +XVI, that machine of darkness, would have paid attention, if I had +applied directly to him. But if bishops had studied our writings and +comprehended our mission and its credentials, they might have drawn also +their master Gregory XVI, to look into our matters. But he vegatated +and died in the fulness of his prophetical position, whereas he was not +ready to enter into the Dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: +10, which is to be introduced by messengers whom I represent, I +mentioned that the whole Papal Church is prophetical. In her is +concentrated the prophecy of Judaism and Heathenism. Popes who had a +peculiar charge, had also names and numbers correspondent to their +charge. When in Pope Leo XII the apostolic number was complete he +prophesied, as readers must recollect, according to his Leonine wisdom +about a Church Doctor or Apostle of the higher mission, and after his +departure he had to inspire and bring the man into our school-room, to +sign the most suitable-mysteries on the 90th place of our catalogue for +the excommunication of Popery from Christ's Church. And Pope Gregory XVI +had to write the above quoted book, while he was yet a monk. But by that +book the way was opened for him to the Papal Chair. He prophesied on the +title-page of that book in the first place the triumph of the Holy See +or the Papal Government. And it triumphed so, when he became Pope that +with his successor the whole miserable machinery is breaking and +breaking, till at length the Church, that is, the people will triumph by +receiving our message of Peace, by which all kinds of Popery will be +abolished from the Globe. He on the Papal Chair concentrated in his name +and number of the name the whole mystery of his position. He was +Gregory, that means a watchman, as prophets are called, and he stands as +prophet, in the full number XVI, which is as remarkable in the +developments of Popery as the number 666, so that the disciples of the +Revelator were debating, whether the spirit had given to their master +the number 666, or the number 16 in Revel. xiii: 18, till the spirit had +shown by our instrumentality, that the number 666 is the principal +number in counting the name and the periods of the duration of the +government of that Beast, but the number 16 comprehends many of its deep +mysteries. The 4th Beast in the 7th chapter of Daniel was formed +gradually into the shape of the Papal monarchy, and 4 times 4 is the +complete number in which the last ordinary Pope appeared in his glory; +he is the "infallible monarch of the church," as he himself has proved +while he was yet a monk, in the above quoted book, that the Pope is the +infallible monarch of the church. By the means of that book my Lord of +truth and righteousness has opened my eyes, that I commenced to +comprehend the infernal imposition of the dragon and his host, by which +nations were so duped that they believed the Papal infallibility, +holiness and all other abominations and blasphemies of the living God +and his Christ, and that I have performed and explained what is required +for the abolition of all kinds of Popery. The number of the Biblical +writing mediums or prophets, whose books are collected in one section of +the books of the Old Testament, is sixteen. They were as little +understood as to who they were and where they were, as the Popes. The +number of the Popes each of whom appears under the name Gregory or +watchman, is also sixteen, or two times eight. The last of them or the +sixteenth Gregory was the Pope under whose administration the mysteries +were performed by our instrumentality for the abolition of all kinds of +popery. But he continued to rule in all his glory and to keep disturbers +of his infallible monarchy in prison. He was the most glorious during +the time, in which the Beast or the Papal monarchy is in the number +eight, Revelation, xvii: 11. + +The often mentioned catalogue of the 144 witnesses which appears in the +English translation of my 4th German volume, entitled "The one thing +needful," from the 533d till 538th page, is a concentration of wonders +and signs, which were effected under the control of the 144,000 martyrs, +Revelation xiv: 1. In reference to this mystery as well as in reference +to the 144 cubits of the wall of the New Jerusalem, Revelation, xxi: 17, +their number is exactly 144. They were the stones used while we were +performing in the Roman Catholic Cathedral Church what was required +according to prophecies for the removal of Babylon and bilding of the +New Jerusalem. "Behold I come as a thief." Revelation xvi: 15. He came +so secretly, that neither on the 7th Jan., 1838, while those 144 +witnesses were signing their names into my catalogue nor afterwards, +while they were performing each his task, we understood much of what was +behind the vail, till after the great excommunication on Easter Sunday, +1838, the great mystery commenced gradually to be developed, and I +received on the third Sunday after Easter, 1838, directly before the +service, from my guardian the direction to deliver the valedictory +sermon in order that all which, was to be executed in that church +according to prophecies, had been accomplished. The church had prepared +for our use on that Sunday the 16th chapter of John. And I selected the +text: "A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again a little while +and ye shall see me, because I go to the Father." John, xvi: 16. + +If you have comprehended this book to this page, you know, that I am +Jesus Christ's first-born son in the Dispensation of the Fullness of +Times. Ephes. 1: 10. But also after having been publicly initiated to +this ministry on Sunday Sexagesima, February 18th, 1838, at the altar of +the Cathedral Church of Boston, I progressed slowly in the development +of the mystery. + +All disclosures which I give are preparatory for an easier understanding +of the great testimony of the three witnesses named at the caption of +this treatise. I am partly going around and applying to all kinds of +mediums in the cities of New York and Brooklyn, and in all directions is +somewhat prepared for an illustration of the testimony of the three +extraordinary witnesses. On Sunday, 24th inst., when the message of "the +Treaty of Peace" between the Emperors of Austria and France arrived in +America but was not communicated to us on that day, I wrote some of the +last disclosures before this paragraph. After that I wrote two letters. +But before having finished the second, I was inspired to go and I +thought that I was going to a Conference meeting of Spiritualists; but +on my way I met with one who is holding his own meetings publicly to +draw the incautious into private "Free Love Meetings," and I went with +him to his public meeting. When I returned to my room I was tired, went +to bed, and then I arose yesterday, July 25th, and finished at fish-oil +light the second letter of July 24th, 1859. Then I wrote three other +letters before breakfast, at which I heard the first report of "the +Peace Treaty." After that I was occupied all day in the cities of New +York and Brooklyn. I thought proper, to write this episode this morning, +July 26th, before my starting to other business; because it is in such +a connexion with the "Peace Treaty," that it will be in the proper place +more particularly explained for a great illustration of the three +extra-ordinary witnesses. + +"Christ's first-born Son in the Dispensation of Universal Harmony and +Peace on the whole globe" is the third angel preaching powerfully in the +9th, 10th and 11th verses of the 14th chapter of the Revelation. There +have been a number of prophecies which have been referred to Christ who +has been crucified by the Jews more than eighteen hundred years ago, but +which cannot be understood except in regard to his first-born son and +the whole Body of Messengers whom he represents. Since our public +appearance some mediums have preached that now Christ's first-born son +appears, and were quoting a number of Biblical passages testifying this. +If there would be room, I would write some pages regarding my meetings +in Cincinnati of Ohio with the principal of those mediums. He after +having been an elder in the Mormon Church, separated from them and was +preaching "the Judgment Dispensation," and that Christ's first-born Son +Was coming now. Although my meetings with that prophet would be for a +peculiar illustration of the testimony of the three extraordinary +witnesses, I can mention here only the substance, that he was often +times possesed by some of the generals of Napoleon I. to give from his +position peculiar testimonies to our mission. Once, for instance, was he +so strongly inspired by his leader, that he wrote a decree by the +authority of that his god, in which he appointed me to be "Pope Andrew +I." It was A.D. 1846. He gave a copy of that decree to an editor of a +newspaper in Cincinnati,--to the same who publishes now in Washington +City the National Era, which will be used before the close of this +treatise in a peculiar connexion with the three witnesses, and he handed +to me a copy of the same decree. At the perusal of that decree I saw +that a dragon was the god by whom he was inspired, and I wrote directy a +protest, to accept any office from his God who was a spirit of delusion +and destruction, I handed my protest to the same editor with the remark +that if he publishes the appointment for me to be Pope Andrew I, he must +publish also my protest. He made known this to that medium who under +those circumstances withdrew the decree. He was a rich general, and +there is no doubt, that as Pope in a new shape I had found soon support +of other rich, persons to carry out the plan of the dragon for +destruction. + +While I was writing the 4th of the five often mentioned German volumes I +had to quote oftentimes the catalogue of the 144 witnesses, and was +continuously aware, that not only the 90th, and the 100th, who have +brought as Mediums not their own names but the names which were suitable +to the office of those, by whom they were inspired, obtained the places +which according to our language by numbers were most suitable to the +mystery which they contain, but that also those who have brought their +own names, brought them as mediums of invisible agents by whom they were +controlled in such a manner, that those who had peculiar charges, +obtained also the places with numbers corresponding to their charges. +After having observed many times this phenomenon I saw at length the +necessity of publishing that catalogue with the names in the same order, +in which they had been brought into the catalogue. But at that time I +was not aware, that the catalogue contains exactly 144 witnesses, the +complete mystical number of their represensation; because on the 538th +page of "the One Thing needful" that catalogue ends with "143 Anthony +Larger," and in my first three volumes as well as in "The One thing +Needful" or in the 4th volume these witnesses are named "the 143 +witnesses." On the 538th page the paragraph after the close of that +catalogue commences: "This is the foundation catalogue of the new reign +of Christ on earth," and in the same paragraph these witnesses are +called the 143 witnesses; because they occupy 143 places, and I was not +aware that there were 144 witnesses in that catalogue, till at length I +heard the voice: "Count exactly the number of the witnesses." I looked +then at every place, and found that on each place of the catalogue is +only one witness, except the 81st place in which are two sisters +together, and therefore the number of witnesses in that catalogue is 144 +in reference to the 144, 000 members of the Heavenly Congress Revelation +xiv: 1, by whose wisdom names for that catalogue were wonderfully +provided, and in reference to the 144 cubits of the measure of the +walls of the New Jerusalem, Revelation xxi: 17, the chief corner stone +of which being Jesus Christ, and the members of his peaceable kingdom +are named lively stones. 1 Peter ii: 5. And, those 144 were given to me +as assistants to show what is to be done for the establishment of +Christ's peaceable reign on earth, to wit, all the ecclesiastical and +political powers must co-operate with us to draw all nations into the +new era. Here we give only some hints, how wonderfully they are exhorted +and urged by all other events, as well as by the formation of that +catalogue in which is the concentration of wonders and signs. + +We quote the following places from the catalogue as peculiar instances +in reference to the three "extra-ordinary" witnesses: "80, Bischofberger +with two, 81 sisters." This man came under the strong control of his +guardian, and when the quoted words were signed, and on the place "81 +sisters" appeared, we required the names of his sisters. But he said, +the names will be made known to me another time. Each signer had to give +his name, but Bischofberger after having put the name "sisters" on the +81st place of the catalogue, refused to give their names, and assured me +that they will be made known in due time, and I received orders from my +leader to let it remain as it was written. When the unexpected wonders +which are concealed in that catalogue, commenced to be disclosed, it was +manifest, that on the 80th place was put the representative of the Beast +which itself is the eighth king, Revelation xvii: 11 and has ten horns. +To show, that it was in the complete age or in the fulness of its glory +in our age, it was put on the ten times the eighth place with suitable +names. To wit, Alexis means one who hinders. He hinders the redemption +of mankind from oppression and the development of truth and justice, +which is required for this redemption. And the family name shows who +this man is, to wit, "Bischofberger." The first part of this compound +name is the same word, as the English word "Bishop," and the German +"Berge" are "Mountains," so that this Bishop is Bishop of the Mountains, +or on the Mountains, having his seat on the mountains, in reference to +the seven mountains, on which Rome is located. In this his glory he has +two sisters, which represent the two powers of the Pope, to wit, the +ecclesiastical and political power. He himself in his glory and both his +powers have been typified on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue +showing to the Pope his highest duty, to become with us messenger of +Christ's peaceable reign. + +On the six places which precede immediately the 80th place, those are +represented who have raised the Pope so high as he stands. We remark, +that the German name Ochs is pronounced as the English name Ox and means +the same beast. Those representatives are in our catalogue in the +following order: 74 Joseph Ochs, 75 Conrad Ochs. 76 Aloysius Ochs. 77 +John Ochs. 78 Iidorus Ochs. 79 Joseph Januarius Ochs. The number six is +the fundamental number of the number of the name of the Beast 666, +Revelation xiii: 18, and to one or the other of the six classes of men +who appear here as oxen, all orders of monks may be reduced. The name +which stands before the name "Ochs," defines nearer the position of the +representative Ochs. Monks of all Papal orders appear in reference to +the Pope as Oxen, tame useful animals, working for the support of +Popery, without knowledge of their own and the true condition of the +Pope. But Revelation xiii: 11 we read: "I beheld another beast coming up +out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a +dragon." Here are the orders of monks under the image of a Therion, a +ferocious beast, which appears as a lamb to those whom it entraps for +the Pope, but it is ferocious, although it hides its ferocity, as a +dragon, till its delusion is made manifest, when it destroys the enemies +of the Pope. It is caught in all six shapes into our catalogue, the +explanation of the mysteries of which in our volumes shows to all monks +and priests the urgent necessity to become with us messengers of the new +era And the explanation from the 11th verse to the end of the 13th +chapter of the Revelation and of other mysteries is in our volumes +showing the dreadful condition of monks and priests in their present +course. + +We have given some hints without explanations which are in my printed +volumes and in the manuscript, which N.B. On this great prophetical +Feast, August 15, 1859, of Mary's Assumption into Heaven and of Napoleon +I's Birthday, I mention that I was since the twenty-first day of June +last, on which day agreement was made with the printer and the +manuscript of the First Treatise was given him for printing this book, +confined to New York, wishing to have it printed as soon as possible. +But those Messengers from our sphere who have the commission to count +according to our spirit language by numbers, pages and lines in my +publications and days for their printing in agreement with the calendar, +for this purpose controlling the spirits of the compositors, did not +hinder them to annoy me in manifold ways. At length I wrote on the 1st +inst. my complaint and carried it to the same attorney who without +charge wrote the agreement; but not having found him in his office, I +myself carried it to the printer, expecting a good effect. But I was as +much disappointed, as when I commenced to write the Fourth Treatise and +thought that it would not become larger than the largest of the +preceding Treatises. But having become more than twice as large, we +stopped the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of the 168th +page, which according to the printer's calculation will be finished on +the 17th inst. The portion of the Fourth Treatise which appears in this +edition is a necessary preparation to comprehend the proper position of +Pope Pius IX. and of the Emperors of France and Austria, and to +understand the mysteries of the dates of the remarkable events in the +last war in Italy. Those dates testify that those events happened under +strict control of our leaders watching the infernal furies destroying +men, and in so exact a correspondence with events of our mission, that +if you comprehend this book and act accordingly, you will open soon the +door for the New Era in America and in Europe; but if you neglect this +the three extraordinary witnesses have such a position as to continue +judgments. + +Those who comprehend this book, will be anxious to read also the +continuation and the end of the Fourth Treatise, and will collect as +many subscribers as possible. As soon as they secure us to call a +printer to our Peace Union Centre and to publish a new edition of this +book, we will send gratis to them in an extra pamphlet the "Supplement +to the Fourth Treatise," which will appear in the next edition. +Therefore we request those who buy this book, to give their exact +direction either to those from whom they buy or to send it according to +the direction on the title-page. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + + + + +FIFTH TREATISE. + + + + The Plan for Redemption of Nations from monarchical and other + oppressive speculations and for the introduction of the promised + New Era of Harmony, Truth and Righteousness on the whole globe. + + +We write the following pages only for those who have studied all the +preceding pages of this book, and concentrate the subject of what would +require volumes, on few pages, to be gradually developed in our +Periodical. On the title-page of this book our Mission is expressed, and +the four preceding Treatises contain superabundance of credentials or +testimonials of our mission as well as the great truth, that the social, +political and ecclesiastical relations of mankind are rotten and +corrupt, the whole structure is a Babylon, confusion and delusion, which +is to be abolished and on its place truth and justice, harmony and peace +are to be established by virtue of our mission. + +Readers of this book know that I speak as medium of messengers from the +Heavenly Congress who have the commission to introduce the New Era, and +as representative of messengers by whom nations are to be moved for +action to escape from the plagues which continue in the ruins of Babylon +till people come out and establish the New Jerusalem, the new order of +things, in which persons of both sexes will receive such development of +their intellectual and moral faculties and of their physical skill and +strength as they will be qualified to receive, to enjoy themselves in +their mortal bodies as well as after their departure such happiness as +their persons will be capable of enjoying while they themselves will +contribute, each member his or her share to the common welfare of +mankind, that the whole society will progress as far as circumstances +will allow. + +This development demands time. It could not take place in a moment, but +means which have been in preparation and prepared through the course of +ages may be concentrated, and when thus concentrated they may be +usefully applied in accelerating the true and right education of +degraded humanity, and in a few years that may be effected, which past +centuries did not effect. But with all the knowledge which we have +acquired for promoting the true happiness of mankind, we can do nothing +for them, if they are not reached and aroused from their lethargy. If +they will be redeemed from their present miserable and wretched +condition, they must begin to comprehend where they are and to what +point of intellectual and moral perfection with corresponding happiness +and health and strength of body and mind they could arrive, if they +would apply their energy and the means which are prepared by nature as +well as by human skill, art and science to be used in bringing mankind +from their present Babylon or from the existing confusion and delusion +into the new Jerusalem, into the New Era, into the new order of things, +which is usually called the Millennium, about which there are many false +and wrong notions, but which will be the universal republic in which +truth and righteousness will reign and all nations will be united in the +great brotherhood in which they will enjoy perpetual peace. We have +received the commission and the credentials of the Mission to introduce +this state of things. + +To commence with power the grand work which is to be accomplished by +co-operation of men and women, who are associated amongst themselves and +united with Heavenly messengers who are commissioned to prepare for the +promised New Era, we unite and form an Association which we call +Peace-Union (Friedens-Verein), a union of co-operation for establishing +peace. Real, perpetual peace comprehends the restoration of human +rights. Our co-operation for this purpose needs a centre, a place on +which we concentrate the means to attain our object. Hence, we according +to our mission, invite all who are able to contribute their share, +either in money or property or any kind of mental and physical labor for +the realization of the object, that they might co-operate with us to +establish first a centre of our work, and according to the pattern of +the centre as many other settlements as may be required for +accommodation of all who would enter into the New Era. + +The first centre should be a provisional centre, that is, a place for +concentrating our co-operation so long as may be necessary, till for the +same purpose a more suitable place be furnished. But not all who are +invited to co-operate can have accommodation on the first central +station, nor would all be ready at once, who might so desire, if +buildings and other necessary conveniences were provided, which, +however, is primarely to be attended to. We need co-operators everywhere +to arouse as many as can be aroused for co-operation with us in these +days of Noah, at the approach of the flood of tribulations. In my former +publications as well as in this book and in my manuscripts a +superabundance of credentials are exhibited, that those men and women, +who are united with us in Christ's spirit, that is, in the spirit of +truth and righteousness, and are living in accordance with what is +required by that Spirit, and are spreading the glorious news made +manifest by our instrumentality for redemption of oppressed humanity, +are true messengers of Christ; but those clergymen who, instead of +co-operating with us, are keeping people in shackles of their sects and +despising our message of peace, are messengers of the deluding and +destroying spirit and supporting the Beast or monarchy which receives +its power from the dragon, the deluding and destroying serpent which is +the image of that spirit, Revelation xiii: 2. We expect they will +comprehend this book and commence to act with all their strength as our +fellow-laborers, and become with us partakers of the blessings which +will originate from our co-operation. + +After this preparation we ask, whether according to the common stock +association or according to a true community of goods the centre and +other settlements of our Peace-Union should be established. I wrote many +years ago a plan according to a common stock association, according to +which members of the Peace-Union should have prepared themselves and +others for a true community of goods, but within seven years an exact +accouut of labor furnished and of its worth as well as of other property +should have been kept, and at the expiration of that period the division +of profits according to the shares of labor furnished and other property +invested should have taken place, and during the period of seven years +all the members should have been prepared for the great community or +true republic, into which mankind will finally associate, that those who +would not be sufficiently prepared before the expiration of seven years +to commence a true community, might at least, in seven years be prepared +for it. At the end of that plan is the paragraph a portion of which we +copy here as preparatory to what follows: + +"I have mentioned only some of the many points which are to be mentioned +in more suitable times, or in the periodical; because that which has +been mentioned may suffice to move those who are culled and chosen to be +the first champions in starting the centre of our action. They may +easily comprehend, why we are compelled to commence on so low a station, +on which continuous accounts and calculations as well as many other +inconveniences will make much trouble. If we would expect good success +on a higher ground, we would commence on that ground. But this +generation is found in such a degradation and corruption, that also the +proposed plan to draw mankind from lower to higher stations, will +probably not find directly sufficient support of what we need to bring +mankind quickly and powerfully into the New Era, which in its splendor +and glory will be the great community of goods, based on true republican +principles, &c." + +This paragraph was to be copied, because we must give some explanation +of the matter, that mankind were to be prepared in manifold ways, to +become gragually ready to enter into the right order of things. Readers +of this book know, that from A.D. 1838 till 1842 my five German volumes +containing "Memorable Events" developing the dreadful social, +ecclesiastical and political state of mankind and testifying our mission +to introduce the promised New Era, have been published. During and after +the publication of those volumes it was evident, that our duty was to +make known to those who have read or heard somewhat regarding our +mission, that for a powerful co-operation we would need a centre of our +action. Adolph Etzler published that time a book entitled: "The New +World or Mechanical System to Perform Labour of Man and Beast by +Inanimate Powers." I have read it and found the principles correct, and +that although all that he proposed, would not be practicable, some of +his propositions could be put in practice. And when I saw that Germans +were so chained either by materialism or sectarianism, that instead of +studying those my five German volumes and of acting accordingly they +followed rather after their sectarian and materialistic leaders who have +published all kinds of delusion against my books, and spoke also in a +like manner publicly and privately against them, my directors moved me +to tell to those who took more or less interest in the contents of my +books and were skilful mechanics, that they should study Etzler's book, +and if they would find his propositions practicable, they should try to +awaken Germans with Etzler's machine to study my German volumes. The +best mechanic among them, after having studied Etzler's book, and having +seen the draughts of all parts of Etzler's machine and heard Etzler's +explanation of all its parts, has assured me in words and in writing +that he gave all his property as security, that he would put Etzler's +machine in operation. But a seeress who belonged to our association, and +gave amongst all women the strongest testimony to our mission, although +she did not see the pattern of the machine, received in a vision its +whole structure and described exactly the portions which she saw in the +vision, that they broke. She received that vision a considerable time +before those who were expecting certain success, commenced to build +Etzlers machine. I was certain that the prophetical vision would be +fulfilled, but I expected that afterwards would be shown how Etzler's +mistakes should be repaired, and that great lessons would be given to +nations by the trial of that machine, the inventor of which was a great +materialist, not knowing that he himself was a strong medium of spirits +of a similar character as spirits of Napoleon I. were, to subdue the +world by physical means, while I considered that machine as the means of +peculiar spirit manifestations to awaken nations from their materialism +to our message of peace containing the true spiritualism. The machine +was built under Etzler's direction in Warren County, Pa., the trial was +made, and the pieces broke which have been foreseen and foretold as +breaking. + +There was a great jubilee of those who have been deluded by priestcraft, +that they thought when Christ was killed, that he would arise no more, +When Etzler as well as the man who has given me in words and in writing +the pledge with his whole property that he would put the machine in +operation, have left the place I said to those who have remained on the +place, that in the next night would be revealed to one of them, how the +mistakes made by Etzler, should be corrected and the machine should be +put in operation. George Karle, a young lame shoemaker, a sincere seeker +after truth and firm believer in our mission, was the man to whom the +mystery was revealed, and he has explained at our meeting the matter in +such a manner, that also those who were most opposed, have at length +been convinced, after having heard his explanation how Etzler's mistakes +should be repaired, that he had received a true revelation, and agreed +that he should be the director in rebuilding Etzler's machine, to make a +new trial. But before this has been done, he was brought into the +Allegheny River and drowned by the instrumentality of the departed +Mormon Prophet Joe Smith, not directly but indirectly by the +instrumentality of a cow. But a week after that, on the 30th of July, +1844, the same destroying spirit Joe Smith was allowed to attack me +directly, to show how he would be able to kill a man in a minute, if he +would be permitted. But he was seized by my guardian and cast into a +combustible matter which was by his infernal electricity instantly +kindled. George Karle was permitted to be drowned, because the time for +establishing our centre had not yet arrived, and Karle had an important +mission in the spirit world, and in that great mission he continues to +be engaged. + +It is to be understood that the given hints regarding Joe Smith would +need a peculiar treatise. I did not know him personally in his mortal +body, but urged preachers of his sect to move him to meet me either in a +written correspondence or personally, to learn to know his dreadful +delusion. The same I published in "The one thing needful," and urged his +Elders, to send to him an English copy of that volume, which as readers +of this book know, has been translated from the German into English. But +in that year matters did not yet arrive to maturity for the conversion +of Mormon Apostles and Elders. Their infernal President had to show, how +his army had the power to prevent my starting the centre of our +operation. But that my meeting with the departed Joe Smith occasioned +my meeting with the mortal Brigham Young, while he was yet in Nauvoo, +but although I preached to him and his disciples the judgment +dipensation, they were not yet mature to be converted, and my +manuscripts in which dreadful mysteries of the Mormon Spiritualism are +developed, must wait to be published, when nations will be prepared to +read so important disclosures. + +I have given here some hints of my experience at and after the trial of +Etzler's machine, by the means of which so much regarding the inner life +of man and the spirit world and the dreadful condition of mankind has +been disclosed, that volumes would be needed to explain it. That +experience is testifying, that time did not yet arrive for establishing +the centre. People were ridiculing me and reproaching the machine, not +knowing that I have only occasioned its building, and that I warned +those who undertook to build it, that they should reflect upon the +point, that at its first trial the pieces foretold by the seeres would +break, although they would be repaired and the mistake of the inventor +corrected, if they would persevere in the work of the Lord. But the wife +of the man who undertook the work and gave the pledge, was instigated by +Jesuites and their agents and made him blind in the work in which he had +to persevere, that by our experience it became at length manifest, that +the trial of the machine was made for great instruction of nations. +People were deluded by the blind leaders of the blind and would not hear +us, when we invited them after the trial for co-operation to establish a +centre without trying any machine, but only using machines which have +been tried by others and found to be useful. But when we will be in all +directions secured with abundant means, we will support inventions for +the common welfare. + +Here is no room for further explanations, that wherever I endeavoured to +start a centre of our co-operation on the plan of the common stock +association, great spirit manifestations showing the dreadful condition +in the existing Babylon took place, and the inner life of man was more +and more developed and all our sufferings have been abundantly rewarded +with imperishable treasures. We give here some hints on one case the +full explanation of which would need as large a volume as this volume +is. During the building of Etzler's machine George Karle found John +Zeigler in a hermitage in which he employed one half of his time to +chopping wood and the other to studying the Bible and to prepare for a +happy home in the spirit world. Karle gave him some instructions +regarding our mission and some of my books. Zeigler discovered soon that +by studying my books he would receive light which he could not obtain in +other ways, and then he studied them deeper than any other mortal man, +and whenever his presence was required, he came to give us assistance, +and then he returned to his hermitage. In the latter part of 1849 and +the commencement of 1850 I was preparing in Indiana and Illinois and +especially near the line of both states people for our message and for +co-operation to establish on the grand prairie our centre. When I +thought to have found the best location for it, I found soon a man of +property who paid for the land according to our plan. Then I wrote to J. +G. Zeigler who was from his hermitage preparing people by letters for +our message, that he should come, and then we would write together to +such as we would invite to come as pioneers. He wrote, that he was ready +to start directly. He started, but he was pushed into the Ohio River in +the night of the 10th of April, 1850, between 11 and 12 o'clock by a +papist instigated by the power of darkness. The whole conspiracy was +then detected to us; but we committed the murderer to the Judgment of +the Heavenly Court, and Zeigler continues to work with us amongst the +departed. He was an American well versed in English and in German, and +his work is extensive. The spirit language by numbers should be known in +a certain measure to biblical students; although the most celebrated +amongst them know very little about it. But those who comprehend this +book, may easily find out, why I met with the departed Napoleon I. in +the 20th line of the 20th page, and why the spirit directed me to repeat +this important fact with additional circumstances on the 39th page, and +why I meet with Napoleon in the 39th line on the 39th page in this book. +Readers in looking into these mysteries should keep in mind, that the +battle of Solferino was fought on the same day in the year 1859, on +which day I met with Napoleon A.D. 1839. If you understand this book, +you will easily comprehend also, why the spirit was pleased to prepare +on the same 39th page before the departed Napoleon the departed +President Taylor and Buchanan in the Presidential administration, who +appears to live although he is yet dead. But his friends should awaken +him to study this book and to co-operate with us, that he might escape +the judgment in which President Taylor was executed, and John George +Zeigler was sent by the Heavenly Congress to give orders to destroying +spirits to carry Zach. Taylor into their infernal regions. "Zeigler was +the angel of the Lord," mentioned in the first line of the 37th page of +this book. He has shown to Zach. Taylor, when he entered from his mortal +body into his inner life, my handwriting testifying, that he had +neglected to fulfil his highest duty. And I have mentioned in this +connexion of things this incident, that you might do what your +predecessors have neglected to do. + +When by the departure of our martyr John George Zeigler was shown, that +the Grand Prairie was not the place for starting our centre, I wrote to +the man who has bought and paid for the land, that he was at liberty +either to keep that land for his use or to sell it, and then I was +preparing in other States people for our message, showing them also the +necessity for starting a centre of our co-operation. At lenght at the +end of February and at the commencement of March of this year, 1859, was +in peculiar manner made manifest, that we should start the "_Centre of +our Community_" or the Centre for establishing the True Republic, which, +as has been made manifest, will be a true Community of Goods, and a true +matrimony of one man with one woman, as has been prophesied by the first +Christians at Jerusalem, but could not be accomplished in practice till +the dispensation of the fulness of times, Ephes. 1: 10. or the New +Jerusalem, will be introduced by messengers whom I represent. If we +should find before finishing the last of the 24 pages of the 8th sheet +some space, we will give hints on the wonders and signs by which it has +been shown, but explanation of these matters must be delayed, till we +establish a Printing office at the Centre of our Peace Union Community. + +"And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by +the Apostles. And all that believed were together, and had all things +common. And sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all +men, as every man had need." Acts ii: 43, 44, & 45. "And the multitude +of them that believed were of one heart, and of one soul, neither said +any of them that aught of the things which he possessed was his own; but +they had all things common. Neither was there any among them that +lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and +brought the prices of all things that were sold, and laid them down at +the Apostles feet; and distribution was made unto every man according as +he had need." Acts iv: 32, 34, & 35. + +This was not the commencement of the Community in the Jewish Church, but +of the great conversion of those who have been attached to the sects of +the Pharisees and the Sadducees. Besides these two sects there was a +third sect, called the Esseni or Therapeutes. They understood that the +letter of the Jewish Bible kills and that there was in those prophetical +books a deeper, a spiritual sense of what was to come, and they retired +into the deserts of Egypt, and were acting from thence to convert the +world to their community principles. From that association the Christian +Religion originated. Jesus Christ was the descendant or offspring of the +Therapeutes or Healers, who were powerful in healing diseases of +demoniac influence. Their spirittual power came from their strictly +moral life, they did not abuse the procreative powers, but those who +were married, used them only for obtaining children in the right season, +and many of them lived in celibacy in the strictest continence all their +life time. Such was the life of the Therapeute Monk Eli or Heli, the +Father of Jesus Christ, Luke 1:23. He, while living in the strictest +celibacy arrived to an advanced age, and when the time arrived for the +procreation of the Messiah of the Jews, he became the medium of the +spirit who was selected by the Heavenly Congress to seize him and to +procreate by his instrumentality the Messiah. And when the departed +spirit called Gabriel or the power of God, was operating through Eli +that is "My God," Mary was seized by her guardian and submitted, that +the offspring was not the origin of a carnal co-operation, but the work +of a Holy Spirit, so that Jesus Christ was the concentration of the +spiritual power of the highest association amongst the Jews as well as +of the prophecy of the Jewish Nation. In one of my former writings I +have given more disclosure regarding this mystery, but when we will have +our own Printing office, I will give a more complete explanation of the +mystery, as well as of my generation, because if you comprehend this +book, you know that we have superabundance of signs according to +prophecies, by virtue of which I appear as the first born son of Jesus +Christ for the introduction of his peaceable reign on earth or the great +Community or Republic, for which we must prepare by establishing a +centre of our co-operatian. + +Here is to be mentioned that regarding the community great abuse was +made of the above quoted verses from the above quoted and other biblical +passages in monasteries and nunneries as well as in other associations. +Christ says to the Angel of the church of Ephesus: "But this thou hast, +that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitanes, which I also hate." +Revelation, ii: 6. And to the angel of the church in Pergamos he +reproaches: "So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the +Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate." Rev. ii: 15. Nicolaitanes in the +Revelation are the same who are in our days known as Free-lovers. Some +called them Dr. Nichol's people. But that Doctor was at length converted +to Romanism, lecturing for the Roman Catholic Church, and the day before +yesterday or on the 14th of August, I read the advertisement of his +lecturing here in New York. We expect, that he will get this book, +comprehend our spiritualism and draw many Roman Catholics into the true +Catholic Church, or what is the same, into our Peace Union. Man must be +restored to his true condition. A chaste, pure life in celibacy, and a +true matrimony in which carnal copulation is usued only for obtaining +children when sound reason or true christian spirit requires it, this +is the true condition of man for his true happiness in this and in the +future life. All excess in this respect is injurious to body and soul of +parents and children. As long as mankind are not reduced to the right +order in this respect, they remain in their degradation and misery. How +they will be brought lo the right order in the true community as the +only refuge for the restoration of the human race will be explained in +our Periodical for the common use and particularly to those who will +come to our Peace Union, here not being room except to give hints on +many points the full explanation of which requires large treatises. Here +we give the following hints. + +In the present Babylon dollars and cents as the means in this state of +affairs used for what man needs to support his mortal life and for +committing all kinds of sins and crimes against his fellow men, occupy +in so dreadful a manner the minds of men and women in general in their +present degraded condition, that the one thing needful, their spiritual +progress is so neglected, that probably if some few comprehend this book +so far as to apply all their energy to spread it, they will have a hard +task to move the public in general to study it so as it should be +studied and comprehended. Reader should recollect, that when I came the +first time in my present charge before the public, the passage Luke +viii: from the 4th to the 15th verse, was prepared for my use. Besides +dollars and cents there are especially the sexual disorders which ruin +mankind so, that they appear as dead to the truly spiritual things, for +which they will get the right taste, when in the community they +comprehend, that mankind belongs to two houses. Americans are quite +accustomed to two Houses in the Capitol of Washington; but in the true +community they will learn to be accustomed to the two Houses, or two +departments in one and the same house, to which mankind belong, when +they arrive to the higher perfect order, so that males belong to their +own House or department and females to their own, although each husband +has his own wife, and each wife her own husband; but they do not meet +together for carnal copulation, except in the right season for the only +object to get a child, with due preparation to transfuse a holy spirit +into the child. Nothing is more injurious to the parents and to the +child than the act of procreation without due preparation, which is in +this present Babylon generally neglected. Besides this in this present +abominable situation of mankind, the act of carnal copulation is +oftentimes repeated during the pregnancy and before the child is weaned. +All this has a very injurious effect upon the child and degrades and +ruins also the parents. Here is no room to explain the hints showing the +origin of the hereditary sins, which will be abolished, when the true +community will be flourishing, and the whole House of males as well as +the whole House of females will support every individual belonging to +the House, as well as the whole community in their common meetings will +support each other in the progression towards perfection. + +These hints may appear quite strange to many readers. But if they will +come out from the existing corruption, they may be assured, that they +will comprehend me, when I give in a long dissertation a complete +explanation of the given hints, in the supposition that those who have +comprehended this book know our mission, and that we have received the +knowledge which is required to our mission to bring nations out of their +present corruption which kills many when they arrive to manhood and +womanhood; and many more before that age, and not a small portion of +them before or soon after they are born. And all this originates from +the corrupt state introduced by the follies of men. When these follies +will be removed, mankind in general will commence, within few +generations, to become old and will enter into the spirit world with +great imperishable riches. + +We read: "Verily I say unto you, there is no man that has left house, or +brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or +lands, for my sake and the gospel's, but he shall receive a hundredfold +now in this time, houses and brethren and sisters and mothers and +children and lands, 'after persecution,' and in the world to come +eternal life." Mark x: 29, 30. According to our reading in the Greek +text we translate: "after persecution." When the persecution is +abolished, the promised great advantages will be made manifest in the +true community. There will not be plurality of wives, but each husband +will have his own wife. Now father, mother, wife or children might +resist to the determination of a person to join with the true community. +Those who comprehend, that this will be the true life in the true reign +of Christ, in his Peace-Union, will co-operate with us for its +introduction without regard to any opposition of their nearest +relatives. Every one who forsakes all and acts with us as much as he +can, for establishing the Peace-Union, will when persecution ceases and +the Peace-Union flourishes, consider those, who are old, as his fathers +and mothers, those of equal age as brothers and sisters, and those who +are younger as his children, and all the property belonging to the +Peace-Union as ours, and we will truly pray to God: "Our Father." + +Not being yet in this happy condition but endeavoring to arouse a +general turn towards it, we must make some provisions to support the +feeble in their turn, and those who turn towards our Peace-Union that +they might easier settle matters with those who belong to their family +and will not turn into our Peace-Union. + +Every individual who determines to enter into our community, brings all +his property into it, after having settled all his business in the +world. This property, according to our principles will be taken in +possession by the community; and if it is not money but other property, +it will be valued according to a very moderate price, and its value and +the amount of money if he brings any, will be put into the ledger of the +community, and a receipt will be given to him or her under the +provisions mentioned as follows: In the possible but not probable case, +that he or she should return to the former fashion, the value of the +property would be returned, although not directly, but when the +community would find easy to do so. In the mean time they would exchange +the receipt which he or she received at the delivery of their property, +with a note containing the amount of money and the time when the +community promise to pay according to the value or course of money at +the time received and at the time in which it would be paid to him. For +instance, if a dollar received would have at the time in which it would +be paid, only the value of ten cents, ten cents would be paid to him or +her instead of a dollar, without any interest; because the step should +be made after earnest reflection and determination, and with this +provision we must deter hypocrites from joining our Peace-Union; but to +those who would be feeble, all possible assistance would be given to +strenghten them in the work which they would commence. In the true +community when it will flourish, everybody will enjoy as much of its +riches as is required for his bodily strength and for such an +intellectual and moral improvement as to enrich as much his spirit as +his faculties will be prepared to receive, that after his departure he +or she enters into a happy abode of our Peace Union. + +I and other pioneers, who are preparing for the happy state which the +Peace-Union community when flourishing will enjoy, must suffer many +privations. But the spiritual treasures which during our great struggle +with the opposition we acquire, we carry with us at our departure, and +where our community will flourish, we will rejoice with them who will +partake of the fruits of our labor, so that I will not be less happy +than the happiest who will be born in our Peace-Union thousands of years +after my departure. With this consolation every reader should follow my +example and act with us for the introduction of the New Era. + +After these hints some rules must be mentioned regarding the economy and +management of affairs for the introduction and maintenance of the +Peace-Union to realize what in Christ's peaceable reign on earth is +expected. + +As soon as circumstances will admit, a printing-office will be +established on the place on which we commence our provisional +Peace-Union centre, and a Periodical based on and directed by the +principle of free discussion will be published, as the nature of the +case, reason and arguments for the restoration of human rights demand. +And previous steps, made before we are enabled to publish the +Periodical, are subject to be criticized in the Periodical, and we +undertake such enterprises or actions as we are ready to support before +the tribunal of truth and righteousness. + +This rule contains all that a sensible man or woman using his or her +intellectual and moral faculties may demand. If we had used our whole +book to develop our plan, we would not have finished our work, if the +volume had been much larger than it is. But the points belonging to our +plan, must be gradually developed in our Periodical, and those who +comprehend this book and our mission, superabundance of credentials of +which are contained here, will not tarry for a moment to co-operate with +all their strength with us, and to draw their mortal and their departed +friends into our Peace-Union. + +Members of the Peace-Union agree to support whatever may be shown by +free discussion through our Periodical to be suitable, practicable and +necessary to promote the common welfare of the Peace-Union, which is the +welfare of mankind. Those who would refuse to support it, had to show +the contrary in the same Periodical, that it might be discussed, +otherwise they would be disturbers, and if they could be by no means +corrected, they would deserve to be excluded, and the Peace-Union, after +having exhausted the means to bring them to the right order, would be +compelled to declare them to be separated, and to give them the note or +the certificate of their claim according to the rule above, and they +return the receipt which they have obtained when they have brought their +property into the Peace-Union. + +We illustrate the point with an example. I have given, for instance, +some hints regarding the two departments of males separately and females +separately, notwithstanding the true matrimony of one husband with one +wife. When there is the right time for them to procreate a child, they +will have a convenient place for the performance of the most responsible +duty. This my hint, when sufficiently explained, will satisfy every +friend of progression into truth, righteousness and happiness, and will +give to the human affairs quite a new turn, and deliver both sexes from +temptations, in which until now the whole human race succumbed and +descended much under the degree of the nobler classes of brutes, and +parents depraved and ruined themselves and children. From all the +strange and unexpected things disclosed in this book readers may expect +that I have also regarding the true matrimony and the restitution of +mankind in such a condition in which they will be truly happy, a +glorious message and such truths which when sufficiently explained, will +satisfy all lovers of progression into the true happiness. But there may +join with our Peace-Union some self-conceited person who would not give +up what would be shown by us as necessary to be removed for the +restoration of mankind to their true happiness, and what he would not be +able to refute, and notwithstanding this he would remain in his bad +habit. In this case he would compel us to remove him. At his removal he +receives the note or certificate, while he returns the receipt which he +had obtained for what he had put into the Peace-Union, as is explained +above. But we have to add here, that if those who would be separated, +had damaged the whole Peace-Union or some individual, the damage is to +be deducted from their claim. And it is to be repeated, that nobody who +joins with the Peace-Union, has any claim to any pay or reward for the +labor performed in the Peace-Union, into which all men and women are +invited to come and to remain in it in this mortal body and in all +eternity, and to partake for him or her and their families of all +riches, spiritual and physical in exchange for what they furnish. But +what they brought in at their joining, is returned to them, with +deduction of the damages, if they have caused any at their turn into +enemies of the Peace-Union, or which originated by their fault, although +it could not be proved, that they had a malicious intention in causing +damages. This point is here to be remarked, that children before they +acquire the legal age, if by whatever means they would be withdrawn from +the Peace-Union, while their parents are living there or did not depart, +should not receive the portion of the property brought for them into the +Peace-Union, till they arrive at the legal age in which they have the +right according to the laws of the country to depart from their parents; +because the Peace-Union have the parental duties towards children who +are received with their parents into the Peace-Union. Also this is to be +mentioned, that no others except who come with their parents or with +their children into the Peace-Union, have any claim to the property +which they bring into it. They settle their business with all others, +when they join with the Peace-Union, and in the same time they make +their will, how much they themselves if they would leave the Peace-Union +and some of their children would remain in it, and how much each of the +children when in full legal age, would receive, if he or she would leave +the Peace-Union. + +We thought proper to concede so much to the feebleness of those who are +desirous to join with the Peace Union, but imagine the possible case, +that they might be turned out and lose their property. For them their +property is secured, althought without interest, and their possible case +is rather imagination, and they would become gradually so strong as to +give good example to others. But we have mentioned a point which must +terrify hypocrites to join to our Peace Union; because their hypocrisy +would become in due time manifest, and then they could not stand and +would be turned out with demand to repair damages. Therefore they should +remain in Babylon till they have a sincere desire to join with us for +their true conversion to our principles and corresponding acting with +us. When they are determined to act for this purpose they should not be +afraid to join the Peace Union on account of the possibility of being +separated; because no person will be separated except such as deserves +in consequence of immoral acts or gross omissions of what is absolutely +necessary for obtaining the object of our association, after having been +sufficiently instructed and exhorted that their toleration would ruin +the Peace Union. A separate person, if he or she would think there was +not sufficient cause for separation, will be permitted to publish in our +Periodical the reason or reasons of his or her complaint. By doing so, +however, he gives occasion for members of the Peace Union to publish +their remarks on his reasons, that truth might be made manifest; because +the object of the Peace Union is the restoration of human rights, and +therefore her members engage and promise to correct any mistake, when it +is shown and it is proven. + +The nature and object of the Peace Union is, that science or knowledge +in every department and every branch of enterprise directs and governs +the work. Therefore the man or woman who is found to be most skilful in +any art, business or work, is to be elected as foreman, and continues to +act as such, till some one more skilful is found. And then to him the +place is to be given, however, not before it is shown, that by +exchanging the place sufficient advantage will accrue to the community. +The member who thinks he is able to show this, may assemble members +belonging to the branch of that business, or if the case is a general +case, members in general, the body of females having their votes as well +as the body of males in general affairs; in particular branches the body +decide who belong to that branch. Whoever calls members together, shows +them the case, and if the majority find his reasons to be sufficient, +the person proposed obtains the office. But before votes are taken, +those who are assembled, must also hear the objections. But if there is +any member who thinks, that the decision was not made according to +justice, he may announce the matter to the assembled, showing them their +mistake and his duty that if they will not correct their mistake, he +will make known the reasons of his complaint against the decision in the +Periodical of the Peace Union. And the assembled, if they see that he is +right, are bound to receive thankfully that which is right, but if they +see that he is wrong, they are bound to show him this. But if he, +notwithstanding this, publishes his reasons, those who do not agree with +him, are bound to show in their replies that he will riot act according +to sound reasons, but is disposed to make disturbance, deserving to be +expelled. In this case if he continues to be obstinate against evidence, +he should be expelled peaceably. + +In the first place we need a centre. And according to the pattern of the +centre as many settlements on other places will be established as will +be needed to accommodate all who will find best to move from their +present situation to a settlement of our Peace Union. But everywhere +persons of our principles will be needed to instruct and strengthen the +neighbours. The hints given here will be so modified to their situation +as their circumstances will require. + +In the centre is to be concentrated, what is to be spread everywhere, to +benefit in the first place members of the Peace Union and by their +instrumentality as many others as can be reached. Therefore co-operation +and support from all who comprehend this book and their application to +others is necessary to raise means, for establishing what is required in +the centre. Although all who contribute for the centre, will not have +chance to reside there, they will have a chance to send some of their +children or relations to the institutions of the University for the New +Era, which will be established there, according to our plan, according +to which a great change will take place in studies, that all +intellectual and moral faculties of students will be harmoniously +developed, and much time will be gained for learning every day for some +hours in the school and for some hours in the shops and elsewhere that +to learn which each will be most qualified and inclined. Wherefore those +who afford money and other property for the centre and what is needed +there, acquire the right to reside there, when needed as teachers, or +for mechanical branches, arts, sciences, for agriculture, horticulture, +&c. What mankind need for the New Era, should be shown there to students +theoretically and practically. Therefore all who have superabundant +means, if they comprehend this book, will send such an amount as they +can spare, as donations, which will become spiritual treasures to the +donors. When the institutions which according to our plan should be at +our centre, will be established, there will be such competition of +students, that there will not be room for accommodation of all. All that +is given as donation for raising our institutions, will be put in our +ledger for the benefit of the donors, so that, when all students could +not be accommodated at our centre, those recommended by the donors would +be prefered to others, the case excepted, that others be found more +useful in our mission, if they study the branches. + +Those who have no superabundance of means to give a donation, are +invited to invest for establishing the centre as much as their +cicumstances permit, to be invested for their benefit, as belonging to +them, although without any interest in money, but with the advantage, +that when all students could not be accommodated at our centre, their +sons and daughters would have the preference before such as have done +nothing towards the foundation of the centre. And if any have land, who +are desirous that on their land a settlement might be started according +to our plan for the New Era, by their furnishing means for starting the +centre they acquire the claim and right that their land shall be taken +for that purpose rather than the land of another who had done nothing +for the centre, when circumstances would not require the preference of +the land of other for a new settlement of our Peace Union. + +From what has been mentioned, the following general rule may be derived: +Without having a centre of our communities we cannot accomplish our +work. Therefore all who comprehend us, are solemnly entreated to +contribute without delay what their circumstances allow. If they cannot +send a donation, they are entreated to send what will be regarded as +theirs without bearing interests, but bearing to them all the advantages +to which according to the circumstances they are qualified, to come, +when all will be prepared, to the centre, if they can be employed there; +otherwise they may be useful to our community on the place which they +now occupy, or they may join with an other place of our community. In +this case the centre settles with that community in reference to what +they have advanced to the centre, to be sent, when the centre is able to +do so, to that community for them, if they should not prefer to leave it +in the centre to be consumed there by such students as they would send +to the University in the centre of our Peace Union, where all the +knowledge and wisdom which can be obtained, will be concentrated to +bring mankind into that situation which is promised and mankind are able +to attain by the right application of their intellectual and moral +faculties and their physical strength, and the proper use and right +application of all the knowledge which has been propagated through the +course of centuries and improved in our age. + +No money or other property can or will be taken into the Peace Union, +settlements to be put into their ledger for the benefit of the person +who invests it, to be returned in the case that the person or one of his +or her family should leave the Peace Union, except money that has been +acquired in an honest manner. By the term _honest_ we mean a manner +which is not only justifiable according to the laws of the country, but +also according to the moral laws attributable to the person who invests +it, at least so far, that no person or society is known to whom it +should be restored. We do not mean the severest scrutiny, but the usual +course of affairs; because according to our plan by those who will join +the Peace Union, the way will be opened for a final restoration of all +human affairs into the right order. To this point we must gradually +proceed. + +By what we have remarked in regard to money as the root of all evil, if +it is not managed for the commom welfere, it is a necessary evil as far +as business is done with those who do not belong to our Peace Union, and +we are compelled to make use of many evils which are yet in existence, +to bring nations out of the evil into the New Era. We must make such use +of money as to promote the welfere of the Peace Union which encloses the +welfere of all nations, which would not he promoted, if we would take +any amount of money from those who enter into our Peace Union under the +condition to return it in case, they would leave the Peace Union. Under +this condition we could take no more than one thousand dollars, so that, +if any man or woman would come with his or her family, and bring more +than one thousand dollars for each person belonging to his or her +family, after having settled all matters of business with others, we +could not take more than the mentioned sum under the mentioned +condition, to wit, if husband and wife with parents and children, would +join, for each of them one thousand dollars: the surplus they had to +give as donation, if they would not accept the advice which is given +below. + +Also this is to be mentioned, that if a family comes on the place of the +Peace Union and they invest for each member of the family a certain sum, +and some of the family would be taken into the spirit world, and the +others would leave the Peace Union, in this case only that has been +invested for them, would belong to them. What was given for the +departed, remains in the Peace Union. Also in the case, that a father +would come with a large or with a small family and give for each +individual a certain sum, and then the others would remain, but he +himself would become a backslider, his claim would be only to the money +which he had invested for his own person. The same priciple is to be +applied in every case, in which somebody invests a certain sum for +himself, and besides also sums for others. + +To those who have greater riches than one thousand dollars for each +individual of their family, is to be said, that they are only +administrators of that property to make the poor rich and the rich truly +happy. And whereas the Peace Union undertakes this great work, a rich +person should be instructed and enlightened, that this will not take +place in any other way than by a true community, for which we have given +this sketch, only in this point deviating from the course which we would +pursue if we would have to deal with perfect persons, that we found +proper to concede, that if any body should leave the Peace-Union +settlement, he should receive in due time the sum invested not exceeding +one thousand dollars. But those whose property reaches higher, will go +the safest way according to Christ's direction: "Go thy way, sell +whatever thou hast and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in +Heaven; and come and take up thy cross and follow me." Mark x: 21. This +man to whom Christ gave that advice "had great possessions." And we give +to those who have great riches the same advice, but with a different +application. Jesus Christ, the Father of the New Era which is to be +introduced by our mission, had not the chance in Palestine, which we +have in the United States. He advised as he could in his circumstances, +and we give in our circumstances to the rich who have great possessions +the following advice and the best for them to be saved: "Give as a +donation as much into our Peace-Union centre as you are able to do for +raising our institutions as the best means for the redemption of the +poor and degraded people from the existing misery and distress, and come +and learn how to administer your possessions for the poor, and we will +send with you to your possessions[AB] a man to commence there with you a +community for the poor only, and you may call poor people of your choice +together. And you should superintend, and our administrator should +assist you and labor with you to educate the poor so as to make them +truly rich and happy. And you, while you would have enriched our centre +as much as would be possible without selling your possessions, would be +the presiding elder at the community of the poor made rich by your +possessions, and when you would be pleased to stop with those in the +centre, you would be received as one of the founders, and you would have +treasure in Heaven." + +What I say to one I say to all rich men and women. If they receive our +advice they will become very rich and happy; but now they are "wretched +and miserable and poor and blind and naked," Revelation iii: 17. They +are the Heads in Laodicea, which means the judgment of the people, whom +they are preparing for destruction, and for themselves the hell. Luke +xvi: 23. From them is more required to be saved than from those who have +only a small property in comparison with the great possessions of the +rich, and their small property they have earned with hard labor. But it +would be too troublesome to reckon, how they had acquired their riches. +But instead of a long reckoning or a general confession of their sins +and crimes we show them the shortest and surest way to Heaven. + +We must say also to those who invest property not exceeding one thousand +dollars for each member of their family into our Peace-Union with the +reserve that if they leave the Peace-Union, that property should be +returned to them in equivalent without any interest, and at a time in +which the Peace-Union can easily do this without hurting their own +business, that this reserve will continue only until the time in which +they will be sufficiently strengthened in the principles of the true +community, and convinced that this is the only way for redemption of +oppressed humanity. When they will advance so far, they will sign the +covenant of the New Era, they themselves and those of their family who +are of age and with them united in the Spirit; and they will transfer +the property which is their portion to the community, which secures +their rights to the provisions for their body and their spirit to enjoy +such happiness as the Peace-Union will be able to afford to prepare them +for the society of blessed spirits. + +From these hints you see, that the true community consists of members +who give all their property, without any reserve, and receive all the +advantages which a mutual co-operation in the true brotherly spirit +affords. At the commencement they must be tried. On the title-page of +this book we have mentioned, that it is published at the "Peace-Union +Centre." We intended to give explanation of the matter in this plan. We +are starting there the Peace-Union Centre. About five hundred acres of +land, with farmhouse, barn, orchard &c. belong to that property, on a +beautiful very healthy hill, with excellent springs of soft water, +romantic locations for buildings, and all kinds of institutions for the +New Era. The soil as far as may be cleared, is good for raising all +kinds of fruits, and as much as we will need of vegetables. But our +centre will be for literary institutions, surrounded with all kinds of +the best mechanics and artists, from whom students will learn all kinds +of work. Therefore the largest portion of grain will be obtained from +other settlements to which productions at the centre will be sent in +exchange. About one hundred acres of the land are cleared and much more +can be cleared and used for different purposes, but the largest portion +of that land is Toscarora mountain, producing wood, timber, stone for +building, and is good for different other purposes, for instance, the +top of the mountain for our observatory, &c. + +Spring Hill in Racoon Valley belonged to Abraham, the oldest of the +twelve sons of my departed friend Christian Long. Christian was one of +the students of my German books, and strong witness of our mission; but +his son Abraham preaching water baptism was not prepared to receive his +testimony. But Christian and others in his company amongst the departed, +were operating and preparing this place, while we thought that we had +already succeeded in taking another place in possession, seventeen miles +from this place, and we have been in quite an unexpected manner +instructed that Springhill is the place in which we should start the +Peace-Union Centre, and we have received the place as cheap as the worth +of its improvements may be valued. This is according to our principles, +according to which the land belongs to the whole human family, and to +the improvements only each individual may claim as much right as he has +consumed labor to produce them. But it is evident also that labor never +can be exactly valued, and I had to write a very large volume to expose +the manifold forms of labor, in which time is wasted, to corrupt and +ruin human society. All the hints given in this book, may convince any +investigating mind, that there is no redemption of the degraded and +wretched condition of mankind except in the community in which men will +be brought gradually into the true happy state in this life and in the +spirit world, and will draw their departed friends into higher spheres. + +Being compelled by circumstances to take away manuscript containing the +spirit battle by which not only this, that we have to start our +Peace-Union as a community and in Springhill, but also many other +important points have been disclosed, which although they were known to +us long time before that, may arouse the attention of those who would +not hear us otherwise, except when they hear extraordinary spirit +manifestations, which in connexion with starting our Peace-Union Centre +on this place may be published another time. But here we must mention +that by quite an unexpected vision against the wishes of the medium and +his wife our doctrine has been illustrated, to wit, that those who make +a covenant with our Peace-Union community, separate so from those who +remain in Babylon, that if of those who are married, one partner would +make such a covenant, but the other would remain in Babylon, we would do +all in our power to draw also that partner into our community. But if he +or she would remain obstinate despiser of our Heavenly message, we +according to Divine law would consider the person who made the covenant +with our Peace-Union as perfectly free to marry a person belonging to +our community, and labor at the same time to convert the Government to +acknowledge our mission and the Divine law made manifest by our +mediumship. "What God hath joined together let no man put asunder." +Matth. xix: 6. "What the devil has joined together, God puts asunder." +If we have the mission expressed on the title-page, and confirmed by all +signs and wonders which have been mentioned in this book, and with which +hundreds of volumes could be filled, then it is evident that the devil +has joined those together or the devil will keep them together, when one +understands our mission and advances so far that he or she makes the +covenant with our community and the other resists and will keep him or +her in Babylon, when he or she starts to come out of her not to be +partaker of her sins. The partner, may be he or she, who remains +obstinate, remains in the great whore of the 17th chapter of the +Revelation, is an adulterer or adulteress in the spiritual sense, and +certainly with whoredom or other abominations he or she became so +endarkened, that when the partner progressed so far, as to comprehend +our Heavenly message, the destroying devil will detain him or her from +the truth made manifest in our message. Those who have comprehended this +book to this point, know that our case is just the contrary to the so +called Free Love, diametrically opposed to it. A chaste husband or wife +will comprehend us, but those who will continue in their fornication and +adultery, will cry against us and misrepresent truth for their +destruction. Here is no room for explanation of a point, on which I will +write an extraordinary treatise, in which I will report and explain also +the mentioned vision, when the diseased stomachs will be ready to digest +our most wholesome medicine. + +In this compression is also to be remembered, that the promise given on +the 45th page in regard to the four in Baltimore executed in connexion +with my visit to President Buchanan appears in a more dreadful shape in +the portion of the 4th treatise which will appear in the second edition +of this book if that edition shall be demanded, than I would have +expected, when I mentioned that case. When President Buchanan, Governor +Hicks and other Grandees of Washington and Maryland were not prepared to +afford money for buying Springhill for our Peace Union Centre and for +publishing this book, we read on the 42d page: "The same time a great +sign was given so that I was sent speedily from Baltimore to the Western +Reserve of Ohio." A.D. 1854 we commenced to prepare Brother Robert D. +Eldrige in Baltimore for our mission. Then happened many wonders and +signs in connexion with him, till at length a sign was given in +Baltimore. But the principal of the four executed in Baltimore was +brought before me in the Western Reserve of Ohio, and you will hear of +strange spectacles in the next edition regarding that manifestation in +connexion with the four Presidents Taylor, Fillmore, Pierce and +Buchanan. After having performed the trials of spirits in the Western +Reserve of Ohio, Eldrige started with me, and after having tried spirits +in different places during our travelling, we arrived at length at +Abraham Long's, and I showed to Brother Eldrige some of the secret +treasures on the premises of Springhill, where Heavenly Wisdom[AC] +prepared a great variety of most beautiful sceneries, magnificent +fairviews on a number of sites very suitable for excellent buildings, +and to all those places excellent springs of soft water may be derived +by few rods of pipes, and excellent stone for buildings and +superabundance of wood is most handy. We took then the deeds in the name +of our Peace Union Community[AD], and we appear as Trustees, I by virtue +of my mission, in duty bound to communicate the spirit who has sent me +for the fulfilment of the most glorious promises to mankind, with those +who will receive this spirit and will be drawn from Babylon into the New +Jerusalem, and Robert D. Eldrige by virtue of his mission, who came with +money and paid for the place with the rights which are given in this +plan to those who invest money, and with the duty of superintendency for +a good success. In those our duties all are bound to support us, who +join with the Peace Union. + +On the 11th day of July, 1859, my Document, entitled: "Great News for +the Friends of Progression in Truth and Righteousness towards the +promised New Era of Harmony and Peace amongst all nations" was set in +type, the proof-sheet corrected by me, and a portion of copies struck +off on the same day. We were preparing readers for the first convention +which will be held in the New Hall on the Peace Union settlement in the +latter part of the next month, and requesting Editors to publish that +Document. But I think that the warlike spirit of destruction kept most +of them in the servitude of monarchs. But that document was to be set in +type and printed on the same day, on which Napoleon and Francis Joseph +made their treaty of peace at Villafranca for an important testimony, +that spirits from our sphere have controlled the affairs also there, so +that if you hurry to do what is required in this book, you will prevent +immense destruction of human life and property in this country, +otherwise you should know that I have done more than from a mortal man +could be expected, to move you for action. But when men become such +beasts that they have no sense for spiritual things, destruction is a +necessary consequence. At the commencement of the first treatise page 6 +you see that Mr. Belly gave occasion to that treatise. Last month he +came again to Paris and remains there according to newspapers until the +20th of the next month; and I proposed that on the same day our first +convention should commence in the New Hall. We quote from said document +in which the title of this book is copied, the close as follows: "The +book with the above copied title will be published by Robert D. Eldrige +in our Convention, and then copies will be sent by him to those who send +to him the money (50 cents fur one copy, twenty dollars for 50 copies, +35 dollars for 100 copies) either before or after or at the Convention. +He being a man of property and known as our trusty fellow labourer for +improving the condition of mankind, has charge of the business +department at our Peace Union, while, I the writer of this book and of +this article am bound to devote my precious time to spiritual objects +for Harmony and Peace of Nations, requesting to direct letters which do +not belong particularly to my sphere, to him under the direction: Robert +D. Eldrige, Donnally's Mill, Perry Co: Pa." This book appears small for +this price; but remember the contents of page 169, and collect +subscribers, and as soon as we print the second edition, we will send a +large pamphlet as supplement without additional charge. In the mean time +we assure you that also this small book contains so large an amount of +most important points for you, that the oftener you study it, the more +you will learn to appreciate its value; and the enormous labour for +obtaining all the parts contained in this book cannot be paid with +money, and my labour never was paid. + +On the 11th of this month, August, 1859, there came many people to +Springhill. An extraordinary medium who had been in England an Elder +amongst the Baptisers wrote on the 13th Instant to me: "I came on foot +to Springhill, Peace Union Centre, a long walk of about 17 miles in hot +weather. We raised the frame work of the Large Hall. The day (11th +inst.) was fine, and all things went on well, and the work that is done, +looks well and in good order. All kinds of rumors and talk: What the +house is for? What they will do? Why did they not build so as the Hall +could be seen? Some one thing, some, other things, &c." + + The Periodical, entitled: "Peace Union Message." Conventions at the + Peace Union Centre in Springhill Toscarora Township, Perry Co: Pa. + 6 miles west of Millerstown, the stopping place for the Cars. + +Our Periodical, spoken of in the plan, will be published as soon, as +there will be a sufficient number of subscribers. In the expectation +that those who are versed in English, will comprehend us first, we will +publish it first in English, in Quarto, to be preserved in books and +translated in as many other languages as needed; because it will contain +social, ecclesiastical and political matters and movements of nations +and daily news of importance, considered from our position, to draw +nations from the existing confusion and degradation into the new order +of things. All that will improve the condition of mankind, and what is +hurtful for them, as far as we will have opportunity[AE] to reach it, +will be examined from our position. But there not being room in this +book, we will publish in the first number which will issue, when we are +secured by subscriptions, what we will find proper to draw those amongst +all nations who have somewhat new for improving mankind, to send it for +publication in our Periodical. Every one who sends somewhat of this +kind, will add his full direction and occupation. If his or her +communication is found by those whom we find to be competent judges in +that branch, to be such as required, it will be published when room will +be for it in our Periodical. But if it is not found such as to be +published, the writer will be named and the reason given, why it cannot +be published. If the writer should think to have been injured, our +Periodical would be open to publish his complaint with the preliminary +requisites which will be made known in our first number as quite +reasonable to save time to him and us and to the readers as well as to +the printers and others. I quoted purposely some passages from the +letter of our friend Peter assuring that he is ours truly "in bonds for +truth waiting for deliverance." If the talkers of nonsense had asked +those to whom we told, why we selected that place for that building, +near the farm house and the springs, they had received information. The +basement of the new building is a large cellar, the first story a large +Hall, having in the midst a partition, which we remove when we use the +whole Hall, but the second story has a partition which cannot be removed +and each department has its own stairs. The farm house and the new +building are in a cove. The first story of the building will be +provisionally[AF] used for our Conventions, till the substantial edifice +within the most magnificent fairview will be established. With this +fairview we entreat most earnestly every reader to collect as many +subscribers for this book as well as for the Periodical, as he or she is +able to collect. The book is to be paid for at the delivery, and the +Periodical will cost $2 a year, money to be paid for half a year or a +year at the delivery of the first number. + +Whoever secures us five subscribers receives six copies. And those who +will act as agents, after having comprehended by studying this book our +plan and adopt it, are regarded as our fellow-laborers, when they show +practically that they belong to our Peace-Union. If the expected +exertions are made, we may be able to publish the first number of our +Periodical at the commencement of the year 1860. + +Our first Convention next month at the Peace Union Centre is announced +in our Circular. But readers of this book are requested to proclaim, +that on the first day of November 1859, the second Convention will +commence and continue for two weeks, and that only those persons of both +sexes are invited to attend, who after having comprehended our mission +are ready to act as missionaries or to support with their means our +enterprises to establish what is needed at the Centre. And for this +purpose we intend to hold successively a number of Conventions. The +second could be attended by those who belong to the Cabinet and the +Congress of Washington, or to any legislature. Each Convention will last +one or two weeks. Those who comprehend this book will tell or write to +those with whom they are acquainted, that although the contents of this +book are of importance for any body, those who belong to the Government +need most to understand them. This book will be taken as the text-book, +but also those who may have read it before many times, will receive in +the Convention new light to understand it better and to hear many things +which are not mentioned in the book. There may be so many aroused to +attend the Convention that all could not be accommodated. Therefore +whoever and whenever he determines to attend one of our Conventions, he +is requested to write directly, and to give an exact direction, and put +a letter stamp into his letter, and we will answer it, and tell, whether +he could be accommodated in that or in any of the following Conventions. +Boarding is to be had as moderately as we can afford it. The rule is to +be observed also afterwards in this and in the next year, that whoever +wishes to attend our Convention, is requested to write directly, and he +will receive an answer when he could be accommodated. Answer may come +sooner or later, because it may depend upon circumstances, when after +the receipt of his or her letter our next Convention would be held. +Probably there is in this last "form" no room, to say more than that our +Post-Office address is on the title-page and also three or four pages +before this. It has been said that the stopping place for the cars is +Millerstown, Perry Co.: Pa. I desire nothing more than to draw you into +the sphere of our Heavenly abode as your sincere brother. + +ANDREW B. SMOLNIKAR. + + + + +Remark. I perused 192 pages of this book while the last form was in +composition, and found a moderate number of errata as may be easily +corrected by the reader; for instance, he may connect himself in the 7th +line of the "Preliminary Remarks" the two particles IN TO in one word, +and he may separate where he finds two words close together and change C +and E, also N and U and some other letters when required, or add when a +letter is omitted, or cast it out when it is superabundant. Such trifles +will not trouble those who are anxious to learn to understand this book, +nor if they read sometimes CONNEXION and other times CONNECTION, I +always write CONNEXION; but I was assured, that according to the present +fashion CONNECTION is more used, although this use is irregular. + +The general rule is observed by our invisible messengers mentioned on +the 169th page, while they are controlling the spirits of the +compositors, that they let them commit such errata as disturb the sense +on such pages, on which the reader should stop and reflect upon the +connexion of matters. An astonishing lesson was given, when I received +the order to stop the composition of the Fourth Treatise at the end of +the 168th page. The manuscript for that Treatise contains 85 pages, and +the 168th page of this book ends in the middle of the 34th page of +manuscript. The spirit who made this provision exhorts powerfully +readers to digest the 168 pages and to prepare for what follows. I did +not know, what our invisible agents intended to put on the 168th page, +till I saw in the proof sheet the six oxen, the first of whom is Joseph +Ox, on the 74th place of our catalogue. These oxen are supporting the +mysteries on the 80th and 81st places of our catalogue, and those two +mysteries are in the 4th line of the 168th page. This provision tells +that you should pay peculiar attention to the contents from the 74th to +the 81st page of this book, and you will find amongst the Americans +those who furnish as great assistance to the Beast with ten horns as the +six oxen on the 168th page. But on the 21st line of the 82d page, my +interpretation[AG] commences, and the omission in the midst of the 83d +page exhorts you that you should reflect upon the "Sect of Adventurists" +mentioned in the 9th line from the bottom of the 83d page. In my +manuscript were only Adventists. But I tell you that the young boy who +set in type the largest portion of this book, was a peculiar medium. +Noyse and Himes and all those whom they represent belong to the sect of +Adventurists who are the greatest supporters of Popery. + +All other marvellous things you will hear in our Convention commencing +November 1, 1859, on the Feast of All Saints. + +My address is page 124 of this book. + +Set in type June 27th, 1859. + + + + +Transcriber's Notes + + + +A. "DEVELOPMMENTS" changed to "DEVELOPMENTS". +B. "WOHLE" changed to "WHOLE". +C. "rightousness" changed to "righteousness". +D. "uderstanding" changed to "understanding". +E. "Febuary" changed to "February". +F. "perfetion" changed to "perfection". +G. "wickednes" changed to "wickedness". +H. "lenghth" changed to "length". +I. "axactly" changed to "exactly". +J. "remaks" changed to "remarks". +K. "Garrsion" changed to "Garrison". +L. "Gosple" changed to "Gospel". +M. "Jscariot" changed to "Iscariot". +N. "recived" changed to "received". +O. Opening quotation mark added. +P. "oppresion" changed to "oppression". +Q. "nead" changed to "need". +R. "thougt" changed to "thought". +S. "messsage" changed to "message". +T. Closing parenthesis added. +U. "obolition" changed to "abolition". +V. "languuages" changed to "languages". +W. Closing quotation mark added. +X. "fulfiilled" changed to "fulfilled". +Y. "babarian" changed to "barbarian". +Z. "mangement" changed to "management". +AA. "excommunicatiom" changed to "excommunication". +AB. "poseessions" changed to "possessions". +AC. "Wisdon" changed to "Wisdom". +AD. "Commnuity" changed to "Community". +AE. "oportunity" changed to "opportunity". +AF. "provisionaly" changed to "provisionally". +AG. "interpre-pretation" changed to "interpretation" (original word + spanned two lines at hypen). + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Secret Enemies of True Republicanism +by Andrew B. Smolnikar + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SECRET ENEMIES OF TRUE REPUBLICANISM *** + +***** This file should be named 14675.txt or 14675.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/6/7/14675/ + +Produced by Distributed Proofreaders, from page scans provided by +the University of Michigan. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/14675.zip b/old/14675.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed30b96 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/14675.zip |